255 files changed, 24353 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6833f05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+* text=auto
+*.txt text
+*.md text
diff --git a/22093-8.txt b/22093-8.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f3e318c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-8.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,8135 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Sagas of Olaf Tryggvason and of Harald
+The Tyrant (Harald Haardraade), by Snorri Sturluson
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: The Sagas of Olaf Tryggvason and of Harald The Tyrant (Harald Haardraade)
+
+Author: Snorri Sturluson
+
+Illustrator: Halfdan Egedius; Christian Krogh; Gerhard Munthe; Hjalmar Eilif Emanuel Peterssen; Erik Theodor Werenskiold; Wilhelm Laurits Wetlesen
+
+Translator: Ethel Harriet Hearn and Gustav Storm
+
+Release Date: July 17, 2007 [EBook #22093]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE SAGAS OF OLAF TRYGGVASON ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Louise Hope, Charlene Taylor, Ted Garvin and
+the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at
+http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+
+
+
+
+  [Transcriber's Note:
+
+  The printed book's only clue about authorship is in the Notes. All
+  other information comes from the Norwegian edition.
+
+    Original author: Snorri Sturluson
+      (generally spelled Snorre Sturlason in Norwegian).
+    Modern (1899) Norwegian translation: Gustav Storm.
+    English translation (based on modern Norwegian, not on original):
+      Ethel Harriet Hearn.
+
+  The html version of this e-text includes illustrations, also taken
+  from the Norwegian edition.]
+
+
+
+
+  The Sagas of
+  OLAF TRYGGVASON
+  and of
+  HARALD THE TYRANT
+  (Harald Haardraade)
+
+
+
+
+  London
+  Williams and Norgate
+  MCMXI
+
+
+
+
+The places of notes in the text are indicated thus §.
+The relative matter will be found at the end
+of the book in due order
+as to page and line.
+
+  [Footnote markers shown in brackets [§] were missing from the
+  printed text and have been supplied by the transcriber.]
+
+
+
+
+THE SAGA OF OLAF TRYGGVASON, CMLXVIII-M
+
+
+Now it befell in the days of King Tryggvi Olafson that the woman he had
+wedded was Astrid & she was the daughter of Eirik Biodaskalli, a wealthy
+man who dwelt at Oprostad.
+
+When the downfall of Tryggvi had been accomplished, Astrid fled away
+bearing with her what chattels she might. And with her went her
+foster-father Thorolf Louse-Beard, who never left her, whereas other
+trusty men, loyal to her, fared hither and thither to gather tidings of
+her foes or to spy out where they might lurk. Now Astrid being great
+with child of King Tryggvi caused herself to be transported to an islet
+on a lake & there took shelter with but few of her company.
+
+In due time she bare a man-child, and at his baptism he was called Olaf
+after his father's father. All that summer did she abide there in
+hiding. But when the nights grew as long as they were dark and the
+weather waxed cold, she set forth once more and with her fared Thorolf
+and the others of her train. Only by night could they venture in those
+parts of the country that were inhabited being in fear lest they should
+be seen of men or meet with them. In time, at even, came they to the
+homestead of Eirik of Oprostad. And since they were journeying by
+stealth, Astrid sent a messenger to the goodman of the house, who bade
+them to be led to an outhouse & there had set before them the best of
+cheer. Thence, when Astrid had abided for a while, her followers went
+unto their homes, but she remained there & with her to bear her company
+were two women, her babe Olaf, Thorolf Louse-Beard and his son Thorgills
+who was six winters old. They rested in that place until the winter was
+done.
+
+
+¶ After they had made an end to slaying Tryggvi Olafson, Harald
+Grey-Cloak and Gudrod his brother hied them to the homesteads that had
+been his. But ere they came thither Astrid had fled & of her learned
+they no tidings save a rumour that she was with child of King Tryggvi.
+
+In the autumn fared they to the north, as has been related beforetime,
+and when they were face to face with their mother Gunnhild, told they
+her all that had befallen them on their journey. Closely did she
+question them concerning Astrid, and they imparted to her what they had
+heard. But because the sons of Gunnhild were that same autumn and the
+next winter at strife with Earl Hakon, as hath already ere now been set
+forth, made they no search for Astrid and her son.
+
+
+¶ When the spring was come, Gunnhild despatched spies to the Uplands,
+and even as far as Vik, to get news of Astrid. And when the spies
+returned it was with the tidings that she was with her father Eirik &
+there most like was she rearing the son that she had borne to King
+Tryggvi that was dead. Forthwith Gunnhild chose messengers and equipped
+them handsomely both with weapons and wearing apparel: thirty men chose
+she, and their leader was Hakon, a man of influence and a friend to
+herself. She bade them make their way to Oprostad to Eirik and from
+thence take the son of Tryggvi and bring him unto herself.
+
+Thereupon the messengers set out on their way, but when they were come
+nigh to Oprostad learned the friends of Eirik concerning their journey
+and went one evening unto him with the tidings.
+
+Straightway when night had fallen, Eirik bade Astrid make ready to
+leave, furnished her with sure guides, & set her eastwards with her face
+towards Sweden, to his friend Hakon the Old, who was a man in the
+exercise of potent sway. They adventured when the night was not far
+spent, & next day, towards even, were they come to a country-side called
+Skaun, and seeing there a homestead thither went they craving lodging
+for the night. Of their names they made a secret & their garb was but
+meanly. The yeoman who abode in the place was called Biorn Venom-Sore,
+a wealthy man was he but withal churlish, and he drave them away, & they
+came that same evening to another homestead which was called Vizkar.
+
+Thorstein was the yeoman who dwelt there & he gave them shelter and good
+cheer for the night, and there they slept in good beds.
+
+
+¶ Next day betimes came Hakon with the men of Gunnhild to Oprostad and
+asked for Astrid and her son, but Eirik said that she was not there,
+so Hakon and his men ransacked the homestead and bided till late even
+toward sundown, and gat them some tidings of Astrid's road. Then rode
+they forth the same day and came almost as night fell to the house of
+Biorn Venom-Sore in Skaun, and there took harbour.
+
+Then Hakon asked Biorn if he had aught to tell concerning Astrid; and he
+said that some wayfarers had come there during the day and had asked for
+a night's lodging, 'I sent them away, and it is likely they sought a
+refuge elsewhere in the neighbourhood.' Now a workman that had been of
+the household of Thorstein, being on his way to pass out from the
+forest, that same even happened to chance on the homestead of Biorn and
+learned that guests were tarrying, & further of what fashion was their
+errand; and all this he forthwith sped back to tell to Thorstein the
+yeoman.
+
+So while there was still a third of the night unspent, Thorstein aroused
+his guests and bade them begone, urging them harshly to bestir
+themselves. When they had passed a little way from the house then did
+Thorstein open unto them that the emissaries from Gunnhild were hard by
+at the house of Biorn seeking for them.
+
+They besought him for succour, and he set them on their way with a guide
+& some food, and their guide led them into the forest where there was a
+lake & an islet overgrown with reeds. They were able to wade out unto
+the islet & thereon hid they themselves among the reeds.
+
+Early on the morrow Hakon rode out from the homestead of Biorn over the
+countryside, asking withersoever he went for Astrid. When he was come
+unto the house of Thorstein demanded he if they had thither been and
+Thorstein said that certain folk had fared thither & had gone on at
+daybreak eastwards through the forest. Then did Hakon bid Thorstein come
+with him because he was skilled in the knowledge of the tracks and
+hiding-places: and Thorstein set forth. But when they were come to the
+forest led he them away from where Astrid was.
+
+The whole of that day did they go seeking for them, but found them not.
+Then they came back on their road & related unto Gunnhild what had
+befallen. Astrid & her followers went forth on their way till they were
+come unto Sweden to the home of Hakon the Old, and there Astrid and her
+son dwelt a long while, and it was well with them.
+
+
+¶ Gunnhild, she that was mother to the King, hearing that Astrid & her
+son Olaf were in Sweden, once more sent forth Hakon and a brave
+following with him, this time eastward to Eirik King of Sweden, with
+goodly gifts and fair words. The messengers were made welcome and given
+good entertainment, and thereafter Hakon made known his errand to the
+King, saying that Gunnhild had sent craving the King's help so that he
+might take Olaf back with him to Norway: 'Gunnhild will foster him,'
+quoth he.
+
+Then did the King give him men to go with him, and they rode to the
+house of Hakon the Old, and there Hakon offered with fair words to take
+Olaf with him. Hakon the Old returned a friendly answer and said that it
+must so happen that the mother of the child should decide about his
+going, but Astrid would in nowise suffer the boy to fare forth with
+them. So the messengers went their way & brought back the answer unto
+King Eirik and they made them ready to return home; but once more prayed
+they the King to grant them help to bear off the boy whether Hakon the
+Old were willing or not. So the King yet again gave them a company of
+men & the messengers returned to Hakon the Old and demanded that the boy
+be allowed to fare forth with them, but as Hakon was unwilling that this
+should be, resorted they to big words and threats of violence, and bore
+themselves wrathfully. Then did a thrall spring forward whose name was
+Bristle, and would have smitten Hakon but that he & they that were of
+his company withdrew hastily so that in nowise might they be beaten of
+the thrall: and back fared they to Norway and recounted to Gunnhild all
+the happenings of their journey & likewise that they had seen Olaf
+Tryggvason.
+
+
+¶ Now Astrid had a brother, the son of Eirik Biodaskalli, whose name was
+Sigurd: long had he been remote from the land, sojourning in the realm
+of Garda (western Russia) with King Valdamar,§ by whom was he held in
+great honour. Now Astrid conceived the desire that she should hie unto
+this her brother Sigurd. Therefore Hakon the Old furnished her with
+trusty followers & handsome equipment after the best manner. And she
+journeyed in the company of certain merchants. It was for the space of
+two winters she had abode with Hakon the Old, and Olaf was now three
+winters old. It came to pass as they were heading eastwards across the
+sea some vikings fell upon them, men of Eistland (Esthonia) and took
+possession both of folk and goods, and some of the folk they killed &
+some they shared among themselves as thralls. Thus was Olaf withdrawn
+from his mother and passed into the custody of one Klerkon, an
+Eistlander. Together with him were committed Thorolf and Thorgills.
+Klerkon deemed Thorolf too old for a thrall, and that he would be of no
+use, therefore slew he him, but took the boys with him and sold them to
+a man, hight Klerk, for a good he-goat.
+
+A third man bought Olaf, and gave for him a good tunic or cloak. The man
+was named Reas, his wife Rekon, & their son Rekoni. There tarried Olaf
+long and it fared well with him, and always was he mightily beloved by
+the churl. Six winters did Olaf sojourn thus in Eistland.
+
+
+¶ Sigurd Eirikson had come unto Eistland as an emissary of Valdamar King
+of Holmgard (Novgarod) to collect the tribute belonging to the King & he
+travelled as a man of wealth with many folk much beladen in his train.
+
+Now it chanced that in the marketplace his eye lit on a certain fine boy
+whom he knew could not be of the country, & asking him his name gat for
+answer that he was called Olaf and his father Tryggvi Olafson and his
+mother Astrid, the daughter of Eirik Biodaskalli. Thus did Sigurd learn
+that Olaf was son unto his very own sister, and he asked him after what
+manner he had come to that place: and Olaf told him all that had
+befallen him. Sigurd bade him come with him to the peasant Reas, and
+when they were come to the churl paid he him what price was covenanted
+between them for the boys and bare them with him to Holmgard. But never
+a word did he relate of the lineage of Olaf, yet held he him in high
+favour.
+
+
+¶ It was that one day in the marketplace lingered Olaf Tryggvason when
+there was a gathering of many people. And it chanced that amongst them,
+spied he Klerkon who had slain his fosterfather Thorolf Louse-Beard. Now
+Olaf had a small axe in his hand, and he drave it into the head of
+Klerkon so that it went right down into his brain: forthwith ran he home
+to his lodging and told his kinsman Sigurd thereof. Straightway did
+Sigurd take Olaf to the house of the Queen, and to her made known what
+had befallen. Her name was Allogia, and Sigurd prayed for her grace to
+protect the lad. The Queen beheld the boy and said that one so young and
+so well favoured must not be slain, and proclaimed her readiness to
+summon men fully armed. Now it fell in Holmgard that so great was the
+respect paid unto peace that it was lawful to slay any man who himself
+had slain another who was uncondemned; and therefore in accordance with
+their law and custom the people made assemblage together to take into
+custody the person of the boy.
+
+Then were they told that he was in the house of the Queen in the midst
+of an armed band; and this was also brought to the ears of the King.
+
+He made him ready to go over to these armed men & give them his
+commission not to fight, and forthwith did he, the King, adjudge the
+geld-levy, the fine thereof being paid down by the Queen. Thereafter did
+Olaf abide in the house of the Queen and waxed to find much favour in
+her eyes.
+
+
+¶ Now it was the law in Garda that men of royal blood should not dwell
+there save with the consent of the King, therefore Sigurd made known
+unto the Queen from what stock Olaf was descended and in what manner he
+had come thither, saying that because of dissensions he could not
+prudently be in his own country, and he prayed her to speak with the
+King upon this matter. Then did she approach the King beseeching him
+that he would help this son of a king even because so hard a fate had
+befallen him: & the outcome of her prayers was that the King pledged her
+his word and taking Olaf under his protection treated him with honour,
+as it was seemly the son of a king should be held in honour.
+
+Olaf was nine winters old when he came to Garda, & nine more winters
+dwelt he with King Valdamar. Olaf was exceeding fair & tall to look upon
+and of mighty stature & of great strength withal. And in prowess in
+sports, so it is told, was he the best of all the Norsemen.
+
+
+¶ Earl Hakon Sigurdson abode with the Danish King, Harald Gormson,
+during the winter after he had fled from Norway before the sons of
+Gunnhild.
+
+Now Hakon had so much on his mind that winter that he took to his bed,
+and often lay wakeful, eating & drinking only so much as would maintain
+the strength in his body. Then secretly sent he his men northwards to
+Throndhjem to his friends there, & counselled them that they should slay
+King Erling if it might be that they could compass that deed; adding
+furthermore that he himself would fare back to his realm in summer-time.
+That winter they that were of Throndhjem slew Erling, as is aforewrit.
+
+Betwixt Hakon and Gold Harald was there a friendship close as that of
+brothers that have been laid in the same cradle and Harald would lay
+bare his thoughts unto Hakon. Harald confessed he desired to settle on
+the land and no more live on his ship of war, and he questioned Hakon if
+he thought Harald would share his kingdom with him were he to demand the
+half. 'Methinks,' quoth Hakon, 'that the Danish King will not refuse
+thee justice; but thou wilt know more concerning this matter if thou
+speakest thereon to the King; methinks thou wilt not get the realm save
+thou demandest it.' Shortly after this talk spake Gold Harald to King
+Harald when they were in company with many mighty men, good friends unto
+them both. Gold Harald then demanded that he should halve the kingdom
+with him, in accordance with the rights which his birth and lineage gave
+him there in Denmark.
+
+At this demand waxed Harald very wroth, & sware that no man had ever
+besought his father, Gorm, that he should become King of half of what
+pertained unto Denmark, nor yet of his father Horda-Knut (Hardicanute),
+nor again of Sigurd Snake-i'-the-eye, nor of Ragnar Lodbrok; & so great
+was his fury that none dared parley with him.
+
+
+  [Illustration]
+
+¶ Thence came it that his own position was now even less than before to
+the liking of Gold Harald, for no kingdom had he any more than
+aforetime; while to this was added the wrath of the King. So went he to
+his friend Hakon and made wail of his plight unto him, and besought of
+him good counsel, if he had such to give him, as to how he might become
+possessed of the realm; and he said he was minded to seek his kingdom by
+force of arms. Then Hakon bade him not breathe word of this to anyone
+lest it should become known: 'It might cost thee thy life,' he said.
+
+'Bethink thee diligently what thy strength is, for he who would risk so
+great a venture must be high-hearted and dauntless, shirking neither the
+good nor the evil, so that to which he hath set his hand may come to
+pass. All unworthy is it to take up great issues and afterwards to lay
+them down again with dishonour.' Then did Gold Harald answer: 'To such
+purpose will I take up this claim, that I will not even spare these my
+own hands from slaying the King himself if occasion serve, should he
+refuse me this kingdom which is mine by right.' And therewith ended they
+their commune. After this came King Harald to Hakon, and they fell to
+talking together & the King told the Earl of Gold Harald's claim to the
+kingdom, and with what answer he had rebuked him, declaring that he
+would by no means diminish his own kingdom, 'but if Gold Harald hold
+fast to this his claim; then see I nothing for it save that I should put
+him to the death for in him have I but little faith if he will not
+surrender this desire.' The Earl made answer: 'Methinks Harald hath set
+out on this matter with such earnestness that he is not like to set it
+aside; and that if it should come to a rising in the land, there would
+be many that would flock unto his standard and the main of them because
+of the love they had borne to his father. It would bring thee the
+greatest ill-chance shouldst thou slay thy kinsman, for in such case all
+men would deem him blameless. Nor will I counsel thee to become a lesser
+king than was Gorm thy father; he also very much increased his realm,
+but in no wise diminished it.' Then said the King: 'What then is thy
+counsel, Hakon? Wouldst thou that I should divide my kingdom, and have
+this unrest off my mind?' 'Our meeting will be again ere many suns set,'
+answered Earl Hakon.
+
+'I will first ponder over this difficult matter, and thereafter give
+thee an answer.' Then did the King depart and with him all the men that
+were of his company.
+
+
+¶ Thereafter came it to pass that Earl Hakon betook himself once more to
+pondering and plotting, and permitted but few of his men to be in the
+house with him. Some days later came Harald again to the Earl, and they
+communed together, and the King asked of the Earl if he had thought
+deeply upon that matter whereon they had discoursed when they were last
+face to face. 'On that matter,' quoth the Earl, 'have I lain sleepless
+both by night and day ever since, and I deem it the wisest counsel that
+thou shouldst hold and rule the kingdom that thy father had and that
+thou didst inherit after him, but that thou shouldst get for thy kinsman
+Harald another kingdom wherein he may have all honour.' 'What kingdom is
+that?' inquired the King, 'that I may lightly give to Harald, keeping
+the Danish kingdom whole the while?' The Earl made answer, 'It is
+Norway. The kings who rule there are hated by all the folk of their
+land, & every man wishes them ill, as is but meet.' Then mused the King
+aloud: 'Norway is a great land, and the folk are a hardy folk; it
+beseems me to be a land ill chosen whereon to fall with a foreign host.
+Thus did it happen to us when Hakon defended the land; many men were
+slain to us but no victory did we achieve. Moreover Harald Eirikson is
+my foster-son and hath sat on my knee.' Then saith the Earl: 'Long have
+I known that thou hast given help to the sons of Gunnhild; yet with
+naught but ill have they requited thee. We will take Norway more easily
+than by fighting for her with all the hosts of Denmark. Send thou to thy
+foster-son Harald, and bid him receive from thee the lands and fiefs
+which they had aforetime here in Denmark.
+
+Appoint a tryst with him; then can Gold Harald in a short while win
+himself a kingdom in Norway from King Harald Grey-cloak.' Then answered
+the King that it would be called of foul intent to betray his
+foster-son. 'The Danes, I trow, will account it a better deed to slay a
+Norwegian viking than one who is a brother's son and a Dane,' answereth
+the Earl; & thereafter talked they on this matter until they were in
+full accord.
+
+
+¶ Yet again came Gold Harald to speak with Hakon, and the Earl made
+known to him that he had so championed his cause and to such good
+purpose that there was hope that a kingdom might now be making ready for
+him in Norway. 'Let us,' said he, 'hold fast by our compact. I shall be
+able to afford thee great support in Norway. Get thou first that
+kingdom. King Harald is now very old & hath but one son, a bastard, whom
+he loveth but little.' To such measure did the Earl open up the matter
+to Gold Harald that the younger man was in full accord with him thereon;
+and thereafter did they all three take lengthy counsel, to wit, the
+King, the Earl, and Gold Harald full oft. Then sent the Danish King his
+men north into Norway even to Harald Grey-cloak, and they were right
+well furnished for their journey, and were made welcome with much cheer
+and in all courtesy were received by King Harald. They related the
+tidings that Earl Hakon was in Denmark, and was lying sick unto death
+and well-nigh witless; and the further tidings that Harald the Danish
+King bade Harald Grey-cloak to him to take such fiefs as he and his
+brothers had held aforetime in Denmark, and to that purpose bade he
+Harald come to him in Jutland. Harald Grey-cloak laid the matter before
+Gunnhild and other counsellors and their views were not all of one
+accord, some fearing that this journey was not without peril by reason
+of the men that were set over against them to be dealt with; but the
+greater number were desirous that he should go by reason of the great
+famine that was at this time in Norway whereby the kings could scarce
+feed their men. And it was at this season that the fjord near-by which
+the kings most oft abode gat its name of Harding.
+
+In Denmark, as men had marked, the harvest had been at least of goodly
+measure, so that men thought to get thence what they required should
+King Harald have fief & dominion there. It was agreed therefore ere the
+emissaries departed whence they had come, that when summer was at hand
+Harald should hie to the Danish King, and pronounce his adhesion to the
+conditions King Harald proffered.
+
+
+¶ So in due course when the summer sun shone in the long hours of night
+fared forth Harald Grey-cloak towards Denmark in three longships, & one
+of these was steered by Arinbiorn, the 'hersir'§ of the Fjords.§ King
+Harald sailed from Vik over to Limfjord and took port at Hals, where it
+was told him that the Danish King was expected in a brief space. Now
+when King Harald heard of this, hastened he to make sail thither with
+nine ships, the which had been whiles mustered and set in readiness to
+take the sea. Earl Hakon had likewise armed his men & he also was about
+to set forth after the manner of a viking; at his word twelve ships, and
+they large ones, set their sails. When Gold Harald had fared forth, Earl
+Hakon spake to the King, saying, 'Methinks we are like to row to war and
+yet pay the war-fine[§] to boot. Gold Harald will now slay Harald
+Grey-cloak and thereafter take himself a kingdom in Norway.
+
+Thinkest thou that he will be loyal to thee when thou givest him so much
+power? Thus said he in my presence last winter that he would slay thee
+could he but find occasion to do so. Now will I bring Norway under thy
+sway and slay Gold Harald, if thou wilt promise easy absolution at thy
+hands for the deed.
+
+Then will I be thine earl, and bind myself by oath that with thy might
+to be my aid I will bring Norway under subjection under thee, and
+thereafter hold lands under thy dominion & pay thee tribute. Then wilt
+thou be a greater king than thy father was, inasmuch as thou shalt hold
+sway over two great peoples.'
+
+Thus was this covenanted betwixt the King and the Earl; and Hakon set
+out with his men to seek Gold Harald.
+
+
+¶ Gold Harald came to Hals in Limfjord, and forthwith offered battle to
+Harald Grey-cloak; and Harald, albeit to him were fewer men, went
+ashore, made him ready for battle & set his host in array. But or ever
+the onset took place Harald Grey-cloak spoke cheering words to his men,
+bade them draw their swords, and rushing first into the fray smote on
+either side. Thus saith Glum Geirason in Grey-cloak's lay:
+
+  'Brave words spake the swordsman,
+  He that dared to dye the grass sward of battle
+  With the blood of the foe;
+  And when Harald bade his men ply the swords in the strife,
+  His manly words did them mightily encourage.'
+
+
+¶ There fell Harald Grey-cloak. Thus saith Glum Geirason:
+
+  'The bearer of the shield,
+  He that clave longest to the ship,
+  In death lay stretched
+  On the broad marge of Limfjord;
+  On the sands at Hals
+  Fell the bounteous chieftain;
+  It was his glib-tongued kinsman
+  That wrought the deed.'
+
+
+¶ There fell with King Harald the greater number of his men; there,
+likewise, fell Arinbiorn the 'hersir.' Fifteen winters had passed since
+the fall of Hakon, he that was foster-son to Adalstein, and thirteen
+since the fall of Sigurd the Earl of Ladir. The priest Ari Thorgilson
+saith that Earl Hakon was for thirteen winters ruler of his heritage in
+Throndhjem before the death of Harald Grey-cloak; & that during the last
+six winters of Harald Grey-cloak's life, saith Ari, the sons of Gunnhild
+and Hakon fought against one another, & in turn fled the country.
+
+
+¶ Earl Hakon and Gold Harald met not long after the fall of Harald
+Grey-cloak, & straightway Earl Hakon joined battle with Gold Harald.
+Therein Hakon gained the victory; moreover Harald was taken prisoner,
+and Hakon had him hanged upon the gallows. Thereafter fared Hakon to the
+Danish King, and easily made his peace with him for the slaying of his
+kinsman Gold Harald. King Harald then called out a host from the whole
+of his kingdom and sailed with six hundred ships, and there went with
+him Earl Hakon and Harald the Grenlander, who was a son of King Gudrod,
+and many other great men who had fled from their free lands in Norway
+before the sons of Gunnhild.
+
+The Danish King set his fleet in sail up from the south to Vik, and when
+he was come to Tunsberg great numbers flocked to him.
+
+And King Harald gave the whole of the host which had come to him in
+Norway into the hands of Earl Hakon, making him ruler over Rogoland and
+Hordaland, Sogn, the Fjords, South More, Raumsdal, and North More. These
+seven counties gave he to Earl Hakon to rule over, with the same rights
+as Harald Fair-hair had given to his sons; only with this difference,
+that not only was Hakon there as well as in Throndhjem to have all the
+King's manors and land-dues, but he was moreover to use the King's money
+and estates according to his needs should there be war in the land. To
+Harald the Grenlander gave King Harald Vingulmark, Vestfold, and Agdir
+as far as Lidandisness (the Naze) with the title of King, and gave him
+dominion thereof with all such rights as his kin had had aforetime, & as
+Harald Fair-hair had given to his sons. Harald the Grenlander was in
+these days eighteen winters old, & became thereafter a famous man. Then
+did Harald the Danish King hie him home with all the might of his Danish
+host.
+
+
+¶ Earl Hakon fared with his men northward along the coast, and when
+Gunnhild and her sons heard these tidings gathered they together an
+host, but found obstacles to enrolling men at arms. So they took the
+same resolution as before, to wit to sail westward across the main with
+such men as would go with them, and thus fared they to the Orkneys and
+tarried there a while. Thorfinn Skull-cleaver's sons were now earls
+there-- Hlodvir, Arnvid, Liot, and Skuli. Forthwith did Earl Hakon
+subdue all the land and that winter abode he in Throndhjem. Of this
+speaketh Einar Jingle-scale in the Vellekla:
+
+  'The Earl that on his noble brow
+  A silken fillet binds
+  Counties seven hath he enthralled
+  With their chattels, lands, and hinds.'
+
+Now when Earl Hakon in the summer-time fared northward along the coast,
+& the people there made their submission to him, issued he proclamation
+that all temples and blood-offerings should be maintained throughout his
+dominions; and it was done accordingly. Thus it is said in the Vellekla:
+
+  'Seeing that he was wise
+  The folk-leader commanded that be sacred kept
+  The temple-lands of Thor and other Gods.
+  Home to glory across the billows
+  Did the shield-bearer steer the ship,
+  It was the Gods that led him.
+  'And the men-loving Æsirs gloat on the offerings
+  Whereby the shield-bearer is made of more account.
+    Bountifully doth the earth give forth her sustenance
+    When its lord builds temples for the Gods.'
+  All that is northward to Vik lies under the heel of the Earl;
+  Wide is the sway that he holds, mightily waxed by victories.'
+
+
+  [Illustration]
+
+¶ That self-same first winter wherein King Hakon ruled over Norway came
+the herring up along the coast, and before that in the autumn had the
+corn grown wheresoever it had been sown; in the spring men gat
+themselves seed-corn and the greater number of the peasants sowed their
+fields, and soon there was promise of a good harvest.
+
+
+¶ King Ragnfrod, son unto Gunnhild, and Gudrod, he that was another son
+to her, these two were now the only sons of Eirik and Gunnhild who were
+still alive.
+
+Thus saith Glum Geirason in Grey-cloak's lay:
+
+  'Half is my hope of wealth downfallen since the strife,
+  The strife in which the life of the chief was lost,
+  The death of Harald weigheth me down,
+  Albeit his brethren twain have good things promised me,
+  And to them all men look for their welfare.'
+
+
+¶ Now when Ragnfrod had abode one winter in the Orkneys made he him
+ready in the spring and thence shaped a course eastward to Norway,
+& with him were a chosen company in large ships.
+
+And when he was come to Norway learned he tidings how Earl Hakon was in
+Throndhjem, forthwith did he steer northward round Stad & laid waste
+South More; and some folks submitted to him as oft befalleth when
+warrior bands go through a country-- those that they meet with seek
+help, each one wheresoever it seemeth likeliest to be gotten. When it
+was told to Earl Hakon that there was war in the south within More,
+caused he war-arrows to be sharpened and he equipped himself in haste &
+set sail down the fjord. Moreover an easy matter was it for him to bring
+folk around his standard. Earl Hakon and Ragnfrod sighted one another
+off the northernmost part of South More, & straightway Hakon gave
+battle, he that had most men but withal smaller ships. Hard was the
+struggle & therein waxed Hakon luckless; men fought from the prows and
+sterns, as the custom was in those times. Now there was a current in the
+sound, and all the ships were driven into shore, so the Earl bade his
+folk rest on their oars, and drift to land at such place where he should
+deem it best to land; and when the ships grounded, the Earl and all his
+host sallied forth and haled them up on the beach, so that their foemen
+might not drag them forth again. Then did the Earl array his men on the
+banks, and shouted defiance to Ragnfrod to land, but they that were with
+Ragnfrod lay-to farther out, and though for a while they shot at one
+another, would Ragnfrod in no wise come ashore, and thereafter they
+parted. Ragnfrod sailed with his fleet southward to Stad, for he feared
+him that the land hosts might assemble and flock to Earl Hakon. But that
+earl waged war no more for unto his mind the difference betwixt the
+ships was over-great. In the autumn fared he north to Throndhjem, &
+there abode during the winter. King Ragnfrod therefore held all the land
+south of Stad: the Fjords, Sogn, Hordaland, and Rogaland. Many men were
+at his beck throughout that winter, and when the spring-tide came called
+he a muster and gat him many more. Moreover sent he far & wide over all
+these counties to gather together men and ships and what other stores
+whereof he had need.
+
+
+¶ When spring was come Earl Hakon summoned men from out the very north
+of the country; many gat he from Halogaland, & Naumdal, so that right
+from Byrda to Stad came men to him from all the sea-boards. He reared a
+host from all the districts of Throndhjem, and likewise from Raumsdal.
+It was said that he had men from four counties; with him fared seven
+earls, and in their train were an exceeding large company. Thus it is
+said in the Vellekla:
+
+  'Thereafter, full of lust for slaughter,
+  Did the defender of the folk of More
+  Bring from the north a tale of men to Sogn.
+  From counties four called forth that warrior hosts,
+  Seeing in them sure help for all his folk.
+  To the war-gathering on the longships
+  Swiftly, to meet their warrior chieftain,
+  Hie lords of the land in number seven.
+  All Norway trembled at the warrior host;
+  Beyond the capes were borne unnumbered fallen.'
+
+
+¶ Then Earl Hakon set sail with the whole of this host southward past
+Stad; and when it came to his ears that King Ragnfrod with his host had
+entered into the Sognfjord thither led he his men and there encountered
+him.
+
+Thereafter having brought his ships to land chose he out a battle-field
+whereon to fight King Ragnfrod. Thus saith the Vellekla:
+
+  'Now did the chieftain meet in second battle
+  The slayer of the Vandals, and fell slaughter followed.
+  The prows were set to land,
+  And the ships steered even to the marches of the shires
+  At the bidding of the warrior.'
+
+
+¶ And it came to pass that both sides did dress their battle and fought
+amazing fierce, but in men had Earl Hakon the super-abundance and the
+issue was to him. This was at Thinganes, where Sogn and Hordaland meet.
+King Ragnfrod fled from his ships, and of his folk there fell three
+hundred men. Thus it is said in the Vellekla:
+
+  'Fierce was the strife before three hundred were pressed
+  Beneath the claws of the carrion bird
+  By the host of the warrior chief:
+  O'er the heads of the sea-dwellers,
+  Thence could the conquering chief stride--
+  Aye, and the deed was glorious.'
+
+
+¶ After this battle did King Ragnfrod hie him away from Norway and Earl
+Hakon brought peace to the land; he gave licence that the great host
+which had been with him in the summer should fare back northward, but he
+himself abode hard by there where he gained the victory, not whiles only
+that autumn but also throughout the winter that came after.
+
+
+¶ Earl Hakon took to wife a woman named Thora, who was exceeding fair.
+The daughter was she of Skagi Skoptison, a man possessed of much wealth.
+
+Their sons were Svein and Heming, & their daughter was Bergliot, who
+thereafter was wedded to Einar Tamberskelfir. Earl Hakon was over much
+given to women, and by them had many children. One of his daughters was
+called Ragnhild, and he gave her in marriage to Skopti Skagason, the
+brother of Thora. The Earl so loved Thora that her kinsmen became dearer
+to him than all other men, and Skopti his son-in-law had more influence
+with him than any other of his kindred. To him gave the Earl large fiefs
+in More; & it was covenanted betwixt them that whensoever the fleet of
+the Earl was at sea Skopti was to bring his ship alongside the Earl's,
+and for none other was it to be lawful to lay his ship between their
+ships.
+
+
+¶ Now it happened one summer when Earl Hakon was with his ships on the
+main that Thorleif the Meek was master of one of them, & Eirik, the son
+of the Earl, he being then some ten or eleven winters old, was aboard.
+Of an evening when they were come into haven, Eirik would not have it
+otherwise save that the ship whereon he was must be closest to the ship
+pertaining to the person of the Earl.
+
+Now when they made sail south to More there came likewise Skopti, he
+that was son-in-law to the Earl, with his long-ship well manned. Skopti,
+as his men were rowing towards the fleet, called out to Thorleif to
+leave the haven and let him lie-to there, but Eirik sprang up & answered
+back bidding Skopti hie him to another berth. Now Earl Hakon hearing
+that his son deemed himself too mighty to make way for Skopti,
+straightway called out to Thorleif bidding him leave the berth, or he
+would make it the worse for them, to wit, that he would have them
+beaten. So Thorleif when he heard this shouted to his men to slip their
+cables, and this they did according to his word; then did Skopti lie-to
+in the berth he was wont to have, nearest the Earl's ship. Now Skopti
+was called Tidings Skopti, & this had come about seeing that it had been
+agreed that when they were together he was to make known to the Earl all
+the tidings, or if it so happened that the Earl had heard them first
+then it was he that would tell the tidings to Skopti. Now in the winter
+that was after all that hath been before but now related, was Eirik with
+his foster-father Thorleif, but even so soon as the earlier spring-tide
+was he given a company of men.
+
+Thorleif moreover gave him a fifteen-benched ship with all the gear,
+tilts, and victuals that were needful. Eirik thence sailed from the
+fjord, and so south to More. Now it befell that Tidings Skopti was also
+at sea between his homesteads, & he too in a fifteen-benched craft;
+Eirik forthwith bore straight down on him and offered battle, and in the
+issue thereof fell Skopti, but Eirik gave quarter to such of his men who
+were not slain. Thus saith Eyolf Dadaskald, in the Banda lay:
+
+  'Late in the day,
+  On the ski of the sea-king,
+  With combatants equal,
+  Fared the youth 'gainst the "hersir,"
+  Him the stout-hearted.
+  There 'neath the hand
+  That a bloody blade wielded
+  Fell Tidings Skopti.
+  (The feeder of wolves
+  Was food for the ravens.)'
+
+
+¶ With that sailed Eirik south along the coast to Denmark, and
+adventured to King Harald Gormson, abiding with him the winter; but the
+spring thereafter the Danish King sent Eirik north, & bestowed on him
+the title Earl & therewith Vingulmark§ and Raumariki, to be beneath his
+sway even under the self-same tenure as had tribute-paying kings
+aforetime been in fief and tribute.
+
+
+¶ In the days that were to come after waxed Earl Eirik, and men knew him
+as a mighty chieftain. All this while abode Olaf Tryggvason in Garda,
+at the court of King Valdamar, where he had much honour & enjoyed the
+faithful love of the Queen.
+
+King Valdamar made him lord of the host which he sent out for the
+defence of his country, and for him fought Olaf divers battles and
+proved himself to be an able captain, and himself maintained a large
+host of warriors on the fiefs allotted to him by the King. Of no
+niggardly disposition, Olaf was ever openhanded to the men that were
+with him and who for this self-same reason held him in affection; but as
+oft times happens when men who are not of the country are exalted to
+power, or are so greatly honoured that they take the lead of the men of
+the land, many there were who envied him the love he had of the King,
+& even so much the more that of the Queen.
+
+Spake many men of that matter to the King, charging him to beware lest
+he should make Olaf over great: 'For a man of the kind might be harmful
+to thee, would he lend himself to such a deed as to make thee and thy
+realms suffer, so crafty & beloved of men is he; nor wot we what he &
+the Queen have thus oft whereon to commune one with the other.'
+
+
+¶ Now it was in those days generally the custom among great kings for
+the queen to possess half the court and to maintain it at her own
+charge, and for this purpose levied she her taxes and dues, in amount as
+much as she stood in need therefor. In this wise was it also with King
+Valdamar.
+
+The Queen held no less splendid a court than pertained to the King, and
+vied they one with the other as to which might procure men of prowess,
+each having it at heart to possess such men for themselves. Now it
+happened that the King gave heed unto words of this fashion, which men
+spake unto him, & he waxed silent and with countenance aloof from Olaf.
+And Olaf marking it well spake thereof to the Queen, and opened to her
+likewise how that it was the desire of his heart to journey even unto
+the north. His kin, said he, had held dominion there in days of yore,
+& therefore he thought it likeliest that he would there obtain the more
+advancement.
+
+So the Queen bade him farewell, saying that wheresoever he might chance
+to tarry there would all deem him a man of prowess.
+
+Olaf thereafter made him ready for his journey, went aboard his ship,
+and stood out into the Eystrasalt (the Baltic). Thence sailing west came
+he to Borgundarholm (Bornholm) and made thereon a landing and harried
+all in the isle. The men of the land came together and did battle with
+him, but Olaf gat the victory and much booty.
+
+
+¶ Now while Olaf lay-to off Borgundarholm, there was rough weather with
+a gale raging at sea, that their ships began to drag their anchors, for
+which reason did they set sail south to the coast of Vindland
+(Wendland)§ on which shore were good havens, whereon ships might ride at
+peace.
+
+There did they tarry for long whiles.
+
+The King of Vindland was named Burizlaf,§ & the three daughters to him
+were Geira, Gunnhild, and Astrid.
+
+Now at the place where there came ashore Olaf and his men did Geira hold
+rule & dominion, and under her he that exercised most authority was one
+hight Dixin. When it became known that strange men had come to the
+country who behaved themselves in seemly fashion & abode there in peace,
+Dixin hied to them with a message from Queen Geira bidding them sojourn
+in her land during the winter, seeing the summer was near spent, the
+weather threatening ill, & the storms waxing great. And being come
+thither Dixin saw on the instant that the captain of these men was one
+notable both for descent and appearance.
+
+Therefore recounted he to them that the Queen invited them to her with
+messages of friendship, & Olaf nothing loath did her bidding and went to
+Queen Geira as her guest. It came to pass that they twain thought both
+so well one of another that Olaf made ado to woo Queen Geira, and so it
+befell that winter that Olaf took Geira to wife, & gat he the rule of
+the realm with her. Thereof spake Halfrod the Troublous-skald in the lay
+he made about Olaf the King:
+
+  'The chieftain at Holm let the sharp-edged swords be dyed blood-red
+  Eastward too in Garda, nor can this be in any manner concealed.'
+
+
+¶ Now Hakon, he that ruled over Norway, paid no tribute, the reason
+whereof being that the King of Denmark had made assignment to him of all
+the taxes to which the King had a right in Norway, by reason of the
+trouble & costs the Earl was put to in defending the land against the
+sons of Gunnhild.
+
+
+¶ Now it befell in those days that the Emperor Otta§ was in Saxland
+(North Germany), & word sent he to Harald, King of Denmark, that he and
+the people that were his must be baptized & accept the true Faith, or
+else, swore the Emperor that he would march upon him with an host. So
+the King of Denmark admonished those that defended the land that they
+should be ready at his call, Danavirki§ caused he to be well maintained,
+and his war ships were manned; thereafter sent the King to Earl Hakon
+commanding him that he must come to him early in the spring-tide with
+even as many men as he might muster. So at the first song of the birds
+Earl Hakon levied an host from all parts of his dominions, and many men
+were enrolled to him; this host bade he take ship to Denmark and with
+them sailed he himself to meet the King of Denmark, and by him was
+received in right seemly fashion. With the King were there at that hour
+many another lord proffering help, so that all told gathered he together
+an host waxing exceeding large.
+
+
+¶ Now, as hath already been set forth, Olaf sojourned that winter in
+Vindland, & in the months thereof went he to those districts thereof
+which had formerly obeyed the rule of Queen Geira, but had now ventured
+to throw off allegiance & the payment of taxes. These did Olaf harry,
+slaying many men, burning the homes of some, and taking much booty; then
+having rendered these realms subject unto himself turned he him back
+again to his stronghold. So soon as the spring-tide was come, did Olaf
+make ready his ships and put out to sea, sailing across to Skani
+(Scania) where he went ashore.
+
+The people of those parts assembled and fought against him; but Olaf was
+victorious and gat much plunder. Thence sailed he eastward to the island
+of Gotland, and took a merchant craft owned by men from Jamtaland who
+rendered a stout defence, but in such wise did the struggle end that
+Olaf cleared the ship, slew many men, & took possession of all the goods
+that were on board.
+
+A third battle fought he in Gotland; there likewise the day was to his
+strength and much spoil was to his hand. Thus saith Halfrod the
+Troublous-skald:
+
+  'The foeman of the shrines slew merchants of Jamtaland
+  And men of Vindland in battle
+  As in days of youth had been his wont.
+  To those that lived in Scotland
+  Was the lord of "hersirs" the bane.
+  Is it not told that the giver of gold
+  Loved to fight in Skani?'
+
+
+¶ Therefore gathered the Emperor Otta a mighty host; men he had from
+Saxland (north Germany), Frankland (France), and Frisland, whiles out of
+Vindland, likewise King Burizlaf§ contributed a large host. With the
+array went the King himself and his son-in-law Olaf Tryggvason.
+
+To the Emperor was a great body of horsemen, and so much the more a
+greater body of foot-folk.
+
+From Holtsetaland (Holstein) likewise came to him a large host. As it is
+said in the Vellekla:
+
+  'So it befell likewise that the steeds of the sea
+  Southward ran 'neath the deft riders to Denmark,
+  And the Lord of the Hordmen, becoifed with the helmet,
+  Chief of the Dofrar folk, sought the lords of the Dane-realm.
+  And the bountiful King of the dark forest lands
+  Would in winter-tide test the warrior come from the north,
+  What time that doughty fighter gat from his chief a message
+  Bidding him defend the wall against the foes of Denmark.
+  Little gladsome was it to go against their hosts;
+  Albeit the shield-bearer did cause great destruction,
+  And the sea-hero incited to battle
+  When the warriors came from Frisland with Franks and Vandals.'
+
+
+¶ Now Earl Hakon set companies above all the gates of the fortification,
+but the greater part of his host sent he along the walls to defend the
+places where the onslaught was hottest, and many fell of the Emperor's
+host, but nothing did they win of the wall.
+
+So then the Emperor turned him away, and no longer made trial there.
+Thus it is said in the Vellekla:
+
+  'Spear-points were broken when in that war game
+  Shield clashed against shield and the foe gave not way;
+  The steerer of the sea-steeds turned Saxons fleeing thence,
+  And the chief 'fended the rampart 'gainst the foe.'
+
+
+¶ After this battle went back Earl Hakon even unto his ships and would
+have homeward sailed unto Norway, but that he could get no wind, so
+accordingly he lay out in Limfjord.
+
+
+¶ Now turned the Emperor Otta his host so that they faced around & hied
+them to the gulf of Sle (Sleswick), whereat gathered he together a large
+host and took his men across to Jutland.
+
+When the intelligence thereof came to the ears of the King of Denmark
+fared he forth against the Emperor with his host, and a great battle was
+fought betwixt them.
+
+The issue was to the Emperor, and thereon the King of Denmark fled away
+to Limfjord & took ship out to Marsey.
+
+Then did emissaries journey betwixt him and the Emperor, and a truce was
+covenanted, also that they twain should commune face to face. In Marsey,
+then, did the Emperor Otta and the Danish King confront one the other,
+& there a saintly bishop,§ Poppo by name, preached the faith before
+Harald, and to show the truth thereof bare he glowing iron in his hand,
+and Harald testified that the hand of the holy man was unscarred by the
+heated iron. Thereafter was Harald himself baptized with the whole of
+the Danish host that were with him.
+
+Ere this had Harald the King, albeit that he abode the nonce in Marsey,
+summoned Earl Hakon to his aid, and the Earl had just come to the island
+when the King let himself be christened. So the King sent a message to
+the Earl to come to him, and when the Earl was come thither compelled
+him also that he should be baptized. After this manner was the Earl made
+a Christian, and all his men with him.
+
+Thereafter did the King appoint him priests and other learned men,§ and
+commanded him to cause all the people of Norway to be baptized into the
+faith and with this they parted. Thereafter Earl Hakon put out to sea to
+await a favourable wind, and when a breeze sprang up, lo! without more
+ado set he all the learned men to wade even unto the shore and upon that
+wind himself stood out to sea. The wind was from the west, and the Earl
+sailed eastward through Eyrasund (Öresund) pillaging whatsoever lands he
+sighted, & thereafter came east unto the Skani side, plundering and
+harrying wherever he put ashore. Now as he was sailing his course off
+the skerries of east Gautland put he ashore and offered up a great
+sacrifice, and whiles this was solemnized came two ravens flying up,
+loudly croaking, & for this reason deemed the Earl that Odin had
+accepted his sacrifice, and that good fortune would favour him in his
+battles. Even so burned he all his ships and came ashore with every man
+of all his host, and carried war throughout the land. Against him was
+arrayed Earl Ottar, he that held rule over Gautland, and they fought a
+great battle wherein was Earl Hakon victorious, & he slew Earl Ottar
+together with a great number of his host.
+
+Earl Hakon then marched hither & thither carrying war through both the
+Gautlands, until he was come unto Norway, & then took he the road right
+to the north, to Throndhjem. It is of this that the Vellekla speaketh:
+
+  'The foeman of those who fled consulted the gods on the plain, and
+  Gat answer Fret[§] from that the day was propitious to battle;
+  There the war-leader saw how mighty were the corse-ribs;
+  The gods of the temple would thin lives in Gautland.
+  A Sword-Thing held the Earl there where no man afore him
+  With shield on arm had durst to harry;
+  No one ere this so far inland had borne
+  That shield of gold; all Gautland had he o'errun.
+  With heaps of the fallen the warriors piled the plain
+  The kith of the Æsirs conquered, Odin took the slain;
+  Can there be doubt that the gods govern the fall of kings?
+  Ye strong powers, I pray, make great the sway of Hakon.'
+
+
+  [Illustration]
+
+¶ After that he had parted in all goodly friendship from the Danish
+King, fared Emperor Otta back to his realm of Saxland; men say that he
+held Svein the son of Harald at the font, & that the child bore the name
+of Otta Svein. Harald, the Danish King, held by the Christian faith even
+to the day of his death. King Burizlaf, after these things, betook
+himself back to Wendland, & together with him in his company went his
+son-in-law King Olaf Tryggvason. Of the battle aforesaid telleth
+Hallfrod the Troublous-skald in Olaf's lay:
+
+  'The ruler of war ships hewed and smote asunder warriors
+  Even in Denmark to the south of Hedeby.'
+
+
+¶ It was the space of three winters that Olaf Tryggvason abode in
+Wendland, even until Geira his wife fell ill of a sickness, whereof she
+died, and so great a sorrow was this to Olaf that he no longer had
+pleasure in living in Wendland.
+
+Therefore getting him ships of war once more went he forth plundering
+and harrying, first in Saxland, then in Frisland, and he even fared as
+far as Flanders. Thus saith Hallfrod the Troublous-skald:
+
+  'Oft did the son of Tryggvi smite to the death the Saxon
+  And left maimed corses food for the wolves,
+  And for their drink did that lord, beloved of his host,
+  Give the brown blood of many a Frisian.
+  Mighty sea-kings hewed
+  In Flanders corses asunder,
+  The prince to the ravens gave
+  The flesh of Walloons as supper.'
+
+
+¶ Thereafter did Olaf Tryggvason sail for England, and ravaged apace &
+afar in that country; right north did he sail to Nordimbraland
+(Northumberland) and there harried; thence fared he farther to the
+northward even to Scotland where he plundered and pillaged far and wide.
+
+From thence sailed he again to the Hebrides, the where he fought more
+than once, and afterwards sailed a course south to Man & fought there.
+Far and wide did he plunder in Ireland and then sailed he to Bretland
+(Wales) and pillaged there, & in Kumraland (Cumberland) did he likewise.
+Then he sailed to Frankland (France) where he harried the people, & from
+thence came back again, being minded to return to England, but came to
+those Islands which are called Scilly in the western part of the English
+main. Thus saith Hallfrod the Troublous-skald:
+
+  'The unsparing young King plundered the Englishmen,
+  The feeder of spear-showers made murder in Northumbria,
+  The war-loving feeder of wolves laid waste to Scotia,
+  The giver of gold fared with up-lifted sword in Man.
+  The bearer of the elm-bow brought death to the hosts
+  Of the Isle of Erin, for fame yearned the lord;
+  Four winters did the King smite the dwellers in Wales,
+  And Northumbrians hewed he
+      ere the greed of the chough was appeased.'
+
+
+¶ Four winters did Olaf Tryggvason fare on viking cruises from the time
+of his leaving Wendland even until his coming to the Isles of Scilly.
+
+
+¶ Now when Olaf Tryggvason was lying off the Isles of Scilly he heard
+tell that there was a soothsayer thereon, and that he foretold the
+future and spake of things not yet come to pass, and many folk believed
+that things ofttimes happened according as this man had spoken. Now Olaf
+being minded to make assay of his cunning sent to him the finest and
+fairest of his men, in apparel as brave as might be, bidding him say
+that he was the King, for Olaf had become famous in all lands in that he
+was comelier and bolder and stronger than all other men. Since he had
+left Garda, howsoever, he had used no more of his name than to call
+himself Oli, and had told people that he was of the realm of Garda. Now
+when the messenger came to the soothsayer and said he was the King, gat
+he for answer: 'King art thou not, but my counsel to thee is that thou
+be loyal to thy King,' & never a word more deigned the seer to utter.
+Then went the messenger back and told Olaf this thing, and the King had
+no longer any doubt that this man was verily a soothsayer, and his wish
+to meet with him, now that he had heard such an answer, waxed greater
+than heretofore. So Olaf went to him & communed with him, & asked him to
+prophesy about his future, whether or not he would win himself a kingdom
+or other good fortune. Then answered the prophet with saintly prophecy:
+'Thou wilt be a glorious King, & do glorious deeds, to faith &
+christening wilt thou bring many men, and thou wilt help thereby both
+thyself & many others. But to the end that thou shalt not doubt about
+this mine answer take this for a token: Hard by thy ships shalt thou
+meet with guile & with foemen, & thou shalt do battle; and of thy men
+some shall fall and thou thyself shalt be wounded. From that wound wilt
+thou be nigh unto death and be borne on a shield to thy ship; yet of thy
+hurt shalt thou be whole within a sennight and shall shortly thereafter
+accept Christianity.' Then Olaf went down to the ships, & verily did
+meet with the warlike men who would slay him & his followers, & their
+combat ended even as the hermit had foretold, to wit, in such manner
+that Olaf was indeed borne out to his ship on a shield & likewise was
+whole again after a sennight. Then Olaf felt assured in his mind that it
+was the truth that this seer had told him, and that of a truth was he a
+wise soothsayer, whencesoever might he have his gift of prophecy.
+So Olaf a second time went unto him and held much talk with him, and
+questioned him closely as to whence he gat the wisdom to foretell what
+was to come. And the hermit saith that the God of the men that were
+baptized Himself causeth him to know all that He wisheth. Then recounted
+he to Olaf the mighty works of God, & after these persuasions Olaf
+assented unto Christianity, & it befell that he was there baptized, &
+all the men that were with him. In that place abode he a long time and
+learned the true Faith, and in his train bore away with him priests &
+other learned men.
+
+
+¶ From the Isles of Scilly Olaf hied in the autumn to England, and there
+lay he in a certain haven & lived in peace, for England was a Christian
+land & now was he likewise a Christian man.
+
+
+  [Illustration]
+
+¶ Now there went throughout the land a summons to a certain Thing, that
+all men should come to the Thing, & when there was assemblage thither
+came to it a queen whose name was Gyda.[§]
+
+She was the sister of Olav Kvaran who was King of Dublin, which is in
+Ireland, and she had been married to a powerful earl in England who was
+now dead, but after him she yet ruled his dominion.
+
+Now there was a man in her dominions whose name was Alwin, a mighty
+champion & 'holmgangsman.'§
+
+Alwin had wooed Gyda, but she had made answer that she herself would
+make choice whom she would have among the men of her dominion, and
+forasmuch as she would choose herself a husband was this Thing convened.
+Thereto likewise came Alwin decked out in his best raiment, and many
+others were there apparelled also in their best. Now Olaf too was come
+thither, & he was clad in his bad-weather raiment, wearing a cloak
+exceeding rough; and he stood with his followers somewhat aloof from the
+others. Gyda walked hither & thither among the men, gazing at each one
+favoured in her eyes; but when she was come to where Olaf held his
+ground looked she searchingly up into his face and asked of what manner
+of man was he. Then did he make answer that he was Oli, and said: 'I am
+not of the country born nor bred.' Saith Gyda: 'Wilt thou have me? Even
+upon that then will I choose thee.' 'I will not say nay to it,' quoth
+he, and asked her name and lineage. 'I am,' said she, 'a King's daughter
+of Ireland, but I was wedded into this country, to an earl who held
+dominion here. Since the time that he died have I ruled the land; divers
+men have wooed me, but none that I would wed, & my name is Gyda.'
+
+Youthful was she and fair, and Olaf and she communed over this matter
+even until they became of one accord, and thereafter was Olaf betrothed
+to Gyda. This was but sour in the mouth of Alwin, but there was a custom
+in England that when two contended about a matter they should meet in
+single combat, and Alwin therefore bade Olaf Tryggvason fight with him
+on this matter.
+
+The time and place were appointed, & on either side were there chosen
+twelve men. Then when they were met said Olaf unto his men that they
+were to do even as he did, and a great axe had he in his hand. Now as
+Alwin was minded to drive his sword into him Olaf struck it out of his
+hand, & at the second stroke Alwin himself so that he fell to the
+ground. Then did Olaf bind him fast, & in this manner also was treatment
+meted out to the men that were with Alwin, to wit, to be beaten and
+bound, and thereafter were taken home to Olaf's lodging. Then did he bid
+Alwin depart from out the land & nevermore therein set foot again, and
+thereafter Olaf took possession of all his lands.
+
+
+  [Illustration]
+
+¶ So it came to pass that Olaf wedded Gyda & abode for the most part in
+England, but sometimes in Ireland. Once when Olaf was out on a foray, it
+fell that it was needful that they should foray ashore for provisions,
+and accordingly went his men to land and drove down a number of cattle
+to the shore. Then came a peasant after them & prayed Olaf give him back
+his cows, & Olaf bade him take his cows could he find them; 'but let him
+not delay our journey.' The peasant had with him a big cattle-dog. This
+dog sent he into the herd of neat whereof were being driven many
+hundreds, and the animal hither and thither ran among the drove,
+singling out as many cows as the peasant said he owned, and all of them
+were marked in the same manner.
+
+Now knowing that the dog had chosen rightly it seemed to them that this
+was passing clever, and so Olaf asked of the peasant whether he would
+give him the dog. 'Willingly,' answered he, and Olaf in exchange
+therefor gave him a gold ring, and the promise of his friendship.
+
+That dog was named Vigi, and it was the best of all dogs; Olaf had
+pleasure in him for a long time thereafter.
+
+
+¶ Now it came to the ears of the King of Denmark, even to him hight
+Harald Gormson, that Earl Hakon had cast aside Christianity & had
+pillaged in the country pertaining to the King of Denmark who thereon
+gathered together an host, & thereafter fared to Norway.
+
+And when he was come to the realm over which Earl Hakon had rule harried
+he there, laying bare all the land. Then led he his host to the islets
+which are called Solunder. Five homesteads alone stood unburned in
+Lardal, in Sogn, and all the folk of the valley were fled to the
+mountains and forests, taking with them such of their chattels as they
+might carry. Thereafter the Danish King was minded to take his hosts to
+Iceland to avenge the mockery of the Icelanders, for it happened that
+they had made malicious verses about him.
+
+Now a law had been made in Iceland to the end that for every soul in the
+country one lampoon should be made on the Danish King, and the reason
+therefor was to this wise, to wit, that a ship pertaining to men of
+Iceland had stranded on the coast of Denmark & the Danes had taken all
+the cargo thereon, calling it flotsam.
+
+The man who had had the chief concern in this matter was one Birger, the
+King's steward. Jests were made both on him and on the King, and this is
+one of them:
+
+  'When the fight-wonted Harald rode the sea-steed from the south
+  In the shape of Faxe,
+  The slayer of Vandals as wax became altogether as impotent.
+  Birger by guardian sprites outcast in mare's shape met him
+  As all men did behold.'
+
+
+¶ Now King Harald bade a warlock betake him to Iceland in one or other
+guise, that he might bring him back tidings of the country.
+
+And the warlock set forth in the shape of a whale, and when he was come
+thither to Iceland he went along the north side of the coast, and he saw
+that all the mountains and hills were full of guardian spirits, some
+large & others small. When he was arrived at Vapnafjord there went he up
+and was like to have gone ashore when, lo! a great dragon came down from
+the valley, & in its company many serpents, toads, and vipers, and these
+beasts belched venom at him. So swam he away westward all alongside the
+land even the whole way until he was come to the mouth of the Eyjafjord,
+& after he had turned up this fjord towards him there came a bird so
+large that its wings reached the hills on either side, and with it were
+a number of other birds, both large and tiny.
+
+So away fared he thence, & westward along by the land to Breidafjord,
+and there went he up the fjord, but a great bull came towards him
+bellowing after a fashion that was most horrible, & in its company were
+a swarm of kindred spirits.
+
+Then went he away from there and swam past Reykjanes and was about to go
+up on Vikarseid, but a hill giant came towards him with a staff in his
+hand, and this giant carried his head higher than the hills, and with
+him were many other giants.
+
+Then swam he eastward all the way along the coast: 'There is nothing,'
+quoth he, 'save sand and wilderness and great breakers outside; and so
+broad is the sea betwixt the lands,' said he, 'that it is all unmeet for
+long-ships.'
+
+
+¶ Now in those days Brod-Helgi dwelt in Vapnafjord, Eyolf Valgerdson in
+Eyjafjord, Thord Gelli in Breidafjord and Thorod the Priest in Olfus.
+
+
+¶ Then put the King of Denmark his fleet about, standing south along the
+coast, and thereafter sailed back to Denmark. Hakon the Earl caused all
+the habitations that had been devastated to be builded up again, &
+nevermore thereafter paid he any tribute to the King of Denmark.
+
+
+¶ Now it came to pass that Svein-- he who was afterwards called
+Two-beard-- demanded a kingdom of his father King Harald, & as before so
+again it befell that King Harald would not part Denmark in twain, nor
+let any other man, no matter of what blood he was, have dominion
+therein.
+
+So Svein assembled a fleet of war & gave out that he was about to go on
+a viking cruise, and when the whole of his fleet was come together, &
+Palnatoki of the Jomsborg vikings was also come to his aid, Svein made
+for Zealand, and went into Isafjord. There King Harald his father was
+lying, likewise, with his ships, for he was preparing to sail to war,
+& Svein fell upon him, & a great battle ensued; but many men flocked to
+King Harald and Svein had to give way before great odds and flee. There
+nevertheless did Harald receive such hurt that he died, and thereafter
+Svein was hailed as King of Denmark. In those days Jomsborg in Wendland
+was ruled by Earl Sigvaldi; he was the son of Strut-Harald who had ruled
+Skani, and Sigvaldi's brothers were Heming and Thorkel the Tall. At that
+time Bui the Burly of Borgundarholm & his brother Sigurd were likewise
+chiefs among the Jomsborg vikings, and with them, too, was Vagn, who was
+the son of Aki and Thorgunna and the sister's son of Bui and Sigurd.
+
+Now Sigvaldi the Earl had made King Svein prisoner and had taken him to
+Jomsborg in Wendland, and had constrained him to make peace with the
+Wendish King Burizlaf.
+
+It was to Earl Sigvaldi to settle the conditions of agreement between
+them-- Sigvaldi had then to wife Astrid the daughter of King Burizlaf--
+and if peace were not made, said the Earl, he would deliver King Svein
+into the hands of the Wends.
+
+Then the King knowing full well that they would torture him even to the
+death was content that the Earl should be peacemaker, & the Earl
+adjudged matters in such fashion that King Svein was to have the
+daughter of King Burizlaf to wife, and King Burizlaf the sister of King
+Svein, Tyra, that was daughter to Harald.
+
+Moreover it was covenanted that the two Kings were to have each his own
+dominion, and there was to be lasting peace between the countries.
+
+Then did King Svein journey home to Denmark with his wife Gunnhild;
+their sons were Harald and Knut the Great (Canute).
+
+And in those days made the Danes great boast that they would sail with a
+host to Norway even against Earl Hakon.
+
+
+¶ Now because King Svein was going to take his succession after his
+father Harald, made he a great funeral feast, to which were bidden all
+the chiefs of his kingdom.
+
+Not long before this Strut-Harald of Skani had died, and also Veseti of
+Borgundarholm, who was the father of Bui & Sigurd. The King therefore
+sent word to the Jomsborg vikings bidding Earl Sigvaldi and Bui, and
+their brothers, to come thither and seal their inheritance by drinking
+grave-ale in memory of their fathers at the feast which the King himself
+was about to give. And to this feast accordingly went the Jomsborg
+vikings with all the stoutest of their folk; forty ships had they from
+Wendland & twenty from Skani, & a great number of people were assembled
+together. On the first day of the feast, before King Svein stepped into
+his father's high seat, he drank the cup of memory to him, vowing
+therewith that before three months were over he would go to England with
+his hosts & slay King Ethelred, or drive him from the country. Now all
+those who were at the feast were obliged to drink that cup of memory,
+and for the chiefs of the Jomsborg vikings the largest horns were
+filled, and withal with the strongest ale. When this cup of memory had
+been drunk to the dregs then were all men to drink to the memory of
+Christ; and ever to the Jomsborg vikings were brought the fullest horns
+& the strongest drink. The third cup was to St. Michael, and this was
+drunk by all; and thereafter Sigvaldi drank to his father's memory, &
+made a vow that before three winters were passed he would go to Norway
+and slay Eirik, or drive him from the land. Then did his brother Thorkel
+the Tall swear that he would fare with Sigvaldi, and never shun battle
+as long as Sigvaldi was fighting there; and Bui the Burly said that he
+too would go with them to Norway, and not flee before Earl Hakon in
+battle. Then did Vagn Eirikson swear that he also would accompany him,
+& not return before he had slain Thorkel Leira and lain abed with his
+daughter Ingibiorg.
+
+Many other lords made vows anent sundry matters, & all men drank the
+heirship ale. When the morrow was come and the Jomsborg vikings had
+slept as long as they were minded, they deemed that they had spoken big
+words enough & met together to take counsel as to how and when they
+should proceed with their cruise, and then they covenanted to array
+their ships and men as speedily as might be. Now this matter was
+rumoured of far and wide in the lands.
+
+
+¶ Earl Eirik, the son of Earl Hakon, was at that season in Raumariki, &
+hearing of these tidings straightway mustered the folk and set forth to
+the Uplands, and then made his way northwards across the mountains to
+Throndhjem, to his father Earl Hakon. Of this speaketh Thord Kolbeinson
+in Eirik's lay:
+
+  'In good sooth from the south came fearsome tales of war,
+  Peasants even fear to fight;
+  And the captain of the ship learned that the long-ships of the Danes
+  Along their rollers were run out seawards.'
+
+
+¶ Earl Hakon and Earl Eirik caused war-arrows to be sent throughout the
+whole of the district around Throndhjem, and sent messengers to
+South-More, North-More, and Raumsdal; likewise sent they northward to
+Naumdal and Halogaland, and when this was accomplished had they called
+out their full muster of men and ships. Thus saith Eirik's lay:
+
+  'Many a long-ship and bark and great keel
+  (How the skald's praise grows apace)
+  The shield-bearer caused to be run into the sea
+  (Off-shore was the muster goodly)
+  So that the warrior could defend the lands of his fathers.'
+
+
+¶ Earl Hakon went forthwith south to More, to reconnoitre and collect
+men, while Earl Eirik assembled his host & took it southwards.
+
+
+¶ The Jomsborg vikings brought their hosts to Limfjord and thence sailed
+out to sea; sixty ships had they, and they took them across to Agdir
+whence without tarrying shaped they a course northward to the dominion
+of Earl Hakon. They sailed off the coast, plundering & burning
+wheresoever they went. Now there was a certain man named Geirmund who
+was sailing in a light boat & had but few men with him, & he came to
+More where he found Earl Hakon, & going in before the Earl as he sate at
+meat told him that there was an host to the southward which was come
+from Denmark. The Earl asked if he knew this in good sooth, and
+Geirmund, holding up one of his arms from which the hand had been
+severed, said that that was the token that a host was in the land.
+
+Then did the Earl question him closely concerning this host, & Geirmund
+said that it was the Jomsborg vikings, & that they had slain many men
+and plundered far & wide: 'Nevertheless they are travelling speedily and
+hard.
+
+Methinks it will not be long before they are here.'
+
+So then the Earl rowed up all the fjords, inwards along one shore and
+outwards along the other faring night and day, and he sent scouts on to
+the upper way across the isthmus,§ & south in the Fjords, & likewise
+north where Eirik was now with his host.
+
+It is of this that Eirik's lay telleth:
+
+  'War-wise was the Earl who had long-ships on the main
+  Heading with lofty prows against Sigvaldi,
+  Mayhap many an oar shook,
+  But the seamen who rent the sea with strong oar-blades
+  Feared not death.'
+
+
+¶ Earl Hakon took his host southwards as speedily as ever he was able.
+
+
+¶ Sailing northwards with his fleet Earl Sigvaldi rounded Stad, and
+first put in over against Hereya. Here, although the vikings fell in
+with the folk of the country, never could they get from them the truth
+as to the whereabouts of the Earl. Whithersoever they went the vikings
+pillaged, & in the island of Hod they ran up ashore & plundered the
+people, taking back with them to their ships both folk and cattle,
+though all men capable of bearing arms they slew.
+
+Now as they were going down again to their ships an old man approached
+them-- for he was walking nigh to the men of Bui-- and unto them said
+he, 'Not as warriors go ye here, driving neat and calves down to the
+shore; better prey would it be for ye to take the bear since ye have
+come so nigh his lair.'
+
+'What saith the carle?' they cry, 'Can ye tell us aught of Earl Hakon?'
+The peasant made answer: 'Yesterday he sailed to Hiorundarfjord having
+with him one or two ships, or three at most, & at that time he had not
+heard aught of ye.' Forthwith ran Bui & his men to their ships, leaving
+all their booty behind, & Bui called out saying: 'Let us make the most
+of having got this news, so that we may be the ones nighest to the
+victory.'
+
+And when they had mounted up into their ships straightway rowed they out
+north of the isle of Hod, and then rounding that island into the fjord.
+
+
+¶ Earl Hakon and his son Earl Eirik were lying in Hallsvik, with their
+hosts and one hundred and fifty ships.
+
+Now they had heard by this time that the Jomsborg vikings were lying-to
+off Hod, and the Earls accordingly rowed northward to seek them, and
+when they were come to the place which is called Hiorungavag met they
+one with another.
+
+Both sides then set themselves in array for battle. In the midst of his
+host was the banner of Earl Sigvaldi and over against this Earl Hakon
+took up his position; Earl Sigvaldi had twenty ships, and Earl Hakon
+sixty.
+
+In Earl Hakon's following were the chiefs Thorir Hart of Halogaland, and
+Styrkar of Gimsar. As for the battle array, one wing consisted of the
+twenty ships belonging to Bui the Burly and his brother Sigurd. Against
+these Earl Eirik Hakonson placed sixty ships, with him being the chiefs
+Gudbrand the White from the Uplands & Thorkel Leira from Vik.
+
+In the other wing of the array was Vagn Akason with twenty ships, and
+against him with sixty ships was Svein Hakonson with Skeggi of Uphaug in
+Yriar, and Rognvald from Ervik in Stad. In Eirik's lay it is told of
+thus:
+
+  'And the sea-ships to battle sped towards the Danish ships,
+  The sea-host sailed the coast along:
+  From before the vikings cleared the Earl away many at More
+  The ships drifted amid war-slain heaps.'
+
+And thus saith Eyvind in the Halogaland tale:
+
+  'Hardly was it a tryst of joy in that day's dawning
+  For the foemen of Yngvi Frey,
+  When the land-rulers guided the long-ships across the waste,
+  And the sword-elf from the south-land
+  Thrust the sea-steeds against their hosts.'
+
+
+¶ Then the fleets were brought together and there ensued the grimmest of
+battles, and many were slain on both sides, albeit the host of Hakon was
+it which fared the worst, for the Jomsborg vikings fought stoutly both
+with boldness & dexterity, shooting clean through the shields. So great
+in number were the missiles which struck Earl Hakon that his shirt of
+mail became all rent and useless so that he threw it from him.
+
+Of this speaketh Tind Halkelson:
+
+  'The kirtle which gold bedecked women wrought for the Earl
+  (The sparks from the sword wax brighter)
+  Could no longer be borne;
+  Then the mailed hero from off him cast the King's shirt
+  (Ready were the steeds of the sea).
+  Asunder, on the sand, blown from the Earl by the wind
+  Was the ring-weaved shirt of Sorli
+  (Thereof bore he the marks).'
+
+
+¶ Now the ships of the Jomsborg vikings were both larger, and higher in
+the gunwale, than were those of Earl Hakon, but nevertheless were they
+boldly beset from both sides. Vagn Akason pressed the ships of Svein
+Hakonson so hard that Svein let his men backwater & came nigh to
+fleeing, whereupon Earl Eirik came up into his place & thrust himself
+into the battle against Vagn, and Vagn backed his ship, and the craft
+lay again as they had lain at first.
+
+Then Eirik returned to his own battle, where his men were now going
+astern, and Bui having cut himself free from his lashings was about to
+follow the fugitives.
+
+Eirik then laid his ship alongside the ship of Bui, & a sharp hand to
+hand struggle took place, and two or three of the ships of Eirik set on
+the one ship whereon was Bui.
+
+Then a storm came on, and there fell hailstones so heavy that one stone
+alone weighed an ounce. Then did Sigvaldi cut his ship adrift & went
+about, with the intention of fleeing; Vagn Akason cried out to him
+bidding him stay, but never a moment would Sigvaldi heed give to what he
+said, so Vagn sent a javelin after him, and smote the man who held the
+tiller. Earl Sigvaldi rowed out of the battle with thirty-five ships and
+left twenty-five behind him.
+
+Then did Earl Hakon bring his ship round to the other side of that of
+Bui, and short respite then had the men of Bui between the blows. Now
+there was an anvil with a sharp end standing on the forecastle of the
+ship that pertained to Bui, and the reason thereof was that some man had
+made use thereof when welding the hilt of his sword, and Vigfus the son
+of Vigaglums, who was a man of great strength, took up the anvil &
+throwing it with both hands, drave it into the head of Aslak Holmskalli,
+so that the snout thereof entered his brain. No weapon hitherto had
+scathed Aslak, though he had been laying about him on either side.
+
+He was the foster-son of Bui, and his forecastle man. Yet another of the
+men to Bui was Havard the Hewer; even stronger was he, and a man of
+great valour. During this struggle the men of Eirik went up aboard Bui's
+ship, & made aft to the poop, towards Bui, and Thorstein Midlang struck
+him full across the nose, cleaving asunder the nose-piece of his helmet,
+and leaving a great wound.
+
+Bui then smote Thorstein in the side in such a manner that he cut the
+man right athwart his middle, and then seizing two chests of gold he
+shouted: 'Overboard all the men of Bui,' and plunged into the sea with
+the chests, and many of his men likewise sprang overboard, though others
+fell on the ship, for little avail was it to ask for quarter. The ship
+was now cleared from stem to stern, and the other craft were likewise
+cleared one after the other.
+
+
+¶ After this Earl Eirik brought his ships alongside that of Vagn, and
+from the latter met with right stout resistance; in the end however the
+ship was cleared, and Vagn and thirty men taken prisoners. Bound were
+they & taken on land, and Thorkel Leira went up to them and spoke thus:
+'Vagn, thou didst vow to slay me, but me seemeth it is I who am more
+like to slay thee.'
+
+Now it happened that Vagn and his men were all sitting on the felled
+trunks of a mighty tree, and Thorkel had a big axe, & with it he struck
+at the man who was sitting farthest off on the trunk.
+
+Vagn and his men were so bound that a rope was passed round their feet,
+but their hands were free. Then said one of them, 'I have in my hand a
+cloak-clasp, and into the earth will I thrust it if I wot anything after
+my head is off'-- and his head was struck off, and down fell the clasp
+from his hand.
+
+Hard by sat a fair man with goodly hair and he swept his hair forward
+over his face, saying as he stretched forth his neck: 'Make not my hair
+bloody.' A certain man took the hair in his hand and held it fast, and
+Thorkel swang the axe so as to strike, but the viking drew back his head
+suddenly & he who was holding his hair moved forward with him, and lo,
+the axe came down on both his hands and took them off, thereafter
+cleaving the earth. Then Earl Eirik came up and asked: 'Who is that fine
+man?' 'Sigurd the lads call me,' said he, 'and I am thought to be a son
+to Bui: not yet are all the vikings of Jomsborg dead.' 'Thou must of a
+surety be a true son to Bui; wilt thou have quarter?' 'That dependeth
+upon who is the bidder thereof,' said Sigurd. 'He offereth it who hath
+power to give it, to wit Earl Eirik.' 'Then will I take it,' and loosed
+was he from the rope. Then said Thorkel Leira: 'Though thou grantest
+quarter, Earl, to all these men, yet never shall Vagn Akason depart
+hence alive,' & so saying he ran forward with uplifted axe. Just then
+the viking Skadi tripped in the rope, and dropped before Thorkel's feet,
+and Thorkel fell flat over him, and Vagn seizing the axe dealt Thorkel
+his death-blow. Then said the Earl: 'Wilt thou have quarter?' 'Yea
+will I,' said he, 'if we all are given quarter.' 'Loose them from the
+rope,' said the Earl, and so it was done accordingly.
+
+Eighteen of these men were slain, but to twelve was quarter granted.
+
+
+¶ Now Earl Hakon & many of his men with him were sitting on a log.
+
+Suddenly there twanged a bowstring from Bui's ship, but the arrow struck
+Gizur of Valders, a feudatory who was sitting by the Earl & was clad in
+brave apparel, & forthwith went sundry of Hakon's men out to the ship
+and found on it Havard the Hewer kneeling by the bulwarks, for his feet
+had been smitten off him. A bow had he in his hand and when they were
+come out to the ship, as aforesaid, Havard asked: 'Who fell off the
+tree-trunk?' 'One named Gizur,' they say. 'Then was my luck lesser than
+I wished.' 'Ill-luck enough,' say they, 'and more hurt shalt thou not
+do,' & therewith they slew him. After these things the dead were
+searched, and the booty brought together for division; five and twenty
+ships belonging to the Jomsborg vikings were thus cleared of booty. Tind
+saith as follows:
+
+  'He, feeder of ravens,
+  (Their swords did smite their thighs)
+  Against the friends of the Wends long did struggle,
+  Until he who shields destroyed had
+  Five and twenty ships laid waste.'
+
+
+¶ Thereafter were the hosts dispersed.
+
+Earl Hakon betook him to Throndhjem, taking it full ill that Eirik had
+given Vagn Akason quarter.
+
+Men say that during this battle Earl Hakon made sacrifice of his son
+Erling in order to gain the victory, and afterwards the hailstorm came,
+and that then the slaughtering changed over out of the hands of the
+Jomsborgers. After the battle Earl Eirik went to the Uplands, and from
+there east to his dominions, and with him went Vagn Akason. Thereafter
+Eirik gave the daughter of Thorkel Leira-- Ingibiorg was her name-- in
+marriage to Vagn, & a goodly long-ship to boot, well furnished in all
+things appertaining thereto, & a crew did he get him for the ship, and
+they parted in all friendship. Vagn thence fared southward home to
+Denmark, and became thereafter a famous man.
+
+Many men of might are descended from him.
+
+
+¶ Now it hath been heretofore related how Harald the Grenlander was King
+of Vestfold, and how Asta, the daughter of Gudbrand Kula had he taken to
+wife. One summer when he was out laying waste the countries to the
+eastward, came he to Sweden where Olaf the Swede was King in those days.
+Olaf was the son of Eirik the Victorious and of Sigrid the daughter of
+Skogla-Tosti.
+
+Sigrid was now a widow and to her pertained many great manors in Sweden.
+When she heard that her foster-brother Harald the Grenlander had come
+ashore not far from where at that time she was abiding, sent she
+messengers to him, bidding him to a feast which she was making ready to
+give. Thereat was Harald glad, and fared to Astrid with a great
+following of men. And a goodly feast was it withal: the King and the
+Queen sat in the high-seat and in the evening drank both together, and
+among the men flowed the ale freely.
+
+At night when the King went to his rest his bed had on it a costly
+coverlet, and was hung with precious cloths; in that house there were
+but few men. And the King having unclad him, & gotten into bed, the
+Queen came hither to him and poured out a cup, and pressed him hard to
+drink; right kind was she to him withal. Now the King was exceeding
+drunken, and the Queen likewise.
+
+Then fell the King asleep, and Sigrid went away to her bed. Now the
+Queen was a very wise woman, and far seeing in many things. The next
+morning flowed the drink ever apace, but as ofttimes cometh to pass when
+men have drunk heavily, even so the more wary of drink are most of them
+on the morrow. Yet was the Queen merry, and she and Harald spake much
+together, and as their talk ran on, the Queen said that she deemed her
+lands & kingdom in Sweden to be of no less worth than his in Norway. Now
+at this manner of talking the King waxed moody, and found but little
+pleasure in anything thereafter, and heavy at heart he made him ready
+to go; yet was the Queen exceeding merry, gave him great gifts, &
+accompanied him on his way.
+
+
+¶ So back to Norway fared he that autumn, & abode at home during that
+winter, but little enough pleasure gat he the while. The summer
+thereafter went he eastward with his host, and shaped his course for
+Sweden. Word sent he to Sigrid that he desired to meet her, & she rode
+down to him, & they talked together; then without more ado he asked her
+whether she would have him for mate, to which Sigrid made answer that to
+do such a thing would indeed be foolish, seeing that he is well married
+already, and better for him might not be. Harald confessed Asta to be a
+good wife and brave, 'but of such noble blood as mine is she not
+withal.' Then answered Sigrid. 'Maybe thou art of higher lineage than
+she, yet nevertheless it beseemeth to me that with her is the happiness
+of ye both.' And after that few were the words spoken between them
+before the Queen rode away.
+
+
+¶ Then was King Harald sick at heart, & he made him ready to ride inland
+to see Queen Sigrid yet once more. Many of his men counselled him
+therefrom, but none the less went he with a great following to the house
+of which Sigrid was lady. That same evening there came thither from the
+east, from Gardariki (western Russia), another king-- Vissavald§ was his
+name, & he likewise came to woo Sigrid the Queen. The kings & all their
+retinue were given seats in a large & ancient chamber; & ancient also
+were the furnishings of this room, but drink more than enough went round
+that evening, so strong indeed that all became drunken, and both the
+head-guard, and the outer-guard fell asleep. Then, during the night--
+and all this was caused by Queen Sigrid-- were they fallen upon with
+fire and sword; both the chamber & the men who were therein were burned,
+& of those who came out from it not one was allowed to go alive.
+
+Quoth Sigrid on this matter, that she would teach small kings from other
+lands to woo her; & thereafter she was called Sigrid the Scheming.
+
+
+¶ It was the winter before these things befell that the battle with the
+Jomsborg vikings was fought in Hiorungavag. Now while Harald was gone
+inland, one Hrani was left in charge of the ships and men; but when the
+news came that Harald had been done to death, fared they thence
+forthwith, & going back to Norway recounted the tidings.
+
+And to Asta went Hrani & told her all things concerning their voyage, &
+likewise the errand that had urged King Harald to Queen Sigrid. When she
+heard these tidings Asta went straightway to the Uplands to her father,
+and right welcome was she made, but exceeding wrathful were they both at
+the base design which had been toward in Sweden, & with Harald that he
+had been minded to leave her in loneliness. Asta, the daughter of
+Gudbrand, brought forth a son even there in the summer; this boy was
+called Olaf at his baptism, & Hrani poured the water over him. At the
+outset was the child reared by Gudbrand & Asta his mother.
+
+
+¶ Earl Hakon ruled the whole coast of Norway; sixteen counties had he
+under his sway, and forasmuch as Harald Fairhair had prescribed that an
+earl should be over every county, and that prescription had endured for
+long, there were under him sixteen earls. Thus it is said in the
+Vellekla:
+
+  'Where else know we the government
+  (On this the hosts may ponder)
+  Of one land-ruler over the lands of sixteen earls?
+  Unto the four corners of heaven rises the rumour
+  Of the doughty deeds of the belauded chieftain.'
+
+
+¶ During the rule of Earl Hakon the increase was good in the land, &
+peace was there within it among the peasantry. Well-beloved, too, was
+the Earl among them for the greater part of his life, but as his years
+waxed old it happened that his intercourse with women became unseemly,
+and to such a pass came this that the Earl would cause the daughters of
+powerful men to be brought unto him, when he would lie with them for a
+week or twain, and then send them back to their homes. This manner of
+acting brought him to great enmity with the kinsmen of these women, and
+the peasantry fell to murmuring, as is the wont of the folk of
+Throndhjem when things are not to their liking.
+
+
+¶ Now there came to the ears of Earl Hakon the fame of a man overseas
+westward who called himself Oli, & whom men held for a King; and he
+misdoubted from the talk of certain folk that this man must be of the
+lineage of the Norwegian Kings. He was told, indeed, that Oli called
+himself Gerdish (i.e., of Garda) by race, but the Earl had heard that
+Tryggvi Olafson had had a son who had been taken eastward to Garda
+(western Russia), and had been brought up there at the Court of King
+Valdamar, and that his name was Olaf.
+
+Often had the Earl sought information about this man, and he misdoubted
+that he it was who had now come to the western countries. Now to Hakon
+the Earl was a great friend, one Thorir Klakka, who was known far and
+wide, for he had sailed long whiles as a viking, and at others as a
+merchant.
+
+So west across the sea Earl Hakon now despatched this man, bidding him
+fare to Dublin as a merchant, as many were wont to fare in those days.
+It was laid on Thorir that he should ascertain of what manner of man was
+this Oli, and should he hear of a truth he was Olaf Tryggvason, or of
+the lineage of the Kings of Norway, then was Thorir, if it might be,
+to ensnare him into the power of the Earl.
+
+
+¶ So Thorir gat him west to Dublin, and enquiring there for tidings of
+Oli learned that he was with his brother-in-law King Olaf Kvaran.§
+Thereafter Thorir brought it to pass that he gat speech of Oli, and when
+they had talked often and long (for Thorir was a very smooth-tongued
+man) fell Oli to asking about the Upland kings: which of them were still
+alive and what dominions pertained to them.
+
+Likewise asked he concerning the Earl, and if he were much beloved in
+the country. Thorir answered: 'The Earl is so mighty a man that no one
+durst speak but as he wills, nevertheless the reason of this is that we
+have none other to look to. Verily know I the minds of many mighty men,
+& of the people likewise, & that they would be eager & ready were a king
+of the lineage of Harald Fair-hair to come to the realm.
+
+Of this, however, is there no likelihood inasmuch as it has been well
+proven how little it availeth to contend against Earl Hakon.'
+
+And when they had talked much together on this matter, revealed Olaf
+unto Thorir his name & lineage, & craved counsel of him whether the
+peasantry would have him for their King should he fare over to Norway.
+With eagerness sought Thorir to urge him on to make this journey,
+praising him and his prowess most exceedingly. Then did Olaf conceive a
+great desire to be gone to the realm of his kin; and sailed he
+thereafter from the west with five ships, going first to the Hebrides; &
+together with him went Thorir. Later sailed he to the Orkneys where Earl
+Sigurd, the son of Hlodvir, was lying in Asmundarvag (Osmundwall) in
+Rognvaldzey (South Ronaldsey) in a long-ship for he was about to sail
+over to Katanes (Caithness). Then did King Olaf sail his folk from the
+west & put into haven in the island because Pettlanzfjord (Pentland
+Firth) was not navigable.
+
+When the King heard that the Earl was lying there summoned he him to
+talk with him, and Earl Sigurd having come to the King not long did they
+talk ere the King Olaf said that the Earl and all the folk of the land
+must let themselves be baptized or they would straightway be put to
+death; and the King said he would carry fire & sword through the isles,
+and lay waste the land if the folk thereof did not allow themselves to
+be christened.
+
+So the Earl being thus beset chose to accept baptism, and was baptized
+there and then with all his men. Thereafter swore the Earl an oath that
+he would become the King's man, & give him his son for a hostage-- his
+name was Whelp or Hound-- and Olaf took him home with him to Norway.
+
+
+¶ Olaf then sailed eastward out to sea, and when he left the main, went
+in to the Isle of Most, where he went on land in Norway for the first
+time.
+
+He caused a Mass to be said in his tent, & on the self-same spot was a
+church afterward builded. Now Thorir Klakka told the King that their
+wisest course was to keep secret his identity, and to let not the
+slightest rumour about him get abroad, and to travel as speedily as
+might be so as to fall upon the Earl while he was still unawares.
+
+Even so did King Olaf, faring northward day and night according to the
+set of the wind, & he let not the people know of his journey, nor who
+it was that was sailing. When he was come north to Agdanes gat he
+tidings that Earl Hakon was within the fjord, & moreover that he was at
+variance with the peasantry. Now when Thorir heard tell of this quite
+otherwise was it from what he had expected, for after the battle of the
+Jomsborg vikings all men in Norway were full friendly with Earl Hakon by
+reason of the victory he had won, & which had saved the land from war;
+but now so ill had things befallen that here was the Earl at strife with
+the peasantry, & that with a great chief come into the land.
+
+
+¶ At this time Hakon the Earl was a guest at Medalhus in Gaulardal, his
+ships lying off Vigg the while.
+
+Now there was a certain Orm Lyrgia, a wealthy yeoman who lived at Bynes,
+and he had to wife Gudrun the daughter of Bergthor of Lundar, & so fair
+a woman was this Gudrun that she was called the 'sun of Lundar.'
+
+And on such an errand as this, namely to bring unto him Orm's wife, did
+Earl Hakon send his thralls.
+
+The men coming thither to Bynes made known their errand, but Orm bade
+them first go out & sup, & before they had well eaten there had come to
+him many men whom he had sent for from the neighbouring homesteads. Then
+said Orm that he would in nowise suffer Gudrun to go with the thralls;
+and Gudrun herself bade the thralls go tell the Earl that never would
+she go to him save he sent Thora of Rimul,§ a wealthy lady and one of
+the Earl's sweethearts, to fetch her. Then the thralls said that they
+would come once again in such a manner that both master and mistress
+would repent them of this business, & uttering grievous threats they gat
+them gone. Now in all four directions of the countryside did Orm send
+out war-arrows, and with them word that all men should rise against
+Hakon the Earl to slay him. Moreover he let Haldor of Skerdingsted be
+told, and forthwith Haldor also made despatch of the war-arrow.
+
+Not long before this had the Earl taken the wife of a man named
+Bryniolf, and from that piece of work had arisen a great pother, and
+something nigh the assembling together of an host.
+
+So after receiving the message aforesaid all the people hastened
+together and made their way to Medalhus, but to the Earl coming news of
+their motions thereon left he the house together with his men and went
+to a deep valley which is now called Jarlsdal (the Earl's valley), and
+therein they hid themselves. The day thereafter kept the Earl watch on
+the peasant host. The peasants had encompassed all the footways, though
+they were mostly of a mind that the Earl had made off to his ships.
+These were now commanded by his son Erling, a young man of singular
+promise.
+
+When night fell sent the Earl his men away from him, bidding them take
+to the forest tracks out to Orkadal, 'No one will harm ye if I am
+nowhere nigh,' he said. 'Send also word to Erling to go out of the fjord
+so that we may meet in More. I shall find a means to hide me from the
+peasants.' Then the Earl departed and a thrall of his named Kark bore
+him company.
+
+Ice was there on the Gaul river, but the Earl set his horse at it & they
+came through, with the loss of his cloak, to a cave which has since been
+called Jarlshellir (the Earl's cave), and therein slept they soundly.
+When Kark awakened recounted he unto the Earl a dream he had dreamt: how
+a man black & ill to behold had come nigh the cave, and he was afeared
+would enter it, and this man had told him that 'Ulli' was dead.
+
+Then said the Earl, 'Erling must have been slain.' For the second time
+Thormod Kark slept and he cried out in his sleep, and when he awoke told
+his dream, namely that he had seen the self-same man coming down again,
+& he had bidden Kark tell the Earl that now all the sounds were closed.
+
+And Kark telling Earl Hakon his dream said he thought it might betoken a
+short life for him. Thereafter they arose and went to the homestead of
+Rimul, whence sent the Earl Kark to Thora bidding her come privily to
+him. This did she in haste, and made the Earl right welcome, and he
+craved of her hiding were it but for a few nights even until dispersed
+should be the peasants. 'Here is it that thou wilt be sought by them,'
+said she, 'and search will they make both within and without, throughout
+the whole of this my homestead, for many there are that wot over well
+how that I would fain help thee all that I might.
+
+Howbeit one place is there wherein would I never seek for such a man as
+thou, and that is in the swine-sty.' So thither hied they and said the
+Earl: 'Here then will we hide us, for it behoves us that first of all
+must we give heed to our own lives.' Thereupon dug the thrall a large
+ditch in the sty & carried away the earth, and afterwards placed wood
+across it.
+
+And Thora brought unto the Earl tidings that Olaf Tryggvason was come up
+the fjord, and that he had slain the Earl's son Erling.
+
+Right so went the Earl into the trench, & Kark with him, and Thora
+dragged wood athwart it, and swept earth and muck over it, and drave the
+swine thereon. Now the swine-sty was under a certain big rock.
+
+
+  [Illustration]
+
+¶ With five long-ships shaped Olaf Tryggvason his course into the fjord,
+& Erling, the son of Earl Hakon with his three ships rowed him out to
+meet him. Or ever the ships drew nigh one to another Erling and his men
+knew that this was war, and then in lieu of coming to a meeting with
+Olaf did they make head for the land. Now Olaf when he had seen the
+long-ships rowing down the fjord towards him thought to himself that
+this would be Earl Hakon, and thereon gave the word of command to row
+ahead as hard as might be.
+
+The men of Erling even so soon as they were come nigh unto the shore
+leapt they in haste overboard & made for land. Thither after them were
+come the ships of Olaf and he himself saw swimming a man exceeding fair
+to look upon, and thereon seized he the tiller and threw it even unto
+this man, and the tiller smote the head of Erling, he that was son of
+the Earl, so that his skull was cloven, yea even to the brain.
+
+Thus came it to pass that Erling lost his life.
+
+There slew the men of Olaf many, but even so did a few make good their
+escape; others again made they prisoners, & giving them quarter gat
+tidings from them.
+
+Thus learnt Olaf that the peasants had driven away Earl Hakon, that he
+was fleeing before them, and that all the folk that were his were
+scattered.
+
+Thereafter did the peasants come unto Olaf, and as all liked one another
+passing well forthwith entered they into fellowship.
+
+The peasants hailed him for their King, and they covenanted together to
+seek Earl Hakon, & to make search up into Gaulardal where if
+peradventure he was to be found in any of the houses there, deemed they
+it likeliest would he be at Rimul since all men knew for why.
+
+Thora was the dearest friend to him in that valley. So thither went
+they, and sought the Earl both without and within but of him could they
+find no trace; and Olaf summoned the people together out in the yard,
+and standing on the rock which was beside the swine-sty spake unto them,
+and the words that he uttered were that he would reward with riches and
+honour the man who would work mischief to Earl Hakon.
+
+This speech was heard both by the Earl and Kark. Now by them in the sty
+had they a light there with them, and the Earl said: 'Why art thou so
+pale, yet withal as black as earth? Is it in thy heart, Kark, that thou
+shouldst betray me?' 'Nay,' said Kark, 'we two were born on the
+self-same night, and long space will there not be twixt the hour of our
+deaths.' Towards evening went King Olaf away, & when it was night Kark
+slept, and the Earl kept watch, but Kark was troubled in his sleep. Then
+the Earl awakened him & asked him whereof he dreamt, and he said: 'I was
+now even at Ladir, and Olaf Tryggvason placed a gold ornament about my
+neck.'
+
+The Earl answered: 'A blood-red ring will it be that Olaf Tryggvason
+will lay about thy neck, shouldst thou meet with him. Beware now, and
+betray me not, & thou shalt be treated well by me as heretofore.' Then
+stay they both sleepless each watching the other, as it might be, but
+nigh daybreak fell the Earl asleep and was troubled at once, so troubled
+that he drew his heels up under him & his head likewise under him, and
+made as though he would rise up, calling aloud and in a fearsome way.
+Then grew Kark afeard & filled with horror, so it came to pass that he
+drew a large knife from his belt and plunged it into the throat of the
+Earl cutting him from ear to ear. Thus was encompassed the death of Earl
+Hakon.
+
+Then cut Kark off the head of the Earl and hasted him away with it, and
+the day following came he with it to Ladir unto King Olaf, and there
+told he him all that had befallen them on their flight, as hath already
+been set forth. Afterwards King Olaf let Kark be taken away thence, &
+his head be sundered from his trunk.
+
+
+¶ Thereafter to Nidarholm went King Olaf and likewise went many of the
+peasantry, and with them bare they the heads of Earl Hakon and Kark. In
+those days it was the custom to use this island as a place whereon might
+be slain thieves & criminals, and on it stood a gallows. And the King
+caused that on this gallows should be exposed the heads of Earl Hakon
+and Kark. Then went thither the whole of the host, and shouted up at
+them and cast stones, and said that they went to hell each in goodly
+company, ever one rascal with another. Thereafter did they send men up
+to Gaulardal, & after they had dragged thence the body of Earl Hakon did
+they burn it.
+
+So great strength was there now in the enmity that was borne against
+Earl Hakon by the folk that were of Throndhjem that no one durst breathe
+his name save as the 'bad Earl,' and for long afterwards was he called
+after this fashion.
+
+Nevertheless it is but justice to bear testimony of Earl Hakon that he
+was well worthy to be a chief, firstly by the lineage whereof he was
+descended, then for his wisdom and the insight with which he used the
+power that pertained to him, his boldness in battle, and withal his
+goodhap in gaining victories and slaying his foemen. Thus saith Thorleif
+Raudfelldarson:
+
+  'Hakon! no Earl more glorious 'neath the moon's highway:
+  In strife and battle hath the warrior honour won,
+  Chieftains mine to Odin hast thou sent,
+  (Food for ravens were their corses)
+  Therefore wide be thy rule!'
+
+
+¶ The most generous of men was Earl Hakon, yet even to such a chief
+befell so great mishap on his dying-day. And this was brought about by
+the coming of the time when blood-offerings & the men of blood-offerings
+were doomed, & in their stead were found the true Faith and righteous
+worship.
+
+
+¶ In general Thing at Throndhjem was Olaf Tryggvason chosen to be King
+of the land, even as Harald Fair-hair had been King. Indeed the folk
+rose up, & the crowds would hear of nought else but that Olaf Tryggvason
+should be King; and Olaf went throughout the country conquering it,
+& all men in Norway vowed allegiance to him.
+
+Even the lords of the Uplands and Vik who had before held their lands
+from the Danish King now became men unto Olaf and held their lands from
+him. Then in the first winter & the summer thereafter fared he through
+the country.
+
+Earl Eirik Hakonson, and Svein his brother, & others of their kith and
+friendship fled from the land, & going eastward to Sweden, even unto
+King Olaf the Swede, were by him well received. Thus saith Thord
+Kolbeinson:
+
+  'Foemen of robbers! swiftly can fate cause change,
+  Brief space 'fore the treason of men did Hakon to death,
+  And to the land erewhile taken by the fighter in battle
+  Came now the son of Tryggvi, faring from the west.
+  More in his mind had Eirik against his lord and King
+  Than can now be spoken of, as might be thought of him.
+  In wrath sought the Earl counsel of the King of the Swedes
+  (Stubborn are the folk of Throndhjem, ne'er one will flee).'
+
+
+¶ Now the name of a certain man from Vik was Lodin, and he possessed
+much wealth and was come of a goodly lineage. Often fared he as a
+merchant, but upon occasion as a viking. Now it befell one summer that
+Lodin, to whom appertained the ship, wherein was a fair cargo, did set
+sail eastward with merchandise that was his, and after making Estland
+spent he the summer there in the places where the fairs were held. Now
+the while a fair happeneth are many kinds of goods thither brought to it
+for sale, & likewise come many thralls, and among them as it befell in
+this wise one day saw Lodin a woman, who when he looked on her perceived
+he her to be Astrid, the daughter of Eirik whom King Tryggvi had had to
+wife. Now indeed was she unlike what she had been when he had aforetime
+seen her, for pale was she, and wasted, and poorly clad; but went he up
+to her & asked her about herself, and she answered: 'Sad is it to relate
+that have I been sold for a slave, & yet again am I brought hither for
+sale.' Thereafter did they recognize one another, & Astrid knew well all
+about him and she besought him to buy her & take her back to her kin.
+'I will make a bargain with thee on this matter,' said he, 'I will bear
+thee home with me to Norway if thou wilt wed me.'
+
+So Astrid being in such dire straits and knowing him full well to be a
+man that was brave & had many possessions, yea and moreover goodly
+lineage, plighted she him her troth so that she might be set free. Thus
+it came to pass that Lodin bought Astrid, and bare her away home even
+unto Norway, and wedded her there with the goodwill of her kinsfolk. The
+children she bare to him were Thorkel Nefia, Ingirid, and Ingigerd;
+while the daughters of Astrid by King Tryggvi were Ingibiorg and Astrid.
+
+The sons of Eirik Biodaskalli were Sigurd Carles-head, Jostein, and
+Thorkel Dydril; all these were noble & wealthy, and to them pertained
+manors in the east of the country.
+
+Two brothers that dwelt in Vik, Thorgeir & Hyrning as they were named,
+took to wife the daughters of Astrid and Lodin.
+
+
+  [Illustration]
+
+¶ After the Danish King, Harald Gormson, had embraced the faith of
+Christ made he proclamation throughout his dominions that all men must
+allow themselves to be baptized, and must turn to the true Faith.
+He himself followed hard on the bidding, making use of force and
+chastisement when naught else could prevail.
+
+He sent to Norway with a great host two Earls that were called
+Urgutherjot and Brimiskiar;§ the mission to them was that they should
+proclaim Christianity throughout the land & the same also in Vik which
+had done direct homage unto Harald himself.
+
+Folk made they submissive readily enough, and many country folk were
+thereon baptized. Howsoever it came to pass that after the death of
+Harald speedily went his son Svein Two-beard to war in Saxland,
+Frisland, and at last also in England, and then those of Norway who had
+received Christianity returned to sacrifices, as in the old times
+aforesaid in the north country.
+
+But Olaf Tryggvason after that he was King in Norway dwelt he for long
+in the summer at Vik, where he was made welcome with great show of
+affection; and to that place came also many of his kindred, & others who
+were allied to him, and many that had been good friends with his father.
+Then did Olaf summon to him his uncle, & his step-father Lodin, & his
+step-brothers Thorgeirr and Hyrning, and laying the matter before them
+besought them most earnestly to undertake with him, and thereafter with
+all their might support the spreading of the message of Christianity,
+for this message it was his wish to carry throughout the whole of his
+dominions.
+
+And, said he, that he would have it his way or die, 'I will make all of
+ye great and powerful men, for it is upon ye that chiefly do I rely
+inasmuch as ye are to me kith & brethren.' So all were agreed to do what
+he bade them and support him in that which he desired, and to have
+fellowship with all those that were of a mind to follow their counsel.
+
+Then did King Olaf proclaim that he would invite all men in his realm to
+become Christians, and those who had agreed this aforetime straightway
+did his bidding, & as they were the most powerful of those present, all
+the others did according to their example. Thereafter were all folk
+baptized in the eastern part of Vik, & then went the King to the
+northern parts thereof and invited all men to receive Christianity; and
+those who said nay chastised he severely, slaying some, and maiming
+some, and driving away others from the land. So it came to pass that the
+people of the whole of that kingdom whereover his father King Tryggvi
+had ruled aforetime, and likewise that which his kinsman Harald the
+Grenlander had possessed, received Christianity according to the bidding
+of King Olaf. Wherefore in that summer and in the winter thereafter were
+the people of the whole of Vik made Christian.
+
+
+¶ Early in the spring-time was King Olaf astir, and leaving Vik went he
+north-west to Agdir and whithersoever he went summoned he the peasants
+to a Thing, and bade all men let themselves be baptized. And forasmuch
+as none of the peasantry durst rise up against the King, the people were
+baptized withersoever he went, and the men embraced Christianity.
+
+
+¶ Bold men and many were there in Hordaland who were come of the kin of
+Horda Kari. To him had been born four sons: firstly, Thorleif the Wise,
+secondly, Ogmund who was the father of Thorolf Skialg, the father of
+Erling of Soli; thirdly, Thord the father of Klyp the 'hersir' (he that
+slew Sigurd Sleva Gunnhildson) and fourthly, Olmod the father of Aksel
+who was the father of Aslak Fitiar-skalli. This stock was greatest and
+bravest in Hordaland.
+
+
+¶ Now when these kinsmen heard the disquieting tidings that the King was
+coming from the east along the coast, and with him a large host who
+forced all men that they should break the old laws of the old gods, and
+imposed penalties with sore chastisements on all those who spake not to
+his liking, agreed they to meet together to take counsel upon their
+plans for well knew they the King would soon be upon them; it was
+therefore agreed among them that they would one & all be present at the
+Gula-Thing, and there should they meet Olaf Tryggvason.
+
+
+¶ Even so soon as he was come to Rogaland did Olaf summon a Thing,
+& thereto came the peasantry in great numbers and fully armed.
+
+And being come together made they speeches and held consultations among
+themselves, & chose three men who were the most eloquent among them to
+answer back the King at the Thing. Moreover were they to speak against
+him and make it known that they would not suffer their laws to be broken
+even were it the King who ordained the same. Now when the peasants were
+assembled at the Thing & the Thing was opened, rose up King Olaf and
+spake, talking at the outset smooth and fair albeit it was manifest in
+his talking that it was his will that they should accept Christianity.
+
+And after he had done with fair words he fell to vowing that those who
+spoke against him and would not do his bidding would bring upon
+themselves his wrath & chastisement and hard entreatment howsoever he
+might bring it about.
+
+Now when the King had made an end to speaking there stood up one of the
+yeomen who was the most eloquent & who had been chosen as the first to
+make answer to King Olaf.
+
+But when he was about to speak was he taken with such a coughing &
+choking that he could not get forth a word, and down sat he again.
+Sorely as it had gone with the first yet nevertheless rose another man
+to his feet to take up the answer, but when he began to talk so greatly
+did he stammer that never a word could he get forth. Then all who were
+present fell to laughing, so that the yeoman sat himself down again.
+Then stood the third man up with intent to speak against King Olaf, but
+so hoarse was he and husky that no man could hear what he said, so down
+he sat likewise. There being now none of the chosen yeomen left to speak
+against the King, and no one else would answer him, the resistance that
+had been projected came to naught.
+
+In the end therefore were all agreed to do the King's bidding, and all
+the Thing folk were christened there and then or ever the King departed
+from them.
+
+
+¶ King Olaf proceeded to the Gula-Thing accompanied by his men, for the
+peasants had sent unto the King saying that there they would answer him
+on this matter. But when both parties were come to the Thing the King
+made known that it was his wish first to have speech with the chiefs of
+the land, so when all were assembled there he set forth his purpose in
+being present, which was to impose baptism upon them.
+
+Then spake Olmod the Old and said: 'We kinsmen have taken counsel
+together on this matter, and of one consent are we thereon. If thou,
+King, thinkest to force us kinsmen to such a thing as the breaking of
+our laws, and wilt bend us to thy will, then will we defy thee by all
+means in our power, & fate must decide whoso shall get the mastery.
+
+But if thou, O King, wilt advance us kinsfolk somewhat then thou mayst
+bring it so well about that we shall turn to thee in hearty obedience.'
+Quoth the King, 'What is that which ye demand that shall bring about
+good peace betwixt us?' Then said Olmod, 'Firstly is it thou shalt give
+thy sister, Astrid, in marriage to our kinsman Erling Skialgson, whom we
+now account the likeliest young man of Norway.'
+
+The King said that to his mind this was a fair request and that it would
+be a good marriage seeing that Erling was of a great family, and withal
+goodly to look upon, but nevertheless said he, must Astrid herself have
+a word in the matter. Thereafter did the King speak with his sister on
+the subject, and she answered and said, 'little it availeth me that I am
+a King's daughter and a King's sister if I am to wed a man without a
+princely name, rather will I tarry a few winters for another suitor,'
+and therewith ended their talking for the time being.
+
+
+¶ Now after these things King Olaf caused the feathers to be plucked
+from off a hawk appertaining to Astrid his sister, and thereafter he
+sent the bird to her. Then said Astrid, 'Wrathful is my brother now,'
+& going to her brother, who bade her welcome, she spake unto him that
+he the King should give her in marriage as it seemeth best to him.
+'Methought,' said Olaf, 'that I had power enough in this land to make
+whatsoever man I would a man of title and dignity.'
+
+So then the King summoned Olmod and Erling and all their kinsmen to him
+to talk with them anent this matter, and in such wise did their talking
+end that Astrid was betrothed to Erling. Thereafter the King called
+together a Thing, & offered the peasants Christianity, and though all
+their kinsfolk were with them in this matter yet were Olmod & Erling the
+most zealous of all men in forwarding the King's cause.
+
+No one had any longer the courage to raise his voice against the wish of
+the King, and thereupon were the people all baptized and became
+Christian. Now the marriage of Erling Skialgson took place in the summer
+and many folks came together to be witness of it; thither likewise came
+King Olaf. On this occasion did the King offer to give Erling an
+earldom, but Erling spake & said: '"Hersirs" have my kinsmen been and no
+higher title will I have than they; but this will I take from thy hands,
+King, namely that thou makest me to be the greatest in the land of that
+name.' So in accord with this did the King give him his promise, and
+when they parted bestowed on his brother-in-law Erling that land which
+is north of the Sogn-sea and lies eastward as far as Lidandisnes,§ on
+the same pact as Harald Fair-hair had given land to his sons, of which
+an account has been afore writ in fair scrip.
+
+
+¶ Then in the autumn after these things had come to pass, the King
+called together a Thing of four counties, & the meeting took place in
+the north, at Stad on Dragseid.
+
+Thither came folk from Sogn, the Firths, South-More and Raumsdal. King
+Olaf himself fared to it with a mighty following of men that he took
+with him from the east of the country, and likewise men who had come to
+him from Rogaland and Hordaland. Then when he was come to the Thing
+offered he to those that were gathered together Christianity even as he
+had done at other places, and forasmuch as he had with him a very great
+host men were afeared of him.
+
+Then did he give them for choice one of two things, either to accept
+Christianity and let themselves be baptized, or to be prepared to do
+battle with him. So the peasants foreseeing no chance of fighting
+against the King save with ill-hap, accepted the first choice he had
+offered them & embraced Christianity. Then fared Olaf with his men to
+North-More, and that country likewise made he Christian; thereafter
+sailed he in to Ladir & caused the temple there to be pulled down & took
+all the adornments & property from the temple and from the god.
+
+A great gold ring which Earl Hakon had caused to be wrought took he
+moreover from the door thereof, & then after he had done these things
+caused he the temple to be burned.
+
+
+¶ Now when the peasants came to hear of what the King had done sent they
+war-arrows throughout the countryside, calling out an host & were about
+to rise against the King, but meantime sailed he out of the fjord with
+his men, and thereafter headed northward off-shore. Now it was the
+intent of Olaf to fare north to Halogaland in order thither to bring
+Christianity; but when he was come as far north as to Biarney gat he
+news from Halogaland that they had an host under arms, and were minded
+to defend their land against the King. The chiefs of this host were
+Harek of Tiotta, Thorir Hart of Vogar, and Eyvind Rent-cheek. So Olaf
+learning this, even as aforesaid, turned his ships about & sailed
+southward off the coast. When he was come as far south as to Stad fared
+he more slowly, but nevertheless at the beginning of winter had he
+covered all the distance eastward to Vik.
+
+
+¶ Now the Queen of Sweden, whom men called the Haughty, was at that time
+living at one or other of her manors, and betwixt King Olaf and her
+fared there that winter emissaries who sought her hand in the name of
+the King.
+
+Queen Sigrid received the offer in a friendly spirit, and in due time
+was their troth plighted.
+
+King Olaf sent Queen Sigrid the great ring of gold which he had taken
+from off the door of the temple at Ladir, and it was deemed a most noble
+gift.
+
+Now touching the matter of this marriage a meeting was to take place the
+following spring by the Gota river, on the marches of the country.
+
+While this ring which King Olaf had sent to Queen Sigrid was being
+praised so exceedingly were the Queen's smiths, brothers, with her; & it
+befell that they took the ring, and weighed it in their hands, & then
+spake a word together privily. At this the Queen summoned them to her,
+and asked of them why made they such mock of the ring, but they denied
+that they were doing such a thing.
+
+Then said she that she insisted upon knowing what it was they had
+discovered; & thereupon they told her that there was falsehood in the
+ring. Then did the Queen let the ring be broken asunder, and copper was
+found to be inside it.
+
+Thereon was the Queen wroth, and said that Olaf might play her false in
+more things than this one.
+
+
+¶ That same winter went King Olaf up into Ringariki and introduced
+Christianity there. Now it had befallen that Asta, the daughter of
+Gudbrand, was speedily wedded after the death of Harald the Grenlander
+to a man named Sigurd Sow,§ who was King of Ringariki. Sigurd was the
+son of Sigurd o' the Copse who again was son to Harald Fair-hair.
+Dwelling with Asta at that time was Olaf her son by Harald the
+Grenlander, for he was being reared at the house of his step-father
+Sigurd Sow. When King Olaf Tryggvason went to Ringariki to introduce
+Christianity, Sigurd let himself be christened together with Asta his
+wife, & Olaf her son,§ & for the latter stood Olaf Tryggvason sponsor;
+the babe was at that time three winters old.
+
+King Olaf then fared southward again to Vik, and abode there the winter,
+& this was the third winter that he was King of Norway.
+
+
+¶ Early in the spring fared King Olaf eastward to Konungahella (the
+King's rock) to the tryst with Queen Sigrid, and when they were met,
+talked they one with the other over the matter which had been set afoot
+in the winter, to wit, that they should wed one another.
+
+Right hopeful did the matter seem to them, until King Olaf spake & said
+that Sigrid must accept christening and the true Faith.
+
+Then did the Queen make answer: 'Depart from the faith that I have held
+aforetime, and which my kindred held before me will I never: yet will I
+not account it against thee shouldst thou believe on whatsoever god may
+seem best to thy mind.' Then Olaf waxed exceedingly wroth and made
+answer hastily: 'Heathen as a dog art thou-- why should I wed thee?' and
+smote her in the face with the glove he was holding in his hand.
+
+Then stood he up on his feet & she arose likewise, and Sigrid said,
+'This might be thy undoing.' Thereafter were they parted, the King going
+northward to Vik, and the Queen east to Sweden.
+
+
+  [Illustration]
+
+¶ Thence King Olaf fared to Tunsberg & having come thither held he a
+Thing and gave out thereat that all men who were known and proven to be
+dealers in witchcraft and spellwork, or were wizards, should depart out
+of the land. Thereafter did the King cause the countryside thereabouts
+be searched for such men, & commanded them to be brought unto him. And
+when they were come to him a man there was among them called Eyvind
+Well-spring, who was the grandson of Rognovald Straight-legs, the son of
+King Harald Fair-hair.
+
+Now Eyvind was a wizard & well versed in witchcraft. King Olaf caused
+all these men to be assembled in a certain hall, which had been made
+ready for them in goodly wise, and therein feasted he them & gave them
+much strong drink, and when they were all drunken caused he the chamber
+to be set on fire. Thus it came about that all the folk who were therein
+were burned except Eyvind Well-spring who saved himself by climbing
+through the smoke-hole.
+
+Eyvind having made off and sped far on his way, fell in with men who
+were going to the King, and he bade these men tell Olaf that he, Eyvind,
+had gotten away from out of the fire, and never again would he come into
+the King's hands; and that moreover would he pursue his arts even as he
+had done before.
+
+When these men were come to King Olaf they told of Eyvind according as
+he had bidden them, and ill-pleased enough was the King that Eyvind was
+not dead.
+
+
+¶ When spring was come King Olaf left Vik and went the round of his
+manors, and sent he word throughout Vik that come the summer would he
+call out an host and with it fare northward in the land.
+
+Thereafter went he north (west) to Agdir, and when Lent was drawing to
+an end sailed northward to Rogoland, and arrived on Easter Eve§ at
+Ogvaldsnes in the isle of Kormt, where an Easter festival had been made
+ready for him.
+
+Nigh upon three hundred men had he with him. That same night Eyvind
+Well-spring came unto the isle in a long-ship fully manned, and the crew
+aboard her were all wizards and other folk versed in magic. Eyvind and
+his band went up ashore from their ship and set to work on their
+wizardry. Such thick fog & darkness did Eyvind bring about that deemed
+he it would be impossible for the King and his folk to see them; but no
+sooner were they come nigh to the house at Ogvaldsnes than lo! it there
+became broad daylight. Mightily different was this from the desire that
+Eyvind had conceived, for the darkness which he had wrought by magic
+enveloped him and his folk so that never a bit more could they see with
+their eyes than with the napes of their necks, and even round and round
+went they in a ring.
+
+Now the King's watchmen saw the wizards as they were moving about, and
+not knowing what kind of men they might be had the King aroused, and the
+King & his men got up and clad themselves. When King Olaf saw Eyvind &
+his folk, bade he his men take their arms and go out to discover what
+manner of men might these be. Now the King's folk recognizing Eyvind
+laid hands on him and the whole band, and brought them into the presence
+of the King.
+
+Then did Eyvind relate all that had befallen him on his journey.
+
+The King thereafter had them all taken out to a rock which was covered
+by the sea at high-tide and there let them be bound. Thus Eyvind & the
+others came by their end. Afterwards was that rock called Skrattasker.
+
+
+¶ Now it is told that while the King was on this visit at Ogvaldsnes
+that there came thither one evening an old man; he was one-eyed and wore
+a slouch hat, but very wise was he in his speech and of all lands could
+he tell.
+
+This man managed to have speech of the King, & the King found much
+entertainment in his conversation and questioned him closely on many
+subjects, & the guest made ready answer to all that he asked him,
+wherefore sat the King till late in the night conversing with him.
+
+The King asked if he wotted who Ogvald was, whom the ness & homesteads
+were named after, & the guest answered that Ogvald was a king and a
+great warrior who made sacrifice above all to a cow, and took the cow
+with him whithersoever he went, for wholesome did he deem it to drink
+ever of her milk. King Ogvald fought with that King who is hight Varin,
+& fell in the combat. He was buried in a barrow not far from the house,
+and a stone was set up which is still standing. In a place not far from
+thence was the cow buried, likewise in a barrow. Such things as this
+told he of kings; and other ancient tidings withal. Now after they had
+sat thus till late in the night, the bishop reminded the King that it
+was time for them to rest, & the King did according as the bishop had
+said. But when the King was unclad and had laid him in his bed, the
+guest sat himself on the step thereof, and again talked for long with
+the King; and ever when he had told of one matter did the King long for
+more. Then spake the bishop to the King saying that it was time for
+sleep, and the King settled himself for sleep according as the bishop
+had said & the guest gat him gone, but soon thereafter the King
+awakened, and asked after his guest, & bade him be called unto him, but
+nowhere was the guest to be found. On the morrow early the King summoned
+his cook to him and he who had charge of the drink withal, and asked
+them if any unknown man had come in to them; & they answered that as
+they were making ready the food a man had come to them & said that they
+were boiling but scurvy meat for the King's table, & therewith he gave
+them two mighty fat sides of neat & these they boiled with the other
+flesh. Then commanded the King that all that food should be destroyed,
+saying that this had not been any man but rather Odin himself, whom
+heathen men had long believed on, but, said he, never should Odin
+beguile them.[§]
+
+
+¶ Now when summer was come called King Olaf together a large host from
+the east of the country and with it sailed he northward to Throndhjem,
+going in first to Nidaros. Thereafter sent he round the whole of the
+fjord bidding men assemble at a Thing, and there gathered at Frosta a
+Thing of eight counties.
+
+Now the peasants, be it said, had turned this Thing summons into a
+war-arrow,[§] and to the assembly came men from the whole of the
+district of Throndhjem, so that when the King arrived at the Thing,
+thither likewise was come the peasant host fully armed.
+
+The Thing being established, the King addressed the people and bade them
+accept Christianity, but when he had been speaking but a little while
+the peasants called out to him, & bade him be silent or otherwise, said
+they, would they rise against him and drive him away. 'Thus did we,'
+said they, 'with Hakon Adalstein's foster-son when he commanded a thing
+of the kind, and hold we thee in no more respect than held we him.'
+
+Then did King Olaf seeing the ire of the peasants, and moreover knowing
+full well that they had so large an host, change his manner of address
+and made as if he were agreed with them and spake to them thus: 'It is
+my wish that we should be friends again, in such good accord as we were
+aforetime.
+
+Thither will I go wheresoever ye hold your greatest blood-offering, &
+witness your worship; then will we all take counsel together as to what
+manner of worship we will have, and be then all of one mind thereon.'
+Now when the King spake thus mildly to the peasants, grew they softened
+in temper, and all the converse went peaceably and in seemly fashion,
+and at the end was it determined that there should be a midsummer
+sacrifice at Maerin, and that thither all the chiefs and wealthy
+peasants should go as the custom was, and that thither likewise King
+Olaf was to go.
+
+
+¶ Now there was a certain wealthy yeoman whose name was Skeggi (Iron
+Beard, called they him) who dwelt at Uphaug in Yriar, and he it was who
+first spake up against the King at the Thing, and the cause thereof was
+because he was the spokesman of the peasantry against Christianity. But
+in the manner aforesaid was the Thing brought to an end, and the
+peasants went to their homes, and the King across to Ladir.
+
+
+¶ At this time was King Olaf lying with his ships in the Nid (thirty
+ships had he, and his folk were of great prowess) but the King himself
+was ofttimes at Ladir, being kept company by his body-guard.
+
+Now when the time appointed for the blood-offering at Maerin was drawing
+nigh held King Olaf a mighty feast at Ladir; thither there came to it
+chieftains and other wealthy peasants from Strind & from places up in
+Gauldal, in accordance with the bidding of King Olaf. When all things
+were ready and the guests come, there was held on the first evening a
+large banquet, and the cups thereat were often charged & men became
+drunk; that night slept all men there in peace. On the morrow early,
+after the King was clad, ordered he Mass to be said, and when the Mass
+was ended his men sounded their horns for a house-Thing, and the Thing
+being established rose the King to his feet and spake, saying: 'A Thing
+held we at Frosta, and thereat I bade the peasantry let themselves be
+christened; but they in their turn bade me attend a blood-offering with
+them, even as the foster-son to King Hakon Adalstein had attended one.
+And there was accord betwixt us inasmuch as it was determined that we
+should meet at Maerin & make a great blood-offering.
+
+But if I am to turn to sacrificing with you, then will I cause to be
+made the greatest sacrifice that can be, namely, the sacrifice of men.
+Nor will I choose as gifts for the gods thralls and evil-doers, but the
+noblest men, and by this token name I Orm Lygra of Medalhus, Styrkar of
+Gimsar, Kar of Gryting, Asbiorn Thorbergson of Varnes, Orm of Lyxa, and
+Haldor of Skerdingsted.' Added to these named he five other men who were
+of the noblest there; all these, said he, should be sacrificed for peace
+and a good year, & he commanded that they should be seized forthwith.
+
+Then the peasants seeing that they were not numerous enough to withstand
+the King begged for grace and gave the whole matter into his hands,
+whereupon it was agreed that all those who were come thither should let
+themselves be baptized, & swear an oath unto the King to hold fast the
+true Faith, and have naught further to do with sacrificing.
+
+All these men kept the King at his feast until they gave their sons or
+brothers or other near kin to be hostages.
+
+
+¶ Then fared King Olaf with all his men in to Throndhjem; and when he
+was come to Maerin found he there assembled all the chiefs that were of
+Throndhjem; those who were most zealous to withstand the Christian
+faith. With them were all the wealthy yeomen who had hitherto upheld
+blood-offerings in this place, a right goodly gathering of men, even as
+it had been aforetime at the Frosta-Thing.
+
+The King having required that the Thing should meet, both sides betook
+themselves to it, and they were fully armed. Then when the Thing was
+established the King spake and offered the men Christianity, &
+Iron-Beard answered on behalf of the peasants and said that now even as
+before would they not suffer the King to break their laws: 'We desire,
+King, that thou makest sacrifice, even as other kings in the land have
+done before thee.' Greatly was this speaking applauded by the peasants,
+& they shouted that everything must be according unto the words of
+Skeggi. Then made the King answer that he would go to the temple and
+witness their worship when they were sacrificing, and at this were the
+peasants well pleased, and both sides betook themselves thither
+accordingly.
+
+
+¶ Now with King Olaf when he entered into the temple were a certain few
+of his men & a certain few of the peasants. When the King was come unto
+the place of the gods where sat Thor, all adorned with gold and silver,
+then did King Olaf lift up a gold-wrought pike which he had in his hand
+and smote Thor so that he fell from off his altar, & thereupon the
+King's men ran up & cast down all the other gods from their altars.
+While they were within the temple was Iron-Beard slain before the
+entrance-door thereof, and this deed was done by the men of the King.
+Then when the King came forth again to his folk, bade he the peasants
+choose one of two conditions: and these twain conditions were either
+that they should accept the Faith of Christ, or in default thereof do
+battle with him. Now Iron-Beard having been slain was there no man to
+raise the banner against the King, so then was that condition accepted
+which meant going over unto the King & doing that which he had
+commanded.
+
+Then caused King Olaf all the folk who were present to be baptized, and
+from them took hostages that they would cleave to the new faith that was
+given them.
+
+Thereafter sent the King his men round to all the different parts of
+Throndhjem, and durst no man utter a word against the faith of Christ.
+
+
+¶ Then went King Olaf with his men to Nidaros, and on the banks of the
+river Nid caused houses to be built, and appointed that on the spot
+should arise a merchant-town. He gave men sites on which to build them
+houses, & his own King's-House built he above Scipa-Krok.§
+
+In the autumn caused he to be brought thither such goods as were
+necessary for a sojourn there during the wintertide; and with him were a
+great company of men.
+
+
+¶ After the death of Iron-Beard was his body borne out to Yriar; and he
+lies in the Skeggi barrow at Austratt.§
+
+King Olaf summoned a meeting of the kith of Iron-Beard and forasmuch as
+his folk had slain this man offered he to pay atonement for the deed,
+but there were many brave men to make answer on behalf of Iron-Beard.
+
+Now Iron-Beard had a daughter whose name was Gudrun, and in the end was
+it agreed betwixt those concerned that the King should wed this Gudrun.
+When the marriage time was come went they both of them into one bed,
+King Olaf and Gudrun, and the first night as they were lying together no
+sooner had the King fallen asleep than Gudrun drew forth a knife, and
+was about to thrust it into the King, when he awoke and wresting the
+knife from her cried out to his men to tell them what had befallen.
+Gudrun & all the men who had accompanied her then took their apparel and
+gat them gone in haste; & never afterwards did Gudrun lie in the same
+bed with King Olaf.
+
+
+¶ That same autumn King Olaf caused a great long-ship to be built on the
+sands at the mouth of the Nid; a cutter was she, and at work on the
+building thereof were many smiths.
+
+At the beginning of winter she was completed, and there were in her
+thirty holds, & the prow and stern were lofty withal, yet was she not
+broad of beam. That ship called he the 'Crane.'
+
+
+  [Illustration]
+
+¶ Now when King Olaf had been two winters in Norway there came to dwell
+with him a Saxon priest whose name was Thangbrand; violent was he &
+murderous, but a goodly clerk withal and an active man. So headstrong
+was he, howsoever, that the King would not keep him with him, but sent
+him to Iceland to make that country Christian.
+
+Thangbrand was given a merchant ship, & of his voyage it may be related
+that he fared to Iceland, and reached the eastern fjords in southern
+Alptafjord, & the winter thereafter abode with Hall at Sida. Thangbrand
+preached Christianity in the islands and Hall and his folk and many
+other chiefs let themselves be baptized according to his word; but there
+were many others who spake against the new faith. Thorvald and Vetrlidi
+the skald made lampoons about Thangbrand, but he slew them both.
+Thangbrand abode three winters in Iceland, and was the slayer of three
+men or ever he departed thence.
+
+
+¶ A certain man was there named Sigurd & another who was called Hawk;
+they were Halogalanders, and oft-times made voyages for the conveyance
+of merchandise.
+
+One summer fared they to England. When they were returned to Norway
+sailed they northward along the coast, & in North More fell in with the
+fleet of King Olaf.
+
+Now when the King was told that some heathen men, skippers, from
+Halogaland were there, summoned he them to him & asked them if they
+would allow themselves to be baptized, and thereto answered they nay.
+Thereafter did the King talk to them after diverse fashions, but it
+availed nothing; then he vowed that death or maiming should be their
+lot, but they obeyed him none the more for that. Then did he cause them
+to be put in irons, and kept them in durance for a while, and in fetters
+were they, and the King talked often with them, but naught prevailed.
+
+Then one night made they off, and no one knew anything about them, or in
+what manner they had gotten away; but in the autumn were they arrived
+north, at Harek of Tiotta's, and right welcome were they made.
+
+There dwelt they throughout the winter & were well entertained in all
+fairness & hospitality.
+
+
+¶ One fair day in spring it befell that Harek was at home on his farm
+and with him were but few men. Now the time hung heavy on his hands, and
+Sigurd spake to him & asked if they should not row out a little way, and
+so pass the time, and this liked Harek well. So betook they themselves
+to the shore, and did hale down a six-oared boat, & Sigurd from the
+boat-house fetched him a sail and the gear appertaining to the boat, and
+moreover shipped he the rudder. Sigurd and his brother were fully armed,
+as was their wont to be when they were at home with the goodman, and the
+twain were strong men.
+
+Now or ever they gat them into the boat did they throw into it some
+boxes of butter and a basket of bread, and between them bare they a
+large cask of ale down to the craft. This done did they all row from
+land, & having come away from the island hoist the sail, & Harek did
+steer, & away bore they speedily from the island.
+
+Then did the brothers go astern to where Harek was sitting. Saith Sigurd
+to Harek the yeoman: 'Choose thou now betwixt several things: one of
+them is to let us brothers have the upper hand on this cruise, & another
+is to let us bind thee, & the third is that we can slay thee.' Then
+Harek seeing in what a plight he was, inasmuch as he could not measure
+strength with more than one of the brothers even were he and they
+matched as to arms, chose what seemed to him the best of a poor business
+which was to let them do as pleased the twain.
+
+So swore he to them an oath and on that gave them a promise, and after
+that Sigurd was possessed of the tiller and did steer south along the
+coast on a fair breeze, and withal of a mighty care were the brothers
+not to fall in with other craft. They paused not on their cruise ere
+they came to Throndhjem and to Nidaros, and at that last place found
+they King Olaf. Then did the King summon Harek to talk with him, and
+thereupon offered him that he should embrace the good faith of Christ,
+but Harek would have naught of it. On this matter spake for many days
+the King and Harek, sometimes in the presence of many men, sometimes
+alone; but never were they come of one mind.
+
+So at the last said the King to Harek: 'Home shalt thou go, and on these
+counts no harm will I do thee at present: firstly seeing that there is
+kinship betwixt us, and again lest thou mightest say that I had gotten
+thee by guile, but know ye of a truth that I be minded to come north in
+the summertime, & visit distress on ye Halogalanders, and then shall ye
+wot if I can chastise those which accept not the faith which is of
+Christ.'
+
+Right pleased was Harek that he could get away from thence so speedily;
+to him gave King Olaf a good ship rowing ten or twelve oars a side, and
+caused it to be well found with all things needful & of the best; thirty
+men did he send forth with Harek, stout fellows & all equipped of the
+best.
+
+
+¶ Thus Harek of Tiotta sped from the town with all the haste that might
+be, whereas Hawk and Sigurd remained with the King, and the twain were
+both baptized.
+
+Harek continued on his way until he was come home to Tiotta, & from
+thence sent he word to his friend Eyvind Rent-cheek that Harek of Tiotta
+had spoken with King Olaf, but had not let himself be cowed into
+accepting the new God; & moreover Harek caused Eyvind to be told that
+King Olaf was minded to bring an host against them come summer-tide &
+that they must act warily, and Harek bade Eyvind come to him as soon as
+ever might be. When this message was brought to Eyvind, quoth he that it
+behoved them greatly to take such steps as would prevent the King from
+getting the upper hand of them, and he hied him away with all speed in a
+light skiff with but few men aboard it.
+
+When he was arrived at Tiotta Harek bade him welcome, and straightway
+went they, Harek and Eyvind, to talk together on the other side of the
+house-yard, but hardly had they speech of one another than they were
+fallen on by men of King Olaf, for so it was that these men had followed
+Harek northward. Eyvind was taken captive and led to their ship, and
+thereafter fared they away with him, and no pause did they make in their
+voyage or ever they were come to Throndhjem to find King Olaf in
+Nidaros. Eyvind was then haled before the King who offered him baptism
+in like manner as he had offered other men baptism, but to this Eyvind
+answered, 'Nay.'
+
+Then with fair words the King bade him be baptized and gave him many
+good reasons therefor, & the Bishop spake after the same fashion as the
+King, none the less would Eyvind in no wise suffer himself to be
+persuaded. Then did the King offer him gifts, and the dues and rights of
+broad lands, but Eyvind put all these away from him. Then did the King
+threaten him with torture even unto death, but never did Eyvind weaken
+his resistance. Thereafter caused the King to be brought in a bowl
+filled with glowing coals, and had it set on the belly of Eyvind, and
+not long was it ere his belly burst asunder.
+
+Then spake Eyvind: 'Take away the bowl from off me for I would fain
+speak some words before I die,' and accordingly it was done.
+
+Then the King asked: 'Wilt thou now, Eyvind, believe on Christ?' 'No,'
+answered he. 'I am not such as can be baptized, I am a spirit quickened
+in the human body by the magic of the Lapps for before that had my
+father and mother never a child.' Then died Eyvind who was the most
+skilled of wizards.
+
+
+  [Illustration]
+
+¶ In the spring which followed on these happenings did King Olaf cause
+his ships and men to be made ready for war, taking for his own ship the
+'Crane,' and there was mustered a large and goodly host.
+
+All things being now ready shaped he a course from out the fjord, and
+bringing his fleet north past Byrda fared northward to Halogaland.
+Wheresoever he landed, summoned he a Thing, & at it offered the people
+baptism in the true Faith. Now against this had no man the boldness to
+speak, therefore came it to pass that whithersoever he fared were all
+that were of those lands baptized. King Olaf visited Tiotta and was the
+guest of Harek, who was baptized at that hour together with all the folk
+that were about him.
+
+When the King departed thence Harek bestowed on him great gifts and
+became his man, and from the King received the dignity of bailiff with
+the dues and rights appertaining unto a lord of the land.
+
+
+¶ Raud the Strong was the name of a peasant who abode at Godey in that
+fjord which is named Salpti (Salten).
+
+Raud was a man of much wealth and at his beck were many house-carles;
+a powerful man was he withal, for a large company of Lapps were ready to
+follow him to war whensoever he needed them.
+
+Raud was zealous as a maker of blood-offerings, and skilled also in
+witchcraft; even so was he furthermore a warm friend to that man about
+whom it has been writ before, to wit, Thorir Hart, & even like unto him
+was he also a mighty chief.
+
+Now when it came to the ears of these men that Olaf was abroad with an
+host northward even in Halogaland, they too their men mustered,
+launching out ships, and assembling an host. To Raud appertained a great
+dragon-ship with golden heads thereto, a ship of thirty benches, and
+broad was she of beam for her length, and had likewise Thorir Hart also
+a ship of good size.
+
+Southward sailed they their fleet purposing to meet King Olaf, and when
+they were fallen in with him gave they battle, and fierce was the fight
+thereof. Soon men began to fall plenteously, but so much the more was
+this the case among the host of the Halogalanders; their ships were
+cleared and thereupon came fear & terror over them, & Raud rowed his
+dragon out to sea and hoisted the sail thereof. A breeze had he wherever
+he was minded to go, and this came of his powers of magic; but to cut
+short the tale of the cruise of Raud is briefly to relate that home
+sailed he even unto Godey. For land made Thorir Hart in all haste and
+his folk fled their ships, but King Olaf pursued after them & put them
+to the sword. Moreover then as ever when such doings were afoot was the
+King himself foremost among his men.
+
+He saw whither Thorir ran (and Thorir was exceeding fleet of foot) and
+thither went the King after him, followed by his dog Vigi. And the King
+called out: 'Vigi, catch the hart,' and Vigi sprang ahead after Thorir
+and straightway leapt up at him.
+
+Then Thorir had perforce to stop and the King threw a javelin after him,
+but Thorir struck the dog with his sword & wounded it sore, and at the
+same moment the King's javelin flew under Thorir's hand and went through
+him & out at the other side, and thus ended Thorir his life; but Vigi
+was borne wounded to the ships.
+
+To all those who asked it and were willing to accept baptism gave King
+Olaf quarter.
+
+
+¶ Thence sailed King Olaf with his host northward along the coast,
+baptizing all folk withersoever he went, & being come north to Salpti
+was he minded to go up the fjord & seek Raud. Foul weather howsoever set
+in with a gale blowing fiercely down the fjord, and though the King lay
+there nigh upon a week the same wind blew ever the while from the land,
+though without the fjord was there a fresh and favourable breeze for to
+sail north along the coast.
+
+Therefore it came to pass that the King set sail and fared all the way
+northward to Amd, and there the folk became Christians.
+
+After that went he about, and when he was come south again to Salpti he
+found a gale blowing down the fjord and driving spray into his
+countenance.
+
+There lay the King even a few more nights, but the weather waxing no
+better inquired he then of Bishop Sigurd whether or not he wotted of
+some remedy against the fiendcraft.
+
+
+¶ So thereupon took Bishop Sigurd all the appurtenances that belonged
+unto the Holy Mass, and walked he forward therewith even to the prow of
+the King's ship. There was a candle lit & was incense carried forward &
+thereafter was ye Holy Rood set at the prow.
+
+The gospel was read and also many prayers, and the Bishop sprinkled holy
+water over the whole of the ship. Thereafter bade he the crew unship the
+tilts and row up the fjord, and the King commanded that the other ships
+should row after them.
+
+No sooner had the crew of the 'Crane' fallen to their oars, & she the
+ship was set well up to the fjord, than felt they that there was no more
+wind against them, & in her wake was free sea and calm; but on both
+sides of her flew the spray & it drave so that no man could perceive the
+mountains on either side of the fjord. So it fared that one ship rowed
+after the other in the calm, and thus pursued they one another the whole
+livelong day, & throughout the night thereafter; and a little before
+dawn came they to Godey, and brought-to off the house of Raud, and there
+found his great dragon lying off-shore.
+
+Forthwith went King Olaf to the house with his men and made for the
+upper chamber wherein Raud was sleeping, and his folk burst open the
+door and ran in.
+
+Then was Raud taken and bound, but of the other men who were therein
+some were killed & others taken prisoners. Thereafter the King's men
+went to the room wherein slept the house-carles of Raud, and some of
+them were then slain and some bound & some beaten. Then caused the King
+Raud to be led before him & offered him baptism. 'Take from thee thy
+possessions I then will not,' quoth the King, 'but will the rather be
+thy friend, an thou wilt show thyself worthy of my friendship.' Against
+this did Raud loudly raise his voice, saying that never would he believe
+on Christ, and blaspheming God.
+
+Then did the King wax wroth, and swore that Raud should suffer the worst
+of deaths, and the King commanded that he be taken and bound with his
+back to a pole and that a bit of wood be placed betwixt his teeth so
+that his mouth might be open, and caused an adder to be taken and set in
+his mouth, but the adder would in no wise enter therein but writhed away
+when Raud blew upon it. Then did the King cause the adder to be taken &
+put in a hollow stick of angelica and set in the mouth of Raud (albeit
+some say that the King let his horn be taken & put into the mouth of
+Raud, and that the adder was placed in this and pushed down with a
+red-hot rod of iron), and then the adder slid into the mouth of Raud,
+and thereafter down his throat, and cut its way out through his side.
+After this manner ended the life of Raud. Then did the King take thence
+very great wealth in gold & silver and other chattels, weapons, & divers
+kinds of valuable things. The King caused all the fellows that had been
+with Raud to be baptized save those who, not suffering this, were slain
+or tortured. Then King Olaf took the dragon that had pertained unto Raud
+and himself was her steersman, and a much larger and finer ship was she
+than the 'Crane': forward she was fashioned with a dragon's head and aft
+with a crook§ ending in like manner as the tail of a dragon, & both the
+prow & the whole of the stern were overlaid with gold. Now the King
+called this ship the 'Serpent,' for when the sail was hoisted aloft was
+it like unto the wings of a dragon, and this was the fairest ship in all
+Norway.
+
+The islands whereon Raud had lived were called Gilling and Haering, but
+together were they styled Godey, & the Godey current (Godöström) lies
+over to the north, betwixt them and the mainland. All that lived around
+this fjord did King Olaf convert unto Christianity, and then went he
+southward along the coast, and there happened much on that cruise which
+is set forth in many legends about a giant and evil spirits which
+attacked his men & sometimes himself, but rather will we write of facts
+even such as the conversion of Norway & of those other lands whither he
+bore Christianity. That same autumn did the King lead his host to
+Throndhjem, bringing-to at Nidaros, and there making ready for a winter
+sojourn.
+
+
+¶ And now will I next write what there is to tell of the men of Iceland.
+
+
+¶ That same autumn there came to Nidaros from Iceland Kiartan, the son
+of Olaf Hoskuldson and the grandson, on his mother's side, of Eigil
+Skallagrimson, who hath been called the likeliest man of those born in
+Iceland.
+
+There was also Halldor the son of Gudmund of Modruvellir, and Kolbein
+the son of Thord Frey's-priest, the brother of Burning-Flosi, and
+fourthly Sverting the son of Runolf the Priest.
+
+These were all heathen, as were many others: some powerful, and others
+not so powerful.
+
+There came also from Iceland noble men who had accepted the true Faith
+from Thangbrand, and one that was of these was Gizur the White, the son
+of Teit Ketilbiarnson, whose mother was Alof, the daughter of Bodvar
+Viking-Karason the 'hersir.' Bodvar's brother was Sigurd the father of
+Eirik Biodaskalli, the father of Astrid, who was the mother of King
+Olaf. Another Icelander was named Hialti Skeggiason, and he had to wife
+Vilborg the daughter of Gizur the White; Hialti was a Christian, and
+King Olaf received with pleasure Gizur and his son-in-law Hialti, and
+with the King did they abide. Those of the Icelanders, however, who were
+captains of the ships and were heathens to boot, sought to sail away
+even so soon as the King was come to town, for it was told them that the
+King constrained all men to embrace the faith of Christ. It so befell
+natheless that the wind was set against them, & drave them back off
+Nidarholm. The captains of the ships were hight Thorarin Nefiolfson,
+Hallfrod the Skald, the son of Ottar, Brand the Bountiful and Thorleik
+Brandson. Now it being told to King Olaf that some of the Icelanders,
+and they heathens, were hard by with their ships and were about to flee
+the town, he sent to them and forbade them to sail, but commanded them
+instead to come and lie off the town, and this they did but unloaded not
+their ships.
+
+
+¶ Then came the holy season of Michaelmas,§ and the King caused the
+feast to be well kept and a solemn Mass was said. Thereat were the
+Icelanders witnesses and hearkened to the fair singing and the ringing
+of bells.
+
+When they were come back to their ships each of them said what he had
+thought of the Christian men's ways & Kiartan praised them, but most of
+the others mocked at them, & it befell that the King heard of this, for
+as the saying goes, 'many are the King's ears.' Then forthwith that
+self-same day sent he an emissary to Kiartan, and bade him come unto
+him, & Kiartan went unto him with but few men, and the King bade him
+welcome. Now Kiartan was one of the biggest and fairest of men, with a
+great gift of speech. When they had parleyed a while did the King make
+proffer to Kiartan that he should embrace the true Faith, and Kiartan
+made answer unto him that he would not say nay to this if he might thus
+gain the friendship of the King, whereupon swore the King to him &
+pledged him his hearty friendship, & after this fashion was a compact
+struck between them. On the morrow was Kiartan baptized, and with him
+Bolli Thorleikson his kinsman, and all their fellows.
+
+Kiartan and Bolli were the guests of the King as long as they went in
+white weeds,§ and the King was of kindly countenance toward them.
+
+
+¶ It befell one day that King Olaf was walking in the street when some
+men came toward him, and he who was walking foremost greeted the King.
+
+The King asked of the man his name, and the latter said he was hight
+Hallfrod.
+
+Then said the King, 'Art thou a skald?' 'I can make verses,' said he.
+Then the King answered: 'Thou wilt accept baptism as I trow and
+thereafter be my man?'
+
+Quoth Hallfrod: 'There must be a bargain on that matter if I am to
+suffer myself to be baptized, to wit, that thou, King, holdest me
+thyself at the font, for from no man else will I take it.' 'So be it,'
+said the King, & so Hallfrod was baptized and the King held him himself
+at the font. Thereafter the King asked Hallfrod: 'Wilt thou be my man?'
+& Hallfrod made answer: 'I was of Earl Hakon's body-guard; and now will
+I not be the liege-man of thee or of any other chief unless thou givest
+me thy word that such a thing shall never befall as that thou shouldst
+drive me away from thee.'
+
+'From all that is told me of thee, Hallfrod,' said the King, 'thou art
+neither so wise nor so meek but that thou mightest not do a thing which
+I could in no wise suffer.'
+
+'Slay me then,' said Hallfrod. The King said, 'Thou art a troublesome
+skald, but my man shalt thou be all the same.' Hallfrod answered: 'What
+wilt thou give me, King, as a name-gift if I am to be called
+"Troublous-Skald"?' Then did the King give him a sword, but it had no
+scabbard; and the King said, 'Make now a stave about the sword, & let
+"sword" be in every line.' Hallfrod sang:
+
+  'One sword alone of all swords
+  Hath made me now sword-wealthy;
+  For the swinger of swords
+  Will there now be swords in plenty.
+  No lack of swords will there be,
+  --Worthy of three swords am I--
+  Lord of the land were but
+  The sheath of that sword to be mine.'
+
+'There is not sword in every line,' quoth the King. Then answered
+Hallfrod: 'But there are three in one line.' 'So be it,' said the King.
+Then did the King give him the scabbard. Now from that which is told in
+the lays of Hallfrod have we much knowledge & testimony concerning King
+Olaf Tryggvason.
+
+
+¶ That same autumn came back Thangbrand the priest from Iceland to King
+Olaf and related to him how that his journey had borne no fruit, 'for,'
+said he, 'the Icelanders made lampoons about me and some wished to slay
+me, and to my mind it cannot be expected that that country will ever be
+made Christian.'
+
+At these words King Olaf waxed so hasty and wrathful that he summoned to
+him forthwith all the Icelanders in the town, and commanded that
+self-same hour that they should all be slain; but Kiartan and Gissur and
+Hialti and those that were of them who had made profession of the faith
+of Christ entered into his presence & said: 'We trow, O King, that thou
+wilt not go from thy word, for thou hast said that no man may make thee
+so wrathful but shall he have thy forgiveness an he will be baptized and
+abjure heathendom. Now will all the Icelanders who are here suffer
+themselves to be baptized, & we can well devise a means whereby
+Christianity may gain an entrance into Iceland. The sons of many mighty
+men of Iceland are here present, & their fathers will, we trow, lend
+their aid in this matter. But Thangbrand there, as here, ever went about
+masterful and manslaying, and the people there would not endure it of
+him.' Now the King lent an ear to these speeches, and all the men of
+Iceland who were there were baptized.
+
+
+¶ Of all men of Norway of whom record hath come down to us was King Olaf
+in every wise the one most skilful in manly exercises; stronger was he &
+more active than any other man, and many are the tales that have been
+written on this matter. One of these recounts how that he climbed the
+Smalshorn, and made fast his shield on the topmost peak; and another is
+of how he brought succour to one of his own body-guard who had climbed
+aforehand up the mountain and was come into such a plight that he could
+neither get up nor down, so that the King helped him by going unto him &
+bearing him down under his arm to the level land. King Olaf would walk
+from oar to oar, on the outer side of the ship while his men were rowing
+the 'Serpent', and with such ease could he play with three daggers that
+one was ever in the air and always caught he it by the hilt; with either
+hand could he strike equally well, and two javelins could he throw at
+one time. Of all men was King Olaf the lightest-hearted & of a very
+merry disposition; kindly was he withal & lowly-hearted; very eager in
+all enterprises, great in his bounty, & the foremost among those who
+surrounded him. Above all others was he brave in battle, but very grim
+when he was angered, and on his foes laid he heavy penalties; some he
+with fire burned, some maimed he & caused to be cast down from high
+rocks. For these things was he beloved by his friends, but dreaded by
+his foes; his furtherance was manifold for the reason that some did his
+will from love and friendship, and others again from fear.
+
+
+¶ Leif, the son of Eirik the Red, he that was the first to settle in
+Greenland, came even that summer over from that land unto Norway; and
+King Olaf sought he and from him accepted Christianity, & abode even
+with King Olaf the winter thereafter.
+
+
+¶ Now it came to pass that Gudrod, he that was the son of Eirik
+Blood-axe and Gunnhild, had over in the lands to the west done
+whatsoever he listed and broken the laws of God and of man ever since
+that time when fled he from his own country before the face of Earl
+Hakon. But in this summer, of the which somewhat has already been writ,
+even at the time when Olaf Tryggvason had held sway for four winters
+over Norway, came Gudrod to Norway with many ships of war, thither
+having sailed from England. When he deemed himself to be nigh to Norway,
+turned he his course southward along the coast where he bethought him
+that he might least chance to fall in with King Olaf and thus sailed he
+to Vik.
+
+Hardly was he come ashore than began he to plunder the people and bring
+them into subjection under himself, and of them demanded that they
+should take him as their King. And when the country-folk saw that a
+warlike host was come upon them craved they ever for grace and peace, &
+said to the King that they would send the summons for a Thing throughout
+the district, and were willing to submit to him rather than suffer at
+the hands of this his host, & it was agreed that there should be a truce
+even for so long a space as sat the Thing. Then did the King demand of
+them that they should provide provender for his men so long as they were
+waiting for the meeting of the Thing; but the yeomen chose rather that
+the King and his followers should be their guests for all the time he
+might need to be so, & the King agreed even to this, that should he
+travel that country through with some of the men that were with him and
+they the guests of the yeomen, ever the while others kept guard over his
+ships. But when the brothers-in-law of King Olaf, even the brothers
+Hyrning & Thorgeir learned of these happenings furnished they folk &
+gathered to themselves ships and sailed northward (west) in Vik, and by
+night were come to the place where lodged King Gudrod, & there fell they
+upon him and upon his men with fire and sword. So fell King Gudrod and
+the greater number of his men; while of those that abode on the ships
+were some slain but others escaped and fled far and wide. And this
+Gudrod was the last of all the sons of Eirik and Gunnhild; all were now
+dead.
+
+
+¶ The winter after that King Olaf was come from Halogaland, caused he to
+be built under the cliffs at Ladir a great ship: a ship far mightier
+than any other ship of that land, and the stocks whereon she was built
+are still to be seen.
+
+Of this ship was Thorberg the master-smith, but with him were many
+others at work, some felling trees, some shaping them, some hammering
+nails, & some carrying timber. All the material was of the choicest, and
+the ship was both long and broad, built with great beams, and the
+bulwarks thereof were high. Now when the outer sheathing was being put
+on, some errand of necessity carried Thorberg thence unto his homestead,
+and there he tarried a great while.
+
+When he came back the ship was fully sheathed, and the King went in the
+evening, and Thorberg with him, even to see how all things had been
+done; and men said never before had been seen a long-ship so big or so
+fine.
+
+Then went the King back even unto his town, but early on the morrow came
+he once more to his ship and Thorberg accompanied him, and they found
+that the smiths were gone forward, standing there, all of them, without
+working. The King asked wherefore were they doing nothing, & they made
+answer that the ship had been spoiled; that a man must have gone from
+stem to stern hacking her with an axe even the whole length of the
+gunwale.
+
+Then went the King and witnessed with his own eyes the truth thereof,
+and straightway said he, & sware thereon, that die should that man once
+the King wot whosoever he was who from envy had spoiled the ship, 'but
+he who can tell me this thing shall have great reward.' Then said
+Thorberg, 'I can tell thee, King, who it is that hath wrought this.'
+'I cannot indeed expect of another that he should so well as thee get to
+wot of this matter & tell me thereof.' 'I will tell thee, King,' quoth
+he, 'who hath done it: I did it.'
+
+Then answered the King, 'thou shalt make it good, so that all shall be
+as well as it was before; and thy life shall be on it.'
+
+Thereafter went Thorberg to the ship and chopped the gunwale in such
+wise that all the notches were pared away, and the King said then, and
+all the others likewise, that now the ship was even so goodlier by far
+on that side on which Thorberg had cut the notches. So then the King
+bade him fashion both sides alike, & gave him land even for so doing,
+and thus was Thorberg master-smith on the ship, even until she was
+finished. A dragon-ship was she & wrought after the same fashion as the
+'Serpent' which the King had brought with him from Halogaland; but was
+the new ship much larger in all respects, built with the greater care,
+& called he her the 'Long Serpent,' and the other the 'Short Serpent.'
+On the 'Long Serpent' were there four-and-thirty benches of oars. Dight
+were her head and the crook all over with gold, and the bulwarks thereof
+were as high as on sea-faring ships. This was the ship which was ye best
+equipped, and the cost thereof was the most money of any ship that ever
+hath been built in Norway.
+
+
+¶ Now after the death of Earl Hakon, did Earl Eirik Hakonson and his
+brothers, & many others of their kinsmen depart out of the country.
+
+Earl Eirik went east to Sweden, and he and his men were well received by
+King Olaf, the King of the Swedes, who bestowed sanctuary on the Earl
+and great grants withal, so that in the land could he well maintain
+himself and his men. Of this speaketh Thord Kolbeinson:
+
+  'Foeman of robbers! Swiftly can fate effect change
+  Brief space ere the treason of men did Hakon to death,
+  And to the land that erewhile in fight had that warrior conquered
+  Came now the son of Tryggvi when fared he from the west.'
+
+
+¶ From Norway passed many men over unto Earl Eirik, to wit, all those
+that King Olaf had caused to flee the land; and as the outcome thereof
+did Eirik think good to procure himself ships & to go plundering so that
+he might get wealth for himself and for his men. First sailed Eirik to
+Gotland, and lay off that island a long time in summer-tide & waylaid he
+viking craft or merchant-ships even as they were sailing to land, and
+when he listed went he ashore and harried far and wide in the parts
+bordering on the sea. Thus in the Banda lay it is said:
+
+  'In spear-storms many was the Earl thereafter victor:
+  And did we not learn aforetime
+  That Eirik won the land?
+  In those days when the chiefs on Gotland's shores went warring,
+  Doughty, and peace-making by their might.
+  More in his mind had Eirik against lord and King
+  Than spoken word revealed,
+  As from him might be looked for.
+  Wrathfully sought the Earl counsel of the Swedish King,
+  Stubborn were the men of Throndhjem,
+  Ne'er a one would flee.'
+
+
+¶ Later sailed Earl Eirik southward to Wendland, and there chanced he to
+fall in with some viking ships off Staur, and so joined he battle with
+them; to him was the victory and there were the vikings slain. Thus
+saith the Banda lay:
+
+  'The steerer of the prow-steed
+  Let lie at Staur the heads of fallen warriors,
+  Thereafter joy of battle inflamed the Earl.
+  At the corses of the viking the ravens tore
+  After that dire meeting of swords
+  Nigh the sands of the shore.'
+
+
+¶ Sailed thence Earl Eirik back to Sweden in the autumn and abode there
+a second winter; but in the spring made he ready his host and thereafter
+sailed eastward; & when he was come to the realm of King Valdamar fell
+he to plundering & slaying folk, burning whithersoever he went, and
+laying bare the land. Then coming to Aldeigiaborg§ laid he siege unto it
+even until he had taken it, and then put he there many folk to the sword
+and utterly destroyed the town, and thereafter spread he war far and
+wide in Garda. Thus saith the Banda lay:
+
+  'The chieftain fared forth to devastate with fire,
+  Yea and with sword (so waxed the sword-storm),
+  The lands of Valdamar.
+  Aldeigia brok'st thou, lord, when east thou cam'st to Garda
+  Well wot we how grim was the fight twixt the hosts.'
+
+
+¶ For five summers together waged Earl Eirik this warfare, and when he
+left the realm of Garda he went fighting over the whole of Adalsysla &
+Eysysla;§ there took he four viking boats from Danish men and slew all
+that were on the ships. It is thus spoken of in the Banda lay:
+
+  'I heard where the swinger of the sword did battle
+  Once more in the isle-sound.
+  Eirik wins the land;
+  The bounteous lord four viking boats from Dane-folk took
+  Doughty and peacemaking.
+  There where warriors hied to town,
+      hadst thou, war-hero! strife with Goths.
+  Joy of battle filled the Earl thereafter.
+  The battle-shield he bore aloft to all the lands,
+  And gently fared he not, over the country he rules.'
+
+
+¶ Then Eirik the Earl fared to Denmark when he had abode one winter in
+Sweden, and coming unto the Danish King Svein Two-beard, wooed he his
+daughter Gyda and this marriage was agreed upon. Accordingly Eirik took
+Gyda to wife and one winter later a son was born to them whom they
+called Hakon.
+
+Mainly abode Eirik the winters through in Denmark, but whiles also in
+Sweden, but in the summers sailed he the seas over even as became a
+viking.
+
+
+¶ Svein Two-beard, the Danish King, had Gunnhild, the daughter of the
+Wendish King Burizlaf, to wife; and in the days whereof now is the
+record writ happed it that Queen Gunnhild fell sick and died;§ and a
+while thereafter wedded King Svein, Sigrid the Haughty, she that was
+daughter to Skogul-Tosti and mother to Oscar the Swede.
+
+And from the marriage arose a friendship betwixt the brothers-in-law,
+and betwixt them and Earl Eirik Hakonson.
+
+
+  [Illustration]
+
+¶ Now the Wendish King Burizlaf did make complaint to his son-in-law,
+Earl Sigvaldi, because the pact had been broken which Sigvaldi had made
+between King Burizlaf and King Svein: to wit, that King Burizlaf should
+have Tyri Haraldsdottir, King Svein's sister, to wife; for this marriage
+had never come about, inasmuch as Tyri had said shortly 'Nay' to wedding
+a heathen and an old man to boot. King Burizlaf now sent word unto the
+Earl that he would demand the fulfilment of the pact, & bade the Earl go
+to Denmark & bring Queen Tyri to him.
+
+Then did Earl Sigvaldi hie him on his journey, and laid he the matter
+before the Danish King; and by his fair words came he even so far that
+into his hands gave King Svein his sister Tyri. With her went certain
+women to bear her company & do her service, & her foster-father, whose
+name was Ozur Agason, a wealthy man; & sundry other men withal. It was
+agreed between the King & the Earl that Tyri should have the estates in
+Wendland which had belonged to Queen Gunnhild, and that she should be
+given other great lands in dowry.
+
+Tyri wept sorely and departed very much against her will; but natheless
+when she and the Earl were come to Wendland was she wedded, & so King
+Burizlaf had Queen Tyri to wife.
+
+But ever so long as she was among heathens would she take neither meat
+nor drink from them, and in this wise was it for a sennight. Then right
+so one night fled away Queen Tyri and Ozur in the darkness unto the
+forests; and of this their journey it is briefest to recount that they
+attained Denmark, but there durst Tyri by no means remain inasmuch as
+her brother King Svein would, an he knew where she lay, have sent her
+back again to Wendland.
+
+So faring ever by stealth went they to Norway, and Tyri made no stay
+until she was come to King Olaf, who made her welcome, and gave them
+high entertainment. To the King Tyri told of her troubles, and begged
+counsel of him and sanctuary in his kingdom. Now Tyri had a smooth
+tongue in her head, and the King liked her converse well; moreover he
+saw that she was passing fair, & it entered into his mind that this
+would be a good marriage, and he turned the talking thereunto and asked
+her whether she would not have him to husband. But with her fortunes at
+the pass at which they now lay seemed it a hard thing to her to judge;
+yet on the other hand plainly perceived she how good a marriage it would
+be to wed with so famous a King, and therefore entreated she him that he
+should make decision on the matter for her. Thereafter, when this thing
+had been duly discussed, took King Olaf Queen Tyri in wedlock; and they
+were abed in the autumn when King Olaf was come north from Halogaland.
+
+That winter abode King Olaf and Queen Tyri in Nidaros.
+
+Now in the spring-time thereafter oft-times did Tyri make plaint to King
+Olaf, and cried bitterly thereover, because albeit had she such great
+possessions in Wendland yet had she none in this country, and that she
+should have such deemed she but seemly for a Queen; & thinking that by
+fair words would she get her own prayed she him on this matter, and said
+that so great was the friendship between King Burizlaf & Olaf that even
+so soon as they should meet would the King give Olaf all he asked for.
+But when the friends to King Olaf came to know after what fashion was
+the manner of talking of Tyri with one consent gave they all counsel to
+him to refrain from such a course. One day early in the spring, so it is
+said, as the King was walking in the street came a man towards him from
+the market-place bearing many sticks of angelica, which same were
+wondrous big, seeing that it was early in the spring-tide. And the King
+took a large stick of angelica in his hand & went home therewith to the
+lodging of Queen Tyri. Now Tyri sat a-weeping in her hall even as the
+King came in, but he said to her: 'Here is a great stalk of angelica for
+thee.' Aside thrust Tyri it with her hand, and said: 'Greater gifts gave
+Harald Gormson to me, but lesser feared he than thou dost to leave his
+land and seek his own, and the token thereof is that fared he hither to
+Norway and laid waste the greater part of this land and took to himself
+all taxes and dues; but durst thou not fare through the Danish realm for
+fear of my brother King Svein.' Then up sprang King Olaf at these words,
+& called out loudly, and swore withal: 'Never will I go in fear of thy
+brother King Svein, and whensoever we meet shall he be the one to give
+way.'
+
+
+  [Illustration]
+
+¶ Not long after these things summoned King Olaf a Thing in the town,
+and made known to all the people that in the summer would he send an
+host out of the country, and that it was his will to levy ships & men
+from each county, & therewith did he make it known how many ships he
+should require from the fjord there.
+
+Then sent he messengers inland both northwards and southwards, and along
+the coast on the outside of the islands and inside them along the land,
+and called men to arms.
+
+Thereafter did King Olaf launch the 'Long Serpent' & all his other ships
+great & small; and the 'Long Serpent' he himself steered, and when men
+were taken for a crew, with so much care was choice made that on the
+'Long Serpent' was there no man older than sixty nor younger than
+twenty. All were chosen with the utmost care for their strength and
+courage, & the first taken were King Olaf's body-guard, for composed it
+was of the stoutest & boldest men both from home and abroad.
+
+
+¶ Wolf the Red was the name of the man who bore the banner of King Olaf,
+and his place was in the prow of the 'Serpent'; there likewise were
+Kolbiorn the Marshal, Thorstein Ox-foot and Vikar of Tiundaland, the
+brother of Arnliot Gellini. Of the forecastle in the prow were Vak
+Raumason of the River, Bersi the Strong, On the Archer of Jamtaland,
+Thrond the Stout from Thelemark and Othyrmi his brother; and the
+Halogalanders Thrond Squint-eye, Ogmund Sande, Lodvir the Long, from
+Saltvik, and Harek the Keen.
+
+From Inner Throndhjem were there Ketil the Tall, Thorfin Eisli, and
+Havard and his brothers from Orkadal. Those manning the forehold were
+Biorn of Studla, Thorgrim Tiodolfson of Hvin, Asbiorn & Orm, Thord of
+Niardalang, Thorstein the White of Oprostad, Anor of More, Hallstein and
+Hawk from the Fjords, Eyvind Snak, Bergthor Bestil, Hallkel of Fialir,
+Olaf the Boy, Arnfin of Sogn, Sigurd Bild, Einar the Hordalander and
+Fin, Ketil the Rogalander, and Griotgard the Quick. In the main-hold
+were Einar Tamberskelfir, deemed by the others less able than they for
+then was he but eighteen winters old, Hallstein Hlifarson, Thorolf, Ivar
+Smetta, and Orm Skoganef.
+
+Many other men of valour were there on the 'Serpent' though we cannot
+name them; eight were there to a half-berth, and chosen man by man. It
+was a common saying that the crew of the 'Serpent' was for goodliness,
+strength, and boldness, as much above other men as the 'Serpent' herself
+was above other ships.
+
+Thorkel Nefia, own brother to the King, steered the 'Short Serpent,' and
+Thorkel Dydril and Jostein, they that were uncles to him on the side of
+his mother, commanded the 'Crane'; right well manned were these twain
+ships. Moreover had King Olaf eleven great ships from Throndhjem, ships
+of twenty benches, two smaller ships and victuallers.
+
+
+¶ When King Olaf had completed the equipping of his fleet at Nidaros,
+appointed he men throughout the whole of the district of Throndhjem to
+be stewards collecting revenue, and annalists. He then sent to Iceland
+Gizur the White & Hialti Skeggison to convert that country to
+Christianity, and sent he with them that priest whose name is Thormod
+and other consecrated men, but kept back with him as hostages the four
+men of Iceland they that he deemed to be of greatest mark, to wit,
+Kiartan Olafson, Halldor Gudmundson, Kolbein Thordson and Sverting
+Runolfson; and it is said of the journey of Gizur & Hialti that they
+were come unto Iceland or ever the meeting of the Althing & were present
+at the Thing, and thereat was baptism legalized in Iceland and that
+summer all folk were brought into the true fold.
+
+
+¶ The same spring likewise sent King Olaf Leif Eirikson to Greenland to
+convert the people, and fared he thither that summer. On the main found
+he the crew of a ship who were lying helpless on a wreck, and thereafter
+he discovered Vineland the Good,§ yet came he the same summer to
+Greenland; and with him had he a priest and teachers, and he took up his
+abode at Brattalid with his father Eirik. Thereafter did men call him
+Leif the Lucky; but Eirik, his father, said that the one thing was a
+set-off to the other: on the one hand was the saving of the ship's crew
+by Leif & on the other the bringing to Greenland of that 'juggler,' to
+wit, the priest.
+
+
+¶ Then took King Olaf his host southward following the coast, and many
+of his friends flocked to him, mighty men, who were bravely furnished
+for an expedition with the King. The first man of these was own
+brother-in-law to himself, Erling Skialgson with his large 'skeid'§
+wherein were thirty benches, and right well manned was she withal. There
+came also to him his brothers-in-law Hyrning and Thorgeir, each steering
+a large ship. Many other mighty men accompanied him, so that when he
+left the country had he thirty long-ships. King Olaf sailed south
+through Eyrasund, off the coasts of Denmark, and in due course came he
+to Wendland.
+
+There appointed he a tryst with King Burizlaf, and the Kings met and
+spake together of the possessions claimed of King Olaf, and all the talk
+between them went in kindly wise and the claims whereof King Olaf deemed
+himself to have rights there were fully ordered.
+
+Abode he there a long while during the summer, and saw many of his
+friends.
+
+
+¶ As hath been related ere this, King Svein Two-beard had wedded Sigrid
+the Haughty, & Sigrid was King Olaf's greatest foe, the reason therefor
+being how King Olaf had broken his troth with her, as has been afore set
+in fair script, and how he had smote her on the face.
+
+Sigrid incited King Svein to do battle with King Olaf Tryggvason, saying
+pretext enough was it that he had wedded the own sister to Svein, she
+Tyri, without his leave: 'And never would thy forefathers have suffered
+such a thing.' Such words as these had Queen Sigrid ever on her lips,
+and so far went she with her persuasions that King Svein was full
+willing to do battle with Olaf. So early in spring-tide sent King Svein
+men east to Sweden, to Olaf the Swedish King, he that was his step-son,
+& to Earl Eirik, to tell them that Olaf King of Norway had his fleet
+abroad, and thought of faring to Wendland come summer; another message
+took they likewise, namely that the Swedish King and the Earl should
+call out their hosts and go to meet King Svein, and that then altogether
+they should get their battle over against King Olaf. Now the King of
+Sweden and Eirik the Earl were ready and eager for this venture, so
+mustered they a large fleet in Sweden, and with the ships thereof went
+south to Denmark and came thither at the time when King Olaf had already
+sailed east. Of this speaketh Halldor in the song he made about Earl
+Eirik:
+
+  'Crusher of Kings who battles loved,
+  From out of Sweden called,
+  To southern battle fared he forth,
+  Even with great hosts of men,
+  The wound-bird on the sea gat food while waiting,
+  Each and every warrior was fain to follow Eirik.'
+
+
+¶ So the King of the Swedes and Earl Eirik shaped a course to meet the
+Danish King, and when all the fleets were come together was there a host
+greater than one man could number.
+
+
+¶ When King Svein sent for that fleet, sent he moreover Earl Sigvaldi to
+Wendland to spy on the expedition of King Olaf, and to lay such a lure
+that King Svein and the others might assuredly fall in with King Olaf.
+
+So Earl Sigvaldi set forth and went to Wendland and Jomsborg, and met
+King Olaf Tryggvason. Now had they much friendly conversation one with
+the other, and the Earl came greatly to love the King, mainly on account
+of their former kinship, for Astrid, she that was wife unto the Earl,
+even the daughter of King Burizlaf, was very friendly with King Olaf,
+for the reason that the latter had had her sister Geira to wife.
+
+Now Sigvaldi was a wise man, & one ready at expedients, & when he and
+King Olaf took counsel together, found he many and divers pretexts for
+delaying the journey of the King to the westward; but the men of King
+Olaf murmured thereat and were loudly displeased, and longed much to get
+them hence home, for, said they, 'clear are we to sail & fair is the
+wind.' Learned Sigvaldi now privily from Denmark that the King of the
+Danes and the King of the Swedes & Eirik the Earl were met together, and
+were even about to set sail to the eastward off the coast of Wendland;
+likewise that it had been convened betwixt them that they in wait for
+King Olaf should lie off that isle which is called Svold;§ & that
+moreover he, the Earl, was after some fashion to contrive that King Olaf
+be found of them.
+
+
+¶ And now went about a rumour in Wendland that Svein, the King of the
+Danes, also had an host abroad, & soon tongues wagged to the tune that
+well would it like Svein, the King of the Danes, to meet with King Olaf;
+but said Earl Sigvaldi unto the King: 'No plan is it of King Svein to
+attack thee with the Danish host alone, seeing how great an host of
+thine own thou hast; but if ye suspect that war may be at hand then will
+I and my men go with thee, and aforetime was it deemed good help when
+the Jomsborg vikings bore a chief company: I will go with thee even with
+eleven ships well-found.'
+
+To this did the King answer yea, and because at that time was there
+blowing a gentle breeze but favourable, commanded he that the fleet
+should get under way, & that the horns be blown for their departing.
+Then the men hoisted sail; and the small ships were those that made the
+better way, & out to sea sailed they. Now kept the Earl close by the
+King's ship, shouting to those on board, and bidding the King follow
+him: 'Well wot I,' he said, 'which sounds are deepest betwixt the isles,
+& this be fraught with care seeing how big are thy ships.' So sailed the
+Earl first with his ships, eleven ships had he, & sailed the King after
+him with his large ships, eleven likewise had he, but sailed all the
+rest of the fleet ahead and out to sea. Now it came to pass as Earl
+Sigvaldi was making Vold came rowing off a skiff, and those therein told
+unto the Earl how that the fleet of the King of the Danes lay in the
+haven even right over ahead of their way.
+
+So the Earl ordered sails to be lowered, and rowed they in under that
+island. Thus saith Halldor the Unchristened:
+
+  'With ships one more than seventy
+  Came the lord of Eynafylki from the south;
+  His sword he dyed in warfare
+  When the Earl the ships of Skani called out to battle.
+  Quickly then the peace was broken 'twixt the men.'
+
+
+¶ Now it will be marked that, according unto the bard, were the ships of
+King Olaf & Earl Sigvaldi seventy-one in number what time sailed they
+from the south.
+
+
+¶ Now lying there were Svein, the King of the Danes, Olaf the King of
+the Swedes, and Earl Eirik, with all the might of their fleet, and fair
+weather was with them with bright sunshine. Went up to the islet all the
+chieftains with a large company of men, and spied they thence that a
+many ships were sailing together out at sea.
+
+And they beheld a large ship and brave sailing, and said both the Kings:
+'There goes a great ship, passing fair, none other can this be save only
+the "Long Serpent."'
+
+Then made Earl Eirik answer, saying: 'That is not the "Long Serpent."'
+
+And it was as he opined, for this ship belonged to Eindrid of Gimsar.
+A while later saw they yet another ship sailing, much greater than the
+first, and then spake King Svein: 'Afeard is Olaf Tryggvason, for he
+dareth not sail with the head upon his ship.' Then said Earl Eirik:
+'That is not the King's ship; that ship and the sail thereof know I, for
+the sail is a striped one; Erling Skialgson it is who hath command
+thereof.
+
+Let them sail on! Better is it for us that this ship should be lacking
+from Olaf's fleet, so well appointed is it.' A while later saw they and
+recognized the ships of Sigvaldi the Earl, and one of them also was
+great.
+
+Then spake King Svein and bade them go to their ships; for, said he,
+there sails the 'Long Serpent'; but Earl Eirik called out, 'Many more
+ships and fine ones have they besides the 'Long Serpent,' let us bide a
+while.'
+
+Then many of the men fell to talking, & they said: 'Eirik the Earl will
+not fight to avenge his father. Shame, shame is it, & throughout all the
+land will it be heard, if we lie here with so great a fleet & let King
+Olaf sail out to sea on our very flank.' But after they had been talking
+thus a while saw they that four more ships came sailing by, and one of
+these was a dragon, large indeed, and bedecked with gold. Then rose up
+King Svein and said: 'High shall the "Serpent" carry me this eve; and I
+will steer her.' Many of the men called out that the 'Serpent' was a
+mighty great ship and beautiful to look upon, and a glorious work had it
+been to build such a craft.
+
+Then Earl Eirik said so loud that sundry heard him: 'E'en had King Olaf
+no larger ship than this, King Svein would with the Danish host alone
+never wrest it from him.' Then went the men to their ships and took the
+tilts from off them; whilst the chiefs were talking among themselves of
+that which is writ above saw they sailing along three very large ships,
+and a fourth ship last of all, and that was the 'Long Serpent.' Now of
+those large ships which had sailed past before, and had been deemed by
+the men to be the 'Long Serpent,' the first was the 'Crane' and the last
+the 'Short Serpent.' But when they beheld the 'Long Serpent,' and none
+gainsaid this, then wotted all that now indeed was Olaf Tryggvason
+sailing by. Then went they to their ships, and made ready to row to the
+onset. Now a compact had been struck between the chiefs, King Svein,
+King Olaf, and Earl Eirik, that to each one of them should be given a
+third part of Norway if it befell that King Olaf was slain; moreover he
+who first boarded the 'Long Serpent' was for his own to have all the
+booty taken therefrom, and each of them was to have what ships he
+himself cleared.
+
+Earl Eirik had a very large long-ship which he was wont to use on his
+viking cruises; a beard was there on the higher part of both prow and
+stern, and thick plates of iron going from thence all the breadth of the
+beard right down to the water-line.
+
+
+¶ Now when Earl Sigvaldi & his men headed in towards the islet, observed
+closely Thorkel Dydril of the 'Crane' and the captains of the other
+ships sailing with him, what he was doing, and they too lowered sail,
+and rowing after him, called out to him to know why thus he was faring.
+
+The Earl answered that he was going to bide the coming of King Olaf, for
+most like did it seem that war was at hand.
+
+So then they likewise let their ships lie-to until such time as Thorkel
+Leira with the 'Short Serpent' was come up and with him too the three
+other ships which were following him, and the same tidings were told
+unto them; then they also lowered sail, laid-to and bided the coming of
+King Olaf.
+
+But when the King sailed out towards the isle, then rowed out into the
+sound the whole of the hostile fleet even for to meet him; and his men
+witnessing this same prayed the King sail his way, and not engage in
+battle with so large an host.
+
+But King Olaf stood up on the poop, and shouted with a loud voice: 'Let
+no men of mine lower sail or think of fleeing; never have I fled in
+battle. May God look to my life, for never will I turn to flight.' And
+it was done even as the King said. Thus saith Hallfrod:
+
+  'Fain would I name those words,
+  Which Olaf's warriors tell us
+  The lord deed-mighty spake there,
+  To his men before the battle.
+  The warlike King forbade
+  His champions to think of flight,
+  And how they live, the words the loved one of the people spoke.'
+
+
+¶ So were sounded the horns for the assembling of the ships; and the
+King's ship was in the midst of the fleet, with the 'Short Serpent' on
+one side and the 'Crane' on the other. Now when they were about to lash
+together the prow of the 'Long Serpent' and stern of the 'Short
+Serpent,' the King observed what was being done, and he cried out
+bidding them lay the big ship more forward, & not let her be astern of
+all the ships in the fleet. Thereon answered Ulf the Red: 'If we are to
+lay the "Serpent" as much longer ahead as she is longer than other ships
+hard will the day's work be behind the gunwales.' Said the King: 'I knew
+not that I had a forecastle man who was both red and afraid,' Ulf made
+answer back, 'Turn not thou thy back there on the poop more than I turn
+mine when I guard the prow.'
+
+Now the King had a bow in his hand, and placing an arrow on the string
+thereof he turned him towards Ulf; then cried Ulf, 'Shoot another way,
+King, thither where it is needed more greatly; what I do, I do for
+thee.'
+
+
+¶ King Olaf towered high on the poop of the 'Serpent,' and easy was it
+to know him from other men.
+
+A golden shield had he, and a gold-wrought helmet, & a short red kirtle
+over his shirt of mail.
+
+Now when King Olaf saw that the fleets were dividing and banners were
+being set up before the chiefs, asked he: 'Who is the captain of that
+host which is right over against us?' It was told him that it was King
+Svein Two-beard with the host of the Danes. Then answered he: 'Afraid
+are we not of those blenchers, no heart is there in the Danes. But what
+chief is behind those banners yonder on our right?' It was told him that
+there was King Olaf, with the Swedish host. 'Better were it for the
+Swedes to stay at home and lick the blood from their bowls than to board
+the "Serpent" under thy weapons.' 'But whose are the ships lying out
+yonder on the larboard of the Danes?' 'They pertain,' came the answer,
+'to Eirik Hakonson.' Then answered King Olaf, 'Good reason, methinketh,
+hath he to meet us, and from that fleet may we await the fiercest of
+fights, seeing that they too are of Norway even as we ourselves.'
+
+
+¶ Thereafter separated the Kings one from another for the onset. King
+Svein laid his ship against the 'Long Serpent'; and King Olaf the Swede
+lay-to farther out & grappled from the prow the outermost ship of King
+Olaf Tryggvason; and over against the other side lay Earl Eirik. And
+even so there ensued a dire and strenuous conflict. Albeit did Sigvaldi,
+the Earl, let his ships fall astern and took he no part in the battle.
+Thus saith Skuli Thorsteinnson, he that himself was with Earl Eirik that
+day:
+
+  'The Frisian wolf I followed
+  (And in my youth gat honour)
+  With Sigvaldi, there where the spears whistled
+  (Now wax I old);
+  When bloody swords we bore
+  There off the mouth of the Svold
+  In the south, in the battle-storm,
+  And met the hero of wars.'
+
+And Hallfrod too saith of these tidings:
+
+  'Methinks full much was missed
+  (Many to flight did turn them),
+  That chief who spurred the fight
+  Was among the men of Throndhjem.
+  The valiant King alone
+  'Gainst the two Kings did fight,
+  (Glorious to tell it now)
+  And for a third too the Earl.'
+
+
+¶ The battle to them all waxed very fierce & bloody; the forecastle men
+of the 'Long Serpent' & the 'Short Serpent' and the 'Crane' threw
+anchors and grapplers on to the ships of King Svein, and thus could they
+attack them from above so that they cleared every ship unto which they
+could cling and thereto hold fast. King Svein and those of his company
+who could escape made what way they could to other of his ships and
+thereon drew thence out of bow-shot, and so it came to pass that it
+fared with this fleet even as King Olaf Tryggvason had foretold.
+
+Then Olaf, he that was King of the Swedes, brought his ships up into the
+self-same places left by those of Svein, but natheless hardly was he
+come nigh to the big ships than it went with him the same as with the
+others; even so that lost he many men and some of his ships, and
+thereafter he too drew back. But Earl Eirik laid his bearded ship
+alongside the outermost ship of King Olaf & with fierceness cleared it,
+and straightway cut it adrift from its lashings; then went he alongside
+the one that was next, and with it fought until that too was cleared.
+Then fell the crews to escaping from the lesser ships on to those that
+were larger; but cut the Earl every ship from its lashings even as soon
+as it was cleared, & thereon came up once more from all sides Danes and
+Swedes into the battle over against the ships of King Olaf. Eirik the
+Earl lay ever alongside one or other ship fighting thus in hand to hand
+fight, and as the men fell on his ship, Danes and Swedes, other true men
+took their place. Thus saith Halldor:
+
+  'Of sharp swords the brunt
+  O'er the "Long Serpent" went;
+  There golden spears did clash
+  And the men fought long,
+  In battle of foemen
+  Went forth to the south
+  Men of Sweden against him,
+  And Danish swordsmen doughty.'
+
+
+¶ Then waxed the battle very fierce, and men fell thick and fast, and so
+at the end befell it that all the ships that pertained unto King Olaf
+were cleared save and except the 'Long Serpent,' & by that time all
+those of his folk who were still able to bear arms were come aboard of
+her.
+
+Then did Earl Eirik bring his bearded ship alongside the 'Serpent' and
+thereon ensued a fight with man at sword's length from man.
+
+Thus saith Halldor:
+
+  'Into so hard a trap fell now the "Long Serpent"
+  (The shields were cut asunder, together clashed the swords),
+  And when the axe-bearer laid his bearded ship
+      high bulwarked beside the "Serpent,"
+  The Earl did victory win at Holm.'
+
+
+¶ Earl Eirik took his stand in the forehold of his ship encompassed by a
+wall of shields, & his men fought both with trenchant arms, and by the
+thrusting of spears, and by the throwing of everything that could be
+used as a weapon, though some shot with the bow or threw javelins with
+the hand. From all sides had the war-ships been brought up around the
+'Serpent,' and so great was the shower of weapons which fell on her, and
+so thickly flew the arrows and javelins from all sides, that men could
+but hardly ward off the missiles with their shields. The men that were
+with King Olaf had ere now waxed so furious that they had climbed up on
+to the bulwarks to the end that they might reach their foemen with their
+swords and slay them; but many of their foes would not come so nigh
+alongside the 'Serpent' that they could be beguiled into close combat,
+whereas a many of the folk of Olaf being unmindful that they were not
+fighting on a level field themselves fell overboard and so sank down
+together with their weapons. Thus saith Hallfrod:
+
+  'From the "Serpent" sank they down, wounded in the fight;
+  Give way or flee they would not, resisting to the last.
+  Though glorious the King may be who steers the "Serpent"
+  Such men as these will long be lacking where'er she strideth.'
+
+
+¶ It happened that in the narrow-hold of the "Serpent," shooting with
+his bow and arrow more fiercely than any other man that was on the ship,
+stood Einar Tambarskelfir. Now it was against Earl Eirik that Einar had
+his direct venture, and struck he the top of the tiller-head, over above
+the head of the Earl, sending in his arrow with such force that it
+penetrated to the very binding of the shaft.
+
+The Earl looked at it, and asked if it was known who was shooting thus;
+then on the instant Einar shot another arrow which went so nigh unto the
+Earl that it passed betwixt his side and his arm, and so far through the
+staying-board that the barb stood out on the other side thereof.
+
+Then spake the Earl to that man whose name some say was Fin, but as
+others have it was of Finnish§ kith and kin.
+
+Exceeding apt was he as an archer, so spake Eirik unto him saying:
+'Shoot thou yonder big man in the narrow-hold,' & even as he said the
+words did the arrow of Fin strike the bow of Einar just as he was
+drawing it for the third time. Then was the bow broken in twain, & Olaf
+said, 'What brake there so loudly?' & Einar made answer: 'Norway from
+thy hand, O King.' 'So great a breaking asunder hath not happened yet,
+I trow,' quoth the King; 'take my bow and shoot therewith,' and saying
+so threw he him his own bow, and Einar taking it strained it even beyond
+the arrow-head. 'Too weak,' said he, 'too weak is the prince's bow,' and
+throwing it back again to the King took he his shield and sword, and
+fell to hand-fighting.
+
+
+¶ King Olaf being himself on the poop of the 'Serpent,' full oft that
+day shot with his bow, but upon occasion made he use of javelins, and
+ever threw two at once. Then as time wore on saw he, as his glance sped
+along the ship, that albeit his men swung ever their swords and smote
+full fast, yet nevertheless their swords were cutting but ill, and he
+cried out loudly to them: 'Are ye wielding your swords carelessly since,
+as I see, they do not cut?' One of the men made answer: 'Our swords are
+blunt and very much notched.' Then went the King down into the
+fore-hold, and setting up the lid of the high-seat took from out of the
+chest beneath many sharp swords and gave them out to his men, and when
+he thrust down his right arm into the chest it was seen that blood was
+running from under his mail-shirt, and no man at that hour wot in what
+part he had been wounded.
+
+
+¶ Even the stoutest defence on the 'Long Serpent,' and that the most
+deadly, was put up by those stout men that were in the fore-hold and in
+the prow and stern, for truly were they picked men, and the bulwarks in
+those places were higher than in other parts of the ship. Even so soon
+as ever the men amidships began to fall, and only a few of those about
+the mast were left standing on their feet, made Eirik an attempt to
+board the 'Serpent,' and up came he on to her, himself the fifteenth
+man.
+
+Then was it that Hyrning, he that was own brother-in-law of Olaf, set
+over against Eirik with a band of followers and the mightiest fight of
+all waged they then, and the end thereof was of such a fashion that had
+the Earl himself to draw back even unto his own ship; and of the men
+that adventured with him on to the 'Serpent' were some wounded and most
+others slain.
+
+
+¶ And thereafter was there yet again a hard struggle, & many men fell on
+board the 'Serpent'; & as the crew who held the defence of her began to
+thin tried Earl Eirik to board her for the second time, but again met he
+with valiant opposition. When the fore-castle men on the 'Serpent' saw
+this went they aft and safeguarded the ship over against the Earl, &
+made a stubborn defence. But so many were the men who were fallen on the
+'Serpent' that were the bulwarks perforce in many places empty, and the
+men of the Earl now came aboard her on every side; then were those men
+who were still standing to arms and having the guardianship of the ship
+forced to fall back aft, even unto the place where the King was
+standing. Thus saith Halldor the Unchristened, telling how Earl Eirik
+cheered on his men:
+
+  'Astern across the thwarts shrank the men of Olaf
+  Valiant the lord cheers on his hot-headed followers,
+  When the warriors had closed all issue to the doughty King
+  The clash of weapons turned towards the Wend-slayer.'
+
+
+¶ Now it came to pass that Kolbiorn the Marshal went up on to the poop
+even to the King, and greatly did they resemble one another in apparel
+and weapons; and Kolbiorn was also a right big and comely man.
+
+Yet once again ensued there a fight full fierce in the fore-hold, but
+because that there were now come up on to the 'Serpent' even as many men
+of the Earl as the ship would hold, and seeing that his ships were lying
+on all sides around the 'Serpent,' & moreover few folk left on her for
+defence against so strong a host, fell the main of the men of Olaf very
+shortly thereafter, albeit were they men both strong and stout of heart.
+Then did King Olaf himself, and Kolbiorn, leap over-board each on his
+own side. Now the men of the Earl had put out small boats & were busy
+slaying those that took to the sea, and when the King leapt overboard
+would they have taken him captive and brought him before Earl Eirik, had
+not King Olaf held up his shield above him and dived headlong into the
+deep. Kolbiorn, on the other part, thrust his shield under him and thus
+protected himself against the javelins which were being thrown up from
+the boats beneath, but he fell into the sea in such wise that his shield
+was beneath him & therefore could he in no wise dive so swiftly, & so
+was he taken & haled up into a boat. Then the foe deeming him to be the
+King brought him before the Earl, but when the Earl discovered that it
+was not King Olaf but Kolbiorn, gave he the latter quarter. At this
+moment did all they of the King's folk who were still alive leap
+overboard from the 'Serpent'; and Hallfrod saith that Thorkel Nefia,
+he that was brother to the King, leapt last of all overboard:
+
+  'Stroke-doughty Thorkel saw the "Crane,"
+  Yea, and the "Serpents" twain floating deserted;
+  Boldly had he fought e'er the wearer of the arm-rings,
+  Stout-hearted in combat, into the sea plunged,
+  And by swimming saved his life.'
+
+
+¶ Now hath it been afore fair written that Earl Sigvaldi joined forces
+with King Olaf in Wendland; ten ships had the Earl and withal an
+eleventh whereon Astrid, she that was daughter to the King and wife to
+Sigvaldi, had her men.
+
+When King Olaf leapt overboard all the hosts shouted cries of victory,
+and then did the Earl and his men unship their oars & row to the fight.
+Of this speaketh Halldor the Unchristened:
+
+  'From far and near the Wendmen's craft
+  To battle hastened;
+  The lean sword-clashers
+  Clanged with iron mouths;
+  Din of swords at sea was there
+  (Wolves' fare the eagle tore),
+  The lads' dear leader strove
+  Ere many from him fled.'
+
+
+¶ Now rowed away the Wendland cutter, whereon were Astrid's men, back to
+Wendland, and straightway did many men say that King Olaf must have
+drawn off his shirt of mail in the water, dived down away from the
+long-ship, and thereafter swum even to the Wendland cutter and so been
+brought to shore by the folk of Astrid.
+
+And many are the tales which have been told by certain men of the
+journeyings of King Olaf; nevertheless in this wise speaketh Hallfrod:
+
+  'I wot not whether he who stilled the raven's hunger
+  Should of me be praised as of the living or the dead,
+  Since of a truth his men tell either tale
+  (Bootless of himself to question) though wounded was he surely.'
+
+But howsoever this may have been, never more returned King Olaf
+Tryggvason to his realm of Norway; yet in this wise speaketh Hallfrod
+the Troublous-skald:
+
+  'He who the tidings told that the lord was living
+  Had long for Tryggvi's trusted son a fighter been.
+  'Tis said the King from out the steel-storm came;
+  Alas, 'tis worse than this, methinks,
+      for of truth all facts are lacking.'
+
+And this again:
+
+  'When the land-host with men in numbers towards the Holder's
+  War-wont King did fare, it scarce could be (so heard I)
+  That the King belovéd could with life escape
+  (Folk seemed not truth to tell) from out the battle.
+  Some men e'en tell this skald that wounded is the King,
+  Though from the spear-storm saved and eastwards gone.
+  But tidings from the south now tell the slaying of the King
+  In the great fight (endure no more can I the wavering talk of men).'
+
+
+¶ With the victory that he encompassed did Earl Eirik Hakonson gain even
+the 'Long Serpent' and much booty, and steered he the 'Serpent' far out
+of the battle. Thus said Halldor:
+
+  'Thither the "Serpent" had borne him,
+  The helmeted chieftain, to the great sword-play,
+  (Then were the ships dight).
+  But south, in the din of the battle,
+      gladly the Earl took the "Serpent"
+  (Heming's high-born brother in blood did dye the swords).'
+
+
+¶ Now Svein the son of Earl Hakon even at this time was betrothed to
+Holmfrid the daughter of Olaf King of Sweden. When Olaf the Swedish
+King, Svein the Danish King and Earl Eirik divided the realm of Norway
+between them, then had Olaf the Swedish King four counties, to wit,
+Throndhjem, the two Mores & Raumsdal; and eastward to him pertained
+Raumariki from the Gaut (Göta) river to Svinasund.
+
+This dominion did King Olaf make over to Earl Svein on the self-same
+conditions as the tribute paying kings or earls had held their lands
+aforetime from superior kings. Earl Eirik gat five counties in
+Throndhjem, also Halogaland and Naumdalen, the Fjords & Fialir, Sogn and
+Hardaland & Rogaland, and Agdir from the north right to Lidandesnes (the
+Naze).
+
+Thus saith Thord Kolbeinson:
+
+  'I wist that save for Erling (bounteous chief whom I praise)
+  Erewhile the "hersirs" mostly were friends unto the earls;
+  The battle ended the land all southward from Agdir
+  To Veiga, or farther north, was subject made to Eirik.
+  Under the lord the land prospered; & this 'twas good should be.
+  His duty he thought it to hold o'er the northmen his hand.
+  Now hath died Svein the king south of us, so the tale goes
+  (The strength of most doth fail,
+      and waste are his manors for grief).'
+
+
+¶ Svein the King of the Danes was now once more the possessor of Vik,
+which had been his aforetime; to Earl Eirik he gave Raumariki and
+Hedemark, to be held as a fief. Svein Hakonson, he that was the finest
+man that men have ever looked on, received earldom from Olaf the Swede.
+Eirik and Earl Svein were alike baptized into and made profession of the
+true Faith, but even so long as they ruled over Norway gave they licence
+to every man that he should please himself about what creed he would
+cleave to, & moreover maintained they the old laws honourably and
+likewise all the customs of the land; therefore were they justly men who
+were well-beloved and good rulers. Now in all matters having concern in
+the ruling of the realm of the twain brothers was Earl Eirik ever the
+more prominent.
+
+
+
+
+THE SAGA OF HARALD THE TYRANT, MXXX-MLXVI
+
+
+
+
+It befell in the days of the fall of King Olaf that Harald, the son of
+Sigurd Sow, the stepbrother of King Olaf the Saint, bore his share in
+the great battle of Stiklastad.
+
+Even there it befell Harald that he was smote down, but he gained the
+life of his body by flight with others that bore him company. Thus saith
+Thiodolf:
+
+  'Nigh the hill, a battle-storm
+  I heard drive toward the King,
+  But the burner of the Bulgars§
+  His brother well supported.
+  Unwillingly from fallen Olaf
+  Was the prince sundered,
+  And his head he hid;
+  Then was he twelve winters
+  With added three thereto in age.'
+
+
+¶ It was Rognvald Brusason who bare Harald out of the battle, and
+brought him to a certain peasant who lived in the forest, and that in a
+glade far from the haunts of man; and here was Harald leeched until he
+was whole of his wound.
+
+Thereafter fared forth the son of that peasant eastward with him across
+the Kjol (Kiolen), & as far as they were able to do so followed they
+forest tracks in lieu of the common way.
+
+Now in no wise wist the son of the peasant with what manner of man he
+was faring, & as they were riding through the wastes of the forest sang
+Harald thus wise:
+
+  'From forest now to forest
+  Wend I my way with honour scant;
+  Who wists but in the future
+  Wide fame may not be mine?'
+
+
+¶ And thus fared he eastward through Jamtaland & Helsingland, and in due
+course was he come even to Sweden; there did he link his fortune with
+that of Rognvald Brusason and many others of the men of King Olaf that
+were yet alive after the mighty battle.
+
+
+¶ Now in the spring thereafter gat they ships for themselves and in the
+summer fared eastward to Garda, where abode they the winter through with
+King Jarizleif.
+
+Thus saith Bolverk:
+
+  'The sword's blade, King, thou dried'st
+  When thou fared'st from the strife.
+  To the raven gav'st thou to eat;
+  The wolf howled on the wooded heights.
+  But the year thereafter and thou wert
+  East in Gard, O doughty fighter,
+  Ne'er have I heard of a leader of hosts
+  More famed than thou wert.'
+
+King Jarizleif made Harald & his men welcome right kindly, and even so
+became Harald captain of the land defence of the King & with him was
+joined Eilif, the son of Earl Rognvald. Thus saith Thiodolf:
+
+  'Where Eilif was,
+  Alike they acted,
+  Those chieftains twain
+  In wedge-like phalanx.
+  Chased were the East Wends
+  Into a corner narrow,
+  Not easy for the Laesirs§
+  Was the law of the host.'
+
+
+¶ Some winters abode Harald in the realm of Garda, & fared forth for the
+most part eastward; then went he a journey to Greece, and in his company
+was a mighty following, and at that time likewise went he to Miklagard
+(Constantinople). Saith Bolverk:
+
+  'The chilly shower drave forward
+  The ship's swart prows;
+  And barks all bravely armoured
+  Their sails bore by the coast-side.
+  The metal towers of Miklagard
+  The prince saw from the prows;
+  Fair-bosomed ships were borne
+  To the walls of the city.'
+
+At that time there ruled over Greece Queen Zoe the Wealthy and with her
+Michael Katalaktus.
+
+When Harald was come even unto Miklagard in the hardiness that was of
+his blood enterprised he service of the Queen, and even so did the men
+that were with him.
+
+Forthwith that same autumn took he ship on certain galleys with warriors
+who were adventuring on to the Greek sea.
+
+In those days was one named Gyrgir§ chief of the hosts, and he was also
+a kinsman to the Queen. Now it came to pass that Harald had not abode
+longtime with the host ere the Vaerings§ became much drawn to him, so
+that he and they adventured all together in a body whensoever there was
+fighting, and the end thereof was that Harald was chosen captain of all
+the Vaerings. Gyrgir and his hosts coasted in all directions among the
+Greek islands, and greatly plundered the corsairs.
+
+
+¶ Once it befell when they were faring overland, and were of a mind to
+pass the night in the woods, that the Vaerings were the first to come to
+the place where it was intended they should lie, and chose they for
+their tents even such position as was best and lay highest, for the
+country thereabout was boggy, and no sooner came the rain than was it
+ill living there over against where the land was low. Then came Gyrgir,
+& when he saw where the Vaerings had pitched their tents bade he them
+begone and pitch them in another place, since saith he, that he himself
+would have his tent even there. But thus spake Harald: 'When ye are the
+first to come to the place for the camp then shall ye make choice of
+your place for the night, and it will behove us to pitch our tents
+elsewhere, even in whatever spot is open to us. So do ye now likewise;
+pitch ye your tents where ye will in any other spot that pertaineth.
+Methought was it the right of the Vaerings here in Greece to be masters
+of their own matter & free in all things before all men, and that was it
+to the King and Queen only they owed obedience.'
+
+On this bandied they words with so great heat that both sides fell to
+arming themselves, & right nigh came they to fighting, but ere that were
+the wisest men came up and they parted them.
+
+They said it was more in reason that these men should be of one mind on
+the matter, and a just decision made thereon betwixt them, so that never
+more might strife arise out of this cause.
+
+So then was agreed a meeting between them, & the best and wisest men
+were present thereat; and at that meeting was it counselled in such
+manner that all were of one mind, to wit, that lots should be borne in a
+cloth and cast between Greek and Vaering as to who should be the first
+to ride or row, or berth them in haven, or choose a spot for their
+tents; both of them henceforth to rest content with whatever the lot
+decreed. Thereafter was this done, and the lots were marked; then said
+Harald to Gyrgir; 'Let me now see how thou markest thy lot, to the
+intent that we may not both mark them in the same fashion.'
+
+So Harald looked and thereafter marked his lot and threw it into the
+cloth, and Gyrgir did likewise; but the man who was to draw the lot took
+up one between his fingers, and lifting his hand said: 'These shall
+first ride and row and berth them in haven and choose them tent-places.'
+Then did Harald seize the lot with his hand and throw it out into the
+sea, and when he had so done he said: 'That was our lot.'
+
+Gyrgir said: 'Why didst thou not let more men see it?' 'Look you,'
+answered Harald, 'on that lot which is left, & I wot well thereon will
+you know your own mark.'
+
+Then looked they at the lot, and all knew the mark to be that of Gyrgir.
+
+So was it adjudged that the Vaerings should have the choice in all those
+matters about which there had been strife. Sundry things befell likewise
+on which saw they not eye to eye, but ever it ended in such a fashion
+that Harald had his way.
+
+
+¶ Plundering & pillaging whithersoever they went fared together both
+hosts during the summer, but when a battle was imminent would Harald
+cause his men to hold aloof therefrom, or at least over against that
+part where was the fight most open.
+
+Ever said he that he would take good care that he did not lose those
+that were of his company; but when a fight chanced and he with his men
+only were opposed to an enemy so fierce was he in battle that either
+must he win the day or die. For this reason oft-times it befell that
+when Harald was captain of the men the victory fell to him, whereas
+Gyrgir won naught.
+
+Now when the warriors saw how oft did this come to pass, said they one
+to the other that their cause would have better advancement an Harald
+were alone captain of the host; and blamed they the leader of the band,
+saying that he and his men were but bootless. To this Gyrgir made answer
+that the Vaerings would not yield him support, & bade them begone,
+whiles he fared with the rest of the host to be successful as far as in
+them lay. Even so, thereon went Harald from the host, and with him
+likewise the Vaerings and the Latin men, but Gyrgir kept the host of the
+Greeks. Then came to pass that which all had awaited, to wit, that
+Harald ever gained the victory & the plunder. Thereupon fared the Greeks
+home to Miklagard save only the young men who desired to win riches for
+themselves, and they gathered round Harald and took him for their
+leader.
+
+Then went he with his host westward to northern Africa, which the
+Vaerings called Serkland,§ and there he gained addition to his host.
+
+In Serkland won he eighty walled towns, some thereof surrendered to him,
+whereas others took he by might.
+
+Thereafter went he to Sikiley (Sicily). Thus saith Thiodolf:
+
+  'Towns ten times eight in Serkland,
+  Say I, then were taken,
+  The young hater of red-glowing gold
+  Rushed into the peril.
+  Before the fighter went to rouse
+  With clashing shields the Hilds,
+  Were they long the Serk-men's foe,
+  On the plains of Sicily.'
+
+Thus saith Illugi, the skald from Bryn:
+
+  'Harald under Michael strove
+  For south-lands with his sword
+  The son of Budli, as 'twas said
+  Showed friendship by his fellowship.'[§]
+
+
+¶ Now it came to pass that at this season was Michael King of Greece.
+
+Many winters abode he in Africa, and to himself acquired goods and
+chattels in plenty, gold likewise and all manner of precious things; but
+all the wealth which he took and thereof had not need for his
+maintenance sent he by his trusty men to Holmgard (Novgarod), to be
+bestowed into the hands and care of King Jarizleif.
+
+Exceeding wealth did he collect together there, as was like to be,
+forasmuch as he was pillaging in that part of the world the which is
+richest in gold and costly things. And so much did he accomplish withal
+that, as has been writ before, took he as many as eighty towns.
+
+
+¶ And being come to Sikiley did Harald lay waste on that isle, and set
+he his host over against a large town in which were many people.
+
+So strong were the walls thereof that he feared it were doubtful an he
+could brake them down. Now the townsfolk had enough of victuals and
+other commodities which were required to withstand a siege, so hit
+Harald on the craft of bidding his fowlers to catch small birds, which
+had nests in the town & flew out during the day to seek food. On the
+backs of these birds caused he to be tied shavings of red pine-wood on
+which had he poured melted wax and brimstone; fire thereto was set, and
+the birds even so soon as they were loose, flew with one accord at once
+to the town with the intent to seek their young and to hie them to their
+own nests which were under the roofs.
+
+And these roofs were thatched with reeds or straw.
+
+Then the fire from the birds spread to the eaves, and though each bird
+bore but a little burden of fire nevertheless in a brief space was
+kindled a great fire, for many birds bore fire to the roofs that were of
+the town. Thereafter there burned one house after the other until the
+town itself was all aflame, and all the people came out therefrom and
+begged for grace.
+
+Yea was this that same folk that for many a day had talked proudly and
+with mocking despite of the Greek host and the chief thereof. Harald
+gave quarter to all men who craved it, and thereafter held authority
+over this town.
+
+
+¶ Another town was there to which Harald went with his host, & right
+well peopled was it and strong withal, so much so indeed that it could
+not be thought that he would be able to make assault thereon. Flat land
+and hard lay round about the walls thereof, so Harald set his men to dig
+a trench from the place whence a brook flowed, & that in a deep gulley
+wherein men from the town could not spy.
+
+The earth of the trench threw they out into the water and let the stream
+bear it away; and in this work they continued even both by night and by
+day with fresh shifts after a spell.
+
+After this fashion did the host advance on the town day by day; and the
+townsmen flocked to the battlements & both sides shot at one another,
+but by night did all betake themselves to sleep.
+
+Now when Harald wot that this hole that was in the earth was so long
+that it must have come under and past the walls of the town bade he his
+men arm themselves, & towards dawn went they into the trench, and when
+they came to the end thereof dug they up above their heads until they
+came to stones set in lime; and this was the floor of a stone hall. Anon
+they brake up the floor and ascended into the hall, and there sat many
+of the townsmen eating and drinking, and great was the mischance of
+these good men for they were taken unawares. The Vaerings went about
+with drawn swords, and straightway killed some of them though others
+fled, to wit, those who could get out.
+
+Some of the Vaerings sought after these townsmen while others went to
+the gates to set them open, and by this way in marched the host that
+pertained unto Harald.
+
+Then did the townsfolk flee, though many prayed for mercy, and mercy did
+all receive who gave themselves up.
+
+In this way was it that Harald was possessed of the town, and therewith
+acquired exceeding wealth.
+
+
+¶ The third town to which they came was the one that of all of the
+island had waxed largest and strongest, and to it pertained most
+importance both by reason of the wealth and the number within its walls.
+
+Even about this town lay great ditches, and the Vaerings marked that
+they could not win it by craft after such fashion as they had possessed
+themselves of the other towns aforesaid. And so it came to pass that
+long lay they before the town yet did they accomplish nothing, and the
+townsfolk seeing this waxed even bolder, and set up their array on the
+walls, & anon opened the gates of the town and called to the Vaerings,
+egging them on & bidding them enter; and they mocked at them for lack of
+boldness, averring that for fighting were they no better than so many
+hens. Harald bade his men behave themselves as though they wist not
+after what fashion were such things said: 'Nought shall we accomplish,'
+said he, 'even if we storm the town; they will fling their weapons down
+under their feet upon us; and albeit an entrance we perchance effect
+with sundry of our folk, yet is the foe strong enough to shut them in,
+and shut the others out at their pleasure for they have put watches at
+all the gates of the town.
+
+No less mock will we make of them, however, and we will flaunt in their
+faces that we have no fear of them. Our men shall go forth on the plain
+as near the town as may be, having care nevertheless lest they come
+within bowshot, and weaponless must they go & hold sports one with
+another so that the townsfolk may wot that we care naught for their
+array.'
+
+After this fashion did they behave themselves for sundry days.
+
+
+¶ Now of the Icelanders that were with Harald at this time is it
+recorded that Halldor the son of Snorri the Priest-- he it was who took
+this chronicle back to his own land-- and in the second place Ulf the
+son of Uspak, the son of Usvif the Wise, were the twain of them very
+strong & valiant men and much cherished of Harald.
+
+The pair were alike foremost in the sports on the plain. When things had
+thus happened for these sundry days, were the townsfolk minded to show
+even greater arrogance, & discarding their weapons mounted they up on to
+the walls and defiantly set open the gates of the town. Now the Vaerings
+seeing this betook themselves one day to their sports in such fashion
+that the swords that pertained to them were concealed beneath their
+cloaks and their helms beneath their hats. And after they had vied with
+one another awhile saw they that the townsfolk in no fashion entertained
+suspicion, thereon drawing their swords ran they forward to the gates.
+When the townsmen saw this advanced they bravely to meet them, standing
+fully armed, and thereon ensued a dire fight within the gates.
+
+To the Vaering folk pertained neither shield nor buckler, & in default
+thereof wrapped they their cloaks round their left arm; some were
+wounded, some killed, & all were hard pressed.
+
+Harald & the men with him who were in the camp hastened to their
+succour, but by then were the townsfolk come up on to the walls from
+whence they shot at & stoned those coming thitherwards. Yet more fierce
+grew the fight, & those within the gates bethought them help came at a
+slower gait than they could desire. Scarce was Harald come to the gates
+ere was slain his banner-bearer; then said he: 'Halldor, do thou take up
+the banner!' Halldor picked up the banner-staff, but he spoke unwisely:
+'Who will bear thy banner for thee when thou followest it so
+faint-heartedly as thou hast done now this while past?' These were words
+more of anger than of truth, for Harald stood the stoutest among men.
+Then hied they them into the gate, and great were the strokes given; but
+the outcome thereof was such wise that the victory was to Harald and he
+stormed the gates. Sore smote was Halldor, a deep wound gat he in the
+countenance, and to him was it a blemish all the days of his life.§
+
+
+¶ The fourth town whereunto Harald was come together with his host was
+the stoutest of all those whereof we have yet told. So strong was it
+that they wist there was no hope that it could be taken by assault, and
+thereon beset they the town even by getting a ring around it so that no
+victuals could be taken therein.
+
+Now it chanced when Harald had been before it a while, fell he sick and
+betook himself to his bed; & he caused his tent be placed away from
+other tents so that he might have the ease that he should not hear the
+noise and disquiet of the host. Backwards & forwards to him oft fared
+his men, craving his counsel, and this was noted of the townsfolk who
+argued rightly that something had befallen the Vaerings, and thereon set
+they spies to discover what it might be. When the spies were come back
+even into the town brought they intelligence that the chief of the
+Vaerings lay sick, & for that cause had they not advanced on the town.
+As time waxed big grew the strength of Harald small, and his men became
+sorrowful and were heavy of heart.
+
+Now of all this had the townsfolk full knowledge.
+
+To such a pass came it that the sickness pressed Harald hard and his
+death was told throughout the whole host. Then went the Vaerings to
+speak with the townsmen, telling them of the death of their chief,
+& praying the priests to grant him a tomb in the town.
+
+Now when the townsfolk heard these tidings many were there, rulers of
+monasteries or of other big churches in the town, who wished much, each
+one of them, to have the body for his church, for well wotted each that
+it would bring them great offerings; so the whole multitude of the
+priests clad themselves in their vestments and walked forth out of the
+town in procession well favoured and solemn, bearing shrines and holy
+relics.
+
+But made the Vaerings also a mighty funeral train; covered with a costly
+pall was the coffin borne aloft, and above this again were held many
+banners, & after the coffin in this wise had been borne in through the
+town-gates was it set down right athwart them in front of the opening
+thereof. Then did the Vaerings blow a war-blast from all their trumpets,
+& drew their swords, and the whole host of the Vaerings rushed out of
+their tents fully armed, and ran towards the town shouting and crying.
+The monks & other priests who had been walking in this funeral train
+vying with one another to be the foremost to go out and receive the
+offering, now vied twofold as speedily to be the farthest off, for the
+Vaerings slew every one who was nearest to them be he clerk or layman.
+After this fashion did they go about the whole of the town, putting the
+men to the sword and pillaging the churches, whence snatched they
+exceeding great wealth.
+
+
+¶ Many summers fared Harald in warfare after this fashion alike in
+Serkland and Sikiley.
+
+Thereafter led he his host back to Miklagard, and abode there a short
+space ere set he again forth on a journey to Jorsalaheim (Palestine).§
+There he left behind him all the gold he had gotten as payment from the
+Greek King, & the same did all the Vaerings who went on the journey with
+him.
+
+It is told that altogether Harald fought eighteen battles on these
+journeys. Thus saith Thiodolf:
+
+  'All men know that Harald
+  Eighteen battles grim hath fought,
+  Oft hath the peace of the chieftain been broken;
+  The gray eagle's sharp claws
+  In blood didst thou dye, King,
+  Ever was the wolf filled ere thou fared'st homeward.'
+
+
+¶ Harald with his men had now betaken themselves to Jorsalaland
+(Palestine) and thence to Jorsalaborg (Jerusalem), and whithersoever he
+went in Jorsalaland were all the towns and castles surrendered unto him;
+thus saith Stuf, who had himself heard the King recount these things:
+
+  'The blade-bold smiting warrior
+  To subjection brought Jerusalem.
+  The smiling land was captive to him and the Greeks,
+  And by their might, unburned withal,
+  Came the country under the warrior's dictate.'
+
+
+¶ Here it is recounted that this land came unburned and unscathed into
+Harald's power. Thereafter fared he to the Jordan and bathed himself
+therein, as is the way with other pilgrims. On the Sepulchre of the
+Lord, the Holy Cross, and other holy relics in Jorsalaland bestowed
+Harald great benefactions. Then did he make safe all the road to the
+Jordan, slaying robbers and other disturbers of the peace. Thus saith
+Stuf:
+
+  'By counsel and wrathful words the King of the Agdir folk
+  Withstood on the banks of the Jordan the treason of men,
+  But for true trespass had folk to pay dearly;
+  Ill from the Prince suffered they.
+  (In Christ's eternal house).'
+
+
+¶ After these things fared he back to Miklagard.
+
+
+¶ Now when Harald was returned to Miklagard from Jorsalaland was he
+minded to go to the north, even unto his own heritage; for it had come
+to his ears that the son of his brother, to wit, Magnus Olafson, was now
+King of Norway and of Denmark, and therefor gave he warning to quit his
+service with the King of Greece; but when Queen Zoe came to hear thereof
+waxed she very wrath & made dire complaint against Harald, averring that
+he had gone dishonestly to work with the wealth of the Greek King which
+had been taken in warfare what time Harald had been chief of the host.
+Now there was a damsel both young and fair, whose name was Maria, and
+she was the daughter of the brother to Queen Zoe.[§] Afore had Harald
+sought the hand of this maid in marriage, and by the Queen had his suit
+been refused. It has been told here in the north by Vaerings, who were
+then serving in Miklagard, that among those who should wot well of the
+affair was it averred that Queen Zoe desired to have Harald for her own
+husband, & therein lay the cause of all that which befell when Harald
+desired to leave Miklagard, though mayhap otherwise was given out before
+all folk. At that time was Constantine Monomachus King of the Greeks,
+and together with Queen Zoe ruled he the kingdom. Wherefore was it on
+these counts that the King of the Greeks caused Harald to be seized and
+cast into prison.
+
+
+¶ But as Harald was drawing nigh unto the prison there appeared unto him
+the holy King Olaf and bade him be of good cheer for that he would come
+to his aid; & there in the street was afterwards builded a chapel, and
+was it consecrated to King Olaf, & that chapel has stood there unto this
+very day.§ Now after such fashion was the prison builded that it had a
+high tower, & this was open at the top. Into the prison thereof was
+Harald thrown, and together with him were Halldor and Ulf. The night
+thereafter came a wealthy woman to the uppermost part of the prison,
+whither she had ascended by means of ladders, and with her were two
+serving-men and to either let they down a rope by which they drew the
+prisoners up. This woman had one time been healed by the holy King Olaf,
+and now had he appeared to her and laid upon her the injunction that she
+should release his brother from out of prison.Thereon hied Harald him to
+the Vaerings who with one accord rose to their feet when they beheld
+him, and acclaimed him welcome.
+
+Thereafter fell the whole of the host to arms and betook themselves to
+the place where the King was sleeping, and taking him captive thrust
+they out both his eyes. Thus saith Thorarin Skeggison in his lay:
+
+  'The bold prince gold obtained,
+  But the throned King of Greece gat blindness,
+  And thereafter went with scars most grievous.'
+
+Thus likewise saith Thiodolf the Skald:
+
+  'The waster of wolves' sorrow
+  Let the eyes twain of the throned King be put out;
+  The prince of the Agdir folk on the Eastern King
+  Laid a grisly mark whereby was he horribly blinded.'
+
+In the twain of these lays concerning Harald, & also in many other
+songs, recorded is it how that he himself put out the eyes of the Greek
+King; but in lieu of thus singing, had they known it to be truer, full
+well might they have named a duke or count or some other nobleman. But
+Harald himself and the other men that were with him themselves boasted
+of this deed.§
+
+
+¶ That same night went Harald and his men to the chamber wherein Maria
+lay sleeping, & by force bare her away. Then betaking themselves to
+where their galleys rode took they twain of them and anon rowed into
+Siavidarsund,§ but when they were come thither found they that the iron
+chain was stretched right athwart the inlet, and so Harald commanded his
+men to fall to their oars on both the galleys, & those who were not
+rowing were all to run aft, and each one to have in his hand his own
+baggage-bag.
+
+In this fashion they ran the galleys on to the chain, and as soon as
+they were fast and the speed was stayed commanded he all his men to run
+forward. Then that galley whereon was Harald plunged forward, and after
+it had swayed on the chain slid from off it; but the other brake as it
+rode the chain, and many were drowned, albeit some were taken up out of
+the water. After this fashion did Harald escape from Miklagard, & thence
+fared he forth into the Black Sea. But ere he sailed from land he set
+the maid ashore, & gave her trusty followers to take her back to
+Miklagard; and he bade her ask her kinswoman Zoe how much power she had
+over him, or if her power had been able to hinder him from getting the
+maiden. Thereafter sailed Harald northward to Ellipalta§ and thence
+fared all over the East-realm.§ On this journey made Harald certain
+merry verses which together number sixteen, & all have the same refrain:
+this is one of them:
+
+  'Past Sicily, far out, forged the ship;
+  Proudly she strode and ably 'neath our feet
+  Never before had Norseman come so far amain,
+  Yet saith the Maid of the gold-rings in Garda that she scorns me.'
+
+
+¶ By this, allusion made he to Ellisif, the daughter of King Jarizleif
+of Holmgard.
+
+
+¶ When Harald was come to Holmgard did King Jarizleif receive him with
+exceeding great kindness, and there abode he the winter through; at that
+time, moreover, took he into his own keeping all the gold and various
+other precious goods which he had sent thither out of Miklagard. So much
+wealth was indeed collected together, that no one there in the north had
+seen so great an amount before in the ownership of one man. On three
+occasions[§] the while he was in Miklagard had Harald ta'en his share in
+the spoiling of palaces, for it was a law that every time a Greek King
+died the Vaerings should have palace-spoil; at that hour might they go
+through all the palaces of the King, wherein his hoards of wealth were
+garnered, and take at will as much as ever they could lay hands on.
+
+
+¶ That winter gave King Jarizleif to Harald his daughter in wedlock, her
+name was Elizabeth but Norwegians called her Ellisif. To this Stuf the
+Blind is witness in the following:
+
+  'The alliance that he wished
+  Gat the prince of the Agdirs;
+  Gold amain won the friend of the men,
+  And to boot the King's daughter.'
+
+
+¶ So it came to pass that ere long there arose some discord betwixt
+Magnus and Harald, and then were many men so evil-minded that they
+wrought bad blood betwixt the Kings.
+
+
+¶ Now after the departure of Harald in the manner aforesaid, Svein
+Ulfson went on sleeping. Later made he close inquiry anent the journey
+of Harald; and when he came to know that Harald and Magnus had entered
+into covenant, and had now an host one with the other, steered he a
+course eastward alongside the coast of Skani and abode there with his
+host, until it came to his ears in wintertime that Magnus and Harald had
+fared northward even to Norway with their hosts. Thereupon shaped Svein
+a course southward (west) to Denmark, and that winter took he possession
+by force of all the dues of the King.
+
+
+¶ So soon as the spring was come King Magnus and King Harald called out
+a muster from all Norway.
+
+Now it befell once upon a time that both the Kings were lying in the
+self-same haven, and the day thereafter Harald being the first to be
+ready sailed forthwith, and in the evening hove he to in the haven
+wherein he and Magnus had covenanted to lie that night; and brought he
+his ship into the King's berth, and hoisted his tilts.
+
+King Magnus, he that had later in the day sailed forth, found also that
+haven, but when he was come perceived he that the men of Harald had by
+then gotten their tilts up; & saw he furthermore that Harald was lying
+in the berth of the King and that there was he minded to lie. Even so
+soon as his men had struck sail said King Magnus unto them: 'Now shall
+my men take their places by the bulwarks and fall to their oars, and the
+others shall undo their weapons and arm themselves, and if Harald and
+his men gainsay us and will not make way, then will we fight them.' When
+King Harald saw that King Magnus was minded to give battle spake he to
+his men and said: 'Cut the hawsers and let us put off; wroth is now
+kinsman Magnus.' So said so done; and the ships of Harald were hove out
+of berth, and King Magnus put his ships into their place.
+
+When this had been accomplished went King Harald with sundry of his men
+up on to the ship of King Magnus, & the King greeted him well and bade
+him welcome. Then said King Harald: 'I thought that we were come among
+friends; but just now I misdoubted that thou wouldst let this be the
+case; but true it is that children are petulent & I will not account it
+otherwise than that this was a childish deed.' Then said King Magnus:
+'It was a kin-deed, not a child's-deed; I can in good sooth remember
+what I gave and what I refused, but an it were allowed that this little
+matter were now done in our despite another would soon arise. In all
+things will we keep the covenant that we made, but thou on thy part must
+fulfil that which was agreed upon.' Then said King Harald: 'There is
+also an old custom which hath it that the wisest giveth way,' &
+therewith went he back even to his own ship. In such like dealings
+betwixt the Kings was it difficult to hold the balance; the men to King
+Magnus swore even that he was in the right, but those who were dullards
+deemed that Harald had been slighted.
+
+The men that were of King Harald's following said it were well and right
+that Magnus should have the berth had the two Kings come thither at the
+same time, but that King Harald could not be called upon to leave the
+berth wherein he were lying afore; and they declared that Harald had
+acted well and wisely, but those who wished to make the worst of things
+said that King Magnus desired to break the covenant, and that he had
+done King Harald wrong and injustice.
+
+Soon unwise men were talking so much about quarrels of this kind that
+discord arose between the Kings, and many things befell which the Kings
+took each after his own fashion albeit thereof is but little set down in
+writing.
+
+
+¶ So King Magnus & King Harald brought their fleet down to Denmark, and
+when Svein heard thereof fled he away to Skani. The two Kings abode long
+in Denmark that summer, and brought the land into subjection; the autumn
+to them was in Jutland. There one night, when King Magnus lay abed,
+dreamt he that he himself stood there where his father King Olaf the
+Saint abode, & thought he that his father spake with him: 'Which wilt
+thou choose, my son, to fare with me, or become of all kings the
+mightiest & live long, but to commit sin so great that thou wilt
+scarcely or never be able to atone for it?' And he bethought that he
+answered, 'I desire that thou choosest for me.'
+
+Then the King seemed to answer: 'Thou shalt fare even with me.' King
+Magnus told his men of this dream. A little while later fell he ill of a
+sickness, and lay at a place called Sudatorp,§ and when he was nigh unto
+death sent he his brother§ Thorir to Svein Ulfson bidding the latter
+afford Thorir what help he might need, and with this message King Magnus
+also made it known that when his days should be ended it was his wish to
+have Svein to have dominion over the realm of Denmark, saying that it
+was meet that Harald should rule over Norway and Svein over Denmark.
+Thereafter died King Magnus the Good, & all folk mourned his death. Thus
+saith Od Kikina-Skald:
+
+  'Full many a tear did men shed
+  When the mild King was borne to the grave.
+  Heavy the burden for those that he had benefited with gold,
+  Sore were the hearts of the house carles,
+  Their tears held they not back,
+  And oft-times in sorrow now are his people down-cast.'
+
+
+¶ When he heard these tidings summoned King Harald his host to a Thing,
+and opened unto them a scheme whereof the purport was to fare forth to
+the Vebiorg Thing, and cause himself there to be acclaimed King of
+Denmark.
+
+Thence would he conquer his country, for he accounted Denmark his own
+heritage in succession to his kinsman Magnus in like manner as with the
+kingdom of Norway.
+
+And for this purpose bade he his men give him their assistance, for
+then, said he, the Norwegians would be masters of the Danes for all
+time. Then up and spake Einar Thamberskelfir, and said, rather was it
+his duty to convey his foster-son King Magnus to the grave and to the
+latter's father King Olaf, than to fight in a foreign land, or to covet
+ye might and dominion of another King; therefore concluded he his
+speaking by saying that better he deemed it to follow King Magnus dead
+than any other king living. Afterwards caused he the corpse to be ta'en
+and laid out in solemn state so that all might see it arrayed on board
+the King's own ship. Thereafter all the men of Throndhjem and the
+Norwegians made them ready to return home with the body of King Magnus &
+the war-host was disbanded. Then did King Harald perceive that by so
+much was it his wisest policy to fare back even unto Norway and first of
+all things to make that country his own, and thereafter wax in power. So
+Harald hied him thither with the whole of his host thus unto Norway, and
+even so soon as he was come thither held he a Thing of the men of the
+land, and caused himself to be acknowledged King over the whole country;
+he fared right from the east, from Vik, and was acclaimed King by every
+folkland in Norway.
+
+
+¶ Einar Thamberskelfir journeyed to Norway with the corpse of King
+Magnus; with him fared all the host of the Throndhjem folk; & they took
+the body to Nidaros where it was buried in the chapel of Saint Clement
+wherein was then the shrine of the sainted King Olaf.
+
+King Magnus had been of middle height, with a countenance ruddy and
+frank, fair-haired was he, and eloquent; quick to think, strong to
+decide, bounteous to give; withal a mighty man of war and very valiant
+to boot; of all Kings was he the most beloved, & praised was he alike by
+friend and foe.
+
+
+¶ That autumn also was Svein Ulfson in Skani & was minded to fare
+eastward to the realm of Sweden; moreover thought he that he would lay
+down the title of King which he had taken to himself in Denmark.
+Peradventure as he was mounting his horse rode certain men up to him &
+told unto him the tidings that King Magnus was dead, and how that all
+the host of Norway had quitted clean from Denmark.
+
+To this made Svein hasty answer & said: 'I call God to witness that
+never hereafter will I flee the realm of Denmark even so long as I
+live.' Therewithal mounted he his horse & rode southwards in Skani, & to
+him were forthwith many folk gathered. That winter conquered he the
+whole of Denmark, & all the Danes took him for their King. Thorir, the
+brother of King Magnus, came to Svein with the message of King Magnus,
+as has been afore writ, & Svein received Thorir with good countenance;
+tarried he long with Svein and it was well with him.
+
+
+¶ After the death of King Magnus Olafson, had King Harald Sigurdson
+possession of the whole realm of Norway.
+
+And when he had ruled over Norway for one winter, & the spring was again
+incomen mustered he men from out of all the land, one half of the
+general host in men & ships, & thence sailed south to Jutland where he
+harried & burned even very widely; that same summer hove he to in
+Godnarfjord. At that time made King Harald this verse:
+
+  'While the linen-white woman
+  Her song chants to her goodman,
+  The anchor of the oaken ship
+  We drop in Godnarfjord.'
+
+Then spake he to Thiodolf, and bade him add thereunto; and he sang:
+
+  'Next summer (foretell I)
+  The anchor more southward
+  Shall hold the ship with its fluke;
+  Deeper shall we cast it.'
+
+And Bolverk in his lay mentions that Harald fared to Denmark the summer
+following on King Magnus's death:
+
+  'From that fair land the year thereafter
+  A muster called'st thou out;
+  When thou ploughed'st the seas
+  With sea-steeds full splendid.
+  On darksome billow lay
+  The dragons precious, and uneasy
+  The host thereof saw off land
+      laden were the war-ships of the Danes.'
+
+
+¶ It was at that time that they burned the homestead of Thorkel Geyser.
+He was a great chief, natheless were his daughters led bounden to the
+ships: the winter before had they shown themselves very scornful of
+Harald & had made mock of his war cruise to Denmark, & from cheese had
+they cut out anchors and said that most like these would well suffice to
+hold the ships of the King of Norway. Then was this chanted:
+
+  'Now from their whey cheeses cut
+  The maids of Denmark rings for anchors,
+  And this gibe annoyance gave the King.
+  Now see I maidens many in the morn
+  Reach the King's ships in fetters heavy:
+  Fewer laugh now.'
+
+
+¶ It is related that the look-out man who had observed the fleet of King
+Harald's cried out to the daughters of Thorkel Geyser, 'Ye Geyser
+daughters said that Harald would never come to Denmark.' Quoth one of
+them, 'That was yesterday.'
+
+
+¶ At a very high price did Thorkel ransom his daughters. Thus saith
+Grani:
+
+  'Of tears her eyes
+  Were never dry;
+  This wrong-headed woman
+  In the thick Horn-woods.
+  The lord of Norway the fleeing
+  Foe to the shore drave;
+  For his daughters wealth amain
+  Had to pay their father.'
+
+
+¶ The whole of the summer did King Harald harry in the realm of the
+Danes & gat to himself much plunder, natheless did he not there abide
+but fared he back to Norway in the autumn, and there tarried the winter
+through.
+
+
+¶ That same winter, which was even that one after the death of King
+Magnus, did King Harald take to wife Thora, the daughter of Thorberg
+Arnason. To them were born two sons, the elder of whom was Magnus, the
+younger Olaf.
+
+King Harald and Queen Ellisif had two daughters; one of these was named
+Maria, and the other Ingigerd. When that following spring was come, and
+of that spring have we writ afore, did King Harald muster his host and
+again fared forth to Denmark in the summer & harried there, & the same
+did he now one summer after the other. Thus saith Stuf the Skald:
+
+  'Falster was wasted, and to its folk
+  Mischance befell (so I heard).
+  The raven his fill ate,
+  But rapine feared the Danes each year.'
+
+
+¶ Ever since the death of King Magnus had King Svein ruled the whole of
+the Danish realm; remained he at peace during the winters, but by summer
+went he out with his host & did threaten to journey north with the
+Danish host, and there do no less harm than Harald had done in Denmark.
+In the winter King Svein offered to meet King Harald in the River, and
+there fight together to the last, or else come to agreement; and
+thereafter, during that winter, were both one and other of them busied
+arming their ships, so that in the summer to come might one half of the
+general host be abroad.
+
+It was in that summer that there came from Iceland Thorleik Svein
+Ulfson; he had heard to wit, when he was north in Norway, that King
+Harald had fared south to the River against King Svein. Then did
+Thorleik chant this:
+
+  ''Tis awaited that in spear-storm
+  On the sea-king's path
+  The doughty men of inner Throndhjem
+  Will meet the hardy King.
+  God only can bring it to pass
+  That one of them there taketh
+  Life or land of the other;
+  Little wots Svein of concord.'
+
+And furthermore he chanted this:
+
+  'Harald the harsh who beareth
+  Oft a red shield off the land,
+  Is guiding on Budli's ways§
+  The broad long-ships from the north.
+  But southward o'er the seas,
+  Doth come the warlike Svein
+  In animals gold-mouthed, masted,
+  And painted in colours fair.'
+
+
+¶ To the appointed trysting-place came King Harald with his host, and
+there heard that King Svein was to the south and lying off Zealand with
+his fleet. Then did King Harald part his host, sending the greater
+number of the peasant-host back, but retaining to himself his body-guard
+& friends and feudatories, also that part of the peasant-host which had
+been mustered nighest to the Danes.
+
+They fared south (west) to Jutland, southward of Vendilskagi,
+& thereafter still south past Thioda, & went everywhere with the
+war-shield aloft. Thus saith Stuf the Skald:
+
+  'Fled Thioda folk from meeting with the King,
+  Bold was he the stately dealer of blows.
+  Harald's soul in Heaven.'§
+
+
+¶ They fared southward all the way to Heidaby, and when they were come
+thither seized they that town and burned it. Then a man that was thrall
+to King Harald wrought this:
+
+  'Burnt from one end to another
+  Was the whole of Heidaby;
+  Ruthless treatment this, methinks;
+  Our work, I trow, arouses grief in Svein.
+  In the town spent I last night:
+  Ere the eighth hour the flames shot up from the houses.'
+
+
+¶ Likewise Thorleik telleth in his poem that he heard that no battle
+befell at the River:
+
+  'Among the King's followers
+  Each asks who doth not wot it
+  How 'twas that the prince avenger
+  To Heidaby did hie him,
+  When Harald from the east with ships
+  Sped early, without reason,
+  To the royal town. In sooth
+  Destruction ne'er should have been done.'
+
+
+¶ After this fared Harald northward and with him had he sixty ships, the
+greater number were large & well laden with what plunder had been taken
+in the summer. But as they were faring northward and past Thioda came
+down King Svein from the land with a large host; & he proffered King
+Harald to come ashore & do battle. Now King Harald had less than half as
+many men as Svein and so he bade Svein fight with him at sea. Thus saith
+Thorleik the Fair:
+
+  'Svein, even he who was born to success in Midgard,
+  Called on the mighty King in fight on land to meet him;
+  But Harald shy of failing would liefer fight, quoth he,
+  Aboardship, since the bold King held the land.'
+
+
+¶ Thereafter sailed Harald northward past Vendilskagi; but the wind was
+against them & they brought-to under Lesey where they remained the
+night. Then were the ships encompassed with a thick sea-fog, but when it
+was morning, & the sun rose, beheld they on the other side of the sea
+what seemed to them like burning fires. And King Harald being informed
+thereof gazed thereat, & said straightway: 'Strike the ships' tilts, and
+let the men fall to their oars. The Danish host hath come after us. The
+darkness hath lifted, I ween, there where they are, and the sun is
+shining on their dragon-heads the which are overlaid with gold.' And it
+was even as Harald said for behold there was come Svein, the Danish
+King, with a mighty host.
+
+Both the fleets now rowed with all speed, but the Danish ships were
+lighter under oars, the Norwegian ships being both water-logged and
+heavy laden. So the Danes drew on apace.
+
+Then did Harald perceive that this would never serve his purpose. Now
+his dragon was faring astern of all his other ships, and he commanded
+that some timber should be thrown overboard and apparel with other wares
+be placed thereon, and as the water was calm these things drifted with
+the current.
+
+When the Danes saw these goods drifting along on the sea those who were
+rowing ahead swerved aside after them, for they deemed it easier to take
+the goods as they were floating loose on the water than to seek them on
+board the Norwegian ships, and in this manner did their ships linger.
+When King Svein overtook them in his ship bade he them proceed, and said
+shame was it that with an host as large as his they could not take the
+Norwegians, to whom was but few men, and get the fellows into their
+power.
+
+Then began the Danes to row the harder again, and when King Harald saw
+that they were making way bade he his men lighten their ships by
+throwing overboard malt and wheat and swine-flesh, even to chopping open
+their kegs of drink, and for a while these aids availed them well. Then
+did King Harald command that the war-hurdles should be taken, also
+casks, and empty barrels, and be cast overboard and on them and in them
+were placed prisoners of war.
+
+Now when King Svein saw all of these floating together on the sea he
+ordered that the men should be rescued, and accordingly was this done.
+While his men were occupied in this their task, grew greater the
+distance between the fleets, and when the Danes were again about the
+chase had the Norwegians already made good their escape. Thus saith
+Thorleik the Fair:
+
+  'I heard tell in what manner Svein
+  The eastmen put to flight at sea,
+  How the other King quick-minded gat him gone;
+  All the plunder of the Thrond-folk's King
+  On the Jutland sea was floating;
+  And sundry ships lost he withal.'
+
+
+¶ Under Lesey, did King Svein withdraw his fleet, and there found he
+seven Norwegian ships, but aboard them were only peasants and men who
+had been mustered for war.
+
+When King Svein took them begged they for quarter and offered money in
+ransom. Thus saith Thorleik the Fair:
+
+  'For grace did Harald's friends stout-hearted
+  Pray the King, and they few laid down their arms;
+  The peasants ready-witted refused to fight thereafter,
+  Speaking because their lives out they wished to live.'
+
+
+¶ Anent King Harald be it said that he was masterful and a strong ruler
+in his own land, a very sage man withal, & it be common talk that there
+was never a chief in the Northlands so wise or ready in resource as he.
+
+A great warrior also, and very valiant, stronger, & defter with weapons
+than any other man; but all this have we recorded before.
+
+Nevertheless the greater number of his doughty deeds go unrecorded, and
+this in part by reason of our lack of knowledge thereof, & in part by
+reason that we will not put in books tales for which there is no
+witness, even though in our hearing have such things been told. It
+beseemeth us better that something may be added hereafter than that much
+should need to be taken herefrom. About King Harald are many tales set
+forth in lays which the Icelandic men made to him or to his sons, & for
+this reason was he a firm friend to them. A firm friend also was he to
+all our countrymen, and once when there was a great famine in Iceland
+permitted King Harald four of his ships to carry meal to that island,
+and decreed that six bushels thereof should not cost more than a hundred
+ells of homespun; furthermore allowed he those that were stricken by
+poverty to leave if so be that they could find themselves in victuals
+the voyage thro' over to the main, and by these means was the land saved
+and the harvest thereof bettered.
+
+King Harald set up a bell for the church which was builded with timber
+sent hither by the sainted King Olaf, and raised on a site nigh by where
+the Althing takes place. Such memories have we here of King Harald & of
+many other great gifts which he granted to men that sought them.
+
+Halldor Snorrason and Ulf Uspakson, whereof we have afore wrote, hied
+them to Norway even into the service of King Harald.
+
+In manifold parts were they opposite one from the other. Halldor was
+very big & strong and handsome, and King Harald bore witness regarding
+him that he was among those of his men who altered least in unawaited
+circumstances: whether such might be peril or tidings of joy, or through
+things that might occur when danger was toward; never was he more
+pleased nor less pleased, never did he sleep more nor less; nor took
+meat & drink otherwise than as was his wont. Halldor was a silent man &
+harsh, speaking bluntly, also was he stubborn and unmeek; and this was
+not to the liking of the King since he had many other bold and willing
+men.
+
+Halldor abode with the King but a short time and then fared back to
+Iceland, and made to himself a home at Hiardarholt, abiding there till
+he was aged and become an old man.
+
+
+¶ In great love dwelt Ulf Uspakson with King Harald; a very wise man was
+he, eloquent, strong, large-hearted, & resourceful. King Harald created
+him his marshal and gave him in wedlock Jorun the daughter of Thorberg
+whose daughter, to wit Thora, was wife to King Harald. The children of
+Ulf and Jorun were Joan the Strong of Rasvold, & Brigida, the mother of
+Sheep-Wolf, who was the father of Peter Burden-Swain§ who again was the
+father of Ulf Fly and of the other brothers and sisters of this latter.
+The son of Joan the Strong was Erling, he that was the father of
+Archbishop Eystein and his brothers.
+
+King Harald gave Ulf the Marshal the rights of a feudatory and a grant
+of twelve marks with more than half a folkland in Throndhjem; this
+according to Stein Herdison in the lay of Ulf.
+
+
+¶ Now it came to pass that King Magnus Olafson had caused the church of
+Saint Olaf§ to be builded in Nidaros on the self-same spot whereon his
+father's body had rested for a night, and this spot was then above the
+town; there too builded he the King's-House.
+
+The church was not finished when the King died. Harald completed that
+which was lacking to the church, and in the yard thereof laid he the
+foundation of a stone hall, but this was not ready before he set to work
+to build the church of Saint Mary up on the sand-bank, nigh the spot
+where the holy body of the King lay buried that first winter after his
+death.
+
+It was a great minster and so firmly was it builded with lime that it
+scarce could be broken when Archbishop Eystein had it pulled down.
+
+In the church of Saint Olaf were preserved ye relics of King Olaf§
+whiles the church of St. Mary was abuilding.
+
+King Harald builded a King's-House below the church of Mary, by the
+river, where it now stands; & the hall which he had builded before,
+dedicated he to the church of Saint Gregory.§
+
+
+¶ A certain man there was named Ivar the White, who was a bold
+feudatory; his seat lay in the Uplands, and himself was a grandson of
+Earl Hakon the Great. In appearance was Ivar exceeding comely. The son
+of Ivar was named Hakon, and it hath been said of him that he surpassed
+all the men in Norway at that time for strength and courage & ability;
+he was much in warfare in his youth & made great advancement for
+himself, and later was he a very famous man.
+
+
+¶ Einar Thamberskelfir was the most powerful of the feudatories in
+Throndhjem; little friendship throve there betwixt himself & Harald,
+natheless retained he the land-dues which had pertained to him during
+the lifetime of Magnus.
+
+Einar was an exceedingly wealthy man; he was wedded to Bergliot daughter
+of Earl Hakon, as hath been writ before. Eindrid, their son, was now
+full-grown, and had to wife Sigrid the daughter of Ketil Calf and of
+Gunhild, the niece of King Harald through her mother.
+
+Eindrid inherited fairness and beauty from the kindred of his mother, to
+wit, Earl Hakon and his sons; and from his father, Einar, gat he height
+and strength and the craft which Einar had above all other men; a very
+hearty man was Eindrid withal.
+
+
+¶ Orm was the name of a certain Earl in the Uplands, and his mother was
+Ragnhild the daughter of Earl Hakon the Great. This Orm was a very
+excellent man.
+
+In those days Aslak Erlingson lived eastward at Soli in Jadar; he had to
+wife Sigrid the daughter of Earl Svein Hakonson.
+
+Gunhild, another daughter to Earl Svein, was wedded to the Danish King
+Svein Ulfson. This anent the offspring in Norway of Earl Hakon at that
+time, and moreover anent many other bold men; all of the line of Earl
+Hakon were more comely than other folk and the most of them were very
+able men, but all were brave.
+
+
+¶ King Harald loved power, & this grew according as he took root in the
+land; to so great an extent did it wax that in the case of most men it
+bootless was to speak against him, or to bring forward other matters
+than those which were to his mind. Thus saith Thiodolf the Skald:
+
+  'The men of the war-wont chieftain
+  All humble have to sit or stand
+  There in such place as the stern king desireth;
+  Before the filler of ravens bend many men,
+  And few there are indeed who will not do in all things
+  Whate'er the King may bid.'
+
+
+¶ Ever was Einar Thamberskelfir the chief leader of the Throndhjem
+peasantry, and their spokesman at the Thing when the King proceeded
+against them. Well acquainted was he with the laws; nor, with all the
+peasantry at his back, was he lacking in boldness to carry through his
+cause at the Things, even though the King himself might be present.
+
+Now this made the King exceeding wroth, and at last were matters at such
+a pass that they disputed together with contentious words, Einar
+swearing that the peasants would not brook the lawlessness of the King
+if he should break the common law of the land. After this fashion did
+they fall out on sundry occasions. Then Einar started to have many men
+round him when he was at home, and many more when he came to town and
+the King was present. On one occasion when he fared in to town had he
+with him many folk, eight or nine long-ships, and nigh upon five hundred
+men;§ and coming to town he went ashore with this fellowship, and King
+Harald who by hap was in the outer gallery of his house, stood and
+looked on as the men to Einar flocked up from their ships, and it is
+said that Harald thereupon chanted this:
+
+  'Here see I speeding up
+  With his great following
+  Einar Thamberskelfir;
+  Yea, he who cleaveth the waves.
+  That lord full strong is minded
+  A princely throne to fill;
+  At the heels of an earl
+  House-carles but few will follow.
+  He who the sword makes red
+  Will beguile us of our land
+  If Einar kisseth not
+  The thin mouth of the axe.'
+
+
+¶ Some days that while tarried Einar in the town.
+
+Now it came to pass that one day a folk-mote was held, for it had
+befallen that a thief had been taken in the town, and it was at this
+mote that he was to be brought to trial, & the King himself was present.
+
+Aforetime had the man been in the service of Einar who had favoured him
+more than a little. Now of this matter was Einar told, and deemed he
+that the King would not be the more prone to liberate the man because
+he, Einar, set store by him, so accordingly bade he his men arm
+themselves and in force to proceed to the mote, and then took Einar the
+man away by dint of sheer strength.
+
+Thereafter mediated the friends of either in the matter, & the end
+thereof came that it was agreed that a tryst should be appointed and
+that the King & Einar should meet one another. There was a
+council-chamber in the King's-House down by the river,§ and into this
+chamber entered the King and with him therein were but few men; the
+others left he standing without in the courtyard. Now the King had had a
+shutter placed over the smoke-hole, & there was but a little opening.
+Then did Einar come into the courtyard with his men, and said he to his
+son Eindrid: 'Remain thou out here with the men, and then will there be
+no danger for me.'
+
+Wherefore did Eindrid take up his station without the door of the
+council-chamber.
+
+Now when Einar was entered into this room said he: 'Dark is it in the
+King's council-chamber,' and even at that moment fell men upon him and
+some stabbed him & some hewed at him, and when Eindrid heard the tumult
+drew he his sword and rushed into the chamber whereon forthwith was he
+felled beside his father.
+
+Then did the King's men run towards the chamber and before the door
+thereof, but the peasants were all at a loss because now to them
+pertained no leader; yet did they urge one another on saying that it
+were shame not to avenge their chief, but for all that did they naught,
+& made no essay to fight. Then went the King out to his men, set them in
+array, & caused his banner to be unfurled, but made he no onset &
+thereafter bade he all his men go out to his ship, then rowed they down
+the river and so out on the fjord.
+
+Now apace was brought the intelligence of the death of Eindrid to
+Bergliot his wife for she was in the lodging that she and Einar
+inhabited in the town. Thence went she up unto the King's-House where
+was gathered the peasant host and them incited she to fight inasmuch as
+in her lay, but at that same moment rowed the King down the river, then
+quoth Bergliot: 'Now lack we my kinsman Hakon Ivarson; ne'er would the
+murderers of Eindrid be rowing there adown the river were Hakon on its
+banks.'
+
+Thereafter caused Bergliot the bodies of Einar & Eindrid be laid out,
+and they were buried in the church of Saint Olaf hard by the tomb of
+King Magnus Olafson.
+
+After the fall of Einar became King Harald so greatly hated for his
+share in that foul deed, that the feudatories and peasants only held
+back from fighting with him because to them pertained no leader to raise
+the banner for them.
+
+
+  [Illustration]
+
+¶ Now dwelling at Austrat in Iriar was Fin Arnison, feudatory of King
+Harald.
+
+Fin was married with Bergliot, the daughter of Halfdan the son of Sigurd
+Sow, & Halfdan was the brother of King Olaf and King Harald.
+
+Thora, wife to King Harald, was the daughter of the brother of Fin
+Arnison; sworn friends to the King were Fin and his brethren. Certain
+summers had Fin been in viking warfare westward and on those quests he &
+Guthorm Gunhildson§ & Hakon Ivarson had sailed in company. So fared King
+Harald down the Throndhjem fjord and out to Austrat, where he was well
+received, and thereafter communed they together, Fin and he, & took
+counsel one with the other as to the outcome concerning what had but
+then befallen, to wit the slaying of Einar and his son, and then of that
+murmuring and turmoil the which the Throndhjem folk were raising over
+against the King.
+
+Fin answered hastily: 'Wrong art thou on every count; whatsoever thou
+doest thou doest ill & thereafter art thou so afeared that thou knowest
+no whither to turn.'
+
+The King rejoined laughing: 'Kinsman-in-law, I will send thee in to town
+& thou shalt make it up betwixt the peasants and me; & if that business
+cometh to naught then shalt thou fare to the Uplands, & good feeling
+again cause with Ivar Hakonson & so bring it about that he goeth not to
+war against me.' Fin answered: 'What will be my reward an I go on this
+fool's errand, for alike Throndhjem folk and Upland folk are so hostile
+to thee that no messenger of thine could fare to them save at his own
+risk.'
+
+The King answered: 'Go thou on this errand, kinsman-in-law, for well wot
+I an any man could bring us to a reconciliation it would be thee, & ask
+thyself of us what boon thou wilt have therefor.'
+
+'Keep thou thy word, and I will choose the boon; I choose peace for my
+brother Calf and removal of his outlawry, and the restoring unto him of
+all his possessions; and furthermore I ask that he shall have all his
+appointments and all the power that he had or ever he left the land.'
+
+And the King said yea to all whatever Fin asked of him, & they twain
+before witnesses took one another by the hand thereon. Thereafter said
+Fin: 'But what am I to proffer Hakon so that he may promise thee peace,
+for he it is who hath the upper hand of those kinsmen'? The King said:
+'First shalt thou find out what Hakon is like to demand so that
+reconciliation may be brought about, and thereafter must thou forward my
+cause as best thou canst; but should the worst come to the worst, then
+deny him nothing save & except the kingship itself.'
+
+
+¶ Then went King Harald southward to More where mustered he men, and a
+great number was gathered unto him.
+
+
+¶ So Fin Arnison fared into the town & took with him his house-carles to
+the number of some eighty men, and being come to the town held he a
+Thing with the townsmen. Now Fin spoke long and wisely at this Thing,
+bidding townsman and peasant take any other course rather than live in
+hatred with his King or drive him away; & he reminded them how much ill
+they had been brought to suffer when they had acted in this wise
+aforetime, towards the sainted King Olaf.
+
+He said, moreover, that the King would atone for these murders in such
+manner as the best & wisest men might adjudge; and the outcome of the
+speech of Fin was that the men gave their word to let the matter rest
+until the return of the messengers despatched by Bergliot to Hakon
+Ivarson in the Uplands. Thereafter fared Fin out to Orkadal with the men
+who had accompanied him to town, and further up to the Dofrafjal and
+eastward (south) across those mountains; and firstly went he to see his
+kinsman-in-law Earl Orm (the Earl was wedded to Sigrid the daughter to
+Fin) & to him disclosed his errand.
+
+
+¶ When this was done, appointed they a tryst with Hakon Ivarson, & when
+they were met did Fin before Hakon lay his errand in accordance with the
+behest of King Harald. But on the instant was it seen from the speech of
+Hakon that he deemed himself bound to avenge the slaying of his kinsman
+Eindrid; and said he, moreover, that he had received word from
+Throndhjem that there would come to him forces sufficient for an
+uprising against the King.
+
+
+¶ Then did Fin open unto Hakon what a difference would lie, and how much
+the more to his own vantage, were he, in lieu of risking battle against
+a King to whom he was already bounden by service, to accept from that
+King honour as great as he himself might demand. Fin said that Hakon
+might be unvictorious; 'and then wouldst thou have forfeited both wealth
+and peace; and if thou wert victorious over the King then wouldst thou
+be dubbed a traitor.'
+
+The Earl also supported this speaking of Fin.
+
+When Hakon had given the matter thought, made he known to them what was
+in his mind, & said: 'I will accept reconciliation from King Harald if
+he will give me in wedlock his kinswoman Ragnhild, the daughter of
+Magnus Olafson, with such a dowry as is seemly for her, and as she
+herself may desire.'
+
+Then Fin answered that he would promise the fulfilment of this request
+on behalf of King Harald, & therewith was the matter ratified between
+them. Thereafter fared Fin back north to Throndhjem, and all the
+disquiet and turmoil was set at rest; and so in the end kept the King
+his kingdom in peace within the land, for now the whole of that league
+came to naught which the kinsfolk of Eindrid had set against King
+Harald.
+
+
+  [Illustration]
+
+¶ Now when the time was come that Hakon was to demand the fulfilment of
+the contract, fared he to see King Harald; and when they began talking
+of the matter together, said the King to him that he on his side would
+keep to everything that had been covenanted twixt Hakon and Fin: 'Thou
+shalt speak with Ragnhild herself, Hakon,' said the King, 'and ask her
+consent to this match, but I would not advise thee, or any other, to wed
+Ragnhild save with her consent.'
+
+Thereafter went Hakon unto Ragnhild and asked her hand, and she
+answered: 'Indeed feel I that my father, King Hakon, is dead, since I am
+to be given to a peasant, fine man though thou art and of mighty
+prowess. Were King Magnus alive would he never yoke me with any mate
+less than a king, nor can it be awaited now that I will wed a man
+without princely rank.' Now after this went Hakon to King Harald &
+opened unto him of the colour of the speech of Ragnhild, & withal to his
+memory again commended the agreement betwixt himself and Fin; and Fin
+was there present, & sundry others who could also bear witness to what
+was pledged betwixt him and Fin. Then of them all demanded Hakon to bear
+him out in regard to the agreement that the King should give Ragnhild
+such dowry as was to her mind: 'Since she will not wed an unprincely man
+then canst thou give me an earldom; lineage have I, and according to
+what folk say certain other qualities therewith that may well give me
+title to be an earl.' Then said the King: 'When King Olaf, my brother,
+& King Magnus, his son, ruled the kingdom, one earl did they allow to be
+in the country at a time; this likewise hath been my plan since I have
+been King, & therefore will I not take away from Orm the dignity which I
+have already given him.' Then saw Hakon that his cause had not been
+forwarded and he liked it but ill, and Fin was likewise exceeding wrath
+that the King had not kept his word, and thereafter they parted. Hakon
+fared straightway from the country in a well-found long-ship, and
+southward steered a course for Denmark where he betook him to his
+kinsman-in-law, King Svein. The King received him with great pleasure &
+gave him large grants in Denmark and made he Hakon also captain of his
+coast defences, which were against vikings, who oft-times harried in the
+Danish realm, and Wends, and Courlanders, and other folk coming from the
+east. Therefore at sea, on his ships, dwelt Hakon in winter as well as
+in summer.
+
+
+¶ Asmund was the name of a certain man who was said to be nephew§ &
+foster-son to King Svein, a very able man was he, and well-beloved by
+the King.
+
+But when Asmund grew to man's estate soon showed he himself of an unruly
+complexion & a manslayer; and the King being ill-pleased thereat sent
+him away, but gave him a company of men and a goodly feof whereof could
+he full well find support.
+
+Now no sooner had Asmund accepted the money of the King than gathered he
+many men to him, and thereafter, since the money the King had granted
+him sufficed in no sort for his charges, seized he many possessions of
+the King.
+
+For this ill conduct, when the King heard thereof, summoned he Asmund to
+him, and when they met told him that obeyed would he be, that he must
+enter his body-guard & no longer have his own company of men. When
+Asmund had been a time with the King, became he ill-content, & one night
+ran he away and rejoined his company, and thereafter wrought even more
+evil than aforetime.
+
+Then it befell once upon a time when the King was riding in his
+dominions, that he came nigh unto the place where then abode Asmund and
+he despatched men to take him by force, and that done the King had him
+put in irons and kept him thus for a while to see if he would not grow
+meeker. But when Asmund was let loose from his irons forthwith ran he
+the more away, & raised men and war-ships, and fell to harrying both at
+home and abroad, & much war-work did he, slaying many folk, and
+pillaging far and wide. Those men that were the sufferers from his raids
+went to the King and made plaint before him, and he rejoined: 'Why say
+ye this to me, why do ye not fare to Hakon Ivarson? He is now the warden
+of my coasts, and is put there to punish vikings and keep the peace for
+ye peasants. It was told me that Hakon was a bold man and brave, but
+methinks that now is he never to be found where he deemeth danger to be
+toward.'
+
+These words from the King, and many added to them, came to the ears of
+Hakon, & thereon went Hakon & his men in search of Asmund, & they were
+met on their ships, wherefore Hakon forthwith gave battle. A hard &
+great struggle was it; Hakon boarded Asmund's ship and cleared it, and
+at the last he and Asmund themselves dealt blows one at another with
+their weapons & thus fell Asmund. Thereafter Hakon smote off his head,
+& then betook him with all speed to King Svein whom he found sitting at
+table.
+
+Hakon advanced before the table and laid the head thereon, in front of
+the King, and asked of him whether he recognized it.
+
+Never a word did the King answer, but he was blood-red to behold.
+
+Thereafter went Hakon away. A little later sent the King men to him, to
+bid him leave his service, & he said: 'No hurt will I do him, but it is
+not for us to be the keeper of all our kinsmen.'
+
+
+¶ Then when all these things were accomplished did Hakon quit Denmark &
+thence fared forth to the north of Norway, to his demesne.
+
+By that time was his kinsman, Earl Orm, dead.
+
+The friends and kindred to Hakon were rejoiced over his coming, and many
+a bold man set to work to make peace betwixt him & the King, & in the
+end were they reconciled, to wit, both King Harald and Hakon; and Hakon
+was given Ragnhild, the King's daughter, in marriage, & King Harald gave
+him Orm's earldom and such rule as had been Orm's aforetime. Hakon swore
+fealty to the King, and likewise to afford him such service as he was
+bounden to give him.
+
+
+¶ Since he had fared from Norway had Calf Arnison been living after the
+fashion of a viking westward, but the winters through oft-times abode he
+in Orkneyja (the Orkneys) with his kinsman-in-law, Earl Thorfin. Fin
+Arnison sent to his brother Calf to tell him concerning the covenant
+which he and King Harald had encompassed, the purport whereof being ye
+outlawry of Calf himself, to wit, that it should be once more lawful to
+him to dwell in his own land, and possess his estates, and such land
+dues as he had held aforetime from King Magnus. When Calf received this
+message, forthwith made he him ready to quit, and sailed he east to
+Norway, and firstly sought he his brother Fin.
+
+Thereafter Fin craved a truce for Calf, and then were they confronted,
+the King and Calf, & entered into a covenant like unto the agreement to
+which the King & Fin had arrived on this matter. Thereon gave Calf his
+hand, and bound himself on the same terms as he had bound himself to
+King Magnus aforetime, that he would do all such works as King Harald
+desired or deemed would be for the strengthening of his kingdom.
+
+Then was Calf re-endowed with all his possessions, and the land-dues
+which had been his in former days.
+
+
+¶ Next summer called out King Harald an host and fared to Denmark where
+he harried during the summer.
+
+But when he was come south to Fion (Funen) found he a large host
+assembled against him, so bade the King his men leave their ships and
+arm themselves in order to make a landing; and parted he his host and
+gave to Calf Arnison command over one company thereof, and bade them go
+the first ashore and told them where to take up their station; himself,
+said he, would go up after them, and come to their assistance.
+
+Calf and his men went ashore, and anon a band of men set upon them, and
+Calf forthwith gave battle. Not long was the combat, for Calf was
+overborne by odds and fled with his folk. The Danes pursued them,
+slaying many of the Norwegians, and likewise Calf Arnison.
+
+When King Harald with his company were come ashore soon found they the
+slain, more especially the corse of Calf, and this was borne down to the
+ships, but the King pursued his march inland where he harried and slew
+many men. Thus saith Arnor:
+
+  'The edge so sharp in Fion
+  He reddened, and the fire
+  Rushed o'er the dwelling;
+  Fewer folk were there thereafter in Fion.'
+
+
+¶ After this conceived Fin Arnison enmity against Harald for the slaying
+of his brother Calf, for said he that the King had purposely compassed
+the death of Calf; and furthermore that it was befooling of him himself,
+to wit, this luring of Calf west across the seas into the power of King
+Harald, and into putting faith in him. When these words were spread
+abroad spake many men their mind that Fin had been simple when he had
+deemed that Calf could trust in the good faith of King Harald, for it
+was known that the King bore malice for deeds of smaller consequence
+than those Calf had committed against his person.
+
+Now let the King every man talk on this matter as he listed: he made
+neither confirmation nor yet contradiction of whatsoever they said, and
+it was in his own words alone that men did discover satisfaction at what
+had happened. King Harald chanted this song:
+
+  'Now of men eleven and two have I the bane been,
+  We incite to battle and full many a slaying I remember.
+  That mind which is with treason fraught
+  Seeks to tame men by falseness;
+  Men say 'tis little that it takes such a balance to disturb.'
+
+
+¶ So much to heart did Fin Arnison take the death of his brother that he
+quitted the land and came south to Denmark, and going unto King Svein
+was well received by him. The King & he spake long together privily,
+& at the end thereof was it known how Fin was minded then and there to
+take service with King Svein and become his man. To him gave Svein the
+title or Earl and therewith Halland to govern, and there Fin tarried to
+safeguard the coast against the Norwegians.
+
+
+¶ Now Ketil Calf & Gunhild had a son whose name was Guthorm of Ringanes.
+On his mother's side was he the nephew of King Olaf and King Harald,
+able was he withal & early come to manhood. Guthorm was oft with King
+Harald who to him was of very friendly countenance, and over Harald had
+Guthorm much influence for he was a wise man & well-beloved of all.
+Guthorm sailed often on viking cruises to the lands in the west, and had
+disposition over many men.
+
+His peace-land & place of abode in winter was Dublin in Ireland, where
+he was a sworn friend of King Margad.§
+
+
+¶ The summer thereafter King Margad and Guthorm with him fared to
+Bretland (Wales) in order to harry there, and thence took they much
+wealth which they had pillaged. After having done thus, lay they to in
+Anglesey Sound so that they might part their plunder, but when all the
+silver, and great was the quantity, was carried before the King and he
+beheld it, then desired he to keep all for himself, and seemed now to
+set scant store by his friendship with Guthorm.
+
+Guthorm liked ill enough that he and his men should be scotched of their
+share of the booty; & still less pleased was he when the King said he
+might choose betwixt two things; 'Either to submit to our will, or do
+battle with us, and he who gets the victory to have the money; and thou
+moreover shalt depart from thy ships and I will take them.' Now on
+either hand the task seemed severe; Guthorm deemed it unseemly that he
+should without rime or reason give up his ships & money, but natheless
+was it ill fighting over against a King to whom was an host so large as
+that which followed Margad. Grave also was the disparity betwixt the
+crews thereof, inasmuch as to the King were sixteen long-ships & to
+Guthorm only five. So Guthorm prayed the King grant him three nights'
+truce in the which to confer with his men on this matter, for thought he
+that he could soften the King within this time, and aided by the
+pleading of his men could set the matter on a better footing with the
+King, but never a bit did he get what he asked for. This was on the eve
+of St. Olafmas.§ So Guthorm chose to die, the stout fellow he was, or
+win the day, rather than suffer the shame and disgrace and mockery of
+having lost so vast a deal.
+
+And called he upon God and the sainted King Olaf, his kinsman, praying
+for their help and support, and vowing to bestow on that holy man's
+house a tithe of all the plunder which would fall to them an they gained
+the victory. Thereafter did he array his host, and rank it against the
+greater host, and he advanced on them and fought with them, and by God's
+help and that of the holy King Olaf did he gain the victory. There fell
+King Margad, and every man who was with him, young & old. After this
+glorious victory Guthorm returned home joyfully with all the wealth he
+had gotten from the strife; & from the silver which had changed hands
+every tenth penny was set aside for the sainted King Olaf even as
+Guthorm had vowed. A vast deal of money was there so that from the
+silver caused Guthorm to be made a rood of his own stature, or of that
+of the captain of his ship, and that holy symbol is seven ells in
+height.
+
+This cross did Guthorm give to the church of the holy St. Olaf, & there§
+has it remained ever since in testimony of ye victory of Guthorm and the
+miracle of ye sainted King Olaf.
+
+
+¶ Now there was in Denmark a Count who was evil & envious, and he had a
+Norwegian serving-woman and the stock of her was from Throndhjem. She
+worshipped the holy King Olaf, and put staunch faith in his sanctity;
+but the Count misdoubted all that had been told him of the miracles of
+that holy man, & affirmed that naught were they but rumour and talk, and
+laughed to scorn all the praise and worship which the folk of the land
+accorded the good King.
+
+But now was drawing nigh the day whereon the gentle King laid down his
+life, a day which all Norwegians kept, but which this unwise count
+refused to hallow; & he bade his serving-woman fire the oven and bake on
+that day.
+
+And deeming from the mood of the Count that he would soon avenge himself
+on her an she did not obey him in all that he had bidden her do, went
+she all unwillingly and laid fire under the oven, and made much plaint
+while she worked, & called on King Olaf, saying that she would never
+believe more on him if he did not by some token or other avenge this
+unseemliness. And now shall ye hear of a meet chastisement & true
+miracle: it befell forthwith, in the self-same moment, that the Count
+became blind in both eyes and that the bread which she had baked was
+turned into stone.
+
+Some of the stones have been brought to the church of the holy King
+Olaf, and also to many other places. St. Olafmas has ever been kept holy
+in Denmark since that happening.
+
+
+  [Illustration]
+
+¶ Westward in Valland (France) was there a man who was so malformed that
+he was a cripple, and crawled he ever on his knees and knuckles. One day
+when he was abroad, on a road, he fell asleep & dreamt that a man all
+glorious without came to him and asked whither was he bound, and the
+cripple answered with the name of a certain town.
+
+Then the man all glorious said: 'Fare thee rather to St. Olaf's Church
+in London, and there wilt thou be healed.' Thereafter awakened the
+cripple and straightway fared in search of St. Olaf's Church, and after
+a while was come to London Bridge & there asked of the townsmen whether
+they could direct him to St. Olaf's Church; but for answer gat he that
+there were too many churches for them to know to what man each of them
+was dedicated. A while later came up a man & asked him whither was he
+bound, and he told him whither he was bound, and that man said
+afterwards: 'We will both go to St. Olaf's Church, for I know the way
+thither.'
+
+So then crossed they the bridge, and went to the street which led to
+St. Olaf's Church. When they were come to the gates of the churchyard
+the man stepped over the threshold which is between the gates, but the
+cripple rolled over it, and lo, straightway rose he up a whole man. When
+he looked round his comrade was gone.
+
+
+¶ King Harald founded a merchant town eastward in Oslo,§ and often
+tarried there for it had broad countrysides round about, and was a place
+suited for the ingathering of victuals; likewise was it well situated
+for the defence of the land against the Danes, & also for onsets on
+Denmark which Harald was wont to make even at such times when he had a
+large host at his beck.
+
+One summer fared King Harald with some light ships and but few men and
+set he sail south for Viken; but on a fair wind springing up, crossed he
+the sea to Jutland where he began to harry.
+
+The men of the land, however, collected themselves together & defended
+their country, so then sailed King Harald on to Limfjord and went up
+that fjord.
+
+Now Limfjord is so fashioned in shape that going up it is like entering
+into a narrow river-groove, but as thou goest on up the fjord it
+becometh like a great sea.
+
+Harald harried there on both shores, but beheld the Danes everywhere
+assembled in numbers. King Harald brought-to his ships alongside an
+island which was small & thereon were no buildings; and when they went
+in search of water they found none, and told it unto the King.
+
+Then he did send men to see if no adder could be found on the isle, &
+when one had been found they brought it to the King and he had the adder
+taken to the fire so that it might be warmed and teased thereby, and
+become right thirsty. Thereafter a twine was bound to its tail and the
+adder was let loose, and it crawled away and the twine was unwound from
+the ball, and they followed after the adder until it struck into the
+earth.
+
+Then the King bade them dig for water, and they dug for it, and there
+found water in abundance.
+
+
+¶ From his spies learned King Harald the intelligence that King Svein
+was come with a large fleet of ships to the mouth of the fjord, and that
+he was making way but slowly, for his ships could only pass in one at a
+time. King Harald took his ships up Limfjord, and over against where it
+is broadest it is called Lusbreid. Now from the creek within is there a
+narrow neck of land westward (north) leading to the sea, and thither did
+the men to Harald row in the evening; after nightfall, when it was dark,
+they cleared the ships & haled them right over this isthmus, and before
+daylight all was accomplished and the ships once more ready for sea.
+Then shaped he the course northward past Jutland, and they sang:
+
+  'From Danish grip
+  Did Harald slip.'
+
+
+¶ At that time said the King that he would come to Denmark once again,
+& would bring with him more men & larger ships. After these things fared
+they northward to Throndhjem.
+
+
+¶ That winter abode King Harald in Nidaros, & at this time caused he a
+ship to be builded out on the islands, and it was a bussa-ship§ made
+after the model of the Long Serpent and wrought every way as carefully
+as might be.
+
+At her bows was a dragon-head and at her stern a crook, and the ......§
+were all overlaid with gold. On her were thirty-five benches, and broad
+was she of beam in comparison therewith.
+
+Very fair to behold was she. The King caused all the appurtenances of
+the ship to be chosen with exceeding great care, both the sail, the
+running tackle, the anchor and the cables.
+
+That winter King Harald sent word southward to Denmark to King Svein,
+bidding him come in spring from the south to the River, to a meeting
+with him, & saying that they would then fight to the end that one or
+other of their countries should change hands, & the victor become master
+of both kingdoms.
+
+
+¶ That winter called out King Harald a host, a general host, from all
+Norway, and by spring-tide had been assembled together a mighty array of
+men.
+
+Then launched the King his great ship on the river Nid, and after that
+was accomplished caused he the dragon-head be placed thereon.
+
+Then sang Thiodolf the Skald:
+
+  'Fair maid, forward is the ship guided, from river to main.
+  Mark where off the land there lieth the long hull of the dragon.
+  The mane of the serpent yellow-green glints on the deck,
+  The prows were burnt-gold as from off the slip she glided.'
+
+
+¶ Thereafter fitted King Harald out the ship and his men for a cruise,
+and all being made ready, stood he down the river, and right well
+answered she to the oars. Thus saith Thiodolf:
+
+  'Saturday the prince casts off the long land tilts,
+  There where the widows proud the serpent watch,
+  As she glideth from the town.
+  West from the Nid thereafter the King doth steer,
+  Into the sea drop the oars of his men.
+  Move can they, the King's lads, the straight oars in the water.
+  The widows stand and wonder at the oar-strokes so swift,
+  The thole knows hurt when seventy oars do move her
+  I' the water ere the war-folk on the sea their oars do strain.
+  Northmen the serpent row (nailed is she)
+      out on the billow-stream icy;
+  'Tis eagles' wings that we behold.'
+
+
+¶ Southward sailed King Harald with his host alongside the land, so that
+he might call out a general muster of men and ships. But when they were
+come eastward, and were off Vik, arose a strong contrary wind wherefore
+was the fleet obliged to stand in for harbour, making such havens as
+were to be found in the skerries as well as those in the fjords.
+
+Quoth Thiodolf:
+
+  'Lee have the shaven hulls of the ships under the woods,
+  The King's war-host towards land doth lean with its prow beams.
+  The land-folk in the skerries, within the creeks, do lie;
+  The ships white-mailèd hide under the land-necks.'
+
+
+¶ Now in the tempest which fell upon them the great ship had need of
+good anchor tackle, and thus saith Thiodolf:
+
+  'Prow foremost the prince cleft
+  High fences of the sea;
+  The ropes of the King's ship
+  Are strainèd to the utmost;
+  The wind is unfriendly
+  Against the anchor-iron out-hollowed,
+  Grit and wind-squalls ugly
+  Chafe at the anchor flukes.'
+
+
+¶ As soon as there was come to him a fair wind, took King Harald the
+host east to the River, and thither came towards nightfall. Thus saith
+Thiodolf:
+
+  'Now drave King Harald hotly the war-ships towards the River,
+  At nightfall Norway's King anigh the marches is.
+  A Thing the King now holds at Thumla, there where Svein
+  Will meet to war if so be the Danes shirk not the tryst.'
+
+
+¶ When the Danes learned that the hosts of the Norwegians were come, all
+those that were able to do so fled away.
+
+The Norwegians likewise learnt that the Danish King had his host out,
+and was lying south off Funen and the small-isles; but when King Harald
+saw that King Svein would not come to meet him as had been agreed, nor
+do battle with him, then did he after the same fashion as before & let
+the peasant host return to Norway; but manned he one hundred and fifty§
+ships, & with these steered a course alongside Halland. There he
+plundered widely; and he put in also to Lofufjord with his host, and
+going up onto the land harried there likewise. Somewhile later came King
+Svein to the encounter with the Danish host, and to him was a tale of
+three hundred§ ships. When the Norwegians saw this fleet bade King
+Harald a blast be blown to summon his host together, & many spake saying
+that they ought to flee, & that it was unavailing for them to fight, but
+the King answered thus: 'We will fall one atop of the other rather than
+flee!' Thus saith Stein Herdason:
+
+  'Said the chief high-minded, what now he awaited.
+  Here (said the King) he had all hope of peace lost.
+  Rather than yield, cried the King,
+      should each man fall one on the top of the other.
+  Their arms then took the men.'
+
+
+¶ Then let King Harald his ships be cleared for action, and brought his
+great dragon forward into the very midst of the host. Thus saith
+Thiodolf:
+
+  'The giver of kindly gifts
+  Who oft to the wolf gave food,
+  His dragon-ship put forward
+  Midmost in the war-host.'
+
+
+¶ This ship was well fitted out, and had a large crew.
+
+And again saith Thiodolf:
+
+  'The peace wishing King his ranks bade
+  Bind fast the war-shields on the ships' sides;
+  The prince's friends well ordered stand methinks.
+      The leader of manly deeds,
+  The doughty dragon closed,
+  Outside the Niz, with shields, and one o'erlapped the other.'
+
+
+¶ Ulf the Marshal brought his ship up alongside the royal ship, & bade
+her men place her well forward. Stein Herdason was on Ulf's ship, and he
+chanted thus:
+
+  'Ulf, the Marshal of the King,
+  Cheered us all on to battle;
+  The spears trembled when
+  The ships were rowed to the fight.
+  And, no doubt, the wise King's
+  Valiant friend did bid his men
+  His ship advance beside
+  The prince's; the lads obeyed.'
+
+
+¶ Stationed farthest out on one of the arms was Ivar Hakonson; under him
+had he many and the men to him were well equipped. Farthest out on the
+other arm were the chiefs of Throndhjem, and to them likewise was a
+large and goodly host.
+
+
+¶ And King Svein likewise ranged his host, and his ship laid he over
+against ye ship of Harald, in the midst of the host, and nighest to him
+was Earl Fin, and next to him again the Danes ranked all of their host
+that was bravest and best equipped. Thereafter either side lashed their
+ships together in the midmost part of the fleet, but the hosts being so
+large it befell that there was a great number of ships faring loose, and
+so each captain placed his ship as far forward as he had courage for;
+but that was exceeding varied. Now though the odds were so great yet
+nevertheless had either side a vast host, and in his to King Svein
+pertained as many as seven earls. Thus saith Stein Herdason:
+
+  'The "hersirs'" valiant lord a risk did take him,
+  With ships fifty and a hundred he waited for the Danes.
+  Next was it that the ruler dear who dwells in Leidra§
+  The sea cleft thither with three hundred sea-steeds.'
+
+
+¶ Even so soon as he had made ready his ships, commanded King Harald the
+war-blast to be sounded, and after this was done, rowed his men ahead.
+Stein Herdason saith:
+
+  'Before the river's mouth, damage did Harald Svein.
+  Hard withstanding made he; Harald asked not for peace.
+  The King's sword-swinging lads forward off Halland rowed,
+  And yonder on the sea caused wounds with blood to stream.'
+
+
+¶ Then did either side join combat, and the struggle waxed very fierce.
+Either King lustily cheered on his men, as saith Stein Herdason:
+
+  'Eager for war the good shield-bearers bade their lads
+  To shoot and hew (but short the space was 'twixt the hosts).
+  Both stones & arrows streamed when the sword shook from it,
+  The light blood, depriving of life the men of either host.'
+
+
+¶ It was late in the day when battle was joined and the combatants
+fought the whole night; King Harald himself shot for long with his bow.
+Thiodolf saith thus:
+
+  'Elm-bow did the Upland
+  King draw all the night;
+  Shrewd ruler of the land sent
+  Arrows 'gainst the white shields;
+  Barbs bloody harmed the peasants,
+  And the King's arrows
+  Fast in the shields did lodge
+  (The spear-shots grew apace).'
+
+
+¶ Earl Hakon & the men of his company did not lash their ships together,
+but rowed against the Danish keels that were faring loose, and every
+ship that they grappled did they clear. When the Danes noted this same
+did every man move his ship away from the spot whither the Earl was
+faring, but went he after them even as they withdrew, and wellnigh to
+fleeing were they.
+
+But then came a boat rowing towards the Earl's ship, and those in it
+shouted & said that the other arm of ye battle array of King Harald had
+given way, and that many of their men had fallen there, so then rowed
+the Earl away thither and fierce was his onset, so that the Danes again
+caused their ships to fall astern. Thus did the Earl fare the whole of
+that night, rowing round outside the combatants, and laying about him
+wheresoever it was required; & whithersoever he went he was in no
+fashion to be withstood.
+
+During the waning part of the night was there a general fight among the
+Danes; this was after King Harald & his band had boarded the own ship to
+King Svein, and so utterly cleared it that all his men were slain save
+and except those that leapt into the sea. Thus saith Arnor Earl's-skald:
+
+  'Svein courageous went not from off his ship
+  Without good cause (that is my mind);
+  Hard was the fight for the helmets wasted,
+  And empty did his craft float ere the eloquent friend of the Jutes
+  Fled from his dead chosen fighters.'
+
+
+¶ After the banner of King Svein had fallen & the ships to him had been
+cleared, fled away all his men save those who were slain, & they that
+fled sprang into the deep from those ships that were lashed together or
+climbed on to other ships that were faring loose, but all of the men of
+King Svein who were able to do so rowed off. Full many men fell there.
+And there, where the Kings themselves had fought & the greater number of
+the ships had been lashed one to another, lay over seventy of the ships
+of that King; thus saith Thiodolf:
+
+  'Bold King of the Sogn-folk,
+  (So 'tis sung) ships seven
+  Times ten of men and arms
+  From Svein's fleet cleared away.'
+
+
+¶ King Harald after the Danes rowed hard and put them to rout, but no
+easy task was it, for so little sea-room was there betwixt the keels
+that motion was well-nigh not possible. Earl Fin would in no wise
+consent to flee and was taken captive; he could not see well. This is
+what Thiodolf saith:
+
+  'To six Danish earls a guerdon hast thou to give
+  For one single victory,
+  (They whet the heat of battle).
+  In the midst of the ranks
+  Fin Arnason was taken
+  Battle-strong, stout-hearted;
+  Ne'er would he think to flee.'
+
+
+¶ Earl Hakon tarried behind with his ship, while the King and the rest
+were pursuing after the fugitives, for the Earl could not get his ship
+away from the spot where she was lying. Just at that time rowed up a man
+in a boat to the ship and brought-to at the poop; a big man was he with
+a broad-brimmed hat; 'Where is the Earl?' quoth he up to the ship. 'In
+the forehold,' answered they him back, 'binding the wound of a man who
+is bleeding.' The Earl viewed the man with the hat and asked what might
+his name be, to which he made answer: 'Vandrad§ is here, speak to me,
+Earl.' Then looked the Earl over the gunwale at him.
+
+Then said the boatman: 'I will receive my life of thee if thou wilt give
+it me.' Then the Earl rose up and called to two of his men, either of
+whom was dear to him, and said: 'Get into the boat and set Vandrad
+ashore; go with him to my friend Karl the Peasant, and tell him for a
+token to give Vandrad the horse which I gave to him yesterday, and to
+give him his own saddle, and his son for a guide.' Then stepped they
+into the boat & took the oars, & Vandrad steered.
+
+This was hard nigh to the dawn of day, and there was much movement among
+the ships, craft both large and small, some rowing to land, others to
+sea.
+
+Vandrad steered there where thought he there was most sea-room betwixt
+the craft, & whensoever any of the Norwegian ships rowed nigh them said
+the Earl's men who they were, & then all let them go as they listed.
+Vandrad steered along the shore & did not put to land ere they had come
+past the place where there was a great throng of ships.
+
+
+¶ Thereafter walked they to the homestead of Karl at about the hour when
+the light began to wax, and so went they into the living-room, and
+beheld Karl but now clad. To him told the men from the Earl on what
+mission had they come, and Karl said that first must they eat, & caused
+food to be set before them, & himself fetched them water for
+hand-washing. Then came the housewife into the chamber and straightway
+said she: 'Wondrous is it that we gat no sleep nor rest all night
+through, for the tumult and noise.' Karl answered: 'Knowest thou not
+that the Kings fought together yesternight?' She asked: 'Who won?' Karl
+answered: 'The Norwegians won.' 'Belike our King hath fled again,' said
+she. Karl replied: 'In a bad way are we with our King for he is both
+halt & craven.' Then spake Vandrad: 'The King is not craven, but neither
+he is victorious.' Now Vandrad was the last to wash his hands, and when
+he took the towel he dried himself in the midst thereof; but the
+housewife seized it and pulled it from him, saying: 'Little good canst
+thou do; 'tis the way of common folk to wet all the towel at once.'
+Vandrad answered: 'I shall yet come thither where I may dry myself
+midmost in the towel.' Then sat they at meat for a while but afterwards
+went out, and there was the horse standing ready, and that son of Karl
+who was to bear Vandrad company sat another horse, and together rode
+they forth to the forest. But the men from the Earl went back to their
+boat, & rowed out again to their ship.
+
+
+¶ Harald and his men pursued the fugitives a short way, and thereafter
+returned to those ships which had been deserted. And then searched they
+the slain, finding in the King's ship a number of dead men; yet not
+among them was the body of King Svein; natheless was it deemed certain
+that he must have fallen. King Harald let the corses of his men be laid
+out, or the wounds bound up of them that required it. Then caused he the
+bodies of the men of Svein to be borne ashore, & sent word to the
+peasants that they should bury them; thereafter caused he the plunder to
+be divided, and abode for a while there at that spot. And there learnt
+he the tidings that King Svein was come to Zealand, and that all of his
+host which had not been routed in battle had rejoined him, and to him
+likewise were come many other men, and that to him therefore was
+assembled a mighty large host.
+
+
+¶ Now as ye have heard tell afore, was Earl Fin Arnason captured in the
+battle, and before the King was he led. King Harald was then exceeding
+joyful, and said he, 'Here meet we twain, Fin, though lastwhiles in
+Norway; scarce hath the Danish court stood by thee! An ill piece of work
+will the Norwegians have to drag thee, blind man, after them, and keep
+thee alive.'
+
+Then answered back the Earl: 'Many ill things have the Norwegians now to
+do, & the worst of these is thy bidding.'
+
+Then said King Harald: 'Wilt thou have grace, though grace deservest
+thou not?' The Earl answered: 'Not from thee, hound!' The King said:
+'Dost desire that thy kinsman Magnus should give thee grace?' Magnus,
+the son of King Harald, was captain of a ship at that time. Then said
+the Earl: 'What hath that whelp to do with the meting out of grace?'
+Thereat laughed the King, for he deemed it good sport to bait him, and
+said he: 'Wilt thou accept thy life from the hand of Thora, thy
+kinswoman?'
+
+Then the Earl said: 'Is she here?' 'She is here,' said the King.
+
+Then did Fin utter the scurvy words which were remembered long
+thereafter, and all were witness of how wroth he was since he could not
+still his words: 'It is not to be wondered at that thou hast bitten well
+since the mare is with thee.'
+
+To Earl Fin was given quarter, and King Harald kept him with him for a
+time, but Fin was somewhat unjoyful, and unmeek in his words. Then King
+Harald said: 'I see thou wilt not be friends with me nor with my
+kindred, so I will give thee leave to fare to Svein, thy King.' The Earl
+answered: 'That will I accept, and the sooner I fare hence the more
+grateful I shall be.' Thereafter the King let Fin be taken even to the
+land, where was he made welcome by the Hallanders.
+
+Thence sailed King Harald north with his host to Norway, faring first to
+Oslo, and in that place gave leave to all his men who desired it to go
+even to their own homes.
+
+
+¶ It is said that King Svein abode that winter in Denmark, and held his
+state as before.
+
+And in the winter sent he men northward to Halland to fetch Karl the
+Peasant to him, and likewise Karl's wife; and when they were come and he
+had summoned Karl unto him he asked him if he had seen him before. Karl
+answered: 'I know thee now, King, and I knew thee then even so soon as I
+saw thee, and it is under God that the little help which I was able to
+afford thee was of use.' The King answered: 'For all the days I have yet
+to live I have to reward thee. Now firstly will I give thee whatever
+homestead in Zealand thou art minded to have, and I will furthermore
+make thee a great man an thou wottest how to act.'
+
+Karl thanked the King well for his words, and said that there was still
+a favour he would pray of him. And the King asked what that might be.
+Karl said: 'I would ask this thing, King, that thou lettest me take my
+wife with me.' The King answered: 'I will not promise thee this thing,
+for I will get thee a much better & wiser wife; but thy wife may keep
+the small homestead ye have already; on that she can live.'
+
+And the King gave Karl a large & noble stead & gat him a good marriage.
+This was known and told far and wide, yea even as far north as Norway.
+
+
+¶ The winter following on the battle of the Niz King Harald spent in
+Oslo. And when the host came up from the south in autumn many tales and
+legends went abroad of the autumn outside the Niz river, & everyone who
+had been there deemed he had something to tell. Once it happened that
+some men were sitting drinking in a small chamber, & full of talk were
+they, talking of the battle of the Niz, and of whom might have derived
+the greatest renown therefrom. All were agreed on one issue, however,
+and that was that no other had been such a man there as Earl Hakon: he
+it was who had shown greatest prowess, who was the boldest under arms,
+and the ablest, and the most fortunate, and whatsoever he did was that
+which availed most, & to him was accounted the victory. Now Harald was
+without, in the courtyard, speaking with some of his men, and thereafter
+went he before the doorway of the chamber and said: 'Every man now would
+like to be named Hakon,' and therewith went his way.
+
+
+¶ Earl Hakon fared to the Uplands in autumn, even to his dominions, and
+there tarried throughout the winter.
+
+Right well beloved was he of the Upland folk. Now once it befell, when
+spring was drawing nigh, that some men were sitting drinking, & their
+talk was yet again of the battle of the Niz; and men lauded greatly Earl
+Hakon, but a few praised others no less.
+
+When they had been talking thus a while a man answered: 'Mayhap other
+men besides Earl Hakon fought boldly outside the Niz, yet nevertheless
+methinks no one can have had the luck he had.'
+
+They said it was no doubt his greatest luck that he had routed many of
+the Danes. The same man answered: 'Luckiest for him was it that he gave
+King Svein his life.' Another answered him: 'Thou wottest not what thou
+art saying.' He answered: 'Yea, I wot full well, for he who set the King
+ashore told me himself.' Thus it befell, as oft is said, that 'many are
+the King's ears.' These things were told to the King straightway, and
+the King had many horses taken and rode forthwith away in the night with
+two hundred men,§ and rode he the whole of that night and the following
+day. Then there came towards them on horseback certain men who were
+making for the town with meal and malt. Now faring with the King was one
+Gamal, & he rode up to one of the peasants who was a friend of his and
+spoke privily with him.
+
+Gamal said: 'Money will I give thee, an thou wilt ride furiously by
+hidden ways such as thou wottest to be shortest to Earl Hakon: tell him
+that the King will slay him, for the King wotteth that the Earl helped
+King Svein to land outside the Niz.'
+
+And the matter being covenanted between them rode the peasant hard, and
+came even to the Earl who was sitting drinking and had not gone to his
+rest. But when the peasant made known his errand, rose the Earl
+forthwith and all his folk; and the Earl caused his chattels to be
+removed from the house during the night. When the King arrived thither
+tarried he there the night, but Hakon the Earl had ridden his way. And
+in time came he east to the realm of Sweden, to King Steinkel, and abode
+with him the summer. King Harald then turned him back to town. In the
+summer the King fared north to Throndhjem and abode there, but in the
+autumn fared eastward again to Vik.
+
+
+¶ Earl Hakon went back in the summer to the Uplands, so soon as he
+learned that the King had fared northward, and there dwelt he until such
+time as the King came south again. Thereafter fared the Earl eastward to
+Vermaland and tarried there long in the winter; and King Steinkel gave
+the Earl rule and dominion over that part of the land.
+
+When winter was wearing to an end, fared he westward to Kaumariki, and
+took with him many men whom the Gauts and Vermalanders had given him.
+And he took thence his land-dues and the taxes which he had a right to
+demand, & thereafter fared he back east to Gautland and dwelt there the
+spring.
+
+King Harald abode the winter in Oslo, and sent his men to the Uplands to
+gather taxes and land-dues and the King's fines; but the Uplanders said
+that they would not pay to him all dues which it behoved them to pay
+into the hands of Earl Hakon even so long as he was alive and had not
+forfeited life or dominions; & no land-dues did the King therefrom
+obtain that winter.
+
+
+¶ Now betwixt Norway and Denmark there were sent that winter messengers
+and messages, for both Norwegians and Danes alike desired to make peace
+and agreement either with other, and they prayed their Kings to do the
+same. The sending of these messages appeared prone to bring about
+concord, for in the end a peace-meeting was agreed upon in the River
+betwixt King Harald and King Svein. When spring-tide was come both Kings
+called out many men and ships for this journey. Saith a skald in a poem:
+
+  'Leader of arméd men, he who the ground engirdles
+  From Eyrasund northward shuts with his long-ship's prows
+  The land (the haven spurned he).
+  Gleaming with gold the stems cut the waves keenly;
+  Onward of Halland west, with host aboard, and the keels thrilling.
+  Harald firm-oathed!
+      oft hast thou the earth engirdled with thy ships;
+  Svein, too, through the sound sailed the King to meet.
+  Praise-dight filler of ravens, who every bay doth close,
+  Hath out a teeming host of Danes, from the south all.'
+
+
+¶ It is said here that these Kings kept to their agreement, to wit, that
+there should be a meeting betwixt them; and that both came to the
+marches. It is set forth thus below:
+
+  'Shrewd leader of arméd men
+  To trysting south once more
+  Thou sailst as all Danes wished
+  (No lesser was thy purpose).
+  Svein now to the northward fares
+  The land-marches nigh,
+  The tryst to keep with Harald--
+  Windy was the weather off the land.'
+
+
+¶ When the Kings were come face to face the one with other forthwith
+betwixt them was broached ye matter of peace; and no sooner was this
+opened than many men made plaint of the harm they had suffered through
+war-fare, rapine, and the slaying of men. And long talked they about
+this, as is said hereafter:
+
+  'The yeomen shrewd
+  Such words do say aloud
+  That when the men meet,
+  An' angered are mostly
+  The others. Far seemeth
+  Concord to lie from men
+  Who on all things quarrel
+  (The chiefs' arrogance waxeth).
+  With danger fraught will be
+  Wrath of the princes be
+  If peace be agreed on,
+  Those who are peace-makers
+  In scales must weigh all things.
+  Seemly for Kings to say
+  What e'er the host liketh;
+  Bad will would it cause
+  Were the yeomen's state worsened.'
+
+
+¶ Then the best men and the wisest conferred together, and peace was
+made betwixt the Kings, in such wise that King Harald was to have Norway
+& King Svein Denmark as far as the marches which had aforetime divided
+the kingdoms; neither was to make redress to other; there where the land
+had been pillaged the matter was to be passed over; and he who had taken
+plunder was to keep it.
+
+This peace was to ensue even so long as the twain were Kings; the
+covenant was bounden with oaths, & thereafter gave the Kings one another
+hostages; even as is said hereafter:
+
+  'Thus have I heard it said
+  That Svein and Harald both
+  (God works it) gladly gave
+  Hostages one to other.
+  Let them so keep their vows
+  (All ended was with witness)
+  And the whole peace so fully
+  That the folk break it not.'
+
+
+¶ King Harald tarried in Vik during the summer, and sent men to the
+Uplands to collect the dues & taxes he had there; but the peasants in
+plain words said that they would bide the coming of Earl Hakon, until
+such time as he should come to them. Earl Hakon was then up in Gautland
+with a large host. When summer was wearing to a close sailed King Harald
+south to Konungahella (King's Rock), and he took all the light craft
+whereon he could lay hands & went up the River, and at the falls thereof
+had the boats haled across land and so put onto Lake Wenern. Thereafter
+rowed he east across the lake where he asked tidings of Earl Hakon.
+
+Now when the Earl gat news of the journey of the King, came he down from
+the country and made endeavour to prevent the King from harrying, for to
+Earl Hakon was a large host which the Gauts had given him. King Harald
+laid his boats up the mouth of a river, and thereafter made a landing,
+but left some of his men behind to watch the craft. And the King himself
+and some of his men rode on horseback, but many more went afoot. Their
+way led them through a wood, & thereafter a bog lay before them on which
+were small bushes, then after that a copse, and when they were come up
+to the copse sighted they the host of the Earl; and a bog there was
+betwixt them and it.
+
+Then both hosts arrayed themselves, & King Harald commanded his men to
+sit up on the hillside: 'Let us first tempt them to make an onset; Hakon
+hath no mind to wait,' said he.
+
+The weather was frosty with some driving snow, and the men to Harald sat
+under their shields.
+
+Now the Gauts had taken little apparel on them and were starved with the
+cold, but the Earl bade them bide until the King should make an onset
+and they could all stand alike in height. Earl Hakon had the banner
+which had been that of King Magnus Olafson. Now the head-man to the
+Gauts was one hight Thorvid, and he was mounted on a horse the reins of
+which were tied to a stake standing in the bog. He spake & said: 'God
+knows we have a large host here and many stout men; let not King
+Steinkell hear that we are not helping this good Earl well. I wist that
+if the Norwegians make onset against us we shall stand firm, but if the
+young men falter & bide not, then do not let us run farther than thither
+to the brook, and if the young men again falter, which I wot will not
+befall, then do not let us run farther than thither to the hill.'
+
+At that moment ran up the host of the Norwegians shouting their war-cry
+and beating their shields, & then the host of the Gauts likewise began
+to shout, and the horse to the head-man pulled so hard at its rein,
+being afrighted at the host-cry, that the stake came up & flew past the
+head of the chief, wherefore he shouted: 'Such a mischance as thou
+shootest, Northmen,' and therewith galloped away. King Harald had ere
+this said to his men: 'Though we make din and shouting about us, yet let
+us not go down the hill or ever they come hither to us,' and they did
+according as he had said.
+
+As soon as the war-cry was heard, caused the Earl his banner to be borne
+forward, and when they were come under the hill rushed the King's men
+down upon them, and some of the men to the Earl fell forthwith and some
+fled; but the Norwegians drave not them that fled very far, for it was
+late in the day. There took they the banner of Earl Hakon, and as much
+of weapons and apparel as they could lay hands on. And the King let both
+the banners be borne in front of him when he fared down the hill; and
+his men spake one with another as to whether or no Earl Hakon might be
+fallen. Now when it came to faring through the wood they had to ride in
+single train, and behold a certain man rode straight across their way,
+and thrust a spear through him that bore the banner to the King, and
+seizing the stave thereof rode he off another way in the wood with the
+banner. When the King was told of this cried he: 'The Earl lives! Give
+me my mail-shirt!' And rode he in the night to his ships. Now said many
+men that the Earl had avenged himself. Then chanted Thiodolf:
+
+  'Steinkell's host who to the
+  Warlike Earl should help yield
+  (That brought the King to pass)
+  To hell, I ween, have fared.
+  But those who would better
+  The matter say,
+  Hakon fled because the hope of help
+  Therefrom but ill had proven.'
+
+
+¶ King Harald spent what was left of the night on his ship. In the morn,
+when it was light saw men that ice had formed round the ships so thick
+that it was feasible to walk round about them.
+
+Then bade the King his men hew the ice and release his ships into the
+lake, and so went the men and set to work to hew the ice. King Harald's
+son Magnus steered the ship which lay lowest in the river-mouth and
+nighest out to the lake.
+
+Now when the men had almost chopped the ice away a certain man ran out
+on it to the place where they were about to hew, and thereafter fell to
+chopping as if he were mad and raving. Then said a man: 'Now is it again
+as often before, no one is so good at giving a helping hand as Hall
+Kodransbane; behold now, how he is hewing the ice.'
+
+But the man of Magnus's ship who was hight Thormod Eindridison, when he
+heard the name of 'Kodransbane,' ran to Hall and gave him his
+death-blow.
+
+Kodran was the son of Gudmund Elyolfson, and Valgerd that was sister to
+Gudmund was the mother of Jurunn, Thormod's mother.
+
+Thormod was a winter old when Kodran was slain, and never had he set
+eyes on Hall Utryggson before this time.
+
+By this, then, the ice was broken away even so far as the lake and
+Magnus brought his ship out, & got under way forthwith, and sailed west
+across the lake; but the King's ship which was the uppermost in the
+channel came out the last. Now Hall had been of the fellowship of the
+King and was very dear to him, and the King was exceeding wroth, so that
+when he came latest into haven he found that Magnus had already helped
+the murderer to the forest, though he offered atonement for him, would
+he have gone against Magnus and his folk, had not the friends of both
+brought about their appeasement.
+
+
+¶ King Harald fared up to Raumariki this winter, and to him was a large
+host.
+
+And he bore cases against the peasants for the keeping back from him of
+dues and taxes, and for inciting his enemies to strife against him.
+
+And some of the peasants caused he to be taken, and some he maimed and
+others killed and others he deprived of all their possessions.
+
+Those who could get away fled, but the King burned the countrysides wide
+about and laid them waste. Thus saith Thiodolf:
+
+  'Waster of isle-dwellers
+  Hard hands laid on Raumfolk,
+  Steadily on the ranks
+  Of Harald went, as I trow.
+  Fire did requite them;
+  But the chief commanded,
+  And high flames poor peasants
+  To obedience led.'
+
+
+¶ After this fared King Harald up to Heidmark and there burned, and did
+no less war-work than has been writ afore. From thence fared he to
+Ringariki, there burned, and went everywhere with the war-shield aloft.
+Thus saith Thiodolf:
+
+  'Burned were the fell folk's steads,
+  Roofwards the red fire flamed.
+  Hit did the lord of chiefs
+  The Heiners with hard stones.
+  For their lives the sufferers craved;
+  So great a hurt the flames
+  The men of Ringariki wrought
+  Or ever the fire was stayed.'
+
+
+¶ After this gave the peasants the whole matter into the hands of the
+King.
+
+
+¶ After the death of King Magnus were spent fifteen winters ere the
+battle of the Niz, and after that two winters or ever Harald and Svein
+made peace. Thus saith Thiodolf:
+
+  'The prince of the Hords
+  (Brought peace the third year was made)
+  The strife to an end; on
+  The strand steel hit the shields.'
+
+
+¶ After this peace-making endured the war of the King with the Uplanders
+three half-years. Thus saith Thiodolf:
+
+  'Hard of the King's work 'tis
+  In seemly wise to speak
+  When to have idle ploughs
+  The upland men he taught.
+  The chieftain wise hath honour won
+  These three half-years
+  Which ever will be minded.'
+
+
+¶ Edward, the son of Ethelred, was King of England after his brother
+Hordaknut; he was hight Edward 'the Good' and right good he was.
+
+The mother to King Edward was Queen Emma, the daughter of Richard, the
+Rouen-Earl; and her brother was Earl Robert, the mother of William the
+Bastard, who was at that time duke of Rouen in Normandy. King Edward was
+wedded to Queen Gyda,§ the daughter of Earl Godwin & he was the son of
+Wolfnoth. The brothers to Gyda were: the eldest Earl Tosti, the second
+Earl Morcar, the third Earl Walthiof, the fourth Earl Svein, and fifthly
+Harald. Now Harald was the youngest and was brought up at the court of
+King Edward and was his foster-son, and the King loved him very greatly
+and eyed him ever as his own son, for the King was childless.
+
+
+¶ It befell one summer that Harald the son of Godwin had to go a journey
+to Bretland (Wales) and fared he on a ship, but after they had set sail
+sprang up a contrary wind & they were driven out to sea.[§]
+
+They made land westward in Normandy after undergoing a perilous storm.
+
+And putting into the town of Rouen found they there Earl William, who
+received Harald and his travelling companions joyfully, and Harald
+tarried there in good cheer for long during the autumn, for the tempests
+continued to blow and it was not weather for sailing out at sea. As
+winter was approaching spoke the Earl and Harald together concerning the
+dwelling of Harald there throughout the winter. Now Harald sat in the
+high-seat on one side of the Earl and on the other side of him sat the
+Earl's wife, and fairer was she than any other woman whom men had seen.
+
+Harald and she would hold converse together all the time that the cups
+were going round, and when the Earl retired to rest, as he did betimes,
+Harald would sit long talking with the wife to the Earl, and so fared
+things for a long time during the winter.
+
+Once when they were talking together said she: 'Now hath the Earl spoken
+with me hereon, and asked what it is we twain ever talk about, and now
+is he wroth.' Harald answered: 'We will forthwith let him know all our
+conversations.'
+
+The day thereafter Harald called the Earl to speak with him, & went they
+to the council-chamber where were also the Earl's wife and their
+councillors.
+
+Then Harald spoke the first and said: 'This must I inform thee, Earl,
+that there is more in my coming hither than I have revealed to thee:
+I desire to ask the hand of thy daughter, and have oft-times spoken of
+this my wish to her mother, and she hath given me her word to support me
+in this matter with thee.'
+
+When Harald had made known his desire, all those who were present
+received the news with gladness and supported it with the Earl, and this
+matter was brought to end by the maid being betrothed to Harald; but
+since she was young some winters' delay were agreed upon before the time
+of bridal.
+
+
+¶ When spring came, equipped Harald his ship and sailed away, and he and
+the Earl parted in full friendship.
+
+And Harald fared to England, to King Edward, and returned no more to
+Valland to claim the marriage. King Edward ruled over England for
+twenty-four winters, & died a straw death in London, None Janurii (5th
+January); he was interred in St. Paul's Church§ and the English call him
+sainted.
+
+The sons of Earl Godwin in those days were the most powerful men in
+England. Tosti had been made captain over the host of the King, and
+warden of the land when the King began to wax old; and he had been
+placed over all other Earls.
+
+His brother Harald was ever within the court the next man to the King in
+all service, & his duty had been to guard the treasure of the King.§ It
+is recorded by men that as the King was approaching to his end was
+Harald near by, and few other men, and Harald leant over the King and
+said: 'I call all of ye to witness that the King gave me but now the
+kingdom, and all might in England.' Then was the King borne dead from
+out his bed. That same day there was a meeting of lords and the taking
+of a King was discussed, and Harald then let his witnesses testify that
+King Edward on his death-day had given him the kingdom.
+
+This meeting ended in such fashion that Harald was hailed as King &
+consecrated with royal consecration in St. Paul's Church on the 13th
+day;§ when all lords and folk swore fealty to him.
+
+But when his brother, Earl Tosti, heard what had befallen, liked he it
+no whit, for thought he himself to be equally near the King.
+
+'I desire,' quoth he, 'that the lords of the land choose him for King
+whom they deem best fitted therefor.' And such like words went between
+the brothers.
+
+King Harald declared that he would not give up the kingdom for he had
+been throned in that city which had been the King's, and had been
+thereafter anointed and consecrated with royal consecration; with him
+also sided the multitude, and he had moreover all the treasure of the
+dead King.
+
+
+¶ Now when King Harald became aware that his brother Tosti desired to
+oust him from the kingdom believed he but ill in him, for Tosti was a
+very wise man and a great warrior, and was full friendly, to boot, with
+the lords of the land.
+
+So Harald deprived him from command of the host, and of all the power he
+had had aforetime more than other earls§ there in the land. And Earl
+Tosti, who by no means would suffer himself to be the serving-man to his
+brother, fared away with his men, and so south to Flanders across the
+sea, and tarried there a while before faring to Friesland & thence to
+Denmark, to his kinsman King Svein. Earl Ulf the father to King Svein
+and Gyda that was mother to Tosti, were brother and sister. The Earl
+craved the aid of King Svein and men for his assistance, and King Svein
+bade him come to him & told him that he should have an earl's realm in
+Denmark, such as would make him a seemly chief in that country. The Earl
+answered thus: 'My desire is to fare back to England, to my heritage;
+but if I am given no assistance for that purpose from thee, King, then
+would I liefer make a pact to afford thee all the support I can procure
+in England, an thou wilt take the Danish hosts thither and conquer the
+land, even as thy mother's brother Knut (Canute) conquered it.'
+
+The King answered: 'So much less a man am I than my kinsman King Knut
+that I have hard work to hold the Danish realm against the Norwegians.
+
+Knut the Old gat his Danish kingdom by inheritance but won England by
+warfare and strife, yet nevertheless at one time seemed he like to lose
+his life thereby. Norway gat he without battle.
+
+Now would I liefer keep within compass according to my smaller
+conditions than assay to rival the success of my kinsman Knut.' Then
+said Tosti the Earl: 'Lesser is my errand hither than I had thought for;
+I deemed not that thou, a bold man, wouldst let me go in need. It may be
+that I am seeking friendship where it is not meet to seek it. But
+natheless it may hap that I find a chief who is less afeared of great
+ventures than thou art, King.' Thereafter they parted, the King and the
+Earl, and were not very well of one accord.
+
+
+¶ Tosti the Earl now turned him another way: he fared onward to Norway,
+to King Harald who was in Vik, and when they met the Earl made he known
+his mission to the King, recounting to him all concerning his journey
+since he had left England. And he craved help of the King so that he
+might regain his dominions in England.
+
+But the King said as followeth: that the Norwegians had no wish to fare
+to England and harry with an English chief over them; 'folk deem,' said
+he, 'that the English are not full trustworthy.' The Earl answered:
+'I wonder if it is sooth, that which I have heard men say in England,
+to wit, that thy kinsman King Magnus despatched men to King Edward, with
+the message that he, Magnus, owned England with no less right than
+Denmark, that he inherited it from Hordaknut (Hardicanute) and that the
+pact was ratified by their oaths?' The King answered: 'Why did he not
+have it if he owned it?' The Earl said: 'Why hast thou not Denmark even
+as King Magnus had it before thee?' The King answered: 'Little have the
+Danes to plume themselves on above us Norwegians, for many a hole have
+we burnt in those kinsmen of thine.'
+
+Then said the Earl: 'Though thou wilt not tell me yet can I,
+nevertheless, tell thee how it was King Magnus took possession of
+Denmark, to wit, was it because the lords of the land there helped him,
+but thou gat it not because all the people of the land were against
+thee. King Magnus fought not to gain England because all the people
+desired to have Edward for their King. If thou wishest to conquer
+England then can I bring it about that many of the lords there will be
+thy friends and supporters, for nothing lack I against my brother Harald
+save the name of King. All men know that there has never been born in
+the northlands a warrior such as thou art.
+
+Astonished am I that thou who foughtest fifteen winters for Denmark will
+not take England which is lying at thy hand.' King Harald pondered with
+care over what the Earl had said to him, and well wot he that in great
+measure had he said sooth; and added thereto conceived he the wish to
+conquer that kingdom.
+
+Thereafter the King and the Earl talked long & oft together, & in the
+end covenanted they an agreement that come the summer they would fare to
+England and conquer the country. King Harald sent round the whole of
+Norway calling out a levy, one half of the general war-muster.
+
+Now all this was much spoken of by men, and many were the guesses as to
+how things would go on the faring. Some reckoned & counted up all deeds
+of valour, swearing how naught would be impossible of King Harald, but
+said others that England would be difficult to conquer inasmuch as the
+people were exceeding numerous, & those warriors who were called the
+Thingmanna-host§ so doughty that one of them was better than two of
+Harald's best men.
+
+Thus answered Ulf the Marshal:
+
+  'Never would the marshals
+  Of the King (uncompelling
+  Ever gat I riches)
+  Turn them to the King's stern-hold
+  Noble woman, an twain should be pressed back by
+  One Thingman (other than
+  That when young I learned me).'
+
+
+¶ That spring Ulf the Marshal died, & Harald when he stood by his grave
+said ere he quitted it: 'Here lies he that was ever the most faithful &
+the most dutiful to his lord.' To Flanders also sailed Earl Tosti in
+springtide so that he should meet the men the which had followed him
+from England, with those others also who were to join him from England
+and likewise from Flanders.
+
+
+¶ The host to King Harald was gathered together in Solundir§ and when
+all things were made ready and he was about to set sail from Nidaros
+went he to the shrine of King Olaf, and thrusting his hands into the
+sanctuary cut he off the hair and the nails pertaining to the saint, and
+thereafter turned he the key once of the shrine and then threw that same
+key into the Nid; and since that time forsooth hath the shrine of the
+holy King Olaf never been opened.
+
+Five and thirty winters had been encompassed since his fall, and five
+and thirty years had he lived in the world.
+
+Then King Harald and the men that were with him gat them a course
+southward to meet his host; or ever that time it was a mighty force that
+met together, and it is told among men that to King Harald were nigh
+upon two hundred§ keels, besides victualling ships and smaller craft.
+When they were lying off Solundir a certain man named Gyrd, who was on
+the own ship to the King, dreamed a dream, and to him it seemed as
+though he stood on that same ship and beheld up on the isle a great
+troll-woman, & in one hand held she a short sword and in the other a
+trough. And to him also did it appear that he was looking at all the
+other ships, and on the prow to each was perched a fowl of the air, and
+all of those same fowl were either eagles or ravens.
+
+The troll-woman sang:
+
+  'King from the east in sooth
+  To battle inciteth
+  Many a warrior westward,
+  (Joyful am I therefor);
+  There may the raven find
+  For itself food on the ships
+  (It knows enow there is);
+  With thee will I ever fare.'
+
+
+¶ Now a certain man hight Thord abode on one of the ships nigh to the
+own ship of the King, and on a night dreamed he that he saw the fleet to
+King Harald faring landward, and he seemed to wot that to England were
+they coming.
+
+Then he saw on the land a vast host of men & both hosts were making them
+ready for battle, and for each were many banners held on high. Before
+the host of the men of the land rode a swarth troll-woman, sitting on a
+wolf, and the wolf had the body of a man in its mouth, & blood flowed
+from the corners thereof. And when it had eaten the man she threw yet
+another into its mouth, and thereafter threw she one man after another,
+but notwithstanding made it scant ado at swallowing them all. And so she
+sang:
+
+  'The troll makes the red shield gleam when war comes nigh.
+  Bride of the giant-brood mishap to the King foretells.
+  The quean with the jaws flings flesh of fallen warriors;
+  Raging the wolf's mouth she dyes red with blood.'
+
+
+¶ Furthermore it befell that King Harald dreamed one night and in his
+vision lo he was in Nidaros, and there met he his brother, King Olaf,
+who chanted a verse to him:
+
+  'The burly King in many fights with honour conquered.
+  I gat (because at home I stayed) a holy fall to earth.
+  Still of this I fear me that death is nigh thee, King;
+  The greedy wolves thou fill'st;
+  Ne'er was this caused by God.'
+
+
+¶ Men spake low of many other dreams and omens of divers kinds, and the
+bulk of them were of ill import. Or ever King Harald left Throndhjem
+caused he his son Magnus to be accepted as King, and made he him ruler
+over the kingdom of Norway.
+
+Thora, the daughter of Thorberg, also remained behind, but Queen Ellisif
+fared forth with King Harald and with them likewise her daughters Mary
+and Ingigerd; Olaf the son to King Harald also fared with him from the
+land.
+
+
+¶ When King Harald was ready, and a favourable wind had sprung up,
+sailed he out to sea & came to land at the Shetlands, but some of his
+ships went on to the Orkneys. King Harald lay at these isles a while or
+ever set he sail for the Orkneys, & from these latter took he with him
+many men & the Earls Paal and Erling, twain sons to Thorfin the Earl,
+but behind him left he there Queen Ellisif & their daughters Mary &
+Ingigerd. Thereafter sailed he southward alongside Scotland, & then
+alongside England, and went ashore there where it is called Cleveland.
+
+And being come on land forthwith harried he the countryside, bringing it
+into subjection under him, & withal encountering no resistance.
+Thereafter went King Harald into Scarborough, & fought there with the
+men of the town, and he went up on to the cliff there and ordered a vast
+bonfire to be made and a light thereto put, and when it was ablaze, his
+men took large forks and with them rolled it down into the town, and
+then one house after the other began to burn, so that there was naught
+for the townsmen to do save to surrender. There slew the Norwegians many
+men, and took all the goods whereon they could lay hands. No choice had
+then the Englishmen, an they wished to keep their lives, save to make
+submission to King Harald.
+
+Wheresoever he fared brought he the land into subjection, and he
+continued on his way southward off the coast with the whole of his host,
+bringing-to at Holderness, and there a band came against him, and King
+Harald did battle with them and gained the day.
+
+
+¶ Now having come thus far on his journey King Harald fared south to the
+Humber and went up that river and lay in it beside the banks.
+
+At that time there were up in Jerirk (York) Earl Morcar and his brother
+Earl Walthiof and with them was a vast host. King Harald was lying in
+the Ouse when the host of the Earls swooped down against him.
+
+And King Harald went ashore and set to arraying his host, and one arm of
+the array was ranked on the banks of the river, whereas the other
+stretched up inland over towards a certain dyke, and a deep marsh was
+there, both broad, and full of water.
+
+The Earls bade the whole multitude of their array slink down alongside
+the river.
+
+Now the banner to the King was nigh unto the river and there the ranks
+were serried, but near the dyke were they more scattered, and the men
+thereof also the least trustworthy.
+
+The Earls then came down along by the dyke, and that arm of the
+battle-array of the Norwegians which faced the dyke gave way, and
+thereon the English pushed forward after them and deemed that the
+Norwegians would flee. Therefore did the banner of Morcar fare forward.
+
+
+¶ But when King Harald saw that the array of the English had descended
+alongside the dyke and was coming right toward them, then commanded he
+the war-blast to be sounded, and eagerly encouraged his men, and let the
+banner 'Land-waster' be carried forward; and even so fierce was their
+advance on the English, that all were repulsed and there fell a many men
+in the host of the Earls.
+
+This host was even soon routed, and some fled up beside the river and
+some down, but the most of the folk ran right out into the dyke, and
+there the fallen lay so thick that the Norwegians could walk dry-shod
+across the marsh.
+
+There too fell Earl Morcar.§ Thus saith Stein Herdason:
+
+  'Many in the river sank
+  (The sunken men were drowned);
+  All round about young Morcar of yore lay many a lad.
+  To flight the chieftain put them;
+  The host to swiftest running
+  Olaf the Mighty is.'§
+
+
+¶ The song that followeth was wrought by Stein Herdason about Olaf ye
+son to King Harald, and he saith, the which also we wot of that Olaf was
+in the battle with his father. This is told likewise in 'Haraldsstikka:'
+
+  'There the dead lay
+  Down in the marsh
+  Walthiof's fighters
+  Weapon-bitten,
+  So that they might
+  The war-wonted horsemen
+  There wend their way
+  On corses only.'
+
+
+¶ Earl Walthiof and those men that contrived to make their escape from
+out the battle fled even up to the town of York, and there it was that
+the greatest slaughter took place. This battle was on the Wednesday§ or
+ever St. Matthew's Day.
+
+
+¶ Earl Tosti had come west (south) from Flanders to King Harald, and
+being even come to England joined himself with the Earl so that he had
+his part in all three battles. And now things came to pass even as he
+had told Harald at their meeting they would come to pass, to wit, that a
+number of men would flock to them in England, and these were both
+kinsmen and friends to Tosti; and their company added greatly to the
+strength of the King.
+
+After the battle whereof we have but now heard related, all the men of
+the countryside hailed King Harald, albeit some few fled. And now set
+King Harald forth to take the city, and placed he his host by Stanford
+Bridge,§ but for the reason that the King had won so fair a victory over
+great lords and overwhelming odds were the people dismayed & deemed it
+hopeless to withstand him. Then took the citizens council together, &
+they were of one mind to send word to the King giving themselves and
+likewise the town into his power. This same was proffered even at such
+time that on the Sunday[§] fared King Harald and his men to the city,
+and there they held a council of war without the walls, and the citizens
+came out and were present at the council.
+
+Then did all the folk promise obedience to King Harald; and gave him as
+hostages the sons of great men even according as Tosti chose, for the
+Earl knew all men in this town; and in the evening fared the King to his
+ships elated with the victory he had won and withal was very joyful.
+
+It was furthermore covenanted there should be held a Thing in the city§
+early on that Monday when would King Harald appoint governors and grant
+fiefs and rights. Now that self-same evening, after the sun had gone
+down, approached King Harald Godwinson with a vast host the city from
+the south, and rode he into the city by the will and consent of all the
+citizens.
+
+Then were men posted at all the gates, and at all the roads, so that to
+the Norwegians there might get no tidings of what had befallen, and this
+host passed the night within the walls.
+
+
+¶ On the Monday,[§] when Harald Sigurdson had eaten his fill at dinner,
+ordered he a blast to be sounded for a landing. And thereon made he
+ready his host and parted them, some to fare and some to tarry; and of
+each company he let two men go up for every one left behind.
+
+And Tosti the Earl prepared him to go up with his company, but to guard
+his ship there tarried behind Olaf own son to the King, Paal and Erling
+the Orkney Earls, and Eystein Blackcock, the son of Thorberg Arnason,
+who was in those days the man of most renown and withal dearest to the
+King of all feudatories, & King Harald had at that time promised him the
+hand of his daughter Maria. Very fine was the weather with warm
+sunshine, and wherefore because of this left the men their shirts of
+mail behind them and went with their shields and helms and spears, with
+their swords girded on; and many had likewise bows and arrows, and
+withal were they very merry. But as they advanced on the city, behold a
+great host rode out towards them and they saw the smoke of horses, and
+here and there fair shields and white coats of mail. Then halted the
+King his host and summoned Earl Tosti to him, and asked what manner of
+host this was like to be.
+
+And the Earl answered and said that he deemed it might be strife, yet
+nevertheless it might be that they were some of his kinsmen who were
+seeking for protection & friendship, & would promise the King their
+support and fealty in return. Then the King said that they would first
+of all keep quiet and learn more particulars anent this host. So they
+did this, & the host waxed greater the nearer it came, and everywhere
+was it like a sheet of ice to behold, so white was the gleaming of the
+weapons.
+
+
+¶ Then King Harald Sigurdson spake and said: 'Let us now take goodly &
+wise counsel together, for it cannot be hidden that this forebodes
+strife, and most like it is the King himself.' To which the Earl
+answered: 'Our first course is to turn back and go our swiftest to the
+ships that we may fetch folk and weapons, and thereafter offer what
+resistance we can; or even might we also let the ships protect us and
+then no power would the horsemen have over us.' Then said King Harald:
+'Another counsel will I choose, namely to send three bold fellows on our
+swiftest horses and let them ride hotly a'pace and impart to our men
+what hath befallen; then will they the sooner come to our aid, and a
+right sharp combat shall the Englishmen fight or ever we suffer defeat.'
+The Earl answered and said that the King should decide in this matter as
+in all else: 'no manner of desire had he either to flee.' Then caused
+the King his banner 'Land-waster' to be borne aloft, and Fridrek was the
+man hight who bore the banner.
+
+
+¶ After these things arrayed King Harald his host.
+
+And he let the muster be long and not dense, and then after doing this
+doubled he both the arms thereof backward so that they reached together
+and made a wide ring thick and even on all sides without, shield by
+shield, and the same within likewise; and the King's company was without
+the ring and there too was his banner.
+
+In another spot was Earl Tosti with his company, and another banner had
+he, and the men to him were all picked men. Now the array was made in
+this fashion because the King wist that the horsemen§ were wont to ride
+forward in a mass & thereupon fall back. Now said the King that his
+company should advance whithersoever it were most needed, 'but our
+archers shall also be with us, and those who stand farthest forward will
+set their spear handles in the earth and point their spears at the
+breasts of the riders if they should ride us down, and those who stand
+in the next row will thrust their spears into the chests of the horses.'
+
+
+¶ It was with an exceeding vast host that King Harald Godwinson had come
+thither, a host of both horse and foot-folk. Around his array rode King
+Harald Sigurdson having a wary eye to see how it had been ranked, and he
+bestrode a black piebald horse.
+
+Now the horse fell under him but the King arose in haste & said:
+'Falling when faring betokens fortune.' Then said Harald, the King of
+the English, to those Norwegians who were with him: 'Knowest thou the
+big man yonder who fell from his horse, the man with the blue kirtle and
+the fair helme?' 'That is the King,' said they.
+
+'A big man and of masterful appearance, yet belike his luck is over,'
+answered the English King.
+
+
+¶ Twenty horsemen rode forward from the Thingmanna host before the
+battle-array of the Norwegians; and they were wholly clad in chain-mail
+and their horses like unto them. Then said one horseman: 'Is Earl Tosti
+in the host?' to which was made answer: 'There is no hiding it, ye can
+find him there.'
+
+Then said the horseman: 'Harald, thy brother, sent thee a greeting, and
+word therewith that thou shouldst have grace & the whole of
+Northumberland; and rather than thou shouldst not go over to him will he
+give thee a third share of the whole of his kingdom.' Then answered the
+Earl: 'That is a very different message from the strife and scorn of the
+winter: had it been offered then many a man would still be alive who is
+now dead, & more firmly too would the kingdom stand in England. Now if I
+should accept these terms, what would he offer King Harald Sigurdson for
+his pains?' 'He hath said something of what he would grant him in
+England, Seven feet of room or as much longer as he is taller than other
+men,' made answer that rider. 'Fare thee now to King Harald and bid him
+make ready for battle,' said the Earl, 'other shall be said among
+Norwegians than that Earl Tosti quitteth King Harald Sigurdson for the
+fellowship of his foemen when he hath to fight in England. Nay, let us
+all rather be of one mind: to die with honour or to win England by
+conquest.' Then did the horseman ride away, and King Harald Sigurdson
+asked of the Earl, 'who was that long-tongued man, yonder?' 'That was
+King Harald Godwinson,' said the Earl. 'Too long was this kept from us,'
+said King Harald Sigurdson, 'they were come so nigh unto our host, that
+nought would this Harald have known how to tell of the death of our
+men.' 'True it is,' said the Earl, 'that such a chief went right
+unwarily, and that it might have been as thou sayest; I saw that he
+wished to offer me grace and much dominion, but that I should be his
+slayer an I said who he was. Rather would I that he should be my slayer
+than I his.' Then said King Harald Sigurdson: 'A little man was he, but
+firm in his stirrups.'
+
+It is said that King Harald chanted this verse:
+
+  'Forward go we in folk array
+  Without our mail
+  Under blue blades;
+  The helmets shine,
+  No mail have I;
+  On the ships yonder
+  Our garb doth lie.'
+
+
+¶ Now the mail-shirt to Harald was hight 'Emma,' and it was so long that
+it reached down even unto the midst of his foot, and so strong that no
+weapon had ever lodged fast in it. Then said King Harald Sigurdson:
+'That was ill wrought; I must make another, a better verse in its
+place,' and then he chanted this:
+
+  'Ne'er do we in battle
+  Creep behind our shields,
+  The clash of weapons fearing
+  (E'en so the word-fast woman bade me).
+  Of yore the necklet-wearer bade me
+  Carry high my head in battle,
+  Where sword and shield do meet.'
+
+And Thiodolf likewise sang thus:
+
+  'Never, if e'en the prince himself to earth should fall,
+  (As God wills so goeth it)
+  Will I flee from the heirs of the chief.
+  The sun shines not better on these than these twain shine.
+  Avengers of Harald are resourceful hawks full grown.'
+
+
+¶ And now they fall to battle, and the English ride onward toward the
+Norwegians, but the resistance is stubborn, and because of the shots it
+is not easy for the English to ride against the Norwegians, and so they
+ride round about them in a ring. At first the battle is altogether even,
+that is so long as the Norwegians hold their array, but the English
+charge them & then if they have done no hurt ride aback, and when the
+Norwegians see this, namely that the English seem to ride on them
+without spirit, set they themselves upon them and would have pursued
+them, but behold no sooner is the wall of shields broken than the
+English ride towards them from all directions bringing spears and shots
+to bear on them. And King Harald Sigurdson seeing this goeth forth into
+the brunt of the battle, even there where the hardest struggle is taking
+place, and many men falling from both hosts.
+
+King Harald Sigurdson waxeth so fierce that he runneth forward right out
+from the array, & heweth with both hands, & hath neither helme, nor
+shield holden before him.
+
+All those who are nighest to him draw aback, and far are the English
+from fleeing. Thus saith Arnor Earl's-skald:
+
+  'In battle swift the chief's heart ne'er did quake,
+  And the strong King the greatest courage showed
+      'mid the helmes' thunder,
+  There, where in the hersirs' chief the hosts saw this,
+  That by his bloody sword the men to death were wounded.'
+
+
+¶ Now it happened that King Harald Sigurdson was wounded by an arrow in
+the throat, and this was his death-wound. He fell with the whole of that
+company which was advancing with him, save those that drew back; and
+these held stoutly to the banner.
+
+Yet a conflict full as hard was foughten after Tosti the Earl had taken
+his place under the King's banner. Then both the hosts fell to arraying
+themselves for the second time, and an exceeding long truce was there in
+the battle. Thereof sang Thiodolf:
+
+  'Mishap hath fallen on us,
+  (in peril is now the host);
+  In vain hath Harald brought us
+  This journey from the east.
+  The chieftain shrewd's life-passage
+  So hath ended that we now
+  (the King bepraised his life lost)
+  Row in peril of our lives.'
+
+
+¶ But ere the combatants again joined issue offered Harald Godwinson his
+brother Tosti grace, and he likewise offered grace to the other men
+surviving from the Norwegian host; but the Norwegians shouted out that
+they would rather fall one above the other, than accept quarter from the
+English. And thereon shouted they their war-cry, & then the battle began
+for the second time.
+
+Thus saith Arnor Earl's-skald:
+
+  'In an hour of misfortune
+  The King austere gat death;
+  The arrows gold-inwoven
+  Spared not the robbers' foe.
+  Gentle and bounteous King--
+  His friends choose all to fall
+  Round their host-wonted chief
+  Rather than quarter seek.'
+
+
+¶ Now it befell that Eystein Blackcock came up just at that moment from
+the ships with his company, and they were in full armour, and Eystein
+gat him hold of the King's banner 'Land-waster,' and for the third time
+the men fell to battle; exceeding sharp was it and the English lost men
+full heavily and were on the point of fleeing. That fray was called
+'Blackcock's Brunt.' Eystein's men had hastened so furiously from the
+ships that at first, or ever they were come to the combat, they were
+weary and scarce fit for battle, but afterwards so raging were they that
+they defended themselves as long as they could stand upright. At the
+last cast they from off them their mail-shirts, and then was it easy for
+the English to find a vulnerable spot on them; but some who were
+unwounded yet died from their haste and fury.
+
+Nearly all the great men among the Norwegians fell at that time.
+
+This befell late in the day.
+
+As was to be looked for not all men fared alike in fortune, many fled &
+many who thus made their escape met differing fates. Mirk was it in the
+evening ere the slaughtering was brought to an end.
+
+
+¶ Among those who escaped was Styrkar, the marshal of King Harald
+Sigurdson, & this befell from his getting him a horse and thereon riding
+away. Now a wind sprang up in the evening and the weather waxed somewhat
+cold, and Styrkar had no other apparel than his shirt, a helme on his
+head, and a naked sword in his hand.
+
+And he waxed cold as his weariness wore off. Then a certain waincarle
+came driving towards him, and this man had a lined coat. Styrkar said
+unto him: 'Wilt thou sell thy jacket, peasant?' 'Not to thee,' quoth he,
+'thou art a Norwegian, as I wist by thy tongue.'
+
+'An I am a Norwegian what wilt thou do then?' said Styrkar. 'I would
+slay thee; but alack I have no weapon to do it with,' the peasant
+replied. 'If thou canst not slay me, peasant, I will make trial if I
+cannot slay thee,' and therewith Styrkar swung his sword and brought it
+down on the man's neck so that his head was cut off; and then took he
+the fur coat and springing on to his horse rode down to the shore.
+
+
+¶ Now tidings were borne to the Rouen Earl, William the Bastard, of the
+death of King Edward his kinsman, & furthermore was it told how Harald
+Godwinson had been acclaimed as King of England and had been consecrated
+thereto. Now William deemed he had a better right to that kingdom than
+Harald, to wit by reason of the kinship betwixt him & King Edward, and
+withal furthermore inasmuch as he deemed it but fair to avenge himself
+on Harald for the slight of that broken betrothal with his own daughter.
+
+For all these self-same reasons, then, assembled William an host
+together in Normandy, and a multitude of men were mustered, with a
+goodly sufficiency of ships. And on the day that he rode from the city
+unto his ships, when he had mounted up on to his horse, his wife went to
+him & would have spoken with him, but when he saw this he thrust at her
+with his heel, setting his spur in her breast so that it penetrated deep
+therein, and she fell and straightway died.§ But the Earl rode to his
+ships and fared with his host over to England. At that time was his
+brother Otta with him.
+
+When the Earl came to England plundered he there, & brought the land
+into subjection under him wheresoever he went.
+
+Earl William was bigger and stronger than other men, a good horseman,
+the greatest of warriors, and very cruel; a very wise man was he withal,
+but accounted in no wise trustworthy.
+
+
+¶ King Harald Godwinson gave Olaf, the son of King Harald Sigurdson,
+permission to fare his way, and in like fashion treated he those men of
+the host who had been with the King and had not fallen. King Harald then
+turned southward with his host, for he had learned that William Bastard
+was faring northward through England, & was conquering the country.
+There were with Harald Godwinson at that time his brethren Svein,§ Gyrd,
+and Walthiof. King Harald and Earl William met in the south of England
+at Hastings and a great battle befell there.
+
+In it were slain King Harald and his brother Earl Gyrd, & a great part
+of their host. Nineteen nights was it after the fall of King Harald
+Sigurdson,§ Earl Walthiof, own brother to Harald, made good his escape
+by flight, and at even fell in with a band of William's men; whereupon
+Earl Walthiof set fire to the forest and burned them all up. Thus saith
+Thorkel Skallson in Walthiof's lay:
+
+  'An hundred King's own court-men
+  The warrior had burned
+  In hottest fire (to the men
+  An eve of singeing was it).
+  'Tis said that the men
+  'Neath the wolf's claw must lie;
+  Gray steed of the troll-quean
+  Gave victuals to the swords.'
+
+
+¶ Thereon caused William himself to be proclaimed King of England, and
+thereafter sent he to Earl Walthiof proffering him peace & appointing a
+truce so that a meeting might take place betwixt them. The Earl fared to
+it with but few men, and when he was come on the heath north of the
+castle bridge two of the King's bailiffs advanced upon him with a band
+of men, and when they had taken him they put him in chains; thereafter
+he was beheaded.§ The English call him sainted. Thus saith Thorkel:
+
+  ''Tis doubtless that manly Walthiof
+  By William (he who from the south
+  Across the chill main came)
+  Is bewrayed in his trusting.
+  Sooth is that long 'twill be
+  Ere ends the slaying of men
+  In England (swift was my master.
+  No prince like him doth live).'
+
+
+¶ Afterwards lived William as King of England for one and twenty
+winters, and ever since have his descendants ruled as Kings of England.
+
+
+¶ Now Olaf the son to King Harald Sigurdson took his men and fared away
+from England, sailing forth from Ravenseer whence they came in autumn to
+the Orkneys, & there learned they the tidings that Maria the daughter of
+King Harald Sigurdson had died of a sudden death on the self-same day
+and in that same hour as her father King Harald had perished. Olaf
+tarried in the Orkneys the winter through but the summer thereafter
+fared he east to Norway, and was made King there together with his
+brother Magnus.
+
+Queen Ellisif journeyed eastward with her step-son Olaf and her daughter
+Ingigerd.
+
+Skuli also, he who was afterwards called King's-fosterer, & his brother
+Ketil Crook, likewise fared overseas with Olaf. The twain of them were
+doughty men, and noble in England, and both were very sage and
+well-beloved by the King. Ketil Crook fared northward to Halogaland and
+King Olaf gat him a good marriage, and from him are descended many great
+men. Skuli, King's-fosterer, was a wise and strong man, very fair to
+behold; he became captain of King Olaf's body-guard, lent his counsel at
+the Things, and ruled with the King in all governances of the land. King
+Olaf desired to give Skuli a province in Norway, whichever he was minded
+to have, with all the incomes and dues that the King held disposition
+over, but Skuli thanked him for this offer and said that he would liefer
+ask for other things because should there be a change of kings perchance
+the gift would be taken back: 'I will,' said he, 'accept certain domains
+which lie nigh to the towns, where ye, Sire, are wont to be, and where
+the Yule feasts are held.' So King Olaf gave him his word thereon, and
+made over to him lands in the east at Konungahella, and at Oslo, at
+Tunsberg, at Borg, at Bergen, and in the north at Nidaros. They were
+nigh upon the best estates at each place, and they have ever since been
+the possessions of men of the lineage of Skuli.
+
+King Olaf married Skuli to his kinswoman Gudrun Nefsteinsdotir, whose
+mother was Ingirid the daughter of King Sigurd Sow and his wife Asta.
+Asta was own sister of King Olaf the Saint & of King Harald. The son of
+Skuli and Gudrun was Asolf of Reini who was wedded to Thora the daughter
+of Skopti Ogmundson. The son of Asolf and Thora was Guthorm of Reini,
+the father of Bard, the father of King Ingi and Duke Skuli.
+
+
+¶ On a winter after the fall of King Harald was his body transported
+from England to Nidaros and interred there in the Church of St. Mary,
+that selfsame church the which he himself had caused to be builded.
+
+It was allowed by all that King Harald had exceeded other men in wisdom
+& resourcefulness, both when he had been fain to act swiftly or had
+debated long, either for himself or others. The most valiant of all men
+was he, and victorious withal, even as hath been set forth this while:
+
+  'The waster of Zealand's dwellers
+  In boldness ne'er was lacking;
+  Mind ruleth half of victory,
+  And soothly Harald proveth it.'
+
+
+¶ King Harald was stately and goodly to behold, fair hair and a fair
+beard had he, and a long moustache; of his eyebrows the one was somewhat
+higher than the other, & he had large hands and feet, but either
+shapely. Five ells was he in stature. Towards his foes was he cruel, and
+when withstood revengeful. Thus saith Thiodolf:
+
+  'Sage Harald doth arrogance
+  In his thanes chastise;
+  Methinks the King's men bear
+  But that which they mete out.
+  Such burdens bear they
+  As for themselves they care to have
+  (The law is used for each against the other);
+  Thus doth Harald change revenge.'
+
+
+¶ King Harald vastly loved power & all worldly advantages, but towards
+his friends, even to those whom he liked well, was he very bountiful.
+Thiodolf telleth us as followeth:
+
+  'Of ships'-battle the awakener
+  For my work a mark bestowed;
+  To praise vouchsafeth he
+  Each one who proveth him thereof worthy.'
+
+
+¶ King Harald was fifty years of age when he fell. We have no tales of
+count regarding his up-growing, or ever he was fifteen winters old and
+was at Stiklastad, in the battle, with his brother King Olaf. Thereafter
+lived he for five and thirty years, and during all that time had ever
+turmoil and strife. King Harald never fled from any battle, but
+oft-times sought he expedients when the odds of war were against him.
+
+All men who followed him in battle or warfare avowed that when he found
+himself hard pressed or was obliged to make a swift resolution, he chose
+that course which afterwards all men saw to be the likeliest to avail.
+
+
+¶ Halldor, the son of Bryniolf the Camel, hight likewise the Old, was a
+wise man and a great lord, and thus spake he when he heard the
+conversation of men in respect to the very different natures of King
+Olaf the Saint and his brother King Harald.
+
+'I was with both brothers,' said he, 'and high in favour, and I wotted
+the natures of both: never did I find two men so alike at heart. Both
+were very wise and valiant men, loving possessions and power, masterful,
+not lowly-hearted, overbearing, haughty, and quick to chastise. King
+Olaf constrained the people of the land to Christianity and the true
+Faith, but punished harshly those who turned a deaf ear to his commands.
+
+The chiefs of the land who would not suffer his even-handed dispensation
+of justice rose up against him and slew him in his own land, and it is
+for that reason he is called saintly.
+
+But King Harald harried for renown and dominion, bringing under his yoke
+all people that he could bring under it, and he fell in the land of
+other kings.
+
+Both these brothers in normal life were men of religion and had regard
+for their honour; they were likewise travelled & vigorous in mind, & it
+is from such-like qualities that they waxed so far-famed.'
+
+
+¶ King Magnus Haraldson ruled Norway the first winter after the fall of
+King Harald, but thereafter ruled he the land for two winters together
+with his brother King Olaf, and there were then two kings together,
+Magnus having dominion in the northern half of the land & Olaf in the
+eastern half. King Magnus had a son who was hight Hakon & his
+foster-father was Steig-Thorir; a youth of promise was he.
+
+
+¶ After the death of King Harald Sigurdson, Svein, the Danish King, gave
+out that peace was at an end betwixt Norwegians and Danes, for the pact
+was made to endure only as long as both kings lived. So then were men
+mustered in both realms; King Harald's sons called out a general-host
+and ships from Norway, and King Svein fared northward with the host of
+the Danes.
+
+And so it was that messengers were thereafter despatched betwixt the
+kings with offers of peace, and the Norwegians said that they would
+either keep to the covenant which had been made aforetime or fight. For
+that reason the following verse was sung:
+
+  'With threats and words of peace
+  Olaf his land defended,
+  So that no one from the King
+  Durst claim a right thereto.'
+
+And thus saith Stein Herdason in the lay of Olaf:
+
+  'His heritage 'gainst Svein
+  The warlike King defended
+  In that merchant town where resteth
+  (Great is he) the saintly King.'
+
+
+¶ But a compact was come to betwixt the kings at the time of this
+mustering, & peace ensued in the lands. King Magnus was afterwards
+stricken with a sickness, the rift-worm sickness, and when he had lain
+abed for some time died he at Nidaros, and there was buried. He was a
+King right well-beloved of all the people.
+
+
+
+
+NOTES
+
+
+These notes, with few exceptions, are taken from Professor Gustav
+Storm's Norwegian version of the Heimskringla, from which this
+translation of the Saga of Olaf Tryggvason and of Harald Hardrad
+(Harald the Tyrant) is made.
+
+    ETHEL H. HEARN.
+
+  [Transcriber's Note:
+
+  For this e-text, the word or phrase referenced in the note is shown
+  in {braces} before the page-and-line citation. Moved markers are
+  individually noted.
+
+  "Translator" refers to the English translation (the present text).]
+
+
+{King Valdamar} Page 12, line 11. Vladimir the Great of Russia
+(980-1015) became Grand Duke of Novgorod in 970.
+  [Marker printed after "high favour" on following page.]
+
+{'hersir'} Page 19, line 25. The head of a 'her,' _i.e._, a hundred
+families. The territory inhabited by them was called a 'herath.' The
+'hersir' seems to have combined the offices of commander in time of war,
+and religious head of his tribe. --Translator.
+
+{the Fjords} _Ibid._ Nordfiord and Söndfiord.
+
+{war-fine} Page 20, line 1. Those who absented themselves when the ships
+were called out for war, or who came to a wrong place of meeting, or at
+a wrong time, were compelled to pay a war-fine.
+
+{Vingulmark} Page 28, line 31. This is not in accord with page 22,
+line 2, in which Vingulmark is mentioned as being given to Harald the
+Grenlander. Perhaps the error is on the page aforesaid, as on page 53,
+line 30, Harald is described as King of Vestfold only.
+
+{Vindland (Wendland)} Page 30, line 14. The present North Germany, from
+eastern Holstein to eastern Prussia.
+  [Marker printed after "good havens" on next line.]
+
+{Burizlaf} Page 30, line 17. _I.e._, Boleslaw. By 'Burislav,' as
+mentioned here, must not be understood Boleslaw I of Poland (992-1025),
+but his father Miesco or Mieczyslaw (964-992).
+
+{Emperor Otta} Page 31, line 12. The Emperor Otta is the Emperor Otho II
+(973-983). His march on Denmark did not take place in 988 as Snorri
+calculates, but late in the autumn of 974. Nor was the Emperor's object
+the conversion of King Harald, for the latter had accepted Christianity
+about 960-- but to bring Denmark under his own vassalage.
+
+{Danavirki} Page 31, line 18. The Danavirki, or Danish wall, began in
+the east at the head of the Slefjord, and extended to the west only as
+far as the Træaa, the tributary river of the isthmus, and not to the
+sea.
+  [Marker printed after "his call" earlier in sentence.]
+
+{likewise King Burizlaf} Page 32, line 24. It is not historical that
+Burislaw (or Miesco) accompanied the Emperor to the Danish wall; nor was
+Olaf Tryggvason, who was not full grown in 974, with him.
+
+{saintly bishop} Page 33, line 33. As early as 968 Vidkund of Corvey, in
+his chronicle of that year, mentions Poppo's miracle and its effect in
+causing Harald to embrace Christianity. The incident must be ascribed to
+about the year 906.
+
+{other learned men} Page 34, line 12. 'Learned men' means men trained in
+the learning of the Church, that is to say, belonging to the priesthood.
+
+{Gat answer Fret} Page 35, line 3. 'Go to Fret' (?) means to consult the
+gods by means of the so-called 'blotspaan,' or sacrificial shavings.
+These, and pieces of wood (perhaps inscribed with runes) were disposed
+in a particular manner, for the purpose of gaining information from the
+gods as to the future.
+
+{Gyda} Page 39, line 6. Gyda was the daughter of Olaf Kvaran, and not
+his sister. Olaf Kvaran died an old man in 980.
+  [Correct line reference is 7.]
+
+{holmgangsman} Page 40, line 3. 'Holmgang' so called in Norway because
+the two combatants retired alone to a holm or uninhabited islet to
+fight. --Translator.
+
+{across the isthmus} Page 48, line 1. Mandseidet in Stadland.
+
+{Vissavald} Page 55, line 15. The Russian name Wsevolod.
+
+{King Olaf Kvaran} Page 57, line 22. According to English sources Olaf
+was lying with his fleet off Southampton during the winter of 994-995.
+He received instruction there in Christianity from English bishops, and
+was confirmed in the spring of 995, on which occasion King Ethelred was
+his sponsor. He returned home to his country early in the summer.
+
+{Rimul} Page 59, line 28. Rimul now the farm of Romol (Guldalen) on the
+west side of the Gula river, opposite Melhus.
+
+{Urgutherjot and Brimiskiar, Page 66 bottom.}
+  _Note missing._
+
+{eastward as far as Lidandisnes} Page 72, line 6. The 'Sogn-sea' formed
+the boundary between Sogn and Hordaland so that the territory given to
+Erling was Hordaland, Rogaland, and the western part of Agder, as far as
+the Naze.
+
+{Sigurd Sow} Page 74, line 4. So-called because he 'rooted in the soil,'
+_i.e._, practised agriculture.
+
+{Olaf her son} Page 74, line 11. This is not historical. Olaf the Saint
+was not christened until he was full grown. According to the oldest
+sources he was baptized in Rouen by Archbishop Robert, the brother of
+Duke Richard.
+
+{Easter Eve} Page 76, line 21. April 16, 998.
+
+{never should Odin beguile them} Page 78, line 20. Olaf, like all
+Christians at that time, thought Odin to be an evil spirit.
+
+{war-arrow} Page 78, line 27. A war-arrow was furnished with a cord or
+twist of withy at one end, and was intended to summon all men armed to a
+Thing.
+
+{Scipa-Krok} Page 82, line 8. 'Ship-corner,' a little creek of the river
+Nid, at the end of the present Strand Gade in Trondhjem.
+
+{the Skeggi barrow at Austratt} Page 82, line 13. This barrow,
+Skjeggehaugen, existed at the beginning of the nineteenth century;
+it was situated to the south of the farm of 'Östraat' (Austrat).
+
+{aft with a crook} Page 91, line 33. _Svirar_: what these were is not
+known; they must have been at the stern of the ship.
+
+{Michaelmas} Page 93, line 16. September 29, 999.
+
+{white weeds} Page 94, line 3. _I.e._, in christening raiment, which was
+worn for a week after baptism.
+
+{Aldeigiaborg} Page 100, line 31. The town of Ladoga; it was situated at
+that time on the river Volkhov which debouches into the lake of Ladoga.
+
+{Adalsysla & Eysysla} Page 101, line 8. The island of Ösel was named in
+Old-Norse Ey-Sysla (island district) and the mainland opposite
+Adal-Sysla (chief district), and the whole of Estland (or Esthonia)
+together Sysla.
+
+{Queen Gunnhild fell sick and died} Page 101, line 32. This is
+incorrect. Gunnhild was put away by King Svein and sent home to
+Wendland; after the death of Svein in 1014 her sons had her brought back
+to Denmark.
+
+{Vineland the Good} Page 107, line 29. North America, probably Nova
+Scotia.
+
+{skeid} Page 108, line 7. A particular kind of long-ship without a
+'head' at the prow.
+
+{Svold} Page 110, line 7. Svold is not an island as Snorri thought, but
+a haven or creek in the mouth of a river somewhat west of Rügen.
+
+{Finnish} Page 118, line 1. _I.e._, Lappish. --Translator.
+
+{the burner of the Bulgars} Page 126, line 10. Harald Hardrad, or Harald
+the Tyrant was in the service of the Greek Emperor in the year 1041, and
+took part in the pillaging of the rebellious Bulgarians. The account of
+this was not known to Snorri who lived so much later, but Thiodolf had
+heard of it.
+
+{Laesirs} Page 127, line 23. An unknown people, perhaps 'Lechers,'
+_i.e._, Poles.
+
+{Gyrgir} Page 128, line 10. Georgios Maniakes, the brave commander of
+the Greeks in the valley of the Euphrates 1033-1035, and in Sicily in
+1038-1040.
+
+{Vaerings} Page 128, line 13. Mercenaries, chiefly the northern
+inhabitants of Russia and of Greece.
+
+{Serkland} Page 130, line 26. Snorri here confuses 'Serkland' in Asia
+with Africa. Harald was taking part in the wars in Syria and Armenia in
+the years 1035-1037, before going in 1038 with the Greek army to Sicily.
+
+{The son of Budli, as 'twas said / Showed friendship by his fellowship}
+Page 131, lines 8 and 9. These two lines refer to Atli the King of the
+Huns, who according to the legend invited his brothers-in-law (Gunnar
+and Hogn) to a feast in order to betray them.
+
+{all the days of his life} Page 135, line 7. Snorri Sturlason was
+descended from Halldor in the fifth degree.
+
+{Jorsalaheim (Palestine)} Page 136, line 24. The Greek Emperor concluded
+a peace with the Calif of Egypt in 1036 which enabled the Emperor to
+build churches near the Holy Sepulchre. Craftsmen were despatched
+thither for this purpose by the Emperor, and among the troops sent to
+protect them was Harald Hardrad, or Harald the Tyrant.
+
+{the daughter of the brother to Queen Zoe} Page 138, line 1. Zoe never
+had a brother, so the relationship, at all events, is inaccurate.
+
+{that chapel has stood there unto this very day} Page 138, line 18.
+No such chapel has ever been known to exist in Constantinople.
+
+{this deed} Page 139, line 15. It is a fact that Harald was one of those
+who blinded the 'Greek King' Michael Kalafates. The latter was accepted
+as the son of Zoe and became Emperor together with her in 1041. After
+deposing her (April 21, 1042) he was himself deposed, and was blinded in
+the street by his body-guard, in which Harald was serving as
+'spatharokandidat' (colonel). Michael is in this case confused with his
+successor Constantine.
+
+{Siavidarsund} Page 139, line 19. Siavidarsund (_i.e._, 'the sound with
+the sea-wood') is the present Golden Horn; the heavy iron chain, which
+was stretched across its extremity, in times of dispute rested on wooden
+floats.
+
+{Ellipalta} Page 140, line 3. The mouth of the Dnieper in the Black Sea.
+
+{East-realm} Page 140, line 4. East-realm, _i.e._, Russia, or its
+eastern provinces.
+
+{three occasions} Page 140, line 21. If this is correct Harald must have
+gone to Constantinople before 1034, as there was a change of monarch in
+1034, 1041, and 1042.
+
+{Sudatorp} Page 143, line 13. In south Jutland, west of Aabenraa. Magnus
+died in Zealand. His successor Svein (who was also named Magnus) died at
+Sudatorp.
+
+{brother} Page 143, line 14. _I.e._, half-brother (Alfhild's son, not
+Olaf's).
+
+{Budli's ways} Page 148, line 10. Budli's, or the sea-king's way-- the
+sea.
+
+{Harald's soul in Heaven} Page 148, line 28. This line with line 23 on
+page 137 and one omitted from the foregoing verse form together a kind
+of refrain which runs as follows: "May it dwell where it listeth-- In
+Christ's eternal House-- Harald's soul in Heaven."
+
+{Peter Burden-Swain} Page 152, line 33. So named because upon a certain
+occasion he carried King Sigurd Slembe at a Thing.
+
+{the church of Saint Olaf} Page 153, line 7. Ruins of the church of
+Saint Olaf are to be found under the present Town Hall on the northern
+side of Kongens Gade, in Trondhjem.
+
+{relics of King Olaf} Page 153, line 20. They were moved thither from
+St. Clement's church.
+  [Marker printed at end of sentence.]
+
+{church of Saint Gregory} Page 153, line 23. This church was west of the
+church of Saint Olaf, on the north side of the present Kongens Gade,
+where the Savings Bank now stands.
+
+{eight or nine long-ships, and nigh upon five hundred men} Page 155,
+line 13. That is to say, 600.
+
+{the King's-House down by the river} Page 156, line 10. 'The
+King's-House down by the river' was the new King's-House which Harald
+had built east of the church of Saint Mary.
+
+{Guthorm Gunhildson} Page 158, line 11. The son of Ketil Calf and
+Gunnhild (mentioned on page 154).
+
+{said to be nephew} Page 162, line 32. Asmund's father was Biorn Ulfson,
+the brother of Harald (died 1049).
+
+{King Margad} Page 166, line 35. Margad (in Irish Eachmargach)
+Rognvaldson was the King of Dublin in 1035-1038 and 1046-1052.
+
+{St. Olafmas} Page 167, line 26. July 28, 1052.
+
+{there} Page 168, line 11. _I.e._ in the Cathedral.
+
+{Oslo} Page 170, line 20. On the site of part of the present city of
+Christiania.
+
+{bussa-ship} Page 171, line 34. A '_Bussa_' was a particular kind of
+large ship, broad in the beam, especially a war-ship.
+
+{......} Page 172, line 2. _Svirar_, see note on page 91, line 33.
+
+{one hundred and fifty} Page 174, line 8. That is to say, 180.
+
+{three hundred} Page 174, line 13. 360 ships.
+
+{Leidra} Page 176, line 1. Later Leire, near Roskilde in Zealand.
+
+{Vandrad} Page 178, line 21. _I.e._, one who is in distress.
+
+{two hundred men} Page 182, line 34. That is to say, 240.
+
+{Queen Gyda} Page 190, line 29. Her name was Eadgitha; Gyda was her
+mother's name. The sons of Earl Godwin were Harald, Tosti, Svein (died
+1052), and Gyrd. Harald was the _eldest_ son. Morcar, or Morkere, and
+Walthiof were not Earl Godwin's sons; Morcar was the son of Ælfrik of
+Mercia, and from 1065 was Earl of Northumberland; Walthiof was the son
+of the Danish Earl Siward of Northumberland (died 1055).
+
+{driven out to sea} Page 191, line 6. At Ponthieu, where the Count took
+him prisoner. William released him and had him brought to Rouen. It is
+not historical that Harald held undue intercourse with William's wife.
+William made use of Harald's compulsory sojourn to make him swear
+allegiance to him, and affiance him to his daughter.
+
+{St. Paul's Church} Page 192, line 11. Unhistorical. The church referred
+to is St. Paul's in London, but Edward died and was buried at
+Winchester, where Harald was likewise crowned.
+
+{to guard the treasure of the King} Page 192, line 18. This is
+unhistorical. Tosti had been Earl of Northumberland since 1055, but was
+driven away by the Northumbrians in October 1065 and fled to Flanders,
+so that he was not in England at the time of Edward's death. Harald was
+Earl of Wessex and the most powerful man in the land.
+
+{the 13th day} Page 192, line 28. _I.e._, the thirteenth day of
+Christmas, January 6.
+
+{more than other earls} Page 193, line 11. Not historical, see page 192,
+line 18.
+
+{Thingmanna-host} Page 195, line 20. The name of King Canute's Danish
+guard, instituted 1018.
+
+{Solundir} Page 196, line 3. The Sulen Islands outside Sognefjord.
+
+{two hundred} Page 196, line 16. That is to say, 240.
+
+{Earl Morcar} Page 199, line 20. Unhistorical. Morkere, or Morcar,
+escaped later and joined Harald the son of (Earl) Godwin.
+
+{Olaf the Mighty is} Page 199, line 27. Part of the refrain which runs
+as follows: 'Olaf the Mighty is-- the very greatest chief-- born under
+the sun.'
+
+{the Wednesday} Page 200, line 9. September 20 (1066).
+
+{Stanford Bridge} Page 200, line 21. Now Stamford Bridge across the
+Derwent. Snorri thought that Stamford was situated nearer York than it
+really is.
+
+{the Sunday} Page 200, line 27. September 24.
+
+{a Thing in the city} Page 201, line 2. This is incorrect. The Thing was
+to be held at Stamford Bridge and Harald was to be given there hostages
+from the whole of Yorkshire. It was for this reason that the battle
+occurred there.
+
+{the Monday} Page 201, line 11. September 25 (1066).
+
+{the horsemen} Page 202, line 32. Legends referring to the battle of
+Hastings (October 14, 1066) are incorporated in this and the following
+narrative. It was the Norwegians who fought on horseback, and who used
+the expedient of pretended flight against the English, and not the
+reverse: the latter had no horse.
+
+{she fell and straightway died} Page 208, line 19. Quite unhistorical.
+
+{Svein} Page 208, line 34. Svein was killed in 1052.
+
+{the fall of King Harald Sigurdson} Page 209, line 4. October 14, 1066.
+
+{thereafter he was beheaded} Page 209, line 24. Walthiof submitted to
+William immediately after the battle, and became in 1070 Earl of
+Northumberland. In 1074 he took part in a plot against William and,
+although he made a timely confession of it, was beheaded outside
+Winchester in 1075.
+  [Marker printed after following sentence.]
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+           *       *       *       *
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Errors and Anomalies
+
+  "whithersoever"
+    _occasionally printed "withersoever"_
+
+  ye relics of King Olaf
+    _text unchanged_
+  no power would the horsemen have over us
+    _text reads "Norsemen"_
+
+  Hyphenated Words:
+  To the war-gathering on the longships
+    _hyphen missing in original; normal form is "long-ships"_
+  When the fore-castle men on the 'Serpent' saw this
+  leap over-board each on his own side
+    _hyphens in original; normal forms are "forecastle" and "overboard"_
+
+  Punctuation:
+  Thorstein the White of Oprostad,
+    _text has period (full stop) for comma_
+  After the death of King Harald Sigurdson,
+    _text has hyphen for comma_
+  and choose them tent-places.'
+    _close quote missing_
+
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Sagas of Olaf Tryggvason and of
+Harald The Tyrant (Harald Haardraade), by Snorri Sturluson
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE SAGAS OF OLAF TRYGGVASON ***
+
+***** This file should be named 22093-8.txt or 22093-8.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        http://www.gutenberg.org/2/2/0/9/22093/
+
+Produced by Louise Hope, Charlene Taylor, Ted Garvin and
+the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at
+http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/22093-8.zip b/22093-8.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0fc4a87
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-8.zip
diff --git a/22093-h.zip b/22093-h.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6d1cc9c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-h.zip
diff --git a/22093-h/22093-h.htm b/22093-h/22093-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..835a7af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-h/22093-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,8067 @@
+
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
+<html>
+<head>
+<title>The Sagas of Olaf Tryggvason and of Harald the Tyrant</title>
+<meta http-equiv = "Content-Type" content = "text/html; charset=UTF-8">
+
+
+<style type = "text/css">
+
+body {margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%;}
+div.poem {margin: 0em 2em;}
+div.poem.cap {margin-left: 96px;}
+
+hr {width: 80%; margin-top: 1em; margin-bottom: 1em;}
+
+a {text-decoration: none;}
+
+h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 {text-align: center; font-style: normal;
+font-weight: normal; line-height: normal;
+margin-top: .5em; margin-bottom: .5em;}
+
+h1 {font-size: 200%;}
+h2 {font-size: 175%;}
+h3 {font-size: 150%;}
+h3.main {margin-top: 4em; margin-bottom: 4em;}
+h4 {font-size: 120%;}
+div.notes h4 {margin-top: 4em; margin-bottom: 1em;}
+h5 {font-size: 100%; margin: 0em;}
+h6 {font-size: 85%; margin: 0em;}
+
+p {margin-top: .5em; margin-bottom: 0em; line-height: 1.2;}
+
+p.gap {margin-top: 3em; margin-bottom: 3em;}
+p.right {text-align: right;}
+
+p.illustration {text-align: center;
+margin-top: 1em; margin-bottom: 1em;}
+p.hanging {margin-left: 3em; text-indent: -1em;}
+
+div.poem p {margin-left: 4em; text-indent: -4em;}
+div.poem p.inset {text-indent: -3em;}
+div.poem p + p {margin-top: 0em;}
+
+
+/* no tables in this file */
+
+/* notes */
+
+div.notes p {font-size: 92%;}
+div.notes a {text-decoration: none;}
+
+
+/* text formatting */
+
+span.floatcap {float: left; clear: left;
+padding-right: .5em; padding-bottom: .5em;}
+.smallcaps {font-variant: small-caps;}
+
+
+/* my additions */
+
+ins.correction {text-decoration: none; border-bottom: thin dotted red;}
+
+.pagenum {position: absolute; right: 2%; font-size: 90%;
+font-weight: normal; font-style: normal; text-align: right;
+text-indent: 0em;}
+
+div.mynote {background-color: #DDE; color: #000; padding: .5em 1em 1em;
+margin: 1em 5%;}
+p.mynote {background-color: #DDE; color: #000; padding: 1em;
+margin: 1em 5%; font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 90%;}
+div.mynote p {font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 90%;}
+span.mynote {padding: .2em .5em; font-family: sans-serif; font-size:
+90%;
+background-color: #DDE; color: #000;}
+
+div.contents {margin: 4em 2em; padding: 1em; border: 3px ridge #ABF;}
+div.contents p {font-family: sans-serif; margin-left: 1.5em;
+text-indent: -1.5em;}
+
+</style>
+</head>
+
+<body>
+
+
+<pre>
+
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Sagas of Olaf Tryggvason and of Harald
+The Tyrant (Harald Haardraade), by Snorri Sturluson
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: The Sagas of Olaf Tryggvason and of Harald The Tyrant (Harald Haardraade)
+
+Author: Snorri Sturluson
+
+Illustrator: Halfdan Egedius; Christian Krogh; Gerhard Munthe; Hjalmar Eilif Emanuel Peterssen; Erik Theodor Werenskiold; Wilhelm Laurits Wetlesen
+
+Translator: Ethel Harriet Hearn and Gustav Storm
+
+Release Date: July 17, 2007 [EBook #22093]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: UTF-8
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE SAGAS OF OLAF TRYGGVASON ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Louise Hope, Charlene Taylor, Ted Garvin and
+the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at
+http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</pre>
+
+
+<div class = "mynote">
+
+<p>The printed book’s only clue about authorship is in the <a href =
+"#notes">Notes</a>. All other information comes from the Norwegian
+edition and some illustrators’ initials.</p>
+
+<p class = "hanging">
+Original author: Snorri Sturluson (generally spelled Snorre Sturlason in
+Norwegian).</p>
+
+<p class = "hanging">
+Modern (1899) Norwegian translation: Gustav Storm.</p>
+
+<p class = "hanging">
+Illustrators: Halfdan Egedius; Christian Krogh (CK); Gerhard Munthe;
+Hjalmar Eilif Emanuel Peterssen; Erik Theodor Werenskiold (EW); Wilhelm
+Laurits Wetlesen (WW). <i>The illustrators are listed as a group; some
+may not be represented within these two sagas.</i></p>
+
+<p class = "hanging">
+English translation (based on modern Norwegian, not on original): Ethel
+Harriet Hearn.</p>
+
+<p>This text uses utf-8 (unicode) file encoding. If the apostrophes and
+quotation marks in this paragraph appear as garbage, you may have an
+incompatible browser or unavailable fonts. First, make sure that the
+browser’s “character set� or “file encoding� is set to Unicode (UTF-8).
+You may also need to change your browser’s default font.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<h1>THE SAGAS OF<br>
+OLAF TRYGGVASON<br>
+AND OF HARALD<br>
+THE TYRANT</h1>
+
+<h3>(HARALD HAARDRAADE)</h3>
+
+<p class = "gap">&nbsp;</p>
+
+<h5>LONDON</h5>
+<h4>WILLIAMS AND NORGATE</h4>
+<h5>MCMXI</h5>
+
+<p class = "gap">&nbsp;</p>
+
+<div class = "contents">
+<p><a href = "#olaf">The Saga of Olaf Tryggvason</a></p>
+<p><a href = "#harald">The Saga of Harald the Tyrant</a></p>
+<p><a href = "#notes">Notes</a></p>
+</div>
+
+<h6>The places of notes in the text are indicated thus §. The<br>
+relative matter will be found at the end of<br>
+the book in due order as to<br>
+page and line.</h6>
+
+<p class = "mynote">
+Note markers shown in brackets [§] were missing from the printed text.
+Moved markers are individually noted.</p>
+
+
+<h3 class = "main"><a name = "olaf" id = "olaf">
+THE SAGA OF OLAF</a><br>
+TRYGGVASON, CMLXVIII-M</h3>
+
+<span class = "pagenum">8</span>
+<p><span class = "floatcap">
+<img src = "images/capN.png" width = "168" height = "194"
+alt = "N(Now)"></span>OW it befell in the days of King Tryggvi Olafson
+that the woman he had wedded was Astrid &amp; she was the daughter of
+Eirik Biodaskalli, a&nbsp;wealthy man who dwelt at Oprostad. ¤ When the
+downfall of Tryggvi had been accomplished, Astrid fled away bearing with
+her what chattels she might. And with her went her foster-father Thorolf
+Louse-Beard, who never left her, whereas other trusty men, loyal to her,
+fared hither and thither to gather tidings of her foes or to spy out
+where they might lurk. Now Astrid being great with child of King Tryggvi
+caused herself to be transported to an islet on a lake &amp; there took
+shelter with but few of her company. ¤ In due time she bare a man-child,
+and at his baptism he was called Olaf after his father’s father. All
+that summer did she abide there in hiding. But when the nights grew as
+long as they were dark and the weather waxed cold, she set forth once
+more and with her fared Thorolf and the others of her train. Only by
+night could they venture in those parts of the country that were
+inhabited being in fear lest they should be seen of men or meet with
+them. In time, at even, came they to the homestead of Eirik of Oprostad.
+And since they were journeying by stealth, Astrid sent a messenger to
+the goodman of the house, who bade them to be led to an outhouse &amp;
+there had set before them the best of cheer. Thence, when Astrid had
+abided for a while, her followers went unto their homes, but she
+remained there &amp; with her to bear her company were two women, her
+babe Olaf, Thorolf Louse-Beard and his son Thorgills who was six winters
+old. They rested in that place until the winter was done.</p>
+
+<p>¶ After they had made an end to slaying Tryggvi Olafson, Harald
+Grey-Cloak and Gudrod his brother hied them to the homesteads that had
+been his. But ere they came thither Astrid had fled &amp; of her learned
+they no tidings save a rumour
+<span class = "pagenum">9</span>
+that she was with child of King Tryggvi. ¤ In the autumn fared they to
+the north, as has been related beforetime, and when they were face to
+face with their mother Gunnhild, told they her all that had befallen
+them on their journey. Closely did she question them concerning Astrid,
+and they imparted to her what they had heard. But because the sons of
+Gunnhild were that same autumn and the next winter at strife with Earl
+Hakon, as hath already ere now been set forth, made they no search for
+Astrid and her son.</p>
+
+<p>¶ When the spring was come, Gunnhild despatched spies to the Uplands,
+and even as far as Vik, to get news of Astrid. And when the spies
+returned it was with the tidings that she was with her father Eirik
+&amp; there most like was she rearing the son that she had borne to King
+Tryggvi that was dead. Forthwith Gunnhild chose messengers and equipped
+them handsomely both with weapons and wearing apparel: thirty men chose
+she, and their leader was Hakon, a&nbsp;man of influence and a friend to
+herself. She bade them make their way to Oprostad to Eirik and from
+thence take the son of Tryggvi and bring him unto herself. ¤ Thereupon
+the messengers set out on their way, but when they were come nigh to
+Oprostad learned the friends of Eirik concerning their journey and went
+one evening unto him with the tidings. ¤ Straightway when night had
+fallen, Eirik bade Astrid make ready to leave, furnished her with sure
+guides, &amp; set her eastwards with her face towards Sweden, to his
+friend Hakon the Old, who was a man in the exercise of potent sway. They
+adventured when the night was not far spent, &amp; next day, towards
+even, were they come to a country-side called Skaun, and seeing there a
+homestead thither went they craving lodging for the night. Of their
+names they made a secret &amp; their garb was but meanly. The yeoman who
+abode in the place was called Biorn Venom-Sore, a&nbsp;wealthy man was
+he but withal churlish, and he drave them away, &amp; they came that
+same evening
+<span class = "pagenum">10</span>
+to another homestead which was called Vizkar. ¤ Thorstein was the yeoman
+who dwelt there &amp; he gave them shelter and good cheer for the night,
+and there they slept in good beds.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Next day betimes came Hakon with the men of Gunnhild to Oprostad
+and asked for Astrid and her son, but Eirik said that she was not there,
+so Hakon and his men ransacked the homestead and bided till late even
+toward sundown, and gat them some tidings of Astrid’s road. Then rode
+they forth the same day and came almost as night fell to the house of
+Biorn Venom-Sore in Skaun, and there took harbour. ¤ Then Hakon asked
+Biorn if he had aught to tell concerning Astrid; and he said that some
+wayfarers had come there during the day and had asked for a night’s
+lodging, ‘I sent them away, and it is likely they sought a refuge
+elsewhere in the neighbourhood.’ Now a workman that had been of the
+household of Thorstein, being on his way to pass out from the forest,
+that same even happened to chance on the homestead of Biorn and learned
+that guests were tarrying, &amp; further of what fashion was their
+errand; and all this he forthwith sped back to tell to Thorstein the
+yeoman. ¤ So while there was still a third of the night unspent,
+Thorstein aroused his guests and bade them begone, urging them harshly
+to bestir themselves. When they had passed a little way from the house
+then did Thorstein open unto them that the emissaries from Gunnhild were
+hard by at the house of Biorn seeking for them. ¤ They besought him for
+succour, and he set them on their way with a guide &amp; some food, and
+their guide led them into the forest where there was a lake &amp; an
+islet overgrown with reeds. They were able to wade out unto the islet
+&amp; thereon hid they themselves among the reeds. ¤ Early on the morrow
+Hakon rode out from the homestead of Biorn over the countryside, asking
+<ins class = "correction" title = "inconsistent spelling in original">withersoever</ins> he went for Astrid. When he was come unto
+the house of Thorstein demanded he if they had thither been and
+Thorstein said that certain folk had fared thither &amp; had
+<span class = "pagenum">11</span>
+gone on at daybreak eastwards through the forest. Then did Hakon bid
+Thorstein come with him because he was skilled in the knowledge of the
+tracks and hiding-places: and Thorstein set forth. But when they were
+come to the forest led he them away from where Astrid was. ¤ The whole
+of that day did they go seeking for them, but found them not. Then they
+came back on their road &amp; related unto Gunnhild what had befallen.
+Astrid &amp; her followers went forth on their way till they were come
+unto Sweden to the home of Hakon the Old, and there Astrid and her son
+dwelt a long while, and it was well with them.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Gunnhild, she that was mother to the King, hearing that Astrid
+&amp; her son Olaf were in Sweden, once more sent forth Hakon and a
+brave following with him, this time eastward to Eirik King of Sweden,
+with goodly gifts and fair words. The messengers were made welcome and
+given good entertainment, and thereafter Hakon made known his errand to
+the King, saying that Gunnhild had sent craving the King’s help so that
+he might take Olaf back with him to Norway: ‘Gunnhild will foster him,’
+quoth he. ¤ Then did the King give him men to go with him, and they rode
+to the house of Hakon the Old, and there Hakon offered with fair words
+to take Olaf with him. Hakon the Old returned a friendly answer and said
+that it must so happen that the mother of the child should decide about
+his going, but Astrid would in nowise suffer the boy to fare forth with
+them. So the messengers went their way &amp; brought back the answer
+unto King Eirik and they made them ready to return home; but once more
+prayed they the King to grant them help to bear off the boy whether
+Hakon the Old were willing or not. So the King yet again gave them a
+company of men &amp; the messengers returned to Hakon the Old and
+demanded that the boy be allowed to fare forth with them, but as Hakon
+was unwilling that this should be, resorted they to big words and
+threats of violence,
+<span class = "pagenum">12</span>
+and bore themselves wrathfully. Then did a thrall spring forward whose
+name was Bristle, and would have smitten Hakon but that he &amp; they
+that were of his company withdrew hastily so that in nowise might they
+be beaten of the thrall: and back fared they to Norway and recounted to
+Gunnhild all the happenings of their journey &amp; likewise that they
+had seen Olaf Tryggvason.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Now Astrid had a brother, the son of Eirik Biodaskalli, whose name
+was Sigurd: long had he been remote from the land, sojourning in the
+realm of Garda (western Russia) with King Valdamar,<a name = "tag12_11"
+id = "tag12_11" href = "#note12_11">§</a> by whom was he held in great
+honour. Now Astrid conceived the desire that she should hie unto this
+her brother Sigurd. Therefore Hakon the Old furnished her with trusty
+followers &amp; handsome equipment after the best manner. And she
+journeyed in the company of certain merchants. It was for the space of
+two winters she had abode with Hakon the Old, and Olaf was now three
+winters old. It came to pass as they were heading eastwards across the
+sea some vikings fell upon them, men of Eistland (Esthonia) and took
+possession both of folk and goods, and some of the folk they killed
+&amp; some they shared among themselves as thralls. Thus was Olaf
+withdrawn from his mother and passed into the custody of one Klerkon, an
+Eistlander. Together with him were committed Thorolf and Thorgills.
+Klerkon deemed Thorolf too old for a thrall, and that he would be of no
+use, therefore slew he him, but took the boys with him and sold them to
+a man, hight Klerk, for a good he-goat. ¤ A&nbsp;third man bought Olaf,
+and gave for him a good tunic or cloak. The man was named Reas, his wife
+Rekon, &amp; their son Rekoni. There tarried Olaf long and it fared well
+with him, and always was he mightily beloved by the churl. Six winters
+did Olaf sojourn thus in Eistland.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Sigurd Eirikson had come unto Eistland as an emissary of Valdamar
+King of Holmgard (Novgarod) to collect the tribute
+<span class = "pagenum">13</span>
+belonging to the King &amp; he travelled as a man of wealth with many
+folk much beladen in his train. ¤ Now it chanced that in the marketplace
+his eye lit on a certain fine boy whom he knew could not be of the
+country, &amp; asking him his name gat for answer that he was called
+Olaf and his father Tryggvi Olafson and his mother Astrid, the daughter
+of Eirik Biodaskalli. Thus did Sigurd learn that Olaf was son unto his
+very own sister, and he asked him after what manner he had come to that
+place: and Olaf told him all that had befallen him. Sigurd bade him come
+with him to the peasant Reas, and when they were come to the churl paid
+he him what price was covenanted between them for the boys and bare them
+with him to Holmgard. But never a word did he relate of the lineage of
+Olaf, yet held he him in high favour.</p>
+
+<p>¶ It was that one day in the marketplace lingered Olaf Tryggvason
+when there was a gathering of many people. And it chanced that amongst
+them, spied he Klerkon who had slain his fosterfather Thorolf
+Louse-Beard. Now Olaf had a small axe in his hand, and he drave it into
+the head of Klerkon so that it went right down into his brain: forthwith
+ran he home to his lodging and told his kinsman Sigurd thereof.
+Straightway did Sigurd take Olaf to the house of the Queen, and to her
+made known what had befallen. Her name was Allogia, and Sigurd prayed
+for her grace to protect the lad. The Queen beheld the boy and said that
+one so young and so well favoured must not be slain, and proclaimed her
+readiness to summon men fully armed. Now it fell in Holmgard that so
+great was the respect paid unto peace that it was lawful to slay any man
+who himself had slain another who was uncondemned; and therefore in
+accordance with their law and custom the people made assemblage together
+to take into custody the person of the boy. ¤ Then were they told that
+he was in the house of the Queen in the midst of an armed band; and this
+was also brought to the ears of the King. ¤ He made him ready to go
+<span class = "pagenum">14</span>
+over to these armed men &amp; give them his commission not to fight, and
+forthwith did he, the King, adjudge the geld-levy, the fine thereof
+being paid down by the Queen. Thereafter did Olaf abide in the house of
+the Queen and waxed to find much favour in her eyes.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Now it was the law in Garda that men of royal blood should not
+dwell there save with the consent of the King, therefore Sigurd made
+known unto the Queen from what stock Olaf was descended and in what
+manner he had come thither, saying that because of dissensions he could
+not prudently be in his own country, and he prayed her to speak with the
+King upon this matter. Then did she approach the King beseeching him
+that he would help this son of a king even because so hard a fate had
+befallen him: &amp; the outcome of her prayers was that the King pledged
+her his word and taking Olaf under his protection treated him with
+honour, as it was seemly the son of a king should be held in honour. ¤
+Olaf was nine winters old when he came to Garda, &amp; nine more winters
+dwelt he with King Valdamar. Olaf was exceeding fair &amp; tall to look
+upon and of mighty stature &amp; of great strength withal. And in
+prowess in sports, so it is told, was he the best of all the
+Norsemen.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Earl Hakon Sigurdson abode with the Danish King, Harald Gormson,
+during the winter after he had fled from Norway before the sons of
+Gunnhild. ¤ Now Hakon had so much on his mind that winter that he took
+to his bed, and often lay wakeful, eating &amp; drinking only so much as
+would maintain the strength in his body. Then secretly sent he his men
+northwards to Throndhjem to his friends there, &amp; counselled them
+that they should slay King Erling if it might be that they could compass
+that deed; adding furthermore that he himself would fare back to his
+realm in summer-time. That winter they that were of Throndhjem slew
+Erling, as is aforewrit. ¤ Betwixt Hakon and Gold Harald was there a
+friendship close as that of brothers that have been laid in the same
+cradle and Harald
+<span class = "pagenum">15</span>
+would lay bare his thoughts unto Hakon. ¤ Harald confessed he desired to
+settle on the land and no more live on his ship of war, and he
+questioned Hakon if he thought Harald would share his kingdom with him
+were he to demand the half. ‘Methinks,’ quoth Hakon, ‘that the Danish
+King will not refuse thee justice; but thou wilt know more concerning
+this matter if thou speakest thereon to the King; methinks thou wilt not
+get the realm save thou demandest&nbsp;it.’ Shortly after this talk
+spake Gold Harald to King Harald when they were in company
+<span class = "pagenum">16</span>
+with many mighty men, good friends unto them both. Gold Harald then
+demanded that he should halve the kingdom with him, in accordance with
+the rights which his birth and lineage gave him there in Denmark. ¤ At
+this demand waxed Harald very wroth, &amp; sware that no man had ever
+besought his father, Gorm, that he should become King of half of what
+pertained unto Denmark, nor yet of his father Horda-Knut (Hardicanute),
+nor again of Sigurd Snake-i’-the-eye, nor of Ragnar Lodbrok; &amp; so
+great was his fury that none dared parley with him.</p>
+
+<p class = "illustration">
+<img src = "images/pic15.png" width = "456" height = "512"
+alt = "King Hakon in his bed">
+</p>
+
+<p>¶ Thence came it that his own position was now even less than before
+to the liking of Gold Harald, for no kingdom had he any more than
+aforetime; while to this was added the wrath of the King. So went he to
+his friend Hakon and made wail of his plight unto him, and besought of
+him good counsel, if he had such to give him, as to how he might become
+possessed of the realm; and he said he was minded to seek his kingdom by
+force of arms. Then Hakon bade him not breathe word of this to anyone
+lest it should become known: ‘It might cost thee thy life,’ he said. ¤
+‘Bethink thee diligently what thy strength is, for he who would risk so
+great a venture must be high-hearted and dauntless, shirking neither the
+good nor the evil, so that to which he hath set his hand may come to
+pass. All unworthy is it to take up great issues and afterwards to lay
+them down again with dishonour.’ Then did Gold Harald answer: ‘To such
+purpose will I take up this claim, that I will not even spare these my
+own hands from slaying the King himself if occasion serve, should he
+refuse me this kingdom which is mine by right.’ And therewith ended they
+their commune. After this came King Harald to Hakon, and they fell to
+talking together &amp; the King told the Earl of Gold Harald’s claim to
+the kingdom, and with what answer he had rebuked him, declaring that he
+would by no means diminish his own kingdom, ‘but if Gold Harald hold
+fast to this his claim; then
+<span class = "pagenum">17</span>
+see I nothing for it save that I should put him to the death for in him
+have I but little faith if he will not surrender this desire.’ The Earl
+made answer: ‘Methinks Harald hath set out on this matter with such
+earnestness that he is not like to set it aside; and that if it should
+come to a rising in the land, there would be many that would flock unto
+his standard and the main of them because of the love they had borne to
+his father. It would bring thee the greatest ill-chance shouldst thou
+slay thy kinsman, for in such case all men would deem him blameless. Nor
+will I counsel thee to become a lesser king than was Gorm thy father; he
+also very much increased his realm, but in no wise diminished&nbsp;it.’
+Then said the King: ‘What then is thy counsel, Hakon? Wouldst thou that
+I should divide my kingdom, and have this unrest off my mind?’ ‘Our
+meeting will be again ere many suns set,’ answered Earl Hakon. ¤ ‘I will
+first ponder over this difficult matter, and thereafter give thee an
+answer.’ Then did the King depart and with him all the men that were of
+his company.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Thereafter came it to pass that Earl Hakon betook himself once more
+to pondering and plotting, and permitted but few of his men to be in the
+house with him. Some days later came Harald again to the Earl, and they
+communed together, and the King asked of the Earl if he had thought
+deeply upon that matter whereon they had discoursed when they were last
+face to face. ‘On that matter,’ quoth the Earl, ‘have I lain sleepless
+both by night and day ever since, and I deem it the wisest counsel that
+thou shouldst hold and rule the kingdom that thy father had and that
+thou didst inherit after him, but that thou shouldst get for thy kinsman
+Harald another kingdom wherein he may have all honour.’ ‘What kingdom is
+that?’ inquired the King, ‘that I may lightly give to Harald, keeping
+the Danish kingdom whole the while?’ The Earl made answer, ‘It is
+Norway. The kings who rule there are hated by all the folk of their
+land, &amp; every man wishes them ill, as is but meet.’
+<span class = "pagenum">18</span>
+Then mused the King aloud: ‘Norway is a great land, and the folk are a
+hardy folk; it beseems me to be a land ill chosen whereon to fall with a
+foreign host. Thus did it happen to us when Hakon defended the land;
+many men were slain to us but no victory did we achieve. Moreover Harald
+Eirikson is my foster-son and hath sat on my knee.’ Then saith the Earl:
+‘Long have I known that thou hast given help to the sons of Gunnhild;
+yet with naught but ill have they requited thee. We will take Norway
+more easily than by fighting for her with all the hosts of Denmark. Send
+thou to thy foster-son Harald, and bid him receive from thee the lands
+and fiefs which they had aforetime here in Denmark. ¤ Appoint a tryst
+with him; then can Gold Harald in a short while win himself a kingdom in
+Norway from King Harald Grey-cloak.’ Then answered the King that it
+would be called of foul intent to betray his foster-son. ‘The Danes,
+I&nbsp;trow, will account it a better deed to slay a Norwegian viking
+than one who is a brother’s son and a Dane,’ answereth the Earl; &amp;
+thereafter talked they on this matter until they were in full
+accord.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Yet again came Gold Harald to speak with Hakon, and the Earl made
+known to him that he had so championed his cause and to such good
+purpose that there was hope that a kingdom might now be making ready for
+him in Norway. ‘Let&nbsp;us,’ said he, ‘hold fast by our compact.
+I&nbsp;shall be able to afford thee great support in Norway. Get thou
+first that kingdom. King Harald is now very old &amp; hath but one son,
+a&nbsp;bastard, whom he loveth but little.’ To such measure did the Earl
+open up the matter to Gold Harald that the younger man was in full
+accord with him thereon; and thereafter did they all three take lengthy
+counsel, to wit, the King, the Earl, and Gold Harald full oft. Then sent
+the Danish King his men north into Norway even to Harald Grey-cloak, and
+they were right well furnished for their journey, and were made welcome
+with much cheer and in all courtesy were received by King Harald. They
+related
+<span class = "pagenum">19</span>
+the tidings that Earl Hakon was in Denmark, and was lying sick unto
+death and well-nigh witless; and the further tidings that Harald the
+Danish King bade Harald Grey-cloak to him to take such fiefs as he and
+his brothers had held aforetime in Denmark, and to that purpose bade he
+Harald come to him in Jutland. Harald Grey-cloak laid the matter before
+Gunnhild and other counsellors and their views were not all of one
+accord, some fearing that this journey was not without peril by reason
+of the men that were set over against them to be dealt with; but the
+greater number were desirous that he should go by reason of the great
+famine that was at this time in Norway whereby the kings could scarce
+feed their men. And it was at this season that the fjord near-by which
+the kings most oft abode gat its name of Harding. ¤ In Denmark, as men
+had marked, the harvest had been at least of goodly measure, so that men
+thought to get thence what they required should King Harald have fief
+&amp; dominion there. It was agreed therefore ere the emissaries
+departed whence they had come, that when summer was at hand Harald
+should hie to the Danish King, and pronounce his adhesion to the
+conditions King Harald proffered.</p>
+
+<p>¶ So in due course when the summer sun shone in the long hours of
+night fared forth Harald Grey-cloak towards Denmark in three longships,
+&amp; one of these was steered by Arinbiorn, the ‘hersir’<a name =
+"tag19_25" id = "tag19_25" href = "#note19_25">§</a> of the Fjords.<a
+name = "tag19_26" id = "tag19_26" href = "#note19_26">§</a> King Harald
+sailed from Vik over to Limfjord and took port at Hals, where it was
+told him that the Danish King was expected in a brief space. Now when
+King Harald heard of this, hastened he to make sail thither with nine
+ships, the which had been whiles mustered and set in readiness to take
+the sea. Earl Hakon had likewise armed his men &amp; he also was about
+to set forth after the manner of a viking; at his word twelve ships, and
+they large ones, set their sails. When Gold Harald had fared forth, Earl
+Hakon spake to the King, saying, ‘Methinks we are like to row to war
+<span class = "pagenum">20</span>
+and yet pay the war-fine<a name = "tag20_1" id = "tag20_1" href =
+"#note20_1">[§]</a> to boot. Gold Harald will now slay Harald Grey-cloak
+and thereafter take himself a kingdom in Norway. ¤ Thinkest thou that he
+will be loyal to thee when thou givest him so much power? Thus said he
+in my presence last winter that he would slay thee could he but find
+occasion to do so. Now will I bring Norway under thy sway and slay Gold
+Harald, if thou wilt promise easy absolution at thy hands for the deed.
+¤ Then will I be thine earl, and bind myself by oath that with thy might
+to be my aid I will bring Norway under subjection under thee, and
+thereafter hold lands under thy dominion &amp; pay thee tribute. Then
+wilt thou be a greater king than thy father was, inasmuch as thou shalt
+hold sway over two great peoples.’ ¤ Thus was this covenanted betwixt
+the King and the Earl; and Hakon set out with his men to seek Gold
+Harald.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Gold Harald came to Hals in Limfjord, and forthwith offered battle
+to Harald Grey-cloak; and Harald, albeit to him were fewer men, went
+ashore, made him ready for battle &amp; set his host in array. But or
+ever the onset took place Harald Grey-cloak spoke cheering words to his
+men, bade them draw their swords, and rushing first into the fray smote
+on either side. Thus saith Glum Geirason in Grey-cloak’s lay:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘Brave words spake the swordsman,</p>
+<p>He that dared to dye the grass sward of battle</p>
+<p>With the blood of the foe;</p>
+<p>And when Harald bade his men ply the swords in the strife,</p>
+<p>His manly words did them mightily encourage.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ There fell Harald Grey-cloak. Thus saith Glum Geirason:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘The bearer of the shield,</p>
+<p>He that clave longest to the ship,</p>
+<p>In death lay stretched</p>
+<p>On the broad marge of Limfjord;</p>
+<p>On the sands at Hals</p>
+<p>Fell the bounteous chieftain;</p>
+<span class = "pagenum">21</span>
+<p>It was his glib-tongued kinsman</p>
+<p>That wrought the deed.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ There fell with King Harald the greater number of his men; there,
+likewise, fell Arinbiorn the ‘hersir.’ Fifteen winters had passed since
+the fall of Hakon, he that was foster-son to Adalstein, and thirteen
+since the fall of Sigurd the Earl of Ladir. The priest Ari Thorgilson
+saith that Earl Hakon was for thirteen winters ruler of his heritage in
+Throndhjem before the death of Harald Grey-cloak; &amp; that during the
+last six winters of Harald Grey-cloak’s life, saith Ari, the sons of
+Gunnhild and Hakon fought against one another, &amp; in turn fled the
+country.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Earl Hakon and Gold Harald met not long after the fall of Harald
+Grey-cloak, &amp; straightway Earl Hakon joined battle with Gold Harald.
+Therein Hakon gained the victory; moreover Harald was taken prisoner,
+and Hakon had him hanged upon the gallows. Thereafter fared Hakon to the
+Danish King, and easily made his peace with him for the slaying of his
+kinsman Gold Harald. King Harald then called out a host from the whole
+of his kingdom and sailed with six hundred ships, and there went with
+him Earl Hakon and Harald the Grenlander, who was a son of King Gudrod,
+and many other great men who had fled from their free lands in Norway
+before the sons of Gunnhild. ¤ The Danish King set his fleet in sail up
+from the south to Vik, and when he was come to Tunsberg great numbers
+flocked to him. ¤ And King Harald gave the whole of the host which had
+come to him in Norway into the hands of Earl Hakon, making him ruler
+over Rogoland and Hordaland, Sogn, the Fjords, South More, Raumsdal, and
+North More. These seven counties gave he to Earl Hakon to rule over,
+with the same rights as Harald Fair-hair had given to his sons; only
+with this difference, that not only was Hakon there as well as in
+Throndhjem to have all the King’s manors and land-dues, but he was
+moreover to use the King’s money
+<span class = "pagenum">22</span>
+and estates according to his needs should there be war in the land. To
+Harald the Grenlander gave King Harald Vingulmark, Vestfold, and Agdir
+as far as Lidandisness (the Naze) with the title of King, and gave him
+dominion thereof with all such rights as his kin had had aforetime,
+&amp; as Harald Fair-hair had given to his sons. Harald the Grenlander
+was in these days eighteen winters old, &amp; became thereafter a famous
+man. Then did Harald the Danish King hie him home with all the might of
+his Danish host.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Earl Hakon fared with his men northward along the coast, and when
+Gunnhild and her sons heard these tidings gathered they together an
+host, but found obstacles to enrolling men at arms. So they took the
+same resolution as before, to wit to sail westward across the main with
+such men as would go with them, and thus fared they to the Orkneys and
+tarried there a while. Thorfinn Skull-cleaver’s sons were now earls
+there&mdash;Hlodvir, Arnvid, Liot, and Skuli. Forthwith did Earl Hakon
+subdue all the land and that winter abode he in Throndhjem. Of this
+speaketh Einar Jingle-scale in the Vellekla:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘The Earl that on his noble brow</p>
+<p>A silken fillet binds</p>
+<p>Counties seven hath he enthralled</p>
+<p>With their chattels, lands, and hinds.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>Now when Earl Hakon in the summer-time fared northward along the
+coast, &amp; the people there made their submission to him, issued he
+proclamation that all temples and blood-offerings should be maintained
+throughout his dominions; and it was done accordingly. Thus it is said
+in the Vellekla:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘Seeing that he was wise</p>
+<p>The folk-leader commanded that be sacred kept</p>
+<p>The temple-lands of Thor and other Gods.</p>
+<p>Home to glory across the billows</p>
+<p>Did the shield-bearer steer the ship,</p>
+<p>It was the Gods that led him.</p>
+<p><span class = "pagenum">23</span>
+‘And the men-loving Æsirs gloat on the offerings</p>
+<p>Whereby the shield-bearer is made of more account.</p>
+<p class = "inset">
+Bountifully doth the earth give forth her sustenance</p>
+<p class = "inset">
+When its lord builds temples for the Gods.’</p>
+<p>All that is northward to Vik lies under the heel of the Earl;</p>
+<p>Wide is the sway that he holds, mightily waxed by victories.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class = "illustration">
+<img src = "images/pic23.png" width = "343" height = "456"
+alt = "Gunnhild (?)">
+</p>
+
+<span class = "pagenum">24</span>
+<p>¶ That self-same first winter wherein King Hakon ruled over Norway
+came the herring up along the coast, and before that in the autumn had
+the corn grown wheresoever it had been sown; in the spring men gat
+themselves seed-corn and the greater number of the peasants sowed their
+fields, and soon there was promise of a good harvest.</p>
+
+<p>¶ King Ragnfrod, son unto Gunnhild, and Gudrod, he that was another
+son to her, these two were now the only sons of Eirik and Gunnhild who
+were still alive. ¤ Thus saith Glum Geirason in Grey-cloak’s lay:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘Half is my hope of wealth downfallen since the strife,</p>
+<p>The strife in which the life of the chief was lost,</p>
+<p>The death of Harald weigheth me down,</p>
+<p>Albeit his brethren twain have good things promised me,</p>
+<p>And to them all men look for their welfare.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ Now when Ragnfrod had abode one winter in the Orkneys made he him
+ready in the spring and thence shaped a course eastward to Norway, &amp;
+with him were a chosen company in large ships. ¤ And when he was come to
+Norway learned he tidings how Earl Hakon was in Throndhjem, forthwith
+did he steer northward round Stad &amp; laid waste South More; and some
+folks submitted to him as oft befalleth when warrior bands go through a
+country&mdash;those that they meet with seek help, each one wheresoever
+it seemeth likeliest to be gotten. When it was told to Earl Hakon that
+there was war in the south within More, caused he war-arrows to be
+sharpened and he equipped himself in haste &amp; set sail down the
+fjord. Moreover an easy matter was it for him to bring folk around his
+standard. Earl Hakon and Ragnfrod sighted one another off the
+northernmost part of South More, &amp; straightway Hakon gave battle, he
+that had most men but withal smaller ships. Hard was the struggle &amp;
+therein waxed Hakon luckless; men fought from the prows and sterns, as
+the custom was in those times. Now there was a current in the sound, and
+all the ships
+<span class = "pagenum">25</span>
+were driven into shore, so the Earl bade his folk rest on their oars,
+and drift to land at such place where he should deem it best to land;
+and when the ships grounded, the Earl and all his host sallied forth and
+haled them up on the beach, so that their foemen might not drag them
+forth again. Then did the Earl array his men on the banks, and shouted
+defiance to Ragnfrod to land, but they that were with Ragnfrod lay-to
+farther out, and though for a while they shot at one another, would
+Ragnfrod in no wise come ashore, and thereafter they parted. Ragnfrod
+sailed with his fleet southward to Stad, for he feared him that the land
+hosts might assemble and flock to Earl Hakon. But that earl waged war no
+more for unto his mind the difference betwixt the ships was over-great.
+In the autumn fared he north to Throndhjem, &amp; there abode during the
+winter. King Ragnfrod therefore held all the land south of Stad: the
+Fjords, Sogn, Hordaland, and Rogaland. Many men were at his beck
+throughout that winter, and when the spring-tide came called he a muster
+and gat him many more. Moreover sent he far &amp; wide over all these
+counties to gather together men and ships and what other stores whereof
+he had need.</p>
+
+<p>¶ When spring was come Earl Hakon summoned men from out the very
+north of the country; many gat he from Halogaland, &amp; Naumdal, so
+that right from Byrda to Stad came men to him from all the sea-boards.
+He reared a host from all the districts of Throndhjem, and likewise from
+Raumsdal. It was said that he had men from four counties; with him fared
+seven earls, and in their train were an exceeding large company. Thus it
+is said in the Vellekla:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘Thereafter, full of lust for slaughter,</p>
+<p>Did the defender of the folk of More</p>
+<p>Bring from the north a tale of men to Sogn.</p>
+<p>From counties four called forth that warrior hosts,</p>
+<p>Seeing in them sure help for all his folk.</p>
+<p><span class = "pagenum">26</span>
+To the war-gathering on the <ins class = "correction"
+title = "hyphen omitted in original">longships</ins></p>
+<p>Swiftly, to meet their warrior chieftain,</p>
+<p>Hie lords of the land in number seven.</p>
+<p>All Norway trembled at the warrior host;</p>
+<p>Beyond the capes were borne unnumbered fallen.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ Then Earl Hakon set sail with the whole of this host southward past
+Stad; and when it came to his ears that King Ragnfrod with his host had
+entered into the Sognfjord thither led he his men and there encountered
+him. ¤ Thereafter having brought his ships to land chose he out a
+battle-field whereon to fight King Ragnfrod. Thus saith the
+Vellekla:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘Now did the chieftain meet in second battle</p>
+<p>The slayer of the Vandals, and fell slaughter followed.</p>
+<p>The prows were set to land,</p>
+<p>And the ships steered even to the marches of the shires</p>
+<p>At the bidding of the warrior.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ And it came to pass that both sides did dress their battle and
+fought amazing fierce, but in men had Earl Hakon the super-abundance and
+the issue was to him. This was at Thinganes, where Sogn and Hordaland
+meet. King Ragnfrod fled from his ships, and of his folk there fell
+three hundred men. Thus it is said in the Vellekla:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘Fierce was the strife before three hundred were pressed</p>
+<p>Beneath the claws of the carrion bird</p>
+<p>By the host of the warrior chief:</p>
+<p>O’er the heads of the sea-dwellers,</p>
+<p>Thence could the conquering chief stride&mdash;</p>
+<p>Aye, and the deed was glorious.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ After this battle did King Ragnfrod hie him away from Norway and
+Earl Hakon brought peace to the land; he gave licence that the great
+host which had been with him in the summer should fare back northward,
+but he himself abode hard by there where he gained the victory, not
+whiles only that autumn but also throughout the winter that came
+after.</p>
+
+<span class = "pagenum">27</span>
+<p>¶ Earl Hakon took to wife a woman named Thora, who was exceeding
+fair. The daughter was she of Skagi Skoptison, a&nbsp;man possessed of
+much wealth. ¤ Their sons were Svein and Heming, &amp; their daughter
+was Bergliot, who thereafter was wedded to Einar Tamberskelfir. Earl
+Hakon was over much given to women, and by them had many children. One
+of his daughters was called Ragnhild, and he gave her in marriage to
+Skopti Skagason, the brother of Thora. The Earl so loved Thora that her
+kinsmen became dearer to him than all other men, and Skopti his
+son-in-law had more influence with him than any other of his kindred. To
+him gave the Earl large fiefs in More; &amp; it was covenanted betwixt
+them that whensoever the fleet of the Earl was at sea Skopti was to
+bring his ship alongside the Earl’s, and for none other was it to be
+lawful to lay his ship between their ships.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Now it happened one summer when Earl Hakon was with his ships on
+the main that Thorleif the Meek was master of one of them, &amp; Eirik,
+the son of the Earl, he being then some ten or eleven winters old, was
+aboard. Of an evening when they were come into haven, Eirik would not
+have it otherwise save that the ship whereon he was must be closest to
+the ship pertaining to the person of the Earl. ¤ Now when they made sail
+south to More there came likewise Skopti, he that was son-in-law to the
+Earl, with his long-ship well manned. Skopti, as his men were rowing
+towards the fleet, called out to Thorleif to leave the haven and let him
+lie-to there, but Eirik sprang up &amp; answered back bidding Skopti hie
+him to another berth. Now Earl Hakon hearing that his son deemed himself
+too mighty to make way for Skopti, straightway called out to Thorleif
+bidding him leave the berth, or he would make it the worse for them, to
+wit, that he would have them beaten. So Thorleif when he heard this
+shouted to his men to slip their cables, and this they did according to
+his word; then did Skopti lie-to in the berth he was wont to have,
+nearest the Earl’s ship.
+<span class = "pagenum">28</span>
+Now Skopti was called Tidings Skopti, &amp; this had come about seeing
+that it had been agreed that when they were together he was to make
+known to the Earl all the tidings, or if it so happened that the Earl
+had heard them first then it was he that would tell the tidings to
+Skopti. Now in the winter that was after all that hath been before but
+now related, was Eirik with his foster-father Thorleif, but even so soon
+as the earlier spring-tide was he given a company of men. ¤ Thorleif
+moreover gave him a fifteen-benched ship with all the gear, tilts, and
+victuals that were needful. Eirik thence sailed from the fjord, and so
+south to More. Now it befell that Tidings Skopti was also at sea between
+his homesteads, &amp; he too in a fifteen-benched craft; Eirik forthwith
+bore straight down on him and offered battle, and in the issue thereof
+fell Skopti, but Eirik gave quarter to such of his men who were not
+slain. Thus saith Eyolf Dadaskald, in the Banda lay:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘Late in the day,</p>
+<p>On the ski of the sea-king,</p>
+<p>With combatants equal,</p>
+<p>Fared the youth ’gainst the “hersir,�</p>
+<p>Him the stout-hearted.</p>
+<p>There ’neath the hand</p>
+<p>That a bloody blade wielded</p>
+<p>Fell Tidings Skopti.</p>
+<p>(The feeder of wolves</p>
+<p>Was food for the ravens.)’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ With that sailed Eirik south along the coast to Denmark, and
+adventured to King Harald Gormson, abiding with him the winter; but the
+spring thereafter the Danish King sent Eirik north, &amp; bestowed on
+him the title Earl &amp; therewith Vingulmark<a name = "tag28_31" id =
+"tag28_31" href = "#note28_31">§</a> and Raumariki, to be beneath his
+sway even under the self-same tenure as had tribute-paying kings
+aforetime been in fief and tribute.</p>
+
+<p>¶ In the days that were to come after waxed Earl Eirik, and men knew
+him as a mighty chieftain.
+<span class = "pagenum">29</span>
+All this while abode Olaf Tryggvason in Garda, at the court of King
+Valdamar, where he had much honour &amp; enjoyed the faithful love of
+the Queen. ¤ King Valdamar made him lord of the host which he sent out
+for the defence of his country, and for him fought Olaf divers battles
+and proved himself to be an able captain, and himself maintained a large
+host of warriors on the fiefs allotted to him by the King. Of no
+niggardly disposition, Olaf was ever openhanded to the men that were
+with him and who for this self-same reason held him in affection; but as
+oft times happens when men who are not of the country are exalted to
+power, or are so greatly honoured that they take the lead of the men of
+the land, many there were who envied him the love he had of the King,
+&amp; even so much the more that of the Queen. ¤ Spake many men of that
+matter to the King, charging him to beware lest he should make Olaf over
+great: ‘For a man of the kind might be harmful to thee, would he lend
+himself to such a deed as to make thee and thy realms suffer, so crafty
+&amp; beloved of men is he; nor wot we what he &amp; the Queen have thus
+oft whereon to commune one with the other.’</p>
+
+<p>¶ Now it was in those days generally the custom among great kings for
+the queen to possess half the court and to maintain it at her own
+charge, and for this purpose levied she her taxes and dues, in amount as
+much as she stood in need therefor. In this wise was it also with King
+Valdamar. ¤ The Queen held no less splendid a court than pertained to
+the King, and vied they one with the other as to which might procure men
+of prowess, each having it at heart to possess such men for themselves.
+Now it happened that the King gave heed unto words of this fashion,
+which men spake unto him, &amp; he waxed silent and with countenance
+aloof from Olaf. And Olaf marking it well spake thereof to the Queen,
+and opened to her likewise how that it was the desire of his heart to
+journey even unto the north. His kin, said he, had held dominion there
+in days of
+<span class = "pagenum">30</span>
+yore, &amp; therefore he thought it likeliest that he would there obtain
+the more advancement. ¤ So the Queen bade him farewell, saying that
+wheresoever he might chance to tarry there would all deem him a man of
+prowess. ¤ Olaf thereafter made him ready for his journey, went aboard
+his ship, and stood out into the Eystrasalt (the Baltic). Thence sailing
+west came he to Borgundarholm (Bornholm) and made thereon a landing and
+harried all in the isle. The men of the land came together and did
+battle with him, but Olaf gat the victory and much booty.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Now while Olaf lay-to off Borgundarholm, there was rough weather
+with a gale raging at sea, that their ships began to drag their anchors,
+for which reason did they set sail south to the coast of Vindland
+(Wendland)<ins class = "correction" title = "marker printed after ‘good havens’ in following line"><a name = "tag30_14" id = "tag30_14" href =
+"#note30_14">§</a> </ins>on which shore were good havens, whereon ships
+might ride at peace. ¤ There did they tarry for long whiles. ¤ The King
+of Vindland was named Burizlaf,<a name = "tag30_17" id = "tag30_17" href
+= "#note30_17">§</a> &amp; the three daughters to him were Geira,
+Gunnhild, and Astrid. ¤ Now at the place where there came ashore Olaf
+and his men did Geira hold rule &amp; dominion, and under her he that
+exercised most authority was one hight Dixin. When it became known that
+strange men had come to the country who behaved themselves in seemly
+fashion &amp; abode there in peace, Dixin hied to them with a message
+from Queen Geira bidding them sojourn in her land during the winter,
+seeing the summer was near spent, the weather threatening ill, &amp; the
+storms waxing great. And being come thither Dixin saw on the instant
+that the captain of these men was one notable both for descent and
+appearance. ¤ Therefore recounted he to them that the Queen invited them
+to her with messages of friendship, &amp; Olaf nothing loath did her
+bidding and went to Queen Geira as her guest. It came to pass that they
+twain thought both so well one of another that Olaf made ado to woo
+Queen Geira, and so it befell that winter that Olaf took Geira to wife,
+&amp; gat he the rule of the realm with her. Thereof
+<span class = "pagenum">31</span>
+spake Halfrod the Troublous-skald in the lay he made about Olaf the
+King:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘The chieftain at Holm let the sharp-edged swords be dyed
+blood-red</p>
+<p>Eastward too in Garda, nor can this be in any manner concealed.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ Now Hakon, he that ruled over Norway, paid no tribute, the reason
+whereof being that the King of Denmark had made assignment to him of all
+the taxes to which the King had a right in Norway, by reason of the
+trouble &amp; costs the Earl was put to in defending the land against
+the sons of Gunnhild.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Now it befell in those days that the Emperor Otta<a name =
+"tag31_12" id = "tag31_12" href = "#note31_12">§</a> was in Saxland
+(North Germany), &amp; word sent he to Harald, King of Denmark, that he
+and the people that were his must be baptized &amp; accept the true
+Faith, or else, swore the Emperor that he would march upon him with an
+host. So the King of Denmark admonished those that defended the land
+that they should be ready at his call, Danavirki<ins class =
+"correction" title = "marker printed after ‘his call’"><a name =
+"tag31_18" id = "tag31_18" href = "#note31_18">§</a> </ins>caused he to
+be well maintained, and his war ships were manned; thereafter sent the
+King to Earl Hakon commanding him that he must come to him early in the
+spring-tide with even as many men as he might muster. So at the first
+song of the birds Earl Hakon levied an host from all parts of his
+dominions, and many men were enrolled to him; this host bade he take
+ship to Denmark and with them sailed he himself to meet the King of
+Denmark, and by him was received in right seemly fashion. With the King
+were there at that hour many another lord proffering help, so that all
+told gathered he together an host waxing exceeding large.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Now, as hath already been set forth, Olaf sojourned that winter in
+Vindland, &amp; in the months thereof went he to those districts thereof
+which had formerly obeyed the rule of Queen Geira, but had now ventured
+to throw off allegiance &amp; the payment of taxes. These did Olaf
+harry, slaying many men,
+<span class = "pagenum">32</span>
+burning the homes of some, and taking much booty; then having rendered
+these realms subject unto himself turned he him back again to his
+stronghold. So soon as the spring-tide was come, did Olaf make ready his
+ships and put out to sea, sailing across to Skani (Scania) where he went
+ashore. ¤ The people of those parts assembled and fought against him;
+but Olaf was victorious and gat much plunder. Thence sailed he eastward
+to the island of Gotland, and took a merchant craft owned by men from
+Jamtaland who rendered a stout defence, but in such wise did the
+struggle end that Olaf cleared the ship, slew many men, &amp; took
+possession of all the goods that were on board. ¤ A&nbsp;third battle
+fought he in Gotland; there likewise the day was to his strength and
+much spoil was to his hand. Thus saith Halfrod the Troublous-skald:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘The foeman of the shrines slew merchants of Jamtaland</p>
+<p>And men of Vindland in battle</p>
+<p>As in days of youth had been his wont.</p>
+<p>To those that lived in Scotland</p>
+<p>Was the lord of “hersirs� the bane.</p>
+<p>Is it not told that the giver of gold</p>
+<p>Loved to fight in Skani?’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ Therefore gathered the Emperor Otta a mighty host; men he had from
+Saxland (north Germany), Frankland (France), and Frisland, whiles out of
+Vindland, likewise King Burizlaf<a name = "tag32_24" id = "tag32_24"
+href = "#note32_24">§</a> contributed a large host. With the array went
+the King himself and his son-in-law Olaf Tryggvason. ¤ To the Emperor
+was a great body of horsemen, and so much the more a greater body of
+foot-folk. ¤ From Holtsetaland (Holstein) likewise came to him a large
+host. As it is said in the Vellekla:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘So it befell likewise that the steeds of the sea</p>
+<p>Southward ran ’neath the deft riders to Denmark,</p>
+<p>And the Lord of the Hordmen, becoifed with the helmet,</p>
+<p>Chief of the Dofrar folk, sought the lords of the Dane-realm.</p>
+<p>And the bountiful King of the dark forest lands</p>
+<p><span class = "pagenum">33</span>
+Would in winter-tide test the warrior come from the north,</p>
+<p>What time that doughty fighter gat from his chief a message</p>
+<p>Bidding him defend the wall against the foes of Denmark.</p>
+<p>Little gladsome was it to go against their hosts;</p>
+<p>Albeit the shield-bearer did cause great destruction,</p>
+<p>And the sea-hero incited to battle</p>
+<p>When the warriors came from Frisland with Franks and Vandals.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ Now Earl Hakon set companies above all the gates of the
+fortification, but the greater part of his host sent he along the walls
+to defend the places where the onslaught was hottest, and many fell of
+the Emperor’s host, but nothing did they win of the wall. ¤ So then the
+Emperor turned him away, and no longer made trial there. Thus it is said
+in the Vellekla:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘Spear-points were broken when in that war game</p>
+<p>Shield clashed against shield and the foe gave not way;</p>
+<p>The steerer of the sea-steeds turned Saxons fleeing thence,</p>
+<p>And the chief ’fended the rampart ’gainst the foe.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ After this battle went back Earl Hakon even unto his ships and
+would have homeward sailed unto Norway, but that he could get no wind,
+so accordingly he lay out in Limfjord.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Now turned the Emperor Otta his host so that they faced around
+&amp; hied them to the gulf of Sle (Sleswick), whereat gathered he
+together a large host and took his men across to Jutland. ¤ When the
+intelligence thereof came to the ears of the King of Denmark fared he
+forth against the Emperor with his host, and a great battle was fought
+betwixt them. ¤ The issue was to the Emperor, and thereon the King of
+Denmark fled away to Limfjord &amp; took ship out to Marsey. ¤ Then did
+emissaries journey betwixt him and the Emperor, and a truce was
+covenanted, also that they twain should commune face to face. In Marsey,
+then, did the Emperor Otta and the Danish King confront one the other,
+&amp; there a saintly bishop,<a name = "tag33_33" id = "tag33_33" href =
+"#note33_33">§</a> Poppo by name, preached the faith before Harald, and
+to show the
+<span class = "pagenum">34</span>
+truth thereof bare he glowing iron in his hand, and Harald testified
+that the hand of the holy man was unscarred by the heated iron.
+Thereafter was Harald himself baptized with the whole of the Danish host
+that were with him. ¤ Ere this had Harald the King, albeit that he abode
+the nonce in Marsey, summoned Earl Hakon to his aid, and the Earl had
+just come to the island when the King let himself be christened. So the
+King sent a message to the Earl to come to him, and when the Earl was
+come thither compelled him also that he should be baptized. After this
+manner was the Earl made a Christian, and all his men with him. ¤
+Thereafter did the King appoint him priests and other learned men,<a
+name = "tag34_12" id = "tag34_12" href = "#note34_12">§</a> and
+commanded him to cause all the people of Norway to be baptized into the
+faith and with this they parted. Thereafter Earl Hakon put out to sea to
+await a favourable wind, and when a breeze sprang up, lo! without more
+ado set he all the learned men to wade even unto the shore and upon that
+wind himself stood out to sea. The wind was from the west, and the Earl
+sailed eastward through Eyrasund (Öresund) pillaging whatsoever lands he
+sighted, &amp; thereafter came east unto the Skani side, plundering and
+harrying wherever he put ashore. Now as he was sailing his course off
+the skerries of east Gautland put he ashore and offered up a great
+sacrifice, and whiles this was solemnized came two ravens flying up,
+loudly croaking, &amp; for this reason deemed the Earl that Odin had
+accepted his sacrifice, and that good fortune would favour him in his
+battles. Even so burned he all his ships and came ashore with every man
+of all his host, and carried war throughout the land. Against him was
+arrayed Earl Ottar, he that held rule over Gautland, and they fought a
+great battle wherein was Earl Hakon victorious, &amp; he slew Earl Ottar
+together with a great number of his host. ¤ Earl Hakon then marched
+hither &amp; thither carrying war through both the Gautlands, until he
+was come unto Norway, &amp; then took he the road right to the north, to
+Throndhjem. It is of this that the Vellekla speaketh:</p>
+
+<span class = "pagenum">35</span>
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘The foeman of those who fled consulted the gods on the plain,
+and</p>
+<p>Gat answer Fret<a name = "tag35_3" id = "tag35_3" href =
+"#note35_3">[§]</a> from that the day was propitious to battle;</p>
+<p>There the war-leader saw how mighty were the corse-ribs;</p>
+<p>The gods of the temple would thin lives in Gautland.</p>
+<p>A Sword-Thing held the Earl there where no man afore him</p>
+<p>With shield on arm had durst to harry;</p>
+<p>No one ere this so far inland had borne</p>
+<p>That shield of gold; all Gautland had he o’errun.</p>
+<p>With heaps of the fallen the warriors piled the plain</p>
+<p>The kith of the Æsirs conquered, Odin took the slain;</p>
+<p>Can there be doubt that the gods govern the fall of kings?</p>
+<p>Ye strong powers, I pray, make great the sway of Hakon.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class = "illustration">
+<img src = "images/pic35.png" width = "461" height = "352"
+alt = "the death of Geira">
+</p>
+
+<p>¶ After that he had parted in all goodly friendship from the Danish
+King, fared Emperor Otta back to his realm of Saxland;
+<span class = "pagenum">36</span>
+men say that he held Svein the son of Harald at the font, &amp; that the
+child bore the name of Otta Svein. Harald, the Danish King, held by the
+Christian faith even to the day of his death. King Burizlaf, after these
+things, betook himself back to Wendland, &amp; together with him in his
+company went his son-in-law King Olaf Tryggvason. Of the battle
+aforesaid telleth Hallfrod the Troublous-skald in Olaf’s lay:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘The ruler of war ships hewed and smote asunder warriors</p>
+<p>Even in Denmark to the south of Hedeby.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ It was the space of three winters that Olaf Tryggvason abode in
+Wendland, even until Geira his wife fell ill of a sickness, whereof she
+died, and so great a sorrow was this to Olaf that he no longer had
+pleasure in living in Wendland. ¤ Therefore getting him ships of war
+once more went he forth plundering and harrying, first in Saxland, then
+in Frisland, and he even fared as far as Flanders. Thus saith Hallfrod
+the Troublous-skald:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘Oft did the son of Tryggvi smite to the death the Saxon</p>
+<p>And left maimed corses food for the wolves,</p>
+<p>And for their drink did that lord, beloved of his host,</p>
+<p>Give the brown blood of many a Frisian.</p>
+<p>Mighty sea-kings hewed</p>
+<p>In Flanders corses asunder,</p>
+<p>The prince to the ravens gave</p>
+<p>The flesh of Walloons as supper.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ Thereafter did Olaf Tryggvason sail for England, and ravaged apace
+&amp; afar in that country; right north did he sail to Nordimbraland
+(Northumberland) and there harried; thence fared he farther to the
+northward even to Scotland where he plundered and pillaged far and wide.
+¤ From thence sailed he again to the Hebrides, the where he fought more
+than once, and afterwards sailed a course south to Man &amp; fought
+there. Far and wide did he plunder in Ireland and then sailed he to
+Bretland (Wales) and pillaged there, &amp; in Kumraland (Cumberland)
+<span class = "pagenum">37</span>
+did he likewise. Then he sailed to Frankland (France) where he harried
+the people, &amp; from thence came back again, being minded to return to
+England, but came to those Islands which are called Scilly in the
+western part of the English main. Thus saith Hallfrod the
+Troublous-skald:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘The unsparing young King plundered the Englishmen,</p>
+<p>The feeder of spear-showers made murder in Northumbria,</p>
+<p>The war-loving feeder of wolves laid waste to Scotia,</p>
+<p>The giver of gold fared with up-lifted sword in Man.</p>
+<p>The bearer of the elm-bow brought death to the hosts</p>
+<p>Of the Isle of Erin, for fame yearned the lord;</p>
+<p>Four winters did the King smite the dwellers in Wales,</p>
+<p>And Northumbrians hewed he ere the greed of the chough was
+appeased.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ Four winters did Olaf Tryggvason fare on viking cruises from the
+time of his leaving Wendland even until his coming to the Isles of
+Scilly.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Now when Olaf Tryggvason was lying off the Isles of Scilly he heard
+tell that there was a soothsayer thereon, and that he foretold the
+future and spake of things not yet come to pass, and many folk believed
+that things ofttimes happened according as this man had spoken. Now Olaf
+being minded to make assay of his cunning sent to him the finest and
+fairest of his men, in apparel as brave as might be, bidding him say
+that he was the King, for Olaf had become famous in all lands in that he
+was comelier and bolder and stronger than all other men. Since he had
+left Garda, howsoever, he had used no more of his name than to call
+himself Oli, and had told people that he was of the realm of Garda. Now
+when the messenger came to the soothsayer and said he was the King, gat
+he for answer: ‘King art thou not, but my counsel to thee is that thou
+be loyal to thy King,’ &amp; never a word more deigned the seer to
+utter. Then went the messenger back and told Olaf this thing, and the
+King had no longer any doubt that this man was verily a
+<span class = "pagenum">38</span>
+soothsayer, and his wish to meet with him, now that he had heard such an
+answer, waxed greater than heretofore. So Olaf went to him &amp;
+communed with him, &amp; asked him to prophesy about his future, whether
+or not he would win himself a kingdom or other good fortune. Then
+answered the prophet with saintly prophecy: ‘Thou wilt be a glorious
+King, &amp; do glorious deeds, to faith &amp; christening wilt thou
+bring many men, and thou wilt help thereby both thyself &amp; many
+others. But to the end that thou shalt not doubt about this mine answer
+take this for a token: Hard by thy ships shalt thou meet with guile
+&amp; with foemen, &amp; thou shalt do battle; and of thy men some shall
+fall and thou thyself shalt be wounded. From that wound wilt thou be
+nigh unto death and be borne on a shield to thy ship; yet of thy hurt
+shalt thou be whole within a sennight and shall shortly thereafter
+accept Christianity.’ Then Olaf went down to the ships, &amp; verily did
+meet with the warlike men who would slay him &amp; his followers, &amp;
+their combat ended even as the hermit had foretold, to wit, in such
+manner that Olaf was indeed borne out to his ship on a shield &amp;
+likewise was whole again after a sennight. Then Olaf felt assured in his
+mind that it was the truth that this seer had told him, and that of a
+truth was he a wise soothsayer, whencesoever might he have his gift of
+prophecy. So Olaf a second time went unto him and held much talk with
+him, and questioned him closely as to whence he gat the wisdom to
+foretell what was to come. And the hermit saith that the God of the men
+that were baptized Himself causeth him to know all that He wisheth. Then
+recounted he to Olaf the mighty works of God, &amp; after these
+persuasions Olaf assented unto Christianity, &amp; it befell that he was
+there baptized, &amp; all the men that were with him. In that place
+abode he a long time and learned the true Faith, and in his train bore
+away with him priests &amp; other learned men.</p>
+
+<p>¶ From the Isles of Scilly Olaf hied in the autumn to England,
+<span class = "pagenum">39</span>
+and there lay he in a certain haven &amp; lived in peace, for England
+was a Christian land &amp; now was he likewise a Christian man.</p>
+
+<p class = "illustration">
+<img src = "images/pic39.png" width = "352" height = "401"
+alt = "men carrying the wounded Olaf Tryggvason">
+</p>
+
+<p>¶ Now there went throughout the land a summons to a certain Thing,
+that all men should come to the Thing, &amp; when there was assemblage
+thither came to it a queen whose name was Gyda.<a name = "tag39_6" id =
+"tag39_6" href = "#note39_6">[§]</a> ¤ She was the sister of Olav Kvaran
+who was King of
+<span class = "pagenum">40</span>
+Dublin, which is in Ireland, and she had been married to a powerful earl
+in England who was now dead, but after him she yet ruled his dominion. ¤
+Now there was a man in her dominions whose name was Alwin, a&nbsp;mighty
+champion &amp; ‘holmgangsman.’<a name = "tag40_3" id = "tag40_3" href =
+"#note40_3">§</a> ¤ Alwin had wooed Gyda, but she had made answer that
+she herself would make choice whom she would have among the men of her
+dominion, and forasmuch as she would choose herself a husband was this
+Thing convened. Thereto likewise came Alwin decked out in his best
+raiment, and many others were there apparelled also in their best. Now
+Olaf too was come thither, &amp; he was clad in his bad-weather raiment,
+wearing a cloak exceeding rough; and he stood with his followers
+somewhat aloof from the others. Gyda walked hither &amp; thither among
+the men, gazing at each one favoured in her eyes; but when she was come
+to where Olaf held his ground looked she searchingly up into his face
+and asked of what manner of man was he. Then did he make answer that he
+was Oli, and said: ‘I am not of the country born nor bred.’ Saith Gyda:
+‘Wilt thou have me? Even upon that then will I choose thee.’ ‘I will not
+say nay to&nbsp;it,’ quoth he, and asked her name and lineage. ‘I am,’
+said she, ‘a King’s daughter of Ireland, but I was wedded into this
+country, to an earl who held dominion here. Since the time that he died
+have I ruled the land; divers men have wooed me, but none that I would
+wed, &amp; my name is Gyda.’ ¤ Youthful was she and fair, and Olaf and
+she communed over this matter even until they became of one accord, and
+thereafter was Olaf betrothed to Gyda. This was but sour in the mouth of
+Alwin, but there was a custom in England that when two contended about a
+matter they should meet in single combat, and Alwin therefore bade Olaf
+Tryggvason fight with him on this matter. ¤ The time and place were
+appointed, &amp; on either side were there chosen twelve men. Then when
+they were met said Olaf unto his men that they were to do even as he
+did, and a great axe had he in his hand. Now as
+<span class = "pagenum">41</span>
+Alwin was minded to drive his sword into him Olaf struck it out of his
+hand, &amp; at the second stroke Alwin himself so that he fell to the
+ground. Then did Olaf bind him fast, &amp; in this manner also was
+treatment meted out to the men that were with Alwin, to wit, to be
+beaten and bound, and thereafter were taken home to Olaf’s lodging. Then
+did he bid Alwin depart from out the land &amp; nevermore therein set
+foot again, and thereafter Olaf took possession of all his lands.</p>
+
+<p class = "illustration">
+<img src = "images/pic41.png" width = "464" height = "451"
+alt = "Olaf wooing Gyda">
+</p>
+
+<p>¶ So it came to pass that Olaf wedded Gyda &amp; abode for the most
+part in England, but sometimes in Ireland. Once when Olaf was out on a
+foray, it fell that it was needful that they should foray ashore for
+provisions, and accordingly went his men to land and drove down a number
+of cattle to the shore.
+<span class = "pagenum">42</span>
+Then came a peasant after them &amp; prayed Olaf give him back his cows,
+&amp; Olaf bade him take his cows could he find them; ‘but let him not
+delay our journey.’ The peasant had with him a big cattle-dog. This dog
+sent he into the herd of neat whereof were being driven many hundreds,
+and the animal hither and thither ran among the drove, singling out as
+many cows as the peasant said he owned, and all of them were marked in
+the same manner. ¤ Now knowing that the dog had chosen rightly it seemed
+to them that this was passing clever, and so Olaf asked of the peasant
+whether he would give him the dog. ‘Willingly,’ answered he, and Olaf in
+exchange therefor gave him a gold ring, and the promise of his
+friendship. ¤ That dog was named Vigi, and it was the best of all dogs;
+Olaf had pleasure in him for a long time thereafter.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Now it came to the ears of the King of Denmark, even to him hight
+Harald Gormson, that Earl Hakon had cast aside Christianity &amp; had
+pillaged in the country pertaining to the King of Denmark who thereon
+gathered together an host, &amp; thereafter fared to Norway. ¤ And when
+he was come to the realm over which Earl Hakon had rule harried he
+there, laying bare all the land. Then led he his host to the islets
+which are called Solunder. Five homesteads alone stood unburned in
+Lardal, in Sogn, and all the folk of the valley were fled to the
+mountains and forests, taking with them such of their chattels as they
+might carry. Thereafter the Danish King was minded to take his hosts to
+Iceland to avenge the mockery of the Icelanders, for it happened that
+they had made malicious verses about him. ¤ Now a law had been made in
+Iceland to the end that for every soul in the country one lampoon should
+be made on the Danish King, and the reason therefor was to this wise, to
+wit, that a ship pertaining to men of Iceland had stranded on the coast
+of Denmark &amp; the Danes had taken all the cargo thereon, calling it
+flotsam. ¤ The man who had had the chief concern in this matter was one
+Birger, the King’s steward.
+<span class = "pagenum">43</span>
+Jests were made both on him and on the King, and this is one of
+them:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘When the fight-wonted Harald rode the sea-steed from the south</p>
+<p>In the shape of Faxe,</p>
+<p>The slayer of Vandals as wax became altogether as impotent.</p>
+<p>Birger by guardian sprites outcast in mare’s shape met him</p>
+<p>As all men did behold.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ Now King Harald bade a warlock betake him to Iceland in one or
+other guise, that he might bring him back tidings of the country. ¤ And
+the warlock set forth in the shape of a whale, and when he was come
+thither to Iceland he went along the north side of the coast, and he saw
+that all the mountains and hills were full of guardian spirits, some
+large &amp; others small. When he was arrived at Vapnafjord there went
+he up and was like to have gone ashore when, lo! a&nbsp;great dragon
+came down from the valley, &amp; in its company many serpents, toads,
+and vipers, and these beasts belched venom at him. So swam he away
+westward all alongside the land even the whole way until he was come to
+the mouth of the Eyjafjord, &amp; after he had turned up this fjord
+towards him there came a bird so large that its wings reached the hills
+on either side, and with it were a number of other birds, both large and
+tiny. ¤ So away fared he thence, &amp; westward along by the land to
+Breidafjord, and there went he up the fjord, but a great bull came
+towards him bellowing after a fashion that was most horrible, &amp; in
+its company were a swarm of kindred spirits. ¤ Then went he away from
+there and swam past Reykjanes and was about to go up on Vikarseid, but a
+hill giant came towards him with a staff in his hand, and this giant
+carried his head higher than the hills, and with him were many other
+giants. ¤ Then swam he eastward all the way along the coast: ‘There is
+nothing,’ quoth he, ‘save sand and wilderness and great breakers
+outside; and so broad is the sea betwixt the lands,’ said he, ‘that it
+is all unmeet for long-ships.’</p>
+
+<span class = "pagenum">44</span>
+<p>¶ Now in those days Brod-Helgi dwelt in Vapnafjord, Eyolf Valgerdson
+in Eyjafjord, Thord Gelli in Breidafjord and Thorod the Priest in
+Olfus.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Then put the King of Denmark his fleet about, standing south along
+the coast, and thereafter sailed back to Denmark. Hakon the Earl caused
+all the habitations that had been devastated to be builded up again,
+&amp; nevermore thereafter paid he any tribute to the King of
+Denmark.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Now it came to pass that Svein&mdash;he who was afterwards called
+Two-beard&mdash;demanded a kingdom of his father King Harald, &amp; as
+before so again it befell that King Harald would not part Denmark in
+twain, nor let any other man, no matter of what blood he was, have
+dominion therein. ¤ So Svein assembled a fleet of war &amp; gave out
+that he was about to go on a viking cruise, and when the whole of his
+fleet was come together, &amp; Palnatoki of the Jomsborg vikings was
+also come to his aid, Svein made for Zealand, and went into Isafjord.
+There King Harald his father was lying, likewise, with his ships, for he
+was preparing to sail to war, &amp; Svein fell upon him, &amp;
+a&nbsp;great battle ensued; but many men flocked to King Harald and
+Svein had to give way before great odds and flee. There nevertheless did
+Harald receive such hurt that he died, and thereafter Svein was hailed
+as King of Denmark. In those days Jomsborg in Wendland was ruled by Earl
+Sigvaldi; he was the son of Strut-Harald who had ruled Skani, and
+Sigvaldi’s brothers were Heming and Thorkel the Tall. At that time Bui
+the Burly of Borgundarholm &amp; his brother Sigurd were likewise chiefs
+among the Jomsborg vikings, and with them, too, was Vagn, who was the
+son of Aki and Thorgunna and the sister’s son of Bui and Sigurd. ¤ Now
+Sigvaldi the Earl had made King Svein prisoner and had taken him to
+Jomsborg in Wendland, and had constrained him to make peace with the
+Wendish King Burizlaf. ¤ It was to Earl Sigvaldi to settle the
+conditions of agreement between them&mdash;
+<span class = "pagenum">45</span>
+Sigvaldi had then to wife Astrid the daughter of King Burizlaf&mdash;and
+if peace were not made, said the Earl, he would deliver King Svein into
+the hands of the Wends. ¤ Then the King knowing full well that they
+would torture him even to the death was content that the Earl should be
+peacemaker, &amp; the Earl adjudged matters in such fashion that King
+Svein was to have the daughter of King Burizlaf to wife, and King
+Burizlaf the sister of King Svein, Tyra, that was daughter to Harald. ¤
+Moreover it was covenanted that the two Kings were to have each his own
+dominion, and there was to be lasting peace between the countries. ¤
+Then did King Svein journey home to Denmark with his wife Gunnhild;
+their sons were Harald and Knut the Great (Canute). ¤ And in those days
+made the Danes great boast that they would sail with a host to Norway
+even against Earl Hakon.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Now because King Svein was going to take his succession after his
+father Harald, made he a great funeral feast, to which were bidden all
+the chiefs of his kingdom. ¤ Not long before this Strut-Harald of Skani
+had died, and also Veseti of Borgundarholm, who was the father of Bui
+&amp; Sigurd. The King therefore sent word to the Jomsborg vikings
+bidding Earl Sigvaldi and Bui, and their brothers, to come thither and
+seal their inheritance by drinking grave-ale in memory of their fathers
+at the feast which the King himself was about to give. And to this feast
+accordingly went the Jomsborg vikings with all the stoutest of their
+folk; forty ships had they from Wendland &amp; twenty from Skani, &amp;
+a&nbsp;great number of people were assembled together. On the first day
+of the feast, before King Svein stepped into his father’s high seat, he
+drank the cup of memory to him, vowing therewith that before three
+months were over he would go to England with his hosts &amp; slay King
+Ethelred, or drive him from the country. Now all those who were at the
+feast were obliged to drink that cup of memory, and for the chiefs of
+the Jomsborg vikings the largest horns
+<span class = "pagenum">46</span>
+were filled, and withal with the strongest ale. When this cup of memory
+had been drunk to the dregs then were all men to drink to the memory of
+Christ; and ever to the Jomsborg vikings were brought the fullest horns
+&amp; the strongest drink. The third cup was to St. Michael, and this
+was drunk by all; and thereafter Sigvaldi drank to his father’s memory,
+&amp; made a vow that before three winters were passed he would go to
+Norway and slay Eirik, or drive him from the land. Then did his brother
+Thorkel the Tall swear that he would fare with Sigvaldi, and never shun
+battle as long as Sigvaldi was fighting there; and Bui the Burly said
+that he too would go with them to Norway, and not flee before Earl Hakon
+in battle. Then did Vagn Eirikson swear that he also would accompany
+him, &amp; not return before he had slain Thorkel Leira and lain abed
+with his daughter Ingibiorg. ¤ Many other lords made vows anent sundry
+matters, &amp; all men drank the heirship ale. When the morrow was come
+and the Jomsborg vikings had slept as long as they were minded, they
+deemed that they had spoken big words enough &amp; met together to take
+counsel as to how and when they should proceed with their cruise, and
+then they covenanted to array their ships and men as speedily as might
+be. Now this matter was rumoured of far and wide in the lands.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Earl Eirik, the son of Earl Hakon, was at that season in Raumariki,
+&amp; hearing of these tidings straightway mustered the folk and set
+forth to the Uplands, and then made his way northwards across the
+mountains to Throndhjem, to his father Earl Hakon. Of this speaketh
+Thord Kolbeinson in Eirik’s lay:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘In good sooth from the south came fearsome tales of war,</p>
+<p>Peasants even fear to fight;</p>
+<p>And the captain of the ship learned that the long-ships of the
+Danes</p>
+<p>Along their rollers were run out seawards.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<span class = "pagenum">47</span>
+<p>¶ Earl Hakon and Earl Eirik caused war-arrows to be sent throughout
+the whole of the district around Throndhjem, and sent messengers to
+South-More, North-More, and Raumsdal; likewise sent they northward to
+Naumdal and Halogaland, and when this was accomplished had they called
+out their full muster of men and ships. Thus saith Eirik’s lay:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘Many a long-ship and bark and great keel</p>
+<p>(How the skald’s praise grows apace)</p>
+<p>The shield-bearer caused to be run into the sea</p>
+<p>(Off-shore was the muster goodly)</p>
+<p>So that the warrior could defend the lands of his fathers.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ Earl Hakon went forthwith south to More, to reconnoitre and collect
+men, while Earl Eirik assembled his host &amp; took it southwards.</p>
+
+<p>¶ The Jomsborg vikings brought their hosts to Limfjord and thence
+sailed out to sea; sixty ships had they, and they took them across to
+Agdir whence without tarrying shaped they a course northward to the
+dominion of Earl Hakon. They sailed off the coast, plundering &amp;
+burning wheresoever they went. Now there was a certain man named
+Geirmund who was sailing in a light boat &amp; had but few men with him,
+&amp; he came to More where he found Earl Hakon, &amp; going in before
+the Earl as he sate at meat told him that there was an host to the
+southward which was come from Denmark. The Earl asked if he knew this in
+good sooth, and Geirmund, holding up one of his arms from which the hand
+had been severed, said that that was the token that a host was in the
+land. ¤ Then did the Earl question him closely concerning this host,
+&amp; Geirmund said that it was the Jomsborg vikings, &amp; that they
+had slain many men and plundered far &amp; wide: ‘Nevertheless they are
+travelling speedily and hard. ¤ Methinks it will not be long before they
+are here.’ ¤ So then the Earl rowed up all the fjords, inwards along one
+shore and outwards along the other faring night and day, and he sent
+scouts on to the upper way
+<span class = "pagenum">48</span>
+across the isthmus,<a name = "tag48_1" id = "tag48_1" href =
+"#note48_1">§</a> &amp; south in the Fjords, &amp; likewise north where
+Eirik was now with his host. ¤ It is of this that Eirik’s lay
+telleth:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘War-wise was the Earl who had long-ships on the main</p>
+<p>Heading with lofty prows against Sigvaldi,</p>
+<p>Mayhap many an oar shook,</p>
+<p>But the seamen who rent the sea with strong oar-blades</p>
+<p>Feared not death.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ Earl Hakon took his host southwards as speedily as ever he was
+able.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Sailing northwards with his fleet Earl Sigvaldi rounded Stad, and
+first put in over against Hereya. Here, although the vikings fell in
+with the folk of the country, never could they get from them the truth
+as to the whereabouts of the Earl. Whithersoever they went the vikings
+pillaged, &amp; in the island of Hod they ran up ashore &amp; plundered
+the people, taking back with them to their ships both folk and cattle,
+though all men capable of bearing arms they slew. ¤ Now as they were
+going down again to their ships an old man approached them&mdash;for he
+was walking nigh to the men of Bui&mdash;and unto them said he, ‘Not as
+warriors go ye here, driving neat and calves down to the shore; better
+prey would it be for ye to take the bear since ye have come so nigh his
+lair.’ ¤ ‘What saith the carle?’ they cry, ‘Can ye tell us aught of Earl
+Hakon?’ The peasant made answer: ‘Yesterday he sailed to Hiorundarfjord
+having with him one or two ships, or three at most, &amp; at that time
+he had not heard aught of ye.’ Forthwith ran Bui &amp; his men to their
+ships, leaving all their booty behind, &amp; Bui called out saying: ‘Let
+us make the most of having got this news, so that we may be the ones
+nighest to the victory.’ ¤ And when they had mounted up into their ships
+straightway rowed they out north of the isle of Hod, and then rounding
+that island into the fjord.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Earl Hakon and his son Earl Eirik were lying in Hallsvik,
+<span class = "pagenum">49</span>
+with their hosts and one hundred and fifty ships. ¤ Now they had heard
+by this time that the Jomsborg vikings were lying-to off Hod, and the
+Earls accordingly rowed northward to seek them, and when they were come
+to the place which is called Hiorungavag met they one with another. ¤
+Both sides then set themselves in array for battle. In the midst of his
+host was the banner of Earl Sigvaldi and over against this Earl Hakon
+took up his position; Earl Sigvaldi had twenty ships, and Earl Hakon
+sixty. ¤ In Earl Hakon’s following were the chiefs Thorir Hart of
+Halogaland, and Styrkar of Gimsar. As for the battle array, one wing
+consisted of the twenty ships belonging to Bui the Burly and his brother
+Sigurd. Against these Earl Eirik Hakonson placed sixty ships, with him
+being the chiefs Gudbrand the White from the Uplands &amp; Thorkel Leira
+from Vik. ¤ In the other wing of the array was Vagn Akason with twenty
+ships, and against him with sixty ships was Svein Hakonson with Skeggi
+of Uphaug in Yriar, and Rognvald from Ervik in Stad. In Eirik’s lay it
+is told of thus:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘And the sea-ships to battle sped towards the Danish ships,</p>
+<p>The sea-host sailed the coast along:</p>
+<p>From before the vikings cleared the Earl away many at More</p>
+<p>The ships drifted amid war-slain heaps.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>And thus saith Eyvind in the Halogaland tale:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘Hardly was it a tryst of joy in that day’s dawning</p>
+<p>For the foemen of Yngvi Frey,</p>
+<p>When the land-rulers guided the long-ships across the waste,</p>
+<p>And the sword-elf from the south-land</p>
+<p>Thrust the sea-steeds against their hosts.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ Then the fleets were brought together and there ensued the grimmest
+of battles, and many were slain on both sides, albeit the host of Hakon
+was it which fared the worst, for the Jomsborg vikings fought stoutly
+both with boldness &amp; dexterity, shooting clean through the shields.
+So great in number were the missiles which struck Earl Hakon that his
+shirt of mail
+<span class = "pagenum">50</span>
+became all rent and useless so that he threw it from him. ¤ Of this
+speaketh Tind Halkelson:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘The kirtle which gold bedecked women wrought for the Earl</p>
+<p>(The sparks from the sword wax brighter)</p>
+<p>Could no longer be borne;</p>
+<p>Then the mailed hero from off him cast the King’s shirt</p>
+<p>(Ready were the steeds of the sea).</p>
+<p>Asunder, on the sand, blown from the Earl by the wind</p>
+<p>Was the ring-weaved shirt of Sorli</p>
+<p>(Thereof bore he the marks).’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ Now the ships of the Jomsborg vikings were both larger, and higher
+in the gunwale, than were those of Earl Hakon, but nevertheless were
+they boldly beset from both sides. Vagn Akason pressed the ships of
+Svein Hakonson so hard that Svein let his men backwater &amp; came nigh
+to fleeing, whereupon Earl Eirik came up into his place &amp; thrust
+himself into the battle against Vagn, and Vagn backed his ship, and the
+craft lay again as they had lain at first. ¤ Then Eirik returned to his
+own battle, where his men were now going astern, and Bui having cut
+himself free from his lashings was about to follow the fugitives. ¤
+Eirik then laid his ship alongside the ship of Bui, &amp; a&nbsp;sharp
+hand to hand struggle took place, and two or three of the ships of Eirik
+set on the one ship whereon was Bui. ¤ Then a storm came on, and there
+fell hailstones so heavy that one stone alone weighed an ounce. Then did
+Sigvaldi cut his ship adrift &amp; went about, with the intention of
+fleeing; Vagn Akason cried out to him bidding him stay, but never a
+moment would Sigvaldi heed give to what he said, so Vagn sent a javelin
+after him, and smote the man who held the tiller. Earl Sigvaldi rowed
+out of the battle with thirty-five ships and left twenty-five behind
+him. ¤ Then did Earl Hakon bring his ship round to the other side of
+that of Bui, and short respite then had the men of Bui between the
+blows. Now there was an anvil with a sharp end standing on the
+forecastle
+<span class = "pagenum">51</span>
+of the ship that pertained to Bui, and the reason thereof was that some
+man had made use thereof when welding the hilt of his sword, and Vigfus
+the son of Vigaglums, who was a man of great strength, took up the anvil
+&amp; throwing it with both hands, drave it into the head of Aslak
+Holmskalli, so that the snout thereof entered his brain. No weapon
+hitherto had scathed Aslak, though he had been laying about him on
+either side. ¤ He was the foster-son of Bui, and his forecastle man. Yet
+another of the men to Bui was Havard the Hewer; even stronger was he,
+and a man of great valour. During this struggle the men of Eirik went up
+aboard Bui’s ship, &amp; made aft to the poop, towards Bui, and
+Thorstein Midlang struck him full across the nose, cleaving asunder the
+nose-piece of his helmet, and leaving a great wound. ¤ Bui then smote
+Thorstein in the side in such a manner that he cut the man right athwart
+his middle, and then seizing two chests of gold he shouted: ‘Overboard
+all the men of Bui,’ and plunged into the sea with the chests, and many
+of his men likewise sprang overboard, though others fell on the ship,
+for little avail was it to ask for quarter. The ship was now cleared
+from stem to stern, and the other craft were likewise cleared one after
+the other.</p>
+
+<p>¶ After this Earl Eirik brought his ships alongside that of Vagn, and
+from the latter met with right stout resistance; in the end however the
+ship was cleared, and Vagn and thirty men taken prisoners. Bound were
+they &amp; taken on land, and Thorkel Leira went up to them and spoke
+thus: ‘Vagn, thou didst vow to slay me, but me seemeth it is I who am
+more like to slay thee.’ ¤ Now it happened that Vagn and his men were
+all sitting on the felled trunks of a mighty tree, and Thorkel had a big
+axe, &amp; with it he struck at the man who was sitting farthest off on
+the trunk. ¤ Vagn and his men were so bound that a rope was passed round
+their feet, but their hands were free. Then said one of them,
+‘I&nbsp;have in my hand a cloak-clasp,
+<span class = "pagenum">52</span>
+and into the earth will I thrust it if I wot anything after my head is
+off’&mdash;and his head was struck off, and down fell the clasp from his
+hand. ¤ Hard by sat a fair man with goodly hair and he swept his hair
+forward over his face, saying as he stretched forth his neck: ‘Make not
+my hair bloody.’ A&nbsp;certain man took the hair in his hand and held
+it fast, and Thorkel swang the axe so as to strike, but the viking drew
+back his head suddenly &amp; he who was holding his hair moved forward
+with him, and lo, the axe came down on both his hands and took them off,
+thereafter cleaving the earth. Then Earl Eirik came up and asked: ‘Who
+is that fine man?’ ‘Sigurd the lads call me,’ said he, ‘and I am thought
+to be a son to Bui: not yet are all the vikings of Jomsborg dead.’ ‘Thou
+must of a surety be a true son to Bui; wilt thou have quarter?’ ‘That
+dependeth upon who is the bidder thereof,’ said Sigurd. ‘He offereth it
+who hath power to give it, to wit Earl Eirik.’ ‘Then will I take it,’
+and loosed was he from the rope. Then said Thorkel Leira: ‘Though thou
+grantest quarter, Earl, to all these men, yet never shall Vagn Akason
+depart hence alive,’ &amp; so saying he ran forward with uplifted axe.
+Just then the viking Skadi tripped in the rope, and dropped before
+Thorkel’s feet, and Thorkel fell flat over him, and Vagn seizing the axe
+dealt Thorkel his death-blow. Then said the Earl: ‘Wilt thou have
+quarter?’ ‘Yea will&nbsp;I,’ said he, ‘if we all are given quarter.’
+‘Loose them from the rope,’ said the Earl, and so it was done
+accordingly. ¤ Eighteen of these men were slain, but to twelve was
+quarter granted.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Now Earl Hakon &amp; many of his men with him were sitting on a
+log. ¤ Suddenly there twanged a bowstring from Bui’s ship, but the arrow
+struck Gizur of Valders, a&nbsp;feudatory who was sitting by the Earl
+&amp; was clad in brave apparel, &amp; forthwith went sundry of Hakon’s
+men out to the ship and found on it Havard the Hewer kneeling by the
+bulwarks, for his feet had been smitten off him. A&nbsp;bow had he in
+his hand and
+<span class = "pagenum">53</span>
+when they were come out to the ship, as aforesaid, Havard asked: ‘Who
+fell off the tree-trunk?’ ‘One named Gizur,’ they say. ‘Then was my luck
+lesser than I wished.’ ‘Ill-luck enough,’ say they, ‘and more hurt shalt
+thou not do,’ &amp; therewith they slew him. After these things the dead
+were searched, and the booty brought together for division; five and
+twenty ships belonging to the Jomsborg vikings were thus cleared of
+booty. Tind saith as follows:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘He, feeder of ravens,</p>
+<p>(Their swords did smite their thighs)</p>
+<p>Against the friends of the Wends long did struggle,</p>
+<p>Until he who shields destroyed had</p>
+<p>Five and twenty ships laid waste.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ Thereafter were the hosts dispersed. ¤ Earl Hakon betook him to
+Throndhjem, taking it full ill that Eirik had given Vagn Akason quarter.
+¤ Men say that during this battle Earl Hakon made sacrifice of his son
+Erling in order to gain the victory, and afterwards the hailstorm came,
+and that then the slaughtering changed over out of the hands of the
+Jomsborgers. After the battle Earl Eirik went to the Uplands, and from
+there east to his dominions, and with him went Vagn Akason. Thereafter
+Eirik gave the daughter of Thorkel Leira&mdash;Ingibiorg was her
+name&mdash;in marriage to Vagn, &amp; a&nbsp;goodly long-ship to boot,
+well furnished in all things appertaining thereto, &amp; a&nbsp;crew did
+he get him for the ship, and they parted in all friendship. Vagn thence
+fared southward home to Denmark, and became thereafter a famous man. ¤
+Many men of might are descended from him.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Now it hath been heretofore related how Harald the Grenlander was
+King of Vestfold, and how Asta, the daughter of Gudbrand Kula had he
+taken to wife. One summer when he was out laying waste the countries to
+the eastward, came he to Sweden where Olaf the Swede was King in those
+days. Olaf was the son of Eirik the Victorious and of Sigrid the
+<span class = "pagenum">54</span>
+daughter of Skogla-Tosti. ¤ Sigrid was now a widow and to her pertained
+many great manors in Sweden. When she heard that her foster-brother
+Harald the Grenlander had come ashore not far from where at that time
+she was abiding, sent she messengers to him, bidding him to a feast
+which she was making ready to give. Thereat was Harald glad, and fared
+to Astrid with a great following of men. And a goodly feast was it
+withal: the King and the Queen sat in the high-seat and in the evening
+drank both together, and among the men flowed the ale freely. ¤ At night
+when the King went to his rest his bed had on it a costly coverlet, and
+was hung with precious cloths; in that house there were but few men. And
+the King having unclad him, &amp; gotten into bed, the Queen came hither
+to him and poured out a cup, and pressed him hard to drink; right kind
+was she to him withal. Now the King was exceeding drunken, and the Queen
+likewise. ¤ Then fell the King asleep, and Sigrid went away to her bed.
+Now the Queen was a very wise woman, and far seeing in many things. The
+next morning flowed the drink ever apace, but as ofttimes cometh to pass
+when men have drunk heavily, even so the more wary of drink are most of
+them on the morrow. Yet was the Queen merry, and she and Harald spake
+much together, and as their talk ran on, the Queen said that she deemed
+her lands &amp; kingdom in Sweden to be of no less worth than his in
+Norway. Now at this manner of talking the King waxed moody, and found
+but little pleasure in anything thereafter, and heavy at heart he made
+him ready to go; yet was the Queen exceeding merry, gave him great
+gifts, &amp; accompanied him on his way.</p>
+
+<p>¶ So back to Norway fared he that autumn, &amp; abode at home during
+that winter, but little enough pleasure gat he the while. The summer
+thereafter went he eastward with his host, and shaped his course for
+Sweden. Word sent he to Sigrid that he desired to meet her, &amp; she
+rode down to him, &amp; they talked together; then without more ado he
+asked her whether she
+<span class = "pagenum">55</span>
+would have him for mate, to which Sigrid made answer that to do such a
+thing would indeed be foolish, seeing that he is well married already,
+and better for him might not be. Harald confessed Asta to be a good wife
+and brave, ‘but of such noble blood as mine is she not withal.’ Then
+answered Sigrid. ‘Maybe thou art of higher lineage than she, yet
+nevertheless it beseemeth to me that with her is the happiness of ye
+both.’ And after that few were the words spoken between them before the
+Queen rode away.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Then was King Harald sick at heart, &amp; he made him ready to ride
+inland to see Queen Sigrid yet once more. Many of his men counselled him
+therefrom, but none the less went he with a great following to the house
+of which Sigrid was lady. That same evening there came thither from the
+east, from Gardariki (western Russia), another king&mdash;Vissavald<a
+name = "tag55_15" id = "tag55_15" href = "#note55_15">§</a> was his
+name, &amp; he likewise came to woo Sigrid the Queen. The kings &amp;
+all their retinue were given seats in a large &amp; ancient chamber;
+&amp; ancient also were the furnishings of this room, but drink more
+than enough went round that evening, so strong indeed that all became
+drunken, and both the head-guard, and the outer-guard fell asleep. Then,
+during the night&mdash;and all this was caused by Queen
+Sigrid&mdash;were they fallen upon with fire and sword; both the chamber
+&amp; the men who were therein were burned, &amp; of those who came out
+from it not one was allowed to go alive. ¤ Quoth Sigrid on this matter,
+that she would teach small kings from other lands to woo her; &amp;
+thereafter she was called Sigrid the Scheming.</p>
+
+<p>¶ It was the winter before these things befell that the battle with
+the Jomsborg vikings was fought in Hiorungavag. Now while Harald was
+gone inland, one Hrani was left in charge of the ships and men; but when
+the news came that Harald had been done to death, fared they thence
+forthwith, &amp; going back to Norway recounted the tidings. ¤ And to
+Asta went Hrani &amp; told her all things concerning their voyage, &amp;
+likewise
+<span class = "pagenum">56</span>
+the errand that had urged King Harald to Queen Sigrid. When she heard
+these tidings Asta went straightway to the Uplands to her father, and
+right welcome was she made, but exceeding wrathful were they both at the
+base design which had been toward in Sweden, &amp; with Harald that he
+had been minded to leave her in loneliness. Asta, the daughter of
+Gudbrand, brought forth a son even there in the summer; this boy was
+called Olaf at his baptism, &amp; Hrani poured the water over him. At
+the outset was the child reared by Gudbrand &amp; Asta his mother.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Earl Hakon ruled the whole coast of Norway; sixteen counties had he
+under his sway, and forasmuch as Harald Fairhair had prescribed that an
+earl should be over every county, and that prescription had endured for
+long, there were under him sixteen earls. Thus it is said in the
+Vellekla:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘Where else know we the government</p>
+<p>(On this the hosts may ponder)</p>
+<p>Of one land-ruler over the lands of sixteen earls?</p>
+<p>Unto the four corners of heaven rises the rumour</p>
+<p>Of the doughty deeds of the belauded chieftain.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ During the rule of Earl Hakon the increase was good in the land,
+&amp; peace was there within it among the peasantry. Well-beloved, too,
+was the Earl among them for the greater part of his life, but as his
+years waxed old it happened that his intercourse with women became
+unseemly, and to such a pass came this that the Earl would cause the
+daughters of powerful men to be brought unto him, when he would lie with
+them for a week or twain, and then send them back to their homes. This
+manner of acting brought him to great enmity with the kinsmen of these
+women, and the peasantry fell to murmuring, as is the wont of the folk
+of Throndhjem when things are not to their liking.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Now there came to the ears of Earl Hakon the fame of a man overseas
+westward who called himself Oli, &amp; whom men held
+<span class = "pagenum">57</span>
+for a King; and he misdoubted from the talk of certain folk that this
+man must be of the lineage of the Norwegian Kings. He was told, indeed,
+that Oli called himself Gerdish (i.e., of Garda) by race, but the Earl
+had heard that Tryggvi Olafson had had a son who had been taken eastward
+to Garda (western Russia), and had been brought up there at the Court of
+King Valdamar, and that his name was Olaf. ¤ Often had the Earl sought
+information about this man, and he misdoubted that he it was who had now
+come to the western countries. Now to Hakon the Earl was a great friend,
+one Thorir Klakka, who was known far and wide, for he had sailed long
+whiles as a viking, and at others as a merchant. ¤ So west across the
+sea Earl Hakon now despatched this man, bidding him fare to Dublin as a
+merchant, as many were wont to fare in those days. It was laid on Thorir
+that he should ascertain of what manner of man was this Oli, and should
+he hear of a truth he was Olaf Tryggvason, or of the lineage of the
+Kings of Norway, then was Thorir, if it might be, to ensnare him into
+the power of the Earl.</p>
+
+<p>¶ So Thorir gat him west to Dublin, and enquiring there for tidings
+of Oli learned that he was with his brother-in-law King Olaf Kvaran.<a
+name = "tag57_22" id = "tag57_22" href = "#note57_22">§</a> Thereafter
+Thorir brought it to pass that he gat speech of Oli, and when they had
+talked often and long (for Thorir was a very smooth-tongued man) fell
+Oli to asking about the Upland kings: which of them were still alive and
+what dominions pertained to them. ¤ Likewise asked he concerning the
+Earl, and if he were much beloved in the country. Thorir answered: ‘The
+Earl is so mighty a man that no one durst speak but as he wills,
+nevertheless the reason of this is that we have none other to look to.
+Verily know I the minds of many mighty men, &amp; of the people
+likewise, &amp; that they would be eager &amp; ready were a king of the
+lineage of Harald Fair-hair to come to the realm. ¤ Of this, however, is
+there no likelihood inasmuch as it has been well proven how little it
+<span class = "pagenum">58</span>
+availeth to contend against Earl Hakon.’ ¤ And when they had talked much
+together on this matter, revealed Olaf unto Thorir his name &amp;
+lineage, &amp; craved counsel of him whether the peasantry would have
+him for their King should he fare over to Norway. With eagerness sought
+Thorir to urge him on to make this journey, praising him and his prowess
+most exceedingly. Then did Olaf conceive a great desire to be gone to
+the realm of his kin; and sailed he thereafter from the west with five
+ships, going first to the Hebrides; &amp; together with him went Thorir.
+Later sailed he to the Orkneys where Earl Sigurd, the son of Hlodvir,
+was lying in Asmundarvag (Osmundwall) in Rognvaldzey (South Ronaldsey)
+in a long-ship for he was about to sail over to Katanes (Caithness).
+Then did King Olaf sail his folk from the west &amp; put into haven in
+the island because Pettlanzfjord (Pentland Firth) was not navigable. ¤
+When the King heard that the Earl was lying there summoned he him to
+talk with him, and Earl Sigurd having come to the King not long did they
+talk ere the King Olaf said that the Earl and all the folk of the land
+must let themselves be baptized or they would straightway be put to
+death; and the King said he would carry fire &amp; sword through the
+isles, and lay waste the land if the folk thereof did not allow
+themselves to be christened. ¤ So the Earl being thus beset chose to
+accept baptism, and was baptized there and then with all his men.
+Thereafter swore the Earl an oath that he would become the King’s man,
+&amp; give him his son for a hostage&mdash;his name was Whelp or
+Hound&mdash;and Olaf took him home with him to Norway.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Olaf then sailed eastward out to sea, and when he left the main,
+went in to the Isle of Most, where he went on land in Norway for the
+first time. ¤ He caused a Mass to be said in his tent, &amp; on the
+self-same spot was a church afterward builded. Now Thorir Klakka told
+the King that their wisest course was to keep secret his identity, and
+to let not the slightest rumour
+<span class = "pagenum">59</span>
+about him get abroad, and to travel as speedily as might be so as to
+fall upon the Earl while he was still unawares. ¤ Even so did King Olaf,
+faring northward day and night according to the set of the wind, &amp;
+he let not the people know of his journey, nor who it was that was
+sailing. When he was come north to Agdanes gat he tidings that Earl
+Hakon was within the fjord, &amp; moreover that he was at variance with
+the peasantry. Now when Thorir heard tell of this quite otherwise was it
+from what he had expected, for after the battle of the Jomsborg vikings
+all men in Norway were full friendly with Earl Hakon by reason of the
+victory he had won, &amp; which had saved the land from war; but now so
+ill had things befallen that here was the Earl at strife with the
+peasantry, &amp; that with a great chief come into the land.</p>
+
+<p>¶ At this time Hakon the Earl was a guest at Medalhus in Gaulardal,
+his ships lying off Vigg the while. ¤ Now there was a certain Orm
+Lyrgia, a&nbsp;wealthy yeoman who lived at Bynes, and he had to wife
+Gudrun the daughter of Bergthor of Lundar, &amp; so fair a woman was
+this Gudrun that she was called the ‘sun of Lundar.’ ¤ And on such an
+errand as this, namely to bring unto him Orm’s wife, did Earl Hakon send
+his thralls. ¤ The men coming thither to Bynes made known their errand,
+but Orm bade them first go out &amp; sup, &amp; before they had well
+eaten there had come to him many men whom he had sent for from the
+neighbouring homesteads. Then said Orm that he would in nowise suffer
+Gudrun to go with the thralls; and Gudrun herself bade the thralls go
+tell the Earl that never would she go to him save he sent Thora of
+Rimul,<a name = "tag59_28" id = "tag59_28" href = "#note59_28">§</a> a
+wealthy lady and one of the Earl’s sweethearts, to fetch her. Then the
+thralls said that they would come once again in such a manner that both
+master and mistress would repent them of this business, &amp; uttering
+grievous threats they gat them gone. Now in all four directions of the
+countryside did Orm send out war-arrows, and with them word that all men
+should rise
+<span class = "pagenum">60</span>
+against Hakon the Earl to slay him. Moreover he let Haldor of
+Skerdingsted be told, and forthwith Haldor also made despatch of the
+war-arrow. ¤ Not long before this had the Earl taken the wife of a man
+named Bryniolf, and from that piece of work had arisen a great pother,
+and something nigh the assembling together of an host. ¤ So after
+receiving the message aforesaid all the people hastened together and
+made their way to Medalhus, but to the Earl coming news of their motions
+thereon left he the house together with his men and went to a deep
+valley which is now called Jarlsdal (the Earl’s valley), and therein
+they hid themselves. The day thereafter kept the Earl watch on the
+peasant host. The peasants had encompassed all the footways, though they
+were mostly of a mind that the Earl had made off to his ships. These
+were now commanded by his son Erling, a&nbsp;young man of singular
+promise. ¤ When night fell sent the Earl his men away from him, bidding
+them take to the forest tracks out to Orkadal, ‘No one will harm ye if I
+am nowhere nigh,’ he said. ‘Send also word to Erling to go out of the
+fjord so that we may meet in More. I&nbsp;shall find a means to hide me
+from the peasants.’ Then the Earl departed and a thrall of his named
+Kark bore him company. ¤ Ice was there on the Gaul river, but the Earl
+set his horse at it &amp; they came through, with the loss of his cloak,
+to a cave which has since been called Jarlshellir (the Earl’s cave), and
+therein slept they soundly. When Kark awakened recounted he unto the
+Earl a dream he had dreamt: how a man black &amp; ill to behold had come
+nigh the cave, and he was afeared would enter it, and this man had told
+him that ‘Ulli’ was dead. ¤ Then said the Earl, ‘Erling must have been
+slain.’ For the second time Thormod Kark slept and he cried out in his
+sleep, and when he awoke told his dream, namely that he had seen the
+self-same man coming down again, &amp; he had bidden Kark tell the Earl
+that now all the sounds were closed. ¤ And Kark telling Earl Hakon his
+dream said he thought it might betoken a short life
+<span class = "pagenum">61</span>
+for him. Thereafter they arose and went to the homestead of Rimul,
+whence sent the Earl Kark to Thora bidding her come privily to him. This
+did she in haste, and made the Earl right welcome, and he craved of her
+hiding were it but for a few nights even until dispersed should be the
+peasants. ‘Here is it that thou wilt be sought by them,’ said she, ‘and
+search will they make both within and without, throughout the whole of
+this my homestead, for many there are that wot over well how that I
+would fain help thee all that I might. Howbeit one place is there
+wherein would I never seek for such a man
+<span class = "pagenum">62</span>
+as thou, and that is in the swine-sty.’ So thither hied they and said
+the Earl: ‘Here then will we hide us, for it behoves us that first of
+all must we give heed to our own lives.’ Thereupon dug the thrall a
+large ditch in the sty &amp; carried away the earth, and afterwards
+placed wood across it. ¤ And Thora brought unto the Earl tidings that
+Olaf Tryggvason was come up the fjord, and that he had slain the Earl’s
+son Erling. ¤ Right so went the Earl into the trench, &amp; Kark with
+him, and Thora dragged wood athwart it, and swept earth and muck over
+it, and drave the swine thereon. Now the swine-sty was under a certain
+big rock.</p>
+
+<p class = "illustration">
+<img src = "images/pic61.png" width = "466" height = "441"
+alt = "the swine-sty">
+</p>
+
+<p>¶ With five long-ships shaped Olaf Tryggvason his course into the
+fjord, &amp; Erling, the son of Earl Hakon with his three ships rowed
+him out to meet him. Or ever the ships drew nigh one to another Erling
+and his men knew that this was war, and then in lieu of coming to a
+meeting with Olaf did they make head for the land. Now Olaf when he had
+seen the long-ships rowing down the fjord towards him thought to himself
+that this would be Earl Hakon, and thereon gave the word of command to
+row ahead as hard as might be. ¤ The men of Erling even so soon as they
+were come nigh unto the shore leapt they in haste overboard &amp; made
+for land. Thither after them were come the ships of Olaf and he himself
+saw swimming a man exceeding fair to look upon, and thereon seized he
+the tiller and threw it even unto this man, and the tiller smote the
+head of Erling, he that was son of the Earl, so that his skull was
+cloven, yea even to the brain. ¤ Thus came it to pass that Erling lost
+his life. ¤ There slew the men of Olaf many, but even so did a few make
+good their escape; others again made they prisoners, &amp; giving them
+quarter gat tidings from them. ¤ Thus learnt Olaf that the peasants had
+driven away Earl Hakon, that he was fleeing before them, and that all
+the folk that were his were scattered. ¤ Thereafter did the peasants
+come unto Olaf, and as all liked one another passing
+<span class = "pagenum">63</span>
+well forthwith entered they into fellowship. ¤ The peasants hailed him
+for their King, and they covenanted together to seek Earl Hakon, &amp;
+to make search up into Gaulardal where if peradventure he was to be
+found in any of the houses there, deemed they it likeliest would he be
+at Rimul since all men knew for why. ¤ Thora was the dearest friend to
+him in that valley. So thither went they, and sought the Earl both
+without and within but of him could they find no trace; and Olaf
+summoned the people together out in the yard, and standing on the rock
+which was beside the swine-sty spake unto them, and the words that he
+uttered were that he would reward with riches and honour the man who
+would work mischief to Earl Hakon. ¤ This speech was heard both by the
+Earl and Kark. Now by them in the sty had they a light there with them,
+and the Earl said: ‘Why art thou so pale, yet withal as black as earth?
+Is it in thy heart, Kark, that thou shouldst betray me?’ ‘Nay,’ said
+Kark, ‘we two were born on the self-same night, and long space will
+there not be twixt the hour of our deaths.’ Towards evening went King
+Olaf away, &amp; when it was night Kark slept, and the Earl kept watch,
+but Kark was troubled in his sleep. Then the Earl awakened him &amp;
+asked him whereof he dreamt, and he said: ‘I was now even at Ladir, and
+Olaf Tryggvason placed a gold ornament about my neck.’ ¤ The Earl
+answered: ‘A blood-red ring will it be that Olaf Tryggvason will lay
+about thy neck, shouldst thou meet with him. Beware now, and betray me
+not, &amp; thou shalt be treated well by me as heretofore.’ Then stay
+they both sleepless each watching the other, as it might be, but nigh
+daybreak fell the Earl asleep and was troubled at once, so troubled that
+he drew his heels up under him &amp; his head likewise under him, and
+made as though he would rise up, calling aloud and in a fearsome way.
+Then grew Kark afeard &amp; filled with horror, so it came to pass that
+he drew a large knife from his belt and plunged it into the throat of
+the Earl cutting him from ear to ear. Thus
+<span class = "pagenum">64</span>
+was encompassed the death of Earl Hakon. ¤ Then cut Kark off the head of
+the Earl and hasted him away with it, and the day following came he with
+it to Ladir unto King Olaf, and there told he him all that had befallen
+them on their flight, as hath already been set forth. Afterwards King
+Olaf let Kark be taken away thence, &amp; his head be sundered from his
+trunk.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Thereafter to Nidarholm went King Olaf and likewise went many of
+the peasantry, and with them bare they the heads of Earl Hakon and Kark.
+In those days it was the custom to use this island as a place whereon
+might be slain thieves &amp; criminals, and on it stood a gallows. And
+the King caused that on this gallows should be exposed the heads of Earl
+Hakon and Kark. Then went thither the whole of the host, and shouted up
+at them and cast stones, and said that they went to hell each in goodly
+company, ever one rascal with another. Thereafter did they send men up
+to Gaulardal, &amp; after they had dragged thence the body of Earl Hakon
+did they burn it. ¤ So great strength was there now in the enmity that
+was borne against Earl Hakon by the folk that were of Throndhjem that no
+one durst breathe his name save as the ‘bad Earl,’ and for long
+afterwards was he called after this fashion. ¤ Nevertheless it is but
+justice to bear testimony of Earl Hakon that he was well worthy to be a
+chief, firstly by the lineage whereof he was descended, then for his
+wisdom and the insight with which he used the power that pertained to
+him, his boldness in battle, and withal his goodhap in gaining victories
+and slaying his foemen. Thus saith Thorleif Raudfelldarson:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘Hakon! no Earl more glorious ’neath the moon’s highway:</p>
+<p>In strife and battle hath the warrior honour won,</p>
+<p>Chieftains mine to Odin hast thou sent,</p>
+<p>(Food for ravens were their corses)</p>
+<p>Therefore wide be thy rule!’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ The most generous of men was Earl Hakon, yet even to such a chief
+befell so great mishap on his dying-day. And this was
+<span class = "pagenum">65</span>
+brought about by the coming of the time when blood-offerings &amp; the
+men of blood-offerings were doomed, &amp; in their stead were found the
+true Faith and righteous worship.</p>
+
+<p>¶ In general Thing at Throndhjem was Olaf Tryggvason chosen to be
+King of the land, even as Harald Fair-hair had been King. Indeed the
+folk rose up, &amp; the crowds would hear of nought else but that Olaf
+Tryggvason should be King; and Olaf went throughout the country
+conquering it, &amp; all men in Norway vowed allegiance to him. ¤ Even
+the lords of the Uplands and Vik who had before held their lands from
+the Danish King now became men unto Olaf and held their lands from him.
+Then in the first winter &amp; the summer thereafter fared he through
+the country. ¤ Earl Eirik Hakonson, and Svein his brother, &amp; others
+of their kith and friendship fled from the land, &amp; going eastward to
+Sweden, even unto King Olaf the Swede, were by him well received. Thus
+saith Thord Kolbeinson:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘Foemen of robbers! swiftly can fate cause change,</p>
+<p>Brief space ’fore the treason of men did Hakon to death,</p>
+<p>And to the land erewhile taken by the fighter in battle</p>
+<p>Came now the son of Tryggvi, faring from the west.</p>
+<p>More in his mind had Eirik against his lord and King</p>
+<p>Than can now be spoken of, as might be thought of him.</p>
+<p>In wrath sought the Earl counsel of the King of the Swedes</p>
+<p>(Stubborn are the folk of Throndhjem, ne’er one will flee).’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ Now the name of a certain man from Vik was Lodin, and he possessed
+much wealth and was come of a goodly lineage. Often fared he as a
+merchant, but upon occasion as a viking. Now it befell one summer that
+Lodin, to whom appertained the ship, wherein was a fair cargo, did set
+sail eastward with merchandise that was his, and after making Estland
+spent he the summer there in the places where the fairs were held. Now
+the while a fair happeneth are many kinds of goods thither brought to it
+for sale, &amp; likewise come many thralls,
+<span class = "pagenum">66</span>
+and among them as it befell in this wise one day saw Lodin a woman, who
+when he looked on her perceived he her to be Astrid, the daughter of
+Eirik whom King Tryggvi had had to wife. Now indeed was she unlike what
+she had been when he had aforetime seen her, for pale was she, and
+wasted, and poorly clad; but went he up to her &amp; asked her about
+herself, and she answered: ‘Sad is it to relate that have I been sold
+for a slave, &amp; yet again am I brought hither for sale.’ Thereafter
+did they recognize one another, &amp; Astrid knew well all about him and
+she besought him to buy her &amp; take her back to her kin. ‘I will make
+a bargain with thee on this matter,’ said he, ‘I will bear thee home
+with me to Norway if thou wilt wed me.’ ¤ So Astrid being in such dire
+straits and knowing him full well to be a man that was brave &amp; had
+many possessions, yea and moreover goodly lineage, plighted she him her
+troth so that she might be set free. Thus it came to pass that Lodin
+bought Astrid, and bare her away home even unto Norway, and wedded her
+there with the goodwill of her kinsfolk. The children she bare to him
+were Thorkel Nefia, Ingirid, and Ingigerd; while the daughters of Astrid
+by King Tryggvi were Ingibiorg and Astrid. ¤ The sons of Eirik
+Biodaskalli were Sigurd Carles-head, Jostein, and Thorkel Dydril; all
+these were noble &amp; wealthy, and to them pertained manors in the east
+of the country. ¤ Two brothers that dwelt in Vik, Thorgeir &amp; Hyrning
+as they were named, took to wife the daughters of Astrid and Lodin.</p>
+
+<p class = "illustration">
+<img src = "images/pic67.png" width = "468" height = "360"
+alt = "Olaf Tryggvason at Vik (?)">
+</p>
+
+<p>¶ After the Danish King, Harald Gormson, had embraced the faith of
+Christ made he proclamation throughout his dominions that all men must
+allow themselves to be baptized, and must turn to the true Faith. He
+himself followed hard on the bidding, making use of force and
+chastisement when naught else could prevail. ¤ He sent to Norway with a
+great host two Earls that were called Urgutherjot and Brimiskiar;<a name
+= "tag66_33" id = "tag66_33" href = "#note66_33">§</a> the mission to
+them was that they should proclaim Christianity
+<span class = "pagenum">67</span>
+throughout the land &amp; the same also in Vik which had done direct
+homage unto Harald himself. ¤ Folk made they submissive readily enough,
+and many country folk were thereon baptized. Howsoever it came to pass
+that after the death of Harald speedily went his son Svein Two-beard to
+war in Saxland, Frisland, and at last also in England, and then those of
+Norway who had received Christianity returned to sacrifices, as in the
+old times aforesaid in the north country. ¤ But Olaf Tryggvason after
+that he was King in Norway dwelt he for long in the summer at Vik, where
+he was made welcome with great show of affection; and to that place came
+also many of his kindred, &amp; others who were allied to him, and many
+that had been good friends with his father. Then did Olaf summon
+<span class = "pagenum">68</span>
+to him his uncle, &amp; his step-father Lodin, &amp; his step-brothers
+Thorgeirr and Hyrning, and laying the matter before them besought them
+most earnestly to undertake with him, and thereafter with all their
+might support the spreading of the message of Christianity, for this
+message it was his wish to carry throughout the whole of his dominions.
+¤ And, said he, that he would have it his way or die, ‘I will make all
+of ye great and powerful men, for it is upon ye that chiefly do I rely
+inasmuch as ye are to me kith &amp; brethren.’ So all were agreed to do
+what he bade them and support him in that which he desired, and to have
+fellowship with all those that were of a mind to follow their counsel. ¤
+Then did King Olaf proclaim that he would invite all men in his realm to
+become Christians, and those who had agreed this aforetime straightway
+did his bidding, &amp; as they were the most powerful of those present,
+all the others did according to their example. Thereafter were all folk
+baptized in the eastern part of Vik, &amp; then went the King to the
+northern parts thereof and invited all men to receive Christianity; and
+those who said nay chastised he severely, slaying some, and maiming
+some, and driving away others from the land. So it came to pass that the
+people of the whole of that kingdom whereover his father King Tryggvi
+had ruled aforetime, and likewise that which his kinsman Harald the
+Grenlander had possessed, received Christianity according to the bidding
+of King Olaf. Wherefore in that summer and in the winter thereafter were
+the people of the whole of Vik made Christian.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Early in the spring-time was King Olaf astir, and leaving Vik went
+he north-west to Agdir and whithersoever he went summoned he the
+peasants to a Thing, and bade all men let themselves be baptized. And
+forasmuch as none of the peasantry durst rise up against the King, the
+people were baptized <ins class = "correction" title = "inconsistent spelling in original">withersoever</ins> he went, and the men embraced
+Christianity.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Bold men and many were there in Hordaland who were
+<span class = "pagenum">69</span>
+come of the kin of Horda Kari. To him had been born four sons: firstly,
+Thorleif the Wise, secondly, Ogmund who was the father of Thorolf
+Skialg, the father of Erling of Soli; thirdly, Thord the father of Klyp
+the ‘hersir’ (he that slew Sigurd Sleva Gunnhildson) and fourthly, Olmod
+the father of Aksel who was the father of Aslak Fitiar-skalli. This
+stock was greatest and bravest in Hordaland.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Now when these kinsmen heard the disquieting tidings that the King
+was coming from the east along the coast, and with him a large host who
+forced all men that they should break the old laws of the old gods, and
+imposed penalties with sore chastisements on all those who spake not to
+his liking, agreed they to meet together to take counsel upon their
+plans for well knew they the King would soon be upon them; it was
+therefore agreed among them that they would one &amp; all be present at
+the Gula-Thing, and there should they meet Olaf Tryggvason.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Even so soon as he was come to Rogaland did Olaf summon a Thing,
+&amp; thereto came the peasantry in great numbers and fully armed. ¤ And
+being come together made they speeches and held consultations among
+themselves, &amp; chose three men who were the most eloquent among them
+to answer back the King at the Thing. Moreover were they to speak
+against him and make it known that they would not suffer their laws to
+be broken even were it the King who ordained the same. Now when the
+peasants were assembled at the Thing &amp; the Thing was opened, rose up
+King Olaf and spake, talking at the outset smooth and fair albeit it was
+manifest in his talking that it was his will that they should accept
+Christianity. ¤ And after he had done with fair words he fell to vowing
+that those who spoke against him and would not do his bidding would
+bring upon themselves his wrath &amp; chastisement and hard entreatment
+howsoever he might bring it about. ¤ Now when the King had made an end
+to speaking there stood up one of the
+<span class = "pagenum">70</span>
+yeomen who was the most eloquent &amp; who had been chosen as the first
+to make answer to King Olaf. ¤ But when he was about to speak was he
+taken with such a coughing &amp; choking that he could not get forth a
+word, and down sat he again. Sorely as it had gone with the first yet
+nevertheless rose another man to his feet to take up the answer, but
+when he began to talk so greatly did he stammer that never a word could
+he get forth. Then all who were present fell to laughing, so that the
+yeoman sat himself down again. Then stood the third man up with intent
+to speak against King Olaf, but so hoarse was he and husky that no man
+could hear what he said, so down he sat likewise. There being now none
+of the chosen yeomen left to speak against the King, and no one else
+would answer him, the resistance that had been projected came to naught.
+¤ In the end therefore were all agreed to do the King’s bidding, and all
+the Thing folk were christened there and then or ever the King departed
+from them.</p>
+
+<p>¶ King Olaf proceeded to the Gula-Thing accompanied by his men, for
+the peasants had sent unto the King saying that there they would answer
+him on this matter. But when both parties were come to the Thing the
+King made known that it was his wish first to have speech with the
+chiefs of the land, so when all were assembled there he set forth his
+purpose in being present, which was to impose baptism upon them. ¤ Then
+spake Olmod the Old and said: ‘We kinsmen have taken counsel together on
+this matter, and of one consent are we thereon. If thou, King, thinkest
+to force us kinsmen to such a thing as the breaking of our laws, and
+wilt bend us to thy will, then will we defy thee by all means in our
+power, &amp; fate must decide whoso shall get the mastery. ¤ But if
+thou, O&nbsp;King, wilt advance us kinsfolk somewhat then thou mayst
+bring it so well about that we shall turn to thee in hearty obedience.’
+Quoth the King, ‘What is that which ye demand that shall bring about
+good peace betwixt us?’ Then said Olmod, ‘Firstly is it
+<span class = "pagenum">71</span>
+thou shalt give thy sister, Astrid, in marriage to our kinsman Erling
+Skialgson, whom we now account the likeliest young man of Norway.’ ¤ The
+King said that to his mind this was a fair request and that it would be
+a good marriage seeing that Erling was of a great family, and withal
+goodly to look upon, but nevertheless said he, must Astrid herself have
+a word in the matter. Thereafter did the King speak with his sister on
+the subject, and she answered and said, ‘little it availeth me that I am
+a King’s daughter and a King’s sister if I am to wed a man without a
+princely name, rather will I tarry a few winters for another suitor,’
+and therewith ended their talking for the time being.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Now after these things King Olaf caused the feathers to be plucked
+from off a hawk appertaining to Astrid his sister, and thereafter he
+sent the bird to her. Then said Astrid, ‘Wrathful is my brother now,’
+&amp; going to her brother, who bade her welcome, she spake unto him
+that he the King should give her in marriage as it seemeth best to him.
+‘Methought,’ said Olaf, ‘that I had power enough in this land to make
+whatsoever man I would a man of title and dignity.’ ¤ So then the King
+summoned Olmod and Erling and all their kinsmen to him to talk with them
+anent this matter, and in such wise did their talking end that Astrid
+was betrothed to Erling. Thereafter the King called together a Thing,
+&amp; offered the peasants Christianity, and though all their kinsfolk
+were with them in this matter yet were Olmod &amp; Erling the most
+zealous of all men in forwarding the King’s cause. ¤ No one had any
+longer the courage to raise his voice against the wish of the King, and
+thereupon were the people all baptized and became Christian. Now the
+marriage of Erling Skialgson took place in the summer and many folks
+came together to be witness of it; thither likewise came King Olaf. On
+this occasion did the King offer to give Erling an earldom, but Erling
+spake &amp; said: ’“Hersirs� have my kinsmen been and no higher title
+will I have than
+<span class = "pagenum">72</span>
+they; but this will I take from thy hands, King, namely that thou makest
+me to be the greatest in the land of that name.’ So in accord with this
+did the King give him his promise, and when they parted bestowed on his
+brother-in-law Erling that land which is north of the Sogn-sea and lies
+eastward as far as Lidandisnes,<a name = "tag72_6" id = "tag72_6" href =
+"#note72_6">§</a> on the same pact as Harald Fair-hair had given land to
+his sons, of which an account has been afore writ in fair scrip.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Then in the autumn after these things had come to pass, the King
+called together a Thing of four counties, &amp; the meeting took place
+in the north, at Stad on Dragseid. ¤ Thither came folk from Sogn, the
+Firths, South-More and Raumsdal. King Olaf himself fared to it with a
+mighty following of men that he took with him from the east of the
+country, and likewise men who had come to him from Rogaland and
+Hordaland. Then when he was come to the Thing offered he to those that
+were gathered together Christianity even as he had done at other places,
+and forasmuch as he had with him a very great host men were afeared of
+him. ¤ Then did he give them for choice one of two things, either to
+accept Christianity and let themselves be baptized, or to be prepared to
+do battle with him. So the peasants foreseeing no chance of fighting
+against the King save with ill-hap, accepted the first choice he had
+offered them &amp; embraced Christianity. Then fared Olaf with his men
+to North-More, and that country likewise made he Christian; thereafter
+sailed he in to Ladir &amp; caused the temple there to be pulled down
+&amp; took all the adornments &amp; property from the temple and from
+the god. ¤ A&nbsp;great gold ring which Earl Hakon had caused to be
+wrought took he moreover from the door thereof, &amp; then after he had
+done these things caused he the temple to be burned.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Now when the peasants came to hear of what the King had done sent
+they war-arrows throughout the countryside, calling out an host &amp;
+were about to rise against the King, but meantime
+<span class = "pagenum">73</span>
+sailed he out of the fjord with his men, and thereafter headed northward
+off-shore. Now it was the intent of Olaf to fare north to Halogaland in
+order thither to bring Christianity; but when he was come as far north
+as to Biarney gat he news from Halogaland that they had an host under
+arms, and were minded to defend their land against the King. The chiefs
+of this host were Harek of Tiotta, Thorir Hart of Vogar, and Eyvind
+Rent-cheek. So Olaf learning this, even as aforesaid, turned his ships
+about &amp; sailed southward off the coast. When he was come as far
+south as to Stad fared he more slowly, but nevertheless at the beginning
+of winter had he covered all the distance eastward to Vik.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Now the Queen of Sweden, whom men called the Haughty, was at that
+time living at one or other of her manors, and betwixt King Olaf and her
+fared there that winter emissaries who sought her hand in the name of
+the King. ¤ Queen Sigrid received the offer in a friendly spirit, and in
+due time was their troth plighted. ¤ King Olaf sent Queen Sigrid the
+great ring of gold which he had taken from off the door of the temple at
+Ladir, and it was deemed a most noble gift. ¤ Now touching the matter of
+this marriage a meeting was to take place the following spring by the
+Gota river, on the marches of the country. ¤ While this ring which King
+Olaf had sent to Queen Sigrid was being praised so exceedingly were the
+Queen’s smiths, brothers, with her; &amp; it befell that they took the
+ring, and weighed it in their hands, &amp; then spake a word together
+privily. At this the Queen summoned them to her, and asked of them why
+made they such mock of the ring, but they denied that they were doing
+such a thing. ¤ Then said she that she insisted upon knowing what it was
+they had discovered; &amp; thereupon they told her that there was
+falsehood in the ring. Then did the Queen let the ring be broken
+asunder, and copper was found to be inside it. ¤ Thereon was the Queen
+wroth, and said that Olaf might play her false in more things than this
+one.</p>
+
+<span class = "pagenum">74</span>
+<p>¶ That same winter went King Olaf up into Ringariki and introduced
+Christianity there. Now it had befallen that Asta, the daughter of
+Gudbrand, was speedily wedded after the death of Harald the Grenlander
+to a man named Sigurd Sow,<a name = "tag74_4" id = "tag74_4" href =
+"#note74_4">§</a> who was King of Ringariki. Sigurd was the son of
+Sigurd&nbsp;o’ the Copse who again was son to Harald Fair-hair. Dwelling
+with Asta at that time was Olaf her son by Harald the Grenlander, for he
+was being reared at the house of his step-father Sigurd Sow. When King
+Olaf Tryggvason went to Ringariki to introduce Christianity, Sigurd let
+himself be christened together with Asta his wife, &amp; Olaf her son,<a
+name = "tag74_11" id = "tag74_11" href = "#note74_11">§</a> &amp; for
+the latter stood Olaf Tryggvason sponsor; the babe was at that time
+three winters old. ¤ King Olaf then fared southward again to Vik, and
+abode there the winter, &amp; this was the third winter that he was King
+of Norway.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Early in the spring fared King Olaf eastward to Konungahella (the
+King’s rock) to the tryst with Queen Sigrid, and when they were met,
+talked they one with the other over the matter which had been set afoot
+in the winter, to wit, that they should wed one another. ¤ Right hopeful
+did the matter seem to them, until King Olaf spake &amp; said that
+Sigrid must accept christening and the true Faith. ¤ Then did the Queen
+make answer: ‘Depart from the faith that I have held aforetime, and
+which my kindred held before me will I never: yet will I not account it
+against thee shouldst thou believe on whatsoever god may seem best to
+thy mind.’ Then Olaf waxed exceedingly wroth and made answer hastily:
+‘Heathen as a dog art thou&mdash;why should I wed thee?’ and smote her
+in the face with the glove he was holding in his hand. ¤ Then stood he
+up on his feet &amp; she arose likewise, and Sigrid said, ‘This might be
+thy undoing.’ Thereafter were they parted, the King going northward to
+Vik, and the Queen east to Sweden.</p>
+
+<p class = "illustration">
+<img src = "images/pic75.png" width = "478" height = "463"
+alt = "King Olaf and Queen Sigrid (?)">
+</p>
+
+<p>¶ Thence King Olaf fared to Tunsberg &amp; having come thither held
+he a Thing and gave out thereat that all men who were
+<span class = "pagenum">75</span>
+known and proven to be dealers in witchcraft and spellwork, or were
+wizards, should depart out of the land. Thereafter did the King cause
+the countryside thereabouts be searched for such men, &amp; commanded
+them to be brought unto him. And when they were come to him a man there
+was among them called Eyvind Well-spring, who was the grandson of
+Rognovald Straight-legs, the son of King Harald Fair-hair. ¤ Now Eyvind
+was a wizard &amp; well versed in witchcraft. King Olaf
+<span class = "pagenum">76</span>
+caused all these men to be assembled in a certain hall, which had been
+made ready for them in goodly wise, and therein feasted he them &amp;
+gave them much strong drink, and when they were all drunken caused he
+the chamber to be set on fire. Thus it came about that all the folk who
+were therein were burned except Eyvind Well-spring who saved himself by
+climbing through the smoke-hole. ¤ Eyvind having made off and sped far
+on his way, fell in with men who were going to the King, and he bade
+these men tell Olaf that he, Eyvind, had gotten away from out of the
+fire, and never again would he come into the King’s hands; and that
+moreover would he pursue his arts even as he had done before. ¤ When
+these men were come to King Olaf they told of Eyvind according as he had
+bidden them, and ill-pleased enough was the King that Eyvind was not
+dead.</p>
+
+<p>¶ When spring was come King Olaf left Vik and went the round of his
+manors, and sent he word throughout Vik that come the summer would he
+call out an host and with it fare northward in the land. ¤ Thereafter
+went he north (west) to Agdir, and when Lent was drawing to an end
+sailed northward to Rogoland, and arrived on Easter Eve<a name =
+"tag76_21" id = "tag76_21" href = "#note76_21">§</a> at Ogvaldsnes in
+the isle of Kormt, where an Easter festival had been made ready for him.
+¤ Nigh upon three hundred men had he with him. That same night Eyvind
+Well-spring came unto the isle in a long-ship fully manned, and the crew
+aboard her were all wizards and other folk versed in magic. Eyvind and
+his band went up ashore from their ship and set to work on their
+wizardry. Such thick fog &amp; darkness did Eyvind bring about that
+deemed he it would be impossible for the King and his folk to see them;
+but no sooner were they come nigh to the house at Ogvaldsnes than lo! it
+there became broad daylight. Mightily different was this from the desire
+that Eyvind had conceived, for the darkness which he had wrought by
+magic enveloped him and his folk so that never a bit more could they see
+with
+<span class = "pagenum">77</span>
+their eyes than with the napes of their necks, and even round and round
+went they in a ring. ¤ Now the King’s watchmen saw the wizards as they
+were moving about, and not knowing what kind of men they might be had
+the King aroused, and the King &amp; his men got up and clad themselves.
+When King Olaf saw Eyvind &amp; his folk, bade he his men take their
+arms and go out to discover what manner of men might these be. Now the
+King’s folk recognizing Eyvind laid hands on him and the whole band, and
+brought them into the presence of the King. ¤ Then did Eyvind relate all
+that had befallen him on his journey. ¤ The King thereafter had them all
+taken out to a rock which was covered by the sea at high-tide and there
+let them be bound. Thus Eyvind &amp; the others came by their end.
+Afterwards was that rock called Skrattasker.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Now it is told that while the King was on this visit at Ogvaldsnes
+that there came thither one evening an old man; he was one-eyed and wore
+a slouch hat, but very wise was he in his speech and of all lands could
+he tell. ¤ This man managed to have speech of the King, &amp; the King
+found much entertainment in his conversation and questioned him closely
+on many subjects, &amp; the guest made ready answer to all that he asked
+him, wherefore sat the King till late in the night conversing with him.
+¤ The King asked if he wotted who Ogvald was, whom the ness &amp;
+homesteads were named after, &amp; the guest answered that Ogvald was a
+king and a great warrior who made sacrifice above all to a cow, and took
+the cow with him whithersoever he went, for wholesome did he deem it to
+drink ever of her milk. King Ogvald fought with that King who is hight
+Varin, &amp; fell in the combat. He was buried in a barrow not far from
+the house, and a stone was set up which is still standing. In a place
+not far from thence was the cow buried, likewise in a barrow. Such
+things as this told he of kings; and other ancient tidings withal. Now
+after they had sat thus till late in the night, the bishop reminded the
+King that it was
+<span class = "pagenum">78</span>
+time for them to rest, &amp; the King did according as the bishop had
+said. But when the King was unclad and had laid him in his bed, the
+guest sat himself on the step thereof, and again talked for long with
+the King; and ever when he had told of one matter did the King long for
+more. Then spake the bishop to the King saying that it was time for
+sleep, and the King settled himself for sleep according as the bishop
+had said &amp; the guest gat him gone, but soon thereafter the King
+awakened, and asked after his guest, &amp; bade him be called unto him,
+but nowhere was the guest to be found. On the morrow early the King
+summoned his cook to him and he who had charge of the drink withal, and
+asked them if any unknown man had come in to them; &amp; they answered
+that as they were making ready the food a man had come to them &amp;
+said that they were boiling but scurvy meat for the King’s table, &amp;
+therewith he gave them two mighty fat sides of neat &amp; these they
+boiled with the other flesh. Then commanded the King that all that food
+should be destroyed, saying that this had not been any man but rather
+Odin himself, whom heathen men had long believed on, but, said he, never
+should Odin beguile them.<a name = "tag78_20" id = "tag78_20" href =
+"#note78_20">[§]</a></p>
+
+<p>¶ Now when summer was come called King Olaf together a large host
+from the east of the country and with it sailed he northward to
+Throndhjem, going in first to Nidaros. Thereafter sent he round the
+whole of the fjord bidding men assemble at a Thing, and there gathered
+at Frosta a Thing of eight counties. ¤ Now the peasants, be it said, had
+turned this Thing summons into a war-arrow,<a name = "tag78_27" id =
+"tag78_27" href = "#note78_27">[§]</a> and to the assembly came men from
+the whole of the district of Throndhjem, so that when the King arrived
+at the Thing, thither likewise was come the peasant host fully armed. ¤
+The Thing being established, the King addressed the people and bade them
+accept Christianity, but when he had been speaking but a little while
+the peasants called out to him, &amp; bade him be silent or otherwise,
+said they, would they rise against him and drive him away.
+<span class = "pagenum">79</span>
+‘Thus did we,’ said they, ‘with Hakon Adalstein’s foster-son when he
+commanded a thing of the kind, and hold we thee in no more respect than
+held we him.’ ¤ Then did King Olaf seeing the ire of the peasants, and
+moreover knowing full well that they had so large an host, change his
+manner of address and made as if he were agreed with them and spake to
+them thus: ‘It is my wish that we should be friends again, in such good
+accord as we were aforetime. ¤ Thither will I go wheresoever ye hold
+your greatest blood-offering, &amp; witness your worship; then will we
+all take counsel together as to what manner of worship we will have, and
+be then all of one mind thereon.’ Now when the King spake thus mildly to
+the peasants, grew they softened in temper, and all the converse went
+peaceably and in seemly fashion, and at the end was it determined that
+there should be a midsummer sacrifice at Maerin, and that thither all
+the chiefs and wealthy peasants should go as the custom was, and that
+thither likewise King Olaf was to go.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Now there was a certain wealthy yeoman whose name was Skeggi (Iron
+Beard, called they him) who dwelt at Uphaug in Yriar, and he it was who
+first spake up against the King at the Thing, and the cause thereof was
+because he was the spokesman of the peasantry against Christianity. But
+in the manner aforesaid was the Thing brought to an end, and the
+peasants went to their homes, and the King across to Ladir.</p>
+
+<p>¶ At this time was King Olaf lying with his ships in the Nid (thirty
+ships had he, and his folk were of great prowess) but the King himself
+was ofttimes at Ladir, being kept company by his body-guard. ¤ Now when
+the time appointed for the blood-offering at Maerin was drawing nigh
+held King Olaf a mighty feast at Ladir; thither there came to it
+chieftains and other wealthy peasants from Strind &amp; from places up
+in Gauldal, in accordance with the bidding of King Olaf. When all things
+were ready and the guests come, there was held on
+<span class = "pagenum">80</span>
+the first evening a large banquet, and the cups thereat were often
+charged &amp; men became drunk; that night slept all men there in peace.
+On the morrow early, after the King was clad, ordered he Mass to be
+said, and when the Mass was ended his men sounded their horns for a
+house-Thing, and the Thing being established rose the King to his feet
+and spake, saying: ‘A Thing held we at Frosta, and thereat I bade the
+peasantry let themselves be christened; but they in their turn bade me
+attend a blood-offering with them, even as the foster-son to King Hakon
+Adalstein had attended one. And there was accord betwixt us inasmuch as
+it was determined that we should meet at Maerin &amp; make a great
+blood-offering. ¤ But if I am to turn to sacrificing with you, then will
+I cause to be made the greatest sacrifice that can be, namely, the
+sacrifice of men. Nor will I choose as gifts for the gods thralls and
+evil-doers, but the noblest men, and by this token name I Orm Lygra of
+Medalhus, Styrkar of Gimsar, Kar of Gryting, Asbiorn Thorbergson of
+Varnes, Orm of Lyxa, and Haldor of Skerdingsted.’ Added to these named
+he five other men who were of the noblest there; all these, said he,
+should be sacrificed for peace and a good year, &amp; he commanded that
+they should be seized forthwith. ¤ Then the peasants seeing that they
+were not numerous enough to withstand the King begged for grace and gave
+the whole matter into his hands, whereupon it was agreed that all those
+who were come thither should let themselves be baptized, &amp; swear an
+oath unto the King to hold fast the true Faith, and have naught further
+to do with sacrificing. ¤ All these men kept the King at his feast until
+they gave their sons or brothers or other near kin to be hostages.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Then fared King Olaf with all his men in to Throndhjem; and when he
+was come to Maerin found he there assembled all the chiefs that were of
+Throndhjem; those who were most zealous to withstand the Christian
+faith. With them were all the wealthy yeomen who had hitherto upheld
+blood-offerings
+<span class = "pagenum">81</span>
+in this place, a&nbsp;right goodly gathering of men, even as it had been
+aforetime at the Frosta-Thing. ¤ The King having required that the Thing
+should meet, both sides betook themselves to it, and they were fully
+armed. Then when the Thing was established the King spake and offered
+the men Christianity, &amp; Iron-Beard answered on behalf of the
+peasants and said that now even as before would they not suffer the King
+to break their laws: ‘We desire, King, that thou makest sacrifice, even
+as other kings in the land have done before thee.’ Greatly was this
+speaking applauded by the peasants, &amp; they shouted that everything
+must be according unto the words of Skeggi. Then made the King answer
+that he would go to the temple and witness their worship when they were
+sacrificing, and at this were the peasants well pleased, and both sides
+betook themselves thither accordingly.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Now with King Olaf when he entered into the temple were a certain
+few of his men &amp; a&nbsp;certain few of the peasants. When the King
+was come unto the place of the gods where sat Thor, all adorned with
+gold and silver, then did King Olaf lift up a gold-wrought pike which he
+had in his hand and smote Thor so that he fell from off his altar, &amp;
+thereupon the King’s men ran up &amp; cast down all the other gods from
+their altars. While they were within the temple was Iron-Beard slain
+before the entrance-door thereof, and this deed was done by the men of
+the King. Then when the King came forth again to his folk, bade he the
+peasants choose one of two conditions: and these twain conditions were
+either that they should accept the Faith of Christ, or in default
+thereof do battle with him. Now Iron-Beard having been slain was there
+no man to raise the banner against the King, so then was that condition
+accepted which meant going over unto the King &amp; doing that which he
+had commanded. ¤ Then caused King Olaf all the folk who were present to
+be baptized, and from them took hostages that they would cleave to the
+new faith that was given them. ¤ Thereafter
+<span class = "pagenum">82</span>
+sent the King his men round to all the different parts of Throndhjem,
+and durst no man utter a word against the faith of Christ.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Then went King Olaf with his men to Nidaros, and on the banks of
+the river Nid caused houses to be built, and appointed that on the spot
+should arise a merchant-town. He gave men sites on which to build them
+houses, &amp; his own King’s-House built he above Scipa-Krok.<a name =
+"tag82_8" id = "tag82_8" href = "#note82_8">§</a> ¤ In the autumn caused
+he to be brought thither such goods as were necessary for a sojourn
+there during the wintertide; and with him were a great company of
+men.</p>
+
+<p>¶ After the death of Iron-Beard was his body borne out to Yriar; and
+he lies in the Skeggi barrow at Austratt.<a name = "tag82_13" id =
+"tag82_13" href = "#note82_13">§</a> ¤ King Olaf summoned a meeting of
+the kith of Iron-Beard and forasmuch as his folk had slain this man
+offered he to pay atonement for the deed, but there were many brave men
+to make answer on behalf of Iron-Beard. ¤ Now Iron-Beard had a daughter
+whose name was Gudrun, and in the end was it agreed betwixt those
+concerned that the King should wed this Gudrun. When the marriage time
+was come went they both of them into one bed, King Olaf and Gudrun, and
+the first night as they were lying together no sooner had the King
+fallen asleep than Gudrun drew forth a knife, and was about to thrust it
+into the King, when he awoke and wresting the knife from her cried out
+to his men to tell them what had befallen. Gudrun &amp; all the men who
+had accompanied her then took their apparel and gat them gone in haste;
+&amp; never afterwards did Gudrun lie in the same bed with King
+Olaf.</p>
+
+<p>¶ That same autumn King Olaf caused a great long-ship to be built on
+the sands at the mouth of the Nid; a&nbsp;cutter was she, and at work on
+the building thereof were many smiths. ¤ At the beginning of winter she
+was completed, and there were in her thirty holds, &amp; the prow and
+stern were lofty withal, yet was she not broad of beam. That ship called
+he the ‘Crane.’</p>
+
+<span class = "pagenum">83</span>
+<p class = "illustration">
+<img src = "images/pic83.png" width = "457" height = "476"
+alt = "Olaf and his men in the temple of Thor">
+</p>
+
+<p>¶ Now when King Olaf had been two winters in Norway there came to
+dwell with him a Saxon priest whose name was Thangbrand; violent was he
+&amp; murderous, but a goodly clerk withal and an active man. So
+headstrong was he, howsoever, that the King would not keep him with him,
+but sent him to Iceland to make that country Christian. ¤ Thangbrand was
+given a merchant ship, &amp; of his voyage it may be related that he
+fared to Iceland, and reached the eastern fjords in southern Alptafjord,
+&amp; the winter thereafter abode with Hall at Sida. Thangbrand preached
+Christianity in the islands and Hall
+<span class = "pagenum">84</span>
+and his folk and many other chiefs let themselves be baptized according
+to his word; but there were many others who spake against the new faith.
+Thorvald and Vetrlidi the skald made lampoons about Thangbrand, but he
+slew them both. Thangbrand abode three winters in Iceland, and was the
+slayer of three men or ever he departed thence.</p>
+
+<p>¶ A certain man was there named Sigurd &amp; another who was called
+Hawk; they were Halogalanders, and oft-times made voyages for the
+conveyance of merchandise. ¤ One summer fared they to England. When they
+were returned to Norway sailed they northward along the coast, &amp; in
+North More fell in with the fleet of King Olaf. ¤ Now when the King was
+told that some heathen men, skippers, from Halogaland were there,
+summoned he them to him &amp; asked them if they would allow themselves
+to be baptized, and thereto answered they nay. Thereafter did the King
+talk to them after diverse fashions, but it availed nothing; then he
+vowed that death or maiming should be their lot, but they obeyed him
+none the more for that. Then did he cause them to be put in irons, and
+kept them in durance for a while, and in fetters were they, and the King
+talked often with them, but naught prevailed. ¤ Then one night made they
+off, and no one knew anything about them, or in what manner they had
+gotten away; but in the autumn were they arrived north, at Harek of
+Tiotta’s, and right welcome were they made. ¤ There dwelt they
+throughout the winter &amp; were well entertained in all fairness &amp;
+hospitality.</p>
+
+<p>¶ One fair day in spring it befell that Harek was at home on his farm
+and with him were but few men. Now the time hung heavy on his hands, and
+Sigurd spake to him &amp; asked if they should not row out a little way,
+and so pass the time, and this liked Harek well. So betook they
+themselves to the shore, and did hale down a six-oared boat, &amp;
+Sigurd from the boat-house fetched him a sail and the gear appertaining
+to the boat, and moreover shipped he the rudder. Sigurd and his brother
+were
+<span class = "pagenum">85</span>
+fully armed, as was their wont to be when they were at home with the
+goodman, and the twain were strong men. ¤ Now or ever they gat them into
+the boat did they throw into it some boxes of butter and a basket of
+bread, and between them bare they a large cask of ale down to the craft.
+This done did they all row from land, &amp; having come away from the
+island hoist the sail, &amp; Harek did steer, &amp; away bore they
+speedily from the island. ¤ Then did the brothers go astern to where
+Harek was sitting. Saith Sigurd to Harek the yeoman: ‘Choose thou now
+betwixt several things: one of them is to let us brothers have the upper
+hand on this cruise, &amp; another is to let us bind thee, &amp; the
+third is that we can slay thee.’ Then Harek seeing in what a plight he
+was, inasmuch as he could not measure strength with more than one of the
+brothers even were he and they matched as to arms, chose what seemed to
+him the best of a poor business which was to let them do as pleased the
+twain. ¤ So swore he to them an oath and on that gave them a promise,
+and after that Sigurd was possessed of the tiller and did steer south
+along the coast on a fair breeze, and withal of a mighty care were the
+brothers not to fall in with other craft. They paused not on their
+cruise ere they came to Throndhjem and to Nidaros, and at that last
+place found they King Olaf. Then did the King summon Harek to talk with
+him, and thereupon offered him that he should embrace the good faith of
+Christ, but Harek would have naught of it. On this matter spake for many
+days the King and Harek, sometimes in the presence of many men,
+sometimes alone; but never were they come of one mind. ¤ So at the last
+said the King to Harek: ‘Home shalt thou go, and on these counts no harm
+will I do thee at present: firstly seeing that there is kinship betwixt
+us, and again lest thou mightest say that I had gotten thee by guile,
+but know ye of a truth that I be minded to come north in the summertime,
+&amp; visit distress on ye Halogalanders, and then shall ye wot if I can
+chastise those which accept not the
+<span class = "pagenum">86</span>
+faith which is of Christ.’ ¤ Right pleased was Harek that he could get
+away from thence so speedily; to him gave King Olaf a good ship rowing
+ten or twelve oars a side, and caused it to be well found with all
+things needful &amp; of the best; thirty men did he send forth with
+Harek, stout fellows &amp; all equipped of the best.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Thus Harek of Tiotta sped from the town with all the haste that
+might be, whereas Hawk and Sigurd remained with the King, and the twain
+were both baptized. ¤ Harek continued on his way until he was come home
+to Tiotta, &amp; from thence sent he word to his friend Eyvind
+Rent-cheek that Harek of Tiotta had spoken with King Olaf, but had not
+let himself be cowed into accepting the new God; &amp; moreover Harek
+caused Eyvind to be told that King Olaf was minded to bring an host
+against them come summer-tide &amp; that they must act warily, and Harek
+bade Eyvind come to him as soon as ever might be. When this message was
+brought to Eyvind, quoth he that it behoved them greatly to take such
+steps as would prevent the King from getting the upper hand of them, and
+he hied him away with all speed in a light skiff with but few men aboard
+it. ¤ When he was arrived at Tiotta Harek bade him welcome, and
+straightway went they, Harek and Eyvind, to talk together on the other
+side of the house-yard, but hardly had they speech of one another than
+they were fallen on by men of King Olaf, for so it was that these men
+had followed Harek northward. Eyvind was taken captive and led to their
+ship, and thereafter fared they away with him, and no pause did they
+make in their voyage or ever they were come to Throndhjem to find King
+Olaf in Nidaros. Eyvind was then haled before the King who offered him
+baptism in like manner as he had offered other men baptism, but to this
+Eyvind answered, ‘Nay.’ ¤ Then with fair words the King bade him be
+baptized and gave him many good reasons therefor, &amp; the Bishop spake
+after the same fashion as the King, none the less
+<span class = "pagenum">87</span>
+would Eyvind in no wise suffer himself to be persuaded. Then did the
+King offer him gifts, and the dues and rights of broad lands, but Eyvind
+put all these away from him. Then did the King threaten him with torture
+even unto death, but never did Eyvind weaken his resistance. Thereafter
+caused the King to be brought in a bowl filled with glowing coals, and
+had it
+<span class = "pagenum">88</span>
+set on the belly of Eyvind, and not long was it ere his belly burst
+asunder. ¤ Then spake Eyvind: ‘Take away the bowl from off me for I
+would fain speak some words before I die,’ and accordingly it was done.
+¤ Then the King asked: ‘Wilt thou now, Eyvind, believe on Christ?’ ‘No,’
+answered he. ‘I am not such as can be baptized, I&nbsp;am a spirit
+quickened in the human body by the magic of the Lapps for before that
+had my father and mother never a child.’ Then died Eyvind who was the
+most skilled of wizards.</p>
+
+<p class = "illustration">
+<img src = "images/pic87.png" width = "352" height = "501"
+alt = "Sigurd and Harek (?)">
+</p>
+
+<p>¶ In the spring which followed on these happenings did King Olaf
+cause his ships and men to be made ready for war, taking for his own
+ship the ‘Crane,’ and there was mustered a large and goodly host. ¤ All
+things being now ready shaped he a course from out the fjord, and
+bringing his fleet north past Byrda fared northward to Halogaland.
+Wheresoever he landed, summoned he a Thing, &amp; at it offered the
+people baptism in the true Faith. Now against this had no man the
+boldness to speak, therefore came it to pass that whithersoever he fared
+were all that were of those lands baptized. King Olaf visited Tiotta and
+was the guest of Harek, who was baptized at that hour together with all
+the folk that were about him. ¤ When the King departed thence Harek
+bestowed on him great gifts and became his man, and from the King
+received the dignity of bailiff with the dues and rights appertaining
+unto a lord of the land.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Raud the Strong was the name of a peasant who abode at Godey in
+that fjord which is named Salpti (Salten). ¤ Raud was a man of much
+wealth and at his beck were many house-carles; a&nbsp;powerful man was
+he withal, for a large company of Lapps were ready to follow him to war
+whensoever he needed them. ¤ Raud was zealous as a maker of
+blood-offerings, and skilled also in witchcraft; even so was he
+furthermore a warm friend to that man about whom it has been writ
+before, to wit, Thorir Hart, &amp; even like unto him was he also a
+mighty
+<span class = "pagenum">89</span>
+chief. ¤ Now when it came to the ears of these men that Olaf was abroad
+with an host northward even in Halogaland, they too their men mustered,
+launching out ships, and assembling an host. To Raud appertained a great
+dragon-ship with golden heads thereto, a&nbsp;ship of thirty benches,
+and broad was she of beam for her length, and had likewise Thorir Hart
+also a ship of good size. ¤ Southward sailed they their fleet purposing
+to meet King Olaf, and when they were fallen in with him gave they
+battle, and fierce was the fight thereof. Soon men began to fall
+plenteously, but so much the more was this the case among the host of
+the Halogalanders; their ships were cleared and thereupon came fear
+&amp; terror over them, &amp; Raud rowed his dragon out to sea and
+hoisted the sail thereof. A&nbsp;breeze had he wherever he was minded to
+go, and this came of his powers of magic; but to cut short the tale of
+the cruise of Raud is briefly to relate that home sailed he even unto
+Godey. For land made Thorir Hart in all haste and his folk fled their
+ships, but King Olaf pursued after them &amp; put them to the sword.
+Moreover then as ever when such doings were afoot was the King himself
+foremost among his men. ¤ He saw whither Thorir ran (and Thorir was
+exceeding fleet of foot) and thither went the King after him, followed
+by his dog Vigi. And the King called out: ‘Vigi, catch the hart,’ and
+Vigi sprang ahead after Thorir and straightway leapt up at him. ¤ Then
+Thorir had perforce to stop and the King threw a javelin after him, but
+Thorir struck the dog with his sword &amp; wounded it sore, and at the
+same moment the King’s javelin flew under Thorir’s hand and went through
+him &amp; out at the other side, and thus ended Thorir his life; but
+Vigi was borne wounded to the ships. ¤ To all those who asked it and
+were willing to accept baptism gave King Olaf quarter.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Thence sailed King Olaf with his host northward along the coast,
+baptizing all folk <ins class = "correction" title = "inconsistent spelling in original">withersoever</ins> he went, &amp; being come north
+to Salpti was he minded to go up the fjord &amp; seek Raud.
+<span class = "pagenum">90</span>
+Foul weather howsoever set in with a gale blowing fiercely down the
+fjord, and though the King lay there nigh upon a week the same wind blew
+ever the while from the land, though without the fjord was there a fresh
+and favourable breeze for to sail north along the coast. ¤ Therefore it
+came to pass that the King set sail and fared all the way northward to
+Amd, and there the folk became Christians. ¤ After that went he about,
+and when he was come south again to Salpti he found a gale blowing down
+the fjord and driving spray into his countenance. ¤ There lay the King
+even a few more nights, but the weather waxing no better inquired he
+then of Bishop Sigurd whether or not he wotted of some remedy against
+the fiendcraft.</p>
+
+<p>¶ So thereupon took Bishop Sigurd all the appurtenances that belonged
+unto the Holy Mass, and walked he forward therewith even to the prow of
+the King’s ship. There was a candle lit &amp; was incense carried
+forward &amp; thereafter was ye Holy Rood set at the prow. ¤ The gospel
+was read and also many prayers, and the Bishop sprinkled holy water over
+the whole of the ship. Thereafter bade he the crew unship the tilts and
+row up the fjord, and the King commanded that the other ships should row
+after them. ¤ No sooner had the crew of the ‘Crane’ fallen to their
+oars, &amp; she the ship was set well up to the fjord, than felt they
+that there was no more wind against them, &amp; in her wake was free sea
+and calm; but on both sides of her flew the spray &amp; it drave so that
+no man could perceive the mountains on either side of the fjord. So it
+fared that one ship rowed after the other in the calm, and thus pursued
+they one another the whole livelong day, &amp; throughout the night
+thereafter; and a little before dawn came they to Godey, and brought-to
+off the house of Raud, and there found his great dragon lying off-shore.
+¤ Forthwith went King Olaf to the house with his men and made for the
+upper chamber wherein Raud was sleeping, and his folk burst open the
+door and ran
+<span class = "pagenum">91</span>
+in. ¤ Then was Raud taken and bound, but of the other men who were
+therein some were killed &amp; others taken prisoners. Thereafter the
+King’s men went to the room wherein slept the house-carles of Raud, and
+some of them were then slain and some bound &amp; some beaten. Then
+caused the King Raud to be led before him &amp; offered him baptism.
+‘Take from thee thy possessions I then will not,’ quoth the King, ‘but
+will the rather be thy friend, an thou wilt show thyself worthy of my
+friendship.’ Against this did Raud loudly raise his voice, saying that
+never would he believe on Christ, and blaspheming God. ¤ Then did the
+King wax wroth, and swore that Raud should suffer the worst of deaths,
+and the King commanded that he be taken and bound with his back to a
+pole and that a bit of wood be placed betwixt his teeth so that his
+mouth might be open, and caused an adder to be taken and set in his
+mouth, but the adder would in no wise enter therein but writhed away
+when Raud blew upon it. Then did the King cause the adder to be taken
+&amp; put in a hollow stick of angelica and set in the mouth of Raud
+(albeit some say that the King let his horn be taken &amp; put into the
+mouth of Raud, and that the adder was placed in this and pushed down
+with a red-hot rod of iron), and then the adder slid into the mouth of
+Raud, and thereafter down his throat, and cut its way out through his
+side. After this manner ended the life of Raud. Then did the King take
+thence very great wealth in gold &amp; silver and other chattels,
+weapons, &amp; divers kinds of valuable things. The King caused all the
+fellows that had been with Raud to be baptized save those who, not
+suffering this, were slain or tortured. Then King Olaf took the dragon
+that had pertained unto Raud and himself was her steersman, and a much
+larger and finer ship was she than the ‘Crane’: forward she was
+fashioned with a dragon’s head and aft with a crook<a name = "tag91_33"
+id = "tag91_33" href = "#note91_33">§</a> ending in like manner as the
+tail of a dragon, &amp; both the prow &amp; the whole of the stern were
+overlaid with gold. Now the King called this
+<span class = "pagenum">92</span>
+ship the ‘Serpent,’ for when the sail was hoisted aloft was it like unto
+the wings of a dragon, and this was the fairest ship in all Norway. ¤
+The islands whereon Raud had lived were called Gilling and Haering, but
+together were they styled Godey, &amp; the Godey current (Godöström)
+lies over to the north, betwixt them and the mainland. All that lived
+around this fjord did King Olaf convert unto Christianity, and then went
+he southward along the coast, and there happened much on that cruise
+which is set forth in many legends about a giant and evil spirits which
+attacked his men &amp; sometimes himself, but rather will we write of
+facts even such as the conversion of Norway &amp; of those other lands
+whither he bore Christianity. That same autumn did the King lead his
+host to Throndhjem, bringing-to at Nidaros, and there making ready for a
+winter sojourn.</p>
+
+<p>¶ And now will I next write what there is to tell of the men of
+Iceland.</p>
+
+<p>¶ That same autumn there came to Nidaros from Iceland Kiartan, the
+son of Olaf Hoskuldson and the grandson, on his mother’s side, of Eigil
+Skallagrimson, who hath been called the likeliest man of those born in
+Iceland. ¤ There was also Halldor the son of Gudmund of Modruvellir, and
+Kolbein the son of Thord Frey’s-priest, the brother of Burning-Flosi,
+and fourthly Sverting the son of Runolf the Priest. ¤ These were all
+heathen, as were many others: some powerful, and others not so powerful.
+¤ There came also from Iceland noble men who had accepted the true Faith
+from Thangbrand, and one that was of these was Gizur the White, the son
+of Teit Ketilbiarnson, whose mother was Alof, the daughter of Bodvar
+Viking-Karason the ‘hersir.’ Bodvar’s brother was Sigurd the father of
+Eirik Biodaskalli, the father of Astrid, who was the mother of King
+Olaf. Another Icelander was named Hialti Skeggiason, and he had to wife
+Vilborg the daughter of Gizur the White; Hialti was a Christian, and
+King Olaf
+<span class = "pagenum">93</span>
+received with pleasure Gizur and his son-in-law Hialti, and with the
+King did they abide. Those of the Icelanders, however, who were captains
+of the ships and were heathens to boot, sought to sail away even so soon
+as the King was come to town, for it was told them that the King
+constrained all men to embrace the faith of Christ. It so befell
+natheless that the wind was set against them, &amp; drave them back off
+Nidarholm. The captains of the ships were hight Thorarin Nefiolfson,
+Hallfrod the Skald, the son of Ottar, Brand the Bountiful and Thorleik
+Brandson. Now it being told to King Olaf that some of the Icelanders,
+and they heathens, were hard by with their ships and were about to flee
+the town, he sent to them and forbade them to sail, but commanded them
+instead to come and lie off the town, and this they did but unloaded not
+their ships.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Then came the holy season of Michaelmas,<a name = "tag93_16" id =
+"tag93_16" href = "#note93_16">§</a> and the King caused the feast to be
+well kept and a solemn Mass was said. Thereat were the Icelanders
+witnesses and hearkened to the fair singing and the ringing of bells. ¤
+When they were come back to their ships each of them said what he had
+thought of the Christian men’s ways &amp; Kiartan praised them, but most
+of the others mocked at them, &amp; it befell that the King heard of
+this, for as the saying goes, ‘many are the King’s ears.’ Then forthwith
+that self-same day sent he an emissary to Kiartan, and bade him come
+unto him, &amp; Kiartan went unto him with but few men, and the King
+bade him welcome. Now Kiartan was one of the biggest and fairest of men,
+with a great gift of speech. When they had parleyed a while did the King
+make proffer to Kiartan that he should embrace the true Faith, and
+Kiartan made answer unto him that he would not say nay to this if he
+might thus gain the friendship of the King, whereupon swore the King to
+him &amp; pledged him his hearty friendship, &amp; after this fashion
+was a compact struck between them. On the morrow was Kiartan baptized,
+and with him Bolli
+<span class = "pagenum">94</span>
+Thorleikson his kinsman, and all their fellows. ¤ Kiartan and Bolli were
+the guests of the King as long as they went in white weeds,<a name =
+"tag94_3" id = "tag94_3" href = "#note94_3">§</a> and the King was of
+kindly countenance toward them.</p>
+
+<p>¶ It befell one day that King Olaf was walking in the street when
+some men came toward him, and he who was walking foremost greeted the
+King. ¤ The King asked of the man his name, and the latter said he was
+hight Hallfrod. ¤ Then said the King, ‘Art thou a skald?’ ‘I can make
+verses,’ said he. Then the King answered: ‘Thou wilt accept baptism as I
+trow and thereafter be my man?’ ¤ Quoth Hallfrod: ‘There must be a
+bargain on that matter if I am to suffer myself to be baptized, to wit,
+that thou, King, holdest me thyself at the font, for from no man else
+will I take it.’ ‘So be it,’ said the King, &amp; so Hallfrod was
+baptized and the King held him himself at the font. Thereafter the King
+asked Hallfrod: ‘Wilt thou be my man?’ &amp; Hallfrod made answer: ‘I
+was of Earl Hakon’s body-guard; and now will I not be the liege-man of
+thee or of any other chief unless thou givest me thy word that such a
+thing shall never befall as that thou shouldst drive me away from thee.’
+¤ ‘From all that is told me of thee, Hallfrod,’ said the King, ‘thou art
+neither so wise nor so meek but that thou mightest not do a thing which
+I could in no wise suffer.’ ¤ ‘Slay me then,’ said Hallfrod. The King
+said, ‘Thou art a troublesome skald, but my man shalt thou be all the
+same.’ Hallfrod answered: ‘What wilt thou give me, King, as a name-gift
+if I am to be called “Troublous-Skald�?’ Then did the King give him a
+sword, but it had no scabbard; and the King said, ‘Make now a stave
+about the sword, &amp; let “sword� be in every line.’ Hallfrod sang:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘One sword alone of all swords</p>
+<p>Hath made me now sword-wealthy;</p>
+<p>For the swinger of swords</p>
+<p>Will there now be swords in plenty.</p>
+<p><span class = "pagenum">95</span>
+No lack of swords will there be,</p>
+&mdash;Worthy of three swords am I&mdash;
+<p>Lord of the land were but</p>
+<p>The sheath of that sword to be mine.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>‘There is not sword in every line,’ quoth the King. Then answered
+Hallfrod: ‘But there are three in one line.’ ‘So be it,’ said the King.
+Then did the King give him the scabbard. Now from that which is told in
+the lays of Hallfrod have we much knowledge &amp; testimony concerning
+King Olaf Tryggvason.</p>
+
+<p>¶ That same autumn came back Thangbrand the priest from Iceland to
+King Olaf and related to him how that his journey had borne no fruit,
+‘for,’ said he, ‘the Icelanders made lampoons about me and some wished
+to slay me, and to my mind it cannot be expected that that country will
+ever be made Christian.’ ¤ At these words King Olaf waxed so hasty and
+wrathful that he summoned to him forthwith all the Icelanders in the
+town, and commanded that self-same hour that they should all be slain;
+but Kiartan and Gissur and Hialti and those that were of them who had
+made profession of the faith of Christ entered into his presence &amp;
+said: ‘We trow, O&nbsp;King, that thou wilt not go from thy word, for
+thou hast said that no man may make thee so wrathful but shall he have
+thy forgiveness an he will be baptized and abjure heathendom. Now will
+all the Icelanders who are here suffer themselves to be baptized, &amp;
+we can well devise a means whereby Christianity may gain an entrance
+into Iceland. The sons of many mighty men of Iceland are here present,
+&amp; their fathers will, we trow, lend their aid in this matter. But
+Thangbrand there, as here, ever went about masterful and manslaying, and
+the people there would not endure it of him.’ Now the King lent an ear
+to these speeches, and all the men of Iceland who were there were
+baptized.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Of all men of Norway of whom record hath come down to us was King
+Olaf in every wise the one most skilful in manly
+<span class = "pagenum">96</span>
+exercises; stronger was he &amp; more active than any other man, and
+many are the tales that have been written on this matter. One of these
+recounts how that he climbed the Smalshorn, and made fast his shield on
+the topmost peak; and another is of how he brought succour to one of his
+own body-guard who had climbed aforehand up the mountain and was come
+into such a plight that he could neither get up nor down, so that the
+King helped him by going unto him &amp; bearing him down under his arm
+to the level land. King Olaf would walk from oar to oar, on the outer
+side of the ship while his men were rowing the ‘Serpent’, and with such
+ease could he play with three daggers that one was ever in the air and
+always caught he it by the hilt; with either hand could he strike
+equally well, and two javelins could he throw at one time. Of all men
+was King Olaf the lightest-hearted &amp; of a very merry disposition;
+kindly was he withal &amp; lowly-hearted; very eager in all enterprises,
+great in his bounty, &amp; the foremost among those who surrounded him.
+Above all others was he brave in battle, but very grim when he was
+angered, and on his foes laid he heavy penalties; some he with fire
+burned, some maimed he &amp; caused to be cast down from high rocks. For
+these things was he beloved by his friends, but dreaded by his foes; his
+furtherance was manifold for the reason that some did his will from love
+and friendship, and others again from fear.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Leif, the son of Eirik the Red, he that was the first to settle in
+Greenland, came even that summer over from that land unto Norway; and
+King Olaf sought he and from him accepted Christianity, &amp; abode even
+with King Olaf the winter thereafter.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Now it came to pass that Gudrod, he that was the son of Eirik
+Blood-axe and Gunnhild, had over in the lands to the west done
+whatsoever he listed and broken the laws of God and of man ever since
+that time when fled he from his own country before the face of Earl
+Hakon. But in this summer,
+<span class = "pagenum">97</span>
+of the which somewhat has already been writ, even at the time when Olaf
+Tryggvason had held sway for four winters over Norway, came Gudrod to
+Norway with many ships of war, thither having sailed from England. When
+he deemed himself to be nigh to Norway, turned he his course southward
+along the coast where he bethought him that he might least chance to
+fall in with King Olaf and thus sailed he to Vik. ¤ Hardly was he come
+ashore than began he to plunder the people and bring them into
+subjection under himself, and of them demanded that they should take him
+as their King. And when the country-folk saw that a warlike host was
+come upon them craved they ever for grace and peace, &amp; said to the
+King that they would send the summons for a Thing throughout the
+district, and were willing to submit to him rather than suffer at the
+hands of this his host, &amp; it was agreed that there should be a truce
+even for so long a space as sat the Thing. Then did the King demand of
+them that they should provide provender for his men so long as they were
+waiting for the meeting of the Thing; but the yeomen chose rather that
+the King and his followers should be their guests for all the time he
+might need to be so, &amp; the King agreed even to this, that should he
+travel that country through with some of the men that were with him and
+they the guests of the yeomen, ever the while others kept guard over his
+ships. But when the brothers-in-law of King Olaf, even the brothers
+Hyrning &amp; Thorgeir learned of these happenings furnished they folk
+&amp; gathered to themselves ships and sailed northward (west) in Vik,
+and by night were come to the place where lodged King Gudrod, &amp;
+there fell they upon him and upon his men with fire and sword. So fell
+King Gudrod and the greater number of his men; while of those that abode
+on the ships were some slain but others escaped and fled far and wide.
+And this Gudrod was the last of all the sons of Eirik and Gunnhild; all
+were now dead.</p>
+
+<p>¶ The winter after that King Olaf was come from Halogaland,
+<span class = "pagenum">98</span>
+caused he to be built under the cliffs at Ladir a great ship:
+a&nbsp;ship far mightier than any other ship of that land, and the
+stocks whereon she was built are still to be seen. ¤ Of this ship was
+Thorberg the master-smith, but with him were many others at work, some
+felling trees, some shaping them, some hammering nails, &amp; some
+carrying timber. All the material was of the choicest, and the ship was
+both long and broad, built with great beams, and the bulwarks thereof
+were high. Now when the outer sheathing was being put on, some errand of
+necessity carried Thorberg thence unto his homestead, and there he
+tarried a great while. ¤ When he came back the ship was fully sheathed,
+and the King went in the evening, and Thorberg with him, even to see how
+all things had been done; and men said never before had been seen a
+long-ship so big or so fine. ¤ Then went the King back even unto his
+town, but early on the morrow came he once more to his ship and Thorberg
+accompanied him, and they found that the smiths were gone forward,
+standing there, all of them, without working. The King asked wherefore
+were they doing nothing, &amp; they made answer that the ship had been
+spoiled; that a man must have gone from stem to stern hacking her with
+an axe even the whole length of the gunwale. ¤ Then went the King and
+witnessed with his own eyes the truth thereof, and straightway said he,
+&amp; sware thereon, that die should that man once the King wot
+whosoever he was who from envy had spoiled the ship, ‘but he who can
+tell me this thing shall have great reward.’ Then said Thorberg, ‘I can
+tell thee, King, who it is that hath wrought this.’ ‘I cannot indeed
+expect of another that he should so well as thee get to wot of this
+matter &amp; tell me thereof.’ ‘I will tell thee, King,’ quoth he, ‘who
+hath done it: I&nbsp;did it.’ ¤ Then answered the King, ‘thou shalt make
+it good, so that all shall be as well as it was before; and thy life
+shall be on it.’ ¤ Thereafter went Thorberg to the ship and chopped the
+gunwale in such wise that all the notches were
+<span class = "pagenum">99</span>
+pared away, and the King said then, and all the others likewise, that
+now the ship was even so goodlier by far on that side on which Thorberg
+had cut the notches. So then the King bade him fashion both sides alike,
+&amp; gave him land even for so doing, and thus was Thorberg
+master-smith on the ship, even until she was finished.
+A&nbsp;dragon-ship was she &amp; wrought after the same fashion as the
+‘Serpent’ which the King had brought with him from Halogaland; but was
+the new ship much larger in all respects, built with the greater care,
+&amp; called he her the ‘Long Serpent,’ and the other the ‘Short
+Serpent.’ On the ‘Long Serpent’ were there four-and-thirty benches of
+oars. Dight were her head and the crook all over with gold, and the
+bulwarks thereof were as high as on sea-faring ships. This was the ship
+which was ye best equipped, and the cost thereof was the most money of
+any ship that ever hath been built in Norway.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Now after the death of Earl Hakon, did Earl Eirik Hakonson and his
+brothers, &amp; many others of their kinsmen depart out of the country.
+¤ Earl Eirik went east to Sweden, and he and his men were well received
+by King Olaf, the King of the Swedes, who bestowed sanctuary on the Earl
+and great grants withal, so that in the land could he well maintain
+himself and his men. Of this speaketh Thord Kolbeinson:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘Foeman of robbers! Swiftly can fate effect change</p>
+<p>Brief space ere the treason of men did Hakon to death,</p>
+<p>And to the land that erewhile in fight had that warrior conquered</p>
+<p>Came now the son of Tryggvi when fared he from the west.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ From Norway passed many men over unto Earl Eirik, to wit, all those
+that King Olaf had caused to flee the land; and as the outcome thereof
+did Eirik think good to procure himself ships &amp; to go plundering so
+that he might get wealth for himself and for his men. First sailed Eirik
+to Gotland, and lay off that island a long time in summer-tide &amp;
+waylaid he viking
+<span class = "pagenum">100</span>
+craft or merchant-ships even as they were sailing to land, and when he
+listed went he ashore and harried far and wide in the parts bordering on
+the sea. Thus in the Banda lay it is said:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘In spear-storms many was the Earl thereafter victor:</p>
+<p>And did we not learn aforetime</p>
+<p>That Eirik won the land?</p>
+<p>In those days when the chiefs on Gotland’s shores went warring,</p>
+<p>Doughty, and peace-making by their might.</p>
+<p>More in his mind had Eirik against lord and King</p>
+<p>Than spoken word revealed,</p>
+<p>As from him might be looked for.</p>
+<p>Wrathfully sought the Earl counsel of the Swedish King,</p>
+<p>Stubborn were the men of Throndhjem,</p>
+<p>Ne’er a one would flee.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ Later sailed Earl Eirik southward to Wendland, and there chanced he
+to fall in with some viking ships off Staur, and so joined he battle
+with them; to him was the victory and there were the vikings slain. Thus
+saith the Banda lay:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘The steerer of the prow-steed</p>
+<p>Let lie at Staur the heads of fallen warriors,</p>
+<p>Thereafter joy of battle inflamed the Earl.</p>
+<p>At the corses of the viking the ravens tore</p>
+<p>After that dire meeting of swords</p>
+<p>Nigh the sands of the shore.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ Sailed thence Earl Eirik back to Sweden in the autumn and abode
+there a second winter; but in the spring made he ready his host and
+thereafter sailed eastward; &amp; when he was come to the realm of King
+Valdamar fell he to plundering &amp; slaying folk, burning whithersoever
+he went, and laying bare the land. Then coming to Aldeigiaborg<a name =
+"tag100_31" id = "tag100_31" href = "#note100_31">§</a> laid he siege
+unto it even until he had taken it, and then put he there many folk to
+the sword and utterly destroyed the town, and thereafter spread he war
+far and wide in Garda. Thus saith the Banda lay:</p>
+
+<span class = "pagenum">101</span>
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘The chieftain fared forth to devastate with fire,</p>
+<p>Yea and with sword (so waxed the sword-storm),</p>
+<p>The lands of Valdamar.</p>
+<p>Aldeigia brok’st thou, lord, when east thou cam’st to Garda</p>
+<p>Well wot we how grim was the fight twixt the hosts.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ For five summers together waged Earl Eirik this warfare, and when
+he left the realm of Garda he went fighting over the whole of Adalsysla
+&amp; Eysysla;<a name = "tag101_8" id = "tag101_8" href =
+"#note101_8">§</a> there took he four viking boats from Danish men and
+slew all that were on the ships. It is thus spoken of in the Banda
+lay:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘I heard where the swinger of the sword did battle</p>
+<p>Once more in the isle-sound.</p>
+<p>Eirik wins the land;</p>
+<p>The bounteous lord four viking boats from Dane-folk took</p>
+<p>Doughty and peacemaking.</p>
+<p>There where warriors hied to town, hadst thou, war-hero! strife with
+Goths.</p>
+<p>Joy of battle filled the Earl thereafter.</p>
+<p>The battle-shield he bore aloft to all the lands,</p>
+<p>And gently fared he not, over the country he rules.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ Then Eirik the Earl fared to Denmark when he had abode one winter
+in Sweden, and coming unto the Danish King Svein Two-beard, wooed he his
+daughter Gyda and this marriage was agreed upon. Accordingly Eirik took
+Gyda to wife and one winter later a son was born to them whom they
+called Hakon. ¤ Mainly abode Eirik the winters through in Denmark, but
+whiles also in Sweden, but in the summers sailed he the seas over even
+as became a viking.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Svein Two-beard, the Danish King, had Gunnhild, the daughter of the
+Wendish King Burizlaf, to wife; and in the days whereof now is the
+record writ happed it that Queen Gunnhild fell sick and died;<a name =
+"tag101_32" id = "tag101_32" href = "#note101_32">§</a> and a while
+thereafter wedded King Svein, Sigrid the Haughty, she that was daughter
+to Skogul-Tosti and mother to Oscar the Swede. ¤ And from
+<span class = "pagenum">102</span>
+the marriage arose a friendship betwixt the brothers-in-law, and betwixt
+them and Earl Eirik Hakonson.</p>
+
+<p class = "illustration">
+<img src = "images/pic103.png" width = "466" height = "465"
+alt = "Queen Tyri aboard the ship">
+</p>
+
+<p>¶ Now the Wendish King Burizlaf did make complaint to his son-in-law,
+Earl Sigvaldi, because the pact had been broken which Sigvaldi had made
+between King Burizlaf and King Svein: to wit, that King Burizlaf should
+have Tyri Haraldsdottir, King Svein’s sister, to wife; for this marriage
+had never come about, inasmuch as Tyri had said shortly ‘Nay’ to wedding
+a heathen and an old man to boot. King Burizlaf now sent word unto the
+Earl that he would demand the fulfilment of the pact, &amp; bade the
+Earl go to Denmark &amp; bring Queen Tyri to him. ¤ Then did Earl
+Sigvaldi hie him on his journey, and laid he the matter before the
+Danish King; and by his fair words came he even so far that into his
+hands gave King Svein his sister Tyri. With her went certain women to
+bear her company &amp; do her service, &amp; her foster-father, whose
+name was Ozur Agason, a&nbsp;wealthy man; &amp; sundry other men withal.
+It was agreed between the King &amp; the Earl that Tyri should have the
+estates in Wendland which had belonged to Queen Gunnhild, and that she
+should be given other great lands in dowry. ¤ Tyri wept sorely and
+departed very much against her will; but natheless when she and the Earl
+were come to Wendland was she wedded, &amp; so King Burizlaf had Queen
+Tyri to wife. ¤ But ever so long as she was among heathens would she
+take neither meat nor drink from them, and in this wise was it for a
+sennight. Then right so one night fled away Queen Tyri and Ozur in the
+darkness unto the forests; and of this their journey it is briefest to
+recount that they attained Denmark, but there durst Tyri by no means
+remain inasmuch as her brother King Svein would, an he knew where she
+lay, have sent her back again to Wendland. ¤ So faring ever by stealth
+went they to Norway, and Tyri made no stay until she was come to King
+Olaf, who made her welcome, and gave them high entertainment. To the
+King Tyri
+<span class = "pagenum">103</span>
+told of her troubles, and begged counsel of him and sanctuary in his
+kingdom. Now Tyri had a smooth tongue in her head, and the King liked
+her converse well; moreover he saw that she was passing fair, &amp; it
+entered into his mind that this would be a good marriage, and he turned
+the talking thereunto and asked her whether she would not have him to
+husband. But with her fortunes at the pass at which they now lay seemed
+it a hard thing to her to judge; yet on the other hand plainly
+<span class = "pagenum">104</span>
+perceived she how good a marriage it would be to wed with so famous a
+King, and therefore entreated she him that he should make decision on
+the matter for her. Thereafter, when this thing had been duly discussed,
+took King Olaf Queen Tyri in wedlock; and they were abed in the autumn
+when King Olaf was come north from Halogaland. ¤ That winter abode King
+Olaf and Queen Tyri in Nidaros. ¤ Now in the spring-time thereafter
+oft-times did Tyri make plaint to King Olaf, and cried bitterly
+thereover, because albeit had she such great possessions in Wendland yet
+had she none in this country, and that she should have such deemed she
+but seemly for a Queen; &amp; thinking that by fair words would she get
+her own prayed she him on this matter, and said that so great was the
+friendship between King Burizlaf &amp; Olaf that even so soon as they
+should meet would the King give Olaf all he asked for. But when the
+friends to King Olaf came to know after what fashion was the manner of
+talking of Tyri with one consent gave they all counsel to him to refrain
+from such a course. One day early in the spring, so it is said, as the
+King was walking in the street came a man towards him from the
+market-place bearing many sticks of angelica, which same were wondrous
+big, seeing that it was early in the spring-tide. And the King took a
+large stick of angelica in his hand &amp; went home therewith to the
+lodging of Queen Tyri. Now Tyri sat a-weeping in her hall even as the
+King came in, but he said to her: ‘Here is a great stalk of angelica for
+thee.’ Aside thrust Tyri it with her hand, and said: ‘Greater gifts gave
+Harald Gormson to me, but lesser feared he than thou dost to leave his
+land and seek his own, and the token thereof is that fared he hither to
+Norway and laid waste the greater part of this land and took to himself
+all taxes and dues; but durst thou not fare through the Danish realm for
+fear of my brother King Svein.’ Then up sprang King Olaf at these words,
+&amp; called out loudly, and swore withal: ‘Never will I go in fear of
+thy brother King
+<span class = "pagenum">105</span>
+Svein, and whensoever we meet shall he be the one to give way.’</p>
+
+<p class = "illustration">
+<img src = "images/pic105.png" width = "344" height = "421"
+alt = "King Olaf and Queen Tyri">
+</p>
+
+<p>¶ Not long after these things summoned King Olaf a Thing in the town,
+and made known to all the people that in the summer would he send an
+host out of the country, and that it was his will to levy ships &amp;
+men from each county, &amp; therewith
+<span class = "pagenum">106</span>
+did he make it known how many ships he should require from the fjord
+there. ¤ Then sent he messengers inland both northwards and southwards,
+and along the coast on the outside of the islands and inside them along
+the land, and called men to arms. ¤ Thereafter did King Olaf launch the
+‘Long Serpent’ &amp; all his other ships great &amp; small; and the
+‘Long Serpent’ he himself steered, and when men were taken for a crew,
+with so much care was choice made that on the ‘Long Serpent’ was there
+no man older than sixty nor younger than twenty. All were chosen with
+the utmost care for their strength and courage, &amp; the first taken
+were King Olaf’s body-guard, for composed it was of the stoutest &amp;
+boldest men both from home and abroad.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Wolf the Red was the name of the man who bore the banner of King
+Olaf, and his place was in the prow of the ‘Serpent’; there likewise
+were Kolbiorn the Marshal, Thorstein Ox-foot and Vikar of Tiundaland,
+the brother of Arnliot Gellini. Of the forecastle in the prow were Vak
+Raumason of the River, Bersi the Strong, On the Archer of Jamtaland,
+Thrond the Stout from Thelemark and Othyrmi his brother; and the
+Halogalanders Thrond Squint-eye, Ogmund Sande, Lodvir the Long, from
+Saltvik, and Harek the Keen. ¤ From Inner Throndhjem were there Ketil
+the Tall, Thorfin Eisli, and Havard and his brothers from Orkadal. Those
+manning the forehold were Biorn of Studla, Thorgrim Tiodolfson of Hvin,
+Asbiorn &amp; Orm, Thord of Niardalang, Thorstein the White of
+Oprostad<ins class = "correction" title = "text has period (full stop)">, </ins>Anor of More, Hallstein and Hawk from the Fjords, Eyvind
+Snak, Bergthor Bestil, Hallkel of Fialir, Olaf the Boy, Arnfin of Sogn,
+Sigurd Bild, Einar the Hordalander and Fin, Ketil the Rogalander, and
+Griotgard the Quick. In the main-hold were Einar Tamberskelfir, deemed
+by the others less able than they for then was he but eighteen winters
+old, Hallstein Hlifarson, Thorolf, Ivar Smetta, and Orm Skoganef. ¤ Many
+other men of valour were there on
+<span class = "pagenum">107</span>
+the ‘Serpent’ though we cannot name them; eight were there to a
+half-berth, and chosen man by man. It was a common saying that the crew
+of the ‘Serpent’ was for goodliness, strength, and boldness, as much
+above other men as the ‘Serpent’ herself was above other ships. ¤
+Thorkel Nefia, own brother to the King, steered the ‘Short Serpent,’ and
+Thorkel Dydril and Jostein, they that were uncles to him on the side of
+his mother, commanded the ‘Crane’; right well manned were these twain
+ships. Moreover had King Olaf eleven great ships from Throndhjem, ships
+of twenty benches, two smaller ships and victuallers.</p>
+
+<p>¶ When King Olaf had completed the equipping of his fleet at Nidaros,
+appointed he men throughout the whole of the district of Throndhjem to
+be stewards collecting revenue, and annalists. He then sent to Iceland
+Gizur the White &amp; Hialti Skeggison to convert that country to
+Christianity, and sent he with them that priest whose name is Thormod
+and other consecrated men, but kept back with him as hostages the four
+men of Iceland they that he deemed to be of greatest mark, to wit,
+Kiartan Olafson, Halldor Gudmundson, Kolbein Thordson and Sverting
+Runolfson; and it is said of the journey of Gizur &amp; Hialti that they
+were come unto Iceland or ever the meeting of the Althing &amp; were
+present at the Thing, and thereat was baptism legalized in Iceland and
+that summer all folk were brought into the true fold.</p>
+
+<p>¶ The same spring likewise sent King Olaf Leif Eirikson to Greenland
+to convert the people, and fared he thither that summer. On the main
+found he the crew of a ship who were lying helpless on a wreck, and
+thereafter he discovered Vineland the Good,<a name = "tag107_29" id =
+"tag107_29" href = "#note107_29">§</a> yet came he the same summer to
+Greenland; and with him had he a priest and teachers, and he took up his
+abode at Brattalid with his father Eirik. Thereafter did men call him
+Leif the Lucky; but Eirik, his father, said that the one thing was a
+set-off to the other: on the one hand was the
+<span class = "pagenum">108</span>
+saving of the ship’s crew by Leif &amp; on the other the bringing to
+Greenland of that ‘juggler,’ to wit, the priest.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Then took King Olaf his host southward following the coast, and
+many of his friends flocked to him, mighty men, who were bravely
+furnished for an expedition with the King. The first man of these was
+own brother-in-law to himself, Erling Skialgson with his large ‘skeid’<a
+name = "tag108_7" id = "tag108_7" href = "#note108_7">§</a> wherein were
+thirty benches, and right well manned was she withal. There came also to
+him his brothers-in-law Hyrning and Thorgeir, each steering a large
+ship. Many other mighty men accompanied him, so that when he left the
+country had he thirty long-ships. King Olaf sailed south through
+Eyrasund, off the coasts of Denmark, and in due course came he to
+Wendland. ¤ There appointed he a tryst with King Burizlaf, and the Kings
+met and spake together of the possessions claimed of King Olaf, and all
+the talk between them went in kindly wise and the claims whereof King
+Olaf deemed himself to have rights there were fully ordered. ¤ Abode he
+there a long while during the summer, and saw many of his friends.</p>
+
+<p>¶ As hath been related ere this, King Svein Two-beard had wedded
+Sigrid the Haughty, &amp; Sigrid was King Olaf’s greatest foe, the
+reason therefor being how King Olaf had broken his troth with her, as
+has been afore set in fair script, and how he had smote her on the face.
+¤ Sigrid incited King Svein to do battle with King Olaf Tryggvason,
+saying pretext enough was it that he had wedded the own sister to Svein,
+she Tyri, without his leave: ‘And never would thy forefathers have
+suffered such a thing.’ Such words as these had Queen Sigrid ever on her
+lips, and so far went she with her persuasions that King Svein was full
+willing to do battle with Olaf. So early in spring-tide sent King Svein
+men east to Sweden, to Olaf the Swedish King, he that was his step-son,
+&amp; to Earl Eirik, to tell them that Olaf King of Norway had his fleet
+abroad, and thought of faring to Wendland come summer; another
+<span class = "pagenum">109</span>
+message took they likewise, namely that the Swedish King and the Earl
+should call out their hosts and go to meet King Svein, and that then
+altogether they should get their battle over against King Olaf. Now the
+King of Sweden and Eirik the Earl were ready and eager for this venture,
+so mustered they a large fleet in Sweden, and with the ships thereof
+went south to Denmark and came thither at the time when King Olaf had
+already sailed east. Of this speaketh Halldor in the song he made about
+Earl Eirik:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘Crusher of Kings who battles loved,</p>
+<p>From out of Sweden called,</p>
+<p>To southern battle fared he forth,</p>
+<p>Even with great hosts of men,</p>
+<p>The wound-bird on the sea gat food while waiting,</p>
+<p>Each and every warrior was fain to follow Eirik.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ So the King of the Swedes and Earl Eirik shaped a course to meet
+the Danish King, and when all the fleets were come together was there a
+host greater than one man could number.</p>
+
+<p>¶ When King Svein sent for that fleet, sent he moreover Earl Sigvaldi
+to Wendland to spy on the expedition of King Olaf, and to lay such a
+lure that King Svein and the others might assuredly fall in with King
+Olaf. ¤ So Earl Sigvaldi set forth and went to Wendland and Jomsborg,
+and met King Olaf Tryggvason. Now had they much friendly conversation
+one with the other, and the Earl came greatly to love the King, mainly
+on account of their former kinship, for Astrid, she that was wife unto
+the Earl, even the daughter of King Burizlaf, was very friendly with
+King Olaf, for the reason that the latter had had her sister Geira to
+wife. ¤ Now Sigvaldi was a wise man, &amp; one ready at expedients,
+&amp; when he and King Olaf took counsel together, found he many and
+divers pretexts for delaying the journey of the King to the westward;
+but the men of King Olaf murmured thereat and were loudly displeased,
+and longed much to get them hence home, for, said
+<span class = "pagenum">110</span>
+they, ‘clear are we to sail &amp; fair is the wind.’ Learned Sigvaldi
+now privily from Denmark that the King of the Danes and the King of the
+Swedes &amp; Eirik the Earl were met together, and were even about to
+set sail to the eastward off the coast of Wendland; likewise that it had
+been convened betwixt them that they in wait for King Olaf should lie
+off that isle which is called Svold;<a name = "tag110_7" id = "tag110_7"
+href = "#note110_7">§</a> &amp; that moreover he, the Earl, was after
+some fashion to contrive that King Olaf be found of them.</p>
+
+<p>¶ And now went about a rumour in Wendland that Svein, the King of the
+Danes, also had an host abroad, &amp; soon tongues wagged to the tune
+that well would it like Svein, the King of the Danes, to meet with King
+Olaf; but said Earl Sigvaldi unto the King: ‘No plan is it of King Svein
+to attack thee with the Danish host alone, seeing how great an host of
+thine own thou hast; but if ye suspect that war may be at hand then will
+I and my men go with thee, and aforetime was it deemed good help when
+the Jomsborg vikings bore a chief company: I&nbsp;will go with thee even
+with eleven ships well-found.’ ¤ To this did the King answer yea, and
+because at that time was there blowing a gentle breeze but favourable,
+commanded he that the fleet should get under way, &amp; that the horns
+be blown for their departing. Then the men hoisted sail; and the small
+ships were those that made the better way, &amp; out to sea sailed they.
+Now kept the Earl close by the King’s ship, shouting to those on board,
+and bidding the King follow him: ‘Well wot&nbsp;I,’ he said, ‘which
+sounds are deepest betwixt the isles, &amp; this be fraught with care
+seeing how big are thy ships.’ So sailed the Earl first with his ships,
+eleven ships had he, &amp; sailed the King after him with his large
+ships, eleven likewise had he, but sailed all the rest of the fleet
+ahead and out to sea. Now it came to pass as Earl Sigvaldi was making
+Vold came rowing off a skiff, and those therein told unto the Earl how
+that the fleet of the King of the Danes lay in the haven even right over
+ahead of their way. ¤ So the Earl ordered sails to be lowered,
+<span class = "pagenum">111</span>
+and rowed they in under that island. Thus saith Halldor the
+Unchristened:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘With ships one more than seventy</p>
+<p>Came the lord of Eynafylki from the south;</p>
+<p>His sword he dyed in warfare</p>
+<p>When the Earl the ships of Skani called out to battle.</p>
+<p>Quickly then the peace was broken ‘twixt the men.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ Now it will be marked that, according unto the bard, were the ships
+of King Olaf &amp; Earl Sigvaldi seventy-one in number what time sailed
+they from the south.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Now lying there were Svein, the King of the Danes, Olaf the King of
+the Swedes, and Earl Eirik, with all the might of their fleet, and fair
+weather was with them with bright sunshine. Went up to the islet all the
+chieftains with a large company of men, and spied they thence that a
+many ships were sailing together out at sea. ¤ And they beheld a large
+ship and brave sailing, and said both the Kings: ‘There goes a great
+ship, passing fair, none other can this be save only the “Long
+Serpent.�’ ¤ Then made Earl Eirik answer, saying: ‘That is not the “Long
+Serpent.�’ ¤ And it was as he opined, for this ship belonged to Eindrid
+of Gimsar. A&nbsp;while later saw they yet another ship sailing, much
+greater than the first, and then spake King Svein: ‘Afeard is Olaf
+Tryggvason, for he dareth not sail with the head upon his ship.’ Then
+said Earl Eirik: ‘That is not the King’s ship; that ship and the sail
+thereof know&nbsp;I, for the sail is a striped one; Erling Skialgson it
+is who hath command thereof. ¤ Let them sail on! Better is it for us
+that this ship should be lacking from Olaf’s fleet, so well appointed is
+it.’ A&nbsp;while later saw they and recognized the ships of Sigvaldi
+the Earl, and one of them also was great. ¤ Then spake King Svein and
+bade them go to their ships; for, said he, there sails the ‘Long
+Serpent’; but Earl Eirik called out, ‘Many more ships and fine ones have
+they besides the ‘Long Serpent,’ let us bide a while.’ ¤ Then many of
+the men fell to
+<span class = "pagenum">112</span>
+talking, &amp; they said: ‘Eirik the Earl will not fight to avenge his
+father. Shame, shame is it, &amp; throughout all the land will it be
+heard, if we lie here with so great a fleet &amp; let King Olaf sail out
+to sea on our very flank.’ But after they had been talking thus a while
+saw they that four more ships came sailing by, and one of these was a
+dragon, large indeed, and bedecked with gold. Then rose up King Svein
+and said: ‘High shall the “Serpent� carry me this eve; and I will steer
+her.’ Many of the men called out that the ‘Serpent’ was a mighty great
+ship and beautiful to look upon, and a glorious work had it been to
+build such a craft. ¤ Then Earl Eirik said so loud that sundry heard
+him: ‘E’en had King Olaf no larger ship than this, King Svein would with
+the Danish host alone never wrest it from him.’ Then went the men to
+their ships and took the tilts from off them; whilst the chiefs were
+talking among themselves of that which is writ above saw they sailing
+along three very large ships, and a fourth ship last of all, and that
+was the ‘Long Serpent.’ Now of those large ships which had sailed past
+before, and had been deemed by the men to be the ‘Long Serpent,’ the
+first was the ‘Crane’ and the last the ‘Short Serpent.’ But when they
+beheld the ‘Long Serpent,’ and none gainsaid this, then wotted all that
+now indeed was Olaf Tryggvason sailing by. Then went they to their
+ships, and made ready to row to the onset. Now a compact had been struck
+between the chiefs, King Svein, King Olaf, and Earl Eirik, that to each
+one of them should be given a third part of Norway if it befell that
+King Olaf was slain; moreover he who first boarded the ‘Long Serpent’
+was for his own to have all the booty taken therefrom, and each of them
+was to have what ships he himself cleared. ¤ Earl Eirik had a very large
+long-ship which he was wont to use on his viking cruises; a&nbsp;beard
+was there on the higher part of both prow and stern, and thick plates of
+iron going from thence all the breadth of the beard right down to the
+water-line.</p>
+
+<p><span class = "pagenum">113</span>
+¶ Now when Earl Sigvaldi &amp; his men headed in towards the islet,
+observed closely Thorkel Dydril of the ‘Crane’ and the captains of the
+other ships sailing with him, what he was doing, and they too lowered
+sail, and rowing after him, called out to him to know why thus he was
+faring. ¤ The Earl answered that he was going to bide the coming of King
+Olaf, for most like did it seem that war was at hand. ¤ So then they
+likewise let their ships lie-to until such time as Thorkel Leira with
+the ‘Short Serpent’ was come up and with him too the three other ships
+which were following him, and the same tidings were told unto them; then
+they also lowered sail, laid-to and bided the coming of King Olaf. ¤ But
+when the King sailed out towards the isle, then rowed out into the sound
+the whole of the hostile fleet even for to meet him; and his men
+witnessing this same prayed the King sail his way, and not engage in
+battle with so large an host. ¤ But King Olaf stood up on the poop, and
+shouted with a loud voice: ‘Let no men of mine lower sail or think of
+fleeing; never have I fled in battle. May God look to my life, for never
+will I turn to flight.’ And it was done even as the King said. Thus
+saith Hallfrod:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘Fain would I name those words,</p>
+<p>Which Olaf’s warriors tell us</p>
+<p>The lord deed-mighty spake there,</p>
+<p>To his men before the battle.</p>
+<p>The warlike King forbade</p>
+<p>His champions to think of flight,</p>
+<p>And how they live, the words the loved one of the people spoke.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ So were sounded the horns for the assembling of the ships; and the
+King’s ship was in the midst of the fleet, with the ‘Short Serpent’ on
+one side and the ‘Crane’ on the other. Now when they were about to lash
+together the prow of the ‘Long Serpent’ and stern of the ‘Short
+Serpent,’ the King observed what was being done, and he cried out
+bidding them lay the
+<span class = "pagenum">114</span>
+big ship more forward, &amp; not let her be astern of all the ships in
+the fleet. Thereon answered Ulf the Red: ‘If we are to lay the “Serpent�
+as much longer ahead as she is longer than other ships hard will the
+day’s work be behind the gunwales.’ Said the King: ‘I knew not that I
+had a forecastle man who was both red and afraid,’ Ulf made answer back,
+‘Turn not thou thy back there on the poop <!--snicker--> more than I
+turn mine when I guard the prow.’ ¤ Now the King had a bow in his hand,
+and placing an arrow on the string thereof he turned him towards Ulf;
+then cried Ulf, ‘Shoot another way, King, thither where it is needed
+more greatly; what I do, I&nbsp;do for thee.’</p>
+
+<p>¶ King Olaf towered high on the poop of the ‘Serpent,’ and easy was
+it to know him from other men. ¤ A&nbsp;golden shield had he, and a
+gold-wrought helmet, &amp; a&nbsp;short red kirtle over his shirt of
+mail. ¤ Now when King Olaf saw that the fleets were dividing and banners
+were being set up before the chiefs, asked he: ‘Who is the captain of
+that host which is right over against us?’ It was told him that it was
+King Svein Two-beard with the host of the Danes. Then answered he:
+‘Afraid are we not of those blenchers, no heart is there in the Danes.
+But what chief is behind those banners yonder on our right?’ It was told
+him that there was King Olaf, with the Swedish host. ‘Better were it for
+the Swedes to stay at home and lick the blood from their bowls than to
+board the “Serpent� under thy weapons.’ ‘But whose are the ships lying
+out yonder on the larboard of the Danes?’ ‘They pertain,’ came the
+answer, ‘to Eirik Hakonson.’ Then answered King Olaf, ‘Good reason,
+methinketh, hath he to meet us, and from that fleet may we await the
+fiercest of fights, seeing that they too are of Norway even as we
+ourselves.’</p>
+
+<p>¶ Thereafter separated the Kings one from another for the onset. King
+Svein laid his ship against the ‘Long Serpent’; and King Olaf the Swede
+lay-to farther out &amp; grappled from the prow the outermost ship of
+King Olaf Tryggvason; and
+<span class = "pagenum">115</span>
+over against the other side lay Earl Eirik. And even so there ensued a
+dire and strenuous conflict. Albeit did Sigvaldi, the Earl, let his
+ships fall astern and took he no part in the battle. Thus saith Skuli
+Thorsteinnson, he that himself was with Earl Eirik that day:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘The Frisian wolf I followed</p>
+<p>(And in my youth gat honour)</p>
+<p>With Sigvaldi, there where the spears whistled</p>
+<p>(Now wax I old);</p>
+<p>When bloody swords we bore</p>
+<p>There off the mouth of the Svold</p>
+<p>In the south, in the battle-storm,</p>
+<p>And met the hero of wars.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>And Hallfrod too saith of these tidings:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘Methinks full much was missed</p>
+<p>(Many to flight did turn them),</p>
+<p>That chief who spurred the fight</p>
+<p>Was among the men of Throndhjem.</p>
+<p>The valiant King alone</p>
+<p>’Gainst the two Kings did fight,</p>
+<p>(Glorious to tell it now)</p>
+<p>And for a third too the Earl.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ The battle to them all waxed very fierce &amp; bloody; the
+forecastle men of the ‘Long Serpent’ &amp; the ‘Short Serpent’ and the
+‘Crane’ threw anchors and grapplers on to the ships of King Svein, and
+thus could they attack them from above so that they cleared every ship
+unto which they could cling and thereto hold fast. King Svein and those
+of his company who could escape made what way they could to other of his
+ships and thereon drew thence out of bow-shot, and so it came to pass
+that it fared with this fleet even as King Olaf Tryggvason had foretold.
+¤ Then Olaf, he that was King of the Swedes, brought his ships up into
+the self-same places left by those of Svein, but natheless hardly was he
+come nigh to the big
+<span class = "pagenum">116</span>
+ships than it went with him the same as with the others; even so that
+lost he many men and some of his ships, and thereafter he too drew back.
+But Earl Eirik laid his bearded ship alongside the outermost ship of
+King Olaf &amp; with fierceness cleared it, and straightway cut it
+adrift from its lashings; then went he alongside the one that was next,
+and with it fought until that too was cleared. Then fell the crews to
+escaping from the lesser ships on to those that were larger; but cut the
+Earl every ship from its lashings even as soon as it was cleared, &amp;
+thereon came up once more from all sides Danes and Swedes into the
+battle over against the ships of King Olaf. Eirik the Earl lay ever
+alongside one or other ship fighting thus in hand to hand fight, and as
+the men fell on his ship, Danes and Swedes, other true men took their
+place. Thus saith Halldor:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘Of sharp swords the brunt</p>
+<p>O’er the “Long Serpent� went;</p>
+<p>There golden spears did clash</p>
+<p>And the men fought long,</p>
+<p>In battle of foemen</p>
+<p>Went forth to the south</p>
+<p>Men of Sweden against him,</p>
+<p>And Danish swordsmen doughty.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ Then waxed the battle very fierce, and men fell thick and fast, and
+so at the end befell it that all the ships that pertained unto King Olaf
+were cleared save and except the ‘Long Serpent,’ &amp; by that time all
+those of his folk who were still able to bear arms were come aboard of
+her. ¤ Then did Earl Eirik bring his bearded ship alongside the
+‘Serpent’ and thereon ensued a fight with man at sword’s length from
+man. ¤ Thus saith Halldor:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘Into so hard a trap fell now the “Long Serpent�</p>
+<p>(The shields were cut asunder, together clashed the swords),</p>
+<p>And when the axe-bearer laid his bearded ship high bulwarked beside
+the “Serpent,�</p>
+<p>The Earl did victory win at Holm.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<span class = "pagenum">117</span>
+<p>¶ Earl Eirik took his stand in the forehold of his ship encompassed
+by a wall of shields, &amp; his men fought both with trenchant arms, and
+by the thrusting of spears, and by the throwing of everything that could
+be used as a weapon, though some shot with the bow or threw javelins
+with the hand. From all sides had the war-ships been brought up around
+the ‘Serpent,’ and so great was the shower of weapons which fell on her,
+and so thickly flew the arrows and javelins from all sides, that men
+could but hardly ward off the missiles with their shields. The men that
+were with King Olaf had ere now waxed so furious that they had climbed
+up on to the bulwarks to the end that they might reach their foemen with
+their swords and slay them; but many of their foes would not come so
+nigh alongside the ‘Serpent’ that they could be beguiled into close
+combat, whereas a many of the folk of Olaf being unmindful that they
+were not fighting on a level field themselves fell overboard and so sank
+down together with their weapons. Thus saith Hallfrod:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘From the “Serpent� sank they down, wounded in the fight;</p>
+<p>Give way or flee they would not, resisting to the last.</p>
+<p>Though glorious the King may be who steers the “Serpent�</p>
+<p>Such men as these will long be lacking where’er she strideth.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ It happened that in the narrow-hold of the “Serpent,� shooting with
+his bow and arrow more fiercely than any other man that was on the ship,
+stood Einar Tambarskelfir. Now it was against Earl Eirik that Einar had
+his direct venture, and struck he the top of the tiller-head, over above
+the head of the Earl, sending in his arrow with such force that it
+penetrated to the very binding of the shaft. ¤ The Earl looked at it,
+and asked if it was known who was shooting thus; then on the instant
+Einar shot another arrow which went so nigh unto the Earl that it passed
+betwixt his side and his arm, and so far through the staying-board that
+the barb stood out on the other side thereof. ¤ Then spake the Earl to
+that man whose name
+<span class = "pagenum">118</span>
+some say was Fin, but as others have it was of Finnish<a name =
+"tag118_1" id = "tag118_1" href = "#note118_1">§</a> kith and kin. ¤
+Exceeding apt was he as an archer, so spake Eirik unto him saying:
+‘Shoot thou yonder big man in the narrow-hold,’ &amp; even as he said
+the words did the arrow of Fin strike the bow of Einar just as he was
+drawing it for the third time. Then was the bow broken in twain, &amp;
+Olaf said, ‘What brake there so loudly?’ &amp; Einar made answer:
+‘Norway from thy hand, O&nbsp;King.’ ‘So great a breaking asunder hath
+not happened yet, I&nbsp;trow,’ quoth the King; ‘take my bow and shoot
+therewith,’ and saying so threw he him his own bow, and Einar taking it
+strained it even beyond the arrow-head. ‘Too weak,’ said he, ‘too weak
+is the prince’s bow,’ and throwing it back again to the King took he his
+shield and sword, and fell to hand-fighting.</p>
+
+<p>¶ King Olaf being himself on the poop of the ‘Serpent,’ full oft that
+day shot with his bow, but upon occasion made he use of javelins, and
+ever threw two at once. Then as time wore on saw he, as his glance sped
+along the ship, that albeit his men swung ever their swords and smote
+full fast, yet nevertheless their swords were cutting but ill, and he
+cried out loudly to them: ‘Are ye wielding your swords carelessly since,
+as I see, they do not cut?’ One of the men made answer: ‘Our swords are
+blunt and very much notched.’ Then went the King down into the
+fore-hold, and setting up the lid of the high-seat took from out of the
+chest beneath many sharp swords and gave them out to his men, and when
+he thrust down his right arm into the chest it was seen that blood was
+running from under his mail-shirt, and no man at that hour wot in what
+part he had been wounded.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Even the stoutest defence on the ‘Long Serpent,’ and that the most
+deadly, was put up by those stout men that were in the fore-hold and in
+the prow and stern, for truly were they picked men, and the bulwarks in
+those places were higher than in other parts of the ship. Even so soon
+as ever the men
+<span class = "pagenum">119</span>
+amidships began to fall, and only a few of those about the mast were
+left standing on their feet, made Eirik an attempt to board the
+‘Serpent,’ and up came he on to her, himself the fifteenth man. ¤ Then
+was it that Hyrning, he that was own brother-in-law of Olaf, set over
+against Eirik with a band of followers and the mightiest fight of all
+waged they then, and the end thereof was of such a fashion that had the
+Earl himself to draw back even unto his own ship; and of the men that
+adventured with him on to the ‘Serpent’ were some wounded and most
+others slain.</p>
+
+<p>¶ And thereafter was there yet again a hard struggle, &amp; many men
+fell on board the ‘Serpent’; &amp; as the crew who held the defence of
+her began to thin tried Earl Eirik to board her for the second time, but
+again met he with valiant opposition. When the <ins class = "correction"
+title = "anomalous hyphen in original">fore-castle</ins> men on the
+‘Serpent’ saw this went they aft and safeguarded the ship over against
+the Earl, &amp; made a stubborn defence. But so many were the men who
+were fallen on the ‘Serpent’ that were the bulwarks perforce in many
+places empty, and the men of the Earl now came aboard her on every side;
+then were those men who were still standing to arms and having the
+guardianship of the ship forced to fall back aft, even unto the place
+where the King was standing. Thus saith Halldor the Unchristened,
+telling how Earl Eirik cheered on his men:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘Astern across the thwarts shrank the men of Olaf</p>
+<p>Valiant the lord cheers on his hot-headed followers,</p>
+<p>When the warriors had closed all issue to the doughty King</p>
+<p>The clash of weapons turned towards the Wend-slayer.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ Now it came to pass that Kolbiorn the Marshal went up on to the
+poop even to the King, and greatly did they resemble one another in
+apparel and weapons; and Kolbiorn was also a right big and comely man. ¤
+Yet once again ensued there a fight full fierce in the fore-hold, but
+because that there were now come up on to the ‘Serpent’ even as many men
+of the
+<span class = "pagenum">120</span>
+Earl as the ship would hold, and seeing that his ships were lying on all
+sides around the ‘Serpent,’ &amp; moreover few folk left on her for
+defence against so strong a host, fell the main of the men of Olaf very
+shortly thereafter, albeit were they men both strong and stout of heart.
+Then did King Olaf himself, and Kolbiorn, leap <ins class = "correction"
+title = "anomalous hyphen in original">over-board</ins> each on his own
+side. Now the men of the Earl had put out small boats &amp; were busy
+slaying those that took to the sea, and when the King leapt overboard
+would they have taken him captive and brought him before Earl Eirik, had
+not King Olaf held up his shield above him and dived headlong into the
+deep. Kolbiorn, on the other part, thrust his shield under him and thus
+protected himself against the javelins which were being thrown up from
+the boats beneath, but he fell into the sea in such wise that his shield
+was beneath him &amp; therefore could he in no wise dive so swiftly,
+&amp; so was he taken &amp; haled up into a boat. Then the foe deeming
+him to be the King brought him before the Earl, but when the Earl
+discovered that it was not King Olaf but Kolbiorn, gave he the latter
+quarter. At this moment did all they of the King’s folk who were still
+alive leap overboard from the ‘Serpent’; and Hallfrod saith that Thorkel
+Nefia, he that was brother to the King, leapt last of all overboard:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘Stroke-doughty Thorkel saw the “Crane,�</p>
+<p>Yea, and the “Serpents� twain floating deserted;</p>
+<p>Boldly had he fought e’er the wearer of the arm-rings,</p>
+<p>Stout-hearted in combat, into the sea plunged,</p>
+<p>And by swimming saved his life.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ Now hath it been afore fair written that Earl Sigvaldi joined
+forces with King Olaf in Wendland; ten ships had the Earl and withal an
+eleventh whereon Astrid, she that was daughter to the King and wife to
+Sigvaldi, had her men. ¤ When King Olaf leapt overboard all the hosts
+shouted cries of victory, and then did the Earl and his men unship their
+oars &amp; row to the fight. Of this speaketh Halldor the
+Unchristened:</p>
+
+<span class = "pagenum">121</span>
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘From far and near the Wendmen’s craft</p>
+<p>To battle hastened;</p>
+<p>The lean sword-clashers</p>
+<p>Clanged with iron mouths;</p>
+<p>Din of swords at sea was there</p>
+<p>(Wolves’ fare the eagle tore),</p>
+<p>The lads’ dear leader strove</p>
+<p>Ere many from him fled.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ Now rowed away the Wendland cutter, whereon were Astrid’s men, back
+to Wendland, and straightway did many men say that King Olaf must have
+drawn off his shirt of mail in the water, dived down away from the
+long-ship, and thereafter swum even to the Wendland cutter and so been
+brought to shore by the folk of Astrid. ¤ And many are the tales which
+have been told by certain men of the journeyings of King Olaf;
+nevertheless in this wise speaketh Hallfrod:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘I wot not whether he who stilled the raven’s hunger</p>
+<p>Should of me be praised as of the living or the dead,</p>
+<p>Since of a truth his men tell either tale</p>
+<p>(Bootless of himself to question) though wounded was he surely.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>But howsoever this may have been, never more returned King Olaf
+Tryggvason to his realm of Norway; yet in this wise speaketh Hallfrod
+the Troublous-skald:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘He who the tidings told that the lord was living</p>
+<p>Had long for Tryggvi’s trusted son a fighter been.</p>
+<p>’Tis said the King from out the steel-storm came;</p>
+<p>Alas, ‘tis worse than this, methinks, for of truth all facts are
+lacking.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>And this again:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘When the land-host with men in numbers towards the Holder’s</p>
+<p>War-wont King did fare, it scarce could be (so heard&nbsp;I)</p>
+<p><span class = "pagenum">122</span>
+That the King belovéd could with life escape</p>
+<p>(Folk seemed not truth to tell) from out the battle.</p>
+<p>Some men e’en tell this skald that wounded is the King,</p>
+<p>Though from the spear-storm saved and eastwards gone.</p>
+<p>But tidings from the south now tell the slaying of the King</p>
+<p>In the great fight (endure no more can I the wavering talk of
+men).’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ With the victory that he encompassed did Earl Eirik Hakonson gain
+even the ‘Long Serpent’ and much booty, and steered he the ‘Serpent’ far
+out of the battle. Thus said Halldor:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘Thither the “Serpent� had borne him,</p>
+<p>The helmeted chieftain, to the great sword-play,</p>
+<p>(Then were the ships dight).</p>
+<p>But south, in the din of the battle, gladly the Earl took the
+“Serpent�</p>
+<p>(Heming’s high-born brother in blood did dye the swords).’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ Now Svein the son of Earl Hakon even at this time was betrothed to
+Holmfrid the daughter of Olaf King of Sweden. When Olaf the Swedish
+King, Svein the Danish King and Earl Eirik divided the realm of Norway
+between them, then had Olaf the Swedish King four counties, to wit,
+Throndhjem, the two Mores &amp; Raumsdal; and eastward to him pertained
+Raumariki from the Gaut (Göta) river to Svinasund. ¤ This dominion did
+King Olaf make over to Earl Svein on the self-same conditions as the
+tribute paying kings or earls had held their lands aforetime from
+superior kings. Earl Eirik gat five counties in Throndhjem, also
+Halogaland and Naumdalen, the Fjords &amp; Fialir, Sogn and Hardaland
+&amp; Rogaland, and Agdir from the north right to Lidandesnes (the
+Naze). ¤ Thus saith Thord Kolbeinson:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘I wist that save for Erling (bounteous chief whom I praise)</p>
+<p>Erewhile the “hersirs� mostly were friends unto the earls;</p>
+<p>The battle ended the land all southward from Agdir</p>
+<p><span class = "pagenum">123</span>
+To Veiga, or farther north, was subject made to Eirik.</p>
+<p>Under the lord the land prospered; &amp; this ’twas good should
+be.</p>
+<p>His duty he thought it to hold o’er the northmen his hand.</p>
+<p>Now hath died Svein the king south of us, so the tale goes</p>
+<p>(The strength of most doth fail, and waste are his manors for
+grief).’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ Svein the King of the Danes was now once more the possessor of Vik,
+which had been his aforetime; to Earl Eirik he gave Raumariki and
+Hedemark, to be held as a fief. Svein Hakonson, he that was the finest
+man that men have ever looked on, received earldom from Olaf the Swede.
+Eirik and Earl Svein were alike baptized into and made profession of the
+true Faith, but even so long as they ruled over Norway gave they licence
+to every man that he should please himself about what creed he would
+cleave to, &amp; moreover maintained they the old laws honourably and
+likewise all the customs of the land; therefore were they justly men who
+were well-beloved and good rulers. Now in all matters having concern in
+the ruling of the realm of the twain brothers was Earl Eirik ever the
+more prominent.</p>
+
+
+<!-- <span class = "pagenum">124</span> -->
+
+
+<span class = "pagenum">125</span>
+<h3 class = "main"><a name = "harald" id = "harald">
+THE SAGA OF HARALD THE</a><br>
+TYRANT, MXXX-MLXVI</h3>
+
+
+
+<span class = "pagenum">126</span>
+<p><span class = "floatcap">
+<img src = "images/capI.png" width = "89" height = "192"
+alt = "I(It)"></span>T befell in the days of the fall of King Olaf that
+Harald, the son of Sigurd Sow, the stepbrother of King Olaf the Saint,
+bore his share in the great battle of Stiklastad. ¤ Even there it befell
+Harald that he was smote down, but he gained the life of his body by
+flight with others that bore him company. Thus saith Thiodolf:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem cap">
+<p>‘Nigh the hill, a battle-storm</p>
+<p>I heard drive toward the King,</p>
+<p>But the burner of the Bulgars<a name = "tag126_10" id = "tag126_10"
+href = "#note126_10">§</a></p>
+<p>His brother well supported.</p>
+<p>Unwillingly from fallen Olaf</p>
+<p>Was the prince sundered,</p>
+<p>And his head he hid;</p>
+<p>Then was he twelve winters</p>
+<p>With added three thereto in age.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ It was Rognvald Brusason who bare Harald out of the battle, and
+brought him to a certain peasant who lived in the forest, and that in a
+glade far from the haunts of man; and here was Harald leeched until he
+was whole of his wound. ¤ Thereafter fared forth the son of that peasant
+eastward with him across the Kjol (Kiolen), &amp; as far as they were
+able to do so followed they forest tracks in lieu of the common way. ¤
+Now in no wise wist the son of the peasant with what manner of man he
+was faring, &amp; as they were riding through the wastes of the forest
+sang Harald thus wise:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘From forest now to forest</p>
+<p>Wend I my way with honour scant;</p>
+<p>Who wists but in the future</p>
+<p>Wide fame may not be mine?’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ And thus fared he eastward through Jamtaland &amp; Helsingland, and
+in due course was he come even to Sweden; there did he link his fortune
+with that of Rognvald Brusason and many others of the men of King Olaf
+that were yet alive after the mighty battle.</p>
+
+<span class = "pagenum">127</span>
+<p>¶ Now in the spring thereafter gat they ships for themselves and in
+the summer fared eastward to Garda, where abode they the winter through
+with King Jarizleif. ¤ Thus saith Bolverk:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘The sword’s blade, King, thou dried’st</p>
+<p>When thou fared’st from the strife.</p>
+<p>To the raven gav’st thou to eat;</p>
+<p>The wolf howled on the wooded heights.</p>
+<p>But the year thereafter and thou wert</p>
+<p>East in Gard, O doughty fighter,</p>
+<p>Ne’er have I heard of a leader of hosts</p>
+<p>More famed than thou wert.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>King Jarizleif made Harald &amp; his men welcome right kindly, and
+even so became Harald captain of the land defence of the King &amp; with
+him was joined Eilif, the son of Earl Rognvald. Thus saith Thiodolf:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘Where Eilif was,</p>
+<p>Alike they acted,</p>
+<p>Those chieftains twain</p>
+<p>In wedge-like phalanx.</p>
+<p>Chased were the East Wends</p>
+<p>Into a corner narrow,</p>
+<p>Not easy for the Laesirs<a name = "tag127_23" id = "tag127_23" href =
+"#note127_23">§</a></p>
+<p>Was the law of the host.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ Some winters abode Harald in the realm of Garda, &amp; fared forth
+for the most part eastward; then went he a journey to Greece, and in his
+company was a mighty following, and at that time likewise went he to
+Miklagard (Constantinople). Saith Bolverk:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘The chilly shower drave forward</p>
+<p>The ship’s swart prows;</p>
+<p>And barks all bravely armoured</p>
+<p>Their sails bore by the coast-side.</p>
+<p>The metal towers of Miklagard</p>
+<p><span class = "pagenum">128</span>
+The prince saw from the prows;</p>
+<p>Fair-bosomed ships were borne</p>
+<p>To the walls of the city.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>At that time there ruled over Greece Queen Zoe the Wealthy and with
+her Michael Katalaktus. ¤ When Harald was come even unto Miklagard in
+the hardiness that was of his blood enterprised he service of the Queen,
+and even so did the men that were with him. ¤ Forthwith that same autumn
+took he ship on certain galleys with warriors who were adventuring on to
+the Greek sea. ¤ In those days was one named Gyrgir<a name = "tag128_10"
+id = "tag128_10" href = "#note128_10">§</a> chief of the hosts, and he
+was also a kinsman to the Queen. Now it came to pass that Harald had not
+abode longtime with the host ere the Vaerings<a name = "tag128_13" id =
+"tag128_13" href = "#note128_13">§</a> became much drawn to him, so that
+he and they adventured all together in a body whensoever there was
+fighting, and the end thereof was that Harald was chosen captain of all
+the Vaerings. Gyrgir and his hosts coasted in all directions among the
+Greek islands, and greatly plundered the corsairs.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Once it befell when they were faring overland, and were of a mind
+to pass the night in the woods, that the Vaerings were the first to come
+to the place where it was intended they should lie, and chose they for
+their tents even such position as was best and lay highest, for the
+country thereabout was boggy, and no sooner came the rain than was it
+ill living there over against where the land was low. Then came Gyrgir,
+&amp; when he saw where the Vaerings had pitched their tents bade he
+them begone and pitch them in another place, since saith he, that he
+himself would have his tent even there. But thus spake Harald: ‘When ye
+are the first to come to the place for the camp then shall ye make
+choice of your place for the night, and it will behove us to pitch our
+tents elsewhere, even in whatever spot is open to us. So do ye now
+likewise; pitch ye your tents where ye will in any other spot that
+pertaineth. Methought was it the right of the Vaerings here in Greece to
+<span class = "pagenum">129</span>
+be masters of their own matter &amp; free in all things before all men,
+and that was it to the King and Queen only they owed obedience.’ ¤ On
+this bandied they words with so great heat that both sides fell to
+arming themselves, &amp; right nigh came they to fighting, but ere that
+were the wisest men came up and they parted them. ¤ They said it was
+more in reason that these men should be of one mind on the matter, and a
+just decision made thereon betwixt them, so that never more might strife
+arise out of this cause. ¤ So then was agreed a meeting between them,
+&amp; the best and wisest men were present thereat; and at that meeting
+was it counselled in such manner that all were of one mind, to wit, that
+lots should be borne in a cloth and cast between Greek and Vaering as to
+who should be the first to ride or row, or berth them in haven, or
+choose a spot for their tents; both of them henceforth to rest content
+with whatever the lot decreed. Thereafter was this done, and the lots
+were marked; then said Harald to Gyrgir; ‘Let me now see how thou
+markest thy lot, to the intent that we may not both mark them in the
+same fashion.’ ¤ So Harald looked and thereafter marked his lot and
+threw it into the cloth, and Gyrgir did likewise; but the man who was to
+draw the lot took up one between his fingers, and lifting his hand said:
+‘These shall first ride and row and berth them in haven and choose them
+tent-places<ins class = "correction" title = "close quote missing">.’</ins> Then did Harald seize the lot with his hand and throw
+it out into the sea, and when he had so done he said: ‘That was our
+lot.’ ¤ Gyrgir said: ‘Why didst thou not let more men see it?’ ‘Look
+you,’ answered Harald, ‘on that lot which is left, &amp; I&nbsp;wot well
+thereon will you know your own mark.’ ¤ Then looked they at the lot, and
+all knew the mark to be that of Gyrgir. ¤ So was it adjudged that the
+Vaerings should have the choice in all those matters about which there
+had been strife. Sundry things befell likewise on which saw they not eye
+to eye, but ever it ended in such a fashion that Harald had his way.</p>
+
+<span class = "pagenum">130</span>
+<p>¶ Plundering &amp; pillaging whithersoever they went fared together
+both hosts during the summer, but when a battle was imminent would
+Harald cause his men to hold aloof therefrom, or at least over against
+that part where was the fight most open. ¤ Ever said he that he would
+take good care that he did not lose those that were of his company; but
+when a fight chanced and he with his men only were opposed to an enemy
+so fierce was he in battle that either must he win the day or die. For
+this reason oft-times it befell that when Harald was captain of the men
+the victory fell to him, whereas Gyrgir won naught. ¤ Now when the
+warriors saw how oft did this come to pass, said they one to the other
+that their cause would have better advancement an Harald were alone
+captain of the host; and blamed they the leader of the band, saying that
+he and his men were but bootless. To this Gyrgir made answer that the
+Vaerings would not yield him support, &amp; bade them begone, whiles he
+fared with the rest of the host to be successful as far as in them lay.
+Even so, thereon went Harald from the host, and with him likewise the
+Vaerings and the Latin men, but Gyrgir kept the host of the Greeks. Then
+came to pass that which all had awaited, to wit, that Harald ever gained
+the victory &amp; the plunder. Thereupon fared the Greeks home to
+Miklagard save only the young men who desired to win riches for
+themselves, and they gathered round Harald and took him for their
+leader. ¤ Then went he with his host westward to northern Africa, which
+the Vaerings called Serkland,<a name = "tag130_26" id = "tag130_26" href
+= "#note130_26">§</a> and there he gained addition to his host. ¤ In
+Serkland won he eighty walled towns, some thereof surrendered to him,
+whereas others took he by might. ¤ Thereafter went he to Sikiley
+(Sicily). Thus saith Thiodolf:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘Towns ten times eight in Serkland,</p>
+<p>Say I, then were taken,</p>
+<p>The young hater of red-glowing gold</p>
+<p>Rushed into the peril.</p>
+<p><span class = "pagenum">131</span>
+Before the fighter went to rouse</p>
+<p>With clashing shields the Hilds,</p>
+<p>Were they long the Serk-men’s foe,</p>
+<p>On the plains of Sicily.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>Thus saith Illugi, the skald from Bryn:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘Harald under Michael strove</p>
+<p>For south-lands with his sword</p>
+<p>The son of Budli, as ’twas said</p>
+<p>Showed friendship by his fellowship.’<a name = "tag131_8" id =
+"tag131_8" href = "#note131_8">[§]</a></p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ Now it came to pass that at this season was Michael King of Greece.
+¤ Many winters abode he in Africa, and to himself acquired goods and
+chattels in plenty, gold likewise and all manner of precious things; but
+all the wealth which he took and thereof had not need for his
+maintenance sent he by his trusty men to Holmgard (Novgarod), to be
+bestowed into the hands and care of King Jarizleif. ¤ Exceeding wealth
+did he collect together there, as was like to be, forasmuch as he was
+pillaging in that part of the world the which is richest in gold and
+costly things. And so much did he accomplish withal that, as has been
+writ before, took he as many as eighty towns.</p>
+
+<p>¶ And being come to Sikiley did Harald lay waste on that isle, and
+set he his host over against a large town in which were many people. ¤
+So strong were the walls thereof that he feared it were doubtful an he
+could brake them down. Now the townsfolk had enough of victuals and
+other commodities which were required to withstand a siege, so hit
+Harald on the craft of bidding his fowlers to catch small birds, which
+had nests in the town &amp; flew out during the day to seek food. On the
+backs of these birds caused he to be tied shavings of red pine-wood on
+which had he poured melted wax and brimstone; fire thereto was set, and
+the birds even so soon as they were loose, flew with one accord at once
+to the town with the intent to seek their young and to hie them to their
+own nests which were under the roofs. ¤ And these roofs were thatched
+<span class = "pagenum">132</span>
+with reeds or straw. ¤ Then the fire from the birds spread to the eaves,
+and though each bird bore but a little burden of fire nevertheless in a
+brief space was kindled a great fire, for many birds bore fire to the
+roofs that were of the town. Thereafter there burned one house after the
+other until the town itself was all aflame, and all the people came out
+therefrom and begged for grace. ¤ Yea was this that same folk that for
+many a day had talked proudly and with mocking despite of the Greek host
+and the chief thereof. Harald gave quarter to all men who craved it, and
+thereafter held authority over this town.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Another town was there to which Harald went with his host, &amp;
+right well peopled was it and strong withal, so much so indeed that it
+could not be thought that he would be able to make assault thereon. Flat
+land and hard lay round about the walls thereof, so Harald set his men
+to dig a trench from the place whence a brook flowed, &amp; that in a
+deep gulley wherein men from the town could not spy. ¤ The earth of the
+trench threw they out into the water and let the stream bear it away;
+and in this work they continued even both by night and by day with fresh
+shifts after a spell. ¤ After this fashion did the host advance on the
+town day by day; and the townsmen flocked to the battlements &amp; both
+sides shot at one another, but by night did all betake themselves to
+sleep. ¤ Now when Harald wot that this hole that was in the earth was so
+long that it must have come under and past the walls of the town bade he
+his men arm themselves, &amp; towards dawn went they into the trench,
+and when they came to the end thereof dug they up above their heads
+until they came to stones set in lime; and this was the floor of a stone
+hall. Anon they brake up the floor and ascended into the hall, and there
+sat many of the townsmen eating and drinking, and great was the
+mischance of these good men for they were taken unawares. The Vaerings
+went about with drawn swords, and straightway
+<span class = "pagenum">133</span>
+killed some of them though others fled, to wit, those who could get out.
+¤ Some of the Vaerings sought after these townsmen while others went to
+the gates to set them open, and by this way in marched the host that
+pertained unto Harald. ¤ Then did the townsfolk flee, though many prayed
+for mercy, and mercy did all receive who gave themselves up. ¤ In this
+way was it that Harald was possessed of the town, and therewith acquired
+exceeding wealth.</p>
+
+<p>¶ The third town to which they came was the one that of all of the
+island had waxed largest and strongest, and to it pertained most
+importance both by reason of the wealth and the number within its walls.
+¤ Even about this town lay great ditches, and the Vaerings marked that
+they could not win it by craft after such fashion as they had possessed
+themselves of the other towns aforesaid. And so it came to pass that
+long lay they before the town yet did they accomplish nothing, and the
+townsfolk seeing this waxed even bolder, and set up their array on the
+walls, &amp; anon opened the gates of the town and called to the
+Vaerings, egging them on &amp; bidding them enter; and they mocked at
+them for lack of boldness, averring that for fighting were they no
+better than so many hens. Harald bade his men behave themselves as
+though they wist not after what fashion were such things said: ‘Nought
+shall we accomplish,’ said he, ‘even if we storm the town; they will
+fling their weapons down under their feet upon us; and albeit an
+entrance we perchance effect with sundry of our folk, yet is the foe
+strong enough to shut them in, and shut the others out at their pleasure
+for they have put watches at all the gates of the town. ¤ No less mock
+will we make of them, however, and we will flaunt in their faces that we
+have no fear of them. Our men shall go forth on the plain as near the
+town as may be, having care nevertheless lest they come within bowshot,
+and weaponless must they go &amp; hold sports one with another so that
+the townsfolk may wot that we care naught for their
+<span class = "pagenum">134</span>
+array.’ ¤ After this fashion did they behave themselves for sundry
+days.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Now of the Icelanders that were with Harald at this time is it
+recorded that Halldor the son of Snorri the Priest&mdash;he it was who
+took this chronicle back to his own land&mdash;and in the second place
+Ulf the son of Uspak, the son of Usvif the Wise, were the twain of them
+very strong &amp; valiant men and much cherished of Harald. ¤ The pair
+were alike foremost in the sports on the plain. When things had thus
+happened for these sundry days, were the townsfolk minded to show even
+greater arrogance, &amp; discarding their weapons mounted they up on to
+the walls and defiantly set open the gates of the town. Now the Vaerings
+seeing this betook themselves one day to their sports in such fashion
+that the swords that pertained to them were concealed beneath their
+cloaks and their helms beneath their hats. And after they had vied with
+one another awhile saw they that the townsfolk in no fashion entertained
+suspicion, thereon drawing their swords ran they forward to the gates.
+When the townsmen saw this advanced they bravely to meet them, standing
+fully armed, and thereon ensued a dire fight within the gates. ¤ To the
+Vaering folk pertained neither shield nor buckler, &amp; in default
+thereof wrapped they their cloaks round their left arm; some were
+wounded, some killed, &amp; all were hard pressed. ¤ Harald &amp; the
+men with him who were in the camp hastened to their succour, but by then
+were the townsfolk come up on to the walls from whence they shot at
+&amp; stoned those coming thitherwards. Yet more fierce grew the fight,
+&amp; those within the gates bethought them help came at a slower gait
+than they could desire. Scarce was Harald come to the gates ere was
+slain his banner-bearer; then said he: ‘Halldor, do thou take up the
+banner!’ Halldor picked up the banner-staff, but he spoke unwisely: ‘Who
+will bear thy banner for thee when thou followest it so faint-heartedly
+as thou hast done now this while past?’ These
+<span class = "pagenum">135</span>
+were words more of anger than of truth, for Harald stood the stoutest
+among men. Then hied they them into the gate, and great were the strokes
+given; but the outcome thereof was such wise that the victory was to
+Harald and he stormed the gates. Sore smote was Halldor, a&nbsp;deep
+wound gat he in the countenance, and to him was it a blemish all the
+days of his life.<a name = "tag135_7" id = "tag135_7" href =
+"#note135_7">§</a></p>
+
+<p>¶ The fourth town whereunto Harald was come together with his host
+was the stoutest of all those whereof we have yet told. So strong was it
+that they wist there was no hope that it could be taken by assault, and
+thereon beset they the town even by getting a ring around it so that no
+victuals could be taken therein. ¤ Now it chanced when Harald had been
+before it a while, fell he sick and betook himself to his bed; &amp; he
+caused his tent be placed away from other tents so that he might have
+the ease that he should not hear the noise and disquiet of the host.
+Backwards &amp; forwards to him oft fared his men, craving his counsel,
+and this was noted of the townsfolk who argued rightly that something
+had befallen the Vaerings, and thereon set they spies to discover what
+it might be. When the spies were come back even into the town brought
+they intelligence that the chief of the Vaerings lay sick, &amp; for
+that cause had they not advanced on the town. As time waxed big grew the
+strength of Harald small, and his men became sorrowful and were heavy of
+heart. ¤ Now of all this had the townsfolk full knowledge. ¤ To such a
+pass came it that the sickness pressed Harald hard and his death was
+told throughout the whole host. Then went the Vaerings to speak with the
+townsmen, telling them of the death of their chief, &amp; praying the
+priests to grant him a tomb in the town. ¤ Now when the townsfolk heard
+these tidings many were there, rulers of monasteries or of other big
+churches in the town, who wished much, each one of them, to have the
+body for his church, for well wotted each that it would bring them great
+offerings; so the whole
+<span class = "pagenum">136</span>
+multitude of the priests clad themselves in their vestments and walked
+forth out of the town in procession well favoured and solemn, bearing
+shrines and holy relics. ¤ But made the Vaerings also a mighty funeral
+train; covered with a costly pall was the coffin borne aloft, and above
+this again were held many banners, &amp; after the coffin in this wise
+had been borne in through the town-gates was it set down right athwart
+them in front of the opening thereof. Then did the Vaerings blow a
+war-blast from all their trumpets, &amp; drew their swords, and the
+whole host of the Vaerings rushed out of their tents fully armed, and
+ran towards the town shouting and crying. The monks &amp; other priests
+who had been walking in this funeral train vying with one another to be
+the foremost to go out and receive the offering, now vied twofold as
+speedily to be the farthest off, for the Vaerings slew every one who was
+nearest to them be he clerk or layman. After this fashion did they go
+about the whole of the town, putting the men to the sword and pillaging
+the churches, whence snatched they exceeding great wealth.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Many summers fared Harald in warfare after this fashion alike in
+Serkland and Sikiley. ¤ Thereafter led he his host back to Miklagard,
+and abode there a short space ere set he again forth on a journey to
+Jorsalaheim (Palestine).<a name = "tag136_24" id = "tag136_24" href =
+"#note136_24">§</a> There he left behind him all the gold he had gotten
+as payment from the Greek King, &amp; the same did all the Vaerings who
+went on the journey with him. ¤ It is told that altogether Harald fought
+eighteen battles on these journeys. Thus saith Thiodolf:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘All men know that Harald</p>
+<p>Eighteen battles grim hath fought,</p>
+<p>Oft hath the peace of the chieftain been broken;</p>
+<p>The gray eagle’s sharp claws</p>
+<p>In blood didst thou dye, King,</p>
+<p>Ever was the wolf filled ere thou fared’st homeward.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<span class = "pagenum">137</span>
+<p>¶ Harald with his men had now betaken themselves to Jorsalaland
+(Palestine) and thence to Jorsalaborg (Jerusalem), and whithersoever he
+went in Jorsalaland were all the towns and castles surrendered unto him;
+thus saith Stuf, who had himself heard the King recount these
+things:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘The blade-bold smiting warrior</p>
+<p>To subjection brought Jerusalem.</p>
+<p>The smiling land was captive to him and the Greeks,</p>
+<p>And by their might, unburned withal,</p>
+<p>Came the country under the warrior’s dictate.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ Here it is recounted that this land came unburned and unscathed
+into Harald’s power. Thereafter fared he to the Jordan and bathed
+himself therein, as is the way with other pilgrims. On the Sepulchre of
+the Lord, the Holy Cross, and other holy relics in Jorsalaland bestowed
+Harald great benefactions. Then did he make safe all the road to the
+Jordan, slaying robbers and other disturbers of the peace. Thus saith
+Stuf:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘By counsel and wrathful words the King of the Agdir folk</p>
+<p>Withstood on the banks of the Jordan the treason of men,</p>
+<p>But for true trespass had folk to pay dearly;</p>
+<p>Ill from the Prince suffered they.</p>
+<p>(In Christ’s eternal house).’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ After these things fared he back to Miklagard.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Now when Harald was returned to Miklagard from Jorsalaland was he
+minded to go to the north, even unto his own heritage; for it had come
+to his ears that the son of his brother, to wit, Magnus Olafson, was now
+King of Norway and of Denmark, and therefor gave he warning to quit his
+service with the King of Greece; but when Queen Zoe came to hear thereof
+waxed she very wrath &amp; made dire complaint against Harald, averring
+that he had gone dishonestly to work with the wealth of the Greek King
+which had been taken in warfare what time Harald had been chief of the
+host. Now there was a damsel both young and fair, whose name was Maria,
+<span class = "pagenum">138</span>
+and she was the daughter of the brother to Queen Zoe.<a name =
+"tag138_1" id = "tag138_1" href = "#note138_1">[§]</a> Afore had Harald
+sought the hand of this maid in marriage, and by the Queen had his suit
+been refused. It has been told here in the north by Vaerings, who were
+then serving in Miklagard, that among those who should wot well of the
+affair was it averred that Queen Zoe desired to have Harald for her own
+husband, &amp; therein lay the cause of all that which befell when
+Harald desired to leave Miklagard, though mayhap otherwise was given out
+before all folk. At that time was Constantine Monomachus King of the
+Greeks, and together with Queen Zoe ruled he the kingdom. Wherefore was
+it on these counts that the King of the Greeks caused Harald to be
+seized and cast into prison.</p>
+
+<p>¶ But as Harald was drawing nigh unto the prison there appeared unto
+him the holy King Olaf and bade him be of good cheer for that he would
+come to his aid; &amp; there in the street was afterwards builded a
+chapel, and was it consecrated to King Olaf, &amp; that chapel has stood
+there unto this very day.<a name = "tag138_18" id = "tag138_18" href =
+"#note138_18">§</a> Now after such fashion was the prison builded that
+it had a high tower, &amp; this was open at the top. Into the prison
+thereof was Harald thrown, and together with him were Halldor and Ulf.
+The night thereafter came a wealthy woman to the uppermost part of the
+prison, whither she had ascended by means of ladders, and with her were
+two serving-men and to either let they down a rope by which they drew
+the prisoners up. This woman had one time been healed by the holy King
+Olaf, and now had he appeared to her and laid upon her the injunction
+that she should release his brother from out of prison.Thereon hied
+Harald him to the Vaerings who with one accord rose to their feet when
+they beheld him, and acclaimed him welcome. ¤ Thereafter fell the whole
+of the host to arms and betook themselves to the place where the King
+was sleeping, and taking him captive thrust they out both his eyes. Thus
+saith Thorarin Skeggison in his lay:</p>
+
+<span class = "pagenum">139</span>
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘The bold prince gold obtained,</p>
+<p>But the throned King of Greece gat blindness,</p>
+<p>And thereafter went with scars most grievous.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>Thus likewise saith Thiodolf the Skald:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘The waster of wolves’ sorrow</p>
+<p>Let the eyes twain of the throned King be put out;</p>
+<p>The prince of the Agdir folk on the Eastern King</p>
+<p>Laid a grisly mark whereby was he horribly blinded.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>In the twain of these lays concerning Harald, &amp; also in many
+other songs, recorded is it how that he himself put out the eyes of the
+Greek King; but in lieu of thus singing, had they known it to be truer,
+full well might they have named a duke or count or some other nobleman.
+But Harald himself and the other men that were with him themselves
+boasted of this deed.<a name = "tag139_15" id = "tag139_15" href =
+"#note139_15">§</a></p>
+
+<p>¶ That same night went Harald and his men to the chamber wherein
+Maria lay sleeping, &amp; by force bare her away. Then betaking
+themselves to where their galleys rode took they twain of them and anon
+rowed into Siavidarsund,<a name = "tag139_19" id = "tag139_19" href =
+"#note139_19">§</a> but when they were come thither found they that the
+iron chain was stretched right athwart the inlet, and so Harald
+commanded his men to fall to their oars on both the galleys, &amp; those
+who were not rowing were all to run aft, and each one to have in his
+hand his own baggage-bag. ¤ In this fashion they ran the galleys on to
+the chain, and as soon as they were fast and the speed was stayed
+commanded he all his men to run forward. Then that galley whereon was
+Harald plunged forward, and after it had swayed on the chain slid from
+off it; but the other brake as it rode the chain, and many were drowned,
+albeit some were taken up out of the water. After this fashion did
+Harald escape from Miklagard, &amp; thence fared he forth into the Black
+Sea. But ere he sailed from land he set the maid ashore, &amp; gave her
+trusty followers to take her back to Miklagard; and he bade her ask her
+kinswoman Zoe how much
+<span class = "pagenum">140</span>
+power she had over him, or if her power had been able to hinder him from
+getting the maiden. Thereafter sailed Harald northward to Ellipalta<a
+name = "tag140_3" id = "tag140_3" href = "#note140_3">§</a> and thence
+fared all over the East-realm.<a name = "tag140_4" id = "tag140_4" href
+= "#note140_4">§</a> On this journey made Harald certain merry verses
+which together number sixteen, &amp; all have the same refrain: this is
+one of them:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘Past Sicily, far out, forged the ship;</p>
+<p>Proudly she strode and ably ’neath our feet</p>
+<p>Never before had Norseman come so far amain,</p>
+<p>Yet saith the Maid of the gold-rings in Garda that she scorns
+me.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ By this, allusion made he to Ellisif, the daughter of King
+Jarizleif of Holmgard.</p>
+
+<p>¶ When Harald was come to Holmgard did King Jarizleif receive him
+with exceeding great kindness, and there abode he the winter through; at
+that time, moreover, took he into his own keeping all the gold and
+various other precious goods which he had sent thither out of Miklagard.
+So much wealth was indeed collected together, that no one there in the
+north had seen so great an amount before in the ownership of one man. On
+three occasions<a name = "tag140_21" id = "tag140_21" href =
+"#note140_21">[§]</a> the while he was in Miklagard had Harald ta’en his
+share in the spoiling of palaces, for it was a law that every time a
+Greek King died the Vaerings should have palace-spoil; at that hour
+might they go through all the palaces of the King, wherein his hoards of
+wealth were garnered, and take at will as much as ever they could lay
+hands on.</p>
+
+<p>¶ That winter gave King Jarizleif to Harald his daughter in wedlock,
+her name was Elizabeth but Norwegians called her Ellisif. To this Stuf
+the Blind is witness in the following:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘The alliance that he wished</p>
+<p>Gat the prince of the Agdirs;</p>
+<p>Gold amain won the friend of the men,</p>
+<p>And to boot the King’s daughter.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<span class = "pagenum">141</span>
+<p>¶ So it came to pass that ere long there arose some discord betwixt
+Magnus and Harald, and then were many men so evil-minded that they
+wrought bad blood betwixt the Kings.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Now after the departure of Harald in the manner aforesaid, Svein
+Ulfson went on sleeping. Later made he close inquiry anent the journey
+of Harald; and when he came to know that Harald and Magnus had entered
+into covenant, and had now an host one with the other, steered he a
+course eastward alongside the coast of Skani and abode there with his
+host, until it came to his ears in wintertime that Magnus and Harald had
+fared northward even to Norway with their hosts. Thereupon shaped Svein
+a course southward (west) to Denmark, and that winter took he possession
+by force of all the dues of the King.</p>
+
+<p>¶ So soon as the spring was come King Magnus and King Harald called
+out a muster from all Norway. ¤ Now it befell once upon a time that both
+the Kings were lying in the self-same haven, and the day thereafter
+Harald being the first to be ready sailed forthwith, and in the evening
+hove he to in the haven wherein he and Magnus had covenanted to lie that
+night; and brought he his ship into the King’s berth, and hoisted his
+tilts. ¤ King Magnus, he that had later in the day sailed forth, found
+also that haven, but when he was come perceived he that the men of
+Harald had by then gotten their tilts up; &amp; saw he furthermore that
+Harald was lying in the berth of the King and that there was he minded
+to lie. Even so soon as his men had struck sail said King Magnus unto
+them: ‘Now shall my men take their places by the bulwarks and fall to
+their oars, and the others shall undo their weapons and arm themselves,
+and if Harald and his men gainsay us and will not make way, then will we
+fight them.’ When King Harald saw that King Magnus was minded to give
+battle spake he to his men and said: ‘Cut the hawsers and let us put
+off; wroth is now kinsman Magnus.’ So said so done; and the
+<span class = "pagenum">142</span>
+ships of Harald were hove out of berth, and King Magnus put his ships
+into their place. ¤ When this had been accomplished went King Harald
+with sundry of his men up on to the ship of King Magnus, &amp; the King
+greeted him well and bade him welcome. Then said King Harald: ‘I thought
+that we were come among friends; but just now I misdoubted that thou
+wouldst let this be the case; but true it is that children are petulent
+&amp; I&nbsp;will not account it otherwise than that this was a childish
+deed.’ Then said King Magnus: ‘It was a kin-deed, not a child’s-deed;
+I&nbsp;can in good sooth remember what I gave and what I refused, but an
+it were allowed that this little matter were now done in our despite
+another would soon arise. In all things will we keep the covenant that
+we made, but thou on thy part must fulfil that which was agreed upon.’
+Then said King Harald: ‘There is also an old custom which hath it that
+the wisest giveth way,’ &amp; therewith went he back even to his own
+ship. In such like dealings betwixt the Kings was it difficult to hold
+the balance; the men to King Magnus swore even that he was in the right,
+but those who were dullards deemed that Harald had been slighted. ¤ The
+men that were of King Harald’s following said it were well and right
+that Magnus should have the berth had the two Kings come thither at the
+same time, but that King Harald could not be called upon to leave the
+berth wherein he were lying afore; and they declared that Harald had
+acted well and wisely, but those who wished to make the worst of things
+said that King Magnus desired to break the covenant, and that he had
+done King Harald wrong and injustice. ¤ Soon unwise men were talking so
+much about quarrels of this kind that discord arose between the Kings,
+and many things befell which the Kings took each after his own fashion
+albeit thereof is but little set down in writing.</p>
+
+<p>¶ So King Magnus &amp; King Harald brought their fleet down to
+Denmark, and when Svein heard thereof fled he away to
+<span class = "pagenum">143</span>
+Skani. The two Kings abode long in Denmark that summer, and brought the
+land into subjection; the autumn to them was in Jutland. There one
+night, when King Magnus lay abed, dreamt he that he himself stood there
+where his father King Olaf the Saint abode, &amp; thought he that his
+father spake with him: ‘Which wilt thou choose, my son, to fare with me,
+or become of all kings the mightiest &amp; live long, but to commit sin
+so great that thou wilt scarcely or never be able to atone for it?’ And
+he bethought that he answered, ‘I desire that thou choosest for me.’ ¤
+Then the King seemed to answer: ‘Thou shalt fare even with me.’ King
+Magnus told his men of this dream. A&nbsp;little while later fell he ill
+of a sickness, and lay at a place called Sudatorp,<a name = "tag143_13"
+id = "tag143_13" href = "#note143_13">§</a> and when he was nigh unto
+death sent he his brother<a name = "tag143_14" id = "tag143_14" href =
+"#note143_14">§</a> Thorir to Svein Ulfson bidding the latter afford
+Thorir what help he might need, and with this message King Magnus also
+made it known that when his days should be ended it was his wish to have
+Svein to have dominion over the realm of Denmark, saying that it was
+meet that Harald should rule over Norway and Svein over Denmark.
+Thereafter died King Magnus the Good, &amp; all folk mourned his death.
+Thus saith Od Kikina-Skald:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘Full many a tear did men shed</p>
+<p>When the mild King was borne to the grave.</p>
+<p>Heavy the burden for those that he had benefited with gold,</p>
+<p>Sore were the hearts of the house carles,</p>
+<p>Their tears held they not back,</p>
+<p>And oft-times in sorrow now are his people down-cast.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ When he heard these tidings summoned King Harald his host to a
+Thing, and opened unto them a scheme whereof the purport was to fare
+forth to the Vebiorg Thing, and cause himself there to be acclaimed King
+of Denmark. ¤ Thence would he conquer his country, for he accounted
+Denmark his own heritage in succession to his kinsman Magnus in like
+manner as with the kingdom of Norway. ¤ And for this purpose
+<span class = "pagenum">144</span>
+bade he his men give him their assistance, for then, said he, the
+Norwegians would be masters of the Danes for all time. Then up and spake
+Einar Thamberskelfir, and said, rather was it his duty to convey his
+foster-son King Magnus to the grave and to the latter’s father King
+Olaf, than to fight in a foreign land, or to covet ye might and dominion
+of another King; therefore concluded he his speaking by saying that
+better he deemed it to follow King Magnus dead than any other king
+living. Afterwards caused he the corpse to be ta’en and laid out in
+solemn state so that all might see it arrayed on board the King’s own
+ship. Thereafter all the men of Throndhjem and the Norwegians made them
+ready to return home with the body of King Magnus &amp; the war-host was
+disbanded. Then did King Harald perceive that by so much was it his
+wisest policy to fare back even unto Norway and first of all things to
+make that country his own, and thereafter wax in power. So Harald hied
+him thither with the whole of his host thus unto Norway, and even so
+soon as he was come thither held he a Thing of the men of the land, and
+caused himself to be acknowledged King over the whole country; he fared
+right from the east, from Vik, and was acclaimed King by every folkland
+in Norway.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Einar Thamberskelfir journeyed to Norway with the corpse of King
+Magnus; with him fared all the host of the Throndhjem folk; &amp; they
+took the body to Nidaros where it was buried in the chapel of Saint
+Clement wherein was then the shrine of the sainted King Olaf. ¤ King
+Magnus had been of middle height, with a countenance ruddy and frank,
+fair-haired was he, and eloquent; quick to think, strong to decide,
+bounteous to give; withal a mighty man of war and very valiant to boot;
+of all Kings was he the most beloved, &amp; praised was he alike by
+friend and foe.</p>
+
+<p>¶ That autumn also was Svein Ulfson in Skani &amp; was minded to fare
+eastward to the realm of Sweden; moreover thought
+<span class = "pagenum">145</span>
+he that he would lay down the title of King which he had taken to
+himself in Denmark. Peradventure as he was mounting his horse rode
+certain men up to him &amp; told unto him the tidings that King Magnus
+was dead, and how that all the host of Norway had quitted clean from
+Denmark. ¤ To this made Svein hasty answer &amp; said: ‘I call God to
+witness that never hereafter will I flee the realm of Denmark even so
+long as I live.’ Therewithal mounted he his horse &amp; rode southwards
+in Skani, &amp; to him were forthwith many folk gathered. That winter
+conquered he the whole of Denmark, &amp; all the Danes took him for
+their King. Thorir, the brother of King Magnus, came to Svein with the
+message of King Magnus, as has been afore writ, &amp; Svein received
+Thorir with good countenance; tarried he long with Svein and it was well
+with him.</p>
+
+<p>¶ After the death of King Magnus Olafson, had King Harald Sigurdson
+possession of the whole realm of Norway. ¤ And when he had ruled over
+Norway for one winter, &amp; the spring was again incomen mustered he
+men from out of all the land, one half of the general host in men &amp;
+ships, &amp; thence sailed south to Jutland where he harried &amp;
+burned even very widely; that same summer hove he to in Godnarfjord. At
+that time made King Harald this verse:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘While the linen-white woman</p>
+<p>Her song chants to her goodman,</p>
+<p>The anchor of the oaken ship</p>
+<p>We drop in Godnarfjord.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>Then spake he to Thiodolf, and bade him add thereunto; and he
+sang:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘Next summer (foretell I)</p>
+<p>The anchor more southward</p>
+<p>Shall hold the ship with its fluke;</p>
+<p>Deeper shall we cast it.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>And Bolverk in his lay mentions that Harald fared to Denmark the
+summer following on King Magnus’s death:</p>
+
+<span class = "pagenum">146</span>
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘From that fair land the year thereafter</p>
+<p>A muster called’st thou out;</p>
+<p>When thou ploughed’st the seas</p>
+<p>With sea-steeds full splendid.</p>
+<p>On darksome billow lay</p>
+<p>The dragons precious, and uneasy</p>
+<p>The host thereof saw off land laden were the war-ships of the
+Danes.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ It was at that time that they burned the homestead of Thorkel
+Geyser. He was a great chief, natheless were his daughters led bounden
+to the ships: the winter before had they shown themselves very scornful
+of Harald &amp; had made mock of his war cruise to Denmark, &amp; from
+cheese had they cut out anchors and said that most like these would well
+suffice to hold the ships of the King of Norway. Then was this
+chanted:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘Now from their whey cheeses cut</p>
+<p>The maids of Denmark rings for anchors,</p>
+<p>And this gibe annoyance gave the King.</p>
+<p>Now see I maidens many in the morn</p>
+<p>Reach the King’s ships in fetters heavy:</p>
+<p>Fewer laugh now.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ It is related that the look-out man who had observed the fleet of
+King Harald’s cried out to the daughters of Thorkel Geyser, ‘Ye Geyser
+daughters said that Harald would never come to Denmark.’ Quoth one of
+them, ‘That was yesterday.’</p>
+
+<p>¶ At a very high price did Thorkel ransom his daughters. Thus saith
+Grani:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘Of tears her eyes</p>
+<p>Were never dry;</p>
+<p>This wrong-headed woman</p>
+<p>In the thick Horn-woods.</p>
+<p>The lord of Norway the fleeing</p>
+<p>Foe to the shore drave;</p>
+<p>For his daughters wealth amain</p>
+<p>Had to pay their father.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<span class = "pagenum">147</span>
+<p>¶ The whole of the summer did King Harald harry in the realm of the
+Danes &amp; gat to himself much plunder, natheless did he not there
+abide but fared he back to Norway in the autumn, and there tarried the
+winter through.</p>
+
+<p>¶ That same winter, which was even that one after the death of King
+Magnus, did King Harald take to wife Thora, the daughter of Thorberg
+Arnason. To them were born two sons, the elder of whom was Magnus, the
+younger Olaf. ¤ King Harald and Queen Ellisif had two daughters; one of
+these was named Maria, and the other Ingigerd. When that following
+spring was come, and of that spring have we writ afore, did King Harald
+muster his host and again fared forth to Denmark in the summer &amp;
+harried there, &amp; the same did he now one summer after the other.
+Thus saith Stuf the Skald:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘Falster was wasted, and to its folk</p>
+<p>Mischance befell (so I heard).</p>
+<p>The raven his fill ate,</p>
+<p>But rapine feared the Danes each year.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ Ever since the death of King Magnus had King Svein ruled the whole
+of the Danish realm; remained he at peace during the winters, but by
+summer went he out with his host &amp; did threaten to journey north
+with the Danish host, and there do no less harm than Harald had done in
+Denmark. In the winter King Svein offered to meet King Harald in the
+River, and there fight together to the last, or else come to agreement;
+and thereafter, during that winter, were both one and other of them
+busied arming their ships, so that in the summer to come might one half
+of the general host be abroad. ¤ It was in that summer that there came
+from Iceland Thorleik Svein Ulfson; he had heard to wit, when he was
+north in Norway, that King Harald had fared south to the River against
+King Svein. Then did Thorleik chant this:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘’Tis awaited that in spear-storm</p>
+<p>On the sea-king’s path</p>
+<p><span class = "pagenum">148</span>
+The doughty men of inner Throndhjem</p>
+<p>Will meet the hardy King.</p>
+<p>God only can bring it to pass</p>
+<p>That one of them there taketh</p>
+<p>Life or land of the other;</p>
+<p>Little wots Svein of concord.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>And furthermore he chanted this:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘Harald the harsh who beareth</p>
+<p>Oft a red shield off the land,</p>
+<p>Is guiding on Budli’s ways<a name = "tag148_10" id = "tag148_10" href
+= "#note148_10">§</a></p>
+<p>The broad long-ships from the north.</p>
+<p>But southward o’er the seas,</p>
+<p>Doth come the warlike Svein</p>
+<p>In animals gold-mouthed, masted,</p>
+<p>And painted in colours fair.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ To the appointed trysting-place came King Harald with his host, and
+there heard that King Svein was to the south and lying off Zealand with
+his fleet. Then did King Harald part his host, sending the greater
+number of the peasant-host back, but retaining to himself his body-guard
+&amp; friends and feudatories, also that part of the peasant-host which
+had been mustered nighest to the Danes. ¤ They fared south (west) to
+Jutland, southward of Vendilskagi, &amp; thereafter still south past
+Thioda, &amp; went everywhere with the war-shield aloft. Thus saith Stuf
+the Skald:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘Fled Thioda folk from meeting with the King,</p>
+<p>Bold was he the stately dealer of blows.</p>
+<p>Harald’s soul in Heaven.’<a name = "tag148_28" id = "tag148_28" href
+= "#note148_28">§</a></p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ They fared southward all the way to Heidaby, and when they were
+come thither seized they that town and burned it. Then a man that was
+thrall to King Harald wrought this:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘Burnt from one end to another</p>
+<p>Was the whole of Heidaby;</p>
+<p>Ruthless treatment this, methinks;</p>
+<p><span class = "pagenum">149</span>
+Our work, I trow, arouses grief in Svein.</p>
+<p>In the town spent I last night:</p>
+<p>Ere the eighth hour the flames shot up from the houses.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ Likewise Thorleik telleth in his poem that he heard that no battle
+befell at the River:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘Among the King’s followers</p>
+<p>Each asks who doth not wot it</p>
+<p>How ’twas that the prince avenger</p>
+<p>To Heidaby did hie him,</p>
+<p>When Harald from the east with ships</p>
+<p>Sped early, without reason,</p>
+<p>To the royal town. In sooth</p>
+<p>Destruction ne’er should have been done.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ After this fared Harald northward and with him had he sixty ships,
+the greater number were large &amp; well laden with what plunder had
+been taken in the summer. But as they were faring northward and past
+Thioda came down King Svein from the land with a large host; &amp; he
+proffered King Harald to come ashore &amp; do battle. Now King Harald
+had less than half as many men as Svein and so he bade Svein fight with
+him at sea. Thus saith Thorleik the Fair:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘Svein, even he who was born to success in Midgard,</p>
+<p>Called on the mighty King in fight on land to meet him;</p>
+<p>But Harald shy of failing would liefer fight, quoth he,</p>
+<p>Aboardship, since the bold King held the land.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ Thereafter sailed Harald northward past Vendilskagi; but the wind
+was against them &amp; they brought-to under Lesey where they remained
+the night. Then were the ships encompassed with a thick sea-fog, but
+when it was morning, &amp; the sun rose, beheld they on the other side
+of the sea what seemed to them like burning fires. And King Harald being
+informed thereof gazed thereat, &amp; said straightway: ‘Strike the
+ships’ tilts, and let the men fall to their oars. The Danish host hath
+come after us. The darkness hath lifted, I&nbsp;ween, there where
+<span class = "pagenum">150</span>
+they are, and the sun is shining on their dragon-heads the which are
+overlaid with gold.’ And it was even as Harald said for behold there was
+come Svein, the Danish King, with a mighty host. ¤ Both the fleets now
+rowed with all speed, but the Danish ships were lighter under oars, the
+Norwegian ships being both water-logged and heavy laden. So the Danes
+drew on apace. ¤ Then did Harald perceive that this would never serve
+his purpose. Now his dragon was faring astern of all his other ships,
+and he commanded that some timber should be thrown overboard and apparel
+with other wares be placed thereon, and as the water was calm these
+things drifted with the current. ¤ When the Danes saw these goods
+drifting along on the sea those who were rowing ahead swerved aside
+after them, for they deemed it easier to take the goods as they were
+floating loose on the water than to seek them on board the Norwegian
+ships, and in this manner did their ships linger. When King Svein
+overtook them in his ship bade he them proceed, and said shame was it
+that with an host as large as his they could not take the Norwegians, to
+whom was but few men, and get the fellows into their power. ¤ Then began
+the Danes to row the harder again, and when King Harald saw that they
+were making way bade he his men lighten their ships by throwing
+overboard malt and wheat and swine-flesh, even to chopping open their
+kegs of drink, and for a while these aids availed them well. Then did
+King Harald command that the war-hurdles should be taken, also casks,
+and empty barrels, and be cast overboard and on them and in them were
+placed prisoners of war. ¤ Now when King Svein saw all of these floating
+together on the sea he ordered that the men should be rescued, and
+accordingly was this done. While his men were occupied in this their
+task, grew greater the distance between the fleets, and when the Danes
+were again about the chase had the Norwegians already made good their
+escape. Thus saith Thorleik the Fair:</p>
+
+<span class = "pagenum">151</span>
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘I heard tell in what manner Svein</p>
+<p>The eastmen put to flight at sea,</p>
+<p>How the other King quick-minded gat him gone;</p>
+<p>All the plunder of the Thrond-folk’s King</p>
+<p>On the Jutland sea was floating;</p>
+<p>And sundry ships lost he withal.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ Under Lesey, did King Svein withdraw his fleet, and there found he
+seven Norwegian ships, but aboard them were only peasants and men who
+had been mustered for war. ¤ When King Svein took them begged they for
+quarter and offered money in ransom. Thus saith Thorleik the Fair:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘For grace did Harald’s friends stout-hearted</p>
+<p>Pray the King, and they few laid down their arms;</p>
+<p>The peasants ready-witted refused to fight thereafter,</p>
+<p>Speaking because their lives out they wished to live.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ Anent King Harald be it said that he was masterful and a strong
+ruler in his own land, a&nbsp;very sage man withal, &amp; it be common
+talk that there was never a chief in the Northlands so wise or ready in
+resource as he. ¤ A&nbsp;great warrior also, and very valiant, stronger,
+&amp; defter with weapons than any other man; but all this have we
+recorded before. ¤ Nevertheless the greater number of his doughty deeds
+go unrecorded, and this in part by reason of our lack of knowledge
+thereof, &amp; in part by reason that we will not put in books tales for
+which there is no witness, even though in our hearing have such things
+been told. It beseemeth us better that something may be added hereafter
+than that much should need to be taken herefrom. About King Harald are
+many tales set forth in lays which the Icelandic men made to him or to
+his sons, &amp; for this reason was he a firm friend to them.
+A&nbsp;firm friend also was he to all our countrymen, and once when
+there was a great famine in Iceland permitted King Harald four of his
+ships to carry meal to that island, and decreed that six bushels thereof
+should not cost more than a hundred ells of homespun; furthermore
+allowed
+<span class = "pagenum">152</span>
+he those that were stricken by poverty to leave if so be that they could
+find themselves in victuals the voyage thro’ over to the main, and by
+these means was the land saved and the harvest thereof bettered. ¤ King
+Harald set up a bell for the church which was builded with timber sent
+hither by the sainted King Olaf, and raised on a site nigh by where the
+Althing takes place. Such memories have we here of King Harald &amp; of
+many other great gifts which he granted to men that sought them. ¤
+Halldor Snorrason and Ulf Uspakson, whereof we have afore wrote, hied
+them to Norway even into the service of King Harald. ¤ In manifold parts
+were they opposite one from the other. Halldor was very big &amp; strong
+and handsome, and King Harald bore witness regarding him that he was
+among those of his men who altered least in unawaited circumstances:
+whether such might be peril or tidings of joy, or through things that
+might occur when danger was toward; never was he more pleased nor less
+pleased, never did he sleep more nor less; nor took meat &amp; drink
+otherwise than as was his wont. Halldor was a silent man &amp; harsh,
+speaking bluntly, also was he stubborn and unmeek; and this was not to
+the liking of the King since he had many other bold and willing men. ¤
+Halldor abode with the King but a short time and then fared back to
+Iceland, and made to himself a home at Hiardarholt, abiding there till
+he was aged and become an old man.</p>
+
+<p>¶ In great love dwelt Ulf Uspakson with King Harald; a&nbsp;very wise
+man was he, eloquent, strong, large-hearted, &amp; resourceful. King
+Harald created him his marshal and gave him in wedlock Jorun the
+daughter of Thorberg whose daughter, to wit Thora, was wife to King
+Harald. The children of Ulf and Jorun were Joan the Strong of Rasvold,
+&amp; Brigida, the mother of Sheep-Wolf, who was the father of Peter
+Burden-Swain<a name = "tag152_33" id = "tag152_33" href =
+"#note152_33">§</a> who again was the father of Ulf Fly and of the other
+brothers and sisters of this latter. The son of Joan the Strong
+<span class = "pagenum">153</span>
+was Erling, he that was the father of Archbishop Eystein and his
+brothers. ¤ King Harald gave Ulf the Marshal the rights of a feudatory
+and a grant of twelve marks with more than half a folkland in
+Throndhjem; this according to Stein Herdison in the lay of Ulf.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Now it came to pass that King Magnus Olafson had caused the church
+of Saint Olaf<a name = "tag153_7" id = "tag153_7" href =
+"#note153_7">§</a> to be builded in Nidaros on the self-same spot
+whereon his father’s body had rested for a night, and this spot was then
+above the town; there too builded he the King’s-House. ¤ The church was
+not finished when the King died. Harald completed that which was lacking
+to the church, and in the yard thereof laid he the foundation of a stone
+hall, but this was not ready before he set to work to build the church
+of Saint Mary up on the sand-bank, nigh the spot where the holy body of
+the King lay buried that first winter after his death. ¤ It was a great
+minster and so firmly was it builded with lime that it scarce could be
+broken when Archbishop Eystein had it pulled down. ¤ In the church of
+Saint Olaf were preserved <ins class = "correction" title = "text unchanged">ye</ins> relics of King Olaf<ins class = "correction" title =
+"marker printed at end of sentence"><a name = "tag153_20" id =
+"tag153_20" href = "#note153_20">§</a> </ins>whiles the church of St.
+Mary was abuilding. ¤ King Harald builded a King’s-House below the
+church of Mary, by the river, where it now stands; &amp; the hall which
+he had builded before, dedicated he to the church of Saint Gregory.<a
+name = "tag153_23" id = "tag153_23" href = "#note153_23">§</a></p>
+
+<p>¶ A certain man there was named Ivar the White, who was a bold
+feudatory; his seat lay in the Uplands, and himself was a grandson of
+Earl Hakon the Great. In appearance was Ivar exceeding comely. The son
+of Ivar was named Hakon, and it hath been said of him that he surpassed
+all the men in Norway at that time for strength and courage &amp;
+ability; he was much in warfare in his youth &amp; made great
+advancement for himself, and later was he a very famous man.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Einar Thamberskelfir was the most powerful of the feudatories in
+Throndhjem; little friendship throve there betwixt himself &amp; Harald,
+natheless retained he the land-dues which
+<span class = "pagenum">154</span>
+had pertained to him during the lifetime of Magnus. ¤ Einar was an
+exceedingly wealthy man; he was wedded to Bergliot daughter of Earl
+Hakon, as hath been writ before. Eindrid, their son, was now full-grown,
+and had to wife Sigrid the daughter of Ketil Calf and of Gunhild, the
+niece of King Harald through her mother. ¤ Eindrid inherited fairness
+and beauty from the kindred of his mother, to wit, Earl Hakon and his
+sons; and from his father, Einar, gat he height and strength and the
+craft which Einar had above all other men; a&nbsp;very hearty man was
+Eindrid withal.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Orm was the name of a certain Earl in the Uplands, and his mother
+was Ragnhild the daughter of Earl Hakon the Great. This Orm was a very
+excellent man. ¤ In those days Aslak Erlingson lived eastward at Soli in
+Jadar; he had to wife Sigrid the daughter of Earl Svein Hakonson. ¤
+Gunhild, another daughter to Earl Svein, was wedded to the Danish King
+Svein Ulfson. This anent the offspring in Norway of Earl Hakon at that
+time, and moreover anent many other bold men; all of the line of Earl
+Hakon were more comely than other folk and the most of them were very
+able men, but all were brave.</p>
+
+<p>¶ King Harald loved power, &amp; this grew according as he took root
+in the land; to so great an extent did it wax that in the case of most
+men it bootless was to speak against him, or to bring forward other
+matters than those which were to his mind. Thus saith Thiodolf the
+Skald:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘The men of the war-wont chieftain</p>
+<p>All humble have to sit or stand</p>
+<p>There in such place as the stern king desireth;</p>
+<p>Before the filler of ravens bend many men,</p>
+<p>And few there are indeed who will not do in all things</p>
+<p>Whate’er the King may bid.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ Ever was Einar Thamberskelfir the chief leader of the Throndhjem
+peasantry, and their spokesman at the Thing when the King proceeded
+against them. Well acquainted was
+<span class = "pagenum">155</span>
+he with the laws; nor, with all the peasantry at his back, was he
+lacking in boldness to carry through his cause at the Things, even
+though the King himself might be present. ¤ Now this made the King
+exceeding wroth, and at last were matters at such a pass that they
+disputed together with contentious words, Einar swearing that the
+peasants would not brook the lawlessness of the King if he should break
+the common law of the land. After this fashion did they fall out on
+sundry occasions. Then Einar started to have many men round him when he
+was at home, and many more when he came to town and the King was
+present. On one occasion when he fared in to town had he with him many
+folk, eight or nine long-ships, and nigh upon five hundred men;<a name =
+"tag155_13" id = "tag155_13" href = "#note155_13">§</a> and coming to
+town he went ashore with this fellowship, and King Harald who by hap was
+in the outer gallery of his house, stood and looked on as the men to
+Einar flocked up from their ships, and it is said that Harald thereupon
+chanted this:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘Here see I speeding up</p>
+<p>With his great following</p>
+<p>Einar Thamberskelfir;</p>
+<p>Yea, he who cleaveth the waves.</p>
+<p>That lord full strong is minded</p>
+<p>A princely throne to fill;</p>
+<p>At the heels of an earl</p>
+<p>House-carles but few will follow.</p>
+<p>He who the sword makes red</p>
+<p>Will beguile us of our land</p>
+<p>If Einar kisseth not</p>
+<p>The thin mouth of the axe.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ Some days that while tarried Einar in the town. ¤ Now it came to
+pass that one day a folk-mote was held, for it had befallen that a thief
+had been taken in the town, and it was at this mote that he was to be
+brought to trial, &amp; the King himself was present. ¤ Aforetime had
+the man been in the service
+<span class = "pagenum">156</span>
+of Einar who had favoured him more than a little. Now of this matter was
+Einar told, and deemed he that the King would not be the more prone to
+liberate the man because he, Einar, set store by him, so accordingly
+bade he his men arm themselves and in force to proceed to the mote, and
+then took Einar the man away by dint of sheer strength. ¤ Thereafter
+mediated the friends of either in the matter, &amp; the end thereof came
+that it was agreed that a tryst should be appointed and that the King
+&amp; Einar should meet one another. There was a council-chamber in the
+King’s-House down by the river,<a name = "tag156_10" id = "tag156_10"
+href = "#note156_10">§</a> and into this chamber entered the King and
+with him therein were but few men; the others left he standing without
+in the courtyard. Now the King had had a shutter placed over the
+smoke-hole, &amp; there was but a little opening. Then did Einar come
+into the courtyard with his men, and said he to his son Eindrid: ‘Remain
+thou out here with the men, and then will there be no danger for me.’ ¤
+Wherefore did Eindrid take up his station without the door of the
+council-chamber. ¤ Now when Einar was entered into this room said he:
+‘Dark is it in the King’s council-chamber,’ and even at that moment fell
+men upon him and some stabbed him &amp; some hewed at him, and when
+Eindrid heard the tumult drew he his sword and rushed into the chamber
+whereon forthwith was he felled beside his father. ¤ Then did the King’s
+men run towards the chamber and before the door thereof, but the
+peasants were all at a loss because now to them pertained no leader; yet
+did they urge one another on saying that it were shame not to avenge
+their chief, but for all that did they naught, &amp; made no essay to
+fight. Then went the King out to his men, set them in array, &amp;
+caused his banner to be unfurled, but made he no onset &amp; thereafter
+bade he all his men go out to his ship, then rowed they down the river
+and so out on the fjord. ¤ Now apace was brought the intelligence of the
+death of Eindrid to Bergliot his wife for she was in the lodging that
+she and
+<span class = "pagenum">157</span>
+Einar inhabited in the town. Thence went she up unto the King’s-House
+where was gathered the peasant host and them incited she to fight
+inasmuch as in her lay, but at that same moment rowed the King down the
+river, then quoth Bergliot: ‘Now lack we my kinsman Hakon Ivarson; ne’er
+would the murderers of Eindrid be rowing there adown the river were
+Hakon on its banks.’ ¤ Thereafter caused Bergliot the bodies of Einar
+&amp; Eindrid be laid out, and they were buried in the church of Saint
+Olaf hard by the tomb of King Magnus Olafson. ¤ After the fall of Einar
+became King Harald so greatly
+<span class = "pagenum">158</span>
+hated for his share in that foul deed, that the feudatories and peasants
+only held back from fighting with him because to them pertained no
+leader to raise the banner for them.</p>
+
+<p class = "illustration">
+<img src = "images/pic157.png" width = "473" height = "427"
+alt = "Harald and his men rowing down the river">
+</p>
+
+<p>¶ Now dwelling at Austrat in Iriar was Fin Arnison, feudatory of King
+Harald. ¤ Fin was married with Bergliot, the daughter of Halfdan the son
+of Sigurd Sow, &amp; Halfdan was the brother of King Olaf and King
+Harald. ¤ Thora, wife to King Harald, was the daughter of the brother of
+Fin Arnison; sworn friends to the King were Fin and his brethren.
+Certain summers had Fin been in viking warfare westward and on those
+quests he &amp; Guthorm Gunhildson<a name = "tag158_11" id = "tag158_11"
+href = "#note158_11">§</a> &amp; Hakon Ivarson had sailed in company. So
+fared King Harald down the Throndhjem fjord and out to Austrat, where he
+was well received, and thereafter communed they together, Fin and he,
+&amp; took counsel one with the other as to the outcome concerning what
+had but then befallen, to wit the slaying of Einar and his son, and then
+of that murmuring and turmoil the which the Throndhjem folk were raising
+over against the King. ¤ Fin answered hastily: ‘Wrong art thou on every
+count; whatsoever thou doest thou doest ill &amp; thereafter art thou so
+afeared that thou knowest no whither to turn.’ ¤ The King rejoined
+laughing: ‘Kinsman-in-law, I&nbsp;will send thee in to town &amp; thou
+shalt make it up betwixt the peasants and me; &amp; if that business
+cometh to naught then shalt thou fare to the Uplands, &amp; good feeling
+again cause with Ivar Hakonson &amp; so bring it about that he goeth not
+to war against me.’ Fin answered: ‘What will be my reward an I go on
+this fool’s errand, for alike Throndhjem folk and Upland folk are so
+hostile to thee that no messenger of thine could fare to them save at
+his own risk.’ ¤ The King answered: ‘Go thou on this errand,
+kinsman-in-law, for well wot I an any man could bring us to a
+reconciliation it would be thee, &amp; ask thyself of us what boon thou
+wilt have therefor.’ ¤ ‘Keep thou thy word, and I will choose the boon;
+I&nbsp;choose peace for my brother Calf and
+<span class = "pagenum">159</span>
+removal of his outlawry, and the restoring unto him of all his
+possessions; and furthermore I ask that he shall have all his
+appointments and all the power that he had or ever he left the land.’ ¤
+And the King said yea to all whatever Fin asked of him, &amp; they twain
+before witnesses took one another by the hand thereon. Thereafter said
+Fin: ‘But what am I to proffer Hakon so that he may promise thee peace,
+for he it is who hath the upper hand of those kinsmen’? The King said:
+‘First shalt thou find out what Hakon is like to demand so that
+reconciliation may be brought about, and thereafter must thou forward my
+cause as best thou canst; but should the worst come to the worst, then
+deny him nothing save &amp; except the kingship itself.’</p>
+
+<p>¶ Then went King Harald southward to More where mustered he men, and
+a great number was gathered unto him.</p>
+
+<p>¶ So Fin Arnison fared into the town &amp; took with him his
+house-carles to the number of some eighty men, and being come to the
+town held he a Thing with the townsmen. Now Fin spoke long and wisely at
+this Thing, bidding townsman and peasant take any other course rather
+than live in hatred with his King or drive him away; &amp; he reminded
+them how much ill they had been brought to suffer when they had acted in
+this wise aforetime, towards the sainted King Olaf. ¤ He said, moreover,
+that the King would atone for these murders in such manner as the best
+&amp; wisest men might adjudge; and the outcome of the speech of Fin was
+that the men gave their word to let the matter rest until the return of
+the messengers despatched by Bergliot to Hakon Ivarson in the Uplands.
+Thereafter fared Fin out to Orkadal with the men who had accompanied him
+to town, and further up to the Dofrafjal and eastward (south) across
+those mountains; and firstly went he to see his kinsman-in-law Earl Orm
+(the Earl was wedded to Sigrid the daughter to Fin) &amp; to him
+disclosed his errand.</p>
+
+<p>¶ When this was done, appointed they a tryst with Hakon
+<span class = "pagenum">160</span>
+Ivarson, &amp; when they were met did Fin before Hakon lay his errand in
+accordance with the behest of King Harald. But on the instant was it
+seen from the speech of Hakon that he deemed himself bound to avenge the
+slaying of his kinsman Eindrid; and said he, moreover, that he had
+received word from Throndhjem that there would come to him forces
+sufficient for an uprising against the King.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Then did Fin open unto Hakon what a difference would lie, and how
+much the more to his own vantage, were he, in lieu of risking battle
+against a King to whom he was already bounden by service, to accept from
+that King honour as great as he himself might demand. Fin said that
+Hakon might be unvictorious; ‘and then wouldst thou have forfeited both
+wealth and peace; and if thou wert victorious over the King then wouldst
+thou be dubbed a traitor.’ ¤ The Earl also supported this speaking of
+Fin. ¤ When Hakon had given the matter thought, made he known to them
+what was in his mind, &amp; said: ‘I will accept reconciliation from
+King Harald if he will give me in wedlock his kinswoman Ragnhild, the
+daughter of Magnus Olafson, with such a dowry as is seemly for her, and
+as she herself may desire.’ ¤ Then Fin answered that he would promise
+the fulfilment of this request on behalf of King Harald, &amp; therewith
+was the matter ratified between them. Thereafter fared Fin back north to
+Throndhjem, and all the disquiet and turmoil was set at rest; and so in
+the end kept the King his kingdom in peace within the land, for now the
+whole of that league came to naught which the kinsfolk of Eindrid had
+set against King Harald.</p>
+
+<p class = "illustration">
+<img src = "images/pic161.png" width = "334" height = "386"
+alt = "Hakon wooing Ragnhild">
+</p>
+
+<p>¶ Now when the time was come that Hakon was to demand the fulfilment
+of the contract, fared he to see King Harald; and when they began
+talking of the matter together, said the King to him that he on his side
+would keep to everything that had been covenanted twixt Hakon and Fin:
+‘Thou shalt speak with Ragnhild herself, Hakon,’ said the King, ‘and
+<span class = "pagenum">161</span>
+ask her consent to this match, but I would not advise thee, or any
+other, to wed Ragnhild save with her consent.’</p>
+
+<p>Thereafter went Hakon unto Ragnhild and asked her hand, and she
+answered: ‘Indeed feel I that my father, King Hakon, is dead, since I am
+to be given to a peasant, fine man though thou art and of mighty
+prowess. Were King Magnus alive would
+<span class = "pagenum">162</span>
+he never yoke me with any mate less than a king, nor can it be awaited
+now that I will wed a man without princely rank.’ Now after this went
+Hakon to King Harald &amp; opened unto him of the colour of the speech
+of Ragnhild, &amp; withal to his memory again commended the agreement
+betwixt himself and Fin; and Fin was there present, &amp; sundry others
+who could also bear witness to what was pledged betwixt him and Fin.
+Then of them all demanded Hakon to bear him out in regard to the
+agreement that the King should give Ragnhild such dowry as was to her
+mind: ‘Since she will not wed an unprincely man then canst thou give me
+an earldom; lineage have&nbsp;I, and according to what folk say certain
+other qualities therewith that may well give me title to be an earl.’
+Then said the King: ‘When King Olaf, my brother, &amp; King Magnus, his
+son, ruled the kingdom, one earl did they allow to be in the country at
+a time; this likewise hath been my plan since I have been King, &amp;
+therefore will I not take away from Orm the dignity which I have already
+given him.’ Then saw Hakon that his cause had not been forwarded and he
+liked it but ill, and Fin was likewise exceeding wrath that the King had
+not kept his word, and thereafter they parted. Hakon fared straightway
+from the country in a well-found long-ship, and southward steered a
+course for Denmark where he betook him to his kinsman-in-law, King
+Svein. The King received him with great pleasure &amp; gave him large
+grants in Denmark and made he Hakon also captain of his coast defences,
+which were against vikings, who oft-times harried in the Danish realm,
+and Wends, and Courlanders, and other folk coming from the east.
+Therefore at sea, on his ships, dwelt Hakon in winter as well as in
+summer.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Asmund was the name of a certain man who was said to be nephew<a
+name = "tag162_32" id = "tag162_32" href = "#note162_32">§</a> &amp;
+foster-son to King Svein, a&nbsp;very able man was he, and well-beloved
+by the King. ¤ But when Asmund grew to man’s estate soon showed he
+himself of an unruly complexion
+<span class = "pagenum">163</span>
+&amp; a&nbsp;manslayer; and the King being ill-pleased thereat sent him
+away, but gave him a company of men and a goodly feof whereof could he
+full well find support. ¤ Now no sooner had Asmund accepted the money of
+the King than gathered he many men to him, and thereafter, since the
+money the King had granted him sufficed in no sort for his charges,
+seized he many possessions of the King. ¤ For this ill conduct, when the
+King heard thereof, summoned he Asmund to him, and when they met told
+him that obeyed would he be, that he must enter his body-guard &amp; no
+longer have his own company of men. When Asmund had been a time with the
+King, became he ill-content, &amp; one night ran he away and rejoined
+his company, and thereafter wrought even more evil than aforetime. ¤
+Then it befell once upon a time when the King was riding in his
+dominions, that he came nigh unto the place where then abode Asmund and
+he despatched men to take him by force, and that done the King had him
+put in irons and kept him thus for a while to see if he would not grow
+meeker. But when Asmund was let loose from his irons forthwith ran he
+the more away, &amp; raised men and war-ships, and fell to harrying both
+at home and abroad, &amp; much war-work did he, slaying many folk, and
+pillaging far and wide. Those men that were the sufferers from his raids
+went to the King and made plaint before him, and he rejoined: ‘Why say
+ye this to me, why do ye not fare to Hakon Ivarson? He is now the warden
+of my coasts, and is put there to punish vikings and keep the peace for
+ye peasants. It was told me that Hakon was a bold man and brave, but
+methinks that now is he never to be found where he deemeth danger to be
+toward.’ ¤ These words from the King, and many added to them, came to
+the ears of Hakon, &amp; thereon went Hakon &amp; his men in search of
+Asmund, &amp; they were met on their ships, wherefore Hakon forthwith
+gave battle. A&nbsp;hard &amp; great struggle was it; Hakon boarded
+Asmund’s ship and cleared it, and at the last he and
+<span class = "pagenum">164</span>
+Asmund themselves dealt blows one at another with their weapons &amp;
+thus fell Asmund. Thereafter Hakon smote off his head, &amp; then betook
+him with all speed to King Svein whom he found sitting at table. ¤ Hakon
+advanced before the table and laid the head thereon, in front of the
+King, and asked of him whether he recognized it. ¤ Never a word did the
+King answer, but he was blood-red to behold. ¤ Thereafter went Hakon
+away. A&nbsp;little later sent the King men to him, to bid him leave his
+service, &amp; he said: ‘No hurt will I do him, but it is not for us to
+be the keeper of all our kinsmen.’</p>
+
+<p>¶ Then when all these things were accomplished did Hakon quit Denmark
+&amp; thence fared forth to the north of Norway, to his demesne. ¤ By
+that time was his kinsman, Earl Orm, dead. ¤ The friends and kindred to
+Hakon were rejoiced over his coming, and many a bold man set to work to
+make peace betwixt him &amp; the King, &amp; in the end were they
+reconciled, to wit, both King Harald and Hakon; and Hakon was given
+Ragnhild, the King’s daughter, in marriage, &amp; King Harald gave him
+Orm’s earldom and such rule as had been Orm’s aforetime. Hakon swore
+fealty to the King, and likewise to afford him such service as he was
+bounden to give him.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Since he had fared from Norway had Calf Arnison been living after
+the fashion of a viking westward, but the winters through oft-times
+abode he in Orkneyja (the Orkneys) with his kinsman-in-law, Earl
+Thorfin. Fin Arnison sent to his brother Calf to tell him concerning the
+covenant which he and King Harald had encompassed, the purport whereof
+being ye outlawry of Calf himself, to wit, that it should be once more
+lawful to him to dwell in his own land, and possess his estates, and
+such land dues as he had held aforetime from King Magnus. When Calf
+received this message, forthwith made he him ready to quit, and sailed
+he east to Norway, and firstly sought he his brother Fin. ¤ Thereafter
+Fin craved a truce for Calf, and then were they confronted, the King
+<span class = "pagenum">165</span>
+and Calf, &amp; entered into a covenant like unto the agreement to which
+the King &amp; Fin had arrived on this matter. Thereon gave Calf his
+hand, and bound himself on the same terms as he had bound himself to
+King Magnus aforetime, that he would do all such works as King Harald
+desired or deemed would be for the strengthening of his kingdom. ¤ Then
+was Calf re-endowed with all his possessions, and the land-dues which
+had been his in former days.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Next summer called out King Harald an host and fared to Denmark
+where he harried during the summer. ¤ But when he was come south to Fion
+(Funen) found he a large host assembled against him, so bade the King
+his men leave their ships and arm themselves in order to make a landing;
+and parted he his host and gave to Calf Arnison command over one company
+thereof, and bade them go the first ashore and told them where to take
+up their station; himself, said he, would go up after them, and come to
+their assistance. ¤ Calf and his men went ashore, and anon a band of men
+set upon them, and Calf forthwith gave battle. Not long was the combat,
+for Calf was overborne by odds and fled with his folk. The Danes pursued
+them, slaying many of the Norwegians, and likewise Calf Arnison. ¤ When
+King Harald with his company were come ashore soon found they the slain,
+more especially the corse of Calf, and this was borne down to the ships,
+but the King pursued his march inland where he harried and slew many
+men. Thus saith Arnor:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘The edge so sharp in Fion</p>
+<p>He reddened, and the fire</p>
+<p>Rushed o’er the dwelling;</p>
+<p>Fewer folk were there thereafter in Fion.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ After this conceived Fin Arnison enmity against Harald for the
+slaying of his brother Calf, for said he that the King had purposely
+compassed the death of Calf; and furthermore that it was befooling of
+him himself, to wit, this luring
+<span class = "pagenum">166</span>
+of Calf west across the seas into the power of King Harald, and into
+putting faith in him. When these words were spread abroad spake many men
+their mind that Fin had been simple when he had deemed that Calf could
+trust in the good faith of King Harald, for it was known that the King
+bore malice for deeds of smaller consequence than those Calf had
+committed against his person. ¤ Now let the King every man talk on this
+matter as he listed: he made neither confirmation nor yet contradiction
+of whatsoever they said, and it was in his own words alone that men did
+discover satisfaction at what had happened. King Harald chanted this
+song:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘Now of men eleven and two have I the bane been,</p>
+<p>We incite to battle and full many a slaying I remember.</p>
+<p>That mind which is with treason fraught</p>
+<p>Seeks to tame men by falseness;</p>
+<p>Men say ‘tis little that it takes such a balance to disturb.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ So much to heart did Fin Arnison take the death of his brother that
+he quitted the land and came south to Denmark, and going unto King Svein
+was well received by him. The King &amp; he spake long together privily,
+&amp; at the end thereof was it known how Fin was minded then and there
+to take service with King Svein and become his man. To him gave Svein
+the title or Earl and therewith Halland to govern, and there Fin tarried
+to safeguard the coast against the Norwegians.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Now Ketil Calf &amp; Gunhild had a son whose name was Guthorm of
+Ringanes. On his mother’s side was he the nephew of King Olaf and King
+Harald, able was he withal &amp; early come to manhood. Guthorm was oft
+with King Harald who to him was of very friendly countenance, and over
+Harald had Guthorm much influence for he was a wise man &amp;
+well-beloved of all. Guthorm sailed often on viking cruises to the lands
+in the west, and had disposition over many men. ¤ His peace-land &amp;
+place of abode in winter was Dublin in Ireland, where he was a sworn
+friend of King Margad.<a name = "tag166_35" id = "tag166_35" href =
+"#note166_35">§</a></p>
+
+<span class = "pagenum">167</span>
+<p>¶ The summer thereafter King Margad and Guthorm with him fared to
+Bretland (Wales) in order to harry there, and thence took they much
+wealth which they had pillaged. After having done thus, lay they to in
+Anglesey Sound so that they might part their plunder, but when all the
+silver, and great was the quantity, was carried before the King and he
+beheld it, then desired he to keep all for himself, and seemed now to
+set scant store by his friendship with Guthorm. ¤ Guthorm liked ill
+enough that he and his men should be scotched of their share of the
+booty; &amp; still less pleased was he when the King said he might
+choose betwixt two things; ‘Either to submit to our will, or do battle
+with us, and he who gets the victory to have the money; and thou
+moreover shalt depart from thy ships and I will take them.’ Now on
+either hand the task seemed severe; Guthorm deemed it unseemly that he
+should without rime or reason give up his ships &amp; money, but
+natheless was it ill fighting over against a King to whom was an host so
+large as that which followed Margad. Grave also was the disparity
+betwixt the crews thereof, inasmuch as to the King were sixteen
+long-ships &amp; to Guthorm only five. So Guthorm prayed the King grant
+him three nights’ truce in the which to confer with his men on this
+matter, for thought he that he could soften the King within this time,
+and aided by the pleading of his men could set the matter on a better
+footing with the King, but never a bit did he get what he asked for.
+This was on the eve of St. Olafmas.<a name = "tag167_26" id =
+"tag167_26" href = "#note167_26">§</a> So Guthorm chose to die, the
+stout fellow he was, or win the day, rather than suffer the shame and
+disgrace and mockery of having lost so vast a deal. ¤ And called he upon
+God and the sainted King Olaf, his kinsman, praying for their help and
+support, and vowing to bestow on that holy man’s house a tithe of all
+the plunder which would fall to them an they gained the victory.
+Thereafter did he array his host, and rank it against the greater host,
+and he advanced on them and fought with
+<span class = "pagenum">168</span>
+them, and by God’s help and that of the holy King Olaf did he gain the
+victory. There fell King Margad, and every man who was with him, young
+&amp; old. After this glorious victory Guthorm returned home joyfully
+with all the wealth he had gotten from the strife; &amp; from the silver
+which had changed hands every tenth penny was set aside for the sainted
+King Olaf even as Guthorm had vowed. A&nbsp;vast deal of money was there
+so that from the silver caused Guthorm to be made a rood of his own
+stature, or of that of the captain of his ship, and that holy symbol is
+seven ells in height. ¤ This cross did Guthorm give to the church of the
+holy St. Olaf, &amp; there<a name = "tag168_11" id = "tag168_11" href =
+"#note168_11">§</a> has it remained ever since in testimony of ye
+victory of Guthorm and the miracle of ye sainted King Olaf.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Now there was in Denmark a Count who was evil &amp; envious, and he
+had a Norwegian serving-woman and the stock of her was from Throndhjem.
+She worshipped the holy King Olaf, and put staunch faith in his
+sanctity; but the Count misdoubted all that had been told him of the
+miracles of that holy man, &amp; affirmed that naught were they but
+rumour and talk, and laughed to scorn all the praise and worship which
+the folk of the land accorded the good King. ¤ But now was drawing nigh
+the day whereon the gentle King laid down his life, a&nbsp;day which all
+Norwegians kept, but which this unwise count refused to hallow; &amp; he
+bade his serving-woman fire the oven and bake on that day. ¤ And deeming
+from the mood of the Count that he would soon avenge himself on her an
+she did not obey him in all that he had bidden her do, went she all
+unwillingly and laid fire under the oven, and made much plaint while she
+worked, &amp; called on King Olaf, saying that she would never believe
+more on him if he did not by some token or other avenge this
+unseemliness. And now shall ye hear of a meet chastisement &amp; true
+miracle: it befell forthwith, in the self-same moment, that the Count
+became blind in both eyes and that the bread which she had baked was
+<span class = "pagenum">169</span>
+turned into stone. ¤ Some of the stones have been brought to the church
+of the holy King Olaf, and also to many other places. St. Olafmas has
+ever been kept holy in Denmark since that happening.</p>
+
+<p class = "illustration">
+<img src = "images/pic169.png" width = "350" height = "395"
+alt = "the cripple on London Bridge">
+</p>
+
+<p>¶ Westward in Valland (France) was there a man who was so malformed
+that he was a cripple, and crawled he ever on his knees and knuckles.
+One day when he was abroad, on a road, he fell asleep &amp; dreamt that
+a man all glorious without came
+<span class = "pagenum">170</span>
+to him and asked whither was he bound, and the cripple answered with the
+name of a certain town. ¤ Then the man all glorious said: ‘Fare thee
+rather to St. Olaf’s Church in London, and there wilt thou be healed.’
+Thereafter awakened the cripple and straightway fared in search of St.
+Olaf’s Church, and after a while was come to London Bridge &amp; there
+asked of the townsmen whether they could direct him to St. Olaf’s
+Church; but for answer gat he that there were too many churches for them
+to know to what man each of them was dedicated. A&nbsp;while later came
+up a man &amp; asked him whither was he bound, and he told him whither
+he was bound, and that man said afterwards: ‘We will both go to St.
+Olaf’s Church, for I know the way thither.’ ¤ So then crossed they the
+bridge, and went to the street which led to St. Olaf’s Church. When they
+were come to the gates of the churchyard the man stepped over the
+threshold which is between the gates, but the cripple rolled over it,
+and lo, straightway rose he up a whole man. When he looked round his
+comrade was gone.</p>
+
+<p>¶ King Harald founded a merchant town eastward in Oslo,<a name =
+"tag170_20" id = "tag170_20" href = "#note170_20">§</a> and often
+tarried there for it had broad countrysides round about, and was a place
+suited for the ingathering of victuals; likewise was it well situated
+for the defence of the land against the Danes, &amp; also for onsets on
+Denmark which Harald was wont to make even at such times when he had a
+large host at his beck. ¤ One summer fared King Harald with some light
+ships and but few men and set he sail south for Viken; but on a fair
+wind springing up, crossed he the sea to Jutland where he began to
+harry. ¤ The men of the land, however, collected themselves together
+&amp; defended their country, so then sailed King Harald on to Limfjord
+and went up that fjord. ¤ Now Limfjord is so fashioned in shape that
+going up it is like entering into a narrow river-groove, but as thou
+goest on up the fjord it becometh like a great sea. ¤ Harald harried
+there on
+<span class = "pagenum">171</span>
+both shores, but beheld the Danes everywhere assembled in numbers. King
+Harald brought-to his ships alongside an island which was small &amp;
+thereon were no buildings; and when they went in search of water they
+found none, and told it unto the King. ¤ Then he did send men to see if
+no adder could be found on the isle, &amp; when one had been found they
+brought it to the King and he had the adder taken to the fire so that it
+might be warmed and teased thereby, and become right thirsty. Thereafter
+a twine was bound to its tail and the adder was let loose, and it
+crawled away and the twine was unwound from the ball, and they followed
+after the adder until it struck into the earth. ¤ Then the King bade
+them dig for water, and they dug for it, and there found water in
+abundance.</p>
+
+<p>¶ From his spies learned King Harald the intelligence that King Svein
+was come with a large fleet of ships to the mouth of the fjord, and that
+he was making way but slowly, for his ships could only pass in one at a
+time. King Harald took his ships up Limfjord, and over against where it
+is broadest it is called Lusbreid. Now from the creek within is there a
+narrow neck of land westward (north) leading to the sea, and thither did
+the men to Harald row in the evening; after nightfall, when it was dark,
+they cleared the ships &amp; haled them right over this isthmus, and
+before daylight all was accomplished and the ships once more ready for
+sea. Then shaped he the course northward past Jutland, and they
+sang:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘From Danish grip</p>
+<p>Did Harald slip.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ At that time said the King that he would come to Denmark once
+again, &amp; would bring with him more men &amp; larger ships. After
+these things fared they northward to Throndhjem.</p>
+
+<p>¶ That winter abode King Harald in Nidaros, &amp; at this time caused
+he a ship to be builded out on the islands, and it was a bussa-ship<a
+name = "tag171_34" id = "tag171_34" href = "#note171_34">§</a> made
+after the model of the Long Serpent and
+<span class = "pagenum">172</span>
+wrought every way as carefully as might be. ¤ At her bows was a
+dragon-head and at her stern a crook, and the ......<a name = "tag172_2"
+id = "tag172_2" href = "#note172_2">§</a> were all overlaid with gold.
+On her were thirty-five benches, and broad was she of beam in comparison
+therewith. ¤ Very fair to behold was she. The King caused all the
+appurtenances of the ship to be chosen with exceeding great care, both
+the sail, the running tackle, the anchor and the cables. ¤ That winter
+King Harald sent word southward to Denmark to King Svein, bidding him
+come in spring from the south to the River, to a meeting with him, &amp;
+saying that they would then fight to the end that one or other of their
+countries should change hands, &amp; the victor become master of both
+kingdoms.</p>
+
+<p>¶ That winter called out King Harald a host, a&nbsp;general host,
+from all Norway, and by spring-tide had been assembled together a mighty
+array of men. ¤ Then launched the King his great ship on the river Nid,
+and after that was accomplished caused he the dragon-head be placed
+thereon. ¤ Then sang Thiodolf the Skald:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘Fair maid, forward is the ship guided, from river to main.</p>
+<p>Mark where off the land there lieth the long hull of the dragon.</p>
+<p>The mane of the serpent yellow-green glints on the deck,</p>
+<p>The prows were burnt-gold as from off the slip she glided.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ Thereafter fitted King Harald out the ship and his men for a
+cruise, and all being made ready, stood he down the river, and right
+well answered she to the oars. Thus saith Thiodolf:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘Saturday the prince casts off the long land tilts,</p>
+<p>There where the widows proud the serpent watch,</p>
+<p>As she glideth from the town.</p>
+<p>West from the Nid thereafter the King doth steer,</p>
+<p>Into the sea drop the oars of his men.</p>
+<p>Move can they, the King’s lads, the straight oars in the water.</p>
+<p>The widows stand and wonder at the oar-strokes so swift,</p>
+<p>The thole knows hurt when seventy oars do move her</p>
+<p><span class = "pagenum">173</span>
+I’ the water ere the war-folk on the sea their oars do strain.</p>
+<p>Northmen the serpent row (nailed is she) out on the billow-stream
+icy;</p>
+<p>‘Tis eagles’ wings that we behold.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ Southward sailed King Harald with his host alongside the land, so
+that he might call out a general muster of men and ships. But when they
+were come eastward, and were off Vik, arose a strong contrary wind
+wherefore was the fleet obliged to stand in for harbour, making such
+havens as were to be found in the skerries as well as those in the
+fjords. ¤ Quoth Thiodolf:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘Lee have the shaven hulls of the ships under the woods,</p>
+<p>The King’s war-host towards land doth lean with its prow beams.</p>
+<p>The land-folk in the skerries, within the creeks, do lie;</p>
+<p>The ships white-mailèd hide under the land-necks.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ Now in the tempest which fell upon them the great ship had need of
+good anchor tackle, and thus saith Thiodolf:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘Prow foremost the prince cleft</p>
+<p>High fences of the sea;</p>
+<p>The ropes of the King’s ship</p>
+<p>Are strainèd to the utmost;</p>
+<p>The wind is unfriendly</p>
+<p>Against the anchor-iron out-hollowed,</p>
+<p>Grit and wind-squalls ugly</p>
+<p>Chafe at the anchor flukes.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ As soon as there was come to him a fair wind, took King Harald the
+host east to the River, and thither came towards nightfall. Thus saith
+Thiodolf:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘Now drave King Harald hotly the war-ships towards the River,</p>
+<p>At nightfall Norway’s King anigh the marches is.</p>
+<p>A Thing the King now holds at Thumla, there where Svein</p>
+<p>Will meet to war if so be the Danes shirk not the tryst.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<span class = "pagenum">174</span>
+<p>¶ When the Danes learned that the hosts of the Norwegians were come,
+all those that were able to do so fled away. ¤ The Norwegians likewise
+learnt that the Danish King had his host out, and was lying south off
+Funen and the small-isles; but when King Harald saw that King Svein
+would not come to meet him as had been agreed, nor do battle with him,
+then did he after the same fashion as before &amp; let the peasant host
+return to Norway; but manned he one hundred and fifty<a name =
+"tag174_8" id = "tag174_8" href = "#note174_8">§</a> ships, &amp; with
+these steered a course alongside Halland. There he plundered widely; and
+he put in also to Lofufjord with his host, and going up onto the land
+harried there likewise. Somewhile later came King Svein to the encounter
+with the Danish host, and to him was a tale of three hundred<a name =
+"tag174_13" id = "tag174_13" href = "#note174_13">§</a> ships. When the
+Norwegians saw this fleet bade King Harald a blast be blown to summon
+his host together, &amp; many spake saying that they ought to flee,
+&amp; that it was unavailing for them to fight, but the King answered
+thus: ‘We will fall one atop of the other rather than flee!’ Thus saith
+Stein Herdason:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘Said the chief high-minded, what now he awaited.</p>
+<p>Here (said the King) he had all hope of peace lost.</p>
+<p>Rather than yield, cried the King, should each man fall one on the
+top of the other.</p>
+<p>Their arms then took the men.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ Then let King Harald his ships be cleared for action, and brought
+his great dragon forward into the very midst of the host. Thus saith
+Thiodolf:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘The giver of kindly gifts</p>
+<p>Who oft to the wolf gave food,</p>
+<p>His dragon-ship put forward</p>
+<p>Midmost in the war-host.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ This ship was well fitted out, and had a large crew. ¤ And again
+saith Thiodolf:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘The peace wishing King his ranks bade</p>
+<p>Bind fast the war-shields on the ships’ sides;</p>
+<p><span class = "pagenum">175</span>
+The prince’s friends well ordered stand methinks. The leader of manly
+deeds,</p>
+<p>The doughty dragon closed,</p>
+<p>Outside the Niz, with shields, and one o’erlapped the other.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ Ulf the Marshal brought his ship up alongside the royal ship, &amp;
+bade her men place her well forward. Stein Herdason was on Ulf’s ship,
+and he chanted thus:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘Ulf, the Marshal of the King,</p>
+<p>Cheered us all on to battle;</p>
+<p>The spears trembled when</p>
+<p>The ships were rowed to the fight.</p>
+<p>And, no doubt, the wise King’s</p>
+<p>Valiant friend did bid his men</p>
+<p>His ship advance beside</p>
+<p>The prince’s; the lads obeyed.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ Stationed farthest out on one of the arms was Ivar Hakonson; under
+him had he many and the men to him were well equipped. Farthest out on
+the other arm were the chiefs of Throndhjem, and to them likewise was a
+large and goodly host.</p>
+
+<p>¶ And King Svein likewise ranged his host, and his ship laid he over
+against ye ship of Harald, in the midst of the host, and nighest to him
+was Earl Fin, and next to him again the Danes ranked all of their host
+that was bravest and best equipped. Thereafter either side lashed their
+ships together in the midmost part of the fleet, but the hosts being so
+large it befell that there was a great number of ships faring loose, and
+so each captain placed his ship as far forward as he had courage for;
+but that was exceeding varied. Now though the odds were so great yet
+nevertheless had either side a vast host, and in his to King Svein
+pertained as many as seven earls. Thus saith Stein Herdason:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘The “hersirs’� valiant lord a risk did take him,</p>
+<p>With ships fifty and a hundred he waited for the Danes.</p>
+<p><span class = "pagenum">176</span>
+Next was it that the ruler dear who dwells in Leidra<a name = "tag176_1"
+id = "tag176_1" href = "#note176_1">§</a></p>
+<p>The sea cleft thither with three hundred sea-steeds.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ Even so soon as he had made ready his ships, commanded King Harald
+the war-blast to be sounded, and after this was done, rowed his men
+ahead. Stein Herdason saith:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘Before the river’s mouth, damage did Harald Svein.</p>
+<p>Hard withstanding made he; Harald asked not for peace.</p>
+<p>The King’s sword-swinging lads forward off Halland rowed,</p>
+<p>And yonder on the sea caused wounds with blood to stream.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ Then did either side join combat, and the struggle waxed very
+fierce. Either King lustily cheered on his men, as saith Stein
+Herdason:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘Eager for war the good shield-bearers bade their lads</p>
+<p>To shoot and hew (but short the space was ’twixt the hosts).</p>
+<p>Both stones &amp; arrows streamed when the sword shook from it,</p>
+<p>The light blood, depriving of life the men of either host.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ It was late in the day when battle was joined and the combatants
+fought the whole night; King Harald himself shot for long with his bow.
+Thiodolf saith thus:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘Elm-bow did the Upland</p>
+<p>King draw all the night;</p>
+<p>Shrewd ruler of the land sent</p>
+<p>Arrows ’gainst the white shields;<!-- I bet they’d be more effective
+if they were sent against the men holding the shields --></p>
+<p>Barbs bloody harmed the peasants,</p>
+<p>And the King’s arrows</p>
+<p>Fast in the shields did lodge</p>
+<p>(The spear-shots grew apace).’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ Earl Hakon &amp; the men of his company did not lash their ships
+together, but rowed against the Danish keels that were faring loose, and
+every ship that they grappled did they clear. When the Danes noted this
+same did every man move his ship away from the spot whither the Earl was
+faring, but went he after them even as they withdrew, and wellnigh to
+fleeing were they. ¤ But then came a boat rowing towards the
+<span class = "pagenum">177</span>
+Earl’s ship, and those in it shouted &amp; said that the other arm of ye
+battle array of King Harald had given way, and that many of their men
+had fallen there, so then rowed the Earl away thither and fierce was his
+onset, so that the Danes again caused their ships to fall astern. Thus
+did the Earl fare the whole of that night, rowing round outside the
+combatants, and laying about him wheresoever it was required; &amp;
+whithersoever he went he was in no fashion to be withstood. ¤ During the
+waning part of the night was there a general fight among the Danes; this
+was after King Harald &amp; his band had boarded the own ship to King
+Svein, and so utterly cleared it that all his men were slain save and
+except those that leapt into the sea. Thus saith Arnor Earl’s-skald:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘Svein courageous went not from off his ship</p>
+<p>Without good cause (that is my mind);</p>
+<p>Hard was the fight for the helmets wasted,</p>
+<p>And empty did his craft float ere the eloquent friend of the
+Jutes</p>
+<p>Fled from his dead chosen fighters.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ After the banner of King Svein had fallen &amp; the ships to him
+had been cleared, fled away all his men save those who were slain, &amp;
+they that fled sprang into the deep from those ships that were lashed
+together or climbed on to other ships that were faring loose, but all of
+the men of King Svein who were able to do so rowed off. Full many men
+fell there. And there, where the Kings themselves had fought &amp; the
+greater number of the ships had been lashed one to another, lay over
+seventy of the ships of that King; thus saith Thiodolf:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘Bold King of the Sogn-folk,</p>
+<p>(So ’tis sung) ships seven</p>
+<p>Times ten of men and arms</p>
+<p>From Svein’s fleet cleared away.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ King Harald after the Danes rowed hard and put them to rout, but no
+easy task was it, for so little sea-room was there
+<span class = "pagenum">178</span>
+betwixt the keels that motion was well-nigh not possible. Earl Fin would
+in no wise consent to flee and was taken captive; he could not see well.
+This is what Thiodolf saith:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘To six Danish earls a guerdon hast thou to give</p>
+<p>For one single victory,</p>
+<p>(They whet the heat of battle).</p>
+<p>In the midst of the ranks</p>
+<p>Fin Arnason was taken</p>
+<p>Battle-strong, stout-hearted;</p>
+<p>Ne’er would he think to flee.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ Earl Hakon tarried behind with his ship, while the King and the
+rest were pursuing after the fugitives, for the Earl could not get his
+ship away from the spot where she was lying. Just at that time rowed up
+a man in a boat to the ship and brought-to at the poop; a&nbsp;big man
+was he with a broad-brimmed hat; ‘Where is the Earl?’ quoth he up to the
+ship. ‘In the forehold,’ answered they him back, ‘binding the wound of a
+man who is bleeding.’ The Earl viewed the man with the hat and asked
+what might his name be, to which he made answer: ‘Vandrad<a name =
+"tag178_21" id = "tag178_21" href = "#note178_21">§</a> is here, speak
+to me, Earl.’ Then looked the Earl over the gunwale at him. ¤ Then said
+the boatman: ‘I will receive my life of thee if thou wilt give it me.’
+Then the Earl rose up and called to two of his men, either of whom was
+dear to him, and said: ‘Get into the boat and set Vandrad ashore; go
+with him to my friend Karl the Peasant, and tell him for a token to give
+Vandrad the horse which I gave to him yesterday, and to give him his own
+saddle, and his son for a guide.’ Then stepped they into the boat &amp;
+took the oars, &amp; Vandrad steered. ¤ This was hard nigh to the dawn
+of day, and there was much movement among the ships, craft both large
+and small, some rowing to land, others to sea. ¤ Vandrad steered there
+where thought he there was most sea-room betwixt the craft, &amp;
+whensoever any of the Norwegian ships rowed nigh them said the Earl’s
+men who they were, &amp; then all let them
+<span class = "pagenum">179</span>
+go as they listed. Vandrad steered along the shore &amp; did not put to
+land ere they had come past the place where there was a great throng of
+ships.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Thereafter walked they to the homestead of Karl at about the hour
+when the light began to wax, and so went they into the living-room, and
+beheld Karl but now clad. To him told the men from the Earl on what
+mission had they come, and Karl said that first must they eat, &amp;
+caused food to be set before them, &amp; himself fetched them water for
+hand-washing. Then came the housewife into the chamber and straightway
+said she: ‘Wondrous is it that we gat no sleep nor rest all night
+through, for the tumult and noise.’ Karl answered: ‘Knowest thou not
+that the Kings fought together yesternight?’ She asked: ‘Who won?’ Karl
+answered: ‘The Norwegians won.’ ‘Belike our King hath fled again,’ said
+she. Karl replied: ‘In a bad way are we with our King for he is both
+halt &amp; craven.’ Then spake Vandrad: ‘The King is not craven, but
+neither he is victorious.’ Now Vandrad was the last to wash his hands,
+and when he took the towel he dried himself in the midst thereof; but
+the housewife seized it and pulled it from him, saying: ‘Little good
+canst thou do; ’tis the way of common folk to wet all the towel at
+once.’ Vandrad answered: ‘I shall yet come thither where I may dry
+myself midmost in the towel.’ Then sat they at meat for a while but
+afterwards went out, and there was the horse standing ready, and that
+son of Karl who was to bear Vandrad company sat another horse, and
+together rode they forth to the forest. But the men from the Earl went
+back to their boat, &amp; rowed out again to their ship.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Harald and his men pursued the fugitives a short way, and
+thereafter returned to those ships which had been deserted. And then
+searched they the slain, finding in the King’s ship a number of dead
+men; yet not among them was the body of King Svein; natheless was it
+deemed certain that he must
+<span class = "pagenum">180</span>
+have fallen. King Harald let the corses of his men be laid out, or the
+wounds bound up of them that required it. Then caused he the bodies of
+the men of Svein to be borne ashore, &amp; sent word to the peasants
+that they should bury them; thereafter caused he the plunder to be
+divided, and abode for a while there at that spot. And there learnt he
+the tidings that King Svein was come to Zealand, and that all of his
+host which had not been routed in battle had rejoined him, and to him
+likewise were come many other men, and that to him therefore was
+assembled a mighty large host.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Now as ye have heard tell afore, was Earl Fin Arnason captured in
+the battle, and before the King was he led. King Harald was then
+exceeding joyful, and said he, ‘Here meet we twain, Fin, though
+lastwhiles in Norway; scarce hath the Danish court stood by thee! An ill
+piece of work will the Norwegians have to drag thee, blind man, after
+them, and keep thee alive.’ ¤ Then answered back the Earl: ‘Many ill
+things have the Norwegians now to do, &amp; the worst of these is thy
+bidding.’ ¤ Then said King Harald: ‘Wilt thou have grace, though grace
+deservest thou not?’ The Earl answered: ‘Not from thee, hound!’ The King
+said: ‘Dost desire that thy kinsman Magnus should give thee grace?’
+Magnus, the son of King Harald, was captain of a ship at that time. Then
+said the Earl: ‘What hath that whelp to do with the meting out of
+grace?’ Thereat laughed the King, for he deemed it good sport to bait
+him, and said he: ‘Wilt thou accept thy life from the hand of Thora, thy
+kinswoman?’ ¤ Then the Earl said: ‘Is she here?’ ‘She is here,’ said the
+King. ¤ Then did Fin utter the scurvy words which were remembered long
+thereafter, and all were witness of how wroth he was since he could not
+still his words: ‘It is not to be wondered at that thou hast bitten well
+since the mare is with thee.’ ¤ To Earl Fin was given quarter, and King
+Harald kept him with him for a time, but Fin was somewhat unjoyful, and
+unmeek in his
+<span class = "pagenum">181</span>
+words. Then King Harald said: ‘I see thou wilt not be friends with me
+nor with my kindred, so I will give thee leave to fare to Svein, thy
+King.’ The Earl answered: ‘That will I accept, and the sooner I fare
+hence the more grateful I shall be.’ Thereafter the King let Fin be
+taken even to the land, where was he made welcome by the Hallanders. ¤
+Thence sailed King Harald north with his host to Norway, faring first to
+Oslo, and in that place gave leave to all his men who desired it to go
+even to their own homes.</p>
+
+<p>¶ It is said that King Svein abode that winter in Denmark, and held
+his state as before. ¤ And in the winter sent he men northward to
+Halland to fetch Karl the Peasant to him, and likewise Karl’s wife; and
+when they were come and he had summoned Karl unto him he asked him if he
+had seen him before. Karl answered: ‘I know thee now, King, and I knew
+thee then even so soon as I saw thee, and it is under God that the
+little help which I was able to afford thee was of use.’ The King
+answered: ‘For all the days I have yet to live I have to reward thee.
+Now firstly will I give thee whatever homestead in Zealand thou art
+minded to have, and I will furthermore make thee a great man an thou
+wottest how to act.’ ¤ Karl thanked the King well for his words, and
+said that there was still a favour he would pray of him. And the King
+asked what that might be. Karl said: ‘I would ask this thing, King, that
+thou lettest me take my wife with me.’ The King answered: ‘I will not
+promise thee this thing, for I will get thee a much better &amp; wiser
+wife; but thy wife may keep the small homestead ye have already; on that
+she can live.’ ¤ And the King gave Karl a large &amp; noble stead &amp;
+gat him a good marriage. This was known and told far and wide, yea even
+as far north as Norway.</p>
+
+<p>¶ The winter following on the battle of the Niz King Harald spent in
+Oslo. And when the host came up from the south in autumn many tales and
+legends went abroad of the autumn
+<span class = "pagenum">182</span>
+outside the Niz river, &amp; everyone who had been there deemed he had
+something to tell. Once it happened that some men were sitting drinking
+in a small chamber, &amp; full of talk were they, talking of the battle
+of the Niz, and of whom might have derived the greatest renown
+therefrom. All were agreed on one issue, however, and that was that no
+other had been such a man there as Earl Hakon: he it was who had shown
+greatest prowess, who was the boldest under arms, and the ablest, and
+the most fortunate, and whatsoever he did was that which availed most,
+&amp; to him was accounted the victory. Now Harald was without, in the
+courtyard, speaking with some of his men, and thereafter went he before
+the doorway of the chamber and said: ‘Every man now would like to be
+named Hakon,’ and therewith went his way.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Earl Hakon fared to the Uplands in autumn, even to his dominions,
+and there tarried throughout the winter. ¤ Right well beloved was he of
+the Upland folk. Now once it befell, when spring was drawing nigh, that
+some men were sitting drinking, &amp; their talk was yet again of the
+battle of the Niz; and men lauded greatly Earl Hakon, but a few praised
+others no less. ¤ When they had been talking thus a while a man
+answered: ‘Mayhap other men besides Earl Hakon fought boldly outside the
+Niz, yet nevertheless methinks no one can have had the luck he had.’ ¤
+They said it was no doubt his greatest luck that he had routed many of
+the Danes. The same man answered: ‘Luckiest for him was it that he gave
+King Svein his life.’ Another answered him: ‘Thou wottest not what thou
+art saying.’ He answered: ‘Yea, I&nbsp;wot full well, for he who set the
+King ashore told me himself.’ Thus it befell, as oft is said, that ‘many
+are the King’s ears.’ These things were told to the King straightway,
+and the King had many horses taken and rode forthwith away in the night
+with two hundred men,<a name = "tag182_34" id = "tag182_34" href =
+"#note182_34">§</a> and rode he the whole of that night and the
+following day. Then there came towards them on horseback
+<span class = "pagenum">183</span>
+certain men who were making for the town with meal and malt. Now faring
+with the King was one Gamal, &amp; he rode up to one of the peasants who
+was a friend of his and spoke privily with him. ¤ Gamal said: ‘Money
+will I give thee, an thou wilt ride furiously by hidden ways such as
+thou wottest to be shortest to Earl Hakon: tell him that the King will
+slay him, for the King wotteth that the Earl helped King Svein to land
+outside the Niz.’ ¤ And the matter being covenanted between them rode
+the peasant hard, and came even to the Earl who was sitting drinking and
+had not gone to his rest. But when the peasant made known his errand,
+rose the Earl forthwith and all his folk; and the Earl caused his
+chattels to be removed from the house during the night. When the King
+arrived thither tarried he there the night, but Hakon the Earl had
+ridden his way. And in time came he east to the realm of Sweden, to King
+Steinkel, and abode with him the summer. King Harald then turned him
+back to town. In the summer the King fared north to Throndhjem and abode
+there, but in the autumn fared eastward again to Vik.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Earl Hakon went back in the summer to the Uplands, so soon as he
+learned that the King had fared northward, and there dwelt he until such
+time as the King came south again. Thereafter fared the Earl eastward to
+Vermaland and tarried there long in the winter; and King Steinkel gave
+the Earl rule and dominion over that part of the land. ¤ When winter was
+wearing to an end, fared he westward to Kaumariki, and took with him
+many men whom the Gauts and Vermalanders had given him. And he took
+thence his land-dues and the taxes which he had a right to demand, &amp;
+thereafter fared he back east to Gautland and dwelt there the spring. ¤
+King Harald abode the winter in Oslo, and sent his men to the Uplands to
+gather taxes and land-dues and the King’s fines; but the Uplanders said
+that they would not pay to him all dues which it behoved them to pay
+into the hands of Earl
+<span class = "pagenum">184</span>
+Hakon even so long as he was alive and had not forfeited life or
+dominions; &amp; no land-dues did the King therefrom obtain that
+winter.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Now betwixt Norway and Denmark there were sent that winter
+messengers and messages, for both Norwegians and Danes alike desired to
+make peace and agreement either with other, and they prayed their Kings
+to do the same. The sending of these messages appeared prone to bring
+about concord, for in the end a peace-meeting was agreed upon in the
+River betwixt King Harald and King Svein. When spring-tide was come both
+Kings called out many men and ships for this journey. Saith a skald in a
+poem:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘Leader of arméd men, he who the ground engirdles</p>
+<p>From Eyrasund northward shuts with his long-ship’s prows</p>
+<p>The land (the haven spurned he).</p>
+<p>Gleaming with gold the stems cut the waves keenly;</p>
+<p>Onward of Halland west, with host aboard, and the keels
+thrilling.</p>
+<p>Harald firm-oathed! oft hast thou the earth engirdled with thy
+ships;</p>
+<p>Svein, too, through the sound sailed the King to meet.</p>
+<p>Praise-dight filler of ravens, who every bay doth close,</p>
+<p>Hath out a teeming host of Danes, from the south all.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ It is said here that these Kings kept to their agreement, to wit,
+that there should be a meeting betwixt them; and that both came to the
+marches. It is set forth thus below:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘Shrewd leader of arméd men</p>
+<p>To trysting south once more</p>
+<p>Thou sailst as all Danes wished</p>
+<p>(No lesser was thy purpose).</p>
+<p>Svein now to the northward fares</p>
+<p>The land-marches nigh,</p>
+<p>The tryst to keep with Harald&mdash;</p>
+<p>Windy was the weather off the land.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<span class = "pagenum">185</span>
+<p>¶ When the Kings were come face to face the one with other forthwith
+betwixt them was broached ye matter of peace; and no sooner was this
+opened than many men made plaint of the harm they had suffered through
+war-fare, rapine, and the slaying of men. And long talked they about
+this, as is said hereafter:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘The yeomen shrewd</p>
+<p>Such words do say aloud</p>
+<p>That when the men meet,</p>
+<p>An’ angered are mostly</p>
+<p>The others. Far seemeth</p>
+<p>Concord to lie from men</p>
+<p>Who on all things quarrel</p>
+<p>(The chiefs’ arrogance waxeth).</p>
+<p>With danger fraught will be</p>
+<p>Wrath of the princes be</p>
+<p>If peace be agreed on,</p>
+<p>Those who are peace-makers</p>
+<p>In scales must weigh all things.</p>
+<p>Seemly for Kings to say</p>
+<p>What e’er the host liketh;</p>
+<p>Bad will would it cause</p>
+<p>Were the yeomen’s state worsened.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ Then the best men and the wisest conferred together, and peace was
+made betwixt the Kings, in such wise that King Harald was to have Norway
+&amp; King Svein Denmark as far as the marches which had aforetime
+divided the kingdoms; neither was to make redress to other; there where
+the land had been pillaged the matter was to be passed over; and he who
+had taken plunder was to keep it. ¤ This peace was to ensue even so long
+as the twain were Kings; the covenant was bounden with oaths, &amp;
+thereafter gave the Kings one another hostages; even as is said
+hereafter:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘Thus have I heard it said</p>
+<p>That Svein and Harald both</p>
+<p><span class = "pagenum">186</span>
+(God works it) gladly gave</p>
+<p>Hostages one to other.</p>
+<p>Let them so keep their vows</p>
+<p>(All ended was with witness)</p>
+<p>And the whole peace so fully</p>
+<p>That the folk break it not.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ King Harald tarried in Vik during the summer, and sent men to the
+Uplands to collect the dues &amp; taxes he had there; but the peasants
+in plain words said that they would bide the coming of Earl Hakon, until
+such time as he should come to them. Earl Hakon was then up in Gautland
+with a large host. When summer was wearing to a close sailed King Harald
+south to Konungahella (King’s Rock), and he took all the light craft
+whereon he could lay hands &amp; went up the River, and at the falls
+thereof had the boats haled across land and so put onto Lake Wenern.
+Thereafter rowed he east across the lake where he asked tidings of Earl
+Hakon. ¤ Now when the Earl gat news of the journey of the King, came he
+down from the country and made endeavour to prevent the King from
+harrying, for to Earl Hakon was a large host which the Gauts had given
+him. King Harald laid his boats up the mouth of a river, and thereafter
+made a landing, but left some of his men behind to watch the craft. And
+the King himself and some of his men rode on horseback, but many more
+went afoot. Their way led them through a wood, &amp; thereafter a bog
+lay before them on which were small bushes, then after that a copse, and
+when they were come up to the copse sighted they the host of the Earl;
+and a bog there was betwixt them and it. ¤ Then both hosts arrayed
+themselves, &amp; King Harald commanded his men to sit up on the
+hillside: ‘Let us first tempt them to make an onset; Hakon hath no mind
+to wait,’ said he. ¤ The weather was frosty with some driving snow, and
+the men to Harald sat under their shields. ¤ Now the Gauts had taken
+little apparel on them and were starved with the cold, but the
+<span class = "pagenum">187</span>
+Earl bade them bide until the King should make an onset and they could
+all stand alike in height. Earl Hakon had the banner which had been that
+of King Magnus Olafson. Now the head-man to the Gauts was one hight
+Thorvid, and he was mounted on a horse the reins of which were tied to a
+stake standing in the bog. He spake &amp; said: ‘God knows we have a
+large host here and many stout men; let not King Steinkell hear that we
+are not helping this good Earl well. I&nbsp;wist that if the Norwegians
+make onset against us we shall stand firm, but if the young men falter
+&amp; bide not, then do not let us run farther than thither to the
+brook, and if the young men again falter, which I wot will not befall,
+then do not let us run farther than thither to the hill.’ ¤ At that
+moment ran up the host of the Norwegians shouting their war-cry and
+beating their shields, &amp; then the host of the Gauts likewise began
+to shout, and the horse to the head-man pulled so hard at its rein,
+being afrighted at the host-cry, that the stake came up &amp; flew past
+the head of the chief, wherefore he shouted: ‘Such a mischance as thou
+shootest, Northmen,’ and therewith galloped away. King Harald had ere
+this said to his men: ‘Though we make din and shouting about us, yet let
+us not go down the hill or ever they come hither to us,’ and they did
+according as he had said. ¤ As soon as the war-cry was heard, caused the
+Earl his banner to be borne forward, and when they were come under the
+hill rushed the King’s men down upon them, and some of the men to the
+Earl fell forthwith and some fled; but the Norwegians drave not them
+that fled very far, for it was late in the day. There took they the
+banner of Earl Hakon, and as much of weapons and apparel as they could
+lay hands on. And the King let both the banners be borne in front of him
+when he fared down the hill; and his men spake one with another as to
+whether or no Earl Hakon might be fallen. Now when it came to faring
+through the wood they had to ride in single train, and behold a certain
+man rode straight across their way,
+<span class = "pagenum">188</span>
+and thrust a spear through him that bore the banner to the King, and
+seizing the stave thereof rode he off another way in the wood with the
+banner. When the King was told of this cried he: ‘The Earl lives! Give
+me my mail-shirt!’ And rode he in the night to his ships. Now said many
+men that the Earl had avenged himself. Then chanted Thiodolf:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘Steinkell’s host who to the</p>
+<p>Warlike Earl should help yield</p>
+<p>(That brought the King to pass)</p>
+<p>To hell, I ween, have fared.</p>
+<p>But those who would better</p>
+<p>The matter say,</p>
+<p>Hakon fled because the hope of help</p>
+<p>Therefrom but ill had proven.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ King Harald spent what was left of the night on his ship. In the
+morn, when it was light saw men that ice had formed round the ships so
+thick that it was feasible to walk round about them. ¤ Then bade the
+King his men hew the ice and release his ships into the lake, and so
+went the men and set to work to hew the ice. King Harald’s son Magnus
+steered the ship which lay lowest in the river-mouth and nighest out to
+the lake. ¤ Now when the men had almost chopped the ice away a certain
+man ran out on it to the place where they were about to hew, and
+thereafter fell to chopping as if he were mad and raving. Then said a
+man: ‘Now is it again as often before, no one is so good at giving a
+helping hand as Hall Kodransbane; behold now, how he is hewing the ice.’
+¤ But the man of Magnus’s ship who was hight Thormod Eindridison, when
+he heard the name of ‘Kodransbane,’ ran to Hall and gave him his
+death-blow. ¤ Kodran was the son of Gudmund Elyolfson, and Valgerd that
+was sister to Gudmund was the mother of Jurunn, Thormod’s mother. ¤
+Thormod was a winter old when Kodran was slain, and never had he set
+eyes on Hall Utryggson before this time. ¤ By this, then,
+<span class = "pagenum">189</span>
+the ice was broken away even so far as the lake and Magnus brought his
+ship out, &amp; got under way forthwith, and sailed west across the
+lake; but the King’s ship which was the uppermost in the channel came
+out the last. Now Hall had been of the fellowship of the King and was
+very dear to him, and the King was exceeding wroth, so that when he came
+latest into haven he found that Magnus had already helped the murderer
+to the forest, though he offered atonement for him, would he have gone
+against Magnus and his folk, had not the friends of both brought about
+their appeasement.</p>
+
+<p>¶ King Harald fared up to Raumariki this winter, and to him was a
+large host. ¤ And he bore cases against the peasants for the keeping
+back from him of dues and taxes, and for inciting his enemies to strife
+against him. ¤ And some of the peasants caused he to be taken, and some
+he maimed and others killed and others he deprived of all their
+possessions. ¤ Those who could get away fled, but the King burned the
+countrysides wide about and laid them waste. Thus saith Thiodolf:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘Waster of isle-dwellers</p>
+<p>Hard hands laid on Raumfolk,</p>
+<p>Steadily on the ranks</p>
+<p>Of Harald went, as I trow.</p>
+<p>Fire did requite them;</p>
+<p>But the chief commanded,</p>
+<p>And high flames poor peasants</p>
+<p>To obedience led.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ After this fared King Harald up to Heidmark and there burned, and
+did no less war-work than has been writ afore. From thence fared he to
+Ringariki, there burned, and went everywhere with the war-shield aloft.
+Thus saith Thiodolf:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘Burned were the fell folk’s steads,</p>
+<p>Roofwards the red fire flamed.</p>
+<p>Hit did the lord of chiefs</p>
+<p>The Heiners with hard stones.</p>
+<p><span class = "pagenum">190</span>
+For their lives the sufferers craved;</p>
+<p>So great a hurt the flames</p>
+<p>The men of Ringariki wrought</p>
+<p>Or ever the fire was stayed.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ After this gave the peasants the whole matter into the hands of the
+King.</p>
+
+<p>¶ After the death of King Magnus were spent fifteen winters ere the
+battle of the Niz, and after that two winters or ever Harald and Svein
+made peace. Thus saith Thiodolf:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘The prince of the Hords</p>
+<p>(Brought peace the third year was made)</p>
+<p>The strife to an end; on</p>
+<p>The strand steel hit the shields.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ After this peace-making endured the war of the King with the
+Uplanders three half-years. Thus saith Thiodolf:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘Hard of the King’s work ’tis</p>
+<p>In seemly wise to speak</p>
+<p>When to have idle ploughs</p>
+<p>The upland men he taught.</p>
+<p>The chieftain wise hath honour won</p>
+<p>These three half-years</p>
+<p>Which ever will be minded.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ Edward, the son of Ethelred, was King of England after his brother
+Hordaknut; he was hight Edward ‘the Good’ and right good he was. ¤ The
+mother to King Edward was Queen Emma, the daughter of Richard, the
+Rouen-Earl; and her brother was Earl Robert, the mother of William the
+Bastard, who was at that time duke of Rouen in Normandy. King Edward was
+wedded to Queen Gyda,<a name = "tag190_29" id = "tag190_29" href =
+"#note190_29">§</a> the daughter of Earl Godwin &amp; he was the son of
+Wolfnoth. The brothers to Gyda were: the eldest Earl Tosti, the second
+Earl Morcar, the third Earl Walthiof, the fourth Earl Svein, and fifthly
+Harald. Now Harald was the youngest and was brought up at the court of
+King Edward and was his foster-son, and the
+<span class = "pagenum">191</span>
+King loved him very greatly and eyed him ever as his own son, for the
+King was childless.</p>
+
+<p>¶ It befell one summer that Harald the son of Godwin had to go a
+journey to Bretland (Wales) and fared he on a ship, but after they had
+set sail sprang up a contrary wind &amp; they were driven out to sea.<a
+name = "tag191_6" id = "tag191_6" href = "#note191_6">[§]</a> ¤ They
+made land westward in Normandy after undergoing a perilous storm. ¤ And
+putting into the town of Rouen found they there Earl William, who
+received Harald and his travelling companions joyfully, and Harald
+tarried there in good cheer for long during the autumn, for the tempests
+continued to blow and it was not weather for sailing out at sea. As
+winter was approaching spoke the Earl and Harald together concerning the
+dwelling of Harald there throughout the winter. Now Harald sat in the
+high-seat on one side of the Earl and on the other side of him sat the
+Earl’s wife, and fairer was she than any other woman whom men had seen.
+¤ Harald and she would hold converse together all the time that the cups
+were going round, and when the Earl retired to rest, as he did betimes,
+Harald would sit long talking with the wife to the Earl, and so fared
+things for a long time during the winter. ¤ Once when they were talking
+together said she: ‘Now hath the Earl spoken with me hereon, and asked
+what it is we twain ever talk about, and now is he wroth.’ Harald
+answered: ‘We will forthwith let him know all our conversations.’ ¤ The
+day thereafter Harald called the Earl to speak with him, &amp; went they
+to the council-chamber where were also the Earl’s wife and their
+councillors. ¤ Then Harald spoke the first and said: ‘This must I inform
+thee, Earl, that there is more in my coming hither than I have revealed
+to thee: I&nbsp;desire to ask the hand of thy daughter, and have
+oft-times spoken of this my wish to her mother, and she hath given me
+her word to support me in this matter with thee.’ ¤ When Harald had made
+known his desire, all those who were present received the news with
+gladness and supported
+<span class = "pagenum">192</span>
+it with the Earl, and this matter was brought to end by the maid being
+betrothed to Harald; but since she was young some winters’ delay were
+agreed upon before the time of bridal.</p>
+
+<p>¶ When spring came, equipped Harald his ship and sailed away, and he
+and the Earl parted in full friendship. ¤ And Harald fared to England,
+to King Edward, and returned no more to Valland to claim the marriage.
+King Edward ruled over England for twenty-four winters, &amp; died a
+straw death in London, None Janurii (5th January); he was interred in
+St. Paul’s Church<a name = "tag192_11" id = "tag192_11" href =
+"#note192_11">§</a> and the English call him sainted. ¤ The sons of Earl
+Godwin in those days were the most powerful men in England. Tosti had
+been made captain over the host of the King, and warden of the land when
+the King began to wax old; and he had been placed over all other Earls.
+¤ His brother Harald was ever within the court the next man to the King
+in all service, &amp; his duty had been to guard the treasure of the
+King.<a name = "tag192_18" id = "tag192_18" href = "#note192_18">§</a>
+It is recorded by men that as the King was approaching to his end was
+Harald near by, and few other men, and Harald leant over the King and
+said: ‘I call all of ye to witness that the King gave me but now the
+kingdom, and all might in England.’ Then was the King borne dead from
+out his bed. That same day there was a meeting of lords and the taking
+of a King was discussed, and Harald then let his witnesses testify that
+King Edward on his death-day had given him the kingdom. ¤ This meeting
+ended in such fashion that Harald was hailed as King &amp; consecrated
+with royal consecration in St. Paul’s Church on the 13th day;<a name =
+"tag192_28" id = "tag192_28" href = "#note192_28">§</a> when all lords
+and folk swore fealty to him. ¤ But when his brother, Earl Tosti, heard
+what had befallen, liked he it no whit, for thought he himself to be
+equally near the King. ¤ ‘I desire,’ quoth he, ‘that the lords of the
+land choose him for King whom they deem best fitted therefor.’ And such
+like words went between the brothers. ¤ King Harald declared that he
+would not give
+<span class = "pagenum">193</span>
+up the kingdom for he had been throned in that city which had been the
+King’s, and had been thereafter anointed and consecrated with royal
+consecration; with him also sided the multitude, and he had moreover all
+the treasure of the dead King.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Now when King Harald became aware that his brother Tosti desired to
+oust him from the kingdom believed he but ill in him, for Tosti was a
+very wise man and a great warrior, and was full friendly, to boot, with
+the lords of the land. ¤ So Harald deprived him from command of the
+host, and of all the power he had had aforetime more than other earls<a
+name = "tag193_11" id = "tag193_11" href = "#note193_11">§</a> there in
+the land. And Earl Tosti, who by no means would suffer himself to be the
+serving-man to his brother, fared away with his men, and so south to
+Flanders across the sea, and tarried there a while before faring to
+Friesland &amp; thence to Denmark, to his kinsman King Svein. Earl Ulf
+the father to King Svein and Gyda that was mother to Tosti, were brother
+and sister. The Earl craved the aid of King Svein and men for his
+assistance, and King Svein bade him come to him &amp; told him that he
+should have an earl’s realm in Denmark, such as would make him a seemly
+chief in that country. The Earl answered thus: ‘My desire is to fare
+back to England, to my heritage; but if I am given no assistance for
+that purpose from thee, King, then would I liefer make a pact to afford
+thee all the support I can procure in England, an thou wilt take the
+Danish hosts thither and conquer the land, even as thy mother’s brother
+Knut (Canute) conquered it.’ ¤ The King answered: ‘So much less a man am
+I than my kinsman King Knut that I have hard work to hold the Danish
+realm against the Norwegians. ¤ Knut the Old gat his Danish kingdom by
+inheritance but won England by warfare and strife, yet nevertheless at
+one time seemed he like to lose his life thereby. Norway gat he without
+battle. ¤ Now would I liefer keep within compass according to my smaller
+conditions than assay to rival the success
+<span class = "pagenum">194</span>
+of my kinsman Knut.’ Then said Tosti the Earl: ‘Lesser is my errand
+hither than I had thought for; I&nbsp;deemed not that thou, a&nbsp;bold
+man, wouldst let me go in need. It may be that I am seeking friendship
+where it is not meet to seek it. But natheless it may hap that I find a
+chief who is less afeared of great ventures than thou art, King.’
+Thereafter they parted, the King and the Earl, and were not very well of
+one accord.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Tosti the Earl now turned him another way: he fared onward to
+Norway, to King Harald who was in Vik, and when they met the Earl made
+he known his mission to the King, recounting to him all concerning his
+journey since he had left England. And he craved help of the King so
+that he might regain his dominions in England. ¤ But the King said as
+followeth: that the Norwegians had no wish to fare to England and harry
+with an English chief over them; ‘folk deem,’ said he, ‘that the English
+are not full trustworthy.’ The Earl answered: ‘I wonder if it is sooth,
+that which I have heard men say in England, to wit, that thy kinsman
+King Magnus despatched men to King Edward, with the message that he,
+Magnus, owned England with no less right than Denmark, that he inherited
+it from Hordaknut (Hardicanute) and that the pact was ratified by their
+oaths?’ The King answered: ‘Why did he not have it if he owned it?’ The
+Earl said: ‘Why hast thou not Denmark even as King Magnus had it before
+thee?’ The King answered: ‘Little have the Danes to plume themselves on
+above us Norwegians, for many a hole have we burnt in those kinsmen of
+thine.’ ¤ Then said the Earl: ‘Though thou wilt not tell me yet
+can&nbsp;I, nevertheless, tell thee how it was King Magnus took
+possession of Denmark, to wit, was it because the lords of the land
+there helped him, but thou gat it not because all the people of the land
+were against thee. King Magnus fought not to gain England because all
+the people desired to have Edward for their King. If thou wishest to
+conquer England then can I bring it about that many of
+<span class = "pagenum">195</span>
+the lords there will be thy friends and supporters, for nothing lack I
+against my brother Harald save the name of King. All men know that there
+has never been born in the northlands a warrior such as thou art. ¤
+Astonished am I that thou who foughtest fifteen winters for Denmark will
+not take England which is lying at thy hand.’ King Harald pondered with
+care over what the Earl had said to him, and well wot he that in great
+measure had he said sooth; and added thereto conceived he the wish to
+conquer that kingdom. ¤ Thereafter the King and the Earl talked long
+&amp; oft together, &amp; in the end covenanted they an agreement that
+come the summer they would fare to England and conquer the country. King
+Harald sent round the whole of Norway calling out a levy, one half of
+the general war-muster. ¤ Now all this was much spoken of by men, and
+many were the guesses as to how things would go on the faring. Some
+reckoned &amp; counted up all deeds of valour, swearing how naught would
+be impossible of King Harald, but said others that England would be
+difficult to conquer inasmuch as the people were exceeding numerous,
+&amp; those warriors who were called the Thingmanna-host<a name =
+"tag195_20" id = "tag195_20" href = "#note195_20">§</a> so doughty that
+one of them was better than two of Harald’s best men. ¤ Thus answered
+Ulf the Marshal:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘Never would the marshals</p>
+<p>Of the King (uncompelling</p>
+<p>Ever gat I riches)</p>
+<p>Turn them to the King’s stern-hold</p>
+<p>Noble woman, an twain should be pressed back by</p>
+<p>One Thingman (other than</p>
+<p>That when young I learned me).’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ That spring Ulf the Marshal died, &amp; Harald when he stood by his
+grave said ere he quitted it: ‘Here lies he that was ever the most
+faithful &amp; the most dutiful to his lord.’ To Flanders also sailed
+Earl Tosti in springtide so that he should meet the men the which had
+followed him from England, with those
+<span class = "pagenum">196</span>
+others also who were to join him from England and likewise from
+Flanders.</p>
+
+<p>¶ The host to King Harald was gathered together in Solundir<a name =
+"tag196_3" id = "tag196_3" href = "#note196_3">§</a> and when all things
+were made ready and he was about to set sail from Nidaros went he to the
+shrine of King Olaf, and thrusting his hands into the sanctuary cut he
+off the hair and the nails pertaining to the saint, and thereafter
+turned he the key once of the shrine and then threw that same key into
+the Nid; and since that time forsooth hath the shrine of the holy King
+Olaf never been opened. ¤ Five and thirty winters had been encompassed
+since his fall, and five and thirty years had he lived in the world. ¤
+Then King Harald and the men that were with him gat them a course
+southward to meet his host; or ever that time it was a mighty force that
+met together, and it is told among men that to King Harald were nigh
+upon two hundred<a name = "tag196_16" id = "tag196_16" href =
+"#note196_16">§</a> keels, besides victualling ships and smaller craft.
+When they were lying off Solundir a certain man named Gyrd, who was on
+the own ship to the King, dreamed a dream, and to him it seemed as
+though he stood on that same ship and beheld up on the isle a great
+troll-woman, &amp; in one hand held she a short sword and in the other a
+trough. And to him also did it appear that he was looking at all the
+other ships, and on the prow to each was perched a fowl of the air, and
+all of those same fowl were either eagles or ravens. ¤ The troll-woman
+sang:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘King from the east in sooth</p>
+<p>To battle inciteth</p>
+<p>Many a warrior westward,</p>
+<p>(Joyful am I therefor);</p>
+<p>There may the raven find</p>
+<p>For itself food on the ships</p>
+<p>(It knows enow there is);</p>
+<p>With thee will I ever fare.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ Now a certain man hight Thord abode on one of the ships
+<span class = "pagenum">197</span>
+nigh to the own ship of the King, and on a night dreamed he that he saw
+the fleet to King Harald faring landward, and he seemed to wot that to
+England were they coming. ¤ Then he saw on the land a vast host of men
+&amp; both hosts were making them ready for battle, and for each were
+many banners held on high. Before the host of the men of the land rode a
+swarth troll-woman, sitting on a wolf, and the wolf had the body of a
+man in its mouth, &amp; blood flowed from the corners thereof. And when
+it had eaten the man she threw yet another into its mouth, and
+thereafter threw she one man after another, but notwithstanding made it
+scant ado at swallowing them all. And so she sang:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘The troll makes the red shield gleam when war comes nigh.</p>
+<p>Bride of the giant-brood mishap to the King foretells.</p>
+<p>The quean with the jaws flings flesh of fallen warriors;</p>
+<p>Raging the wolf’s mouth she dyes red with blood.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ Furthermore it befell that King Harald dreamed one night and in his
+vision lo he was in Nidaros, and there met he his brother, King Olaf,
+who chanted a verse to him:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘The burly King in many fights with honour conquered.</p>
+<p>I gat (because at home I stayed) a holy fall to earth.</p>
+<p>Still of this I fear me that death is nigh thee, King;</p>
+<p>The greedy wolves thou fill’st;</p>
+<p>Ne’er was this caused by God.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ Men spake low of many other dreams and omens of divers kinds, and
+the bulk of them were of ill import. Or ever King Harald left Throndhjem
+caused he his son Magnus to be accepted as King, and made he him ruler
+over the kingdom of Norway. ¤ Thora, the daughter of Thorberg, also
+remained behind, but Queen Ellisif fared forth with King Harald and with
+them likewise her daughters Mary and Ingigerd; Olaf the son to King
+Harald also fared with him from the land.</p>
+
+<p>¶ When King Harald was ready, and a favourable wind had sprung up,
+sailed he out to sea &amp; came to land at the Shetlands,
+<span class = "pagenum">198</span>
+but some of his ships went on to the Orkneys. King Harald lay at these
+isles a while or ever set he sail for the Orkneys, &amp; from these
+latter took he with him many men &amp; the Earls Paal and Erling, twain
+sons to Thorfin the Earl, but behind him left he there Queen Ellisif
+&amp; their daughters Mary &amp; Ingigerd. Thereafter sailed he
+southward alongside Scotland, &amp; then alongside England, and went
+ashore there where it is called Cleveland. ¤ And being come on land
+forthwith harried he the countryside, bringing it into subjection under
+him, &amp; withal encountering no resistance. Thereafter went King
+Harald into Scarborough, &amp; fought there with the men of the town,
+and he went up on to the cliff there and ordered a vast bonfire to be
+made and a light thereto put, and when it was ablaze, his men took large
+forks and with them rolled it down into the town, and then one house
+after the other began to burn, so that there was naught for the townsmen
+to do save to surrender. There slew the Norwegians many men, and took
+all the goods whereon they could lay hands. No choice had then the
+Englishmen, an they wished to keep their lives, save to make submission
+to King Harald. ¤ Wheresoever he fared brought he the land into
+subjection, and he continued on his way southward off the coast with the
+whole of his host, bringing-to at Holderness, and there a band came
+against him, and King Harald did battle with them and gained the
+day.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Now having come thus far on his journey King Harald fared south to
+the Humber and went up that river and lay in it beside the banks. ¤ At
+that time there were up in Jerirk (York) Earl Morcar and his brother
+Earl Walthiof and with them was a vast host. King Harald was lying in
+the Ouse when the host of the Earls swooped down against him. ¤ And King
+Harald went ashore and set to arraying his host, and one arm of the
+array was ranked on the banks of the river, whereas the other stretched
+up inland over towards a certain dyke, and a deep marsh was there, both
+broad, and full of water. ¤ The
+<span class = "pagenum">199</span>
+Earls bade the whole multitude of their array slink down alongside the
+river. ¤ Now the banner to the King was nigh unto the river and there
+the ranks were serried, but near the dyke were they more scattered, and
+the men thereof also the least trustworthy. ¤ The Earls then came down
+along by the dyke, and that arm of the battle-array of the Norwegians
+which faced the dyke gave way, and thereon the English pushed forward
+after them and deemed that the Norwegians would flee. Therefore did the
+banner of Morcar fare forward.</p>
+
+<p>¶ But when King Harald saw that the array of the English had
+descended alongside the dyke and was coming right toward them, then
+commanded he the war-blast to be sounded, and eagerly encouraged his
+men, and let the banner ‘Land-waster’ be carried forward; and even so
+fierce was their advance on the English, that all were repulsed and
+there fell a many men in the host of the Earls. ¤ This host was even
+soon routed, and some fled up beside the river and some down, but the
+most of the folk ran right out into the dyke, and there the fallen lay
+so thick that the Norwegians could walk dry-shod across the marsh. ¤
+There too fell Earl Morcar.<a name = "tag199_20" id = "tag199_20" href =
+"#note199_20">§</a> Thus saith Stein Herdason:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘Many in the river sank</p>
+<p>(The sunken men were drowned);</p>
+<p>All round about young Morcar of yore lay many a lad.</p>
+<p>To flight the chieftain put them;</p>
+<p>The host to swiftest running</p>
+<p>Olaf the Mighty is.’<a name = "tag199_27" id = "tag199_27" href =
+"#note199_27">§</a></p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ The song that followeth was wrought by Stein Herdason about Olaf ye
+son to King Harald, and he saith, the which also we wot of that Olaf was
+in the battle with his father. This is told likewise in
+‘Haraldsstikka:’</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘There the dead lay</p>
+<p>Down in the marsh</p>
+<p>Walthiof’s fighters</p>
+<p><span class = "pagenum">200</span>
+Weapon-bitten,</p>
+<p>So that they might</p>
+<p>The war-wonted horsemen</p>
+<p>There wend their way</p>
+<p>On corses only.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ Earl Walthiof and those men that contrived to make their escape
+from out the battle fled even up to the town of York, and there it was
+that the greatest slaughter took place. This battle was on the
+Wednesday<a name = "tag200_9" id = "tag200_9" href = "#note200_9">§</a>
+or ever St. Matthew’s Day.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Earl Tosti had come west (south) from Flanders to King Harald, and
+being even come to England joined himself with the Earl so that he had
+his part in all three battles. And now things came to pass even as he
+had told Harald at their meeting they would come to pass, to wit, that a
+number of men would flock to them in England, and these were both
+kinsmen and friends to Tosti; and their company added greatly to the
+strength of the King. ¤ After the battle whereof we have but now heard
+related, all the men of the countryside hailed King Harald, albeit some
+few fled. And now set King Harald forth to take the city, and placed he
+his host by Stanford Bridge,<a name = "tag200_21" id = "tag200_21" href
+= "#note200_21">§</a> but for the reason that the King had won so fair a
+victory over great lords and overwhelming odds were the people dismayed
+&amp; deemed it hopeless to withstand him. Then took the citizens
+council together, &amp; they were of one mind to send word to the King
+giving themselves and likewise the town into his power. This same was
+proffered even at such time that on the Sunday<a name = "tag200_27" id =
+"tag200_27" href = "#note200_27">[§]</a> fared King Harald and his men
+to the city, and there they held a council of war without the walls, and
+the citizens came out and were present at the council. ¤ Then did all
+the folk promise obedience to King Harald; and gave him as hostages the
+sons of great men even according as Tosti chose, for the Earl knew all
+men in this town; and in the evening fared the King to his ships elated
+with the victory he had won and withal was very joyful. ¤ It
+<span class = "pagenum">201</span>
+was furthermore covenanted there should be held a Thing in the city<a
+name = "tag201_2" id = "tag201_2" href = "#note201_2">§</a> early on
+that Monday when would King Harald appoint governors and grant fiefs and
+rights. Now that self-same evening, after the sun had gone down,
+approached King Harald Godwinson with a vast host the city from the
+south, and rode he into the city by the will and consent of all the
+citizens. ¤ Then were men posted at all the gates, and at all the roads,
+so that to the Norwegians there might get no tidings of what had
+befallen, and this host passed the night within the walls.</p>
+
+<p>¶ On the Monday,<a name = "tag201_11" id = "tag201_11" href =
+"#note201_11">[§]</a> when Harald Sigurdson had eaten his fill at
+dinner, ordered he a blast to be sounded for a landing. And thereon made
+he ready his host and parted them, some to fare and some to tarry; and
+of each company he let two men go up for every one left behind. ¤ And
+Tosti the Earl prepared him to go up with his company, but to guard his
+ship there tarried behind Olaf own son to the King, Paal and Erling the
+Orkney Earls, and Eystein Blackcock, the son of Thorberg Arnason, who
+was in those days the man of most renown and withal dearest to the King
+of all feudatories, &amp; King Harald had at that time promised him the
+hand of his daughter Maria. Very fine was the weather with warm
+sunshine, and wherefore because of this left the men their shirts of
+mail behind them and went with their shields and helms and spears, with
+their swords girded on; and many had likewise bows and arrows, and
+withal were they very merry. But as they advanced on the city, behold a
+great host rode out towards them and they saw the smoke of horses, and
+here and there fair shields and white coats of mail. Then halted the
+King his host and summoned Earl Tosti to him, and asked what manner of
+host this was like to be. ¤ And the Earl answered and said that he
+deemed it might be strife, yet nevertheless it might be that they were
+some of his kinsmen who were seeking for protection &amp; friendship,
+&amp; would promise the King their support
+<span class = "pagenum">202</span>
+and fealty in return. Then the King said that they would first of all
+keep quiet and learn more particulars anent this host. So they did this,
+&amp; the host waxed greater the nearer it came, and everywhere was it
+like a sheet of ice to behold, so white was the gleaming of the
+weapons.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Then King Harald Sigurdson spake and said: ‘Let us now take goodly
+&amp; wise counsel together, for it cannot be hidden that this forebodes
+strife, and most like it is the King himself.’ To which the Earl
+answered: ‘Our first course is to turn back and go our swiftest to the
+ships that we may fetch folk and weapons, and thereafter offer what
+resistance we can; or even might we also let the ships protect us and
+then no power would the <ins class = "correction" title = "text reads ‘Norsemen’">horsemen</ins> have over us.’ Then said King Harald:
+‘Another counsel will I choose, namely to send three bold fellows on our
+swiftest horses and let them ride hotly a’pace and impart to our men
+what hath befallen; then will they the sooner come to our aid, and a
+right sharp combat shall the Englishmen fight or ever we suffer defeat.’
+The Earl answered and said that the King should decide in this matter as
+in all else: ‘no manner of desire had he either to flee.’ Then caused
+the King his banner ‘Land-waster’ to be borne aloft, and Fridrek was the
+man hight who bore the banner.</p>
+
+<p>¶ After these things arrayed King Harald his host. ¤ And he let the
+muster be long and not dense, and then after doing this doubled he both
+the arms thereof backward so that they reached together and made a wide
+ring thick and even on all sides without, shield by shield, and the same
+within likewise; and the King’s company was without the ring and there
+too was his banner. ¤ In another spot was Earl Tosti with his company,
+and another banner had he, and the men to him were all picked men. Now
+the array was made in this fashion because the King wist that the
+horsemen<a name = "tag202_32" id = "tag202_32" href =
+"#note202_32">§</a> were wont to ride forward in a mass &amp; thereupon
+fall back. Now said the King that his company should advance
+whithersoever it were most
+<span class = "pagenum">203</span>
+needed, ‘but our archers shall also be with us, and those who stand
+farthest forward will set their spear handles in the earth and point
+their spears at the breasts of the riders if they should ride us down,
+and those who stand in the next row will thrust their spears into the
+chests of the horses.’</p>
+
+<p>¶ It was with an exceeding vast host that King Harald Godwinson had
+come thither, a&nbsp;host of both horse and foot-folk. Around his array
+rode King Harald Sigurdson having a wary eye to see how it had been
+ranked, and he bestrode a black piebald horse. ¤ Now the horse fell
+under him but the King arose in haste &amp; said: ‘Falling when faring
+betokens fortune.’ <!--F2 inserts the optional "t"--> Then said Harald,
+the King of the English, to those Norwegians who were with him: ‘Knowest
+thou the big man yonder who fell from his horse, the man with the blue
+kirtle and the fair helme?’ ‘That is the King,’ said they. ¤ ‘A big man
+and of masterful appearance, yet belike his luck is over,’ answered the
+English King.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Twenty horsemen rode forward from the Thingmanna host before the
+battle-array of the Norwegians; and they were wholly clad in chain-mail
+and their horses like unto them. Then said one horseman: ‘Is Earl Tosti
+in the host?’ to which was made answer: ‘There is no hiding it, ye can
+find him there.’ ¤ Then said the horseman: ‘Harald, thy brother, sent
+thee a greeting, and word therewith that thou shouldst have grace &amp;
+the whole of Northumberland; and rather than thou shouldst not go over
+to him will he give thee a third share of the whole of his kingdom.’
+Then answered the Earl: ‘That is a very different message from the
+strife and scorn of the winter: had it been offered then many a man
+would still be alive who is now dead, &amp; more firmly too would the
+kingdom stand in England. Now if I should accept these terms, what would
+he offer King Harald Sigurdson for his pains?’ ‘He hath said something
+of what he would grant him in England, Seven feet of room or as much
+longer as he is taller than other
+<span class = "pagenum">204</span>
+men,’ made answer that rider. ‘Fare thee now to King Harald and bid him
+make ready for battle,’ said the Earl, ‘other shall be said among
+Norwegians than that Earl Tosti quitteth King Harald Sigurdson for the
+fellowship of his foemen when he hath to fight in England. Nay, let us
+all rather be of one mind: to die with honour or to win England by
+conquest.’ Then did the horseman ride away, and King Harald Sigurdson
+asked of the Earl, ‘who was that long-tongued man, yonder?’ ‘That was
+King Harald Godwinson,’ said the Earl. ‘Too long was this kept from us,’
+said King Harald Sigurdson, ‘they were come so nigh unto our host, that
+nought would this Harald have known how to tell of the death of our
+men.’ ‘True it is,’ said the Earl, ‘that such a chief went right
+unwarily, and that it might have been as thou sayest; I&nbsp;saw that he
+wished to offer me grace and much dominion, but that I should be his
+slayer an I said who he was. Rather would I that he should be my slayer
+than I his.’ Then said King Harald Sigurdson: ‘A little man was he, but
+firm in his stirrups.’ ¤ It is said that King Harald chanted this
+verse:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘Forward go we in folk array</p>
+<p>Without our mail</p>
+<p>Under blue blades;</p>
+<p>The helmets shine,</p>
+<p>No mail have I;</p>
+<p>On the ships yonder</p>
+<p>Our garb doth lie.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ Now the mail-shirt to Harald was hight ‘Emma,’ and it was so long
+that it reached down even unto the midst of his foot, and so strong that
+no weapon had ever lodged fast in it. Then said King Harald Sigurdson:
+‘That was ill wrought; I&nbsp;must make another, a&nbsp;better verse in
+its place,’ and then he chanted this:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘Ne’er do we in battle</p>
+<p>Creep behind our shields,</p>
+<p><span class = "pagenum">205</span>
+The clash of weapons fearing</p>
+<p>(E’en so the word-fast woman bade me).</p>
+<p>Of yore the necklet-wearer bade me</p>
+<p>Carry high my head in battle,</p>
+<p>Where sword and shield do meet.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>And Thiodolf likewise sang thus:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘Never, if e’en the prince himself to earth should fall,</p>
+<p>(As God wills so goeth it)</p>
+<p>Will I flee from the heirs of the chief.</p>
+<p>The sun shines not better on these than these twain shine.</p>
+<p>Avengers of Harald are resourceful hawks full grown.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ And now they fall to battle, and the English ride onward toward the
+Norwegians, but the resistance is stubborn, and because of the shots it
+is not easy for the English to ride against the Norwegians, and so they
+ride round about them in a ring. At first the battle is altogether even,
+that is so long as the Norwegians hold their array, but the English
+charge them &amp; then if they have done no hurt ride aback, and when
+the Norwegians see this, namely that the English seem to ride on them
+without spirit, set they themselves upon them and would have pursued
+them, but behold no sooner is the wall of shields broken than the
+English ride towards them from all directions bringing spears and shots
+to bear on them. And King Harald Sigurdson seeing this goeth forth into
+the brunt of the battle, even there where the hardest struggle is taking
+place, and many men falling from both hosts. ¤ King Harald Sigurdson
+waxeth so fierce that he runneth forward right out from the array, &amp;
+heweth with both hands, &amp; hath neither helme, nor shield holden
+before him. ¤ All those who are nighest to him draw aback, and far are
+the English from fleeing. Thus saith Arnor Earl’s-skald:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘In battle swift the chief’s heart ne’er did quake,</p>
+<p>And the strong King the greatest courage showed ‘mid the helmes’
+thunder,</p>
+<p><span class = "pagenum">206</span>
+There, where in the hersirs’ chief the hosts saw this,</p>
+<p>That by his bloody sword the men to death were wounded.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ Now it happened that King Harald Sigurdson was wounded by an arrow
+in the throat, and this was his death-wound. He fell with the whole of
+that company which was advancing with him, save those that drew back;
+and these held stoutly to the banner. ¤ Yet a conflict full as hard was
+foughten after Tosti the Earl had taken his place under the King’s
+banner. Then both the hosts fell to arraying themselves for the second
+time, and an exceeding long truce was there in the battle. Thereof sang
+Thiodolf:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘Mishap hath fallen on us,</p>
+<p>(in peril is now the host);</p>
+<p>In vain hath Harald brought us</p>
+<p>This journey from the east.</p>
+<p>The chieftain shrewd’s life-passage</p>
+<p>So hath ended that we now</p>
+<p>(the King bepraised his life lost)</p>
+<p>Row in peril of our lives.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ But ere the combatants again joined issue offered Harald Godwinson
+his brother Tosti grace, and he likewise offered grace to the other men
+surviving from the Norwegian host; but the Norwegians shouted out that
+they would rather fall one above the other, than accept quarter from the
+English. And thereon shouted they their war-cry, &amp; then the battle
+began for the second time. ¤ Thus saith Arnor Earl’s-skald:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘In an hour of misfortune</p>
+<p>The King austere gat death;</p>
+<p>The arrows gold-inwoven</p>
+<p>Spared not the robbers’ foe.</p>
+<p>Gentle and bounteous King&mdash;</p>
+<p>His friends choose all to fall</p>
+<p>Round their host-wonted chief</p>
+<p>Rather than quarter seek.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<span class = "pagenum">207</span>
+<p>¶ Now it befell that Eystein Blackcock came up just at that moment
+from the ships with his company, and they were in full armour, and
+Eystein gat him hold of the King’s banner ‘Land-waster,’ and for the
+third time the men fell to battle; exceeding sharp was it and the
+English lost men full heavily and were on the point of fleeing. That
+fray was called ‘Blackcock’s Brunt.’ Eystein’s men had hastened so
+furiously from the ships that at first, or ever they were come to the
+combat, they were weary and scarce fit for battle, but afterwards so
+raging were they that they defended themselves as long as they could
+stand upright. At the last cast they from off them their mail-shirts,
+and then was it easy for the English to find a vulnerable spot on them;
+but some who were unwounded yet died from their haste and fury. ¤ Nearly
+all the great men among the Norwegians fell at that time. ¤ This befell
+late in the day. ¤ As was to be looked for not all men fared alike in
+fortune, many fled &amp; many who thus made their escape met differing
+fates. Mirk was it in the evening ere the slaughtering was brought to an
+end.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Among those who escaped was Styrkar, the marshal of King Harald
+Sigurdson, &amp; this befell from his getting him a horse and thereon
+riding away. Now a wind sprang up in the evening and the weather waxed
+somewhat cold, and Styrkar had no other apparel than his shirt,
+a&nbsp;helme on his head, and a naked sword in his hand. ¤ And he waxed
+cold as his weariness wore off. Then a certain waincarle came driving
+towards him, and this man had a lined coat. Styrkar said unto him: ‘Wilt
+thou sell thy jacket, peasant?’ ‘Not to thee,’ quoth he, ‘thou art a
+Norwegian, as I wist by thy tongue.’ ¤ ‘An I am a Norwegian what wilt
+thou do then?’ said Styrkar. ‘I would slay thee; but alack I have no
+weapon to do it with,’ the peasant replied. ‘If thou canst not slay me,
+peasant, I&nbsp;will make trial if I cannot slay thee,’ and therewith
+Styrkar swung his sword and brought it down on the man’s neck so that
+his head was
+<span class = "pagenum">208</span>
+cut off; and then took he the fur coat and springing on to his horse
+rode down to the shore.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Now tidings were borne to the Rouen Earl, William the Bastard, of
+the death of King Edward his kinsman, &amp; furthermore was it told how
+Harald Godwinson had been acclaimed as King of England and had been
+consecrated thereto. Now William deemed he had a better right to that
+kingdom than Harald, to wit by reason of the kinship betwixt him &amp;
+King Edward, and withal furthermore inasmuch as he deemed it but fair to
+avenge himself on Harald for the slight of that broken betrothal with
+his own daughter. ¤ For all these self-same reasons, then, assembled
+William an host together in Normandy, and a multitude of men were
+mustered, with a goodly sufficiency of ships. And on the day that he
+rode from the city unto his ships, when he had mounted up on to his
+horse, his wife went to him &amp; would have spoken with him, but when
+he saw this he thrust at her with his heel, setting his spur in her
+breast so that it penetrated deep therein, and she fell and straightway
+died.<a name = "tag208_19" id = "tag208_19" href = "#note208_19">§</a>
+But the Earl rode to his ships and fared with his host over to England.
+At that time was his brother Otta with him. ¤ When the Earl came to
+England plundered he there, &amp; brought the land into subjection under
+him wheresoever he went. ¤ Earl William was bigger and stronger than
+other men, a&nbsp;good horseman, the greatest of warriors, and very
+cruel; a&nbsp;very wise man was he withal, but accounted in no wise
+trustworthy.</p>
+
+<p>¶ King Harald Godwinson gave Olaf, the son of King Harald Sigurdson,
+permission to fare his way, and in like fashion treated he those men of
+the host who had been with the King and had not fallen. King Harald then
+turned southward with his host, for he had learned that William Bastard
+was faring northward through England, &amp; was conquering the country.
+There were with Harald Godwinson at that time his brethren Svein,<a name
+= "tag208_34" id = "tag208_34" href = "#note208_34">§</a> Gyrd, and
+Walthiof. King Harald and Earl William
+<span class = "pagenum">209</span>
+met in the south of England at Hastings and a great battle befell there.
+¤ In it were slain King Harald and his brother Earl Gyrd, &amp;
+a&nbsp;great part of their host. Nineteen nights was it after the fall
+of King Harald Sigurdson,<a name = "tag209_4" id = "tag209_4" href =
+"#note209_4">§</a> Earl Walthiof, own brother to Harald, made good his
+escape by flight, and at even fell in with a band of William’s men;
+whereupon Earl Walthiof set fire to the forest and burned them all up.
+Thus saith Thorkel Skallson in Walthiof’s lay:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘An hundred King’s own court-men</p>
+<p>The warrior had burned</p>
+<p>In hottest fire (to the men</p>
+<p>An eve of singeing was it).</p>
+<p>’Tis said that the men</p>
+<p>’Neath the wolf’s claw must lie;</p>
+<p>Gray steed of the troll-quean</p>
+<p>Gave victuals to the swords.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ Thereon caused William himself to be proclaimed King of England,
+and thereafter sent he to Earl Walthiof proffering him peace &amp;
+appointing a truce so that a meeting might take place betwixt them. The
+Earl fared to it with but few men, and when he was come on the heath
+north of the castle bridge two of the King’s bailiffs advanced upon him
+with a band of men, and when they had taken him they put him in chains;
+thereafter he was beheaded. The English call him sainted.<a name =
+"tag209_24" id = "tag209_24" href = "#note209_24">§</a> Thus saith
+Thorkel:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘’Tis doubtless that manly Walthiof</p>
+<p>By William (he who from the south</p>
+<p>Across the chill main came)</p>
+<p>Is bewrayed in his trusting.</p>
+<p>Sooth is that long ’twill be</p>
+<p>Ere ends the slaying of men</p>
+<p>In England (swift was my master.</p>
+<p>No prince like him doth live).’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ Afterwards lived William as King of England for one and
+<span class = "pagenum">210</span>
+twenty winters, and ever since have his descendants ruled as Kings of
+England.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Now Olaf the son to King Harald Sigurdson took his men and fared
+away from England, sailing forth from Ravenseer whence they came in
+autumn to the Orkneys, &amp; there learned they the tidings that Maria
+the daughter of King Harald Sigurdson had died of a sudden death on the
+self-same day and in that same hour as her father King Harald had
+perished. Olaf tarried in the Orkneys the winter through but the summer
+thereafter fared he east to Norway, and was made King there together
+with his brother Magnus. ¤ Queen Ellisif journeyed eastward with her
+step-son Olaf and her daughter Ingigerd. ¤ Skuli also, he who was
+afterwards called King’s-fosterer, &amp; his brother Ketil Crook,
+likewise fared overseas with Olaf. The twain of them were doughty men,
+and noble in England, and both were very sage and well-beloved by the
+King. Ketil Crook fared northward to Halogaland and King Olaf gat him a
+good marriage, and from him are descended many great men. Skuli,
+King’s-fosterer, was a wise and strong man, very fair to behold; he
+became captain of King Olaf’s body-guard, lent his counsel at the
+Things, and ruled with the King in all governances of the land. King
+Olaf desired to give Skuli a province in Norway, whichever he was minded
+to have, with all the incomes and dues that the King held disposition
+over, but Skuli thanked him for this offer and said that he would liefer
+ask for other things because should there be a change of kings perchance
+the gift would be taken back: ‘I will,’ said he, ‘accept certain domains
+which lie nigh to the towns, where ye, Sire, are wont to be, and where
+the Yule feasts are held.’ So King Olaf gave him his word thereon, and
+made over to him lands in the east at Konungahella, and at Oslo, at
+Tunsberg, at Borg, at Bergen, and in the north at Nidaros. They were
+nigh upon the best estates at each place, and they have ever since been
+the possessions of
+<span class = "pagenum">211</span>
+men of the lineage of Skuli. ¤ King Olaf married Skuli to his kinswoman
+Gudrun Nefsteinsdotir, whose mother was Ingirid the daughter of King
+Sigurd Sow and his wife Asta. Asta was own sister of King Olaf the Saint
+&amp; of King Harald. The son of Skuli and Gudrun was Asolf of Reini who
+was wedded to Thora the daughter of Skopti Ogmundson. The son of Asolf
+and Thora was Guthorm of Reini, the father of Bard, the father of King
+Ingi and Duke Skuli.</p>
+
+<p>¶ On a winter after the fall of King Harald was his body transported
+from England to Nidaros and interred there in the Church of St. Mary,
+that selfsame church the which he himself had caused to be builded. ¤ It
+was allowed by all that King Harald had exceeded other men in wisdom
+&amp; resourcefulness, both when he had been fain to act swiftly or had
+debated long, either for himself or others. The most valiant of all men
+was he, and victorious withal, even as hath been set forth this
+while:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘The waster of Zealand’s dwellers</p>
+<p>In boldness ne’er was lacking;</p>
+<p>Mind ruleth half of victory,</p>
+<p>And soothly Harald proveth it.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ King Harald was stately and goodly to behold, fair hair and a fair
+beard had he, and a long moustache; of his eyebrows the one was somewhat
+higher than the other, &amp; he had large hands and feet, but either
+shapely. Five ells was he in stature. Towards his foes was he cruel, and
+when withstood revengeful. Thus saith Thiodolf:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘Sage Harald doth arrogance</p>
+<p>In his thanes chastise;</p>
+<p>Methinks the King’s men bear</p>
+<p>But that which they mete out.</p>
+<p>Such burdens bear they</p>
+<p>As for themselves they care to have</p>
+<p>(The law is used for each against the other);</p>
+<p>Thus doth Harald change revenge.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<span class = "pagenum">212</span>
+<p>¶ King Harald vastly loved power &amp; all worldly advantages, but
+towards his friends, even to those whom he liked well, was he very
+bountiful. Thiodolf telleth us as followeth:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘Of ships’-battle the awakener</p>
+<p>For my work a mark bestowed;</p>
+<p>To praise vouchsafeth he</p>
+<p>Each one who proveth him thereof worthy.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ King Harald was fifty years of age when he fell. We have no tales
+of count regarding his up-growing, or ever he was fifteen winters old
+and was at Stiklastad, in the battle, with his brother King Olaf.
+Thereafter lived he for five and thirty years, and during all that time
+had ever turmoil and strife. King Harald never fled from any battle, but
+oft-times sought he expedients when the odds of war were against him. ¤
+All men who followed him in battle or warfare avowed that when he found
+himself hard pressed or was obliged to make a swift resolution, he chose
+that course which afterwards all men saw to be the likeliest to
+avail.</p>
+
+<p>¶ Halldor, the son of Bryniolf the Camel, hight likewise the Old, was
+a wise man and a great lord, and thus spake he when he heard the
+conversation of men in respect to the very different natures of King
+Olaf the Saint and his brother King Harald. ¤ ‘I was with both
+brothers,’ said he, ‘and high in favour, and I wotted the natures of
+both: never did I find two men so alike at heart. Both were very wise
+and valiant men, loving possessions and power, masterful, not
+lowly-hearted, overbearing, haughty, and quick to chastise. King Olaf
+constrained the people of the land to Christianity and the true Faith,
+but punished harshly those who turned a deaf ear to his commands. ¤ The
+chiefs of the land who would not suffer his even-handed dispensation of
+justice rose up against him and slew him in his own land, and it is for
+that reason he is called saintly. ¤ But King Harald harried for renown
+and dominion, bringing under his yoke all people that he could
+<span class = "pagenum">213</span>
+bring under it, and he fell in the land of other kings. ¤ Both these
+brothers in normal life were men of religion and had regard for their
+honour; they were likewise travelled &amp; vigorous in mind, &amp; it is
+from such-like qualities that they waxed so far-famed.’</p>
+
+<p>¶ King Magnus Haraldson ruled Norway the first winter after the fall
+of King Harald, but thereafter ruled he the land for two winters
+together with his brother King Olaf, and there were then two kings
+together, Magnus having dominion in the northern half of the land &amp;
+Olaf in the eastern half. King Magnus had a son who was hight Hakon
+&amp; his foster-father was Steig-Thorir; a&nbsp;youth of promise was
+he.</p>
+
+<p>¶ After the death of King Harald Sigurdson<ins class = "correction"
+title = "text has hyphen">, </ins>Svein, the Danish King, gave out that
+peace was at an end betwixt Norwegians and Danes, for the pact was made
+to endure only as long as both kings lived. So then were men mustered in
+both realms; King Harald’s sons called out a general-host and ships from
+Norway, and King Svein fared northward with the host of the Danes. ¤ And
+so it was that messengers were thereafter despatched betwixt the kings
+with offers of peace, and the Norwegians said that they would either
+keep to the covenant which had been made aforetime or fight. For that
+reason the following verse was sung:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘With threats and words of peace</p>
+<p>Olaf his land defended,</p>
+<p>So that no one from the King</p>
+<p>Durst claim a right thereto.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>And thus saith Stein Herdason in the lay of Olaf:</p>
+
+<div class = "poem">
+<p>‘His heritage ’gainst Svein</p>
+<p>The warlike King defended</p>
+<p>In that merchant town where resteth</p>
+<p>(Great is he) the saintly King.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>¶ But a compact was come to betwixt the kings at the time of this
+mustering, &amp; peace ensued in the lands. King Magnus
+<span class = "pagenum">214</span>
+was afterwards stricken with a sickness, the rift-worm sickness, and
+when he had lain abed for some time died he at Nidaros, and there was
+buried. He was a King right well-beloved of all the people.</p>
+
+
+<div class = "notes">
+
+<span class = "pagenum">215</span>
+
+<h4><a name = "notes" id = "notes">NOTES</a></h4>
+
+<p><span class = "smallcaps">These</span> notes, with few exceptions,
+are taken from Professor Gustav Storm’s Norwegian version of the
+Heimskringla, from which this translation of the Saga of Olaf Tryggvason
+and of Harald Hardrad (Harald the Tyrant) is made.</p>
+
+<p class = "right smallcaps">Ethel H. Hearn.</p>
+
+<p class = "mynote">
+In the Notes, “Translator� refers to the English translation (the
+present text).</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note12_11" id = "note12_11" href = "#tag12_11">Page 12,
+line 11</a>.
+Vladimir the Great of Russia (980-1015) became Grand Duke of Novgorod in
+970.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note19_25" id = "note19_25" href = "#tag19_25">Page 19,
+line 25</a>.
+The head of a ‘her,’ <i>i.e.</i>, a&nbsp;hundred families. The territory
+inhabited by them was called a ‘herath.’ The ‘hersir’ seems to have
+combined the offices of commander in time of war, and religious head of
+his tribe.&mdash;Translator.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note19_26" id = "note19_26" href =
+"#tag19_26"><i>Ibid.</i> </a>
+Nordfiord and Söndfiord.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note20_1" id = "note20_1" href = "#tag20_1">Page 20, line
+1</a>.
+Those who absented themselves when the ships were called out for war, or
+who came to a wrong place of meeting, or at a wrong time, were compelled
+to pay a war-fine.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note28_31" id = "note28_31" href = "#tag28_31">Page 28,
+line 31</a>.
+This is not in accord with page 22, line&nbsp;2, in which Vingulmark is
+mentioned as being given to Harald the Grenlander. Perhaps the error is
+on the page aforesaid, as on page 53, line 30, Harald is described as
+King of Vestfold only.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note30_14" id = "note30_14" href = "#tag30_14">Page 30,
+line 14</a>.
+The present North Germany, from eastern Holstein to eastern Prussia.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note30_17" id = "note30_17" href = "#tag30_17">Page 30,
+line 17</a>.
+<i>I.e.</i>, Boleslaw. By ‘Burislav,’ as mentioned here, must not be
+understood Boleslaw I of Poland (992-1025), but his father Miesco or
+Mieczyslaw (964-992).</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note31_12" id = "note31_12" href = "#tag31_12">Page 31,
+line 12</a>.
+The Emperor Otta is the Emperor Otho II (973-983). His march on Denmark
+did not take place in 988 as Snorri calculates, but late in the autumn
+of 974. Nor was the Emperor’s object the conversion of King Harald, for
+the latter had accepted Christianity about 960&mdash;but to bring
+Denmark under his own vassalage.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note31_18" id = "note31_18" href = "#tag31_18">Page 31,
+line 18</a>.
+The Danavirki, or Danish wall, began in the east at the head of the
+Slefjord, and extended to the west only as far as the Træaa, the
+tributary river of the isthmus, and not to the sea.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note32_24" id = "note32_24" href = "#tag32_24">Page 32,
+line 24</a>.
+It is not historical that Burislaw (or Miesco) accompanied the Emperor
+to the Danish wall; nor was Olaf Tryggvason, who was not full grown in
+974, with him.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note33_33" id = "note33_33" href = "#tag33_33">Page 33,
+line 33</a>.
+As early as 968 Vidkund of Corvey, in his chronicle of that year,
+mentions Poppo’s miracle and its effect in causing Harald to embrace
+Christianity. The incident must be ascribed to about the year 906.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note34_12" id = "note34_12" href = "#tag34_12">Page 34,
+line 12</a>.
+‘Learned men’ means men trained in the learning of the Church, that is
+to say, belonging to the priesthood.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note35_3" id = "note35_3" href = "#tag35_3">Page 35, line
+3</a>.
+‘Go to Fret’ (?) means to consult the gods by means of the so-called
+‘blotspaan,’ or sacrificial shavings. These, and pieces of wood (perhaps
+inscribed
+<span class = "pagenum">216</span>
+with runes) were disposed in a particular manner, for the purpose of
+gaining information from the gods as to the future.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note39_6" id = "note39_6" href = "#tag39_6">Page 39, line
+6</a>.
+Gyda was the daughter of Olaf Kvaran, and not his sister. Olaf Kvaran
+died an old man in 980.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note40_3" id = "note40_3" href = "#tag40_3">Page 40, line
+3</a>.
+‘Holmgang’ so called in Norway because the two combatants retired alone
+to a holm or uninhabited islet to fight.&mdash;Translator.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note48_1" id = "note48_1" href = "#tag48_1">Page 48, line
+1</a>.
+Mandseidet in Stadland.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note55_15" id = "note55_15" href = "#tag55_15">Page 55,
+line 15</a>.
+The Russian name Wsevolod.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note57_22" id = "note57_22" href = "#tag57_22">Page 57,
+line 22</a>.
+According to English sources Olaf was lying with his fleet off
+Southampton during the winter of 994-995. He received instruction there
+in Christianity from English bishops, and was confirmed in the spring of
+995, on which occasion King Ethelred was his sponsor. He returned home
+to his country early in the summer.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note59_28" id = "note59_28" href = "#tag59_28">Page 59,
+line 28</a>.
+Rimul now the farm of Romol (Guldalen) on the west side of the Gula
+river, opposite Melhus.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note66_33" id = "note66_33" href = "#tag66_33">Page 66,
+line 33</a>.
+<span class = "mynote">The note corresponding to this marker is
+missing.</span></p>
+
+<p><a name = "note72_6" id = "note72_6" href = "#tag72_6">Page 72, line
+6</a>.
+The ‘Sogn-sea’ formed the boundary between Sogn and Hordaland so that
+the territory given to Erling was Hordaland, Rogaland, and the western
+part of Agder, as far as the Naze.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note74_4" id = "note74_4" href = "#tag74_4">Page 74, line
+4</a>.
+So-called because he ‘rooted in the soil,’ <i>i.e.</i>, practised
+agriculture.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note74_11" id = "note74_11" href = "#tag74_11">Page 74,
+line 11</a>.
+This is not historical. Olaf the Saint was not christened until he was
+full grown. According to the oldest sources he was baptized in Rouen by
+Archbishop Robert, the brother of Duke Richard.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note76_21" id = "note76_21" href = "#tag76_21">Page 76,
+line 21</a>.
+April 16, 998.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note78_20" id = "note78_20" href = "#tag78_20">Page 78,
+line 20</a>.
+Olaf, like all Christians at that time, thought Odin to be an evil
+spirit.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note78_27" id = "note78_27" href = "#tag78_27">Page 78,
+line 27</a>.
+A war-arrow was furnished with a cord or twist of withy at one end, and
+was intended to summon all men armed to a Thing.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note82_8" id = "note82_8" href = "#tag82_8">Page 82, line
+8</a>.
+‘Ship-corner,’ a little creek of the river Nid, at the end of the
+present Strand Gade in Trondhjem.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note82_13" id = "note82_13" href = "#tag82_13">Page 82,
+line 13</a>.
+This barrow, Skjeggehaugen, existed at the beginning of the nineteenth
+century; it was situated to the south of the farm of ‘Östraat’
+(Austrat).</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note91_33" id = "note91_33" href = "#tag91_33">Page 91,
+line 33</a>.
+<i>Svirar</i>: what these were is not known; they must have been at the
+stern of the ship.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note93_16" id = "note93_16" href = "#tag93_16">Page 93,
+line 16</a>.
+September 29, 999.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note94_3" id = "note94_3" href = "#tag94_3">Page 94, line
+3</a>.
+<i>I.e.</i>, in christening raiment, which was worn for a week after
+baptism.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note100_31" id = "note100_31" href = "#tag100_31">Page
+100, line 31</a>.
+The town of Ladoga; it was situated at that time on the river Volkhov
+which debouches into the lake of Ladoga.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note101_8" id = "note101_8" href = "#tag101_8">Page 101,
+line 8</a>.
+The island of Ösel was named in Old-Norse Ey-Sysla (island district) and
+the mainland opposite Adal-Sysla (chief district), and the whole of
+Estland (or Esthonia) together Sysla.</p>
+
+<span class = "pagenum">217</span>
+<p><a name = "note101_32" id = "note101_32" href = "#tag101_32">Page
+101, line 32</a>.
+This is incorrect. Gunnhild was put away by King Svein and sent home to
+Wendland; after the death of Svein in 1014 her sons had her brought back
+to Denmark.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note107_29" id = "note107_29" href = "#tag107_29">Page
+107, line 29</a>.
+North America, probably Nova Scotia.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note108_7" id = "note108_7" href = "#tag108_7">Page 108,
+line 7</a>.
+A particular kind of long-ship without a ‘head’ at the prow.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note110_7" id = "note110_7" href = "#tag110_7">Page 110,
+line 7</a>.
+Svold is not an island as Snorri thought, but a haven or creek in the
+mouth of a river somewhat west of Rügen.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note118_1" id = "note118_1" href = "#tag118_1">Page 118,
+line 1</a>.
+<i>I.e.</i>, Lappish.&mdash;Translator.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note126_10" id = "note126_10" href = "#tag126_10">Page
+126, line 10</a>.
+Harald Hardrad, or Harald the Tyrant was in the service of the Greek
+Emperor in the year 1041, and took part in the pillaging of the
+rebellious Bulgarians. The account of this was not known to Snorri who
+lived so much later, but Thiodolf had heard of it.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note127_23" id = "note127_23" href = "#tag127_23">Page
+127, line 23</a>.
+An unknown people, perhaps ‘Lechers,’ <i>i.e.</i>, Poles.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note128_10" id = "note128_10" href = "#tag128_10">Page
+128, line 10</a>.
+Georgios Maniakes, the brave commander of the Greeks in the valley of
+the Euphrates 1033-1035, and in Sicily in 1038-1040.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note128_13" id = "note128_13" href = "#tag128_13">Page
+128, line 13</a>.
+Mercenaries, chiefly the northern inhabitants of Russia and of
+Greece.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note130_26" id = "note130_26" href = "#tag130_26">Page
+130, line 26</a>.
+Snorri here confuses ‘Serkland’ in Asia with Africa. Harald was taking
+part in the wars in Syria and Armenia in the years 1035-1037, before
+going in 1038 with the Greek army to Sicily.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note131_8" id = "note131_8" href = "#tag131_8">Page 131,
+lines 8 and 9</a>.
+These two lines refer to Atli the King of the Huns, who according to the
+legend invited his brothers-in-law (Gunnar and Hogn) to a feast in order
+to betray them.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note135_7" id = "note135_7" href = "#tag135_7">Page 135,
+line 7</a>.
+Snorri Sturlason was descended from Halldor in the fifth degree.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note136_24" id = "note136_24" href = "#tag136_24">Page
+136, line 24</a>.
+The Greek Emperor concluded a peace with the Calif of Egypt in 1036
+which enabled the Emperor to build churches near the Holy Sepulchre.
+Craftsmen were despatched thither for this purpose by the Emperor, and
+among the troops sent to protect them was Harald Hardrad, or Harald the
+Tyrant.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note138_1" id = "note138_1" href = "#tag138_1">Page 138,
+line 1</a>.
+Zoe never had a brother, so the relationship, at all events, is
+inaccurate.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note138_18" id = "note138_18" href = "#tag138_18">Page
+138, line 18</a>.
+No such chapel has ever been known to exist in Constantinople.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note139_15" id = "note139_15" href = "#tag139_15">Page
+139, line 15</a>.
+It is a fact that Harald was one of those who blinded the ‘Greek King’
+Michael Kalafates. The latter was accepted as the son of Zoe and became
+Emperor together with her in 1041. After deposing her (April 21, 1042)
+he was himself deposed, and was blinded in the street by his body-guard,
+in which Harald was serving as ‘spatharokandidat’ (colonel). Michael is
+in this case confused with his successor Constantine.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note139_19" id = "note139_19" href = "#tag139_19">Page
+139, line 19</a>.
+Siavidarsund (<i>i.e.</i>, ‘the sound with the sea-wood’) is the present
+Golden Horn; the heavy iron chain, which was stretched across its
+extremity, in times of dispute rested on wooden floats.</p>
+
+<span class = "pagenum">218</span>
+<p><a name = "note140_3" id = "note140_3" href = "#tag140_3">Page 140,
+line 3</a>.
+The mouth of the Dnieper in the Black Sea.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note140_4" id = "note140_4" href = "#tag140_4">Page 140,
+line 4</a>.
+East-realm, <i>i.e.</i>, Russia, or its eastern provinces.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note140_21" id = "note140_21" href = "#tag140_21">Page
+140, line 21</a>.
+If this is correct Harald must have gone to Constantinople before 1034,
+as there was a change of monarch in 1034, 1041, and 1042.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note143_13" id = "note143_13" href = "#tag143_13">Page
+143, line 13</a>.
+In south Jutland, west of Aabenraa. Magnus died in Zealand. His
+successor Svein (who was also named Magnus) died at Sudatorp.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note143_14" id = "note143_14" href = "#tag143_14">Page
+143, line 14</a>.
+<i>I.e.</i>, half-brother (Alfhild’s son, not Olaf’s).</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note148_10" id = "note148_10" href = "#tag148_10">Page
+148, line 10</a>.
+Budli’s, or the sea-king’s way&mdash;the sea.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note148_28" id = "note148_28" href = "#tag148_28">Page
+148, line 28</a>.
+This line with line 23 on page 137 and one omitted from the foregoing
+verse form together a kind of refrain which runs as follows: “May it
+dwell where it listeth&mdash;In Christ’s eternal House&mdash;Harald’s
+soul in Heaven.�</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note152_33" id = "note152_33" href = "#tag152_33">Page
+152, line 33</a>.
+So named because upon a certain occasion he carried King Sigurd Slembe
+at a Thing.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note153_7" id = "note153_7" href = "#tag153_7">Page 153,
+line 7</a>.
+Ruins of the church of Saint Olaf are to be found under the present Town
+Hall on the northern side of Kongens Gade, in Trondhjem.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note153_20" id = "note153_20" href = "#tag153_20">Page
+153, line 20</a>.
+They were moved thither from St. Clement’s church.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note153_23" id = "note153_23" href = "#tag153_23">Page
+153, line 23</a>.
+This church was west of the church of Saint Olaf, on the north side of
+the present Kongens Gade, where the Savings Bank now stands.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note155_13" id = "note155_13" href = "#tag155_13">Page
+155, line 13</a>.
+That is to say, 600.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note156_10" id = "note156_10" href = "#tag156_10">Page
+156, line 10</a>.
+‘The King’s-House down by the river’ was the new King’s-House which
+Harald had built east of the church of Saint Mary.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note158_11" id = "note158_11" href = "#tag158_11">Page
+158, line 11</a>.
+The son of Ketil Calf and Gunnhild (mentioned on page 154).</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note162_32" id = "note162_32" href = "#tag162_32">Page
+162, line 32</a>.
+Asmund’s father was Biorn Ulfson, the brother of Harald (died 1049).</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note166_35" id = "note166_35" href = "#tag166_35">Page
+166, line 35</a>.
+Margad (in Irish Eachmargach) Rognvaldson was the King of Dublin in
+1035-1038 and 1046-1052.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note167_26" id = "note167_26" href = "#tag167_26">Page
+167, line 26</a>.
+July 28, 1052.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note168_11" id = "note168_11" href = "#tag168_11">Page
+168, line 11</a>.
+<i>I.e.</i> in the Cathedral.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note170_20" id = "note170_20" href = "#tag170_20">Page
+170, line 20</a>.
+On the site of part of the present city of Christiania.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note171_34" id = "note171_34" href = "#tag171_34">Page
+171, line 34</a>.
+A ‘<i>Bussa</i>’ was a particular kind of large ship, broad in the beam,
+especially a war-ship.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note172_2" id = "note172_2" href = "#tag172_2">Page 172,
+line 2</a>.
+<i>Svirar</i>, see <a href = "#note91_33">note on page 91, line
+33</a>.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note174_8" id = "note174_8" href = "#tag174_8">Page 174,
+line 8</a>.
+That is to say, 180.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note174_13" id = "note174_13" href = "#tag174_13">Page
+174, line 13</a>.
+360 ships.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note176_1" id = "note176_1" href = "#tag176_1">Page 176,
+line 1</a>.
+Later Leire, near Roskilde in Zealand.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note178_21" id = "note178_21" href = "#tag178_21">Page
+178, line 21</a>.
+<i>I.e.</i>, one who is in distress.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note182_34" id = "note182_34" href = "#tag182_34">Page
+182, line 34</a>.
+That is to say, 240.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note190_29" id = "note190_29" href = "#tag190_29">Page
+190, line 29</a>.
+Her name was Eadgitha; Gyda was her mother’s name. The sons of Earl
+Godwin were Harald, Tosti, Svein (died 1052), and Gyrd. Harald was the
+<i>eldest</i> son. Morcar, or Morkere, and Walthiof were not Earl
+Godwin’s sons; Morcar was the son of Ælfrik of Mercia, and from 1065 was
+Earl
+<span class = "pagenum">219</span>
+of Northumberland; Walthiof was the son of the Danish Earl Siward of
+Northumberland (died 1055).</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note191_6" id = "note191_6" href = "#tag191_6">Page 191,
+line 6</a>.
+At Ponthieu, where the Count took him prisoner. William released him and
+had him brought to Rouen. It is not historical that Harald held undue
+intercourse with William’s wife. William made use of Harald’s compulsory
+sojourn to make him swear allegiance to him, and affiance him to his
+daughter.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note192_11" id = "note192_11" href = "#tag192_11">Page
+192, line 11</a>.
+Unhistorical. The church referred to is St. Paul’s in London, but Edward
+died and was buried at Winchester, where Harald was likewise
+crowned.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note192_18" id = "note192_18" href = "#tag192_18">Page
+192, line 18</a>.
+This is unhistorical. Tosti had been Earl of Northumberland since 1055,
+but was driven away by the Northumbrians in October 1065 and fled to
+Flanders, so that he was not in England at the time of Edward’s death.
+Harald was Earl of Wessex and the most powerful man in the land.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note192_28" id = "note192_28" href = "#tag192_28">Page
+192, line 28</a>.
+<i>I.e.</i>, the thirteenth day of Christmas, January 6.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note193_11" id = "note193_11" href = "#tag193_11">Page
+193, line 11</a>.
+Not historical, see <a href = "#note192_18">page 192, line 18</a>.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note195_20" id = "note195_20" href = "#tag195_20">Page
+195, line 20</a>.
+The name of King Canute’s Danish guard, instituted 1018.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note196_3" id = "note196_3" href = "#tag196_3">Page 196,
+line 3</a>.
+The Sulen Islands outside Sognefjord.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note196_16" id = "note196_16" href = "#tag196_16">Page
+196, line 16</a>.
+That is to say, 240.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note199_20" id = "note199_20" href = "#tag199_20">Page
+199, line 20</a>.
+Unhistorical. Morkere, or Morcar, escaped later and joined Harald the
+son of (Earl) Godwin.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note199_27" id = "note199_27" href = "#tag199_27">Page
+199, line 27</a>.
+Part of the refrain which runs as follows: ‘Olaf the Mighty is&mdash;the
+very greatest chief&mdash;born under the sun.’</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note200_9" id = "note200_9" href = "#tag200_9">Page 200,
+line 9</a>.
+September 20 (1066).</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note200_21" id = "note200_21" href = "#tag200_21">Page
+200, line 21</a>.
+Now Stamford Bridge across the Derwent. Snorri thought that Stamford was
+situated nearer York than it really is.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note200_27" id = "note200_27" href = "#tag200_27">Page
+200, line 27</a>.
+September 24.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note201_2" id = "note201_2" href = "#tag201_2">Page 201,
+line 2</a>.
+This is incorrect. The Thing was to be held at Stamford Bridge and
+Harald was to be given there hostages from the whole of Yorkshire. It
+was for this reason that the battle occurred there.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note201_11" id = "note201_11" href = "#tag201_11">Page
+201, line 11</a>.
+September 25 (1066).</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note202_32" id = "note202_32" href = "#tag202_32">Page
+202, line 32</a>.
+Legends referring to the battle of Hastings (October 14, 1066) are
+incorporated in this and the following narrative. It was the Norwegians
+who fought on horseback, and who used the expedient of pretended flight
+against the English, and not the reverse: the latter had no horse.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note208_19" id = "note208_19" href = "#tag208_19">Page
+208, line 19</a>.
+Quite unhistorical.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note208_34" id = "note208_34" href = "#tag208_34">Page
+208, line 34</a>.
+Svein was killed in 1052.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note209_4" id = "note209_4" href = "#tag209_4">Page 209,
+line 4</a>.
+October 14, 1066.</p>
+
+<p><a name = "note209_24" id = "note209_24" href = "#tag209_24">Page
+209, line 24</a>.
+Walthiof submitted to William immediately after the battle, and became
+in 1070 Earl of Northumberland. In 1074 he took part in a plot against
+William and, although he made a timely confession of it, was beheaded
+outside Winchester in 1075.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+<pre>
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Sagas of Olaf Tryggvason and of
+Harald The Tyrant (Harald Haardraad, by Snorri Sturluson
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE SAGAS OF OLAF TRYGGVASON ***
+
+***** This file should be named 22093-h.htm or 22093-h.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        http://www.gutenberg.org/2/2/0/9/22093/
+
+Produced by Louise Hope, Charlene Taylor, Ted Garvin and
+the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at
+http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+
+</pre>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/22093-h/images/capI.png b/22093-h/images/capI.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cbf0284
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-h/images/capI.png
diff --git a/22093-h/images/capN.png b/22093-h/images/capN.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..86bf5a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-h/images/capN.png
diff --git a/22093-h/images/pic103.png b/22093-h/images/pic103.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..55d04b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-h/images/pic103.png
diff --git a/22093-h/images/pic105.png b/22093-h/images/pic105.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6f88300
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-h/images/pic105.png
diff --git a/22093-h/images/pic15.png b/22093-h/images/pic15.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7249f51
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-h/images/pic15.png
diff --git a/22093-h/images/pic157.png b/22093-h/images/pic157.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..218c88d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-h/images/pic157.png
diff --git a/22093-h/images/pic161.png b/22093-h/images/pic161.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d28d9f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-h/images/pic161.png
diff --git a/22093-h/images/pic169.png b/22093-h/images/pic169.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..21689eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-h/images/pic169.png
diff --git a/22093-h/images/pic23.png b/22093-h/images/pic23.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..04da5ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-h/images/pic23.png
diff --git a/22093-h/images/pic35.png b/22093-h/images/pic35.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..994fb40
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-h/images/pic35.png
diff --git a/22093-h/images/pic39.png b/22093-h/images/pic39.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9a9b308
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-h/images/pic39.png
diff --git a/22093-h/images/pic41.png b/22093-h/images/pic41.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..55c13f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-h/images/pic41.png
diff --git a/22093-h/images/pic61.png b/22093-h/images/pic61.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e04cd9e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-h/images/pic61.png
diff --git a/22093-h/images/pic67.png b/22093-h/images/pic67.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8b60963
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-h/images/pic67.png
diff --git a/22093-h/images/pic75.png b/22093-h/images/pic75.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e37769d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-h/images/pic75.png
diff --git a/22093-h/images/pic83.png b/22093-h/images/pic83.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dd05d80
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-h/images/pic83.png
diff --git a/22093-h/images/pic87.png b/22093-h/images/pic87.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f0b43ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-h/images/pic87.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/f001.png b/22093-page-images/f001.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6ec7e8a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/f001.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/f002.png b/22093-page-images/f002.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fecad5b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/f002.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p008.png b/22093-page-images/p008.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..575db88
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p008.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p009.png b/22093-page-images/p009.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d854aa2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p009.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p010.png b/22093-page-images/p010.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e606b46
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p010.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p011.png b/22093-page-images/p011.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2e38342
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p011.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p012.png b/22093-page-images/p012.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..33f6beb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p012.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p013.png b/22093-page-images/p013.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..362b023
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p013.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p014.png b/22093-page-images/p014.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5cdfddd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p014.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p015-image.jpg b/22093-page-images/p015-image.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3d20f0d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p015-image.jpg
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p015.png b/22093-page-images/p015.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e5a82ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p015.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p016.png b/22093-page-images/p016.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d8993b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p016.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p017.png b/22093-page-images/p017.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f03165b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p017.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p018.png b/22093-page-images/p018.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..63a9dcd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p018.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p019.png b/22093-page-images/p019.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9847a3c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p019.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p020.png b/22093-page-images/p020.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ca055b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p020.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p021.png b/22093-page-images/p021.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0d0d9b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p021.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p022.png b/22093-page-images/p022.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e212e2e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p022.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p023-image.jpg b/22093-page-images/p023-image.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..15e0a41
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p023-image.jpg
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p023.png b/22093-page-images/p023.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4691551
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p023.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p024.png b/22093-page-images/p024.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..55b0633
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p024.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p025.png b/22093-page-images/p025.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cfe762f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p025.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p026.png b/22093-page-images/p026.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5be241f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p026.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p027.png b/22093-page-images/p027.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..85ef111
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p027.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p028.png b/22093-page-images/p028.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..093cc9d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p028.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p029.png b/22093-page-images/p029.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c0f0190
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p029.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p030.png b/22093-page-images/p030.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8f53764
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p030.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p031.png b/22093-page-images/p031.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f356beb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p031.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p032.png b/22093-page-images/p032.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..86892ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p032.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p033.png b/22093-page-images/p033.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3fcae01
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p033.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p034.png b/22093-page-images/p034.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bd4a144
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p034.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p035-image.jpg b/22093-page-images/p035-image.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..569d15b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p035-image.jpg
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p035.png b/22093-page-images/p035.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6092c0c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p035.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p036.png b/22093-page-images/p036.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5fe5ad0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p036.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p037.png b/22093-page-images/p037.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a18b3e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p037.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p038.png b/22093-page-images/p038.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9d6711d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p038.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p039-image.jpg b/22093-page-images/p039-image.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6f86119
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p039-image.jpg
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p039.png b/22093-page-images/p039.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..919e232
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p039.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p040.png b/22093-page-images/p040.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7a7092c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p040.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p041-image.jpg b/22093-page-images/p041-image.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..83a60ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p041-image.jpg
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p041.png b/22093-page-images/p041.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2d6ed9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p041.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p042.png b/22093-page-images/p042.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aad91b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p042.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p043.png b/22093-page-images/p043.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..46937c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p043.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p044.png b/22093-page-images/p044.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f022539
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p044.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p045.png b/22093-page-images/p045.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..134c1c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p045.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p046.png b/22093-page-images/p046.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8dc70bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p046.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p047.png b/22093-page-images/p047.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..788a00d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p047.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p048.png b/22093-page-images/p048.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..da21b1d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p048.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p049.png b/22093-page-images/p049.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e7884ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p049.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p050.png b/22093-page-images/p050.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..66a160c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p050.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p051.png b/22093-page-images/p051.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..87868b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p051.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p052.png b/22093-page-images/p052.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f13b2b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p052.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p053.png b/22093-page-images/p053.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..946f974
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p053.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p054.png b/22093-page-images/p054.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7832fcb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p054.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p055.png b/22093-page-images/p055.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..04f2a3b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p055.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p056.png b/22093-page-images/p056.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2914c8a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p056.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p057.png b/22093-page-images/p057.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..be4fbb5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p057.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p058.png b/22093-page-images/p058.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fe20273
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p058.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p059.png b/22093-page-images/p059.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ba2d8a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p059.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p060.png b/22093-page-images/p060.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9614824
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p060.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p061-image.jpg b/22093-page-images/p061-image.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a599c47
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p061-image.jpg
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p061.png b/22093-page-images/p061.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4dea6c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p061.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p062.png b/22093-page-images/p062.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d59322f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p062.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p063.png b/22093-page-images/p063.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9b75c7e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p063.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p064.png b/22093-page-images/p064.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ca80e38
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p064.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p065.png b/22093-page-images/p065.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5cfd548
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p065.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p066.png b/22093-page-images/p066.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8218550
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p066.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p067-image.jpg b/22093-page-images/p067-image.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..43329c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p067-image.jpg
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p067.png b/22093-page-images/p067.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1799add
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p067.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p068.png b/22093-page-images/p068.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7c05094
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p068.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p069.png b/22093-page-images/p069.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a5887c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p069.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p070.png b/22093-page-images/p070.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bb2093c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p070.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p071.png b/22093-page-images/p071.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..445ffd2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p071.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p072.png b/22093-page-images/p072.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8534a76
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p072.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p073.png b/22093-page-images/p073.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..493e6ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p073.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p074.png b/22093-page-images/p074.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6efc172
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p074.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p075-image.jpg b/22093-page-images/p075-image.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..03e75cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p075-image.jpg
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p075.png b/22093-page-images/p075.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..41523a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p075.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p076.png b/22093-page-images/p076.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c609428
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p076.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p077.png b/22093-page-images/p077.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2e4b65d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p077.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p078.png b/22093-page-images/p078.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e11b73e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p078.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p079.png b/22093-page-images/p079.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7583d5d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p079.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p080.png b/22093-page-images/p080.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..143853a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p080.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p081.png b/22093-page-images/p081.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9e30406
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p081.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p082.png b/22093-page-images/p082.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7170b80
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p082.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p083-image.jpg b/22093-page-images/p083-image.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f574c4f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p083-image.jpg
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p083.png b/22093-page-images/p083.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f33b8b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p083.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p084.png b/22093-page-images/p084.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2c4431a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p084.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p085.png b/22093-page-images/p085.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f03a1c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p085.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p086.png b/22093-page-images/p086.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..34ffb56
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p086.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p087-image.jpg b/22093-page-images/p087-image.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b7decc6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p087-image.jpg
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p087.png b/22093-page-images/p087.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..73daf59
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p087.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p088.png b/22093-page-images/p088.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3416716
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p088.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p089.png b/22093-page-images/p089.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d7b4ecc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p089.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p090.png b/22093-page-images/p090.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4e73f73
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p090.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p091.png b/22093-page-images/p091.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a27d0f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p091.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p092.png b/22093-page-images/p092.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5e45075
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p092.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p093.png b/22093-page-images/p093.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dc3751d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p093.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p094.png b/22093-page-images/p094.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..32e77cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p094.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p095.png b/22093-page-images/p095.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0768782
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p095.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p096.png b/22093-page-images/p096.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..26fd1e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p096.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p097.png b/22093-page-images/p097.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cf5b6b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p097.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p098.png b/22093-page-images/p098.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8256fa0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p098.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p099.png b/22093-page-images/p099.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..93115e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p099.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p100.png b/22093-page-images/p100.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ca565fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p100.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p101.png b/22093-page-images/p101.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c148e1c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p101.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p102.png b/22093-page-images/p102.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a9f4718
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p102.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p103-image.jpg b/22093-page-images/p103-image.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..29972ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p103-image.jpg
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p103.png b/22093-page-images/p103.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..65f51a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p103.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p104.png b/22093-page-images/p104.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8e683b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p104.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p105-image.jpg b/22093-page-images/p105-image.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1ff3f8f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p105-image.jpg
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p105.png b/22093-page-images/p105.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..566eb2a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p105.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p106.png b/22093-page-images/p106.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..328de3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p106.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p107.png b/22093-page-images/p107.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a61aecb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p107.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p108.png b/22093-page-images/p108.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..51ce935
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p108.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p109.png b/22093-page-images/p109.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f73c3c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p109.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p110.png b/22093-page-images/p110.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..06fa7c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p110.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p111.png b/22093-page-images/p111.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..40e1f39
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p111.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p112.png b/22093-page-images/p112.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7c22930
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p112.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p113.png b/22093-page-images/p113.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5933da7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p113.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p114.png b/22093-page-images/p114.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..99048c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p114.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p115.png b/22093-page-images/p115.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fb10f87
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p115.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p116.png b/22093-page-images/p116.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4a2cb5e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p116.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p117.png b/22093-page-images/p117.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..da45bd8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p117.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p118.png b/22093-page-images/p118.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aae764a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p118.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p119.png b/22093-page-images/p119.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3819949
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p119.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p120.png b/22093-page-images/p120.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..11c3726
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p120.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p121.png b/22093-page-images/p121.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..525fe24
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p121.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p122.png b/22093-page-images/p122.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7b84e11
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p122.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p123.png b/22093-page-images/p123.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1fe3279
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p123.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p124.png b/22093-page-images/p124.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..46f3b2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p124.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p125.png b/22093-page-images/p125.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ffd6ae1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p125.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p126.png b/22093-page-images/p126.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3ee4d20
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p126.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p127.png b/22093-page-images/p127.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..92cba54
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p127.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p128.png b/22093-page-images/p128.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f174007
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p128.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p129.png b/22093-page-images/p129.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6c9ce4d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p129.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p130.png b/22093-page-images/p130.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..952f94f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p130.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p131.png b/22093-page-images/p131.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3294466
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p131.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p132.png b/22093-page-images/p132.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d4127a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p132.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p133.png b/22093-page-images/p133.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3e2d677
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p133.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p134.png b/22093-page-images/p134.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c283f94
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p134.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p135.png b/22093-page-images/p135.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..117e34f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p135.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p136.png b/22093-page-images/p136.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..595d568
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p136.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p137.png b/22093-page-images/p137.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5332e84
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p137.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p138.png b/22093-page-images/p138.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..46cf537
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p138.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p139.png b/22093-page-images/p139.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..439db33
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p139.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p140.png b/22093-page-images/p140.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8081f43
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p140.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p141.png b/22093-page-images/p141.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..27d66ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p141.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p142.png b/22093-page-images/p142.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..111a0ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p142.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p143.png b/22093-page-images/p143.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..95aba7e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p143.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p144.png b/22093-page-images/p144.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a2f4649
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p144.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p145.png b/22093-page-images/p145.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aa98803
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p145.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p146.png b/22093-page-images/p146.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0b5a8b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p146.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p147.png b/22093-page-images/p147.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9de6658
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p147.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p148.png b/22093-page-images/p148.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..00ef430
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p148.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p149.png b/22093-page-images/p149.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3bf9d63
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p149.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p150.png b/22093-page-images/p150.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4a31f5c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p150.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p151.png b/22093-page-images/p151.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..17570d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p151.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p152.png b/22093-page-images/p152.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f89494b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p152.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p153.png b/22093-page-images/p153.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2601eef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p153.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p154.png b/22093-page-images/p154.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d44dc72
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p154.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p155.png b/22093-page-images/p155.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2869161
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p155.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p156.png b/22093-page-images/p156.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ae4371b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p156.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p157-image.jpg b/22093-page-images/p157-image.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4bed7a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p157-image.jpg
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p157.png b/22093-page-images/p157.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f694a09
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p157.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p158.png b/22093-page-images/p158.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ef9f3fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p158.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p159.png b/22093-page-images/p159.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..35a9403
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p159.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p160.png b/22093-page-images/p160.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ca612ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p160.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p161-image.jpg b/22093-page-images/p161-image.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..581e8fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p161-image.jpg
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p161.png b/22093-page-images/p161.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ab92e34
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p161.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p162.png b/22093-page-images/p162.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fe0dda3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p162.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p163.png b/22093-page-images/p163.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..37b6894
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p163.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p164.png b/22093-page-images/p164.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4ccd598
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p164.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p165.png b/22093-page-images/p165.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a39d752
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p165.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p166.png b/22093-page-images/p166.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..83811af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p166.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p167.png b/22093-page-images/p167.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..429d9a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p167.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p168.png b/22093-page-images/p168.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4225c1f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p168.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p169-image.jpg b/22093-page-images/p169-image.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7a69cd9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p169-image.jpg
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p169.png b/22093-page-images/p169.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c882f26
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p169.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p170.png b/22093-page-images/p170.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9bcd961
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p170.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p171.png b/22093-page-images/p171.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..03c0229
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p171.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p172.png b/22093-page-images/p172.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..084c912
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p172.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p173.png b/22093-page-images/p173.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..df4fb01
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p173.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p174.png b/22093-page-images/p174.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..82adb8f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p174.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p175.png b/22093-page-images/p175.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9a91ba6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p175.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p176.png b/22093-page-images/p176.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..63f4035
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p176.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p177.png b/22093-page-images/p177.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1d66f62
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p177.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p178.png b/22093-page-images/p178.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e32d7e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p178.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p179.png b/22093-page-images/p179.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4443c05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p179.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p180.png b/22093-page-images/p180.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..df2208e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p180.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p181.png b/22093-page-images/p181.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..27eb506
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p181.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p182.png b/22093-page-images/p182.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d6a9b1f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p182.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p183.png b/22093-page-images/p183.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cafac5d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p183.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p184.png b/22093-page-images/p184.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eb0ded7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p184.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p185.png b/22093-page-images/p185.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b70a961
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p185.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p186.png b/22093-page-images/p186.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..19b139a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p186.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p187.png b/22093-page-images/p187.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5c856d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p187.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p188.png b/22093-page-images/p188.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5f5cb1a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p188.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p189.png b/22093-page-images/p189.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fe9a71a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p189.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p190.png b/22093-page-images/p190.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2187dd0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p190.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p191.png b/22093-page-images/p191.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ba241de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p191.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p192.png b/22093-page-images/p192.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..733bb57
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p192.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p193.png b/22093-page-images/p193.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9dfe4f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p193.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p194.png b/22093-page-images/p194.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..12a69e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p194.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p195.png b/22093-page-images/p195.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..537a1b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p195.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p196.png b/22093-page-images/p196.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..75eb104
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p196.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p197.png b/22093-page-images/p197.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d56212e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p197.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p198.png b/22093-page-images/p198.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ffd190c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p198.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p199.png b/22093-page-images/p199.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..04677f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p199.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p200.png b/22093-page-images/p200.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0478162
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p200.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p201.png b/22093-page-images/p201.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5a18ee6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p201.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p202.png b/22093-page-images/p202.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..83fed25
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p202.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p203.png b/22093-page-images/p203.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3b2751b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p203.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p204.png b/22093-page-images/p204.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f232c78
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p204.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p205.png b/22093-page-images/p205.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..39df0ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p205.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p206.png b/22093-page-images/p206.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d3d4127
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p206.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p207.png b/22093-page-images/p207.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6786023
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p207.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p208.png b/22093-page-images/p208.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1cf8b8e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p208.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p209.png b/22093-page-images/p209.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c2c8a0b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p209.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p210.png b/22093-page-images/p210.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..15944b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p210.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p211.png b/22093-page-images/p211.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1c24dfe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p211.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p212.png b/22093-page-images/p212.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4508116
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p212.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p213.png b/22093-page-images/p213.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fa2d818
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p213.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p214.png b/22093-page-images/p214.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3170c51
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p214.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p215.png b/22093-page-images/p215.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3fe040b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p215.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p216.png b/22093-page-images/p216.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f55bcb5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p216.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p217.png b/22093-page-images/p217.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2b4d593
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p217.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p218.png b/22093-page-images/p218.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a3f528e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p218.png
diff --git a/22093-page-images/p219.png b/22093-page-images/p219.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dd36178
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093-page-images/p219.png
diff --git a/22093.txt b/22093.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..00e0658
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,8135 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Sagas of Olaf Tryggvason and of Harald
+The Tyrant (Harald Haardraade), by Snorri Sturluson
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: The Sagas of Olaf Tryggvason and of Harald The Tyrant (Harald Haardraade)
+
+Author: Snorri Sturluson
+
+Illustrator: Halfdan Egedius; Christian Krogh; Gerhard Munthe; Hjalmar Eilif Emanuel Peterssen; Erik Theodor Werenskiold; Wilhelm Laurits Wetlesen
+
+Translator: Ethel Harriet Hearn and Gustav Storm
+
+Release Date: July 17, 2007 [EBook #22093]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE SAGAS OF OLAF TRYGGVASON ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Louise Hope, Charlene Taylor, Ted Garvin and
+the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at
+http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+
+
+
+
+  [Transcriber's Note:
+
+  The printed book's only clue about authorship is in the Notes. All
+  other information comes from the Norwegian edition.
+
+    Original author: Snorri Sturluson
+      (generally spelled Snorre Sturlason in Norwegian).
+    Modern (1899) Norwegian translation: Gustav Storm.
+    English translation (based on modern Norwegian, not on original):
+      Ethel Harriet Hearn.
+
+  The html version of this e-text includes illustrations, also taken
+  from the Norwegian edition.]
+
+
+
+
+  The Sagas of
+  OLAF TRYGGVASON
+  and of
+  HARALD THE TYRANT
+  (Harald Haardraade)
+
+
+
+
+  London
+  Williams and Norgate
+  MCMXI
+
+
+
+
+The places of notes in the text are indicated thus Sec..
+The relative matter will be found at the end
+of the book in due order
+as to page and line.
+
+  [Footnote markers shown in brackets [Sec.] were missing from the
+  printed text and have been supplied by the transcriber.]
+
+
+
+
+THE SAGA OF OLAF TRYGGVASON, CMLXVIII-M
+
+
+Now it befell in the days of King Tryggvi Olafson that the woman he had
+wedded was Astrid & she was the daughter of Eirik Biodaskalli, a wealthy
+man who dwelt at Oprostad.
+
+When the downfall of Tryggvi had been accomplished, Astrid fled away
+bearing with her what chattels she might. And with her went her
+foster-father Thorolf Louse-Beard, who never left her, whereas other
+trusty men, loyal to her, fared hither and thither to gather tidings of
+her foes or to spy out where they might lurk. Now Astrid being great
+with child of King Tryggvi caused herself to be transported to an islet
+on a lake & there took shelter with but few of her company.
+
+In due time she bare a man-child, and at his baptism he was called Olaf
+after his father's father. All that summer did she abide there in
+hiding. But when the nights grew as long as they were dark and the
+weather waxed cold, she set forth once more and with her fared Thorolf
+and the others of her train. Only by night could they venture in those
+parts of the country that were inhabited being in fear lest they should
+be seen of men or meet with them. In time, at even, came they to the
+homestead of Eirik of Oprostad. And since they were journeying by
+stealth, Astrid sent a messenger to the goodman of the house, who bade
+them to be led to an outhouse & there had set before them the best of
+cheer. Thence, when Astrid had abided for a while, her followers went
+unto their homes, but she remained there & with her to bear her company
+were two women, her babe Olaf, Thorolf Louse-Beard and his son Thorgills
+who was six winters old. They rested in that place until the winter was
+done.
+
+
+|| After they had made an end to slaying Tryggvi Olafson, Harald
+Grey-Cloak and Gudrod his brother hied them to the homesteads that had
+been his. But ere they came thither Astrid had fled & of her learned
+they no tidings save a rumour that she was with child of King Tryggvi.
+
+In the autumn fared they to the north, as has been related beforetime,
+and when they were face to face with their mother Gunnhild, told they
+her all that had befallen them on their journey. Closely did she
+question them concerning Astrid, and they imparted to her what they had
+heard. But because the sons of Gunnhild were that same autumn and the
+next winter at strife with Earl Hakon, as hath already ere now been set
+forth, made they no search for Astrid and her son.
+
+
+|| When the spring was come, Gunnhild despatched spies to the Uplands,
+and even as far as Vik, to get news of Astrid. And when the spies
+returned it was with the tidings that she was with her father Eirik &
+there most like was she rearing the son that she had borne to King
+Tryggvi that was dead. Forthwith Gunnhild chose messengers and equipped
+them handsomely both with weapons and wearing apparel: thirty men chose
+she, and their leader was Hakon, a man of influence and a friend to
+herself. She bade them make their way to Oprostad to Eirik and from
+thence take the son of Tryggvi and bring him unto herself.
+
+Thereupon the messengers set out on their way, but when they were come
+nigh to Oprostad learned the friends of Eirik concerning their journey
+and went one evening unto him with the tidings.
+
+Straightway when night had fallen, Eirik bade Astrid make ready to
+leave, furnished her with sure guides, & set her eastwards with her face
+towards Sweden, to his friend Hakon the Old, who was a man in the
+exercise of potent sway. They adventured when the night was not far
+spent, & next day, towards even, were they come to a country-side called
+Skaun, and seeing there a homestead thither went they craving lodging
+for the night. Of their names they made a secret & their garb was but
+meanly. The yeoman who abode in the place was called Biorn Venom-Sore,
+a wealthy man was he but withal churlish, and he drave them away, & they
+came that same evening to another homestead which was called Vizkar.
+
+Thorstein was the yeoman who dwelt there & he gave them shelter and good
+cheer for the night, and there they slept in good beds.
+
+
+|| Next day betimes came Hakon with the men of Gunnhild to Oprostad and
+asked for Astrid and her son, but Eirik said that she was not there,
+so Hakon and his men ransacked the homestead and bided till late even
+toward sundown, and gat them some tidings of Astrid's road. Then rode
+they forth the same day and came almost as night fell to the house of
+Biorn Venom-Sore in Skaun, and there took harbour.
+
+Then Hakon asked Biorn if he had aught to tell concerning Astrid; and he
+said that some wayfarers had come there during the day and had asked for
+a night's lodging, 'I sent them away, and it is likely they sought a
+refuge elsewhere in the neighbourhood.' Now a workman that had been of
+the household of Thorstein, being on his way to pass out from the
+forest, that same even happened to chance on the homestead of Biorn and
+learned that guests were tarrying, & further of what fashion was their
+errand; and all this he forthwith sped back to tell to Thorstein the
+yeoman.
+
+So while there was still a third of the night unspent, Thorstein aroused
+his guests and bade them begone, urging them harshly to bestir
+themselves. When they had passed a little way from the house then did
+Thorstein open unto them that the emissaries from Gunnhild were hard by
+at the house of Biorn seeking for them.
+
+They besought him for succour, and he set them on their way with a guide
+& some food, and their guide led them into the forest where there was a
+lake & an islet overgrown with reeds. They were able to wade out unto
+the islet & thereon hid they themselves among the reeds.
+
+Early on the morrow Hakon rode out from the homestead of Biorn over the
+countryside, asking withersoever he went for Astrid. When he was come
+unto the house of Thorstein demanded he if they had thither been and
+Thorstein said that certain folk had fared thither & had gone on at
+daybreak eastwards through the forest. Then did Hakon bid Thorstein come
+with him because he was skilled in the knowledge of the tracks and
+hiding-places: and Thorstein set forth. But when they were come to the
+forest led he them away from where Astrid was.
+
+The whole of that day did they go seeking for them, but found them not.
+Then they came back on their road & related unto Gunnhild what had
+befallen. Astrid & her followers went forth on their way till they were
+come unto Sweden to the home of Hakon the Old, and there Astrid and her
+son dwelt a long while, and it was well with them.
+
+
+|| Gunnhild, she that was mother to the King, hearing that Astrid & her
+son Olaf were in Sweden, once more sent forth Hakon and a brave
+following with him, this time eastward to Eirik King of Sweden, with
+goodly gifts and fair words. The messengers were made welcome and given
+good entertainment, and thereafter Hakon made known his errand to the
+King, saying that Gunnhild had sent craving the King's help so that he
+might take Olaf back with him to Norway: 'Gunnhild will foster him,'
+quoth he.
+
+Then did the King give him men to go with him, and they rode to the
+house of Hakon the Old, and there Hakon offered with fair words to take
+Olaf with him. Hakon the Old returned a friendly answer and said that it
+must so happen that the mother of the child should decide about his
+going, but Astrid would in nowise suffer the boy to fare forth with
+them. So the messengers went their way & brought back the answer unto
+King Eirik and they made them ready to return home; but once more prayed
+they the King to grant them help to bear off the boy whether Hakon the
+Old were willing or not. So the King yet again gave them a company of
+men & the messengers returned to Hakon the Old and demanded that the boy
+be allowed to fare forth with them, but as Hakon was unwilling that this
+should be, resorted they to big words and threats of violence, and bore
+themselves wrathfully. Then did a thrall spring forward whose name was
+Bristle, and would have smitten Hakon but that he & they that were of
+his company withdrew hastily so that in nowise might they be beaten of
+the thrall: and back fared they to Norway and recounted to Gunnhild all
+the happenings of their journey & likewise that they had seen Olaf
+Tryggvason.
+
+
+|| Now Astrid had a brother, the son of Eirik Biodaskalli, whose name was
+Sigurd: long had he been remote from the land, sojourning in the realm
+of Garda (western Russia) with King Valdamar,Sec. by whom was he held in
+great honour. Now Astrid conceived the desire that she should hie unto
+this her brother Sigurd. Therefore Hakon the Old furnished her with
+trusty followers & handsome equipment after the best manner. And she
+journeyed in the company of certain merchants. It was for the space of
+two winters she had abode with Hakon the Old, and Olaf was now three
+winters old. It came to pass as they were heading eastwards across the
+sea some vikings fell upon them, men of Eistland (Esthonia) and took
+possession both of folk and goods, and some of the folk they killed &
+some they shared among themselves as thralls. Thus was Olaf withdrawn
+from his mother and passed into the custody of one Klerkon, an
+Eistlander. Together with him were committed Thorolf and Thorgills.
+Klerkon deemed Thorolf too old for a thrall, and that he would be of no
+use, therefore slew he him, but took the boys with him and sold them to
+a man, hight Klerk, for a good he-goat.
+
+A third man bought Olaf, and gave for him a good tunic or cloak. The man
+was named Reas, his wife Rekon, & their son Rekoni. There tarried Olaf
+long and it fared well with him, and always was he mightily beloved by
+the churl. Six winters did Olaf sojourn thus in Eistland.
+
+
+|| Sigurd Eirikson had come unto Eistland as an emissary of Valdamar King
+of Holmgard (Novgarod) to collect the tribute belonging to the King & he
+travelled as a man of wealth with many folk much beladen in his train.
+
+Now it chanced that in the marketplace his eye lit on a certain fine boy
+whom he knew could not be of the country, & asking him his name gat for
+answer that he was called Olaf and his father Tryggvi Olafson and his
+mother Astrid, the daughter of Eirik Biodaskalli. Thus did Sigurd learn
+that Olaf was son unto his very own sister, and he asked him after what
+manner he had come to that place: and Olaf told him all that had
+befallen him. Sigurd bade him come with him to the peasant Reas, and
+when they were come to the churl paid he him what price was covenanted
+between them for the boys and bare them with him to Holmgard. But never
+a word did he relate of the lineage of Olaf, yet held he him in high
+favour.
+
+
+|| It was that one day in the marketplace lingered Olaf Tryggvason when
+there was a gathering of many people. And it chanced that amongst them,
+spied he Klerkon who had slain his fosterfather Thorolf Louse-Beard. Now
+Olaf had a small axe in his hand, and he drave it into the head of
+Klerkon so that it went right down into his brain: forthwith ran he home
+to his lodging and told his kinsman Sigurd thereof. Straightway did
+Sigurd take Olaf to the house of the Queen, and to her made known what
+had befallen. Her name was Allogia, and Sigurd prayed for her grace to
+protect the lad. The Queen beheld the boy and said that one so young and
+so well favoured must not be slain, and proclaimed her readiness to
+summon men fully armed. Now it fell in Holmgard that so great was the
+respect paid unto peace that it was lawful to slay any man who himself
+had slain another who was uncondemned; and therefore in accordance with
+their law and custom the people made assemblage together to take into
+custody the person of the boy.
+
+Then were they told that he was in the house of the Queen in the midst
+of an armed band; and this was also brought to the ears of the King.
+
+He made him ready to go over to these armed men & give them his
+commission not to fight, and forthwith did he, the King, adjudge the
+geld-levy, the fine thereof being paid down by the Queen. Thereafter did
+Olaf abide in the house of the Queen and waxed to find much favour in
+her eyes.
+
+
+|| Now it was the law in Garda that men of royal blood should not dwell
+there save with the consent of the King, therefore Sigurd made known
+unto the Queen from what stock Olaf was descended and in what manner he
+had come thither, saying that because of dissensions he could not
+prudently be in his own country, and he prayed her to speak with the
+King upon this matter. Then did she approach the King beseeching him
+that he would help this son of a king even because so hard a fate had
+befallen him: & the outcome of her prayers was that the King pledged her
+his word and taking Olaf under his protection treated him with honour,
+as it was seemly the son of a king should be held in honour.
+
+Olaf was nine winters old when he came to Garda, & nine more winters
+dwelt he with King Valdamar. Olaf was exceeding fair & tall to look upon
+and of mighty stature & of great strength withal. And in prowess in
+sports, so it is told, was he the best of all the Norsemen.
+
+
+|| Earl Hakon Sigurdson abode with the Danish King, Harald Gormson,
+during the winter after he had fled from Norway before the sons of
+Gunnhild.
+
+Now Hakon had so much on his mind that winter that he took to his bed,
+and often lay wakeful, eating & drinking only so much as would maintain
+the strength in his body. Then secretly sent he his men northwards to
+Throndhjem to his friends there, & counselled them that they should slay
+King Erling if it might be that they could compass that deed; adding
+furthermore that he himself would fare back to his realm in summer-time.
+That winter they that were of Throndhjem slew Erling, as is aforewrit.
+
+Betwixt Hakon and Gold Harald was there a friendship close as that of
+brothers that have been laid in the same cradle and Harald would lay
+bare his thoughts unto Hakon. Harald confessed he desired to settle on
+the land and no more live on his ship of war, and he questioned Hakon if
+he thought Harald would share his kingdom with him were he to demand the
+half. 'Methinks,' quoth Hakon, 'that the Danish King will not refuse
+thee justice; but thou wilt know more concerning this matter if thou
+speakest thereon to the King; methinks thou wilt not get the realm save
+thou demandest it.' Shortly after this talk spake Gold Harald to King
+Harald when they were in company with many mighty men, good friends unto
+them both. Gold Harald then demanded that he should halve the kingdom
+with him, in accordance with the rights which his birth and lineage gave
+him there in Denmark.
+
+At this demand waxed Harald very wroth, & sware that no man had ever
+besought his father, Gorm, that he should become King of half of what
+pertained unto Denmark, nor yet of his father Horda-Knut (Hardicanute),
+nor again of Sigurd Snake-i'-the-eye, nor of Ragnar Lodbrok; & so great
+was his fury that none dared parley with him.
+
+
+  [Illustration]
+
+|| Thence came it that his own position was now even less than before to
+the liking of Gold Harald, for no kingdom had he any more than
+aforetime; while to this was added the wrath of the King. So went he to
+his friend Hakon and made wail of his plight unto him, and besought of
+him good counsel, if he had such to give him, as to how he might become
+possessed of the realm; and he said he was minded to seek his kingdom by
+force of arms. Then Hakon bade him not breathe word of this to anyone
+lest it should become known: 'It might cost thee thy life,' he said.
+
+'Bethink thee diligently what thy strength is, for he who would risk so
+great a venture must be high-hearted and dauntless, shirking neither the
+good nor the evil, so that to which he hath set his hand may come to
+pass. All unworthy is it to take up great issues and afterwards to lay
+them down again with dishonour.' Then did Gold Harald answer: 'To such
+purpose will I take up this claim, that I will not even spare these my
+own hands from slaying the King himself if occasion serve, should he
+refuse me this kingdom which is mine by right.' And therewith ended they
+their commune. After this came King Harald to Hakon, and they fell to
+talking together & the King told the Earl of Gold Harald's claim to the
+kingdom, and with what answer he had rebuked him, declaring that he
+would by no means diminish his own kingdom, 'but if Gold Harald hold
+fast to this his claim; then see I nothing for it save that I should put
+him to the death for in him have I but little faith if he will not
+surrender this desire.' The Earl made answer: 'Methinks Harald hath set
+out on this matter with such earnestness that he is not like to set it
+aside; and that if it should come to a rising in the land, there would
+be many that would flock unto his standard and the main of them because
+of the love they had borne to his father. It would bring thee the
+greatest ill-chance shouldst thou slay thy kinsman, for in such case all
+men would deem him blameless. Nor will I counsel thee to become a lesser
+king than was Gorm thy father; he also very much increased his realm,
+but in no wise diminished it.' Then said the King: 'What then is thy
+counsel, Hakon? Wouldst thou that I should divide my kingdom, and have
+this unrest off my mind?' 'Our meeting will be again ere many suns set,'
+answered Earl Hakon.
+
+'I will first ponder over this difficult matter, and thereafter give
+thee an answer.' Then did the King depart and with him all the men that
+were of his company.
+
+
+|| Thereafter came it to pass that Earl Hakon betook himself once more to
+pondering and plotting, and permitted but few of his men to be in the
+house with him. Some days later came Harald again to the Earl, and they
+communed together, and the King asked of the Earl if he had thought
+deeply upon that matter whereon they had discoursed when they were last
+face to face. 'On that matter,' quoth the Earl, 'have I lain sleepless
+both by night and day ever since, and I deem it the wisest counsel that
+thou shouldst hold and rule the kingdom that thy father had and that
+thou didst inherit after him, but that thou shouldst get for thy kinsman
+Harald another kingdom wherein he may have all honour.' 'What kingdom is
+that?' inquired the King, 'that I may lightly give to Harald, keeping
+the Danish kingdom whole the while?' The Earl made answer, 'It is
+Norway. The kings who rule there are hated by all the folk of their
+land, & every man wishes them ill, as is but meet.' Then mused the King
+aloud: 'Norway is a great land, and the folk are a hardy folk; it
+beseems me to be a land ill chosen whereon to fall with a foreign host.
+Thus did it happen to us when Hakon defended the land; many men were
+slain to us but no victory did we achieve. Moreover Harald Eirikson is
+my foster-son and hath sat on my knee.' Then saith the Earl: 'Long have
+I known that thou hast given help to the sons of Gunnhild; yet with
+naught but ill have they requited thee. We will take Norway more easily
+than by fighting for her with all the hosts of Denmark. Send thou to thy
+foster-son Harald, and bid him receive from thee the lands and fiefs
+which they had aforetime here in Denmark.
+
+Appoint a tryst with him; then can Gold Harald in a short while win
+himself a kingdom in Norway from King Harald Grey-cloak.' Then answered
+the King that it would be called of foul intent to betray his
+foster-son. 'The Danes, I trow, will account it a better deed to slay a
+Norwegian viking than one who is a brother's son and a Dane,' answereth
+the Earl; & thereafter talked they on this matter until they were in
+full accord.
+
+
+|| Yet again came Gold Harald to speak with Hakon, and the Earl made
+known to him that he had so championed his cause and to such good
+purpose that there was hope that a kingdom might now be making ready for
+him in Norway. 'Let us,' said he, 'hold fast by our compact. I shall be
+able to afford thee great support in Norway. Get thou first that
+kingdom. King Harald is now very old & hath but one son, a bastard, whom
+he loveth but little.' To such measure did the Earl open up the matter
+to Gold Harald that the younger man was in full accord with him thereon;
+and thereafter did they all three take lengthy counsel, to wit, the
+King, the Earl, and Gold Harald full oft. Then sent the Danish King his
+men north into Norway even to Harald Grey-cloak, and they were right
+well furnished for their journey, and were made welcome with much cheer
+and in all courtesy were received by King Harald. They related the
+tidings that Earl Hakon was in Denmark, and was lying sick unto death
+and well-nigh witless; and the further tidings that Harald the Danish
+King bade Harald Grey-cloak to him to take such fiefs as he and his
+brothers had held aforetime in Denmark, and to that purpose bade he
+Harald come to him in Jutland. Harald Grey-cloak laid the matter before
+Gunnhild and other counsellors and their views were not all of one
+accord, some fearing that this journey was not without peril by reason
+of the men that were set over against them to be dealt with; but the
+greater number were desirous that he should go by reason of the great
+famine that was at this time in Norway whereby the kings could scarce
+feed their men. And it was at this season that the fjord near-by which
+the kings most oft abode gat its name of Harding.
+
+In Denmark, as men had marked, the harvest had been at least of goodly
+measure, so that men thought to get thence what they required should
+King Harald have fief & dominion there. It was agreed therefore ere the
+emissaries departed whence they had come, that when summer was at hand
+Harald should hie to the Danish King, and pronounce his adhesion to the
+conditions King Harald proffered.
+
+
+|| So in due course when the summer sun shone in the long hours of night
+fared forth Harald Grey-cloak towards Denmark in three longships, & one
+of these was steered by Arinbiorn, the 'hersir'Sec. of the Fjords.Sec. King
+Harald sailed from Vik over to Limfjord and took port at Hals, where it
+was told him that the Danish King was expected in a brief space. Now
+when King Harald heard of this, hastened he to make sail thither with
+nine ships, the which had been whiles mustered and set in readiness to
+take the sea. Earl Hakon had likewise armed his men & he also was about
+to set forth after the manner of a viking; at his word twelve ships, and
+they large ones, set their sails. When Gold Harald had fared forth, Earl
+Hakon spake to the King, saying, 'Methinks we are like to row to war and
+yet pay the war-fine[Sec.] to boot. Gold Harald will now slay Harald
+Grey-cloak and thereafter take himself a kingdom in Norway.
+
+Thinkest thou that he will be loyal to thee when thou givest him so much
+power? Thus said he in my presence last winter that he would slay thee
+could he but find occasion to do so. Now will I bring Norway under thy
+sway and slay Gold Harald, if thou wilt promise easy absolution at thy
+hands for the deed.
+
+Then will I be thine earl, and bind myself by oath that with thy might
+to be my aid I will bring Norway under subjection under thee, and
+thereafter hold lands under thy dominion & pay thee tribute. Then wilt
+thou be a greater king than thy father was, inasmuch as thou shalt hold
+sway over two great peoples.'
+
+Thus was this covenanted betwixt the King and the Earl; and Hakon set
+out with his men to seek Gold Harald.
+
+
+|| Gold Harald came to Hals in Limfjord, and forthwith offered battle to
+Harald Grey-cloak; and Harald, albeit to him were fewer men, went
+ashore, made him ready for battle & set his host in array. But or ever
+the onset took place Harald Grey-cloak spoke cheering words to his men,
+bade them draw their swords, and rushing first into the fray smote on
+either side. Thus saith Glum Geirason in Grey-cloak's lay:
+
+  'Brave words spake the swordsman,
+  He that dared to dye the grass sward of battle
+  With the blood of the foe;
+  And when Harald bade his men ply the swords in the strife,
+  His manly words did them mightily encourage.'
+
+
+|| There fell Harald Grey-cloak. Thus saith Glum Geirason:
+
+  'The bearer of the shield,
+  He that clave longest to the ship,
+  In death lay stretched
+  On the broad marge of Limfjord;
+  On the sands at Hals
+  Fell the bounteous chieftain;
+  It was his glib-tongued kinsman
+  That wrought the deed.'
+
+
+|| There fell with King Harald the greater number of his men; there,
+likewise, fell Arinbiorn the 'hersir.' Fifteen winters had passed since
+the fall of Hakon, he that was foster-son to Adalstein, and thirteen
+since the fall of Sigurd the Earl of Ladir. The priest Ari Thorgilson
+saith that Earl Hakon was for thirteen winters ruler of his heritage in
+Throndhjem before the death of Harald Grey-cloak; & that during the last
+six winters of Harald Grey-cloak's life, saith Ari, the sons of Gunnhild
+and Hakon fought against one another, & in turn fled the country.
+
+
+|| Earl Hakon and Gold Harald met not long after the fall of Harald
+Grey-cloak, & straightway Earl Hakon joined battle with Gold Harald.
+Therein Hakon gained the victory; moreover Harald was taken prisoner,
+and Hakon had him hanged upon the gallows. Thereafter fared Hakon to the
+Danish King, and easily made his peace with him for the slaying of his
+kinsman Gold Harald. King Harald then called out a host from the whole
+of his kingdom and sailed with six hundred ships, and there went with
+him Earl Hakon and Harald the Grenlander, who was a son of King Gudrod,
+and many other great men who had fled from their free lands in Norway
+before the sons of Gunnhild.
+
+The Danish King set his fleet in sail up from the south to Vik, and when
+he was come to Tunsberg great numbers flocked to him.
+
+And King Harald gave the whole of the host which had come to him in
+Norway into the hands of Earl Hakon, making him ruler over Rogoland and
+Hordaland, Sogn, the Fjords, South More, Raumsdal, and North More. These
+seven counties gave he to Earl Hakon to rule over, with the same rights
+as Harald Fair-hair had given to his sons; only with this difference,
+that not only was Hakon there as well as in Throndhjem to have all the
+King's manors and land-dues, but he was moreover to use the King's money
+and estates according to his needs should there be war in the land. To
+Harald the Grenlander gave King Harald Vingulmark, Vestfold, and Agdir
+as far as Lidandisness (the Naze) with the title of King, and gave him
+dominion thereof with all such rights as his kin had had aforetime, & as
+Harald Fair-hair had given to his sons. Harald the Grenlander was in
+these days eighteen winters old, & became thereafter a famous man. Then
+did Harald the Danish King hie him home with all the might of his Danish
+host.
+
+
+|| Earl Hakon fared with his men northward along the coast, and when
+Gunnhild and her sons heard these tidings gathered they together an
+host, but found obstacles to enrolling men at arms. So they took the
+same resolution as before, to wit to sail westward across the main with
+such men as would go with them, and thus fared they to the Orkneys and
+tarried there a while. Thorfinn Skull-cleaver's sons were now earls
+there-- Hlodvir, Arnvid, Liot, and Skuli. Forthwith did Earl Hakon
+subdue all the land and that winter abode he in Throndhjem. Of this
+speaketh Einar Jingle-scale in the Vellekla:
+
+  'The Earl that on his noble brow
+  A silken fillet binds
+  Counties seven hath he enthralled
+  With their chattels, lands, and hinds.'
+
+Now when Earl Hakon in the summer-time fared northward along the coast,
+& the people there made their submission to him, issued he proclamation
+that all temples and blood-offerings should be maintained throughout his
+dominions; and it was done accordingly. Thus it is said in the Vellekla:
+
+  'Seeing that he was wise
+  The folk-leader commanded that be sacred kept
+  The temple-lands of Thor and other Gods.
+  Home to glory across the billows
+  Did the shield-bearer steer the ship,
+  It was the Gods that led him.
+  'And the men-loving AEsirs gloat on the offerings
+  Whereby the shield-bearer is made of more account.
+    Bountifully doth the earth give forth her sustenance
+    When its lord builds temples for the Gods.'
+  All that is northward to Vik lies under the heel of the Earl;
+  Wide is the sway that he holds, mightily waxed by victories.'
+
+
+  [Illustration]
+
+|| That self-same first winter wherein King Hakon ruled over Norway came
+the herring up along the coast, and before that in the autumn had the
+corn grown wheresoever it had been sown; in the spring men gat
+themselves seed-corn and the greater number of the peasants sowed their
+fields, and soon there was promise of a good harvest.
+
+
+|| King Ragnfrod, son unto Gunnhild, and Gudrod, he that was another son
+to her, these two were now the only sons of Eirik and Gunnhild who were
+still alive.
+
+Thus saith Glum Geirason in Grey-cloak's lay:
+
+  'Half is my hope of wealth downfallen since the strife,
+  The strife in which the life of the chief was lost,
+  The death of Harald weigheth me down,
+  Albeit his brethren twain have good things promised me,
+  And to them all men look for their welfare.'
+
+
+|| Now when Ragnfrod had abode one winter in the Orkneys made he him
+ready in the spring and thence shaped a course eastward to Norway,
+& with him were a chosen company in large ships.
+
+And when he was come to Norway learned he tidings how Earl Hakon was in
+Throndhjem, forthwith did he steer northward round Stad & laid waste
+South More; and some folks submitted to him as oft befalleth when
+warrior bands go through a country-- those that they meet with seek
+help, each one wheresoever it seemeth likeliest to be gotten. When it
+was told to Earl Hakon that there was war in the south within More,
+caused he war-arrows to be sharpened and he equipped himself in haste &
+set sail down the fjord. Moreover an easy matter was it for him to bring
+folk around his standard. Earl Hakon and Ragnfrod sighted one another
+off the northernmost part of South More, & straightway Hakon gave
+battle, he that had most men but withal smaller ships. Hard was the
+struggle & therein waxed Hakon luckless; men fought from the prows and
+sterns, as the custom was in those times. Now there was a current in the
+sound, and all the ships were driven into shore, so the Earl bade his
+folk rest on their oars, and drift to land at such place where he should
+deem it best to land; and when the ships grounded, the Earl and all his
+host sallied forth and haled them up on the beach, so that their foemen
+might not drag them forth again. Then did the Earl array his men on the
+banks, and shouted defiance to Ragnfrod to land, but they that were with
+Ragnfrod lay-to farther out, and though for a while they shot at one
+another, would Ragnfrod in no wise come ashore, and thereafter they
+parted. Ragnfrod sailed with his fleet southward to Stad, for he feared
+him that the land hosts might assemble and flock to Earl Hakon. But that
+earl waged war no more for unto his mind the difference betwixt the
+ships was over-great. In the autumn fared he north to Throndhjem, &
+there abode during the winter. King Ragnfrod therefore held all the land
+south of Stad: the Fjords, Sogn, Hordaland, and Rogaland. Many men were
+at his beck throughout that winter, and when the spring-tide came called
+he a muster and gat him many more. Moreover sent he far & wide over all
+these counties to gather together men and ships and what other stores
+whereof he had need.
+
+
+|| When spring was come Earl Hakon summoned men from out the very north
+of the country; many gat he from Halogaland, & Naumdal, so that right
+from Byrda to Stad came men to him from all the sea-boards. He reared a
+host from all the districts of Throndhjem, and likewise from Raumsdal.
+It was said that he had men from four counties; with him fared seven
+earls, and in their train were an exceeding large company. Thus it is
+said in the Vellekla:
+
+  'Thereafter, full of lust for slaughter,
+  Did the defender of the folk of More
+  Bring from the north a tale of men to Sogn.
+  From counties four called forth that warrior hosts,
+  Seeing in them sure help for all his folk.
+  To the war-gathering on the longships
+  Swiftly, to meet their warrior chieftain,
+  Hie lords of the land in number seven.
+  All Norway trembled at the warrior host;
+  Beyond the capes were borne unnumbered fallen.'
+
+
+|| Then Earl Hakon set sail with the whole of this host southward past
+Stad; and when it came to his ears that King Ragnfrod with his host had
+entered into the Sognfjord thither led he his men and there encountered
+him.
+
+Thereafter having brought his ships to land chose he out a battle-field
+whereon to fight King Ragnfrod. Thus saith the Vellekla:
+
+  'Now did the chieftain meet in second battle
+  The slayer of the Vandals, and fell slaughter followed.
+  The prows were set to land,
+  And the ships steered even to the marches of the shires
+  At the bidding of the warrior.'
+
+
+|| And it came to pass that both sides did dress their battle and fought
+amazing fierce, but in men had Earl Hakon the super-abundance and the
+issue was to him. This was at Thinganes, where Sogn and Hordaland meet.
+King Ragnfrod fled from his ships, and of his folk there fell three
+hundred men. Thus it is said in the Vellekla:
+
+  'Fierce was the strife before three hundred were pressed
+  Beneath the claws of the carrion bird
+  By the host of the warrior chief:
+  O'er the heads of the sea-dwellers,
+  Thence could the conquering chief stride--
+  Aye, and the deed was glorious.'
+
+
+|| After this battle did King Ragnfrod hie him away from Norway and Earl
+Hakon brought peace to the land; he gave licence that the great host
+which had been with him in the summer should fare back northward, but he
+himself abode hard by there where he gained the victory, not whiles only
+that autumn but also throughout the winter that came after.
+
+
+|| Earl Hakon took to wife a woman named Thora, who was exceeding fair.
+The daughter was she of Skagi Skoptison, a man possessed of much wealth.
+
+Their sons were Svein and Heming, & their daughter was Bergliot, who
+thereafter was wedded to Einar Tamberskelfir. Earl Hakon was over much
+given to women, and by them had many children. One of his daughters was
+called Ragnhild, and he gave her in marriage to Skopti Skagason, the
+brother of Thora. The Earl so loved Thora that her kinsmen became dearer
+to him than all other men, and Skopti his son-in-law had more influence
+with him than any other of his kindred. To him gave the Earl large fiefs
+in More; & it was covenanted betwixt them that whensoever the fleet of
+the Earl was at sea Skopti was to bring his ship alongside the Earl's,
+and for none other was it to be lawful to lay his ship between their
+ships.
+
+
+|| Now it happened one summer when Earl Hakon was with his ships on the
+main that Thorleif the Meek was master of one of them, & Eirik, the son
+of the Earl, he being then some ten or eleven winters old, was aboard.
+Of an evening when they were come into haven, Eirik would not have it
+otherwise save that the ship whereon he was must be closest to the ship
+pertaining to the person of the Earl.
+
+Now when they made sail south to More there came likewise Skopti, he
+that was son-in-law to the Earl, with his long-ship well manned. Skopti,
+as his men were rowing towards the fleet, called out to Thorleif to
+leave the haven and let him lie-to there, but Eirik sprang up & answered
+back bidding Skopti hie him to another berth. Now Earl Hakon hearing
+that his son deemed himself too mighty to make way for Skopti,
+straightway called out to Thorleif bidding him leave the berth, or he
+would make it the worse for them, to wit, that he would have them
+beaten. So Thorleif when he heard this shouted to his men to slip their
+cables, and this they did according to his word; then did Skopti lie-to
+in the berth he was wont to have, nearest the Earl's ship. Now Skopti
+was called Tidings Skopti, & this had come about seeing that it had been
+agreed that when they were together he was to make known to the Earl all
+the tidings, or if it so happened that the Earl had heard them first
+then it was he that would tell the tidings to Skopti. Now in the winter
+that was after all that hath been before but now related, was Eirik with
+his foster-father Thorleif, but even so soon as the earlier spring-tide
+was he given a company of men.
+
+Thorleif moreover gave him a fifteen-benched ship with all the gear,
+tilts, and victuals that were needful. Eirik thence sailed from the
+fjord, and so south to More. Now it befell that Tidings Skopti was also
+at sea between his homesteads, & he too in a fifteen-benched craft;
+Eirik forthwith bore straight down on him and offered battle, and in the
+issue thereof fell Skopti, but Eirik gave quarter to such of his men who
+were not slain. Thus saith Eyolf Dadaskald, in the Banda lay:
+
+  'Late in the day,
+  On the ski of the sea-king,
+  With combatants equal,
+  Fared the youth 'gainst the "hersir,"
+  Him the stout-hearted.
+  There 'neath the hand
+  That a bloody blade wielded
+  Fell Tidings Skopti.
+  (The feeder of wolves
+  Was food for the ravens.)'
+
+
+|| With that sailed Eirik south along the coast to Denmark, and
+adventured to King Harald Gormson, abiding with him the winter; but the
+spring thereafter the Danish King sent Eirik north, & bestowed on him
+the title Earl & therewith VingulmarkSec. and Raumariki, to be beneath his
+sway even under the self-same tenure as had tribute-paying kings
+aforetime been in fief and tribute.
+
+
+|| In the days that were to come after waxed Earl Eirik, and men knew him
+as a mighty chieftain. All this while abode Olaf Tryggvason in Garda,
+at the court of King Valdamar, where he had much honour & enjoyed the
+faithful love of the Queen.
+
+King Valdamar made him lord of the host which he sent out for the
+defence of his country, and for him fought Olaf divers battles and
+proved himself to be an able captain, and himself maintained a large
+host of warriors on the fiefs allotted to him by the King. Of no
+niggardly disposition, Olaf was ever openhanded to the men that were
+with him and who for this self-same reason held him in affection; but as
+oft times happens when men who are not of the country are exalted to
+power, or are so greatly honoured that they take the lead of the men of
+the land, many there were who envied him the love he had of the King,
+& even so much the more that of the Queen.
+
+Spake many men of that matter to the King, charging him to beware lest
+he should make Olaf over great: 'For a man of the kind might be harmful
+to thee, would he lend himself to such a deed as to make thee and thy
+realms suffer, so crafty & beloved of men is he; nor wot we what he &
+the Queen have thus oft whereon to commune one with the other.'
+
+
+|| Now it was in those days generally the custom among great kings for
+the queen to possess half the court and to maintain it at her own
+charge, and for this purpose levied she her taxes and dues, in amount as
+much as she stood in need therefor. In this wise was it also with King
+Valdamar.
+
+The Queen held no less splendid a court than pertained to the King, and
+vied they one with the other as to which might procure men of prowess,
+each having it at heart to possess such men for themselves. Now it
+happened that the King gave heed unto words of this fashion, which men
+spake unto him, & he waxed silent and with countenance aloof from Olaf.
+And Olaf marking it well spake thereof to the Queen, and opened to her
+likewise how that it was the desire of his heart to journey even unto
+the north. His kin, said he, had held dominion there in days of yore,
+& therefore he thought it likeliest that he would there obtain the more
+advancement.
+
+So the Queen bade him farewell, saying that wheresoever he might chance
+to tarry there would all deem him a man of prowess.
+
+Olaf thereafter made him ready for his journey, went aboard his ship,
+and stood out into the Eystrasalt (the Baltic). Thence sailing west came
+he to Borgundarholm (Bornholm) and made thereon a landing and harried
+all in the isle. The men of the land came together and did battle with
+him, but Olaf gat the victory and much booty.
+
+
+|| Now while Olaf lay-to off Borgundarholm, there was rough weather with
+a gale raging at sea, that their ships began to drag their anchors, for
+which reason did they set sail south to the coast of Vindland
+(Wendland)Sec. on which shore were good havens, whereon ships might ride at
+peace.
+
+There did they tarry for long whiles.
+
+The King of Vindland was named Burizlaf,Sec. & the three daughters to him
+were Geira, Gunnhild, and Astrid.
+
+Now at the place where there came ashore Olaf and his men did Geira hold
+rule & dominion, and under her he that exercised most authority was one
+hight Dixin. When it became known that strange men had come to the
+country who behaved themselves in seemly fashion & abode there in peace,
+Dixin hied to them with a message from Queen Geira bidding them sojourn
+in her land during the winter, seeing the summer was near spent, the
+weather threatening ill, & the storms waxing great. And being come
+thither Dixin saw on the instant that the captain of these men was one
+notable both for descent and appearance.
+
+Therefore recounted he to them that the Queen invited them to her with
+messages of friendship, & Olaf nothing loath did her bidding and went to
+Queen Geira as her guest. It came to pass that they twain thought both
+so well one of another that Olaf made ado to woo Queen Geira, and so it
+befell that winter that Olaf took Geira to wife, & gat he the rule of
+the realm with her. Thereof spake Halfrod the Troublous-skald in the lay
+he made about Olaf the King:
+
+  'The chieftain at Holm let the sharp-edged swords be dyed blood-red
+  Eastward too in Garda, nor can this be in any manner concealed.'
+
+
+|| Now Hakon, he that ruled over Norway, paid no tribute, the reason
+whereof being that the King of Denmark had made assignment to him of all
+the taxes to which the King had a right in Norway, by reason of the
+trouble & costs the Earl was put to in defending the land against the
+sons of Gunnhild.
+
+
+|| Now it befell in those days that the Emperor OttaSec. was in Saxland
+(North Germany), & word sent he to Harald, King of Denmark, that he and
+the people that were his must be baptized & accept the true Faith, or
+else, swore the Emperor that he would march upon him with an host. So
+the King of Denmark admonished those that defended the land that they
+should be ready at his call, DanavirkiSec. caused he to be well maintained,
+and his war ships were manned; thereafter sent the King to Earl Hakon
+commanding him that he must come to him early in the spring-tide with
+even as many men as he might muster. So at the first song of the birds
+Earl Hakon levied an host from all parts of his dominions, and many men
+were enrolled to him; this host bade he take ship to Denmark and with
+them sailed he himself to meet the King of Denmark, and by him was
+received in right seemly fashion. With the King were there at that hour
+many another lord proffering help, so that all told gathered he together
+an host waxing exceeding large.
+
+
+|| Now, as hath already been set forth, Olaf sojourned that winter in
+Vindland, & in the months thereof went he to those districts thereof
+which had formerly obeyed the rule of Queen Geira, but had now ventured
+to throw off allegiance & the payment of taxes. These did Olaf harry,
+slaying many men, burning the homes of some, and taking much booty; then
+having rendered these realms subject unto himself turned he him back
+again to his stronghold. So soon as the spring-tide was come, did Olaf
+make ready his ships and put out to sea, sailing across to Skani
+(Scania) where he went ashore.
+
+The people of those parts assembled and fought against him; but Olaf was
+victorious and gat much plunder. Thence sailed he eastward to the island
+of Gotland, and took a merchant craft owned by men from Jamtaland who
+rendered a stout defence, but in such wise did the struggle end that
+Olaf cleared the ship, slew many men, & took possession of all the goods
+that were on board.
+
+A third battle fought he in Gotland; there likewise the day was to his
+strength and much spoil was to his hand. Thus saith Halfrod the
+Troublous-skald:
+
+  'The foeman of the shrines slew merchants of Jamtaland
+  And men of Vindland in battle
+  As in days of youth had been his wont.
+  To those that lived in Scotland
+  Was the lord of "hersirs" the bane.
+  Is it not told that the giver of gold
+  Loved to fight in Skani?'
+
+
+|| Therefore gathered the Emperor Otta a mighty host; men he had from
+Saxland (north Germany), Frankland (France), and Frisland, whiles out of
+Vindland, likewise King BurizlafSec. contributed a large host. With the
+array went the King himself and his son-in-law Olaf Tryggvason.
+
+To the Emperor was a great body of horsemen, and so much the more a
+greater body of foot-folk.
+
+From Holtsetaland (Holstein) likewise came to him a large host. As it is
+said in the Vellekla:
+
+  'So it befell likewise that the steeds of the sea
+  Southward ran 'neath the deft riders to Denmark,
+  And the Lord of the Hordmen, becoifed with the helmet,
+  Chief of the Dofrar folk, sought the lords of the Dane-realm.
+  And the bountiful King of the dark forest lands
+  Would in winter-tide test the warrior come from the north,
+  What time that doughty fighter gat from his chief a message
+  Bidding him defend the wall against the foes of Denmark.
+  Little gladsome was it to go against their hosts;
+  Albeit the shield-bearer did cause great destruction,
+  And the sea-hero incited to battle
+  When the warriors came from Frisland with Franks and Vandals.'
+
+
+|| Now Earl Hakon set companies above all the gates of the fortification,
+but the greater part of his host sent he along the walls to defend the
+places where the onslaught was hottest, and many fell of the Emperor's
+host, but nothing did they win of the wall.
+
+So then the Emperor turned him away, and no longer made trial there.
+Thus it is said in the Vellekla:
+
+  'Spear-points were broken when in that war game
+  Shield clashed against shield and the foe gave not way;
+  The steerer of the sea-steeds turned Saxons fleeing thence,
+  And the chief 'fended the rampart 'gainst the foe.'
+
+
+|| After this battle went back Earl Hakon even unto his ships and would
+have homeward sailed unto Norway, but that he could get no wind, so
+accordingly he lay out in Limfjord.
+
+
+|| Now turned the Emperor Otta his host so that they faced around & hied
+them to the gulf of Sle (Sleswick), whereat gathered he together a large
+host and took his men across to Jutland.
+
+When the intelligence thereof came to the ears of the King of Denmark
+fared he forth against the Emperor with his host, and a great battle was
+fought betwixt them.
+
+The issue was to the Emperor, and thereon the King of Denmark fled away
+to Limfjord & took ship out to Marsey.
+
+Then did emissaries journey betwixt him and the Emperor, and a truce was
+covenanted, also that they twain should commune face to face. In Marsey,
+then, did the Emperor Otta and the Danish King confront one the other,
+& there a saintly bishop,Sec. Poppo by name, preached the faith before
+Harald, and to show the truth thereof bare he glowing iron in his hand,
+and Harald testified that the hand of the holy man was unscarred by the
+heated iron. Thereafter was Harald himself baptized with the whole of
+the Danish host that were with him.
+
+Ere this had Harald the King, albeit that he abode the nonce in Marsey,
+summoned Earl Hakon to his aid, and the Earl had just come to the island
+when the King let himself be christened. So the King sent a message to
+the Earl to come to him, and when the Earl was come thither compelled
+him also that he should be baptized. After this manner was the Earl made
+a Christian, and all his men with him.
+
+Thereafter did the King appoint him priests and other learned men,Sec. and
+commanded him to cause all the people of Norway to be baptized into the
+faith and with this they parted. Thereafter Earl Hakon put out to sea to
+await a favourable wind, and when a breeze sprang up, lo! without more
+ado set he all the learned men to wade even unto the shore and upon that
+wind himself stood out to sea. The wind was from the west, and the Earl
+sailed eastward through Eyrasund (Oeresund) pillaging whatsoever lands he
+sighted, & thereafter came east unto the Skani side, plundering and
+harrying wherever he put ashore. Now as he was sailing his course off
+the skerries of east Gautland put he ashore and offered up a great
+sacrifice, and whiles this was solemnized came two ravens flying up,
+loudly croaking, & for this reason deemed the Earl that Odin had
+accepted his sacrifice, and that good fortune would favour him in his
+battles. Even so burned he all his ships and came ashore with every man
+of all his host, and carried war throughout the land. Against him was
+arrayed Earl Ottar, he that held rule over Gautland, and they fought a
+great battle wherein was Earl Hakon victorious, & he slew Earl Ottar
+together with a great number of his host.
+
+Earl Hakon then marched hither & thither carrying war through both the
+Gautlands, until he was come unto Norway, & then took he the road right
+to the north, to Throndhjem. It is of this that the Vellekla speaketh:
+
+  'The foeman of those who fled consulted the gods on the plain, and
+  Gat answer Fret[Sec.] from that the day was propitious to battle;
+  There the war-leader saw how mighty were the corse-ribs;
+  The gods of the temple would thin lives in Gautland.
+  A Sword-Thing held the Earl there where no man afore him
+  With shield on arm had durst to harry;
+  No one ere this so far inland had borne
+  That shield of gold; all Gautland had he o'errun.
+  With heaps of the fallen the warriors piled the plain
+  The kith of the AEsirs conquered, Odin took the slain;
+  Can there be doubt that the gods govern the fall of kings?
+  Ye strong powers, I pray, make great the sway of Hakon.'
+
+
+  [Illustration]
+
+|| After that he had parted in all goodly friendship from the Danish
+King, fared Emperor Otta back to his realm of Saxland; men say that he
+held Svein the son of Harald at the font, & that the child bore the name
+of Otta Svein. Harald, the Danish King, held by the Christian faith even
+to the day of his death. King Burizlaf, after these things, betook
+himself back to Wendland, & together with him in his company went his
+son-in-law King Olaf Tryggvason. Of the battle aforesaid telleth
+Hallfrod the Troublous-skald in Olaf's lay:
+
+  'The ruler of war ships hewed and smote asunder warriors
+  Even in Denmark to the south of Hedeby.'
+
+
+|| It was the space of three winters that Olaf Tryggvason abode in
+Wendland, even until Geira his wife fell ill of a sickness, whereof she
+died, and so great a sorrow was this to Olaf that he no longer had
+pleasure in living in Wendland.
+
+Therefore getting him ships of war once more went he forth plundering
+and harrying, first in Saxland, then in Frisland, and he even fared as
+far as Flanders. Thus saith Hallfrod the Troublous-skald:
+
+  'Oft did the son of Tryggvi smite to the death the Saxon
+  And left maimed corses food for the wolves,
+  And for their drink did that lord, beloved of his host,
+  Give the brown blood of many a Frisian.
+  Mighty sea-kings hewed
+  In Flanders corses asunder,
+  The prince to the ravens gave
+  The flesh of Walloons as supper.'
+
+
+|| Thereafter did Olaf Tryggvason sail for England, and ravaged apace &
+afar in that country; right north did he sail to Nordimbraland
+(Northumberland) and there harried; thence fared he farther to the
+northward even to Scotland where he plundered and pillaged far and wide.
+
+From thence sailed he again to the Hebrides, the where he fought more
+than once, and afterwards sailed a course south to Man & fought there.
+Far and wide did he plunder in Ireland and then sailed he to Bretland
+(Wales) and pillaged there, & in Kumraland (Cumberland) did he likewise.
+Then he sailed to Frankland (France) where he harried the people, & from
+thence came back again, being minded to return to England, but came to
+those Islands which are called Scilly in the western part of the English
+main. Thus saith Hallfrod the Troublous-skald:
+
+  'The unsparing young King plundered the Englishmen,
+  The feeder of spear-showers made murder in Northumbria,
+  The war-loving feeder of wolves laid waste to Scotia,
+  The giver of gold fared with up-lifted sword in Man.
+  The bearer of the elm-bow brought death to the hosts
+  Of the Isle of Erin, for fame yearned the lord;
+  Four winters did the King smite the dwellers in Wales,
+  And Northumbrians hewed he
+      ere the greed of the chough was appeased.'
+
+
+|| Four winters did Olaf Tryggvason fare on viking cruises from the time
+of his leaving Wendland even until his coming to the Isles of Scilly.
+
+
+|| Now when Olaf Tryggvason was lying off the Isles of Scilly he heard
+tell that there was a soothsayer thereon, and that he foretold the
+future and spake of things not yet come to pass, and many folk believed
+that things ofttimes happened according as this man had spoken. Now Olaf
+being minded to make assay of his cunning sent to him the finest and
+fairest of his men, in apparel as brave as might be, bidding him say
+that he was the King, for Olaf had become famous in all lands in that he
+was comelier and bolder and stronger than all other men. Since he had
+left Garda, howsoever, he had used no more of his name than to call
+himself Oli, and had told people that he was of the realm of Garda. Now
+when the messenger came to the soothsayer and said he was the King, gat
+he for answer: 'King art thou not, but my counsel to thee is that thou
+be loyal to thy King,' & never a word more deigned the seer to utter.
+Then went the messenger back and told Olaf this thing, and the King had
+no longer any doubt that this man was verily a soothsayer, and his wish
+to meet with him, now that he had heard such an answer, waxed greater
+than heretofore. So Olaf went to him & communed with him, & asked him to
+prophesy about his future, whether or not he would win himself a kingdom
+or other good fortune. Then answered the prophet with saintly prophecy:
+'Thou wilt be a glorious King, & do glorious deeds, to faith &
+christening wilt thou bring many men, and thou wilt help thereby both
+thyself & many others. But to the end that thou shalt not doubt about
+this mine answer take this for a token: Hard by thy ships shalt thou
+meet with guile & with foemen, & thou shalt do battle; and of thy men
+some shall fall and thou thyself shalt be wounded. From that wound wilt
+thou be nigh unto death and be borne on a shield to thy ship; yet of thy
+hurt shalt thou be whole within a sennight and shall shortly thereafter
+accept Christianity.' Then Olaf went down to the ships, & verily did
+meet with the warlike men who would slay him & his followers, & their
+combat ended even as the hermit had foretold, to wit, in such manner
+that Olaf was indeed borne out to his ship on a shield & likewise was
+whole again after a sennight. Then Olaf felt assured in his mind that it
+was the truth that this seer had told him, and that of a truth was he a
+wise soothsayer, whencesoever might he have his gift of prophecy.
+So Olaf a second time went unto him and held much talk with him, and
+questioned him closely as to whence he gat the wisdom to foretell what
+was to come. And the hermit saith that the God of the men that were
+baptized Himself causeth him to know all that He wisheth. Then recounted
+he to Olaf the mighty works of God, & after these persuasions Olaf
+assented unto Christianity, & it befell that he was there baptized, &
+all the men that were with him. In that place abode he a long time and
+learned the true Faith, and in his train bore away with him priests &
+other learned men.
+
+
+|| From the Isles of Scilly Olaf hied in the autumn to England, and there
+lay he in a certain haven & lived in peace, for England was a Christian
+land & now was he likewise a Christian man.
+
+
+  [Illustration]
+
+|| Now there went throughout the land a summons to a certain Thing, that
+all men should come to the Thing, & when there was assemblage thither
+came to it a queen whose name was Gyda.[Sec.]
+
+She was the sister of Olav Kvaran who was King of Dublin, which is in
+Ireland, and she had been married to a powerful earl in England who was
+now dead, but after him she yet ruled his dominion.
+
+Now there was a man in her dominions whose name was Alwin, a mighty
+champion & 'holmgangsman.'Sec.
+
+Alwin had wooed Gyda, but she had made answer that she herself would
+make choice whom she would have among the men of her dominion, and
+forasmuch as she would choose herself a husband was this Thing convened.
+Thereto likewise came Alwin decked out in his best raiment, and many
+others were there apparelled also in their best. Now Olaf too was come
+thither, & he was clad in his bad-weather raiment, wearing a cloak
+exceeding rough; and he stood with his followers somewhat aloof from the
+others. Gyda walked hither & thither among the men, gazing at each one
+favoured in her eyes; but when she was come to where Olaf held his
+ground looked she searchingly up into his face and asked of what manner
+of man was he. Then did he make answer that he was Oli, and said: 'I am
+not of the country born nor bred.' Saith Gyda: 'Wilt thou have me? Even
+upon that then will I choose thee.' 'I will not say nay to it,' quoth
+he, and asked her name and lineage. 'I am,' said she, 'a King's daughter
+of Ireland, but I was wedded into this country, to an earl who held
+dominion here. Since the time that he died have I ruled the land; divers
+men have wooed me, but none that I would wed, & my name is Gyda.'
+
+Youthful was she and fair, and Olaf and she communed over this matter
+even until they became of one accord, and thereafter was Olaf betrothed
+to Gyda. This was but sour in the mouth of Alwin, but there was a custom
+in England that when two contended about a matter they should meet in
+single combat, and Alwin therefore bade Olaf Tryggvason fight with him
+on this matter.
+
+The time and place were appointed, & on either side were there chosen
+twelve men. Then when they were met said Olaf unto his men that they
+were to do even as he did, and a great axe had he in his hand. Now as
+Alwin was minded to drive his sword into him Olaf struck it out of his
+hand, & at the second stroke Alwin himself so that he fell to the
+ground. Then did Olaf bind him fast, & in this manner also was treatment
+meted out to the men that were with Alwin, to wit, to be beaten and
+bound, and thereafter were taken home to Olaf's lodging. Then did he bid
+Alwin depart from out the land & nevermore therein set foot again, and
+thereafter Olaf took possession of all his lands.
+
+
+  [Illustration]
+
+|| So it came to pass that Olaf wedded Gyda & abode for the most part in
+England, but sometimes in Ireland. Once when Olaf was out on a foray, it
+fell that it was needful that they should foray ashore for provisions,
+and accordingly went his men to land and drove down a number of cattle
+to the shore. Then came a peasant after them & prayed Olaf give him back
+his cows, & Olaf bade him take his cows could he find them; 'but let him
+not delay our journey.' The peasant had with him a big cattle-dog. This
+dog sent he into the herd of neat whereof were being driven many
+hundreds, and the animal hither and thither ran among the drove,
+singling out as many cows as the peasant said he owned, and all of them
+were marked in the same manner.
+
+Now knowing that the dog had chosen rightly it seemed to them that this
+was passing clever, and so Olaf asked of the peasant whether he would
+give him the dog. 'Willingly,' answered he, and Olaf in exchange
+therefor gave him a gold ring, and the promise of his friendship.
+
+That dog was named Vigi, and it was the best of all dogs; Olaf had
+pleasure in him for a long time thereafter.
+
+
+|| Now it came to the ears of the King of Denmark, even to him hight
+Harald Gormson, that Earl Hakon had cast aside Christianity & had
+pillaged in the country pertaining to the King of Denmark who thereon
+gathered together an host, & thereafter fared to Norway.
+
+And when he was come to the realm over which Earl Hakon had rule harried
+he there, laying bare all the land. Then led he his host to the islets
+which are called Solunder. Five homesteads alone stood unburned in
+Lardal, in Sogn, and all the folk of the valley were fled to the
+mountains and forests, taking with them such of their chattels as they
+might carry. Thereafter the Danish King was minded to take his hosts to
+Iceland to avenge the mockery of the Icelanders, for it happened that
+they had made malicious verses about him.
+
+Now a law had been made in Iceland to the end that for every soul in the
+country one lampoon should be made on the Danish King, and the reason
+therefor was to this wise, to wit, that a ship pertaining to men of
+Iceland had stranded on the coast of Denmark & the Danes had taken all
+the cargo thereon, calling it flotsam.
+
+The man who had had the chief concern in this matter was one Birger, the
+King's steward. Jests were made both on him and on the King, and this is
+one of them:
+
+  'When the fight-wonted Harald rode the sea-steed from the south
+  In the shape of Faxe,
+  The slayer of Vandals as wax became altogether as impotent.
+  Birger by guardian sprites outcast in mare's shape met him
+  As all men did behold.'
+
+
+|| Now King Harald bade a warlock betake him to Iceland in one or other
+guise, that he might bring him back tidings of the country.
+
+And the warlock set forth in the shape of a whale, and when he was come
+thither to Iceland he went along the north side of the coast, and he saw
+that all the mountains and hills were full of guardian spirits, some
+large & others small. When he was arrived at Vapnafjord there went he up
+and was like to have gone ashore when, lo! a great dragon came down from
+the valley, & in its company many serpents, toads, and vipers, and these
+beasts belched venom at him. So swam he away westward all alongside the
+land even the whole way until he was come to the mouth of the Eyjafjord,
+& after he had turned up this fjord towards him there came a bird so
+large that its wings reached the hills on either side, and with it were
+a number of other birds, both large and tiny.
+
+So away fared he thence, & westward along by the land to Breidafjord,
+and there went he up the fjord, but a great bull came towards him
+bellowing after a fashion that was most horrible, & in its company were
+a swarm of kindred spirits.
+
+Then went he away from there and swam past Reykjanes and was about to go
+up on Vikarseid, but a hill giant came towards him with a staff in his
+hand, and this giant carried his head higher than the hills, and with
+him were many other giants.
+
+Then swam he eastward all the way along the coast: 'There is nothing,'
+quoth he, 'save sand and wilderness and great breakers outside; and so
+broad is the sea betwixt the lands,' said he, 'that it is all unmeet for
+long-ships.'
+
+
+|| Now in those days Brod-Helgi dwelt in Vapnafjord, Eyolf Valgerdson in
+Eyjafjord, Thord Gelli in Breidafjord and Thorod the Priest in Olfus.
+
+
+|| Then put the King of Denmark his fleet about, standing south along the
+coast, and thereafter sailed back to Denmark. Hakon the Earl caused all
+the habitations that had been devastated to be builded up again, &
+nevermore thereafter paid he any tribute to the King of Denmark.
+
+
+|| Now it came to pass that Svein-- he who was afterwards called
+Two-beard-- demanded a kingdom of his father King Harald, & as before so
+again it befell that King Harald would not part Denmark in twain, nor
+let any other man, no matter of what blood he was, have dominion
+therein.
+
+So Svein assembled a fleet of war & gave out that he was about to go on
+a viking cruise, and when the whole of his fleet was come together, &
+Palnatoki of the Jomsborg vikings was also come to his aid, Svein made
+for Zealand, and went into Isafjord. There King Harald his father was
+lying, likewise, with his ships, for he was preparing to sail to war,
+& Svein fell upon him, & a great battle ensued; but many men flocked to
+King Harald and Svein had to give way before great odds and flee. There
+nevertheless did Harald receive such hurt that he died, and thereafter
+Svein was hailed as King of Denmark. In those days Jomsborg in Wendland
+was ruled by Earl Sigvaldi; he was the son of Strut-Harald who had ruled
+Skani, and Sigvaldi's brothers were Heming and Thorkel the Tall. At that
+time Bui the Burly of Borgundarholm & his brother Sigurd were likewise
+chiefs among the Jomsborg vikings, and with them, too, was Vagn, who was
+the son of Aki and Thorgunna and the sister's son of Bui and Sigurd.
+
+Now Sigvaldi the Earl had made King Svein prisoner and had taken him to
+Jomsborg in Wendland, and had constrained him to make peace with the
+Wendish King Burizlaf.
+
+It was to Earl Sigvaldi to settle the conditions of agreement between
+them-- Sigvaldi had then to wife Astrid the daughter of King Burizlaf--
+and if peace were not made, said the Earl, he would deliver King Svein
+into the hands of the Wends.
+
+Then the King knowing full well that they would torture him even to the
+death was content that the Earl should be peacemaker, & the Earl
+adjudged matters in such fashion that King Svein was to have the
+daughter of King Burizlaf to wife, and King Burizlaf the sister of King
+Svein, Tyra, that was daughter to Harald.
+
+Moreover it was covenanted that the two Kings were to have each his own
+dominion, and there was to be lasting peace between the countries.
+
+Then did King Svein journey home to Denmark with his wife Gunnhild;
+their sons were Harald and Knut the Great (Canute).
+
+And in those days made the Danes great boast that they would sail with a
+host to Norway even against Earl Hakon.
+
+
+|| Now because King Svein was going to take his succession after his
+father Harald, made he a great funeral feast, to which were bidden all
+the chiefs of his kingdom.
+
+Not long before this Strut-Harald of Skani had died, and also Veseti of
+Borgundarholm, who was the father of Bui & Sigurd. The King therefore
+sent word to the Jomsborg vikings bidding Earl Sigvaldi and Bui, and
+their brothers, to come thither and seal their inheritance by drinking
+grave-ale in memory of their fathers at the feast which the King himself
+was about to give. And to this feast accordingly went the Jomsborg
+vikings with all the stoutest of their folk; forty ships had they from
+Wendland & twenty from Skani, & a great number of people were assembled
+together. On the first day of the feast, before King Svein stepped into
+his father's high seat, he drank the cup of memory to him, vowing
+therewith that before three months were over he would go to England with
+his hosts & slay King Ethelred, or drive him from the country. Now all
+those who were at the feast were obliged to drink that cup of memory,
+and for the chiefs of the Jomsborg vikings the largest horns were
+filled, and withal with the strongest ale. When this cup of memory had
+been drunk to the dregs then were all men to drink to the memory of
+Christ; and ever to the Jomsborg vikings were brought the fullest horns
+& the strongest drink. The third cup was to St. Michael, and this was
+drunk by all; and thereafter Sigvaldi drank to his father's memory, &
+made a vow that before three winters were passed he would go to Norway
+and slay Eirik, or drive him from the land. Then did his brother Thorkel
+the Tall swear that he would fare with Sigvaldi, and never shun battle
+as long as Sigvaldi was fighting there; and Bui the Burly said that he
+too would go with them to Norway, and not flee before Earl Hakon in
+battle. Then did Vagn Eirikson swear that he also would accompany him,
+& not return before he had slain Thorkel Leira and lain abed with his
+daughter Ingibiorg.
+
+Many other lords made vows anent sundry matters, & all men drank the
+heirship ale. When the morrow was come and the Jomsborg vikings had
+slept as long as they were minded, they deemed that they had spoken big
+words enough & met together to take counsel as to how and when they
+should proceed with their cruise, and then they covenanted to array
+their ships and men as speedily as might be. Now this matter was
+rumoured of far and wide in the lands.
+
+
+|| Earl Eirik, the son of Earl Hakon, was at that season in Raumariki, &
+hearing of these tidings straightway mustered the folk and set forth to
+the Uplands, and then made his way northwards across the mountains to
+Throndhjem, to his father Earl Hakon. Of this speaketh Thord Kolbeinson
+in Eirik's lay:
+
+  'In good sooth from the south came fearsome tales of war,
+  Peasants even fear to fight;
+  And the captain of the ship learned that the long-ships of the Danes
+  Along their rollers were run out seawards.'
+
+
+|| Earl Hakon and Earl Eirik caused war-arrows to be sent throughout the
+whole of the district around Throndhjem, and sent messengers to
+South-More, North-More, and Raumsdal; likewise sent they northward to
+Naumdal and Halogaland, and when this was accomplished had they called
+out their full muster of men and ships. Thus saith Eirik's lay:
+
+  'Many a long-ship and bark and great keel
+  (How the skald's praise grows apace)
+  The shield-bearer caused to be run into the sea
+  (Off-shore was the muster goodly)
+  So that the warrior could defend the lands of his fathers.'
+
+
+|| Earl Hakon went forthwith south to More, to reconnoitre and collect
+men, while Earl Eirik assembled his host & took it southwards.
+
+
+|| The Jomsborg vikings brought their hosts to Limfjord and thence sailed
+out to sea; sixty ships had they, and they took them across to Agdir
+whence without tarrying shaped they a course northward to the dominion
+of Earl Hakon. They sailed off the coast, plundering & burning
+wheresoever they went. Now there was a certain man named Geirmund who
+was sailing in a light boat & had but few men with him, & he came to
+More where he found Earl Hakon, & going in before the Earl as he sate at
+meat told him that there was an host to the southward which was come
+from Denmark. The Earl asked if he knew this in good sooth, and
+Geirmund, holding up one of his arms from which the hand had been
+severed, said that that was the token that a host was in the land.
+
+Then did the Earl question him closely concerning this host, & Geirmund
+said that it was the Jomsborg vikings, & that they had slain many men
+and plundered far & wide: 'Nevertheless they are travelling speedily and
+hard.
+
+Methinks it will not be long before they are here.'
+
+So then the Earl rowed up all the fjords, inwards along one shore and
+outwards along the other faring night and day, and he sent scouts on to
+the upper way across the isthmus,Sec. & south in the Fjords, & likewise
+north where Eirik was now with his host.
+
+It is of this that Eirik's lay telleth:
+
+  'War-wise was the Earl who had long-ships on the main
+  Heading with lofty prows against Sigvaldi,
+  Mayhap many an oar shook,
+  But the seamen who rent the sea with strong oar-blades
+  Feared not death.'
+
+
+|| Earl Hakon took his host southwards as speedily as ever he was able.
+
+
+|| Sailing northwards with his fleet Earl Sigvaldi rounded Stad, and
+first put in over against Hereya. Here, although the vikings fell in
+with the folk of the country, never could they get from them the truth
+as to the whereabouts of the Earl. Whithersoever they went the vikings
+pillaged, & in the island of Hod they ran up ashore & plundered the
+people, taking back with them to their ships both folk and cattle,
+though all men capable of bearing arms they slew.
+
+Now as they were going down again to their ships an old man approached
+them-- for he was walking nigh to the men of Bui-- and unto them said
+he, 'Not as warriors go ye here, driving neat and calves down to the
+shore; better prey would it be for ye to take the bear since ye have
+come so nigh his lair.'
+
+'What saith the carle?' they cry, 'Can ye tell us aught of Earl Hakon?'
+The peasant made answer: 'Yesterday he sailed to Hiorundarfjord having
+with him one or two ships, or three at most, & at that time he had not
+heard aught of ye.' Forthwith ran Bui & his men to their ships, leaving
+all their booty behind, & Bui called out saying: 'Let us make the most
+of having got this news, so that we may be the ones nighest to the
+victory.'
+
+And when they had mounted up into their ships straightway rowed they out
+north of the isle of Hod, and then rounding that island into the fjord.
+
+
+|| Earl Hakon and his son Earl Eirik were lying in Hallsvik, with their
+hosts and one hundred and fifty ships.
+
+Now they had heard by this time that the Jomsborg vikings were lying-to
+off Hod, and the Earls accordingly rowed northward to seek them, and
+when they were come to the place which is called Hiorungavag met they
+one with another.
+
+Both sides then set themselves in array for battle. In the midst of his
+host was the banner of Earl Sigvaldi and over against this Earl Hakon
+took up his position; Earl Sigvaldi had twenty ships, and Earl Hakon
+sixty.
+
+In Earl Hakon's following were the chiefs Thorir Hart of Halogaland, and
+Styrkar of Gimsar. As for the battle array, one wing consisted of the
+twenty ships belonging to Bui the Burly and his brother Sigurd. Against
+these Earl Eirik Hakonson placed sixty ships, with him being the chiefs
+Gudbrand the White from the Uplands & Thorkel Leira from Vik.
+
+In the other wing of the array was Vagn Akason with twenty ships, and
+against him with sixty ships was Svein Hakonson with Skeggi of Uphaug in
+Yriar, and Rognvald from Ervik in Stad. In Eirik's lay it is told of
+thus:
+
+  'And the sea-ships to battle sped towards the Danish ships,
+  The sea-host sailed the coast along:
+  From before the vikings cleared the Earl away many at More
+  The ships drifted amid war-slain heaps.'
+
+And thus saith Eyvind in the Halogaland tale:
+
+  'Hardly was it a tryst of joy in that day's dawning
+  For the foemen of Yngvi Frey,
+  When the land-rulers guided the long-ships across the waste,
+  And the sword-elf from the south-land
+  Thrust the sea-steeds against their hosts.'
+
+
+|| Then the fleets were brought together and there ensued the grimmest of
+battles, and many were slain on both sides, albeit the host of Hakon was
+it which fared the worst, for the Jomsborg vikings fought stoutly both
+with boldness & dexterity, shooting clean through the shields. So great
+in number were the missiles which struck Earl Hakon that his shirt of
+mail became all rent and useless so that he threw it from him.
+
+Of this speaketh Tind Halkelson:
+
+  'The kirtle which gold bedecked women wrought for the Earl
+  (The sparks from the sword wax brighter)
+  Could no longer be borne;
+  Then the mailed hero from off him cast the King's shirt
+  (Ready were the steeds of the sea).
+  Asunder, on the sand, blown from the Earl by the wind
+  Was the ring-weaved shirt of Sorli
+  (Thereof bore he the marks).'
+
+
+|| Now the ships of the Jomsborg vikings were both larger, and higher in
+the gunwale, than were those of Earl Hakon, but nevertheless were they
+boldly beset from both sides. Vagn Akason pressed the ships of Svein
+Hakonson so hard that Svein let his men backwater & came nigh to
+fleeing, whereupon Earl Eirik came up into his place & thrust himself
+into the battle against Vagn, and Vagn backed his ship, and the craft
+lay again as they had lain at first.
+
+Then Eirik returned to his own battle, where his men were now going
+astern, and Bui having cut himself free from his lashings was about to
+follow the fugitives.
+
+Eirik then laid his ship alongside the ship of Bui, & a sharp hand to
+hand struggle took place, and two or three of the ships of Eirik set on
+the one ship whereon was Bui.
+
+Then a storm came on, and there fell hailstones so heavy that one stone
+alone weighed an ounce. Then did Sigvaldi cut his ship adrift & went
+about, with the intention of fleeing; Vagn Akason cried out to him
+bidding him stay, but never a moment would Sigvaldi heed give to what he
+said, so Vagn sent a javelin after him, and smote the man who held the
+tiller. Earl Sigvaldi rowed out of the battle with thirty-five ships and
+left twenty-five behind him.
+
+Then did Earl Hakon bring his ship round to the other side of that of
+Bui, and short respite then had the men of Bui between the blows. Now
+there was an anvil with a sharp end standing on the forecastle of the
+ship that pertained to Bui, and the reason thereof was that some man had
+made use thereof when welding the hilt of his sword, and Vigfus the son
+of Vigaglums, who was a man of great strength, took up the anvil &
+throwing it with both hands, drave it into the head of Aslak Holmskalli,
+so that the snout thereof entered his brain. No weapon hitherto had
+scathed Aslak, though he had been laying about him on either side.
+
+He was the foster-son of Bui, and his forecastle man. Yet another of the
+men to Bui was Havard the Hewer; even stronger was he, and a man of
+great valour. During this struggle the men of Eirik went up aboard Bui's
+ship, & made aft to the poop, towards Bui, and Thorstein Midlang struck
+him full across the nose, cleaving asunder the nose-piece of his helmet,
+and leaving a great wound.
+
+Bui then smote Thorstein in the side in such a manner that he cut the
+man right athwart his middle, and then seizing two chests of gold he
+shouted: 'Overboard all the men of Bui,' and plunged into the sea with
+the chests, and many of his men likewise sprang overboard, though others
+fell on the ship, for little avail was it to ask for quarter. The ship
+was now cleared from stem to stern, and the other craft were likewise
+cleared one after the other.
+
+
+|| After this Earl Eirik brought his ships alongside that of Vagn, and
+from the latter met with right stout resistance; in the end however the
+ship was cleared, and Vagn and thirty men taken prisoners. Bound were
+they & taken on land, and Thorkel Leira went up to them and spoke thus:
+'Vagn, thou didst vow to slay me, but me seemeth it is I who am more
+like to slay thee.'
+
+Now it happened that Vagn and his men were all sitting on the felled
+trunks of a mighty tree, and Thorkel had a big axe, & with it he struck
+at the man who was sitting farthest off on the trunk.
+
+Vagn and his men were so bound that a rope was passed round their feet,
+but their hands were free. Then said one of them, 'I have in my hand a
+cloak-clasp, and into the earth will I thrust it if I wot anything after
+my head is off'-- and his head was struck off, and down fell the clasp
+from his hand.
+
+Hard by sat a fair man with goodly hair and he swept his hair forward
+over his face, saying as he stretched forth his neck: 'Make not my hair
+bloody.' A certain man took the hair in his hand and held it fast, and
+Thorkel swang the axe so as to strike, but the viking drew back his head
+suddenly & he who was holding his hair moved forward with him, and lo,
+the axe came down on both his hands and took them off, thereafter
+cleaving the earth. Then Earl Eirik came up and asked: 'Who is that fine
+man?' 'Sigurd the lads call me,' said he, 'and I am thought to be a son
+to Bui: not yet are all the vikings of Jomsborg dead.' 'Thou must of a
+surety be a true son to Bui; wilt thou have quarter?' 'That dependeth
+upon who is the bidder thereof,' said Sigurd. 'He offereth it who hath
+power to give it, to wit Earl Eirik.' 'Then will I take it,' and loosed
+was he from the rope. Then said Thorkel Leira: 'Though thou grantest
+quarter, Earl, to all these men, yet never shall Vagn Akason depart
+hence alive,' & so saying he ran forward with uplifted axe. Just then
+the viking Skadi tripped in the rope, and dropped before Thorkel's feet,
+and Thorkel fell flat over him, and Vagn seizing the axe dealt Thorkel
+his death-blow. Then said the Earl: 'Wilt thou have quarter?' 'Yea
+will I,' said he, 'if we all are given quarter.' 'Loose them from the
+rope,' said the Earl, and so it was done accordingly.
+
+Eighteen of these men were slain, but to twelve was quarter granted.
+
+
+|| Now Earl Hakon & many of his men with him were sitting on a log.
+
+Suddenly there twanged a bowstring from Bui's ship, but the arrow struck
+Gizur of Valders, a feudatory who was sitting by the Earl & was clad in
+brave apparel, & forthwith went sundry of Hakon's men out to the ship
+and found on it Havard the Hewer kneeling by the bulwarks, for his feet
+had been smitten off him. A bow had he in his hand and when they were
+come out to the ship, as aforesaid, Havard asked: 'Who fell off the
+tree-trunk?' 'One named Gizur,' they say. 'Then was my luck lesser than
+I wished.' 'Ill-luck enough,' say they, 'and more hurt shalt thou not
+do,' & therewith they slew him. After these things the dead were
+searched, and the booty brought together for division; five and twenty
+ships belonging to the Jomsborg vikings were thus cleared of booty. Tind
+saith as follows:
+
+  'He, feeder of ravens,
+  (Their swords did smite their thighs)
+  Against the friends of the Wends long did struggle,
+  Until he who shields destroyed had
+  Five and twenty ships laid waste.'
+
+
+|| Thereafter were the hosts dispersed.
+
+Earl Hakon betook him to Throndhjem, taking it full ill that Eirik had
+given Vagn Akason quarter.
+
+Men say that during this battle Earl Hakon made sacrifice of his son
+Erling in order to gain the victory, and afterwards the hailstorm came,
+and that then the slaughtering changed over out of the hands of the
+Jomsborgers. After the battle Earl Eirik went to the Uplands, and from
+there east to his dominions, and with him went Vagn Akason. Thereafter
+Eirik gave the daughter of Thorkel Leira-- Ingibiorg was her name-- in
+marriage to Vagn, & a goodly long-ship to boot, well furnished in all
+things appertaining thereto, & a crew did he get him for the ship, and
+they parted in all friendship. Vagn thence fared southward home to
+Denmark, and became thereafter a famous man.
+
+Many men of might are descended from him.
+
+
+|| Now it hath been heretofore related how Harald the Grenlander was King
+of Vestfold, and how Asta, the daughter of Gudbrand Kula had he taken to
+wife. One summer when he was out laying waste the countries to the
+eastward, came he to Sweden where Olaf the Swede was King in those days.
+Olaf was the son of Eirik the Victorious and of Sigrid the daughter of
+Skogla-Tosti.
+
+Sigrid was now a widow and to her pertained many great manors in Sweden.
+When she heard that her foster-brother Harald the Grenlander had come
+ashore not far from where at that time she was abiding, sent she
+messengers to him, bidding him to a feast which she was making ready to
+give. Thereat was Harald glad, and fared to Astrid with a great
+following of men. And a goodly feast was it withal: the King and the
+Queen sat in the high-seat and in the evening drank both together, and
+among the men flowed the ale freely.
+
+At night when the King went to his rest his bed had on it a costly
+coverlet, and was hung with precious cloths; in that house there were
+but few men. And the King having unclad him, & gotten into bed, the
+Queen came hither to him and poured out a cup, and pressed him hard to
+drink; right kind was she to him withal. Now the King was exceeding
+drunken, and the Queen likewise.
+
+Then fell the King asleep, and Sigrid went away to her bed. Now the
+Queen was a very wise woman, and far seeing in many things. The next
+morning flowed the drink ever apace, but as ofttimes cometh to pass when
+men have drunk heavily, even so the more wary of drink are most of them
+on the morrow. Yet was the Queen merry, and she and Harald spake much
+together, and as their talk ran on, the Queen said that she deemed her
+lands & kingdom in Sweden to be of no less worth than his in Norway. Now
+at this manner of talking the King waxed moody, and found but little
+pleasure in anything thereafter, and heavy at heart he made him ready
+to go; yet was the Queen exceeding merry, gave him great gifts, &
+accompanied him on his way.
+
+
+|| So back to Norway fared he that autumn, & abode at home during that
+winter, but little enough pleasure gat he the while. The summer
+thereafter went he eastward with his host, and shaped his course for
+Sweden. Word sent he to Sigrid that he desired to meet her, & she rode
+down to him, & they talked together; then without more ado he asked her
+whether she would have him for mate, to which Sigrid made answer that to
+do such a thing would indeed be foolish, seeing that he is well married
+already, and better for him might not be. Harald confessed Asta to be a
+good wife and brave, 'but of such noble blood as mine is she not
+withal.' Then answered Sigrid. 'Maybe thou art of higher lineage than
+she, yet nevertheless it beseemeth to me that with her is the happiness
+of ye both.' And after that few were the words spoken between them
+before the Queen rode away.
+
+
+|| Then was King Harald sick at heart, & he made him ready to ride inland
+to see Queen Sigrid yet once more. Many of his men counselled him
+therefrom, but none the less went he with a great following to the house
+of which Sigrid was lady. That same evening there came thither from the
+east, from Gardariki (western Russia), another king-- VissavaldSec. was his
+name, & he likewise came to woo Sigrid the Queen. The kings & all their
+retinue were given seats in a large & ancient chamber; & ancient also
+were the furnishings of this room, but drink more than enough went round
+that evening, so strong indeed that all became drunken, and both the
+head-guard, and the outer-guard fell asleep. Then, during the night--
+and all this was caused by Queen Sigrid-- were they fallen upon with
+fire and sword; both the chamber & the men who were therein were burned,
+& of those who came out from it not one was allowed to go alive.
+
+Quoth Sigrid on this matter, that she would teach small kings from other
+lands to woo her; & thereafter she was called Sigrid the Scheming.
+
+
+|| It was the winter before these things befell that the battle with the
+Jomsborg vikings was fought in Hiorungavag. Now while Harald was gone
+inland, one Hrani was left in charge of the ships and men; but when the
+news came that Harald had been done to death, fared they thence
+forthwith, & going back to Norway recounted the tidings.
+
+And to Asta went Hrani & told her all things concerning their voyage, &
+likewise the errand that had urged King Harald to Queen Sigrid. When she
+heard these tidings Asta went straightway to the Uplands to her father,
+and right welcome was she made, but exceeding wrathful were they both at
+the base design which had been toward in Sweden, & with Harald that he
+had been minded to leave her in loneliness. Asta, the daughter of
+Gudbrand, brought forth a son even there in the summer; this boy was
+called Olaf at his baptism, & Hrani poured the water over him. At the
+outset was the child reared by Gudbrand & Asta his mother.
+
+
+|| Earl Hakon ruled the whole coast of Norway; sixteen counties had he
+under his sway, and forasmuch as Harald Fairhair had prescribed that an
+earl should be over every county, and that prescription had endured for
+long, there were under him sixteen earls. Thus it is said in the
+Vellekla:
+
+  'Where else know we the government
+  (On this the hosts may ponder)
+  Of one land-ruler over the lands of sixteen earls?
+  Unto the four corners of heaven rises the rumour
+  Of the doughty deeds of the belauded chieftain.'
+
+
+|| During the rule of Earl Hakon the increase was good in the land, &
+peace was there within it among the peasantry. Well-beloved, too, was
+the Earl among them for the greater part of his life, but as his years
+waxed old it happened that his intercourse with women became unseemly,
+and to such a pass came this that the Earl would cause the daughters of
+powerful men to be brought unto him, when he would lie with them for a
+week or twain, and then send them back to their homes. This manner of
+acting brought him to great enmity with the kinsmen of these women, and
+the peasantry fell to murmuring, as is the wont of the folk of
+Throndhjem when things are not to their liking.
+
+
+|| Now there came to the ears of Earl Hakon the fame of a man overseas
+westward who called himself Oli, & whom men held for a King; and he
+misdoubted from the talk of certain folk that this man must be of the
+lineage of the Norwegian Kings. He was told, indeed, that Oli called
+himself Gerdish (i.e., of Garda) by race, but the Earl had heard that
+Tryggvi Olafson had had a son who had been taken eastward to Garda
+(western Russia), and had been brought up there at the Court of King
+Valdamar, and that his name was Olaf.
+
+Often had the Earl sought information about this man, and he misdoubted
+that he it was who had now come to the western countries. Now to Hakon
+the Earl was a great friend, one Thorir Klakka, who was known far and
+wide, for he had sailed long whiles as a viking, and at others as a
+merchant.
+
+So west across the sea Earl Hakon now despatched this man, bidding him
+fare to Dublin as a merchant, as many were wont to fare in those days.
+It was laid on Thorir that he should ascertain of what manner of man was
+this Oli, and should he hear of a truth he was Olaf Tryggvason, or of
+the lineage of the Kings of Norway, then was Thorir, if it might be,
+to ensnare him into the power of the Earl.
+
+
+|| So Thorir gat him west to Dublin, and enquiring there for tidings of
+Oli learned that he was with his brother-in-law King Olaf Kvaran.Sec.
+Thereafter Thorir brought it to pass that he gat speech of Oli, and when
+they had talked often and long (for Thorir was a very smooth-tongued
+man) fell Oli to asking about the Upland kings: which of them were still
+alive and what dominions pertained to them.
+
+Likewise asked he concerning the Earl, and if he were much beloved in
+the country. Thorir answered: 'The Earl is so mighty a man that no one
+durst speak but as he wills, nevertheless the reason of this is that we
+have none other to look to. Verily know I the minds of many mighty men,
+& of the people likewise, & that they would be eager & ready were a king
+of the lineage of Harald Fair-hair to come to the realm.
+
+Of this, however, is there no likelihood inasmuch as it has been well
+proven how little it availeth to contend against Earl Hakon.'
+
+And when they had talked much together on this matter, revealed Olaf
+unto Thorir his name & lineage, & craved counsel of him whether the
+peasantry would have him for their King should he fare over to Norway.
+With eagerness sought Thorir to urge him on to make this journey,
+praising him and his prowess most exceedingly. Then did Olaf conceive a
+great desire to be gone to the realm of his kin; and sailed he
+thereafter from the west with five ships, going first to the Hebrides; &
+together with him went Thorir. Later sailed he to the Orkneys where Earl
+Sigurd, the son of Hlodvir, was lying in Asmundarvag (Osmundwall) in
+Rognvaldzey (South Ronaldsey) in a long-ship for he was about to sail
+over to Katanes (Caithness). Then did King Olaf sail his folk from the
+west & put into haven in the island because Pettlanzfjord (Pentland
+Firth) was not navigable.
+
+When the King heard that the Earl was lying there summoned he him to
+talk with him, and Earl Sigurd having come to the King not long did they
+talk ere the King Olaf said that the Earl and all the folk of the land
+must let themselves be baptized or they would straightway be put to
+death; and the King said he would carry fire & sword through the isles,
+and lay waste the land if the folk thereof did not allow themselves to
+be christened.
+
+So the Earl being thus beset chose to accept baptism, and was baptized
+there and then with all his men. Thereafter swore the Earl an oath that
+he would become the King's man, & give him his son for a hostage-- his
+name was Whelp or Hound-- and Olaf took him home with him to Norway.
+
+
+|| Olaf then sailed eastward out to sea, and when he left the main, went
+in to the Isle of Most, where he went on land in Norway for the first
+time.
+
+He caused a Mass to be said in his tent, & on the self-same spot was a
+church afterward builded. Now Thorir Klakka told the King that their
+wisest course was to keep secret his identity, and to let not the
+slightest rumour about him get abroad, and to travel as speedily as
+might be so as to fall upon the Earl while he was still unawares.
+
+Even so did King Olaf, faring northward day and night according to the
+set of the wind, & he let not the people know of his journey, nor who
+it was that was sailing. When he was come north to Agdanes gat he
+tidings that Earl Hakon was within the fjord, & moreover that he was at
+variance with the peasantry. Now when Thorir heard tell of this quite
+otherwise was it from what he had expected, for after the battle of the
+Jomsborg vikings all men in Norway were full friendly with Earl Hakon by
+reason of the victory he had won, & which had saved the land from war;
+but now so ill had things befallen that here was the Earl at strife with
+the peasantry, & that with a great chief come into the land.
+
+
+|| At this time Hakon the Earl was a guest at Medalhus in Gaulardal, his
+ships lying off Vigg the while.
+
+Now there was a certain Orm Lyrgia, a wealthy yeoman who lived at Bynes,
+and he had to wife Gudrun the daughter of Bergthor of Lundar, & so fair
+a woman was this Gudrun that she was called the 'sun of Lundar.'
+
+And on such an errand as this, namely to bring unto him Orm's wife, did
+Earl Hakon send his thralls.
+
+The men coming thither to Bynes made known their errand, but Orm bade
+them first go out & sup, & before they had well eaten there had come to
+him many men whom he had sent for from the neighbouring homesteads. Then
+said Orm that he would in nowise suffer Gudrun to go with the thralls;
+and Gudrun herself bade the thralls go tell the Earl that never would
+she go to him save he sent Thora of Rimul,Sec. a wealthy lady and one of
+the Earl's sweethearts, to fetch her. Then the thralls said that they
+would come once again in such a manner that both master and mistress
+would repent them of this business, & uttering grievous threats they gat
+them gone. Now in all four directions of the countryside did Orm send
+out war-arrows, and with them word that all men should rise against
+Hakon the Earl to slay him. Moreover he let Haldor of Skerdingsted be
+told, and forthwith Haldor also made despatch of the war-arrow.
+
+Not long before this had the Earl taken the wife of a man named
+Bryniolf, and from that piece of work had arisen a great pother, and
+something nigh the assembling together of an host.
+
+So after receiving the message aforesaid all the people hastened
+together and made their way to Medalhus, but to the Earl coming news of
+their motions thereon left he the house together with his men and went
+to a deep valley which is now called Jarlsdal (the Earl's valley), and
+therein they hid themselves. The day thereafter kept the Earl watch on
+the peasant host. The peasants had encompassed all the footways, though
+they were mostly of a mind that the Earl had made off to his ships.
+These were now commanded by his son Erling, a young man of singular
+promise.
+
+When night fell sent the Earl his men away from him, bidding them take
+to the forest tracks out to Orkadal, 'No one will harm ye if I am
+nowhere nigh,' he said. 'Send also word to Erling to go out of the fjord
+so that we may meet in More. I shall find a means to hide me from the
+peasants.' Then the Earl departed and a thrall of his named Kark bore
+him company.
+
+Ice was there on the Gaul river, but the Earl set his horse at it & they
+came through, with the loss of his cloak, to a cave which has since been
+called Jarlshellir (the Earl's cave), and therein slept they soundly.
+When Kark awakened recounted he unto the Earl a dream he had dreamt: how
+a man black & ill to behold had come nigh the cave, and he was afeared
+would enter it, and this man had told him that 'Ulli' was dead.
+
+Then said the Earl, 'Erling must have been slain.' For the second time
+Thormod Kark slept and he cried out in his sleep, and when he awoke told
+his dream, namely that he had seen the self-same man coming down again,
+& he had bidden Kark tell the Earl that now all the sounds were closed.
+
+And Kark telling Earl Hakon his dream said he thought it might betoken a
+short life for him. Thereafter they arose and went to the homestead of
+Rimul, whence sent the Earl Kark to Thora bidding her come privily to
+him. This did she in haste, and made the Earl right welcome, and he
+craved of her hiding were it but for a few nights even until dispersed
+should be the peasants. 'Here is it that thou wilt be sought by them,'
+said she, 'and search will they make both within and without, throughout
+the whole of this my homestead, for many there are that wot over well
+how that I would fain help thee all that I might.
+
+Howbeit one place is there wherein would I never seek for such a man as
+thou, and that is in the swine-sty.' So thither hied they and said the
+Earl: 'Here then will we hide us, for it behoves us that first of all
+must we give heed to our own lives.' Thereupon dug the thrall a large
+ditch in the sty & carried away the earth, and afterwards placed wood
+across it.
+
+And Thora brought unto the Earl tidings that Olaf Tryggvason was come up
+the fjord, and that he had slain the Earl's son Erling.
+
+Right so went the Earl into the trench, & Kark with him, and Thora
+dragged wood athwart it, and swept earth and muck over it, and drave the
+swine thereon. Now the swine-sty was under a certain big rock.
+
+
+  [Illustration]
+
+|| With five long-ships shaped Olaf Tryggvason his course into the fjord,
+& Erling, the son of Earl Hakon with his three ships rowed him out to
+meet him. Or ever the ships drew nigh one to another Erling and his men
+knew that this was war, and then in lieu of coming to a meeting with
+Olaf did they make head for the land. Now Olaf when he had seen the
+long-ships rowing down the fjord towards him thought to himself that
+this would be Earl Hakon, and thereon gave the word of command to row
+ahead as hard as might be.
+
+The men of Erling even so soon as they were come nigh unto the shore
+leapt they in haste overboard & made for land. Thither after them were
+come the ships of Olaf and he himself saw swimming a man exceeding fair
+to look upon, and thereon seized he the tiller and threw it even unto
+this man, and the tiller smote the head of Erling, he that was son of
+the Earl, so that his skull was cloven, yea even to the brain.
+
+Thus came it to pass that Erling lost his life.
+
+There slew the men of Olaf many, but even so did a few make good their
+escape; others again made they prisoners, & giving them quarter gat
+tidings from them.
+
+Thus learnt Olaf that the peasants had driven away Earl Hakon, that he
+was fleeing before them, and that all the folk that were his were
+scattered.
+
+Thereafter did the peasants come unto Olaf, and as all liked one another
+passing well forthwith entered they into fellowship.
+
+The peasants hailed him for their King, and they covenanted together to
+seek Earl Hakon, & to make search up into Gaulardal where if
+peradventure he was to be found in any of the houses there, deemed they
+it likeliest would he be at Rimul since all men knew for why.
+
+Thora was the dearest friend to him in that valley. So thither went
+they, and sought the Earl both without and within but of him could they
+find no trace; and Olaf summoned the people together out in the yard,
+and standing on the rock which was beside the swine-sty spake unto them,
+and the words that he uttered were that he would reward with riches and
+honour the man who would work mischief to Earl Hakon.
+
+This speech was heard both by the Earl and Kark. Now by them in the sty
+had they a light there with them, and the Earl said: 'Why art thou so
+pale, yet withal as black as earth? Is it in thy heart, Kark, that thou
+shouldst betray me?' 'Nay,' said Kark, 'we two were born on the
+self-same night, and long space will there not be twixt the hour of our
+deaths.' Towards evening went King Olaf away, & when it was night Kark
+slept, and the Earl kept watch, but Kark was troubled in his sleep. Then
+the Earl awakened him & asked him whereof he dreamt, and he said: 'I was
+now even at Ladir, and Olaf Tryggvason placed a gold ornament about my
+neck.'
+
+The Earl answered: 'A blood-red ring will it be that Olaf Tryggvason
+will lay about thy neck, shouldst thou meet with him. Beware now, and
+betray me not, & thou shalt be treated well by me as heretofore.' Then
+stay they both sleepless each watching the other, as it might be, but
+nigh daybreak fell the Earl asleep and was troubled at once, so troubled
+that he drew his heels up under him & his head likewise under him, and
+made as though he would rise up, calling aloud and in a fearsome way.
+Then grew Kark afeard & filled with horror, so it came to pass that he
+drew a large knife from his belt and plunged it into the throat of the
+Earl cutting him from ear to ear. Thus was encompassed the death of Earl
+Hakon.
+
+Then cut Kark off the head of the Earl and hasted him away with it, and
+the day following came he with it to Ladir unto King Olaf, and there
+told he him all that had befallen them on their flight, as hath already
+been set forth. Afterwards King Olaf let Kark be taken away thence, &
+his head be sundered from his trunk.
+
+
+|| Thereafter to Nidarholm went King Olaf and likewise went many of the
+peasantry, and with them bare they the heads of Earl Hakon and Kark. In
+those days it was the custom to use this island as a place whereon might
+be slain thieves & criminals, and on it stood a gallows. And the King
+caused that on this gallows should be exposed the heads of Earl Hakon
+and Kark. Then went thither the whole of the host, and shouted up at
+them and cast stones, and said that they went to hell each in goodly
+company, ever one rascal with another. Thereafter did they send men up
+to Gaulardal, & after they had dragged thence the body of Earl Hakon did
+they burn it.
+
+So great strength was there now in the enmity that was borne against
+Earl Hakon by the folk that were of Throndhjem that no one durst breathe
+his name save as the 'bad Earl,' and for long afterwards was he called
+after this fashion.
+
+Nevertheless it is but justice to bear testimony of Earl Hakon that he
+was well worthy to be a chief, firstly by the lineage whereof he was
+descended, then for his wisdom and the insight with which he used the
+power that pertained to him, his boldness in battle, and withal his
+goodhap in gaining victories and slaying his foemen. Thus saith Thorleif
+Raudfelldarson:
+
+  'Hakon! no Earl more glorious 'neath the moon's highway:
+  In strife and battle hath the warrior honour won,
+  Chieftains mine to Odin hast thou sent,
+  (Food for ravens were their corses)
+  Therefore wide be thy rule!'
+
+
+|| The most generous of men was Earl Hakon, yet even to such a chief
+befell so great mishap on his dying-day. And this was brought about by
+the coming of the time when blood-offerings & the men of blood-offerings
+were doomed, & in their stead were found the true Faith and righteous
+worship.
+
+
+|| In general Thing at Throndhjem was Olaf Tryggvason chosen to be King
+of the land, even as Harald Fair-hair had been King. Indeed the folk
+rose up, & the crowds would hear of nought else but that Olaf Tryggvason
+should be King; and Olaf went throughout the country conquering it,
+& all men in Norway vowed allegiance to him.
+
+Even the lords of the Uplands and Vik who had before held their lands
+from the Danish King now became men unto Olaf and held their lands from
+him. Then in the first winter & the summer thereafter fared he through
+the country.
+
+Earl Eirik Hakonson, and Svein his brother, & others of their kith and
+friendship fled from the land, & going eastward to Sweden, even unto
+King Olaf the Swede, were by him well received. Thus saith Thord
+Kolbeinson:
+
+  'Foemen of robbers! swiftly can fate cause change,
+  Brief space 'fore the treason of men did Hakon to death,
+  And to the land erewhile taken by the fighter in battle
+  Came now the son of Tryggvi, faring from the west.
+  More in his mind had Eirik against his lord and King
+  Than can now be spoken of, as might be thought of him.
+  In wrath sought the Earl counsel of the King of the Swedes
+  (Stubborn are the folk of Throndhjem, ne'er one will flee).'
+
+
+|| Now the name of a certain man from Vik was Lodin, and he possessed
+much wealth and was come of a goodly lineage. Often fared he as a
+merchant, but upon occasion as a viking. Now it befell one summer that
+Lodin, to whom appertained the ship, wherein was a fair cargo, did set
+sail eastward with merchandise that was his, and after making Estland
+spent he the summer there in the places where the fairs were held. Now
+the while a fair happeneth are many kinds of goods thither brought to it
+for sale, & likewise come many thralls, and among them as it befell in
+this wise one day saw Lodin a woman, who when he looked on her perceived
+he her to be Astrid, the daughter of Eirik whom King Tryggvi had had to
+wife. Now indeed was she unlike what she had been when he had aforetime
+seen her, for pale was she, and wasted, and poorly clad; but went he up
+to her & asked her about herself, and she answered: 'Sad is it to relate
+that have I been sold for a slave, & yet again am I brought hither for
+sale.' Thereafter did they recognize one another, & Astrid knew well all
+about him and she besought him to buy her & take her back to her kin.
+'I will make a bargain with thee on this matter,' said he, 'I will bear
+thee home with me to Norway if thou wilt wed me.'
+
+So Astrid being in such dire straits and knowing him full well to be a
+man that was brave & had many possessions, yea and moreover goodly
+lineage, plighted she him her troth so that she might be set free. Thus
+it came to pass that Lodin bought Astrid, and bare her away home even
+unto Norway, and wedded her there with the goodwill of her kinsfolk. The
+children she bare to him were Thorkel Nefia, Ingirid, and Ingigerd;
+while the daughters of Astrid by King Tryggvi were Ingibiorg and Astrid.
+
+The sons of Eirik Biodaskalli were Sigurd Carles-head, Jostein, and
+Thorkel Dydril; all these were noble & wealthy, and to them pertained
+manors in the east of the country.
+
+Two brothers that dwelt in Vik, Thorgeir & Hyrning as they were named,
+took to wife the daughters of Astrid and Lodin.
+
+
+  [Illustration]
+
+|| After the Danish King, Harald Gormson, had embraced the faith of
+Christ made he proclamation throughout his dominions that all men must
+allow themselves to be baptized, and must turn to the true Faith.
+He himself followed hard on the bidding, making use of force and
+chastisement when naught else could prevail.
+
+He sent to Norway with a great host two Earls that were called
+Urgutherjot and Brimiskiar;Sec. the mission to them was that they should
+proclaim Christianity throughout the land & the same also in Vik which
+had done direct homage unto Harald himself.
+
+Folk made they submissive readily enough, and many country folk were
+thereon baptized. Howsoever it came to pass that after the death of
+Harald speedily went his son Svein Two-beard to war in Saxland,
+Frisland, and at last also in England, and then those of Norway who had
+received Christianity returned to sacrifices, as in the old times
+aforesaid in the north country.
+
+But Olaf Tryggvason after that he was King in Norway dwelt he for long
+in the summer at Vik, where he was made welcome with great show of
+affection; and to that place came also many of his kindred, & others who
+were allied to him, and many that had been good friends with his father.
+Then did Olaf summon to him his uncle, & his step-father Lodin, & his
+step-brothers Thorgeirr and Hyrning, and laying the matter before them
+besought them most earnestly to undertake with him, and thereafter with
+all their might support the spreading of the message of Christianity,
+for this message it was his wish to carry throughout the whole of his
+dominions.
+
+And, said he, that he would have it his way or die, 'I will make all of
+ye great and powerful men, for it is upon ye that chiefly do I rely
+inasmuch as ye are to me kith & brethren.' So all were agreed to do what
+he bade them and support him in that which he desired, and to have
+fellowship with all those that were of a mind to follow their counsel.
+
+Then did King Olaf proclaim that he would invite all men in his realm to
+become Christians, and those who had agreed this aforetime straightway
+did his bidding, & as they were the most powerful of those present, all
+the others did according to their example. Thereafter were all folk
+baptized in the eastern part of Vik, & then went the King to the
+northern parts thereof and invited all men to receive Christianity; and
+those who said nay chastised he severely, slaying some, and maiming
+some, and driving away others from the land. So it came to pass that the
+people of the whole of that kingdom whereover his father King Tryggvi
+had ruled aforetime, and likewise that which his kinsman Harald the
+Grenlander had possessed, received Christianity according to the bidding
+of King Olaf. Wherefore in that summer and in the winter thereafter were
+the people of the whole of Vik made Christian.
+
+
+|| Early in the spring-time was King Olaf astir, and leaving Vik went he
+north-west to Agdir and whithersoever he went summoned he the peasants
+to a Thing, and bade all men let themselves be baptized. And forasmuch
+as none of the peasantry durst rise up against the King, the people were
+baptized withersoever he went, and the men embraced Christianity.
+
+
+|| Bold men and many were there in Hordaland who were come of the kin of
+Horda Kari. To him had been born four sons: firstly, Thorleif the Wise,
+secondly, Ogmund who was the father of Thorolf Skialg, the father of
+Erling of Soli; thirdly, Thord the father of Klyp the 'hersir' (he that
+slew Sigurd Sleva Gunnhildson) and fourthly, Olmod the father of Aksel
+who was the father of Aslak Fitiar-skalli. This stock was greatest and
+bravest in Hordaland.
+
+
+|| Now when these kinsmen heard the disquieting tidings that the King was
+coming from the east along the coast, and with him a large host who
+forced all men that they should break the old laws of the old gods, and
+imposed penalties with sore chastisements on all those who spake not to
+his liking, agreed they to meet together to take counsel upon their
+plans for well knew they the King would soon be upon them; it was
+therefore agreed among them that they would one & all be present at the
+Gula-Thing, and there should they meet Olaf Tryggvason.
+
+
+|| Even so soon as he was come to Rogaland did Olaf summon a Thing,
+& thereto came the peasantry in great numbers and fully armed.
+
+And being come together made they speeches and held consultations among
+themselves, & chose three men who were the most eloquent among them to
+answer back the King at the Thing. Moreover were they to speak against
+him and make it known that they would not suffer their laws to be broken
+even were it the King who ordained the same. Now when the peasants were
+assembled at the Thing & the Thing was opened, rose up King Olaf and
+spake, talking at the outset smooth and fair albeit it was manifest in
+his talking that it was his will that they should accept Christianity.
+
+And after he had done with fair words he fell to vowing that those who
+spoke against him and would not do his bidding would bring upon
+themselves his wrath & chastisement and hard entreatment howsoever he
+might bring it about.
+
+Now when the King had made an end to speaking there stood up one of the
+yeomen who was the most eloquent & who had been chosen as the first to
+make answer to King Olaf.
+
+But when he was about to speak was he taken with such a coughing &
+choking that he could not get forth a word, and down sat he again.
+Sorely as it had gone with the first yet nevertheless rose another man
+to his feet to take up the answer, but when he began to talk so greatly
+did he stammer that never a word could he get forth. Then all who were
+present fell to laughing, so that the yeoman sat himself down again.
+Then stood the third man up with intent to speak against King Olaf, but
+so hoarse was he and husky that no man could hear what he said, so down
+he sat likewise. There being now none of the chosen yeomen left to speak
+against the King, and no one else would answer him, the resistance that
+had been projected came to naught.
+
+In the end therefore were all agreed to do the King's bidding, and all
+the Thing folk were christened there and then or ever the King departed
+from them.
+
+
+|| King Olaf proceeded to the Gula-Thing accompanied by his men, for the
+peasants had sent unto the King saying that there they would answer him
+on this matter. But when both parties were come to the Thing the King
+made known that it was his wish first to have speech with the chiefs of
+the land, so when all were assembled there he set forth his purpose in
+being present, which was to impose baptism upon them.
+
+Then spake Olmod the Old and said: 'We kinsmen have taken counsel
+together on this matter, and of one consent are we thereon. If thou,
+King, thinkest to force us kinsmen to such a thing as the breaking of
+our laws, and wilt bend us to thy will, then will we defy thee by all
+means in our power, & fate must decide whoso shall get the mastery.
+
+But if thou, O King, wilt advance us kinsfolk somewhat then thou mayst
+bring it so well about that we shall turn to thee in hearty obedience.'
+Quoth the King, 'What is that which ye demand that shall bring about
+good peace betwixt us?' Then said Olmod, 'Firstly is it thou shalt give
+thy sister, Astrid, in marriage to our kinsman Erling Skialgson, whom we
+now account the likeliest young man of Norway.'
+
+The King said that to his mind this was a fair request and that it would
+be a good marriage seeing that Erling was of a great family, and withal
+goodly to look upon, but nevertheless said he, must Astrid herself have
+a word in the matter. Thereafter did the King speak with his sister on
+the subject, and she answered and said, 'little it availeth me that I am
+a King's daughter and a King's sister if I am to wed a man without a
+princely name, rather will I tarry a few winters for another suitor,'
+and therewith ended their talking for the time being.
+
+
+|| Now after these things King Olaf caused the feathers to be plucked
+from off a hawk appertaining to Astrid his sister, and thereafter he
+sent the bird to her. Then said Astrid, 'Wrathful is my brother now,'
+& going to her brother, who bade her welcome, she spake unto him that
+he the King should give her in marriage as it seemeth best to him.
+'Methought,' said Olaf, 'that I had power enough in this land to make
+whatsoever man I would a man of title and dignity.'
+
+So then the King summoned Olmod and Erling and all their kinsmen to him
+to talk with them anent this matter, and in such wise did their talking
+end that Astrid was betrothed to Erling. Thereafter the King called
+together a Thing, & offered the peasants Christianity, and though all
+their kinsfolk were with them in this matter yet were Olmod & Erling the
+most zealous of all men in forwarding the King's cause.
+
+No one had any longer the courage to raise his voice against the wish of
+the King, and thereupon were the people all baptized and became
+Christian. Now the marriage of Erling Skialgson took place in the summer
+and many folks came together to be witness of it; thither likewise came
+King Olaf. On this occasion did the King offer to give Erling an
+earldom, but Erling spake & said: '"Hersirs" have my kinsmen been and no
+higher title will I have than they; but this will I take from thy hands,
+King, namely that thou makest me to be the greatest in the land of that
+name.' So in accord with this did the King give him his promise, and
+when they parted bestowed on his brother-in-law Erling that land which
+is north of the Sogn-sea and lies eastward as far as Lidandisnes,Sec. on
+the same pact as Harald Fair-hair had given land to his sons, of which
+an account has been afore writ in fair scrip.
+
+
+|| Then in the autumn after these things had come to pass, the King
+called together a Thing of four counties, & the meeting took place in
+the north, at Stad on Dragseid.
+
+Thither came folk from Sogn, the Firths, South-More and Raumsdal. King
+Olaf himself fared to it with a mighty following of men that he took
+with him from the east of the country, and likewise men who had come to
+him from Rogaland and Hordaland. Then when he was come to the Thing
+offered he to those that were gathered together Christianity even as he
+had done at other places, and forasmuch as he had with him a very great
+host men were afeared of him.
+
+Then did he give them for choice one of two things, either to accept
+Christianity and let themselves be baptized, or to be prepared to do
+battle with him. So the peasants foreseeing no chance of fighting
+against the King save with ill-hap, accepted the first choice he had
+offered them & embraced Christianity. Then fared Olaf with his men to
+North-More, and that country likewise made he Christian; thereafter
+sailed he in to Ladir & caused the temple there to be pulled down & took
+all the adornments & property from the temple and from the god.
+
+A great gold ring which Earl Hakon had caused to be wrought took he
+moreover from the door thereof, & then after he had done these things
+caused he the temple to be burned.
+
+
+|| Now when the peasants came to hear of what the King had done sent they
+war-arrows throughout the countryside, calling out an host & were about
+to rise against the King, but meantime sailed he out of the fjord with
+his men, and thereafter headed northward off-shore. Now it was the
+intent of Olaf to fare north to Halogaland in order thither to bring
+Christianity; but when he was come as far north as to Biarney gat he
+news from Halogaland that they had an host under arms, and were minded
+to defend their land against the King. The chiefs of this host were
+Harek of Tiotta, Thorir Hart of Vogar, and Eyvind Rent-cheek. So Olaf
+learning this, even as aforesaid, turned his ships about & sailed
+southward off the coast. When he was come as far south as to Stad fared
+he more slowly, but nevertheless at the beginning of winter had he
+covered all the distance eastward to Vik.
+
+
+|| Now the Queen of Sweden, whom men called the Haughty, was at that time
+living at one or other of her manors, and betwixt King Olaf and her
+fared there that winter emissaries who sought her hand in the name of
+the King.
+
+Queen Sigrid received the offer in a friendly spirit, and in due time
+was their troth plighted.
+
+King Olaf sent Queen Sigrid the great ring of gold which he had taken
+from off the door of the temple at Ladir, and it was deemed a most noble
+gift.
+
+Now touching the matter of this marriage a meeting was to take place the
+following spring by the Gota river, on the marches of the country.
+
+While this ring which King Olaf had sent to Queen Sigrid was being
+praised so exceedingly were the Queen's smiths, brothers, with her; & it
+befell that they took the ring, and weighed it in their hands, & then
+spake a word together privily. At this the Queen summoned them to her,
+and asked of them why made they such mock of the ring, but they denied
+that they were doing such a thing.
+
+Then said she that she insisted upon knowing what it was they had
+discovered; & thereupon they told her that there was falsehood in the
+ring. Then did the Queen let the ring be broken asunder, and copper was
+found to be inside it.
+
+Thereon was the Queen wroth, and said that Olaf might play her false in
+more things than this one.
+
+
+|| That same winter went King Olaf up into Ringariki and introduced
+Christianity there. Now it had befallen that Asta, the daughter of
+Gudbrand, was speedily wedded after the death of Harald the Grenlander
+to a man named Sigurd Sow,Sec. who was King of Ringariki. Sigurd was the
+son of Sigurd o' the Copse who again was son to Harald Fair-hair.
+Dwelling with Asta at that time was Olaf her son by Harald the
+Grenlander, for he was being reared at the house of his step-father
+Sigurd Sow. When King Olaf Tryggvason went to Ringariki to introduce
+Christianity, Sigurd let himself be christened together with Asta his
+wife, & Olaf her son,Sec. & for the latter stood Olaf Tryggvason sponsor;
+the babe was at that time three winters old.
+
+King Olaf then fared southward again to Vik, and abode there the winter,
+& this was the third winter that he was King of Norway.
+
+
+|| Early in the spring fared King Olaf eastward to Konungahella (the
+King's rock) to the tryst with Queen Sigrid, and when they were met,
+talked they one with the other over the matter which had been set afoot
+in the winter, to wit, that they should wed one another.
+
+Right hopeful did the matter seem to them, until King Olaf spake & said
+that Sigrid must accept christening and the true Faith.
+
+Then did the Queen make answer: 'Depart from the faith that I have held
+aforetime, and which my kindred held before me will I never: yet will I
+not account it against thee shouldst thou believe on whatsoever god may
+seem best to thy mind.' Then Olaf waxed exceedingly wroth and made
+answer hastily: 'Heathen as a dog art thou-- why should I wed thee?' and
+smote her in the face with the glove he was holding in his hand.
+
+Then stood he up on his feet & she arose likewise, and Sigrid said,
+'This might be thy undoing.' Thereafter were they parted, the King going
+northward to Vik, and the Queen east to Sweden.
+
+
+  [Illustration]
+
+|| Thence King Olaf fared to Tunsberg & having come thither held he a
+Thing and gave out thereat that all men who were known and proven to be
+dealers in witchcraft and spellwork, or were wizards, should depart out
+of the land. Thereafter did the King cause the countryside thereabouts
+be searched for such men, & commanded them to be brought unto him. And
+when they were come to him a man there was among them called Eyvind
+Well-spring, who was the grandson of Rognovald Straight-legs, the son of
+King Harald Fair-hair.
+
+Now Eyvind was a wizard & well versed in witchcraft. King Olaf caused
+all these men to be assembled in a certain hall, which had been made
+ready for them in goodly wise, and therein feasted he them & gave them
+much strong drink, and when they were all drunken caused he the chamber
+to be set on fire. Thus it came about that all the folk who were therein
+were burned except Eyvind Well-spring who saved himself by climbing
+through the smoke-hole.
+
+Eyvind having made off and sped far on his way, fell in with men who
+were going to the King, and he bade these men tell Olaf that he, Eyvind,
+had gotten away from out of the fire, and never again would he come into
+the King's hands; and that moreover would he pursue his arts even as he
+had done before.
+
+When these men were come to King Olaf they told of Eyvind according as
+he had bidden them, and ill-pleased enough was the King that Eyvind was
+not dead.
+
+
+|| When spring was come King Olaf left Vik and went the round of his
+manors, and sent he word throughout Vik that come the summer would he
+call out an host and with it fare northward in the land.
+
+Thereafter went he north (west) to Agdir, and when Lent was drawing to
+an end sailed northward to Rogoland, and arrived on Easter EveSec. at
+Ogvaldsnes in the isle of Kormt, where an Easter festival had been made
+ready for him.
+
+Nigh upon three hundred men had he with him. That same night Eyvind
+Well-spring came unto the isle in a long-ship fully manned, and the crew
+aboard her were all wizards and other folk versed in magic. Eyvind and
+his band went up ashore from their ship and set to work on their
+wizardry. Such thick fog & darkness did Eyvind bring about that deemed
+he it would be impossible for the King and his folk to see them; but no
+sooner were they come nigh to the house at Ogvaldsnes than lo! it there
+became broad daylight. Mightily different was this from the desire that
+Eyvind had conceived, for the darkness which he had wrought by magic
+enveloped him and his folk so that never a bit more could they see with
+their eyes than with the napes of their necks, and even round and round
+went they in a ring.
+
+Now the King's watchmen saw the wizards as they were moving about, and
+not knowing what kind of men they might be had the King aroused, and the
+King & his men got up and clad themselves. When King Olaf saw Eyvind &
+his folk, bade he his men take their arms and go out to discover what
+manner of men might these be. Now the King's folk recognizing Eyvind
+laid hands on him and the whole band, and brought them into the presence
+of the King.
+
+Then did Eyvind relate all that had befallen him on his journey.
+
+The King thereafter had them all taken out to a rock which was covered
+by the sea at high-tide and there let them be bound. Thus Eyvind & the
+others came by their end. Afterwards was that rock called Skrattasker.
+
+
+|| Now it is told that while the King was on this visit at Ogvaldsnes
+that there came thither one evening an old man; he was one-eyed and wore
+a slouch hat, but very wise was he in his speech and of all lands could
+he tell.
+
+This man managed to have speech of the King, & the King found much
+entertainment in his conversation and questioned him closely on many
+subjects, & the guest made ready answer to all that he asked him,
+wherefore sat the King till late in the night conversing with him.
+
+The King asked if he wotted who Ogvald was, whom the ness & homesteads
+were named after, & the guest answered that Ogvald was a king and a
+great warrior who made sacrifice above all to a cow, and took the cow
+with him whithersoever he went, for wholesome did he deem it to drink
+ever of her milk. King Ogvald fought with that King who is hight Varin,
+& fell in the combat. He was buried in a barrow not far from the house,
+and a stone was set up which is still standing. In a place not far from
+thence was the cow buried, likewise in a barrow. Such things as this
+told he of kings; and other ancient tidings withal. Now after they had
+sat thus till late in the night, the bishop reminded the King that it
+was time for them to rest, & the King did according as the bishop had
+said. But when the King was unclad and had laid him in his bed, the
+guest sat himself on the step thereof, and again talked for long with
+the King; and ever when he had told of one matter did the King long for
+more. Then spake the bishop to the King saying that it was time for
+sleep, and the King settled himself for sleep according as the bishop
+had said & the guest gat him gone, but soon thereafter the King
+awakened, and asked after his guest, & bade him be called unto him, but
+nowhere was the guest to be found. On the morrow early the King summoned
+his cook to him and he who had charge of the drink withal, and asked
+them if any unknown man had come in to them; & they answered that as
+they were making ready the food a man had come to them & said that they
+were boiling but scurvy meat for the King's table, & therewith he gave
+them two mighty fat sides of neat & these they boiled with the other
+flesh. Then commanded the King that all that food should be destroyed,
+saying that this had not been any man but rather Odin himself, whom
+heathen men had long believed on, but, said he, never should Odin
+beguile them.[Sec.]
+
+
+|| Now when summer was come called King Olaf together a large host from
+the east of the country and with it sailed he northward to Throndhjem,
+going in first to Nidaros. Thereafter sent he round the whole of the
+fjord bidding men assemble at a Thing, and there gathered at Frosta a
+Thing of eight counties.
+
+Now the peasants, be it said, had turned this Thing summons into a
+war-arrow,[Sec.] and to the assembly came men from the whole of the
+district of Throndhjem, so that when the King arrived at the Thing,
+thither likewise was come the peasant host fully armed.
+
+The Thing being established, the King addressed the people and bade them
+accept Christianity, but when he had been speaking but a little while
+the peasants called out to him, & bade him be silent or otherwise, said
+they, would they rise against him and drive him away. 'Thus did we,'
+said they, 'with Hakon Adalstein's foster-son when he commanded a thing
+of the kind, and hold we thee in no more respect than held we him.'
+
+Then did King Olaf seeing the ire of the peasants, and moreover knowing
+full well that they had so large an host, change his manner of address
+and made as if he were agreed with them and spake to them thus: 'It is
+my wish that we should be friends again, in such good accord as we were
+aforetime.
+
+Thither will I go wheresoever ye hold your greatest blood-offering, &
+witness your worship; then will we all take counsel together as to what
+manner of worship we will have, and be then all of one mind thereon.'
+Now when the King spake thus mildly to the peasants, grew they softened
+in temper, and all the converse went peaceably and in seemly fashion,
+and at the end was it determined that there should be a midsummer
+sacrifice at Maerin, and that thither all the chiefs and wealthy
+peasants should go as the custom was, and that thither likewise King
+Olaf was to go.
+
+
+|| Now there was a certain wealthy yeoman whose name was Skeggi (Iron
+Beard, called they him) who dwelt at Uphaug in Yriar, and he it was who
+first spake up against the King at the Thing, and the cause thereof was
+because he was the spokesman of the peasantry against Christianity. But
+in the manner aforesaid was the Thing brought to an end, and the
+peasants went to their homes, and the King across to Ladir.
+
+
+|| At this time was King Olaf lying with his ships in the Nid (thirty
+ships had he, and his folk were of great prowess) but the King himself
+was ofttimes at Ladir, being kept company by his body-guard.
+
+Now when the time appointed for the blood-offering at Maerin was drawing
+nigh held King Olaf a mighty feast at Ladir; thither there came to it
+chieftains and other wealthy peasants from Strind & from places up in
+Gauldal, in accordance with the bidding of King Olaf. When all things
+were ready and the guests come, there was held on the first evening a
+large banquet, and the cups thereat were often charged & men became
+drunk; that night slept all men there in peace. On the morrow early,
+after the King was clad, ordered he Mass to be said, and when the Mass
+was ended his men sounded their horns for a house-Thing, and the Thing
+being established rose the King to his feet and spake, saying: 'A Thing
+held we at Frosta, and thereat I bade the peasantry let themselves be
+christened; but they in their turn bade me attend a blood-offering with
+them, even as the foster-son to King Hakon Adalstein had attended one.
+And there was accord betwixt us inasmuch as it was determined that we
+should meet at Maerin & make a great blood-offering.
+
+But if I am to turn to sacrificing with you, then will I cause to be
+made the greatest sacrifice that can be, namely, the sacrifice of men.
+Nor will I choose as gifts for the gods thralls and evil-doers, but the
+noblest men, and by this token name I Orm Lygra of Medalhus, Styrkar of
+Gimsar, Kar of Gryting, Asbiorn Thorbergson of Varnes, Orm of Lyxa, and
+Haldor of Skerdingsted.' Added to these named he five other men who were
+of the noblest there; all these, said he, should be sacrificed for peace
+and a good year, & he commanded that they should be seized forthwith.
+
+Then the peasants seeing that they were not numerous enough to withstand
+the King begged for grace and gave the whole matter into his hands,
+whereupon it was agreed that all those who were come thither should let
+themselves be baptized, & swear an oath unto the King to hold fast the
+true Faith, and have naught further to do with sacrificing.
+
+All these men kept the King at his feast until they gave their sons or
+brothers or other near kin to be hostages.
+
+
+|| Then fared King Olaf with all his men in to Throndhjem; and when he
+was come to Maerin found he there assembled all the chiefs that were of
+Throndhjem; those who were most zealous to withstand the Christian
+faith. With them were all the wealthy yeomen who had hitherto upheld
+blood-offerings in this place, a right goodly gathering of men, even as
+it had been aforetime at the Frosta-Thing.
+
+The King having required that the Thing should meet, both sides betook
+themselves to it, and they were fully armed. Then when the Thing was
+established the King spake and offered the men Christianity, &
+Iron-Beard answered on behalf of the peasants and said that now even as
+before would they not suffer the King to break their laws: 'We desire,
+King, that thou makest sacrifice, even as other kings in the land have
+done before thee.' Greatly was this speaking applauded by the peasants,
+& they shouted that everything must be according unto the words of
+Skeggi. Then made the King answer that he would go to the temple and
+witness their worship when they were sacrificing, and at this were the
+peasants well pleased, and both sides betook themselves thither
+accordingly.
+
+
+|| Now with King Olaf when he entered into the temple were a certain few
+of his men & a certain few of the peasants. When the King was come unto
+the place of the gods where sat Thor, all adorned with gold and silver,
+then did King Olaf lift up a gold-wrought pike which he had in his hand
+and smote Thor so that he fell from off his altar, & thereupon the
+King's men ran up & cast down all the other gods from their altars.
+While they were within the temple was Iron-Beard slain before the
+entrance-door thereof, and this deed was done by the men of the King.
+Then when the King came forth again to his folk, bade he the peasants
+choose one of two conditions: and these twain conditions were either
+that they should accept the Faith of Christ, or in default thereof do
+battle with him. Now Iron-Beard having been slain was there no man to
+raise the banner against the King, so then was that condition accepted
+which meant going over unto the King & doing that which he had
+commanded.
+
+Then caused King Olaf all the folk who were present to be baptized, and
+from them took hostages that they would cleave to the new faith that was
+given them.
+
+Thereafter sent the King his men round to all the different parts of
+Throndhjem, and durst no man utter a word against the faith of Christ.
+
+
+|| Then went King Olaf with his men to Nidaros, and on the banks of the
+river Nid caused houses to be built, and appointed that on the spot
+should arise a merchant-town. He gave men sites on which to build them
+houses, & his own King's-House built he above Scipa-Krok.Sec.
+
+In the autumn caused he to be brought thither such goods as were
+necessary for a sojourn there during the wintertide; and with him were a
+great company of men.
+
+
+|| After the death of Iron-Beard was his body borne out to Yriar; and he
+lies in the Skeggi barrow at Austratt.Sec.
+
+King Olaf summoned a meeting of the kith of Iron-Beard and forasmuch as
+his folk had slain this man offered he to pay atonement for the deed,
+but there were many brave men to make answer on behalf of Iron-Beard.
+
+Now Iron-Beard had a daughter whose name was Gudrun, and in the end was
+it agreed betwixt those concerned that the King should wed this Gudrun.
+When the marriage time was come went they both of them into one bed,
+King Olaf and Gudrun, and the first night as they were lying together no
+sooner had the King fallen asleep than Gudrun drew forth a knife, and
+was about to thrust it into the King, when he awoke and wresting the
+knife from her cried out to his men to tell them what had befallen.
+Gudrun & all the men who had accompanied her then took their apparel and
+gat them gone in haste; & never afterwards did Gudrun lie in the same
+bed with King Olaf.
+
+
+|| That same autumn King Olaf caused a great long-ship to be built on the
+sands at the mouth of the Nid; a cutter was she, and at work on the
+building thereof were many smiths.
+
+At the beginning of winter she was completed, and there were in her
+thirty holds, & the prow and stern were lofty withal, yet was she not
+broad of beam. That ship called he the 'Crane.'
+
+
+  [Illustration]
+
+|| Now when King Olaf had been two winters in Norway there came to dwell
+with him a Saxon priest whose name was Thangbrand; violent was he &
+murderous, but a goodly clerk withal and an active man. So headstrong
+was he, howsoever, that the King would not keep him with him, but sent
+him to Iceland to make that country Christian.
+
+Thangbrand was given a merchant ship, & of his voyage it may be related
+that he fared to Iceland, and reached the eastern fjords in southern
+Alptafjord, & the winter thereafter abode with Hall at Sida. Thangbrand
+preached Christianity in the islands and Hall and his folk and many
+other chiefs let themselves be baptized according to his word; but there
+were many others who spake against the new faith. Thorvald and Vetrlidi
+the skald made lampoons about Thangbrand, but he slew them both.
+Thangbrand abode three winters in Iceland, and was the slayer of three
+men or ever he departed thence.
+
+
+|| A certain man was there named Sigurd & another who was called Hawk;
+they were Halogalanders, and oft-times made voyages for the conveyance
+of merchandise.
+
+One summer fared they to England. When they were returned to Norway
+sailed they northward along the coast, & in North More fell in with the
+fleet of King Olaf.
+
+Now when the King was told that some heathen men, skippers, from
+Halogaland were there, summoned he them to him & asked them if they
+would allow themselves to be baptized, and thereto answered they nay.
+Thereafter did the King talk to them after diverse fashions, but it
+availed nothing; then he vowed that death or maiming should be their
+lot, but they obeyed him none the more for that. Then did he cause them
+to be put in irons, and kept them in durance for a while, and in fetters
+were they, and the King talked often with them, but naught prevailed.
+
+Then one night made they off, and no one knew anything about them, or in
+what manner they had gotten away; but in the autumn were they arrived
+north, at Harek of Tiotta's, and right welcome were they made.
+
+There dwelt they throughout the winter & were well entertained in all
+fairness & hospitality.
+
+
+|| One fair day in spring it befell that Harek was at home on his farm
+and with him were but few men. Now the time hung heavy on his hands, and
+Sigurd spake to him & asked if they should not row out a little way, and
+so pass the time, and this liked Harek well. So betook they themselves
+to the shore, and did hale down a six-oared boat, & Sigurd from the
+boat-house fetched him a sail and the gear appertaining to the boat, and
+moreover shipped he the rudder. Sigurd and his brother were fully armed,
+as was their wont to be when they were at home with the goodman, and the
+twain were strong men.
+
+Now or ever they gat them into the boat did they throw into it some
+boxes of butter and a basket of bread, and between them bare they a
+large cask of ale down to the craft. This done did they all row from
+land, & having come away from the island hoist the sail, & Harek did
+steer, & away bore they speedily from the island.
+
+Then did the brothers go astern to where Harek was sitting. Saith Sigurd
+to Harek the yeoman: 'Choose thou now betwixt several things: one of
+them is to let us brothers have the upper hand on this cruise, & another
+is to let us bind thee, & the third is that we can slay thee.' Then
+Harek seeing in what a plight he was, inasmuch as he could not measure
+strength with more than one of the brothers even were he and they
+matched as to arms, chose what seemed to him the best of a poor business
+which was to let them do as pleased the twain.
+
+So swore he to them an oath and on that gave them a promise, and after
+that Sigurd was possessed of the tiller and did steer south along the
+coast on a fair breeze, and withal of a mighty care were the brothers
+not to fall in with other craft. They paused not on their cruise ere
+they came to Throndhjem and to Nidaros, and at that last place found
+they King Olaf. Then did the King summon Harek to talk with him, and
+thereupon offered him that he should embrace the good faith of Christ,
+but Harek would have naught of it. On this matter spake for many days
+the King and Harek, sometimes in the presence of many men, sometimes
+alone; but never were they come of one mind.
+
+So at the last said the King to Harek: 'Home shalt thou go, and on these
+counts no harm will I do thee at present: firstly seeing that there is
+kinship betwixt us, and again lest thou mightest say that I had gotten
+thee by guile, but know ye of a truth that I be minded to come north in
+the summertime, & visit distress on ye Halogalanders, and then shall ye
+wot if I can chastise those which accept not the faith which is of
+Christ.'
+
+Right pleased was Harek that he could get away from thence so speedily;
+to him gave King Olaf a good ship rowing ten or twelve oars a side, and
+caused it to be well found with all things needful & of the best; thirty
+men did he send forth with Harek, stout fellows & all equipped of the
+best.
+
+
+|| Thus Harek of Tiotta sped from the town with all the haste that might
+be, whereas Hawk and Sigurd remained with the King, and the twain were
+both baptized.
+
+Harek continued on his way until he was come home to Tiotta, & from
+thence sent he word to his friend Eyvind Rent-cheek that Harek of Tiotta
+had spoken with King Olaf, but had not let himself be cowed into
+accepting the new God; & moreover Harek caused Eyvind to be told that
+King Olaf was minded to bring an host against them come summer-tide &
+that they must act warily, and Harek bade Eyvind come to him as soon as
+ever might be. When this message was brought to Eyvind, quoth he that it
+behoved them greatly to take such steps as would prevent the King from
+getting the upper hand of them, and he hied him away with all speed in a
+light skiff with but few men aboard it.
+
+When he was arrived at Tiotta Harek bade him welcome, and straightway
+went they, Harek and Eyvind, to talk together on the other side of the
+house-yard, but hardly had they speech of one another than they were
+fallen on by men of King Olaf, for so it was that these men had followed
+Harek northward. Eyvind was taken captive and led to their ship, and
+thereafter fared they away with him, and no pause did they make in their
+voyage or ever they were come to Throndhjem to find King Olaf in
+Nidaros. Eyvind was then haled before the King who offered him baptism
+in like manner as he had offered other men baptism, but to this Eyvind
+answered, 'Nay.'
+
+Then with fair words the King bade him be baptized and gave him many
+good reasons therefor, & the Bishop spake after the same fashion as the
+King, none the less would Eyvind in no wise suffer himself to be
+persuaded. Then did the King offer him gifts, and the dues and rights of
+broad lands, but Eyvind put all these away from him. Then did the King
+threaten him with torture even unto death, but never did Eyvind weaken
+his resistance. Thereafter caused the King to be brought in a bowl
+filled with glowing coals, and had it set on the belly of Eyvind, and
+not long was it ere his belly burst asunder.
+
+Then spake Eyvind: 'Take away the bowl from off me for I would fain
+speak some words before I die,' and accordingly it was done.
+
+Then the King asked: 'Wilt thou now, Eyvind, believe on Christ?' 'No,'
+answered he. 'I am not such as can be baptized, I am a spirit quickened
+in the human body by the magic of the Lapps for before that had my
+father and mother never a child.' Then died Eyvind who was the most
+skilled of wizards.
+
+
+  [Illustration]
+
+|| In the spring which followed on these happenings did King Olaf cause
+his ships and men to be made ready for war, taking for his own ship the
+'Crane,' and there was mustered a large and goodly host.
+
+All things being now ready shaped he a course from out the fjord, and
+bringing his fleet north past Byrda fared northward to Halogaland.
+Wheresoever he landed, summoned he a Thing, & at it offered the people
+baptism in the true Faith. Now against this had no man the boldness to
+speak, therefore came it to pass that whithersoever he fared were all
+that were of those lands baptized. King Olaf visited Tiotta and was the
+guest of Harek, who was baptized at that hour together with all the folk
+that were about him.
+
+When the King departed thence Harek bestowed on him great gifts and
+became his man, and from the King received the dignity of bailiff with
+the dues and rights appertaining unto a lord of the land.
+
+
+|| Raud the Strong was the name of a peasant who abode at Godey in that
+fjord which is named Salpti (Salten).
+
+Raud was a man of much wealth and at his beck were many house-carles;
+a powerful man was he withal, for a large company of Lapps were ready to
+follow him to war whensoever he needed them.
+
+Raud was zealous as a maker of blood-offerings, and skilled also in
+witchcraft; even so was he furthermore a warm friend to that man about
+whom it has been writ before, to wit, Thorir Hart, & even like unto him
+was he also a mighty chief.
+
+Now when it came to the ears of these men that Olaf was abroad with an
+host northward even in Halogaland, they too their men mustered,
+launching out ships, and assembling an host. To Raud appertained a great
+dragon-ship with golden heads thereto, a ship of thirty benches, and
+broad was she of beam for her length, and had likewise Thorir Hart also
+a ship of good size.
+
+Southward sailed they their fleet purposing to meet King Olaf, and when
+they were fallen in with him gave they battle, and fierce was the fight
+thereof. Soon men began to fall plenteously, but so much the more was
+this the case among the host of the Halogalanders; their ships were
+cleared and thereupon came fear & terror over them, & Raud rowed his
+dragon out to sea and hoisted the sail thereof. A breeze had he wherever
+he was minded to go, and this came of his powers of magic; but to cut
+short the tale of the cruise of Raud is briefly to relate that home
+sailed he even unto Godey. For land made Thorir Hart in all haste and
+his folk fled their ships, but King Olaf pursued after them & put them
+to the sword. Moreover then as ever when such doings were afoot was the
+King himself foremost among his men.
+
+He saw whither Thorir ran (and Thorir was exceeding fleet of foot) and
+thither went the King after him, followed by his dog Vigi. And the King
+called out: 'Vigi, catch the hart,' and Vigi sprang ahead after Thorir
+and straightway leapt up at him.
+
+Then Thorir had perforce to stop and the King threw a javelin after him,
+but Thorir struck the dog with his sword & wounded it sore, and at the
+same moment the King's javelin flew under Thorir's hand and went through
+him & out at the other side, and thus ended Thorir his life; but Vigi
+was borne wounded to the ships.
+
+To all those who asked it and were willing to accept baptism gave King
+Olaf quarter.
+
+
+|| Thence sailed King Olaf with his host northward along the coast,
+baptizing all folk withersoever he went, & being come north to Salpti
+was he minded to go up the fjord & seek Raud. Foul weather howsoever set
+in with a gale blowing fiercely down the fjord, and though the King lay
+there nigh upon a week the same wind blew ever the while from the land,
+though without the fjord was there a fresh and favourable breeze for to
+sail north along the coast.
+
+Therefore it came to pass that the King set sail and fared all the way
+northward to Amd, and there the folk became Christians.
+
+After that went he about, and when he was come south again to Salpti he
+found a gale blowing down the fjord and driving spray into his
+countenance.
+
+There lay the King even a few more nights, but the weather waxing no
+better inquired he then of Bishop Sigurd whether or not he wotted of
+some remedy against the fiendcraft.
+
+
+|| So thereupon took Bishop Sigurd all the appurtenances that belonged
+unto the Holy Mass, and walked he forward therewith even to the prow of
+the King's ship. There was a candle lit & was incense carried forward &
+thereafter was ye Holy Rood set at the prow.
+
+The gospel was read and also many prayers, and the Bishop sprinkled holy
+water over the whole of the ship. Thereafter bade he the crew unship the
+tilts and row up the fjord, and the King commanded that the other ships
+should row after them.
+
+No sooner had the crew of the 'Crane' fallen to their oars, & she the
+ship was set well up to the fjord, than felt they that there was no more
+wind against them, & in her wake was free sea and calm; but on both
+sides of her flew the spray & it drave so that no man could perceive the
+mountains on either side of the fjord. So it fared that one ship rowed
+after the other in the calm, and thus pursued they one another the whole
+livelong day, & throughout the night thereafter; and a little before
+dawn came they to Godey, and brought-to off the house of Raud, and there
+found his great dragon lying off-shore.
+
+Forthwith went King Olaf to the house with his men and made for the
+upper chamber wherein Raud was sleeping, and his folk burst open the
+door and ran in.
+
+Then was Raud taken and bound, but of the other men who were therein
+some were killed & others taken prisoners. Thereafter the King's men
+went to the room wherein slept the house-carles of Raud, and some of
+them were then slain and some bound & some beaten. Then caused the King
+Raud to be led before him & offered him baptism. 'Take from thee thy
+possessions I then will not,' quoth the King, 'but will the rather be
+thy friend, an thou wilt show thyself worthy of my friendship.' Against
+this did Raud loudly raise his voice, saying that never would he believe
+on Christ, and blaspheming God.
+
+Then did the King wax wroth, and swore that Raud should suffer the worst
+of deaths, and the King commanded that he be taken and bound with his
+back to a pole and that a bit of wood be placed betwixt his teeth so
+that his mouth might be open, and caused an adder to be taken and set in
+his mouth, but the adder would in no wise enter therein but writhed away
+when Raud blew upon it. Then did the King cause the adder to be taken &
+put in a hollow stick of angelica and set in the mouth of Raud (albeit
+some say that the King let his horn be taken & put into the mouth of
+Raud, and that the adder was placed in this and pushed down with a
+red-hot rod of iron), and then the adder slid into the mouth of Raud,
+and thereafter down his throat, and cut its way out through his side.
+After this manner ended the life of Raud. Then did the King take thence
+very great wealth in gold & silver and other chattels, weapons, & divers
+kinds of valuable things. The King caused all the fellows that had been
+with Raud to be baptized save those who, not suffering this, were slain
+or tortured. Then King Olaf took the dragon that had pertained unto Raud
+and himself was her steersman, and a much larger and finer ship was she
+than the 'Crane': forward she was fashioned with a dragon's head and aft
+with a crookSec. ending in like manner as the tail of a dragon, & both the
+prow & the whole of the stern were overlaid with gold. Now the King
+called this ship the 'Serpent,' for when the sail was hoisted aloft was
+it like unto the wings of a dragon, and this was the fairest ship in all
+Norway.
+
+The islands whereon Raud had lived were called Gilling and Haering, but
+together were they styled Godey, & the Godey current (Godoestroem) lies
+over to the north, betwixt them and the mainland. All that lived around
+this fjord did King Olaf convert unto Christianity, and then went he
+southward along the coast, and there happened much on that cruise which
+is set forth in many legends about a giant and evil spirits which
+attacked his men & sometimes himself, but rather will we write of facts
+even such as the conversion of Norway & of those other lands whither he
+bore Christianity. That same autumn did the King lead his host to
+Throndhjem, bringing-to at Nidaros, and there making ready for a winter
+sojourn.
+
+
+|| And now will I next write what there is to tell of the men of Iceland.
+
+
+|| That same autumn there came to Nidaros from Iceland Kiartan, the son
+of Olaf Hoskuldson and the grandson, on his mother's side, of Eigil
+Skallagrimson, who hath been called the likeliest man of those born in
+Iceland.
+
+There was also Halldor the son of Gudmund of Modruvellir, and Kolbein
+the son of Thord Frey's-priest, the brother of Burning-Flosi, and
+fourthly Sverting the son of Runolf the Priest.
+
+These were all heathen, as were many others: some powerful, and others
+not so powerful.
+
+There came also from Iceland noble men who had accepted the true Faith
+from Thangbrand, and one that was of these was Gizur the White, the son
+of Teit Ketilbiarnson, whose mother was Alof, the daughter of Bodvar
+Viking-Karason the 'hersir.' Bodvar's brother was Sigurd the father of
+Eirik Biodaskalli, the father of Astrid, who was the mother of King
+Olaf. Another Icelander was named Hialti Skeggiason, and he had to wife
+Vilborg the daughter of Gizur the White; Hialti was a Christian, and
+King Olaf received with pleasure Gizur and his son-in-law Hialti, and
+with the King did they abide. Those of the Icelanders, however, who were
+captains of the ships and were heathens to boot, sought to sail away
+even so soon as the King was come to town, for it was told them that the
+King constrained all men to embrace the faith of Christ. It so befell
+natheless that the wind was set against them, & drave them back off
+Nidarholm. The captains of the ships were hight Thorarin Nefiolfson,
+Hallfrod the Skald, the son of Ottar, Brand the Bountiful and Thorleik
+Brandson. Now it being told to King Olaf that some of the Icelanders,
+and they heathens, were hard by with their ships and were about to flee
+the town, he sent to them and forbade them to sail, but commanded them
+instead to come and lie off the town, and this they did but unloaded not
+their ships.
+
+
+|| Then came the holy season of Michaelmas,Sec. and the King caused the
+feast to be well kept and a solemn Mass was said. Thereat were the
+Icelanders witnesses and hearkened to the fair singing and the ringing
+of bells.
+
+When they were come back to their ships each of them said what he had
+thought of the Christian men's ways & Kiartan praised them, but most of
+the others mocked at them, & it befell that the King heard of this, for
+as the saying goes, 'many are the King's ears.' Then forthwith that
+self-same day sent he an emissary to Kiartan, and bade him come unto
+him, & Kiartan went unto him with but few men, and the King bade him
+welcome. Now Kiartan was one of the biggest and fairest of men, with a
+great gift of speech. When they had parleyed a while did the King make
+proffer to Kiartan that he should embrace the true Faith, and Kiartan
+made answer unto him that he would not say nay to this if he might thus
+gain the friendship of the King, whereupon swore the King to him &
+pledged him his hearty friendship, & after this fashion was a compact
+struck between them. On the morrow was Kiartan baptized, and with him
+Bolli Thorleikson his kinsman, and all their fellows.
+
+Kiartan and Bolli were the guests of the King as long as they went in
+white weeds,Sec. and the King was of kindly countenance toward them.
+
+
+|| It befell one day that King Olaf was walking in the street when some
+men came toward him, and he who was walking foremost greeted the King.
+
+The King asked of the man his name, and the latter said he was hight
+Hallfrod.
+
+Then said the King, 'Art thou a skald?' 'I can make verses,' said he.
+Then the King answered: 'Thou wilt accept baptism as I trow and
+thereafter be my man?'
+
+Quoth Hallfrod: 'There must be a bargain on that matter if I am to
+suffer myself to be baptized, to wit, that thou, King, holdest me
+thyself at the font, for from no man else will I take it.' 'So be it,'
+said the King, & so Hallfrod was baptized and the King held him himself
+at the font. Thereafter the King asked Hallfrod: 'Wilt thou be my man?'
+& Hallfrod made answer: 'I was of Earl Hakon's body-guard; and now will
+I not be the liege-man of thee or of any other chief unless thou givest
+me thy word that such a thing shall never befall as that thou shouldst
+drive me away from thee.'
+
+'From all that is told me of thee, Hallfrod,' said the King, 'thou art
+neither so wise nor so meek but that thou mightest not do a thing which
+I could in no wise suffer.'
+
+'Slay me then,' said Hallfrod. The King said, 'Thou art a troublesome
+skald, but my man shalt thou be all the same.' Hallfrod answered: 'What
+wilt thou give me, King, as a name-gift if I am to be called
+"Troublous-Skald"?' Then did the King give him a sword, but it had no
+scabbard; and the King said, 'Make now a stave about the sword, & let
+"sword" be in every line.' Hallfrod sang:
+
+  'One sword alone of all swords
+  Hath made me now sword-wealthy;
+  For the swinger of swords
+  Will there now be swords in plenty.
+  No lack of swords will there be,
+  --Worthy of three swords am I--
+  Lord of the land were but
+  The sheath of that sword to be mine.'
+
+'There is not sword in every line,' quoth the King. Then answered
+Hallfrod: 'But there are three in one line.' 'So be it,' said the King.
+Then did the King give him the scabbard. Now from that which is told in
+the lays of Hallfrod have we much knowledge & testimony concerning King
+Olaf Tryggvason.
+
+
+|| That same autumn came back Thangbrand the priest from Iceland to King
+Olaf and related to him how that his journey had borne no fruit, 'for,'
+said he, 'the Icelanders made lampoons about me and some wished to slay
+me, and to my mind it cannot be expected that that country will ever be
+made Christian.'
+
+At these words King Olaf waxed so hasty and wrathful that he summoned to
+him forthwith all the Icelanders in the town, and commanded that
+self-same hour that they should all be slain; but Kiartan and Gissur and
+Hialti and those that were of them who had made profession of the faith
+of Christ entered into his presence & said: 'We trow, O King, that thou
+wilt not go from thy word, for thou hast said that no man may make thee
+so wrathful but shall he have thy forgiveness an he will be baptized and
+abjure heathendom. Now will all the Icelanders who are here suffer
+themselves to be baptized, & we can well devise a means whereby
+Christianity may gain an entrance into Iceland. The sons of many mighty
+men of Iceland are here present, & their fathers will, we trow, lend
+their aid in this matter. But Thangbrand there, as here, ever went about
+masterful and manslaying, and the people there would not endure it of
+him.' Now the King lent an ear to these speeches, and all the men of
+Iceland who were there were baptized.
+
+
+|| Of all men of Norway of whom record hath come down to us was King Olaf
+in every wise the one most skilful in manly exercises; stronger was he &
+more active than any other man, and many are the tales that have been
+written on this matter. One of these recounts how that he climbed the
+Smalshorn, and made fast his shield on the topmost peak; and another is
+of how he brought succour to one of his own body-guard who had climbed
+aforehand up the mountain and was come into such a plight that he could
+neither get up nor down, so that the King helped him by going unto him &
+bearing him down under his arm to the level land. King Olaf would walk
+from oar to oar, on the outer side of the ship while his men were rowing
+the 'Serpent', and with such ease could he play with three daggers that
+one was ever in the air and always caught he it by the hilt; with either
+hand could he strike equally well, and two javelins could he throw at
+one time. Of all men was King Olaf the lightest-hearted & of a very
+merry disposition; kindly was he withal & lowly-hearted; very eager in
+all enterprises, great in his bounty, & the foremost among those who
+surrounded him. Above all others was he brave in battle, but very grim
+when he was angered, and on his foes laid he heavy penalties; some he
+with fire burned, some maimed he & caused to be cast down from high
+rocks. For these things was he beloved by his friends, but dreaded by
+his foes; his furtherance was manifold for the reason that some did his
+will from love and friendship, and others again from fear.
+
+
+|| Leif, the son of Eirik the Red, he that was the first to settle in
+Greenland, came even that summer over from that land unto Norway; and
+King Olaf sought he and from him accepted Christianity, & abode even
+with King Olaf the winter thereafter.
+
+
+|| Now it came to pass that Gudrod, he that was the son of Eirik
+Blood-axe and Gunnhild, had over in the lands to the west done
+whatsoever he listed and broken the laws of God and of man ever since
+that time when fled he from his own country before the face of Earl
+Hakon. But in this summer, of the which somewhat has already been writ,
+even at the time when Olaf Tryggvason had held sway for four winters
+over Norway, came Gudrod to Norway with many ships of war, thither
+having sailed from England. When he deemed himself to be nigh to Norway,
+turned he his course southward along the coast where he bethought him
+that he might least chance to fall in with King Olaf and thus sailed he
+to Vik.
+
+Hardly was he come ashore than began he to plunder the people and bring
+them into subjection under himself, and of them demanded that they
+should take him as their King. And when the country-folk saw that a
+warlike host was come upon them craved they ever for grace and peace, &
+said to the King that they would send the summons for a Thing throughout
+the district, and were willing to submit to him rather than suffer at
+the hands of this his host, & it was agreed that there should be a truce
+even for so long a space as sat the Thing. Then did the King demand of
+them that they should provide provender for his men so long as they were
+waiting for the meeting of the Thing; but the yeomen chose rather that
+the King and his followers should be their guests for all the time he
+might need to be so, & the King agreed even to this, that should he
+travel that country through with some of the men that were with him and
+they the guests of the yeomen, ever the while others kept guard over his
+ships. But when the brothers-in-law of King Olaf, even the brothers
+Hyrning & Thorgeir learned of these happenings furnished they folk &
+gathered to themselves ships and sailed northward (west) in Vik, and by
+night were come to the place where lodged King Gudrod, & there fell they
+upon him and upon his men with fire and sword. So fell King Gudrod and
+the greater number of his men; while of those that abode on the ships
+were some slain but others escaped and fled far and wide. And this
+Gudrod was the last of all the sons of Eirik and Gunnhild; all were now
+dead.
+
+
+|| The winter after that King Olaf was come from Halogaland, caused he to
+be built under the cliffs at Ladir a great ship: a ship far mightier
+than any other ship of that land, and the stocks whereon she was built
+are still to be seen.
+
+Of this ship was Thorberg the master-smith, but with him were many
+others at work, some felling trees, some shaping them, some hammering
+nails, & some carrying timber. All the material was of the choicest, and
+the ship was both long and broad, built with great beams, and the
+bulwarks thereof were high. Now when the outer sheathing was being put
+on, some errand of necessity carried Thorberg thence unto his homestead,
+and there he tarried a great while.
+
+When he came back the ship was fully sheathed, and the King went in the
+evening, and Thorberg with him, even to see how all things had been
+done; and men said never before had been seen a long-ship so big or so
+fine.
+
+Then went the King back even unto his town, but early on the morrow came
+he once more to his ship and Thorberg accompanied him, and they found
+that the smiths were gone forward, standing there, all of them, without
+working. The King asked wherefore were they doing nothing, & they made
+answer that the ship had been spoiled; that a man must have gone from
+stem to stern hacking her with an axe even the whole length of the
+gunwale.
+
+Then went the King and witnessed with his own eyes the truth thereof,
+and straightway said he, & sware thereon, that die should that man once
+the King wot whosoever he was who from envy had spoiled the ship, 'but
+he who can tell me this thing shall have great reward.' Then said
+Thorberg, 'I can tell thee, King, who it is that hath wrought this.'
+'I cannot indeed expect of another that he should so well as thee get to
+wot of this matter & tell me thereof.' 'I will tell thee, King,' quoth
+he, 'who hath done it: I did it.'
+
+Then answered the King, 'thou shalt make it good, so that all shall be
+as well as it was before; and thy life shall be on it.'
+
+Thereafter went Thorberg to the ship and chopped the gunwale in such
+wise that all the notches were pared away, and the King said then, and
+all the others likewise, that now the ship was even so goodlier by far
+on that side on which Thorberg had cut the notches. So then the King
+bade him fashion both sides alike, & gave him land even for so doing,
+and thus was Thorberg master-smith on the ship, even until she was
+finished. A dragon-ship was she & wrought after the same fashion as the
+'Serpent' which the King had brought with him from Halogaland; but was
+the new ship much larger in all respects, built with the greater care,
+& called he her the 'Long Serpent,' and the other the 'Short Serpent.'
+On the 'Long Serpent' were there four-and-thirty benches of oars. Dight
+were her head and the crook all over with gold, and the bulwarks thereof
+were as high as on sea-faring ships. This was the ship which was ye best
+equipped, and the cost thereof was the most money of any ship that ever
+hath been built in Norway.
+
+
+|| Now after the death of Earl Hakon, did Earl Eirik Hakonson and his
+brothers, & many others of their kinsmen depart out of the country.
+
+Earl Eirik went east to Sweden, and he and his men were well received by
+King Olaf, the King of the Swedes, who bestowed sanctuary on the Earl
+and great grants withal, so that in the land could he well maintain
+himself and his men. Of this speaketh Thord Kolbeinson:
+
+  'Foeman of robbers! Swiftly can fate effect change
+  Brief space ere the treason of men did Hakon to death,
+  And to the land that erewhile in fight had that warrior conquered
+  Came now the son of Tryggvi when fared he from the west.'
+
+
+|| From Norway passed many men over unto Earl Eirik, to wit, all those
+that King Olaf had caused to flee the land; and as the outcome thereof
+did Eirik think good to procure himself ships & to go plundering so that
+he might get wealth for himself and for his men. First sailed Eirik to
+Gotland, and lay off that island a long time in summer-tide & waylaid he
+viking craft or merchant-ships even as they were sailing to land, and
+when he listed went he ashore and harried far and wide in the parts
+bordering on the sea. Thus in the Banda lay it is said:
+
+  'In spear-storms many was the Earl thereafter victor:
+  And did we not learn aforetime
+  That Eirik won the land?
+  In those days when the chiefs on Gotland's shores went warring,
+  Doughty, and peace-making by their might.
+  More in his mind had Eirik against lord and King
+  Than spoken word revealed,
+  As from him might be looked for.
+  Wrathfully sought the Earl counsel of the Swedish King,
+  Stubborn were the men of Throndhjem,
+  Ne'er a one would flee.'
+
+
+|| Later sailed Earl Eirik southward to Wendland, and there chanced he to
+fall in with some viking ships off Staur, and so joined he battle with
+them; to him was the victory and there were the vikings slain. Thus
+saith the Banda lay:
+
+  'The steerer of the prow-steed
+  Let lie at Staur the heads of fallen warriors,
+  Thereafter joy of battle inflamed the Earl.
+  At the corses of the viking the ravens tore
+  After that dire meeting of swords
+  Nigh the sands of the shore.'
+
+
+|| Sailed thence Earl Eirik back to Sweden in the autumn and abode there
+a second winter; but in the spring made he ready his host and thereafter
+sailed eastward; & when he was come to the realm of King Valdamar fell
+he to plundering & slaying folk, burning whithersoever he went, and
+laying bare the land. Then coming to AldeigiaborgSec. laid he siege unto it
+even until he had taken it, and then put he there many folk to the sword
+and utterly destroyed the town, and thereafter spread he war far and
+wide in Garda. Thus saith the Banda lay:
+
+  'The chieftain fared forth to devastate with fire,
+  Yea and with sword (so waxed the sword-storm),
+  The lands of Valdamar.
+  Aldeigia brok'st thou, lord, when east thou cam'st to Garda
+  Well wot we how grim was the fight twixt the hosts.'
+
+
+|| For five summers together waged Earl Eirik this warfare, and when he
+left the realm of Garda he went fighting over the whole of Adalsysla &
+Eysysla;Sec. there took he four viking boats from Danish men and slew all
+that were on the ships. It is thus spoken of in the Banda lay:
+
+  'I heard where the swinger of the sword did battle
+  Once more in the isle-sound.
+  Eirik wins the land;
+  The bounteous lord four viking boats from Dane-folk took
+  Doughty and peacemaking.
+  There where warriors hied to town,
+      hadst thou, war-hero! strife with Goths.
+  Joy of battle filled the Earl thereafter.
+  The battle-shield he bore aloft to all the lands,
+  And gently fared he not, over the country he rules.'
+
+
+|| Then Eirik the Earl fared to Denmark when he had abode one winter in
+Sweden, and coming unto the Danish King Svein Two-beard, wooed he his
+daughter Gyda and this marriage was agreed upon. Accordingly Eirik took
+Gyda to wife and one winter later a son was born to them whom they
+called Hakon.
+
+Mainly abode Eirik the winters through in Denmark, but whiles also in
+Sweden, but in the summers sailed he the seas over even as became a
+viking.
+
+
+|| Svein Two-beard, the Danish King, had Gunnhild, the daughter of the
+Wendish King Burizlaf, to wife; and in the days whereof now is the
+record writ happed it that Queen Gunnhild fell sick and died;Sec. and a
+while thereafter wedded King Svein, Sigrid the Haughty, she that was
+daughter to Skogul-Tosti and mother to Oscar the Swede.
+
+And from the marriage arose a friendship betwixt the brothers-in-law,
+and betwixt them and Earl Eirik Hakonson.
+
+
+  [Illustration]
+
+|| Now the Wendish King Burizlaf did make complaint to his son-in-law,
+Earl Sigvaldi, because the pact had been broken which Sigvaldi had made
+between King Burizlaf and King Svein: to wit, that King Burizlaf should
+have Tyri Haraldsdottir, King Svein's sister, to wife; for this marriage
+had never come about, inasmuch as Tyri had said shortly 'Nay' to wedding
+a heathen and an old man to boot. King Burizlaf now sent word unto the
+Earl that he would demand the fulfilment of the pact, & bade the Earl go
+to Denmark & bring Queen Tyri to him.
+
+Then did Earl Sigvaldi hie him on his journey, and laid he the matter
+before the Danish King; and by his fair words came he even so far that
+into his hands gave King Svein his sister Tyri. With her went certain
+women to bear her company & do her service, & her foster-father, whose
+name was Ozur Agason, a wealthy man; & sundry other men withal. It was
+agreed between the King & the Earl that Tyri should have the estates in
+Wendland which had belonged to Queen Gunnhild, and that she should be
+given other great lands in dowry.
+
+Tyri wept sorely and departed very much against her will; but natheless
+when she and the Earl were come to Wendland was she wedded, & so King
+Burizlaf had Queen Tyri to wife.
+
+But ever so long as she was among heathens would she take neither meat
+nor drink from them, and in this wise was it for a sennight. Then right
+so one night fled away Queen Tyri and Ozur in the darkness unto the
+forests; and of this their journey it is briefest to recount that they
+attained Denmark, but there durst Tyri by no means remain inasmuch as
+her brother King Svein would, an he knew where she lay, have sent her
+back again to Wendland.
+
+So faring ever by stealth went they to Norway, and Tyri made no stay
+until she was come to King Olaf, who made her welcome, and gave them
+high entertainment. To the King Tyri told of her troubles, and begged
+counsel of him and sanctuary in his kingdom. Now Tyri had a smooth
+tongue in her head, and the King liked her converse well; moreover he
+saw that she was passing fair, & it entered into his mind that this
+would be a good marriage, and he turned the talking thereunto and asked
+her whether she would not have him to husband. But with her fortunes at
+the pass at which they now lay seemed it a hard thing to her to judge;
+yet on the other hand plainly perceived she how good a marriage it would
+be to wed with so famous a King, and therefore entreated she him that he
+should make decision on the matter for her. Thereafter, when this thing
+had been duly discussed, took King Olaf Queen Tyri in wedlock; and they
+were abed in the autumn when King Olaf was come north from Halogaland.
+
+That winter abode King Olaf and Queen Tyri in Nidaros.
+
+Now in the spring-time thereafter oft-times did Tyri make plaint to King
+Olaf, and cried bitterly thereover, because albeit had she such great
+possessions in Wendland yet had she none in this country, and that she
+should have such deemed she but seemly for a Queen; & thinking that by
+fair words would she get her own prayed she him on this matter, and said
+that so great was the friendship between King Burizlaf & Olaf that even
+so soon as they should meet would the King give Olaf all he asked for.
+But when the friends to King Olaf came to know after what fashion was
+the manner of talking of Tyri with one consent gave they all counsel to
+him to refrain from such a course. One day early in the spring, so it is
+said, as the King was walking in the street came a man towards him from
+the market-place bearing many sticks of angelica, which same were
+wondrous big, seeing that it was early in the spring-tide. And the King
+took a large stick of angelica in his hand & went home therewith to the
+lodging of Queen Tyri. Now Tyri sat a-weeping in her hall even as the
+King came in, but he said to her: 'Here is a great stalk of angelica for
+thee.' Aside thrust Tyri it with her hand, and said: 'Greater gifts gave
+Harald Gormson to me, but lesser feared he than thou dost to leave his
+land and seek his own, and the token thereof is that fared he hither to
+Norway and laid waste the greater part of this land and took to himself
+all taxes and dues; but durst thou not fare through the Danish realm for
+fear of my brother King Svein.' Then up sprang King Olaf at these words,
+& called out loudly, and swore withal: 'Never will I go in fear of thy
+brother King Svein, and whensoever we meet shall he be the one to give
+way.'
+
+
+  [Illustration]
+
+|| Not long after these things summoned King Olaf a Thing in the town,
+and made known to all the people that in the summer would he send an
+host out of the country, and that it was his will to levy ships & men
+from each county, & therewith did he make it known how many ships he
+should require from the fjord there.
+
+Then sent he messengers inland both northwards and southwards, and along
+the coast on the outside of the islands and inside them along the land,
+and called men to arms.
+
+Thereafter did King Olaf launch the 'Long Serpent' & all his other ships
+great & small; and the 'Long Serpent' he himself steered, and when men
+were taken for a crew, with so much care was choice made that on the
+'Long Serpent' was there no man older than sixty nor younger than
+twenty. All were chosen with the utmost care for their strength and
+courage, & the first taken were King Olaf's body-guard, for composed it
+was of the stoutest & boldest men both from home and abroad.
+
+
+|| Wolf the Red was the name of the man who bore the banner of King Olaf,
+and his place was in the prow of the 'Serpent'; there likewise were
+Kolbiorn the Marshal, Thorstein Ox-foot and Vikar of Tiundaland, the
+brother of Arnliot Gellini. Of the forecastle in the prow were Vak
+Raumason of the River, Bersi the Strong, On the Archer of Jamtaland,
+Thrond the Stout from Thelemark and Othyrmi his brother; and the
+Halogalanders Thrond Squint-eye, Ogmund Sande, Lodvir the Long, from
+Saltvik, and Harek the Keen.
+
+From Inner Throndhjem were there Ketil the Tall, Thorfin Eisli, and
+Havard and his brothers from Orkadal. Those manning the forehold were
+Biorn of Studla, Thorgrim Tiodolfson of Hvin, Asbiorn & Orm, Thord of
+Niardalang, Thorstein the White of Oprostad, Anor of More, Hallstein and
+Hawk from the Fjords, Eyvind Snak, Bergthor Bestil, Hallkel of Fialir,
+Olaf the Boy, Arnfin of Sogn, Sigurd Bild, Einar the Hordalander and
+Fin, Ketil the Rogalander, and Griotgard the Quick. In the main-hold
+were Einar Tamberskelfir, deemed by the others less able than they for
+then was he but eighteen winters old, Hallstein Hlifarson, Thorolf, Ivar
+Smetta, and Orm Skoganef.
+
+Many other men of valour were there on the 'Serpent' though we cannot
+name them; eight were there to a half-berth, and chosen man by man. It
+was a common saying that the crew of the 'Serpent' was for goodliness,
+strength, and boldness, as much above other men as the 'Serpent' herself
+was above other ships.
+
+Thorkel Nefia, own brother to the King, steered the 'Short Serpent,' and
+Thorkel Dydril and Jostein, they that were uncles to him on the side of
+his mother, commanded the 'Crane'; right well manned were these twain
+ships. Moreover had King Olaf eleven great ships from Throndhjem, ships
+of twenty benches, two smaller ships and victuallers.
+
+
+|| When King Olaf had completed the equipping of his fleet at Nidaros,
+appointed he men throughout the whole of the district of Throndhjem to
+be stewards collecting revenue, and annalists. He then sent to Iceland
+Gizur the White & Hialti Skeggison to convert that country to
+Christianity, and sent he with them that priest whose name is Thormod
+and other consecrated men, but kept back with him as hostages the four
+men of Iceland they that he deemed to be of greatest mark, to wit,
+Kiartan Olafson, Halldor Gudmundson, Kolbein Thordson and Sverting
+Runolfson; and it is said of the journey of Gizur & Hialti that they
+were come unto Iceland or ever the meeting of the Althing & were present
+at the Thing, and thereat was baptism legalized in Iceland and that
+summer all folk were brought into the true fold.
+
+
+|| The same spring likewise sent King Olaf Leif Eirikson to Greenland to
+convert the people, and fared he thither that summer. On the main found
+he the crew of a ship who were lying helpless on a wreck, and thereafter
+he discovered Vineland the Good,Sec. yet came he the same summer to
+Greenland; and with him had he a priest and teachers, and he took up his
+abode at Brattalid with his father Eirik. Thereafter did men call him
+Leif the Lucky; but Eirik, his father, said that the one thing was a
+set-off to the other: on the one hand was the saving of the ship's crew
+by Leif & on the other the bringing to Greenland of that 'juggler,' to
+wit, the priest.
+
+
+|| Then took King Olaf his host southward following the coast, and many
+of his friends flocked to him, mighty men, who were bravely furnished
+for an expedition with the King. The first man of these was own
+brother-in-law to himself, Erling Skialgson with his large 'skeid'Sec.
+wherein were thirty benches, and right well manned was she withal. There
+came also to him his brothers-in-law Hyrning and Thorgeir, each steering
+a large ship. Many other mighty men accompanied him, so that when he
+left the country had he thirty long-ships. King Olaf sailed south
+through Eyrasund, off the coasts of Denmark, and in due course came he
+to Wendland.
+
+There appointed he a tryst with King Burizlaf, and the Kings met and
+spake together of the possessions claimed of King Olaf, and all the talk
+between them went in kindly wise and the claims whereof King Olaf deemed
+himself to have rights there were fully ordered.
+
+Abode he there a long while during the summer, and saw many of his
+friends.
+
+
+|| As hath been related ere this, King Svein Two-beard had wedded Sigrid
+the Haughty, & Sigrid was King Olaf's greatest foe, the reason therefor
+being how King Olaf had broken his troth with her, as has been afore set
+in fair script, and how he had smote her on the face.
+
+Sigrid incited King Svein to do battle with King Olaf Tryggvason, saying
+pretext enough was it that he had wedded the own sister to Svein, she
+Tyri, without his leave: 'And never would thy forefathers have suffered
+such a thing.' Such words as these had Queen Sigrid ever on her lips,
+and so far went she with her persuasions that King Svein was full
+willing to do battle with Olaf. So early in spring-tide sent King Svein
+men east to Sweden, to Olaf the Swedish King, he that was his step-son,
+& to Earl Eirik, to tell them that Olaf King of Norway had his fleet
+abroad, and thought of faring to Wendland come summer; another message
+took they likewise, namely that the Swedish King and the Earl should
+call out their hosts and go to meet King Svein, and that then altogether
+they should get their battle over against King Olaf. Now the King of
+Sweden and Eirik the Earl were ready and eager for this venture, so
+mustered they a large fleet in Sweden, and with the ships thereof went
+south to Denmark and came thither at the time when King Olaf had already
+sailed east. Of this speaketh Halldor in the song he made about Earl
+Eirik:
+
+  'Crusher of Kings who battles loved,
+  From out of Sweden called,
+  To southern battle fared he forth,
+  Even with great hosts of men,
+  The wound-bird on the sea gat food while waiting,
+  Each and every warrior was fain to follow Eirik.'
+
+
+|| So the King of the Swedes and Earl Eirik shaped a course to meet the
+Danish King, and when all the fleets were come together was there a host
+greater than one man could number.
+
+
+|| When King Svein sent for that fleet, sent he moreover Earl Sigvaldi to
+Wendland to spy on the expedition of King Olaf, and to lay such a lure
+that King Svein and the others might assuredly fall in with King Olaf.
+
+So Earl Sigvaldi set forth and went to Wendland and Jomsborg, and met
+King Olaf Tryggvason. Now had they much friendly conversation one with
+the other, and the Earl came greatly to love the King, mainly on account
+of their former kinship, for Astrid, she that was wife unto the Earl,
+even the daughter of King Burizlaf, was very friendly with King Olaf,
+for the reason that the latter had had her sister Geira to wife.
+
+Now Sigvaldi was a wise man, & one ready at expedients, & when he and
+King Olaf took counsel together, found he many and divers pretexts for
+delaying the journey of the King to the westward; but the men of King
+Olaf murmured thereat and were loudly displeased, and longed much to get
+them hence home, for, said they, 'clear are we to sail & fair is the
+wind.' Learned Sigvaldi now privily from Denmark that the King of the
+Danes and the King of the Swedes & Eirik the Earl were met together, and
+were even about to set sail to the eastward off the coast of Wendland;
+likewise that it had been convened betwixt them that they in wait for
+King Olaf should lie off that isle which is called Svold;Sec. & that
+moreover he, the Earl, was after some fashion to contrive that King Olaf
+be found of them.
+
+
+|| And now went about a rumour in Wendland that Svein, the King of the
+Danes, also had an host abroad, & soon tongues wagged to the tune that
+well would it like Svein, the King of the Danes, to meet with King Olaf;
+but said Earl Sigvaldi unto the King: 'No plan is it of King Svein to
+attack thee with the Danish host alone, seeing how great an host of
+thine own thou hast; but if ye suspect that war may be at hand then will
+I and my men go with thee, and aforetime was it deemed good help when
+the Jomsborg vikings bore a chief company: I will go with thee even with
+eleven ships well-found.'
+
+To this did the King answer yea, and because at that time was there
+blowing a gentle breeze but favourable, commanded he that the fleet
+should get under way, & that the horns be blown for their departing.
+Then the men hoisted sail; and the small ships were those that made the
+better way, & out to sea sailed they. Now kept the Earl close by the
+King's ship, shouting to those on board, and bidding the King follow
+him: 'Well wot I,' he said, 'which sounds are deepest betwixt the isles,
+& this be fraught with care seeing how big are thy ships.' So sailed the
+Earl first with his ships, eleven ships had he, & sailed the King after
+him with his large ships, eleven likewise had he, but sailed all the
+rest of the fleet ahead and out to sea. Now it came to pass as Earl
+Sigvaldi was making Vold came rowing off a skiff, and those therein told
+unto the Earl how that the fleet of the King of the Danes lay in the
+haven even right over ahead of their way.
+
+So the Earl ordered sails to be lowered, and rowed they in under that
+island. Thus saith Halldor the Unchristened:
+
+  'With ships one more than seventy
+  Came the lord of Eynafylki from the south;
+  His sword he dyed in warfare
+  When the Earl the ships of Skani called out to battle.
+  Quickly then the peace was broken 'twixt the men.'
+
+
+|| Now it will be marked that, according unto the bard, were the ships of
+King Olaf & Earl Sigvaldi seventy-one in number what time sailed they
+from the south.
+
+
+|| Now lying there were Svein, the King of the Danes, Olaf the King of
+the Swedes, and Earl Eirik, with all the might of their fleet, and fair
+weather was with them with bright sunshine. Went up to the islet all the
+chieftains with a large company of men, and spied they thence that a
+many ships were sailing together out at sea.
+
+And they beheld a large ship and brave sailing, and said both the Kings:
+'There goes a great ship, passing fair, none other can this be save only
+the "Long Serpent."'
+
+Then made Earl Eirik answer, saying: 'That is not the "Long Serpent."'
+
+And it was as he opined, for this ship belonged to Eindrid of Gimsar.
+A while later saw they yet another ship sailing, much greater than the
+first, and then spake King Svein: 'Afeard is Olaf Tryggvason, for he
+dareth not sail with the head upon his ship.' Then said Earl Eirik:
+'That is not the King's ship; that ship and the sail thereof know I, for
+the sail is a striped one; Erling Skialgson it is who hath command
+thereof.
+
+Let them sail on! Better is it for us that this ship should be lacking
+from Olaf's fleet, so well appointed is it.' A while later saw they and
+recognized the ships of Sigvaldi the Earl, and one of them also was
+great.
+
+Then spake King Svein and bade them go to their ships; for, said he,
+there sails the 'Long Serpent'; but Earl Eirik called out, 'Many more
+ships and fine ones have they besides the 'Long Serpent,' let us bide a
+while.'
+
+Then many of the men fell to talking, & they said: 'Eirik the Earl will
+not fight to avenge his father. Shame, shame is it, & throughout all the
+land will it be heard, if we lie here with so great a fleet & let King
+Olaf sail out to sea on our very flank.' But after they had been talking
+thus a while saw they that four more ships came sailing by, and one of
+these was a dragon, large indeed, and bedecked with gold. Then rose up
+King Svein and said: 'High shall the "Serpent" carry me this eve; and I
+will steer her.' Many of the men called out that the 'Serpent' was a
+mighty great ship and beautiful to look upon, and a glorious work had it
+been to build such a craft.
+
+Then Earl Eirik said so loud that sundry heard him: 'E'en had King Olaf
+no larger ship than this, King Svein would with the Danish host alone
+never wrest it from him.' Then went the men to their ships and took the
+tilts from off them; whilst the chiefs were talking among themselves of
+that which is writ above saw they sailing along three very large ships,
+and a fourth ship last of all, and that was the 'Long Serpent.' Now of
+those large ships which had sailed past before, and had been deemed by
+the men to be the 'Long Serpent,' the first was the 'Crane' and the last
+the 'Short Serpent.' But when they beheld the 'Long Serpent,' and none
+gainsaid this, then wotted all that now indeed was Olaf Tryggvason
+sailing by. Then went they to their ships, and made ready to row to the
+onset. Now a compact had been struck between the chiefs, King Svein,
+King Olaf, and Earl Eirik, that to each one of them should be given a
+third part of Norway if it befell that King Olaf was slain; moreover he
+who first boarded the 'Long Serpent' was for his own to have all the
+booty taken therefrom, and each of them was to have what ships he
+himself cleared.
+
+Earl Eirik had a very large long-ship which he was wont to use on his
+viking cruises; a beard was there on the higher part of both prow and
+stern, and thick plates of iron going from thence all the breadth of the
+beard right down to the water-line.
+
+
+|| Now when Earl Sigvaldi & his men headed in towards the islet, observed
+closely Thorkel Dydril of the 'Crane' and the captains of the other
+ships sailing with him, what he was doing, and they too lowered sail,
+and rowing after him, called out to him to know why thus he was faring.
+
+The Earl answered that he was going to bide the coming of King Olaf, for
+most like did it seem that war was at hand.
+
+So then they likewise let their ships lie-to until such time as Thorkel
+Leira with the 'Short Serpent' was come up and with him too the three
+other ships which were following him, and the same tidings were told
+unto them; then they also lowered sail, laid-to and bided the coming of
+King Olaf.
+
+But when the King sailed out towards the isle, then rowed out into the
+sound the whole of the hostile fleet even for to meet him; and his men
+witnessing this same prayed the King sail his way, and not engage in
+battle with so large an host.
+
+But King Olaf stood up on the poop, and shouted with a loud voice: 'Let
+no men of mine lower sail or think of fleeing; never have I fled in
+battle. May God look to my life, for never will I turn to flight.' And
+it was done even as the King said. Thus saith Hallfrod:
+
+  'Fain would I name those words,
+  Which Olaf's warriors tell us
+  The lord deed-mighty spake there,
+  To his men before the battle.
+  The warlike King forbade
+  His champions to think of flight,
+  And how they live, the words the loved one of the people spoke.'
+
+
+|| So were sounded the horns for the assembling of the ships; and the
+King's ship was in the midst of the fleet, with the 'Short Serpent' on
+one side and the 'Crane' on the other. Now when they were about to lash
+together the prow of the 'Long Serpent' and stern of the 'Short
+Serpent,' the King observed what was being done, and he cried out
+bidding them lay the big ship more forward, & not let her be astern of
+all the ships in the fleet. Thereon answered Ulf the Red: 'If we are to
+lay the "Serpent" as much longer ahead as she is longer than other ships
+hard will the day's work be behind the gunwales.' Said the King: 'I knew
+not that I had a forecastle man who was both red and afraid,' Ulf made
+answer back, 'Turn not thou thy back there on the poop more than I turn
+mine when I guard the prow.'
+
+Now the King had a bow in his hand, and placing an arrow on the string
+thereof he turned him towards Ulf; then cried Ulf, 'Shoot another way,
+King, thither where it is needed more greatly; what I do, I do for
+thee.'
+
+
+|| King Olaf towered high on the poop of the 'Serpent,' and easy was it
+to know him from other men.
+
+A golden shield had he, and a gold-wrought helmet, & a short red kirtle
+over his shirt of mail.
+
+Now when King Olaf saw that the fleets were dividing and banners were
+being set up before the chiefs, asked he: 'Who is the captain of that
+host which is right over against us?' It was told him that it was King
+Svein Two-beard with the host of the Danes. Then answered he: 'Afraid
+are we not of those blenchers, no heart is there in the Danes. But what
+chief is behind those banners yonder on our right?' It was told him that
+there was King Olaf, with the Swedish host. 'Better were it for the
+Swedes to stay at home and lick the blood from their bowls than to board
+the "Serpent" under thy weapons.' 'But whose are the ships lying out
+yonder on the larboard of the Danes?' 'They pertain,' came the answer,
+'to Eirik Hakonson.' Then answered King Olaf, 'Good reason, methinketh,
+hath he to meet us, and from that fleet may we await the fiercest of
+fights, seeing that they too are of Norway even as we ourselves.'
+
+
+|| Thereafter separated the Kings one from another for the onset. King
+Svein laid his ship against the 'Long Serpent'; and King Olaf the Swede
+lay-to farther out & grappled from the prow the outermost ship of King
+Olaf Tryggvason; and over against the other side lay Earl Eirik. And
+even so there ensued a dire and strenuous conflict. Albeit did Sigvaldi,
+the Earl, let his ships fall astern and took he no part in the battle.
+Thus saith Skuli Thorsteinnson, he that himself was with Earl Eirik that
+day:
+
+  'The Frisian wolf I followed
+  (And in my youth gat honour)
+  With Sigvaldi, there where the spears whistled
+  (Now wax I old);
+  When bloody swords we bore
+  There off the mouth of the Svold
+  In the south, in the battle-storm,
+  And met the hero of wars.'
+
+And Hallfrod too saith of these tidings:
+
+  'Methinks full much was missed
+  (Many to flight did turn them),
+  That chief who spurred the fight
+  Was among the men of Throndhjem.
+  The valiant King alone
+  'Gainst the two Kings did fight,
+  (Glorious to tell it now)
+  And for a third too the Earl.'
+
+
+|| The battle to them all waxed very fierce & bloody; the forecastle men
+of the 'Long Serpent' & the 'Short Serpent' and the 'Crane' threw
+anchors and grapplers on to the ships of King Svein, and thus could they
+attack them from above so that they cleared every ship unto which they
+could cling and thereto hold fast. King Svein and those of his company
+who could escape made what way they could to other of his ships and
+thereon drew thence out of bow-shot, and so it came to pass that it
+fared with this fleet even as King Olaf Tryggvason had foretold.
+
+Then Olaf, he that was King of the Swedes, brought his ships up into the
+self-same places left by those of Svein, but natheless hardly was he
+come nigh to the big ships than it went with him the same as with the
+others; even so that lost he many men and some of his ships, and
+thereafter he too drew back. But Earl Eirik laid his bearded ship
+alongside the outermost ship of King Olaf & with fierceness cleared it,
+and straightway cut it adrift from its lashings; then went he alongside
+the one that was next, and with it fought until that too was cleared.
+Then fell the crews to escaping from the lesser ships on to those that
+were larger; but cut the Earl every ship from its lashings even as soon
+as it was cleared, & thereon came up once more from all sides Danes and
+Swedes into the battle over against the ships of King Olaf. Eirik the
+Earl lay ever alongside one or other ship fighting thus in hand to hand
+fight, and as the men fell on his ship, Danes and Swedes, other true men
+took their place. Thus saith Halldor:
+
+  'Of sharp swords the brunt
+  O'er the "Long Serpent" went;
+  There golden spears did clash
+  And the men fought long,
+  In battle of foemen
+  Went forth to the south
+  Men of Sweden against him,
+  And Danish swordsmen doughty.'
+
+
+|| Then waxed the battle very fierce, and men fell thick and fast, and so
+at the end befell it that all the ships that pertained unto King Olaf
+were cleared save and except the 'Long Serpent,' & by that time all
+those of his folk who were still able to bear arms were come aboard of
+her.
+
+Then did Earl Eirik bring his bearded ship alongside the 'Serpent' and
+thereon ensued a fight with man at sword's length from man.
+
+Thus saith Halldor:
+
+  'Into so hard a trap fell now the "Long Serpent"
+  (The shields were cut asunder, together clashed the swords),
+  And when the axe-bearer laid his bearded ship
+      high bulwarked beside the "Serpent,"
+  The Earl did victory win at Holm.'
+
+
+|| Earl Eirik took his stand in the forehold of his ship encompassed by a
+wall of shields, & his men fought both with trenchant arms, and by the
+thrusting of spears, and by the throwing of everything that could be
+used as a weapon, though some shot with the bow or threw javelins with
+the hand. From all sides had the war-ships been brought up around the
+'Serpent,' and so great was the shower of weapons which fell on her, and
+so thickly flew the arrows and javelins from all sides, that men could
+but hardly ward off the missiles with their shields. The men that were
+with King Olaf had ere now waxed so furious that they had climbed up on
+to the bulwarks to the end that they might reach their foemen with their
+swords and slay them; but many of their foes would not come so nigh
+alongside the 'Serpent' that they could be beguiled into close combat,
+whereas a many of the folk of Olaf being unmindful that they were not
+fighting on a level field themselves fell overboard and so sank down
+together with their weapons. Thus saith Hallfrod:
+
+  'From the "Serpent" sank they down, wounded in the fight;
+  Give way or flee they would not, resisting to the last.
+  Though glorious the King may be who steers the "Serpent"
+  Such men as these will long be lacking where'er she strideth.'
+
+
+|| It happened that in the narrow-hold of the "Serpent," shooting with
+his bow and arrow more fiercely than any other man that was on the ship,
+stood Einar Tambarskelfir. Now it was against Earl Eirik that Einar had
+his direct venture, and struck he the top of the tiller-head, over above
+the head of the Earl, sending in his arrow with such force that it
+penetrated to the very binding of the shaft.
+
+The Earl looked at it, and asked if it was known who was shooting thus;
+then on the instant Einar shot another arrow which went so nigh unto the
+Earl that it passed betwixt his side and his arm, and so far through the
+staying-board that the barb stood out on the other side thereof.
+
+Then spake the Earl to that man whose name some say was Fin, but as
+others have it was of FinnishSec. kith and kin.
+
+Exceeding apt was he as an archer, so spake Eirik unto him saying:
+'Shoot thou yonder big man in the narrow-hold,' & even as he said the
+words did the arrow of Fin strike the bow of Einar just as he was
+drawing it for the third time. Then was the bow broken in twain, & Olaf
+said, 'What brake there so loudly?' & Einar made answer: 'Norway from
+thy hand, O King.' 'So great a breaking asunder hath not happened yet,
+I trow,' quoth the King; 'take my bow and shoot therewith,' and saying
+so threw he him his own bow, and Einar taking it strained it even beyond
+the arrow-head. 'Too weak,' said he, 'too weak is the prince's bow,' and
+throwing it back again to the King took he his shield and sword, and
+fell to hand-fighting.
+
+
+|| King Olaf being himself on the poop of the 'Serpent,' full oft that
+day shot with his bow, but upon occasion made he use of javelins, and
+ever threw two at once. Then as time wore on saw he, as his glance sped
+along the ship, that albeit his men swung ever their swords and smote
+full fast, yet nevertheless their swords were cutting but ill, and he
+cried out loudly to them: 'Are ye wielding your swords carelessly since,
+as I see, they do not cut?' One of the men made answer: 'Our swords are
+blunt and very much notched.' Then went the King down into the
+fore-hold, and setting up the lid of the high-seat took from out of the
+chest beneath many sharp swords and gave them out to his men, and when
+he thrust down his right arm into the chest it was seen that blood was
+running from under his mail-shirt, and no man at that hour wot in what
+part he had been wounded.
+
+
+|| Even the stoutest defence on the 'Long Serpent,' and that the most
+deadly, was put up by those stout men that were in the fore-hold and in
+the prow and stern, for truly were they picked men, and the bulwarks in
+those places were higher than in other parts of the ship. Even so soon
+as ever the men amidships began to fall, and only a few of those about
+the mast were left standing on their feet, made Eirik an attempt to
+board the 'Serpent,' and up came he on to her, himself the fifteenth
+man.
+
+Then was it that Hyrning, he that was own brother-in-law of Olaf, set
+over against Eirik with a band of followers and the mightiest fight of
+all waged they then, and the end thereof was of such a fashion that had
+the Earl himself to draw back even unto his own ship; and of the men
+that adventured with him on to the 'Serpent' were some wounded and most
+others slain.
+
+
+|| And thereafter was there yet again a hard struggle, & many men fell on
+board the 'Serpent'; & as the crew who held the defence of her began to
+thin tried Earl Eirik to board her for the second time, but again met he
+with valiant opposition. When the fore-castle men on the 'Serpent' saw
+this went they aft and safeguarded the ship over against the Earl, &
+made a stubborn defence. But so many were the men who were fallen on the
+'Serpent' that were the bulwarks perforce in many places empty, and the
+men of the Earl now came aboard her on every side; then were those men
+who were still standing to arms and having the guardianship of the ship
+forced to fall back aft, even unto the place where the King was
+standing. Thus saith Halldor the Unchristened, telling how Earl Eirik
+cheered on his men:
+
+  'Astern across the thwarts shrank the men of Olaf
+  Valiant the lord cheers on his hot-headed followers,
+  When the warriors had closed all issue to the doughty King
+  The clash of weapons turned towards the Wend-slayer.'
+
+
+|| Now it came to pass that Kolbiorn the Marshal went up on to the poop
+even to the King, and greatly did they resemble one another in apparel
+and weapons; and Kolbiorn was also a right big and comely man.
+
+Yet once again ensued there a fight full fierce in the fore-hold, but
+because that there were now come up on to the 'Serpent' even as many men
+of the Earl as the ship would hold, and seeing that his ships were lying
+on all sides around the 'Serpent,' & moreover few folk left on her for
+defence against so strong a host, fell the main of the men of Olaf very
+shortly thereafter, albeit were they men both strong and stout of heart.
+Then did King Olaf himself, and Kolbiorn, leap over-board each on his
+own side. Now the men of the Earl had put out small boats & were busy
+slaying those that took to the sea, and when the King leapt overboard
+would they have taken him captive and brought him before Earl Eirik, had
+not King Olaf held up his shield above him and dived headlong into the
+deep. Kolbiorn, on the other part, thrust his shield under him and thus
+protected himself against the javelins which were being thrown up from
+the boats beneath, but he fell into the sea in such wise that his shield
+was beneath him & therefore could he in no wise dive so swiftly, & so
+was he taken & haled up into a boat. Then the foe deeming him to be the
+King brought him before the Earl, but when the Earl discovered that it
+was not King Olaf but Kolbiorn, gave he the latter quarter. At this
+moment did all they of the King's folk who were still alive leap
+overboard from the 'Serpent'; and Hallfrod saith that Thorkel Nefia,
+he that was brother to the King, leapt last of all overboard:
+
+  'Stroke-doughty Thorkel saw the "Crane,"
+  Yea, and the "Serpents" twain floating deserted;
+  Boldly had he fought e'er the wearer of the arm-rings,
+  Stout-hearted in combat, into the sea plunged,
+  And by swimming saved his life.'
+
+
+|| Now hath it been afore fair written that Earl Sigvaldi joined forces
+with King Olaf in Wendland; ten ships had the Earl and withal an
+eleventh whereon Astrid, she that was daughter to the King and wife to
+Sigvaldi, had her men.
+
+When King Olaf leapt overboard all the hosts shouted cries of victory,
+and then did the Earl and his men unship their oars & row to the fight.
+Of this speaketh Halldor the Unchristened:
+
+  'From far and near the Wendmen's craft
+  To battle hastened;
+  The lean sword-clashers
+  Clanged with iron mouths;
+  Din of swords at sea was there
+  (Wolves' fare the eagle tore),
+  The lads' dear leader strove
+  Ere many from him fled.'
+
+
+|| Now rowed away the Wendland cutter, whereon were Astrid's men, back to
+Wendland, and straightway did many men say that King Olaf must have
+drawn off his shirt of mail in the water, dived down away from the
+long-ship, and thereafter swum even to the Wendland cutter and so been
+brought to shore by the folk of Astrid.
+
+And many are the tales which have been told by certain men of the
+journeyings of King Olaf; nevertheless in this wise speaketh Hallfrod:
+
+  'I wot not whether he who stilled the raven's hunger
+  Should of me be praised as of the living or the dead,
+  Since of a truth his men tell either tale
+  (Bootless of himself to question) though wounded was he surely.'
+
+But howsoever this may have been, never more returned King Olaf
+Tryggvason to his realm of Norway; yet in this wise speaketh Hallfrod
+the Troublous-skald:
+
+  'He who the tidings told that the lord was living
+  Had long for Tryggvi's trusted son a fighter been.
+  'Tis said the King from out the steel-storm came;
+  Alas, 'tis worse than this, methinks,
+      for of truth all facts are lacking.'
+
+And this again:
+
+  'When the land-host with men in numbers towards the Holder's
+  War-wont King did fare, it scarce could be (so heard I)
+  That the King beloved could with life escape
+  (Folk seemed not truth to tell) from out the battle.
+  Some men e'en tell this skald that wounded is the King,
+  Though from the spear-storm saved and eastwards gone.
+  But tidings from the south now tell the slaying of the King
+  In the great fight (endure no more can I the wavering talk of men).'
+
+
+|| With the victory that he encompassed did Earl Eirik Hakonson gain even
+the 'Long Serpent' and much booty, and steered he the 'Serpent' far out
+of the battle. Thus said Halldor:
+
+  'Thither the "Serpent" had borne him,
+  The helmeted chieftain, to the great sword-play,
+  (Then were the ships dight).
+  But south, in the din of the battle,
+      gladly the Earl took the "Serpent"
+  (Heming's high-born brother in blood did dye the swords).'
+
+
+|| Now Svein the son of Earl Hakon even at this time was betrothed to
+Holmfrid the daughter of Olaf King of Sweden. When Olaf the Swedish
+King, Svein the Danish King and Earl Eirik divided the realm of Norway
+between them, then had Olaf the Swedish King four counties, to wit,
+Throndhjem, the two Mores & Raumsdal; and eastward to him pertained
+Raumariki from the Gaut (Goeta) river to Svinasund.
+
+This dominion did King Olaf make over to Earl Svein on the self-same
+conditions as the tribute paying kings or earls had held their lands
+aforetime from superior kings. Earl Eirik gat five counties in
+Throndhjem, also Halogaland and Naumdalen, the Fjords & Fialir, Sogn and
+Hardaland & Rogaland, and Agdir from the north right to Lidandesnes (the
+Naze).
+
+Thus saith Thord Kolbeinson:
+
+  'I wist that save for Erling (bounteous chief whom I praise)
+  Erewhile the "hersirs" mostly were friends unto the earls;
+  The battle ended the land all southward from Agdir
+  To Veiga, or farther north, was subject made to Eirik.
+  Under the lord the land prospered; & this 'twas good should be.
+  His duty he thought it to hold o'er the northmen his hand.
+  Now hath died Svein the king south of us, so the tale goes
+  (The strength of most doth fail,
+      and waste are his manors for grief).'
+
+
+|| Svein the King of the Danes was now once more the possessor of Vik,
+which had been his aforetime; to Earl Eirik he gave Raumariki and
+Hedemark, to be held as a fief. Svein Hakonson, he that was the finest
+man that men have ever looked on, received earldom from Olaf the Swede.
+Eirik and Earl Svein were alike baptized into and made profession of the
+true Faith, but even so long as they ruled over Norway gave they licence
+to every man that he should please himself about what creed he would
+cleave to, & moreover maintained they the old laws honourably and
+likewise all the customs of the land; therefore were they justly men who
+were well-beloved and good rulers. Now in all matters having concern in
+the ruling of the realm of the twain brothers was Earl Eirik ever the
+more prominent.
+
+
+
+
+THE SAGA OF HARALD THE TYRANT, MXXX-MLXVI
+
+
+
+
+It befell in the days of the fall of King Olaf that Harald, the son of
+Sigurd Sow, the stepbrother of King Olaf the Saint, bore his share in
+the great battle of Stiklastad.
+
+Even there it befell Harald that he was smote down, but he gained the
+life of his body by flight with others that bore him company. Thus saith
+Thiodolf:
+
+  'Nigh the hill, a battle-storm
+  I heard drive toward the King,
+  But the burner of the BulgarsSec.
+  His brother well supported.
+  Unwillingly from fallen Olaf
+  Was the prince sundered,
+  And his head he hid;
+  Then was he twelve winters
+  With added three thereto in age.'
+
+
+|| It was Rognvald Brusason who bare Harald out of the battle, and
+brought him to a certain peasant who lived in the forest, and that in a
+glade far from the haunts of man; and here was Harald leeched until he
+was whole of his wound.
+
+Thereafter fared forth the son of that peasant eastward with him across
+the Kjol (Kiolen), & as far as they were able to do so followed they
+forest tracks in lieu of the common way.
+
+Now in no wise wist the son of the peasant with what manner of man he
+was faring, & as they were riding through the wastes of the forest sang
+Harald thus wise:
+
+  'From forest now to forest
+  Wend I my way with honour scant;
+  Who wists but in the future
+  Wide fame may not be mine?'
+
+
+|| And thus fared he eastward through Jamtaland & Helsingland, and in due
+course was he come even to Sweden; there did he link his fortune with
+that of Rognvald Brusason and many others of the men of King Olaf that
+were yet alive after the mighty battle.
+
+
+|| Now in the spring thereafter gat they ships for themselves and in the
+summer fared eastward to Garda, where abode they the winter through with
+King Jarizleif.
+
+Thus saith Bolverk:
+
+  'The sword's blade, King, thou dried'st
+  When thou fared'st from the strife.
+  To the raven gav'st thou to eat;
+  The wolf howled on the wooded heights.
+  But the year thereafter and thou wert
+  East in Gard, O doughty fighter,
+  Ne'er have I heard of a leader of hosts
+  More famed than thou wert.'
+
+King Jarizleif made Harald & his men welcome right kindly, and even so
+became Harald captain of the land defence of the King & with him was
+joined Eilif, the son of Earl Rognvald. Thus saith Thiodolf:
+
+  'Where Eilif was,
+  Alike they acted,
+  Those chieftains twain
+  In wedge-like phalanx.
+  Chased were the East Wends
+  Into a corner narrow,
+  Not easy for the LaesirsSec.
+  Was the law of the host.'
+
+
+|| Some winters abode Harald in the realm of Garda, & fared forth for the
+most part eastward; then went he a journey to Greece, and in his company
+was a mighty following, and at that time likewise went he to Miklagard
+(Constantinople). Saith Bolverk:
+
+  'The chilly shower drave forward
+  The ship's swart prows;
+  And barks all bravely armoured
+  Their sails bore by the coast-side.
+  The metal towers of Miklagard
+  The prince saw from the prows;
+  Fair-bosomed ships were borne
+  To the walls of the city.'
+
+At that time there ruled over Greece Queen Zoe the Wealthy and with her
+Michael Katalaktus.
+
+When Harald was come even unto Miklagard in the hardiness that was of
+his blood enterprised he service of the Queen, and even so did the men
+that were with him.
+
+Forthwith that same autumn took he ship on certain galleys with warriors
+who were adventuring on to the Greek sea.
+
+In those days was one named GyrgirSec. chief of the hosts, and he was also
+a kinsman to the Queen. Now it came to pass that Harald had not abode
+longtime with the host ere the VaeringsSec. became much drawn to him, so
+that he and they adventured all together in a body whensoever there was
+fighting, and the end thereof was that Harald was chosen captain of all
+the Vaerings. Gyrgir and his hosts coasted in all directions among the
+Greek islands, and greatly plundered the corsairs.
+
+
+|| Once it befell when they were faring overland, and were of a mind to
+pass the night in the woods, that the Vaerings were the first to come to
+the place where it was intended they should lie, and chose they for
+their tents even such position as was best and lay highest, for the
+country thereabout was boggy, and no sooner came the rain than was it
+ill living there over against where the land was low. Then came Gyrgir,
+& when he saw where the Vaerings had pitched their tents bade he them
+begone and pitch them in another place, since saith he, that he himself
+would have his tent even there. But thus spake Harald: 'When ye are the
+first to come to the place for the camp then shall ye make choice of
+your place for the night, and it will behove us to pitch our tents
+elsewhere, even in whatever spot is open to us. So do ye now likewise;
+pitch ye your tents where ye will in any other spot that pertaineth.
+Methought was it the right of the Vaerings here in Greece to be masters
+of their own matter & free in all things before all men, and that was it
+to the King and Queen only they owed obedience.'
+
+On this bandied they words with so great heat that both sides fell to
+arming themselves, & right nigh came they to fighting, but ere that were
+the wisest men came up and they parted them.
+
+They said it was more in reason that these men should be of one mind on
+the matter, and a just decision made thereon betwixt them, so that never
+more might strife arise out of this cause.
+
+So then was agreed a meeting between them, & the best and wisest men
+were present thereat; and at that meeting was it counselled in such
+manner that all were of one mind, to wit, that lots should be borne in a
+cloth and cast between Greek and Vaering as to who should be the first
+to ride or row, or berth them in haven, or choose a spot for their
+tents; both of them henceforth to rest content with whatever the lot
+decreed. Thereafter was this done, and the lots were marked; then said
+Harald to Gyrgir; 'Let me now see how thou markest thy lot, to the
+intent that we may not both mark them in the same fashion.'
+
+So Harald looked and thereafter marked his lot and threw it into the
+cloth, and Gyrgir did likewise; but the man who was to draw the lot took
+up one between his fingers, and lifting his hand said: 'These shall
+first ride and row and berth them in haven and choose them tent-places.'
+Then did Harald seize the lot with his hand and throw it out into the
+sea, and when he had so done he said: 'That was our lot.'
+
+Gyrgir said: 'Why didst thou not let more men see it?' 'Look you,'
+answered Harald, 'on that lot which is left, & I wot well thereon will
+you know your own mark.'
+
+Then looked they at the lot, and all knew the mark to be that of Gyrgir.
+
+So was it adjudged that the Vaerings should have the choice in all those
+matters about which there had been strife. Sundry things befell likewise
+on which saw they not eye to eye, but ever it ended in such a fashion
+that Harald had his way.
+
+
+|| Plundering & pillaging whithersoever they went fared together both
+hosts during the summer, but when a battle was imminent would Harald
+cause his men to hold aloof therefrom, or at least over against that
+part where was the fight most open.
+
+Ever said he that he would take good care that he did not lose those
+that were of his company; but when a fight chanced and he with his men
+only were opposed to an enemy so fierce was he in battle that either
+must he win the day or die. For this reason oft-times it befell that
+when Harald was captain of the men the victory fell to him, whereas
+Gyrgir won naught.
+
+Now when the warriors saw how oft did this come to pass, said they one
+to the other that their cause would have better advancement an Harald
+were alone captain of the host; and blamed they the leader of the band,
+saying that he and his men were but bootless. To this Gyrgir made answer
+that the Vaerings would not yield him support, & bade them begone,
+whiles he fared with the rest of the host to be successful as far as in
+them lay. Even so, thereon went Harald from the host, and with him
+likewise the Vaerings and the Latin men, but Gyrgir kept the host of the
+Greeks. Then came to pass that which all had awaited, to wit, that
+Harald ever gained the victory & the plunder. Thereupon fared the Greeks
+home to Miklagard save only the young men who desired to win riches for
+themselves, and they gathered round Harald and took him for their
+leader.
+
+Then went he with his host westward to northern Africa, which the
+Vaerings called Serkland,Sec. and there he gained addition to his host.
+
+In Serkland won he eighty walled towns, some thereof surrendered to him,
+whereas others took he by might.
+
+Thereafter went he to Sikiley (Sicily). Thus saith Thiodolf:
+
+  'Towns ten times eight in Serkland,
+  Say I, then were taken,
+  The young hater of red-glowing gold
+  Rushed into the peril.
+  Before the fighter went to rouse
+  With clashing shields the Hilds,
+  Were they long the Serk-men's foe,
+  On the plains of Sicily.'
+
+Thus saith Illugi, the skald from Bryn:
+
+  'Harald under Michael strove
+  For south-lands with his sword
+  The son of Budli, as 'twas said
+  Showed friendship by his fellowship.'[Sec.]
+
+
+|| Now it came to pass that at this season was Michael King of Greece.
+
+Many winters abode he in Africa, and to himself acquired goods and
+chattels in plenty, gold likewise and all manner of precious things; but
+all the wealth which he took and thereof had not need for his
+maintenance sent he by his trusty men to Holmgard (Novgarod), to be
+bestowed into the hands and care of King Jarizleif.
+
+Exceeding wealth did he collect together there, as was like to be,
+forasmuch as he was pillaging in that part of the world the which is
+richest in gold and costly things. And so much did he accomplish withal
+that, as has been writ before, took he as many as eighty towns.
+
+
+|| And being come to Sikiley did Harald lay waste on that isle, and set
+he his host over against a large town in which were many people.
+
+So strong were the walls thereof that he feared it were doubtful an he
+could brake them down. Now the townsfolk had enough of victuals and
+other commodities which were required to withstand a siege, so hit
+Harald on the craft of bidding his fowlers to catch small birds, which
+had nests in the town & flew out during the day to seek food. On the
+backs of these birds caused he to be tied shavings of red pine-wood on
+which had he poured melted wax and brimstone; fire thereto was set, and
+the birds even so soon as they were loose, flew with one accord at once
+to the town with the intent to seek their young and to hie them to their
+own nests which were under the roofs.
+
+And these roofs were thatched with reeds or straw.
+
+Then the fire from the birds spread to the eaves, and though each bird
+bore but a little burden of fire nevertheless in a brief space was
+kindled a great fire, for many birds bore fire to the roofs that were of
+the town. Thereafter there burned one house after the other until the
+town itself was all aflame, and all the people came out therefrom and
+begged for grace.
+
+Yea was this that same folk that for many a day had talked proudly and
+with mocking despite of the Greek host and the chief thereof. Harald
+gave quarter to all men who craved it, and thereafter held authority
+over this town.
+
+
+|| Another town was there to which Harald went with his host, & right
+well peopled was it and strong withal, so much so indeed that it could
+not be thought that he would be able to make assault thereon. Flat land
+and hard lay round about the walls thereof, so Harald set his men to dig
+a trench from the place whence a brook flowed, & that in a deep gulley
+wherein men from the town could not spy.
+
+The earth of the trench threw they out into the water and let the stream
+bear it away; and in this work they continued even both by night and by
+day with fresh shifts after a spell.
+
+After this fashion did the host advance on the town day by day; and the
+townsmen flocked to the battlements & both sides shot at one another,
+but by night did all betake themselves to sleep.
+
+Now when Harald wot that this hole that was in the earth was so long
+that it must have come under and past the walls of the town bade he his
+men arm themselves, & towards dawn went they into the trench, and when
+they came to the end thereof dug they up above their heads until they
+came to stones set in lime; and this was the floor of a stone hall. Anon
+they brake up the floor and ascended into the hall, and there sat many
+of the townsmen eating and drinking, and great was the mischance of
+these good men for they were taken unawares. The Vaerings went about
+with drawn swords, and straightway killed some of them though others
+fled, to wit, those who could get out.
+
+Some of the Vaerings sought after these townsmen while others went to
+the gates to set them open, and by this way in marched the host that
+pertained unto Harald.
+
+Then did the townsfolk flee, though many prayed for mercy, and mercy did
+all receive who gave themselves up.
+
+In this way was it that Harald was possessed of the town, and therewith
+acquired exceeding wealth.
+
+
+|| The third town to which they came was the one that of all of the
+island had waxed largest and strongest, and to it pertained most
+importance both by reason of the wealth and the number within its walls.
+
+Even about this town lay great ditches, and the Vaerings marked that
+they could not win it by craft after such fashion as they had possessed
+themselves of the other towns aforesaid. And so it came to pass that
+long lay they before the town yet did they accomplish nothing, and the
+townsfolk seeing this waxed even bolder, and set up their array on the
+walls, & anon opened the gates of the town and called to the Vaerings,
+egging them on & bidding them enter; and they mocked at them for lack of
+boldness, averring that for fighting were they no better than so many
+hens. Harald bade his men behave themselves as though they wist not
+after what fashion were such things said: 'Nought shall we accomplish,'
+said he, 'even if we storm the town; they will fling their weapons down
+under their feet upon us; and albeit an entrance we perchance effect
+with sundry of our folk, yet is the foe strong enough to shut them in,
+and shut the others out at their pleasure for they have put watches at
+all the gates of the town.
+
+No less mock will we make of them, however, and we will flaunt in their
+faces that we have no fear of them. Our men shall go forth on the plain
+as near the town as may be, having care nevertheless lest they come
+within bowshot, and weaponless must they go & hold sports one with
+another so that the townsfolk may wot that we care naught for their
+array.'
+
+After this fashion did they behave themselves for sundry days.
+
+
+|| Now of the Icelanders that were with Harald at this time is it
+recorded that Halldor the son of Snorri the Priest-- he it was who took
+this chronicle back to his own land-- and in the second place Ulf the
+son of Uspak, the son of Usvif the Wise, were the twain of them very
+strong & valiant men and much cherished of Harald.
+
+The pair were alike foremost in the sports on the plain. When things had
+thus happened for these sundry days, were the townsfolk minded to show
+even greater arrogance, & discarding their weapons mounted they up on to
+the walls and defiantly set open the gates of the town. Now the Vaerings
+seeing this betook themselves one day to their sports in such fashion
+that the swords that pertained to them were concealed beneath their
+cloaks and their helms beneath their hats. And after they had vied with
+one another awhile saw they that the townsfolk in no fashion entertained
+suspicion, thereon drawing their swords ran they forward to the gates.
+When the townsmen saw this advanced they bravely to meet them, standing
+fully armed, and thereon ensued a dire fight within the gates.
+
+To the Vaering folk pertained neither shield nor buckler, & in default
+thereof wrapped they their cloaks round their left arm; some were
+wounded, some killed, & all were hard pressed.
+
+Harald & the men with him who were in the camp hastened to their
+succour, but by then were the townsfolk come up on to the walls from
+whence they shot at & stoned those coming thitherwards. Yet more fierce
+grew the fight, & those within the gates bethought them help came at a
+slower gait than they could desire. Scarce was Harald come to the gates
+ere was slain his banner-bearer; then said he: 'Halldor, do thou take up
+the banner!' Halldor picked up the banner-staff, but he spoke unwisely:
+'Who will bear thy banner for thee when thou followest it so
+faint-heartedly as thou hast done now this while past?' These were words
+more of anger than of truth, for Harald stood the stoutest among men.
+Then hied they them into the gate, and great were the strokes given; but
+the outcome thereof was such wise that the victory was to Harald and he
+stormed the gates. Sore smote was Halldor, a deep wound gat he in the
+countenance, and to him was it a blemish all the days of his life.Sec.
+
+
+|| The fourth town whereunto Harald was come together with his host was
+the stoutest of all those whereof we have yet told. So strong was it
+that they wist there was no hope that it could be taken by assault, and
+thereon beset they the town even by getting a ring around it so that no
+victuals could be taken therein.
+
+Now it chanced when Harald had been before it a while, fell he sick and
+betook himself to his bed; & he caused his tent be placed away from
+other tents so that he might have the ease that he should not hear the
+noise and disquiet of the host. Backwards & forwards to him oft fared
+his men, craving his counsel, and this was noted of the townsfolk who
+argued rightly that something had befallen the Vaerings, and thereon set
+they spies to discover what it might be. When the spies were come back
+even into the town brought they intelligence that the chief of the
+Vaerings lay sick, & for that cause had they not advanced on the town.
+As time waxed big grew the strength of Harald small, and his men became
+sorrowful and were heavy of heart.
+
+Now of all this had the townsfolk full knowledge.
+
+To such a pass came it that the sickness pressed Harald hard and his
+death was told throughout the whole host. Then went the Vaerings to
+speak with the townsmen, telling them of the death of their chief,
+& praying the priests to grant him a tomb in the town.
+
+Now when the townsfolk heard these tidings many were there, rulers of
+monasteries or of other big churches in the town, who wished much, each
+one of them, to have the body for his church, for well wotted each that
+it would bring them great offerings; so the whole multitude of the
+priests clad themselves in their vestments and walked forth out of the
+town in procession well favoured and solemn, bearing shrines and holy
+relics.
+
+But made the Vaerings also a mighty funeral train; covered with a costly
+pall was the coffin borne aloft, and above this again were held many
+banners, & after the coffin in this wise had been borne in through the
+town-gates was it set down right athwart them in front of the opening
+thereof. Then did the Vaerings blow a war-blast from all their trumpets,
+& drew their swords, and the whole host of the Vaerings rushed out of
+their tents fully armed, and ran towards the town shouting and crying.
+The monks & other priests who had been walking in this funeral train
+vying with one another to be the foremost to go out and receive the
+offering, now vied twofold as speedily to be the farthest off, for the
+Vaerings slew every one who was nearest to them be he clerk or layman.
+After this fashion did they go about the whole of the town, putting the
+men to the sword and pillaging the churches, whence snatched they
+exceeding great wealth.
+
+
+|| Many summers fared Harald in warfare after this fashion alike in
+Serkland and Sikiley.
+
+Thereafter led he his host back to Miklagard, and abode there a short
+space ere set he again forth on a journey to Jorsalaheim (Palestine).Sec.
+There he left behind him all the gold he had gotten as payment from the
+Greek King, & the same did all the Vaerings who went on the journey with
+him.
+
+It is told that altogether Harald fought eighteen battles on these
+journeys. Thus saith Thiodolf:
+
+  'All men know that Harald
+  Eighteen battles grim hath fought,
+  Oft hath the peace of the chieftain been broken;
+  The gray eagle's sharp claws
+  In blood didst thou dye, King,
+  Ever was the wolf filled ere thou fared'st homeward.'
+
+
+|| Harald with his men had now betaken themselves to Jorsalaland
+(Palestine) and thence to Jorsalaborg (Jerusalem), and whithersoever he
+went in Jorsalaland were all the towns and castles surrendered unto him;
+thus saith Stuf, who had himself heard the King recount these things:
+
+  'The blade-bold smiting warrior
+  To subjection brought Jerusalem.
+  The smiling land was captive to him and the Greeks,
+  And by their might, unburned withal,
+  Came the country under the warrior's dictate.'
+
+
+|| Here it is recounted that this land came unburned and unscathed into
+Harald's power. Thereafter fared he to the Jordan and bathed himself
+therein, as is the way with other pilgrims. On the Sepulchre of the
+Lord, the Holy Cross, and other holy relics in Jorsalaland bestowed
+Harald great benefactions. Then did he make safe all the road to the
+Jordan, slaying robbers and other disturbers of the peace. Thus saith
+Stuf:
+
+  'By counsel and wrathful words the King of the Agdir folk
+  Withstood on the banks of the Jordan the treason of men,
+  But for true trespass had folk to pay dearly;
+  Ill from the Prince suffered they.
+  (In Christ's eternal house).'
+
+
+|| After these things fared he back to Miklagard.
+
+
+|| Now when Harald was returned to Miklagard from Jorsalaland was he
+minded to go to the north, even unto his own heritage; for it had come
+to his ears that the son of his brother, to wit, Magnus Olafson, was now
+King of Norway and of Denmark, and therefor gave he warning to quit his
+service with the King of Greece; but when Queen Zoe came to hear thereof
+waxed she very wrath & made dire complaint against Harald, averring that
+he had gone dishonestly to work with the wealth of the Greek King which
+had been taken in warfare what time Harald had been chief of the host.
+Now there was a damsel both young and fair, whose name was Maria, and
+she was the daughter of the brother to Queen Zoe.[Sec.] Afore had Harald
+sought the hand of this maid in marriage, and by the Queen had his suit
+been refused. It has been told here in the north by Vaerings, who were
+then serving in Miklagard, that among those who should wot well of the
+affair was it averred that Queen Zoe desired to have Harald for her own
+husband, & therein lay the cause of all that which befell when Harald
+desired to leave Miklagard, though mayhap otherwise was given out before
+all folk. At that time was Constantine Monomachus King of the Greeks,
+and together with Queen Zoe ruled he the kingdom. Wherefore was it on
+these counts that the King of the Greeks caused Harald to be seized and
+cast into prison.
+
+
+|| But as Harald was drawing nigh unto the prison there appeared unto him
+the holy King Olaf and bade him be of good cheer for that he would come
+to his aid; & there in the street was afterwards builded a chapel, and
+was it consecrated to King Olaf, & that chapel has stood there unto this
+very day.Sec. Now after such fashion was the prison builded that it had a
+high tower, & this was open at the top. Into the prison thereof was
+Harald thrown, and together with him were Halldor and Ulf. The night
+thereafter came a wealthy woman to the uppermost part of the prison,
+whither she had ascended by means of ladders, and with her were two
+serving-men and to either let they down a rope by which they drew the
+prisoners up. This woman had one time been healed by the holy King Olaf,
+and now had he appeared to her and laid upon her the injunction that she
+should release his brother from out of prison.Thereon hied Harald him to
+the Vaerings who with one accord rose to their feet when they beheld
+him, and acclaimed him welcome.
+
+Thereafter fell the whole of the host to arms and betook themselves to
+the place where the King was sleeping, and taking him captive thrust
+they out both his eyes. Thus saith Thorarin Skeggison in his lay:
+
+  'The bold prince gold obtained,
+  But the throned King of Greece gat blindness,
+  And thereafter went with scars most grievous.'
+
+Thus likewise saith Thiodolf the Skald:
+
+  'The waster of wolves' sorrow
+  Let the eyes twain of the throned King be put out;
+  The prince of the Agdir folk on the Eastern King
+  Laid a grisly mark whereby was he horribly blinded.'
+
+In the twain of these lays concerning Harald, & also in many other
+songs, recorded is it how that he himself put out the eyes of the Greek
+King; but in lieu of thus singing, had they known it to be truer, full
+well might they have named a duke or count or some other nobleman. But
+Harald himself and the other men that were with him themselves boasted
+of this deed.Sec.
+
+
+|| That same night went Harald and his men to the chamber wherein Maria
+lay sleeping, & by force bare her away. Then betaking themselves to
+where their galleys rode took they twain of them and anon rowed into
+Siavidarsund,Sec. but when they were come thither found they that the iron
+chain was stretched right athwart the inlet, and so Harald commanded his
+men to fall to their oars on both the galleys, & those who were not
+rowing were all to run aft, and each one to have in his hand his own
+baggage-bag.
+
+In this fashion they ran the galleys on to the chain, and as soon as
+they were fast and the speed was stayed commanded he all his men to run
+forward. Then that galley whereon was Harald plunged forward, and after
+it had swayed on the chain slid from off it; but the other brake as it
+rode the chain, and many were drowned, albeit some were taken up out of
+the water. After this fashion did Harald escape from Miklagard, & thence
+fared he forth into the Black Sea. But ere he sailed from land he set
+the maid ashore, & gave her trusty followers to take her back to
+Miklagard; and he bade her ask her kinswoman Zoe how much power she had
+over him, or if her power had been able to hinder him from getting the
+maiden. Thereafter sailed Harald northward to EllipaltaSec. and thence
+fared all over the East-realm.Sec. On this journey made Harald certain
+merry verses which together number sixteen, & all have the same refrain:
+this is one of them:
+
+  'Past Sicily, far out, forged the ship;
+  Proudly she strode and ably 'neath our feet
+  Never before had Norseman come so far amain,
+  Yet saith the Maid of the gold-rings in Garda that she scorns me.'
+
+
+|| By this, allusion made he to Ellisif, the daughter of King Jarizleif
+of Holmgard.
+
+
+|| When Harald was come to Holmgard did King Jarizleif receive him with
+exceeding great kindness, and there abode he the winter through; at that
+time, moreover, took he into his own keeping all the gold and various
+other precious goods which he had sent thither out of Miklagard. So much
+wealth was indeed collected together, that no one there in the north had
+seen so great an amount before in the ownership of one man. On three
+occasions[Sec.] the while he was in Miklagard had Harald ta'en his share in
+the spoiling of palaces, for it was a law that every time a Greek King
+died the Vaerings should have palace-spoil; at that hour might they go
+through all the palaces of the King, wherein his hoards of wealth were
+garnered, and take at will as much as ever they could lay hands on.
+
+
+|| That winter gave King Jarizleif to Harald his daughter in wedlock, her
+name was Elizabeth but Norwegians called her Ellisif. To this Stuf the
+Blind is witness in the following:
+
+  'The alliance that he wished
+  Gat the prince of the Agdirs;
+  Gold amain won the friend of the men,
+  And to boot the King's daughter.'
+
+
+|| So it came to pass that ere long there arose some discord betwixt
+Magnus and Harald, and then were many men so evil-minded that they
+wrought bad blood betwixt the Kings.
+
+
+|| Now after the departure of Harald in the manner aforesaid, Svein
+Ulfson went on sleeping. Later made he close inquiry anent the journey
+of Harald; and when he came to know that Harald and Magnus had entered
+into covenant, and had now an host one with the other, steered he a
+course eastward alongside the coast of Skani and abode there with his
+host, until it came to his ears in wintertime that Magnus and Harald had
+fared northward even to Norway with their hosts. Thereupon shaped Svein
+a course southward (west) to Denmark, and that winter took he possession
+by force of all the dues of the King.
+
+
+|| So soon as the spring was come King Magnus and King Harald called out
+a muster from all Norway.
+
+Now it befell once upon a time that both the Kings were lying in the
+self-same haven, and the day thereafter Harald being the first to be
+ready sailed forthwith, and in the evening hove he to in the haven
+wherein he and Magnus had covenanted to lie that night; and brought he
+his ship into the King's berth, and hoisted his tilts.
+
+King Magnus, he that had later in the day sailed forth, found also that
+haven, but when he was come perceived he that the men of Harald had by
+then gotten their tilts up; & saw he furthermore that Harald was lying
+in the berth of the King and that there was he minded to lie. Even so
+soon as his men had struck sail said King Magnus unto them: 'Now shall
+my men take their places by the bulwarks and fall to their oars, and the
+others shall undo their weapons and arm themselves, and if Harald and
+his men gainsay us and will not make way, then will we fight them.' When
+King Harald saw that King Magnus was minded to give battle spake he to
+his men and said: 'Cut the hawsers and let us put off; wroth is now
+kinsman Magnus.' So said so done; and the ships of Harald were hove out
+of berth, and King Magnus put his ships into their place.
+
+When this had been accomplished went King Harald with sundry of his men
+up on to the ship of King Magnus, & the King greeted him well and bade
+him welcome. Then said King Harald: 'I thought that we were come among
+friends; but just now I misdoubted that thou wouldst let this be the
+case; but true it is that children are petulent & I will not account it
+otherwise than that this was a childish deed.' Then said King Magnus:
+'It was a kin-deed, not a child's-deed; I can in good sooth remember
+what I gave and what I refused, but an it were allowed that this little
+matter were now done in our despite another would soon arise. In all
+things will we keep the covenant that we made, but thou on thy part must
+fulfil that which was agreed upon.' Then said King Harald: 'There is
+also an old custom which hath it that the wisest giveth way,' &
+therewith went he back even to his own ship. In such like dealings
+betwixt the Kings was it difficult to hold the balance; the men to King
+Magnus swore even that he was in the right, but those who were dullards
+deemed that Harald had been slighted.
+
+The men that were of King Harald's following said it were well and right
+that Magnus should have the berth had the two Kings come thither at the
+same time, but that King Harald could not be called upon to leave the
+berth wherein he were lying afore; and they declared that Harald had
+acted well and wisely, but those who wished to make the worst of things
+said that King Magnus desired to break the covenant, and that he had
+done King Harald wrong and injustice.
+
+Soon unwise men were talking so much about quarrels of this kind that
+discord arose between the Kings, and many things befell which the Kings
+took each after his own fashion albeit thereof is but little set down in
+writing.
+
+
+|| So King Magnus & King Harald brought their fleet down to Denmark, and
+when Svein heard thereof fled he away to Skani. The two Kings abode long
+in Denmark that summer, and brought the land into subjection; the autumn
+to them was in Jutland. There one night, when King Magnus lay abed,
+dreamt he that he himself stood there where his father King Olaf the
+Saint abode, & thought he that his father spake with him: 'Which wilt
+thou choose, my son, to fare with me, or become of all kings the
+mightiest & live long, but to commit sin so great that thou wilt
+scarcely or never be able to atone for it?' And he bethought that he
+answered, 'I desire that thou choosest for me.'
+
+Then the King seemed to answer: 'Thou shalt fare even with me.' King
+Magnus told his men of this dream. A little while later fell he ill of a
+sickness, and lay at a place called Sudatorp,Sec. and when he was nigh unto
+death sent he his brotherSec. Thorir to Svein Ulfson bidding the latter
+afford Thorir what help he might need, and with this message King Magnus
+also made it known that when his days should be ended it was his wish to
+have Svein to have dominion over the realm of Denmark, saying that it
+was meet that Harald should rule over Norway and Svein over Denmark.
+Thereafter died King Magnus the Good, & all folk mourned his death. Thus
+saith Od Kikina-Skald:
+
+  'Full many a tear did men shed
+  When the mild King was borne to the grave.
+  Heavy the burden for those that he had benefited with gold,
+  Sore were the hearts of the house carles,
+  Their tears held they not back,
+  And oft-times in sorrow now are his people down-cast.'
+
+
+|| When he heard these tidings summoned King Harald his host to a Thing,
+and opened unto them a scheme whereof the purport was to fare forth to
+the Vebiorg Thing, and cause himself there to be acclaimed King of
+Denmark.
+
+Thence would he conquer his country, for he accounted Denmark his own
+heritage in succession to his kinsman Magnus in like manner as with the
+kingdom of Norway.
+
+And for this purpose bade he his men give him their assistance, for
+then, said he, the Norwegians would be masters of the Danes for all
+time. Then up and spake Einar Thamberskelfir, and said, rather was it
+his duty to convey his foster-son King Magnus to the grave and to the
+latter's father King Olaf, than to fight in a foreign land, or to covet
+ye might and dominion of another King; therefore concluded he his
+speaking by saying that better he deemed it to follow King Magnus dead
+than any other king living. Afterwards caused he the corpse to be ta'en
+and laid out in solemn state so that all might see it arrayed on board
+the King's own ship. Thereafter all the men of Throndhjem and the
+Norwegians made them ready to return home with the body of King Magnus &
+the war-host was disbanded. Then did King Harald perceive that by so
+much was it his wisest policy to fare back even unto Norway and first of
+all things to make that country his own, and thereafter wax in power. So
+Harald hied him thither with the whole of his host thus unto Norway, and
+even so soon as he was come thither held he a Thing of the men of the
+land, and caused himself to be acknowledged King over the whole country;
+he fared right from the east, from Vik, and was acclaimed King by every
+folkland in Norway.
+
+
+|| Einar Thamberskelfir journeyed to Norway with the corpse of King
+Magnus; with him fared all the host of the Throndhjem folk; & they took
+the body to Nidaros where it was buried in the chapel of Saint Clement
+wherein was then the shrine of the sainted King Olaf.
+
+King Magnus had been of middle height, with a countenance ruddy and
+frank, fair-haired was he, and eloquent; quick to think, strong to
+decide, bounteous to give; withal a mighty man of war and very valiant
+to boot; of all Kings was he the most beloved, & praised was he alike by
+friend and foe.
+
+
+|| That autumn also was Svein Ulfson in Skani & was minded to fare
+eastward to the realm of Sweden; moreover thought he that he would lay
+down the title of King which he had taken to himself in Denmark.
+Peradventure as he was mounting his horse rode certain men up to him &
+told unto him the tidings that King Magnus was dead, and how that all
+the host of Norway had quitted clean from Denmark.
+
+To this made Svein hasty answer & said: 'I call God to witness that
+never hereafter will I flee the realm of Denmark even so long as I
+live.' Therewithal mounted he his horse & rode southwards in Skani, & to
+him were forthwith many folk gathered. That winter conquered he the
+whole of Denmark, & all the Danes took him for their King. Thorir, the
+brother of King Magnus, came to Svein with the message of King Magnus,
+as has been afore writ, & Svein received Thorir with good countenance;
+tarried he long with Svein and it was well with him.
+
+
+|| After the death of King Magnus Olafson, had King Harald Sigurdson
+possession of the whole realm of Norway.
+
+And when he had ruled over Norway for one winter, & the spring was again
+incomen mustered he men from out of all the land, one half of the
+general host in men & ships, & thence sailed south to Jutland where he
+harried & burned even very widely; that same summer hove he to in
+Godnarfjord. At that time made King Harald this verse:
+
+  'While the linen-white woman
+  Her song chants to her goodman,
+  The anchor of the oaken ship
+  We drop in Godnarfjord.'
+
+Then spake he to Thiodolf, and bade him add thereunto; and he sang:
+
+  'Next summer (foretell I)
+  The anchor more southward
+  Shall hold the ship with its fluke;
+  Deeper shall we cast it.'
+
+And Bolverk in his lay mentions that Harald fared to Denmark the summer
+following on King Magnus's death:
+
+  'From that fair land the year thereafter
+  A muster called'st thou out;
+  When thou ploughed'st the seas
+  With sea-steeds full splendid.
+  On darksome billow lay
+  The dragons precious, and uneasy
+  The host thereof saw off land
+      laden were the war-ships of the Danes.'
+
+
+|| It was at that time that they burned the homestead of Thorkel Geyser.
+He was a great chief, natheless were his daughters led bounden to the
+ships: the winter before had they shown themselves very scornful of
+Harald & had made mock of his war cruise to Denmark, & from cheese had
+they cut out anchors and said that most like these would well suffice to
+hold the ships of the King of Norway. Then was this chanted:
+
+  'Now from their whey cheeses cut
+  The maids of Denmark rings for anchors,
+  And this gibe annoyance gave the King.
+  Now see I maidens many in the morn
+  Reach the King's ships in fetters heavy:
+  Fewer laugh now.'
+
+
+|| It is related that the look-out man who had observed the fleet of King
+Harald's cried out to the daughters of Thorkel Geyser, 'Ye Geyser
+daughters said that Harald would never come to Denmark.' Quoth one of
+them, 'That was yesterday.'
+
+
+|| At a very high price did Thorkel ransom his daughters. Thus saith
+Grani:
+
+  'Of tears her eyes
+  Were never dry;
+  This wrong-headed woman
+  In the thick Horn-woods.
+  The lord of Norway the fleeing
+  Foe to the shore drave;
+  For his daughters wealth amain
+  Had to pay their father.'
+
+
+|| The whole of the summer did King Harald harry in the realm of the
+Danes & gat to himself much plunder, natheless did he not there abide
+but fared he back to Norway in the autumn, and there tarried the winter
+through.
+
+
+|| That same winter, which was even that one after the death of King
+Magnus, did King Harald take to wife Thora, the daughter of Thorberg
+Arnason. To them were born two sons, the elder of whom was Magnus, the
+younger Olaf.
+
+King Harald and Queen Ellisif had two daughters; one of these was named
+Maria, and the other Ingigerd. When that following spring was come, and
+of that spring have we writ afore, did King Harald muster his host and
+again fared forth to Denmark in the summer & harried there, & the same
+did he now one summer after the other. Thus saith Stuf the Skald:
+
+  'Falster was wasted, and to its folk
+  Mischance befell (so I heard).
+  The raven his fill ate,
+  But rapine feared the Danes each year.'
+
+
+|| Ever since the death of King Magnus had King Svein ruled the whole of
+the Danish realm; remained he at peace during the winters, but by summer
+went he out with his host & did threaten to journey north with the
+Danish host, and there do no less harm than Harald had done in Denmark.
+In the winter King Svein offered to meet King Harald in the River, and
+there fight together to the last, or else come to agreement; and
+thereafter, during that winter, were both one and other of them busied
+arming their ships, so that in the summer to come might one half of the
+general host be abroad.
+
+It was in that summer that there came from Iceland Thorleik Svein
+Ulfson; he had heard to wit, when he was north in Norway, that King
+Harald had fared south to the River against King Svein. Then did
+Thorleik chant this:
+
+  ''Tis awaited that in spear-storm
+  On the sea-king's path
+  The doughty men of inner Throndhjem
+  Will meet the hardy King.
+  God only can bring it to pass
+  That one of them there taketh
+  Life or land of the other;
+  Little wots Svein of concord.'
+
+And furthermore he chanted this:
+
+  'Harald the harsh who beareth
+  Oft a red shield off the land,
+  Is guiding on Budli's waysSec.
+  The broad long-ships from the north.
+  But southward o'er the seas,
+  Doth come the warlike Svein
+  In animals gold-mouthed, masted,
+  And painted in colours fair.'
+
+
+|| To the appointed trysting-place came King Harald with his host, and
+there heard that King Svein was to the south and lying off Zealand with
+his fleet. Then did King Harald part his host, sending the greater
+number of the peasant-host back, but retaining to himself his body-guard
+& friends and feudatories, also that part of the peasant-host which had
+been mustered nighest to the Danes.
+
+They fared south (west) to Jutland, southward of Vendilskagi,
+& thereafter still south past Thioda, & went everywhere with the
+war-shield aloft. Thus saith Stuf the Skald:
+
+  'Fled Thioda folk from meeting with the King,
+  Bold was he the stately dealer of blows.
+  Harald's soul in Heaven.'Sec.
+
+
+|| They fared southward all the way to Heidaby, and when they were come
+thither seized they that town and burned it. Then a man that was thrall
+to King Harald wrought this:
+
+  'Burnt from one end to another
+  Was the whole of Heidaby;
+  Ruthless treatment this, methinks;
+  Our work, I trow, arouses grief in Svein.
+  In the town spent I last night:
+  Ere the eighth hour the flames shot up from the houses.'
+
+
+|| Likewise Thorleik telleth in his poem that he heard that no battle
+befell at the River:
+
+  'Among the King's followers
+  Each asks who doth not wot it
+  How 'twas that the prince avenger
+  To Heidaby did hie him,
+  When Harald from the east with ships
+  Sped early, without reason,
+  To the royal town. In sooth
+  Destruction ne'er should have been done.'
+
+
+|| After this fared Harald northward and with him had he sixty ships, the
+greater number were large & well laden with what plunder had been taken
+in the summer. But as they were faring northward and past Thioda came
+down King Svein from the land with a large host; & he proffered King
+Harald to come ashore & do battle. Now King Harald had less than half as
+many men as Svein and so he bade Svein fight with him at sea. Thus saith
+Thorleik the Fair:
+
+  'Svein, even he who was born to success in Midgard,
+  Called on the mighty King in fight on land to meet him;
+  But Harald shy of failing would liefer fight, quoth he,
+  Aboardship, since the bold King held the land.'
+
+
+|| Thereafter sailed Harald northward past Vendilskagi; but the wind was
+against them & they brought-to under Lesey where they remained the
+night. Then were the ships encompassed with a thick sea-fog, but when it
+was morning, & the sun rose, beheld they on the other side of the sea
+what seemed to them like burning fires. And King Harald being informed
+thereof gazed thereat, & said straightway: 'Strike the ships' tilts, and
+let the men fall to their oars. The Danish host hath come after us. The
+darkness hath lifted, I ween, there where they are, and the sun is
+shining on their dragon-heads the which are overlaid with gold.' And it
+was even as Harald said for behold there was come Svein, the Danish
+King, with a mighty host.
+
+Both the fleets now rowed with all speed, but the Danish ships were
+lighter under oars, the Norwegian ships being both water-logged and
+heavy laden. So the Danes drew on apace.
+
+Then did Harald perceive that this would never serve his purpose. Now
+his dragon was faring astern of all his other ships, and he commanded
+that some timber should be thrown overboard and apparel with other wares
+be placed thereon, and as the water was calm these things drifted with
+the current.
+
+When the Danes saw these goods drifting along on the sea those who were
+rowing ahead swerved aside after them, for they deemed it easier to take
+the goods as they were floating loose on the water than to seek them on
+board the Norwegian ships, and in this manner did their ships linger.
+When King Svein overtook them in his ship bade he them proceed, and said
+shame was it that with an host as large as his they could not take the
+Norwegians, to whom was but few men, and get the fellows into their
+power.
+
+Then began the Danes to row the harder again, and when King Harald saw
+that they were making way bade he his men lighten their ships by
+throwing overboard malt and wheat and swine-flesh, even to chopping open
+their kegs of drink, and for a while these aids availed them well. Then
+did King Harald command that the war-hurdles should be taken, also
+casks, and empty barrels, and be cast overboard and on them and in them
+were placed prisoners of war.
+
+Now when King Svein saw all of these floating together on the sea he
+ordered that the men should be rescued, and accordingly was this done.
+While his men were occupied in this their task, grew greater the
+distance between the fleets, and when the Danes were again about the
+chase had the Norwegians already made good their escape. Thus saith
+Thorleik the Fair:
+
+  'I heard tell in what manner Svein
+  The eastmen put to flight at sea,
+  How the other King quick-minded gat him gone;
+  All the plunder of the Thrond-folk's King
+  On the Jutland sea was floating;
+  And sundry ships lost he withal.'
+
+
+|| Under Lesey, did King Svein withdraw his fleet, and there found he
+seven Norwegian ships, but aboard them were only peasants and men who
+had been mustered for war.
+
+When King Svein took them begged they for quarter and offered money in
+ransom. Thus saith Thorleik the Fair:
+
+  'For grace did Harald's friends stout-hearted
+  Pray the King, and they few laid down their arms;
+  The peasants ready-witted refused to fight thereafter,
+  Speaking because their lives out they wished to live.'
+
+
+|| Anent King Harald be it said that he was masterful and a strong ruler
+in his own land, a very sage man withal, & it be common talk that there
+was never a chief in the Northlands so wise or ready in resource as he.
+
+A great warrior also, and very valiant, stronger, & defter with weapons
+than any other man; but all this have we recorded before.
+
+Nevertheless the greater number of his doughty deeds go unrecorded, and
+this in part by reason of our lack of knowledge thereof, & in part by
+reason that we will not put in books tales for which there is no
+witness, even though in our hearing have such things been told. It
+beseemeth us better that something may be added hereafter than that much
+should need to be taken herefrom. About King Harald are many tales set
+forth in lays which the Icelandic men made to him or to his sons, & for
+this reason was he a firm friend to them. A firm friend also was he to
+all our countrymen, and once when there was a great famine in Iceland
+permitted King Harald four of his ships to carry meal to that island,
+and decreed that six bushels thereof should not cost more than a hundred
+ells of homespun; furthermore allowed he those that were stricken by
+poverty to leave if so be that they could find themselves in victuals
+the voyage thro' over to the main, and by these means was the land saved
+and the harvest thereof bettered.
+
+King Harald set up a bell for the church which was builded with timber
+sent hither by the sainted King Olaf, and raised on a site nigh by where
+the Althing takes place. Such memories have we here of King Harald & of
+many other great gifts which he granted to men that sought them.
+
+Halldor Snorrason and Ulf Uspakson, whereof we have afore wrote, hied
+them to Norway even into the service of King Harald.
+
+In manifold parts were they opposite one from the other. Halldor was
+very big & strong and handsome, and King Harald bore witness regarding
+him that he was among those of his men who altered least in unawaited
+circumstances: whether such might be peril or tidings of joy, or through
+things that might occur when danger was toward; never was he more
+pleased nor less pleased, never did he sleep more nor less; nor took
+meat & drink otherwise than as was his wont. Halldor was a silent man &
+harsh, speaking bluntly, also was he stubborn and unmeek; and this was
+not to the liking of the King since he had many other bold and willing
+men.
+
+Halldor abode with the King but a short time and then fared back to
+Iceland, and made to himself a home at Hiardarholt, abiding there till
+he was aged and become an old man.
+
+
+|| In great love dwelt Ulf Uspakson with King Harald; a very wise man was
+he, eloquent, strong, large-hearted, & resourceful. King Harald created
+him his marshal and gave him in wedlock Jorun the daughter of Thorberg
+whose daughter, to wit Thora, was wife to King Harald. The children of
+Ulf and Jorun were Joan the Strong of Rasvold, & Brigida, the mother of
+Sheep-Wolf, who was the father of Peter Burden-SwainSec. who again was the
+father of Ulf Fly and of the other brothers and sisters of this latter.
+The son of Joan the Strong was Erling, he that was the father of
+Archbishop Eystein and his brothers.
+
+King Harald gave Ulf the Marshal the rights of a feudatory and a grant
+of twelve marks with more than half a folkland in Throndhjem; this
+according to Stein Herdison in the lay of Ulf.
+
+
+|| Now it came to pass that King Magnus Olafson had caused the church of
+Saint OlafSec. to be builded in Nidaros on the self-same spot whereon his
+father's body had rested for a night, and this spot was then above the
+town; there too builded he the King's-House.
+
+The church was not finished when the King died. Harald completed that
+which was lacking to the church, and in the yard thereof laid he the
+foundation of a stone hall, but this was not ready before he set to work
+to build the church of Saint Mary up on the sand-bank, nigh the spot
+where the holy body of the King lay buried that first winter after his
+death.
+
+It was a great minster and so firmly was it builded with lime that it
+scarce could be broken when Archbishop Eystein had it pulled down.
+
+In the church of Saint Olaf were preserved ye relics of King OlafSec.
+whiles the church of St. Mary was abuilding.
+
+King Harald builded a King's-House below the church of Mary, by the
+river, where it now stands; & the hall which he had builded before,
+dedicated he to the church of Saint Gregory.Sec.
+
+
+|| A certain man there was named Ivar the White, who was a bold
+feudatory; his seat lay in the Uplands, and himself was a grandson of
+Earl Hakon the Great. In appearance was Ivar exceeding comely. The son
+of Ivar was named Hakon, and it hath been said of him that he surpassed
+all the men in Norway at that time for strength and courage & ability;
+he was much in warfare in his youth & made great advancement for
+himself, and later was he a very famous man.
+
+
+|| Einar Thamberskelfir was the most powerful of the feudatories in
+Throndhjem; little friendship throve there betwixt himself & Harald,
+natheless retained he the land-dues which had pertained to him during
+the lifetime of Magnus.
+
+Einar was an exceedingly wealthy man; he was wedded to Bergliot daughter
+of Earl Hakon, as hath been writ before. Eindrid, their son, was now
+full-grown, and had to wife Sigrid the daughter of Ketil Calf and of
+Gunhild, the niece of King Harald through her mother.
+
+Eindrid inherited fairness and beauty from the kindred of his mother, to
+wit, Earl Hakon and his sons; and from his father, Einar, gat he height
+and strength and the craft which Einar had above all other men; a very
+hearty man was Eindrid withal.
+
+
+|| Orm was the name of a certain Earl in the Uplands, and his mother was
+Ragnhild the daughter of Earl Hakon the Great. This Orm was a very
+excellent man.
+
+In those days Aslak Erlingson lived eastward at Soli in Jadar; he had to
+wife Sigrid the daughter of Earl Svein Hakonson.
+
+Gunhild, another daughter to Earl Svein, was wedded to the Danish King
+Svein Ulfson. This anent the offspring in Norway of Earl Hakon at that
+time, and moreover anent many other bold men; all of the line of Earl
+Hakon were more comely than other folk and the most of them were very
+able men, but all were brave.
+
+
+|| King Harald loved power, & this grew according as he took root in the
+land; to so great an extent did it wax that in the case of most men it
+bootless was to speak against him, or to bring forward other matters
+than those which were to his mind. Thus saith Thiodolf the Skald:
+
+  'The men of the war-wont chieftain
+  All humble have to sit or stand
+  There in such place as the stern king desireth;
+  Before the filler of ravens bend many men,
+  And few there are indeed who will not do in all things
+  Whate'er the King may bid.'
+
+
+|| Ever was Einar Thamberskelfir the chief leader of the Throndhjem
+peasantry, and their spokesman at the Thing when the King proceeded
+against them. Well acquainted was he with the laws; nor, with all the
+peasantry at his back, was he lacking in boldness to carry through his
+cause at the Things, even though the King himself might be present.
+
+Now this made the King exceeding wroth, and at last were matters at such
+a pass that they disputed together with contentious words, Einar
+swearing that the peasants would not brook the lawlessness of the King
+if he should break the common law of the land. After this fashion did
+they fall out on sundry occasions. Then Einar started to have many men
+round him when he was at home, and many more when he came to town and
+the King was present. On one occasion when he fared in to town had he
+with him many folk, eight or nine long-ships, and nigh upon five hundred
+men;Sec. and coming to town he went ashore with this fellowship, and King
+Harald who by hap was in the outer gallery of his house, stood and
+looked on as the men to Einar flocked up from their ships, and it is
+said that Harald thereupon chanted this:
+
+  'Here see I speeding up
+  With his great following
+  Einar Thamberskelfir;
+  Yea, he who cleaveth the waves.
+  That lord full strong is minded
+  A princely throne to fill;
+  At the heels of an earl
+  House-carles but few will follow.
+  He who the sword makes red
+  Will beguile us of our land
+  If Einar kisseth not
+  The thin mouth of the axe.'
+
+
+|| Some days that while tarried Einar in the town.
+
+Now it came to pass that one day a folk-mote was held, for it had
+befallen that a thief had been taken in the town, and it was at this
+mote that he was to be brought to trial, & the King himself was present.
+
+Aforetime had the man been in the service of Einar who had favoured him
+more than a little. Now of this matter was Einar told, and deemed he
+that the King would not be the more prone to liberate the man because
+he, Einar, set store by him, so accordingly bade he his men arm
+themselves and in force to proceed to the mote, and then took Einar the
+man away by dint of sheer strength.
+
+Thereafter mediated the friends of either in the matter, & the end
+thereof came that it was agreed that a tryst should be appointed and
+that the King & Einar should meet one another. There was a
+council-chamber in the King's-House down by the river,Sec. and into this
+chamber entered the King and with him therein were but few men; the
+others left he standing without in the courtyard. Now the King had had a
+shutter placed over the smoke-hole, & there was but a little opening.
+Then did Einar come into the courtyard with his men, and said he to his
+son Eindrid: 'Remain thou out here with the men, and then will there be
+no danger for me.'
+
+Wherefore did Eindrid take up his station without the door of the
+council-chamber.
+
+Now when Einar was entered into this room said he: 'Dark is it in the
+King's council-chamber,' and even at that moment fell men upon him and
+some stabbed him & some hewed at him, and when Eindrid heard the tumult
+drew he his sword and rushed into the chamber whereon forthwith was he
+felled beside his father.
+
+Then did the King's men run towards the chamber and before the door
+thereof, but the peasants were all at a loss because now to them
+pertained no leader; yet did they urge one another on saying that it
+were shame not to avenge their chief, but for all that did they naught,
+& made no essay to fight. Then went the King out to his men, set them in
+array, & caused his banner to be unfurled, but made he no onset &
+thereafter bade he all his men go out to his ship, then rowed they down
+the river and so out on the fjord.
+
+Now apace was brought the intelligence of the death of Eindrid to
+Bergliot his wife for she was in the lodging that she and Einar
+inhabited in the town. Thence went she up unto the King's-House where
+was gathered the peasant host and them incited she to fight inasmuch as
+in her lay, but at that same moment rowed the King down the river, then
+quoth Bergliot: 'Now lack we my kinsman Hakon Ivarson; ne'er would the
+murderers of Eindrid be rowing there adown the river were Hakon on its
+banks.'
+
+Thereafter caused Bergliot the bodies of Einar & Eindrid be laid out,
+and they were buried in the church of Saint Olaf hard by the tomb of
+King Magnus Olafson.
+
+After the fall of Einar became King Harald so greatly hated for his
+share in that foul deed, that the feudatories and peasants only held
+back from fighting with him because to them pertained no leader to raise
+the banner for them.
+
+
+  [Illustration]
+
+|| Now dwelling at Austrat in Iriar was Fin Arnison, feudatory of King
+Harald.
+
+Fin was married with Bergliot, the daughter of Halfdan the son of Sigurd
+Sow, & Halfdan was the brother of King Olaf and King Harald.
+
+Thora, wife to King Harald, was the daughter of the brother of Fin
+Arnison; sworn friends to the King were Fin and his brethren. Certain
+summers had Fin been in viking warfare westward and on those quests he &
+Guthorm GunhildsonSec. & Hakon Ivarson had sailed in company. So fared King
+Harald down the Throndhjem fjord and out to Austrat, where he was well
+received, and thereafter communed they together, Fin and he, & took
+counsel one with the other as to the outcome concerning what had but
+then befallen, to wit the slaying of Einar and his son, and then of that
+murmuring and turmoil the which the Throndhjem folk were raising over
+against the King.
+
+Fin answered hastily: 'Wrong art thou on every count; whatsoever thou
+doest thou doest ill & thereafter art thou so afeared that thou knowest
+no whither to turn.'
+
+The King rejoined laughing: 'Kinsman-in-law, I will send thee in to town
+& thou shalt make it up betwixt the peasants and me; & if that business
+cometh to naught then shalt thou fare to the Uplands, & good feeling
+again cause with Ivar Hakonson & so bring it about that he goeth not to
+war against me.' Fin answered: 'What will be my reward an I go on this
+fool's errand, for alike Throndhjem folk and Upland folk are so hostile
+to thee that no messenger of thine could fare to them save at his own
+risk.'
+
+The King answered: 'Go thou on this errand, kinsman-in-law, for well wot
+I an any man could bring us to a reconciliation it would be thee, & ask
+thyself of us what boon thou wilt have therefor.'
+
+'Keep thou thy word, and I will choose the boon; I choose peace for my
+brother Calf and removal of his outlawry, and the restoring unto him of
+all his possessions; and furthermore I ask that he shall have all his
+appointments and all the power that he had or ever he left the land.'
+
+And the King said yea to all whatever Fin asked of him, & they twain
+before witnesses took one another by the hand thereon. Thereafter said
+Fin: 'But what am I to proffer Hakon so that he may promise thee peace,
+for he it is who hath the upper hand of those kinsmen'? The King said:
+'First shalt thou find out what Hakon is like to demand so that
+reconciliation may be brought about, and thereafter must thou forward my
+cause as best thou canst; but should the worst come to the worst, then
+deny him nothing save & except the kingship itself.'
+
+
+|| Then went King Harald southward to More where mustered he men, and a
+great number was gathered unto him.
+
+
+|| So Fin Arnison fared into the town & took with him his house-carles to
+the number of some eighty men, and being come to the town held he a
+Thing with the townsmen. Now Fin spoke long and wisely at this Thing,
+bidding townsman and peasant take any other course rather than live in
+hatred with his King or drive him away; & he reminded them how much ill
+they had been brought to suffer when they had acted in this wise
+aforetime, towards the sainted King Olaf.
+
+He said, moreover, that the King would atone for these murders in such
+manner as the best & wisest men might adjudge; and the outcome of the
+speech of Fin was that the men gave their word to let the matter rest
+until the return of the messengers despatched by Bergliot to Hakon
+Ivarson in the Uplands. Thereafter fared Fin out to Orkadal with the men
+who had accompanied him to town, and further up to the Dofrafjal and
+eastward (south) across those mountains; and firstly went he to see his
+kinsman-in-law Earl Orm (the Earl was wedded to Sigrid the daughter to
+Fin) & to him disclosed his errand.
+
+
+|| When this was done, appointed they a tryst with Hakon Ivarson, & when
+they were met did Fin before Hakon lay his errand in accordance with the
+behest of King Harald. But on the instant was it seen from the speech of
+Hakon that he deemed himself bound to avenge the slaying of his kinsman
+Eindrid; and said he, moreover, that he had received word from
+Throndhjem that there would come to him forces sufficient for an
+uprising against the King.
+
+
+|| Then did Fin open unto Hakon what a difference would lie, and how much
+the more to his own vantage, were he, in lieu of risking battle against
+a King to whom he was already bounden by service, to accept from that
+King honour as great as he himself might demand. Fin said that Hakon
+might be unvictorious; 'and then wouldst thou have forfeited both wealth
+and peace; and if thou wert victorious over the King then wouldst thou
+be dubbed a traitor.'
+
+The Earl also supported this speaking of Fin.
+
+When Hakon had given the matter thought, made he known to them what was
+in his mind, & said: 'I will accept reconciliation from King Harald if
+he will give me in wedlock his kinswoman Ragnhild, the daughter of
+Magnus Olafson, with such a dowry as is seemly for her, and as she
+herself may desire.'
+
+Then Fin answered that he would promise the fulfilment of this request
+on behalf of King Harald, & therewith was the matter ratified between
+them. Thereafter fared Fin back north to Throndhjem, and all the
+disquiet and turmoil was set at rest; and so in the end kept the King
+his kingdom in peace within the land, for now the whole of that league
+came to naught which the kinsfolk of Eindrid had set against King
+Harald.
+
+
+  [Illustration]
+
+|| Now when the time was come that Hakon was to demand the fulfilment of
+the contract, fared he to see King Harald; and when they began talking
+of the matter together, said the King to him that he on his side would
+keep to everything that had been covenanted twixt Hakon and Fin: 'Thou
+shalt speak with Ragnhild herself, Hakon,' said the King, 'and ask her
+consent to this match, but I would not advise thee, or any other, to wed
+Ragnhild save with her consent.'
+
+Thereafter went Hakon unto Ragnhild and asked her hand, and she
+answered: 'Indeed feel I that my father, King Hakon, is dead, since I am
+to be given to a peasant, fine man though thou art and of mighty
+prowess. Were King Magnus alive would he never yoke me with any mate
+less than a king, nor can it be awaited now that I will wed a man
+without princely rank.' Now after this went Hakon to King Harald &
+opened unto him of the colour of the speech of Ragnhild, & withal to his
+memory again commended the agreement betwixt himself and Fin; and Fin
+was there present, & sundry others who could also bear witness to what
+was pledged betwixt him and Fin. Then of them all demanded Hakon to bear
+him out in regard to the agreement that the King should give Ragnhild
+such dowry as was to her mind: 'Since she will not wed an unprincely man
+then canst thou give me an earldom; lineage have I, and according to
+what folk say certain other qualities therewith that may well give me
+title to be an earl.' Then said the King: 'When King Olaf, my brother,
+& King Magnus, his son, ruled the kingdom, one earl did they allow to be
+in the country at a time; this likewise hath been my plan since I have
+been King, & therefore will I not take away from Orm the dignity which I
+have already given him.' Then saw Hakon that his cause had not been
+forwarded and he liked it but ill, and Fin was likewise exceeding wrath
+that the King had not kept his word, and thereafter they parted. Hakon
+fared straightway from the country in a well-found long-ship, and
+southward steered a course for Denmark where he betook him to his
+kinsman-in-law, King Svein. The King received him with great pleasure &
+gave him large grants in Denmark and made he Hakon also captain of his
+coast defences, which were against vikings, who oft-times harried in the
+Danish realm, and Wends, and Courlanders, and other folk coming from the
+east. Therefore at sea, on his ships, dwelt Hakon in winter as well as
+in summer.
+
+
+|| Asmund was the name of a certain man who was said to be nephewSec. &
+foster-son to King Svein, a very able man was he, and well-beloved by
+the King.
+
+But when Asmund grew to man's estate soon showed he himself of an unruly
+complexion & a manslayer; and the King being ill-pleased thereat sent
+him away, but gave him a company of men and a goodly feof whereof could
+he full well find support.
+
+Now no sooner had Asmund accepted the money of the King than gathered he
+many men to him, and thereafter, since the money the King had granted
+him sufficed in no sort for his charges, seized he many possessions of
+the King.
+
+For this ill conduct, when the King heard thereof, summoned he Asmund to
+him, and when they met told him that obeyed would he be, that he must
+enter his body-guard & no longer have his own company of men. When
+Asmund had been a time with the King, became he ill-content, & one night
+ran he away and rejoined his company, and thereafter wrought even more
+evil than aforetime.
+
+Then it befell once upon a time when the King was riding in his
+dominions, that he came nigh unto the place where then abode Asmund and
+he despatched men to take him by force, and that done the King had him
+put in irons and kept him thus for a while to see if he would not grow
+meeker. But when Asmund was let loose from his irons forthwith ran he
+the more away, & raised men and war-ships, and fell to harrying both at
+home and abroad, & much war-work did he, slaying many folk, and
+pillaging far and wide. Those men that were the sufferers from his raids
+went to the King and made plaint before him, and he rejoined: 'Why say
+ye this to me, why do ye not fare to Hakon Ivarson? He is now the warden
+of my coasts, and is put there to punish vikings and keep the peace for
+ye peasants. It was told me that Hakon was a bold man and brave, but
+methinks that now is he never to be found where he deemeth danger to be
+toward.'
+
+These words from the King, and many added to them, came to the ears of
+Hakon, & thereon went Hakon & his men in search of Asmund, & they were
+met on their ships, wherefore Hakon forthwith gave battle. A hard &
+great struggle was it; Hakon boarded Asmund's ship and cleared it, and
+at the last he and Asmund themselves dealt blows one at another with
+their weapons & thus fell Asmund. Thereafter Hakon smote off his head,
+& then betook him with all speed to King Svein whom he found sitting at
+table.
+
+Hakon advanced before the table and laid the head thereon, in front of
+the King, and asked of him whether he recognized it.
+
+Never a word did the King answer, but he was blood-red to behold.
+
+Thereafter went Hakon away. A little later sent the King men to him, to
+bid him leave his service, & he said: 'No hurt will I do him, but it is
+not for us to be the keeper of all our kinsmen.'
+
+
+|| Then when all these things were accomplished did Hakon quit Denmark &
+thence fared forth to the north of Norway, to his demesne.
+
+By that time was his kinsman, Earl Orm, dead.
+
+The friends and kindred to Hakon were rejoiced over his coming, and many
+a bold man set to work to make peace betwixt him & the King, & in the
+end were they reconciled, to wit, both King Harald and Hakon; and Hakon
+was given Ragnhild, the King's daughter, in marriage, & King Harald gave
+him Orm's earldom and such rule as had been Orm's aforetime. Hakon swore
+fealty to the King, and likewise to afford him such service as he was
+bounden to give him.
+
+
+|| Since he had fared from Norway had Calf Arnison been living after the
+fashion of a viking westward, but the winters through oft-times abode he
+in Orkneyja (the Orkneys) with his kinsman-in-law, Earl Thorfin. Fin
+Arnison sent to his brother Calf to tell him concerning the covenant
+which he and King Harald had encompassed, the purport whereof being ye
+outlawry of Calf himself, to wit, that it should be once more lawful to
+him to dwell in his own land, and possess his estates, and such land
+dues as he had held aforetime from King Magnus. When Calf received this
+message, forthwith made he him ready to quit, and sailed he east to
+Norway, and firstly sought he his brother Fin.
+
+Thereafter Fin craved a truce for Calf, and then were they confronted,
+the King and Calf, & entered into a covenant like unto the agreement to
+which the King & Fin had arrived on this matter. Thereon gave Calf his
+hand, and bound himself on the same terms as he had bound himself to
+King Magnus aforetime, that he would do all such works as King Harald
+desired or deemed would be for the strengthening of his kingdom.
+
+Then was Calf re-endowed with all his possessions, and the land-dues
+which had been his in former days.
+
+
+|| Next summer called out King Harald an host and fared to Denmark where
+he harried during the summer.
+
+But when he was come south to Fion (Funen) found he a large host
+assembled against him, so bade the King his men leave their ships and
+arm themselves in order to make a landing; and parted he his host and
+gave to Calf Arnison command over one company thereof, and bade them go
+the first ashore and told them where to take up their station; himself,
+said he, would go up after them, and come to their assistance.
+
+Calf and his men went ashore, and anon a band of men set upon them, and
+Calf forthwith gave battle. Not long was the combat, for Calf was
+overborne by odds and fled with his folk. The Danes pursued them,
+slaying many of the Norwegians, and likewise Calf Arnison.
+
+When King Harald with his company were come ashore soon found they the
+slain, more especially the corse of Calf, and this was borne down to the
+ships, but the King pursued his march inland where he harried and slew
+many men. Thus saith Arnor:
+
+  'The edge so sharp in Fion
+  He reddened, and the fire
+  Rushed o'er the dwelling;
+  Fewer folk were there thereafter in Fion.'
+
+
+|| After this conceived Fin Arnison enmity against Harald for the slaying
+of his brother Calf, for said he that the King had purposely compassed
+the death of Calf; and furthermore that it was befooling of him himself,
+to wit, this luring of Calf west across the seas into the power of King
+Harald, and into putting faith in him. When these words were spread
+abroad spake many men their mind that Fin had been simple when he had
+deemed that Calf could trust in the good faith of King Harald, for it
+was known that the King bore malice for deeds of smaller consequence
+than those Calf had committed against his person.
+
+Now let the King every man talk on this matter as he listed: he made
+neither confirmation nor yet contradiction of whatsoever they said, and
+it was in his own words alone that men did discover satisfaction at what
+had happened. King Harald chanted this song:
+
+  'Now of men eleven and two have I the bane been,
+  We incite to battle and full many a slaying I remember.
+  That mind which is with treason fraught
+  Seeks to tame men by falseness;
+  Men say 'tis little that it takes such a balance to disturb.'
+
+
+|| So much to heart did Fin Arnison take the death of his brother that he
+quitted the land and came south to Denmark, and going unto King Svein
+was well received by him. The King & he spake long together privily,
+& at the end thereof was it known how Fin was minded then and there to
+take service with King Svein and become his man. To him gave Svein the
+title or Earl and therewith Halland to govern, and there Fin tarried to
+safeguard the coast against the Norwegians.
+
+
+|| Now Ketil Calf & Gunhild had a son whose name was Guthorm of Ringanes.
+On his mother's side was he the nephew of King Olaf and King Harald,
+able was he withal & early come to manhood. Guthorm was oft with King
+Harald who to him was of very friendly countenance, and over Harald had
+Guthorm much influence for he was a wise man & well-beloved of all.
+Guthorm sailed often on viking cruises to the lands in the west, and had
+disposition over many men.
+
+His peace-land & place of abode in winter was Dublin in Ireland, where
+he was a sworn friend of King Margad.Sec.
+
+
+|| The summer thereafter King Margad and Guthorm with him fared to
+Bretland (Wales) in order to harry there, and thence took they much
+wealth which they had pillaged. After having done thus, lay they to in
+Anglesey Sound so that they might part their plunder, but when all the
+silver, and great was the quantity, was carried before the King and he
+beheld it, then desired he to keep all for himself, and seemed now to
+set scant store by his friendship with Guthorm.
+
+Guthorm liked ill enough that he and his men should be scotched of their
+share of the booty; & still less pleased was he when the King said he
+might choose betwixt two things; 'Either to submit to our will, or do
+battle with us, and he who gets the victory to have the money; and thou
+moreover shalt depart from thy ships and I will take them.' Now on
+either hand the task seemed severe; Guthorm deemed it unseemly that he
+should without rime or reason give up his ships & money, but natheless
+was it ill fighting over against a King to whom was an host so large as
+that which followed Margad. Grave also was the disparity betwixt the
+crews thereof, inasmuch as to the King were sixteen long-ships & to
+Guthorm only five. So Guthorm prayed the King grant him three nights'
+truce in the which to confer with his men on this matter, for thought he
+that he could soften the King within this time, and aided by the
+pleading of his men could set the matter on a better footing with the
+King, but never a bit did he get what he asked for. This was on the eve
+of St. Olafmas.Sec. So Guthorm chose to die, the stout fellow he was, or
+win the day, rather than suffer the shame and disgrace and mockery of
+having lost so vast a deal.
+
+And called he upon God and the sainted King Olaf, his kinsman, praying
+for their help and support, and vowing to bestow on that holy man's
+house a tithe of all the plunder which would fall to them an they gained
+the victory. Thereafter did he array his host, and rank it against the
+greater host, and he advanced on them and fought with them, and by God's
+help and that of the holy King Olaf did he gain the victory. There fell
+King Margad, and every man who was with him, young & old. After this
+glorious victory Guthorm returned home joyfully with all the wealth he
+had gotten from the strife; & from the silver which had changed hands
+every tenth penny was set aside for the sainted King Olaf even as
+Guthorm had vowed. A vast deal of money was there so that from the
+silver caused Guthorm to be made a rood of his own stature, or of that
+of the captain of his ship, and that holy symbol is seven ells in
+height.
+
+This cross did Guthorm give to the church of the holy St. Olaf, & thereSec.
+has it remained ever since in testimony of ye victory of Guthorm and the
+miracle of ye sainted King Olaf.
+
+
+|| Now there was in Denmark a Count who was evil & envious, and he had a
+Norwegian serving-woman and the stock of her was from Throndhjem. She
+worshipped the holy King Olaf, and put staunch faith in his sanctity;
+but the Count misdoubted all that had been told him of the miracles of
+that holy man, & affirmed that naught were they but rumour and talk, and
+laughed to scorn all the praise and worship which the folk of the land
+accorded the good King.
+
+But now was drawing nigh the day whereon the gentle King laid down his
+life, a day which all Norwegians kept, but which this unwise count
+refused to hallow; & he bade his serving-woman fire the oven and bake on
+that day.
+
+And deeming from the mood of the Count that he would soon avenge himself
+on her an she did not obey him in all that he had bidden her do, went
+she all unwillingly and laid fire under the oven, and made much plaint
+while she worked, & called on King Olaf, saying that she would never
+believe more on him if he did not by some token or other avenge this
+unseemliness. And now shall ye hear of a meet chastisement & true
+miracle: it befell forthwith, in the self-same moment, that the Count
+became blind in both eyes and that the bread which she had baked was
+turned into stone.
+
+Some of the stones have been brought to the church of the holy King
+Olaf, and also to many other places. St. Olafmas has ever been kept holy
+in Denmark since that happening.
+
+
+  [Illustration]
+
+|| Westward in Valland (France) was there a man who was so malformed that
+he was a cripple, and crawled he ever on his knees and knuckles. One day
+when he was abroad, on a road, he fell asleep & dreamt that a man all
+glorious without came to him and asked whither was he bound, and the
+cripple answered with the name of a certain town.
+
+Then the man all glorious said: 'Fare thee rather to St. Olaf's Church
+in London, and there wilt thou be healed.' Thereafter awakened the
+cripple and straightway fared in search of St. Olaf's Church, and after
+a while was come to London Bridge & there asked of the townsmen whether
+they could direct him to St. Olaf's Church; but for answer gat he that
+there were too many churches for them to know to what man each of them
+was dedicated. A while later came up a man & asked him whither was he
+bound, and he told him whither he was bound, and that man said
+afterwards: 'We will both go to St. Olaf's Church, for I know the way
+thither.'
+
+So then crossed they the bridge, and went to the street which led to
+St. Olaf's Church. When they were come to the gates of the churchyard
+the man stepped over the threshold which is between the gates, but the
+cripple rolled over it, and lo, straightway rose he up a whole man. When
+he looked round his comrade was gone.
+
+
+|| King Harald founded a merchant town eastward in Oslo,Sec. and often
+tarried there for it had broad countrysides round about, and was a place
+suited for the ingathering of victuals; likewise was it well situated
+for the defence of the land against the Danes, & also for onsets on
+Denmark which Harald was wont to make even at such times when he had a
+large host at his beck.
+
+One summer fared King Harald with some light ships and but few men and
+set he sail south for Viken; but on a fair wind springing up, crossed he
+the sea to Jutland where he began to harry.
+
+The men of the land, however, collected themselves together & defended
+their country, so then sailed King Harald on to Limfjord and went up
+that fjord.
+
+Now Limfjord is so fashioned in shape that going up it is like entering
+into a narrow river-groove, but as thou goest on up the fjord it
+becometh like a great sea.
+
+Harald harried there on both shores, but beheld the Danes everywhere
+assembled in numbers. King Harald brought-to his ships alongside an
+island which was small & thereon were no buildings; and when they went
+in search of water they found none, and told it unto the King.
+
+Then he did send men to see if no adder could be found on the isle, &
+when one had been found they brought it to the King and he had the adder
+taken to the fire so that it might be warmed and teased thereby, and
+become right thirsty. Thereafter a twine was bound to its tail and the
+adder was let loose, and it crawled away and the twine was unwound from
+the ball, and they followed after the adder until it struck into the
+earth.
+
+Then the King bade them dig for water, and they dug for it, and there
+found water in abundance.
+
+
+|| From his spies learned King Harald the intelligence that King Svein
+was come with a large fleet of ships to the mouth of the fjord, and that
+he was making way but slowly, for his ships could only pass in one at a
+time. King Harald took his ships up Limfjord, and over against where it
+is broadest it is called Lusbreid. Now from the creek within is there a
+narrow neck of land westward (north) leading to the sea, and thither did
+the men to Harald row in the evening; after nightfall, when it was dark,
+they cleared the ships & haled them right over this isthmus, and before
+daylight all was accomplished and the ships once more ready for sea.
+Then shaped he the course northward past Jutland, and they sang:
+
+  'From Danish grip
+  Did Harald slip.'
+
+
+|| At that time said the King that he would come to Denmark once again,
+& would bring with him more men & larger ships. After these things fared
+they northward to Throndhjem.
+
+
+|| That winter abode King Harald in Nidaros, & at this time caused he a
+ship to be builded out on the islands, and it was a bussa-shipSec. made
+after the model of the Long Serpent and wrought every way as carefully
+as might be.
+
+At her bows was a dragon-head and at her stern a crook, and the ......Sec.
+were all overlaid with gold. On her were thirty-five benches, and broad
+was she of beam in comparison therewith.
+
+Very fair to behold was she. The King caused all the appurtenances of
+the ship to be chosen with exceeding great care, both the sail, the
+running tackle, the anchor and the cables.
+
+That winter King Harald sent word southward to Denmark to King Svein,
+bidding him come in spring from the south to the River, to a meeting
+with him, & saying that they would then fight to the end that one or
+other of their countries should change hands, & the victor become master
+of both kingdoms.
+
+
+|| That winter called out King Harald a host, a general host, from all
+Norway, and by spring-tide had been assembled together a mighty array of
+men.
+
+Then launched the King his great ship on the river Nid, and after that
+was accomplished caused he the dragon-head be placed thereon.
+
+Then sang Thiodolf the Skald:
+
+  'Fair maid, forward is the ship guided, from river to main.
+  Mark where off the land there lieth the long hull of the dragon.
+  The mane of the serpent yellow-green glints on the deck,
+  The prows were burnt-gold as from off the slip she glided.'
+
+
+|| Thereafter fitted King Harald out the ship and his men for a cruise,
+and all being made ready, stood he down the river, and right well
+answered she to the oars. Thus saith Thiodolf:
+
+  'Saturday the prince casts off the long land tilts,
+  There where the widows proud the serpent watch,
+  As she glideth from the town.
+  West from the Nid thereafter the King doth steer,
+  Into the sea drop the oars of his men.
+  Move can they, the King's lads, the straight oars in the water.
+  The widows stand and wonder at the oar-strokes so swift,
+  The thole knows hurt when seventy oars do move her
+  I' the water ere the war-folk on the sea their oars do strain.
+  Northmen the serpent row (nailed is she)
+      out on the billow-stream icy;
+  'Tis eagles' wings that we behold.'
+
+
+|| Southward sailed King Harald with his host alongside the land, so that
+he might call out a general muster of men and ships. But when they were
+come eastward, and were off Vik, arose a strong contrary wind wherefore
+was the fleet obliged to stand in for harbour, making such havens as
+were to be found in the skerries as well as those in the fjords.
+
+Quoth Thiodolf:
+
+  'Lee have the shaven hulls of the ships under the woods,
+  The King's war-host towards land doth lean with its prow beams.
+  The land-folk in the skerries, within the creeks, do lie;
+  The ships white-mailed hide under the land-necks.'
+
+
+|| Now in the tempest which fell upon them the great ship had need of
+good anchor tackle, and thus saith Thiodolf:
+
+  'Prow foremost the prince cleft
+  High fences of the sea;
+  The ropes of the King's ship
+  Are strained to the utmost;
+  The wind is unfriendly
+  Against the anchor-iron out-hollowed,
+  Grit and wind-squalls ugly
+  Chafe at the anchor flukes.'
+
+
+|| As soon as there was come to him a fair wind, took King Harald the
+host east to the River, and thither came towards nightfall. Thus saith
+Thiodolf:
+
+  'Now drave King Harald hotly the war-ships towards the River,
+  At nightfall Norway's King anigh the marches is.
+  A Thing the King now holds at Thumla, there where Svein
+  Will meet to war if so be the Danes shirk not the tryst.'
+
+
+|| When the Danes learned that the hosts of the Norwegians were come, all
+those that were able to do so fled away.
+
+The Norwegians likewise learnt that the Danish King had his host out,
+and was lying south off Funen and the small-isles; but when King Harald
+saw that King Svein would not come to meet him as had been agreed, nor
+do battle with him, then did he after the same fashion as before & let
+the peasant host return to Norway; but manned he one hundred and fiftySec.
+ships, & with these steered a course alongside Halland. There he
+plundered widely; and he put in also to Lofufjord with his host, and
+going up onto the land harried there likewise. Somewhile later came King
+Svein to the encounter with the Danish host, and to him was a tale of
+three hundredSec. ships. When the Norwegians saw this fleet bade King
+Harald a blast be blown to summon his host together, & many spake saying
+that they ought to flee, & that it was unavailing for them to fight, but
+the King answered thus: 'We will fall one atop of the other rather than
+flee!' Thus saith Stein Herdason:
+
+  'Said the chief high-minded, what now he awaited.
+  Here (said the King) he had all hope of peace lost.
+  Rather than yield, cried the King,
+      should each man fall one on the top of the other.
+  Their arms then took the men.'
+
+
+|| Then let King Harald his ships be cleared for action, and brought his
+great dragon forward into the very midst of the host. Thus saith
+Thiodolf:
+
+  'The giver of kindly gifts
+  Who oft to the wolf gave food,
+  His dragon-ship put forward
+  Midmost in the war-host.'
+
+
+|| This ship was well fitted out, and had a large crew.
+
+And again saith Thiodolf:
+
+  'The peace wishing King his ranks bade
+  Bind fast the war-shields on the ships' sides;
+  The prince's friends well ordered stand methinks.
+      The leader of manly deeds,
+  The doughty dragon closed,
+  Outside the Niz, with shields, and one o'erlapped the other.'
+
+
+|| Ulf the Marshal brought his ship up alongside the royal ship, & bade
+her men place her well forward. Stein Herdason was on Ulf's ship, and he
+chanted thus:
+
+  'Ulf, the Marshal of the King,
+  Cheered us all on to battle;
+  The spears trembled when
+  The ships were rowed to the fight.
+  And, no doubt, the wise King's
+  Valiant friend did bid his men
+  His ship advance beside
+  The prince's; the lads obeyed.'
+
+
+|| Stationed farthest out on one of the arms was Ivar Hakonson; under him
+had he many and the men to him were well equipped. Farthest out on the
+other arm were the chiefs of Throndhjem, and to them likewise was a
+large and goodly host.
+
+
+|| And King Svein likewise ranged his host, and his ship laid he over
+against ye ship of Harald, in the midst of the host, and nighest to him
+was Earl Fin, and next to him again the Danes ranked all of their host
+that was bravest and best equipped. Thereafter either side lashed their
+ships together in the midmost part of the fleet, but the hosts being so
+large it befell that there was a great number of ships faring loose, and
+so each captain placed his ship as far forward as he had courage for;
+but that was exceeding varied. Now though the odds were so great yet
+nevertheless had either side a vast host, and in his to King Svein
+pertained as many as seven earls. Thus saith Stein Herdason:
+
+  'The "hersirs'" valiant lord a risk did take him,
+  With ships fifty and a hundred he waited for the Danes.
+  Next was it that the ruler dear who dwells in LeidraSec.
+  The sea cleft thither with three hundred sea-steeds.'
+
+
+|| Even so soon as he had made ready his ships, commanded King Harald the
+war-blast to be sounded, and after this was done, rowed his men ahead.
+Stein Herdason saith:
+
+  'Before the river's mouth, damage did Harald Svein.
+  Hard withstanding made he; Harald asked not for peace.
+  The King's sword-swinging lads forward off Halland rowed,
+  And yonder on the sea caused wounds with blood to stream.'
+
+
+|| Then did either side join combat, and the struggle waxed very fierce.
+Either King lustily cheered on his men, as saith Stein Herdason:
+
+  'Eager for war the good shield-bearers bade their lads
+  To shoot and hew (but short the space was 'twixt the hosts).
+  Both stones & arrows streamed when the sword shook from it,
+  The light blood, depriving of life the men of either host.'
+
+
+|| It was late in the day when battle was joined and the combatants
+fought the whole night; King Harald himself shot for long with his bow.
+Thiodolf saith thus:
+
+  'Elm-bow did the Upland
+  King draw all the night;
+  Shrewd ruler of the land sent
+  Arrows 'gainst the white shields;
+  Barbs bloody harmed the peasants,
+  And the King's arrows
+  Fast in the shields did lodge
+  (The spear-shots grew apace).'
+
+
+|| Earl Hakon & the men of his company did not lash their ships together,
+but rowed against the Danish keels that were faring loose, and every
+ship that they grappled did they clear. When the Danes noted this same
+did every man move his ship away from the spot whither the Earl was
+faring, but went he after them even as they withdrew, and wellnigh to
+fleeing were they.
+
+But then came a boat rowing towards the Earl's ship, and those in it
+shouted & said that the other arm of ye battle array of King Harald had
+given way, and that many of their men had fallen there, so then rowed
+the Earl away thither and fierce was his onset, so that the Danes again
+caused their ships to fall astern. Thus did the Earl fare the whole of
+that night, rowing round outside the combatants, and laying about him
+wheresoever it was required; & whithersoever he went he was in no
+fashion to be withstood.
+
+During the waning part of the night was there a general fight among the
+Danes; this was after King Harald & his band had boarded the own ship to
+King Svein, and so utterly cleared it that all his men were slain save
+and except those that leapt into the sea. Thus saith Arnor Earl's-skald:
+
+  'Svein courageous went not from off his ship
+  Without good cause (that is my mind);
+  Hard was the fight for the helmets wasted,
+  And empty did his craft float ere the eloquent friend of the Jutes
+  Fled from his dead chosen fighters.'
+
+
+|| After the banner of King Svein had fallen & the ships to him had been
+cleared, fled away all his men save those who were slain, & they that
+fled sprang into the deep from those ships that were lashed together or
+climbed on to other ships that were faring loose, but all of the men of
+King Svein who were able to do so rowed off. Full many men fell there.
+And there, where the Kings themselves had fought & the greater number of
+the ships had been lashed one to another, lay over seventy of the ships
+of that King; thus saith Thiodolf:
+
+  'Bold King of the Sogn-folk,
+  (So 'tis sung) ships seven
+  Times ten of men and arms
+  From Svein's fleet cleared away.'
+
+
+|| King Harald after the Danes rowed hard and put them to rout, but no
+easy task was it, for so little sea-room was there betwixt the keels
+that motion was well-nigh not possible. Earl Fin would in no wise
+consent to flee and was taken captive; he could not see well. This is
+what Thiodolf saith:
+
+  'To six Danish earls a guerdon hast thou to give
+  For one single victory,
+  (They whet the heat of battle).
+  In the midst of the ranks
+  Fin Arnason was taken
+  Battle-strong, stout-hearted;
+  Ne'er would he think to flee.'
+
+
+|| Earl Hakon tarried behind with his ship, while the King and the rest
+were pursuing after the fugitives, for the Earl could not get his ship
+away from the spot where she was lying. Just at that time rowed up a man
+in a boat to the ship and brought-to at the poop; a big man was he with
+a broad-brimmed hat; 'Where is the Earl?' quoth he up to the ship. 'In
+the forehold,' answered they him back, 'binding the wound of a man who
+is bleeding.' The Earl viewed the man with the hat and asked what might
+his name be, to which he made answer: 'VandradSec. is here, speak to me,
+Earl.' Then looked the Earl over the gunwale at him.
+
+Then said the boatman: 'I will receive my life of thee if thou wilt give
+it me.' Then the Earl rose up and called to two of his men, either of
+whom was dear to him, and said: 'Get into the boat and set Vandrad
+ashore; go with him to my friend Karl the Peasant, and tell him for a
+token to give Vandrad the horse which I gave to him yesterday, and to
+give him his own saddle, and his son for a guide.' Then stepped they
+into the boat & took the oars, & Vandrad steered.
+
+This was hard nigh to the dawn of day, and there was much movement among
+the ships, craft both large and small, some rowing to land, others to
+sea.
+
+Vandrad steered there where thought he there was most sea-room betwixt
+the craft, & whensoever any of the Norwegian ships rowed nigh them said
+the Earl's men who they were, & then all let them go as they listed.
+Vandrad steered along the shore & did not put to land ere they had come
+past the place where there was a great throng of ships.
+
+
+|| Thereafter walked they to the homestead of Karl at about the hour when
+the light began to wax, and so went they into the living-room, and
+beheld Karl but now clad. To him told the men from the Earl on what
+mission had they come, and Karl said that first must they eat, & caused
+food to be set before them, & himself fetched them water for
+hand-washing. Then came the housewife into the chamber and straightway
+said she: 'Wondrous is it that we gat no sleep nor rest all night
+through, for the tumult and noise.' Karl answered: 'Knowest thou not
+that the Kings fought together yesternight?' She asked: 'Who won?' Karl
+answered: 'The Norwegians won.' 'Belike our King hath fled again,' said
+she. Karl replied: 'In a bad way are we with our King for he is both
+halt & craven.' Then spake Vandrad: 'The King is not craven, but neither
+he is victorious.' Now Vandrad was the last to wash his hands, and when
+he took the towel he dried himself in the midst thereof; but the
+housewife seized it and pulled it from him, saying: 'Little good canst
+thou do; 'tis the way of common folk to wet all the towel at once.'
+Vandrad answered: 'I shall yet come thither where I may dry myself
+midmost in the towel.' Then sat they at meat for a while but afterwards
+went out, and there was the horse standing ready, and that son of Karl
+who was to bear Vandrad company sat another horse, and together rode
+they forth to the forest. But the men from the Earl went back to their
+boat, & rowed out again to their ship.
+
+
+|| Harald and his men pursued the fugitives a short way, and thereafter
+returned to those ships which had been deserted. And then searched they
+the slain, finding in the King's ship a number of dead men; yet not
+among them was the body of King Svein; natheless was it deemed certain
+that he must have fallen. King Harald let the corses of his men be laid
+out, or the wounds bound up of them that required it. Then caused he the
+bodies of the men of Svein to be borne ashore, & sent word to the
+peasants that they should bury them; thereafter caused he the plunder to
+be divided, and abode for a while there at that spot. And there learnt
+he the tidings that King Svein was come to Zealand, and that all of his
+host which had not been routed in battle had rejoined him, and to him
+likewise were come many other men, and that to him therefore was
+assembled a mighty large host.
+
+
+|| Now as ye have heard tell afore, was Earl Fin Arnason captured in the
+battle, and before the King was he led. King Harald was then exceeding
+joyful, and said he, 'Here meet we twain, Fin, though lastwhiles in
+Norway; scarce hath the Danish court stood by thee! An ill piece of work
+will the Norwegians have to drag thee, blind man, after them, and keep
+thee alive.'
+
+Then answered back the Earl: 'Many ill things have the Norwegians now to
+do, & the worst of these is thy bidding.'
+
+Then said King Harald: 'Wilt thou have grace, though grace deservest
+thou not?' The Earl answered: 'Not from thee, hound!' The King said:
+'Dost desire that thy kinsman Magnus should give thee grace?' Magnus,
+the son of King Harald, was captain of a ship at that time. Then said
+the Earl: 'What hath that whelp to do with the meting out of grace?'
+Thereat laughed the King, for he deemed it good sport to bait him, and
+said he: 'Wilt thou accept thy life from the hand of Thora, thy
+kinswoman?'
+
+Then the Earl said: 'Is she here?' 'She is here,' said the King.
+
+Then did Fin utter the scurvy words which were remembered long
+thereafter, and all were witness of how wroth he was since he could not
+still his words: 'It is not to be wondered at that thou hast bitten well
+since the mare is with thee.'
+
+To Earl Fin was given quarter, and King Harald kept him with him for a
+time, but Fin was somewhat unjoyful, and unmeek in his words. Then King
+Harald said: 'I see thou wilt not be friends with me nor with my
+kindred, so I will give thee leave to fare to Svein, thy King.' The Earl
+answered: 'That will I accept, and the sooner I fare hence the more
+grateful I shall be.' Thereafter the King let Fin be taken even to the
+land, where was he made welcome by the Hallanders.
+
+Thence sailed King Harald north with his host to Norway, faring first to
+Oslo, and in that place gave leave to all his men who desired it to go
+even to their own homes.
+
+
+|| It is said that King Svein abode that winter in Denmark, and held his
+state as before.
+
+And in the winter sent he men northward to Halland to fetch Karl the
+Peasant to him, and likewise Karl's wife; and when they were come and he
+had summoned Karl unto him he asked him if he had seen him before. Karl
+answered: 'I know thee now, King, and I knew thee then even so soon as I
+saw thee, and it is under God that the little help which I was able to
+afford thee was of use.' The King answered: 'For all the days I have yet
+to live I have to reward thee. Now firstly will I give thee whatever
+homestead in Zealand thou art minded to have, and I will furthermore
+make thee a great man an thou wottest how to act.'
+
+Karl thanked the King well for his words, and said that there was still
+a favour he would pray of him. And the King asked what that might be.
+Karl said: 'I would ask this thing, King, that thou lettest me take my
+wife with me.' The King answered: 'I will not promise thee this thing,
+for I will get thee a much better & wiser wife; but thy wife may keep
+the small homestead ye have already; on that she can live.'
+
+And the King gave Karl a large & noble stead & gat him a good marriage.
+This was known and told far and wide, yea even as far north as Norway.
+
+
+|| The winter following on the battle of the Niz King Harald spent in
+Oslo. And when the host came up from the south in autumn many tales and
+legends went abroad of the autumn outside the Niz river, & everyone who
+had been there deemed he had something to tell. Once it happened that
+some men were sitting drinking in a small chamber, & full of talk were
+they, talking of the battle of the Niz, and of whom might have derived
+the greatest renown therefrom. All were agreed on one issue, however,
+and that was that no other had been such a man there as Earl Hakon: he
+it was who had shown greatest prowess, who was the boldest under arms,
+and the ablest, and the most fortunate, and whatsoever he did was that
+which availed most, & to him was accounted the victory. Now Harald was
+without, in the courtyard, speaking with some of his men, and thereafter
+went he before the doorway of the chamber and said: 'Every man now would
+like to be named Hakon,' and therewith went his way.
+
+
+|| Earl Hakon fared to the Uplands in autumn, even to his dominions, and
+there tarried throughout the winter.
+
+Right well beloved was he of the Upland folk. Now once it befell, when
+spring was drawing nigh, that some men were sitting drinking, & their
+talk was yet again of the battle of the Niz; and men lauded greatly Earl
+Hakon, but a few praised others no less.
+
+When they had been talking thus a while a man answered: 'Mayhap other
+men besides Earl Hakon fought boldly outside the Niz, yet nevertheless
+methinks no one can have had the luck he had.'
+
+They said it was no doubt his greatest luck that he had routed many of
+the Danes. The same man answered: 'Luckiest for him was it that he gave
+King Svein his life.' Another answered him: 'Thou wottest not what thou
+art saying.' He answered: 'Yea, I wot full well, for he who set the King
+ashore told me himself.' Thus it befell, as oft is said, that 'many are
+the King's ears.' These things were told to the King straightway, and
+the King had many horses taken and rode forthwith away in the night with
+two hundred men,Sec. and rode he the whole of that night and the following
+day. Then there came towards them on horseback certain men who were
+making for the town with meal and malt. Now faring with the King was one
+Gamal, & he rode up to one of the peasants who was a friend of his and
+spoke privily with him.
+
+Gamal said: 'Money will I give thee, an thou wilt ride furiously by
+hidden ways such as thou wottest to be shortest to Earl Hakon: tell him
+that the King will slay him, for the King wotteth that the Earl helped
+King Svein to land outside the Niz.'
+
+And the matter being covenanted between them rode the peasant hard, and
+came even to the Earl who was sitting drinking and had not gone to his
+rest. But when the peasant made known his errand, rose the Earl
+forthwith and all his folk; and the Earl caused his chattels to be
+removed from the house during the night. When the King arrived thither
+tarried he there the night, but Hakon the Earl had ridden his way. And
+in time came he east to the realm of Sweden, to King Steinkel, and abode
+with him the summer. King Harald then turned him back to town. In the
+summer the King fared north to Throndhjem and abode there, but in the
+autumn fared eastward again to Vik.
+
+
+|| Earl Hakon went back in the summer to the Uplands, so soon as he
+learned that the King had fared northward, and there dwelt he until such
+time as the King came south again. Thereafter fared the Earl eastward to
+Vermaland and tarried there long in the winter; and King Steinkel gave
+the Earl rule and dominion over that part of the land.
+
+When winter was wearing to an end, fared he westward to Kaumariki, and
+took with him many men whom the Gauts and Vermalanders had given him.
+And he took thence his land-dues and the taxes which he had a right to
+demand, & thereafter fared he back east to Gautland and dwelt there the
+spring.
+
+King Harald abode the winter in Oslo, and sent his men to the Uplands to
+gather taxes and land-dues and the King's fines; but the Uplanders said
+that they would not pay to him all dues which it behoved them to pay
+into the hands of Earl Hakon even so long as he was alive and had not
+forfeited life or dominions; & no land-dues did the King therefrom
+obtain that winter.
+
+
+|| Now betwixt Norway and Denmark there were sent that winter messengers
+and messages, for both Norwegians and Danes alike desired to make peace
+and agreement either with other, and they prayed their Kings to do the
+same. The sending of these messages appeared prone to bring about
+concord, for in the end a peace-meeting was agreed upon in the River
+betwixt King Harald and King Svein. When spring-tide was come both Kings
+called out many men and ships for this journey. Saith a skald in a poem:
+
+  'Leader of armed men, he who the ground engirdles
+  From Eyrasund northward shuts with his long-ship's prows
+  The land (the haven spurned he).
+  Gleaming with gold the stems cut the waves keenly;
+  Onward of Halland west, with host aboard, and the keels thrilling.
+  Harald firm-oathed!
+      oft hast thou the earth engirdled with thy ships;
+  Svein, too, through the sound sailed the King to meet.
+  Praise-dight filler of ravens, who every bay doth close,
+  Hath out a teeming host of Danes, from the south all.'
+
+
+|| It is said here that these Kings kept to their agreement, to wit, that
+there should be a meeting betwixt them; and that both came to the
+marches. It is set forth thus below:
+
+  'Shrewd leader of armed men
+  To trysting south once more
+  Thou sailst as all Danes wished
+  (No lesser was thy purpose).
+  Svein now to the northward fares
+  The land-marches nigh,
+  The tryst to keep with Harald--
+  Windy was the weather off the land.'
+
+
+|| When the Kings were come face to face the one with other forthwith
+betwixt them was broached ye matter of peace; and no sooner was this
+opened than many men made plaint of the harm they had suffered through
+war-fare, rapine, and the slaying of men. And long talked they about
+this, as is said hereafter:
+
+  'The yeomen shrewd
+  Such words do say aloud
+  That when the men meet,
+  An' angered are mostly
+  The others. Far seemeth
+  Concord to lie from men
+  Who on all things quarrel
+  (The chiefs' arrogance waxeth).
+  With danger fraught will be
+  Wrath of the princes be
+  If peace be agreed on,
+  Those who are peace-makers
+  In scales must weigh all things.
+  Seemly for Kings to say
+  What e'er the host liketh;
+  Bad will would it cause
+  Were the yeomen's state worsened.'
+
+
+|| Then the best men and the wisest conferred together, and peace was
+made betwixt the Kings, in such wise that King Harald was to have Norway
+& King Svein Denmark as far as the marches which had aforetime divided
+the kingdoms; neither was to make redress to other; there where the land
+had been pillaged the matter was to be passed over; and he who had taken
+plunder was to keep it.
+
+This peace was to ensue even so long as the twain were Kings; the
+covenant was bounden with oaths, & thereafter gave the Kings one another
+hostages; even as is said hereafter:
+
+  'Thus have I heard it said
+  That Svein and Harald both
+  (God works it) gladly gave
+  Hostages one to other.
+  Let them so keep their vows
+  (All ended was with witness)
+  And the whole peace so fully
+  That the folk break it not.'
+
+
+|| King Harald tarried in Vik during the summer, and sent men to the
+Uplands to collect the dues & taxes he had there; but the peasants in
+plain words said that they would bide the coming of Earl Hakon, until
+such time as he should come to them. Earl Hakon was then up in Gautland
+with a large host. When summer was wearing to a close sailed King Harald
+south to Konungahella (King's Rock), and he took all the light craft
+whereon he could lay hands & went up the River, and at the falls thereof
+had the boats haled across land and so put onto Lake Wenern. Thereafter
+rowed he east across the lake where he asked tidings of Earl Hakon.
+
+Now when the Earl gat news of the journey of the King, came he down from
+the country and made endeavour to prevent the King from harrying, for to
+Earl Hakon was a large host which the Gauts had given him. King Harald
+laid his boats up the mouth of a river, and thereafter made a landing,
+but left some of his men behind to watch the craft. And the King himself
+and some of his men rode on horseback, but many more went afoot. Their
+way led them through a wood, & thereafter a bog lay before them on which
+were small bushes, then after that a copse, and when they were come up
+to the copse sighted they the host of the Earl; and a bog there was
+betwixt them and it.
+
+Then both hosts arrayed themselves, & King Harald commanded his men to
+sit up on the hillside: 'Let us first tempt them to make an onset; Hakon
+hath no mind to wait,' said he.
+
+The weather was frosty with some driving snow, and the men to Harald sat
+under their shields.
+
+Now the Gauts had taken little apparel on them and were starved with the
+cold, but the Earl bade them bide until the King should make an onset
+and they could all stand alike in height. Earl Hakon had the banner
+which had been that of King Magnus Olafson. Now the head-man to the
+Gauts was one hight Thorvid, and he was mounted on a horse the reins of
+which were tied to a stake standing in the bog. He spake & said: 'God
+knows we have a large host here and many stout men; let not King
+Steinkell hear that we are not helping this good Earl well. I wist that
+if the Norwegians make onset against us we shall stand firm, but if the
+young men falter & bide not, then do not let us run farther than thither
+to the brook, and if the young men again falter, which I wot will not
+befall, then do not let us run farther than thither to the hill.'
+
+At that moment ran up the host of the Norwegians shouting their war-cry
+and beating their shields, & then the host of the Gauts likewise began
+to shout, and the horse to the head-man pulled so hard at its rein,
+being afrighted at the host-cry, that the stake came up & flew past the
+head of the chief, wherefore he shouted: 'Such a mischance as thou
+shootest, Northmen,' and therewith galloped away. King Harald had ere
+this said to his men: 'Though we make din and shouting about us, yet let
+us not go down the hill or ever they come hither to us,' and they did
+according as he had said.
+
+As soon as the war-cry was heard, caused the Earl his banner to be borne
+forward, and when they were come under the hill rushed the King's men
+down upon them, and some of the men to the Earl fell forthwith and some
+fled; but the Norwegians drave not them that fled very far, for it was
+late in the day. There took they the banner of Earl Hakon, and as much
+of weapons and apparel as they could lay hands on. And the King let both
+the banners be borne in front of him when he fared down the hill; and
+his men spake one with another as to whether or no Earl Hakon might be
+fallen. Now when it came to faring through the wood they had to ride in
+single train, and behold a certain man rode straight across their way,
+and thrust a spear through him that bore the banner to the King, and
+seizing the stave thereof rode he off another way in the wood with the
+banner. When the King was told of this cried he: 'The Earl lives! Give
+me my mail-shirt!' And rode he in the night to his ships. Now said many
+men that the Earl had avenged himself. Then chanted Thiodolf:
+
+  'Steinkell's host who to the
+  Warlike Earl should help yield
+  (That brought the King to pass)
+  To hell, I ween, have fared.
+  But those who would better
+  The matter say,
+  Hakon fled because the hope of help
+  Therefrom but ill had proven.'
+
+
+|| King Harald spent what was left of the night on his ship. In the morn,
+when it was light saw men that ice had formed round the ships so thick
+that it was feasible to walk round about them.
+
+Then bade the King his men hew the ice and release his ships into the
+lake, and so went the men and set to work to hew the ice. King Harald's
+son Magnus steered the ship which lay lowest in the river-mouth and
+nighest out to the lake.
+
+Now when the men had almost chopped the ice away a certain man ran out
+on it to the place where they were about to hew, and thereafter fell to
+chopping as if he were mad and raving. Then said a man: 'Now is it again
+as often before, no one is so good at giving a helping hand as Hall
+Kodransbane; behold now, how he is hewing the ice.'
+
+But the man of Magnus's ship who was hight Thormod Eindridison, when he
+heard the name of 'Kodransbane,' ran to Hall and gave him his
+death-blow.
+
+Kodran was the son of Gudmund Elyolfson, and Valgerd that was sister to
+Gudmund was the mother of Jurunn, Thormod's mother.
+
+Thormod was a winter old when Kodran was slain, and never had he set
+eyes on Hall Utryggson before this time.
+
+By this, then, the ice was broken away even so far as the lake and
+Magnus brought his ship out, & got under way forthwith, and sailed west
+across the lake; but the King's ship which was the uppermost in the
+channel came out the last. Now Hall had been of the fellowship of the
+King and was very dear to him, and the King was exceeding wroth, so that
+when he came latest into haven he found that Magnus had already helped
+the murderer to the forest, though he offered atonement for him, would
+he have gone against Magnus and his folk, had not the friends of both
+brought about their appeasement.
+
+
+|| King Harald fared up to Raumariki this winter, and to him was a large
+host.
+
+And he bore cases against the peasants for the keeping back from him of
+dues and taxes, and for inciting his enemies to strife against him.
+
+And some of the peasants caused he to be taken, and some he maimed and
+others killed and others he deprived of all their possessions.
+
+Those who could get away fled, but the King burned the countrysides wide
+about and laid them waste. Thus saith Thiodolf:
+
+  'Waster of isle-dwellers
+  Hard hands laid on Raumfolk,
+  Steadily on the ranks
+  Of Harald went, as I trow.
+  Fire did requite them;
+  But the chief commanded,
+  And high flames poor peasants
+  To obedience led.'
+
+
+|| After this fared King Harald up to Heidmark and there burned, and did
+no less war-work than has been writ afore. From thence fared he to
+Ringariki, there burned, and went everywhere with the war-shield aloft.
+Thus saith Thiodolf:
+
+  'Burned were the fell folk's steads,
+  Roofwards the red fire flamed.
+  Hit did the lord of chiefs
+  The Heiners with hard stones.
+  For their lives the sufferers craved;
+  So great a hurt the flames
+  The men of Ringariki wrought
+  Or ever the fire was stayed.'
+
+
+|| After this gave the peasants the whole matter into the hands of the
+King.
+
+
+|| After the death of King Magnus were spent fifteen winters ere the
+battle of the Niz, and after that two winters or ever Harald and Svein
+made peace. Thus saith Thiodolf:
+
+  'The prince of the Hords
+  (Brought peace the third year was made)
+  The strife to an end; on
+  The strand steel hit the shields.'
+
+
+|| After this peace-making endured the war of the King with the Uplanders
+three half-years. Thus saith Thiodolf:
+
+  'Hard of the King's work 'tis
+  In seemly wise to speak
+  When to have idle ploughs
+  The upland men he taught.
+  The chieftain wise hath honour won
+  These three half-years
+  Which ever will be minded.'
+
+
+|| Edward, the son of Ethelred, was King of England after his brother
+Hordaknut; he was hight Edward 'the Good' and right good he was.
+
+The mother to King Edward was Queen Emma, the daughter of Richard, the
+Rouen-Earl; and her brother was Earl Robert, the mother of William the
+Bastard, who was at that time duke of Rouen in Normandy. King Edward was
+wedded to Queen Gyda,Sec. the daughter of Earl Godwin & he was the son of
+Wolfnoth. The brothers to Gyda were: the eldest Earl Tosti, the second
+Earl Morcar, the third Earl Walthiof, the fourth Earl Svein, and fifthly
+Harald. Now Harald was the youngest and was brought up at the court of
+King Edward and was his foster-son, and the King loved him very greatly
+and eyed him ever as his own son, for the King was childless.
+
+
+|| It befell one summer that Harald the son of Godwin had to go a journey
+to Bretland (Wales) and fared he on a ship, but after they had set sail
+sprang up a contrary wind & they were driven out to sea.[Sec.]
+
+They made land westward in Normandy after undergoing a perilous storm.
+
+And putting into the town of Rouen found they there Earl William, who
+received Harald and his travelling companions joyfully, and Harald
+tarried there in good cheer for long during the autumn, for the tempests
+continued to blow and it was not weather for sailing out at sea. As
+winter was approaching spoke the Earl and Harald together concerning the
+dwelling of Harald there throughout the winter. Now Harald sat in the
+high-seat on one side of the Earl and on the other side of him sat the
+Earl's wife, and fairer was she than any other woman whom men had seen.
+
+Harald and she would hold converse together all the time that the cups
+were going round, and when the Earl retired to rest, as he did betimes,
+Harald would sit long talking with the wife to the Earl, and so fared
+things for a long time during the winter.
+
+Once when they were talking together said she: 'Now hath the Earl spoken
+with me hereon, and asked what it is we twain ever talk about, and now
+is he wroth.' Harald answered: 'We will forthwith let him know all our
+conversations.'
+
+The day thereafter Harald called the Earl to speak with him, & went they
+to the council-chamber where were also the Earl's wife and their
+councillors.
+
+Then Harald spoke the first and said: 'This must I inform thee, Earl,
+that there is more in my coming hither than I have revealed to thee:
+I desire to ask the hand of thy daughter, and have oft-times spoken of
+this my wish to her mother, and she hath given me her word to support me
+in this matter with thee.'
+
+When Harald had made known his desire, all those who were present
+received the news with gladness and supported it with the Earl, and this
+matter was brought to end by the maid being betrothed to Harald; but
+since she was young some winters' delay were agreed upon before the time
+of bridal.
+
+
+|| When spring came, equipped Harald his ship and sailed away, and he and
+the Earl parted in full friendship.
+
+And Harald fared to England, to King Edward, and returned no more to
+Valland to claim the marriage. King Edward ruled over England for
+twenty-four winters, & died a straw death in London, None Janurii (5th
+January); he was interred in St. Paul's ChurchSec. and the English call him
+sainted.
+
+The sons of Earl Godwin in those days were the most powerful men in
+England. Tosti had been made captain over the host of the King, and
+warden of the land when the King began to wax old; and he had been
+placed over all other Earls.
+
+His brother Harald was ever within the court the next man to the King in
+all service, & his duty had been to guard the treasure of the King.Sec. It
+is recorded by men that as the King was approaching to his end was
+Harald near by, and few other men, and Harald leant over the King and
+said: 'I call all of ye to witness that the King gave me but now the
+kingdom, and all might in England.' Then was the King borne dead from
+out his bed. That same day there was a meeting of lords and the taking
+of a King was discussed, and Harald then let his witnesses testify that
+King Edward on his death-day had given him the kingdom.
+
+This meeting ended in such fashion that Harald was hailed as King &
+consecrated with royal consecration in St. Paul's Church on the 13th
+day;Sec. when all lords and folk swore fealty to him.
+
+But when his brother, Earl Tosti, heard what had befallen, liked he it
+no whit, for thought he himself to be equally near the King.
+
+'I desire,' quoth he, 'that the lords of the land choose him for King
+whom they deem best fitted therefor.' And such like words went between
+the brothers.
+
+King Harald declared that he would not give up the kingdom for he had
+been throned in that city which had been the King's, and had been
+thereafter anointed and consecrated with royal consecration; with him
+also sided the multitude, and he had moreover all the treasure of the
+dead King.
+
+
+|| Now when King Harald became aware that his brother Tosti desired to
+oust him from the kingdom believed he but ill in him, for Tosti was a
+very wise man and a great warrior, and was full friendly, to boot, with
+the lords of the land.
+
+So Harald deprived him from command of the host, and of all the power he
+had had aforetime more than other earlsSec. there in the land. And Earl
+Tosti, who by no means would suffer himself to be the serving-man to his
+brother, fared away with his men, and so south to Flanders across the
+sea, and tarried there a while before faring to Friesland & thence to
+Denmark, to his kinsman King Svein. Earl Ulf the father to King Svein
+and Gyda that was mother to Tosti, were brother and sister. The Earl
+craved the aid of King Svein and men for his assistance, and King Svein
+bade him come to him & told him that he should have an earl's realm in
+Denmark, such as would make him a seemly chief in that country. The Earl
+answered thus: 'My desire is to fare back to England, to my heritage;
+but if I am given no assistance for that purpose from thee, King, then
+would I liefer make a pact to afford thee all the support I can procure
+in England, an thou wilt take the Danish hosts thither and conquer the
+land, even as thy mother's brother Knut (Canute) conquered it.'
+
+The King answered: 'So much less a man am I than my kinsman King Knut
+that I have hard work to hold the Danish realm against the Norwegians.
+
+Knut the Old gat his Danish kingdom by inheritance but won England by
+warfare and strife, yet nevertheless at one time seemed he like to lose
+his life thereby. Norway gat he without battle.
+
+Now would I liefer keep within compass according to my smaller
+conditions than assay to rival the success of my kinsman Knut.' Then
+said Tosti the Earl: 'Lesser is my errand hither than I had thought for;
+I deemed not that thou, a bold man, wouldst let me go in need. It may be
+that I am seeking friendship where it is not meet to seek it. But
+natheless it may hap that I find a chief who is less afeared of great
+ventures than thou art, King.' Thereafter they parted, the King and the
+Earl, and were not very well of one accord.
+
+
+|| Tosti the Earl now turned him another way: he fared onward to Norway,
+to King Harald who was in Vik, and when they met the Earl made he known
+his mission to the King, recounting to him all concerning his journey
+since he had left England. And he craved help of the King so that he
+might regain his dominions in England.
+
+But the King said as followeth: that the Norwegians had no wish to fare
+to England and harry with an English chief over them; 'folk deem,' said
+he, 'that the English are not full trustworthy.' The Earl answered:
+'I wonder if it is sooth, that which I have heard men say in England,
+to wit, that thy kinsman King Magnus despatched men to King Edward, with
+the message that he, Magnus, owned England with no less right than
+Denmark, that he inherited it from Hordaknut (Hardicanute) and that the
+pact was ratified by their oaths?' The King answered: 'Why did he not
+have it if he owned it?' The Earl said: 'Why hast thou not Denmark even
+as King Magnus had it before thee?' The King answered: 'Little have the
+Danes to plume themselves on above us Norwegians, for many a hole have
+we burnt in those kinsmen of thine.'
+
+Then said the Earl: 'Though thou wilt not tell me yet can I,
+nevertheless, tell thee how it was King Magnus took possession of
+Denmark, to wit, was it because the lords of the land there helped him,
+but thou gat it not because all the people of the land were against
+thee. King Magnus fought not to gain England because all the people
+desired to have Edward for their King. If thou wishest to conquer
+England then can I bring it about that many of the lords there will be
+thy friends and supporters, for nothing lack I against my brother Harald
+save the name of King. All men know that there has never been born in
+the northlands a warrior such as thou art.
+
+Astonished am I that thou who foughtest fifteen winters for Denmark will
+not take England which is lying at thy hand.' King Harald pondered with
+care over what the Earl had said to him, and well wot he that in great
+measure had he said sooth; and added thereto conceived he the wish to
+conquer that kingdom.
+
+Thereafter the King and the Earl talked long & oft together, & in the
+end covenanted they an agreement that come the summer they would fare to
+England and conquer the country. King Harald sent round the whole of
+Norway calling out a levy, one half of the general war-muster.
+
+Now all this was much spoken of by men, and many were the guesses as to
+how things would go on the faring. Some reckoned & counted up all deeds
+of valour, swearing how naught would be impossible of King Harald, but
+said others that England would be difficult to conquer inasmuch as the
+people were exceeding numerous, & those warriors who were called the
+Thingmanna-hostSec. so doughty that one of them was better than two of
+Harald's best men.
+
+Thus answered Ulf the Marshal:
+
+  'Never would the marshals
+  Of the King (uncompelling
+  Ever gat I riches)
+  Turn them to the King's stern-hold
+  Noble woman, an twain should be pressed back by
+  One Thingman (other than
+  That when young I learned me).'
+
+
+|| That spring Ulf the Marshal died, & Harald when he stood by his grave
+said ere he quitted it: 'Here lies he that was ever the most faithful &
+the most dutiful to his lord.' To Flanders also sailed Earl Tosti in
+springtide so that he should meet the men the which had followed him
+from England, with those others also who were to join him from England
+and likewise from Flanders.
+
+
+|| The host to King Harald was gathered together in SolundirSec. and when
+all things were made ready and he was about to set sail from Nidaros
+went he to the shrine of King Olaf, and thrusting his hands into the
+sanctuary cut he off the hair and the nails pertaining to the saint, and
+thereafter turned he the key once of the shrine and then threw that same
+key into the Nid; and since that time forsooth hath the shrine of the
+holy King Olaf never been opened.
+
+Five and thirty winters had been encompassed since his fall, and five
+and thirty years had he lived in the world.
+
+Then King Harald and the men that were with him gat them a course
+southward to meet his host; or ever that time it was a mighty force that
+met together, and it is told among men that to King Harald were nigh
+upon two hundredSec. keels, besides victualling ships and smaller craft.
+When they were lying off Solundir a certain man named Gyrd, who was on
+the own ship to the King, dreamed a dream, and to him it seemed as
+though he stood on that same ship and beheld up on the isle a great
+troll-woman, & in one hand held she a short sword and in the other a
+trough. And to him also did it appear that he was looking at all the
+other ships, and on the prow to each was perched a fowl of the air, and
+all of those same fowl were either eagles or ravens.
+
+The troll-woman sang:
+
+  'King from the east in sooth
+  To battle inciteth
+  Many a warrior westward,
+  (Joyful am I therefor);
+  There may the raven find
+  For itself food on the ships
+  (It knows enow there is);
+  With thee will I ever fare.'
+
+
+|| Now a certain man hight Thord abode on one of the ships nigh to the
+own ship of the King, and on a night dreamed he that he saw the fleet to
+King Harald faring landward, and he seemed to wot that to England were
+they coming.
+
+Then he saw on the land a vast host of men & both hosts were making them
+ready for battle, and for each were many banners held on high. Before
+the host of the men of the land rode a swarth troll-woman, sitting on a
+wolf, and the wolf had the body of a man in its mouth, & blood flowed
+from the corners thereof. And when it had eaten the man she threw yet
+another into its mouth, and thereafter threw she one man after another,
+but notwithstanding made it scant ado at swallowing them all. And so she
+sang:
+
+  'The troll makes the red shield gleam when war comes nigh.
+  Bride of the giant-brood mishap to the King foretells.
+  The quean with the jaws flings flesh of fallen warriors;
+  Raging the wolf's mouth she dyes red with blood.'
+
+
+|| Furthermore it befell that King Harald dreamed one night and in his
+vision lo he was in Nidaros, and there met he his brother, King Olaf,
+who chanted a verse to him:
+
+  'The burly King in many fights with honour conquered.
+  I gat (because at home I stayed) a holy fall to earth.
+  Still of this I fear me that death is nigh thee, King;
+  The greedy wolves thou fill'st;
+  Ne'er was this caused by God.'
+
+
+|| Men spake low of many other dreams and omens of divers kinds, and the
+bulk of them were of ill import. Or ever King Harald left Throndhjem
+caused he his son Magnus to be accepted as King, and made he him ruler
+over the kingdom of Norway.
+
+Thora, the daughter of Thorberg, also remained behind, but Queen Ellisif
+fared forth with King Harald and with them likewise her daughters Mary
+and Ingigerd; Olaf the son to King Harald also fared with him from the
+land.
+
+
+|| When King Harald was ready, and a favourable wind had sprung up,
+sailed he out to sea & came to land at the Shetlands, but some of his
+ships went on to the Orkneys. King Harald lay at these isles a while or
+ever set he sail for the Orkneys, & from these latter took he with him
+many men & the Earls Paal and Erling, twain sons to Thorfin the Earl,
+but behind him left he there Queen Ellisif & their daughters Mary &
+Ingigerd. Thereafter sailed he southward alongside Scotland, & then
+alongside England, and went ashore there where it is called Cleveland.
+
+And being come on land forthwith harried he the countryside, bringing it
+into subjection under him, & withal encountering no resistance.
+Thereafter went King Harald into Scarborough, & fought there with the
+men of the town, and he went up on to the cliff there and ordered a vast
+bonfire to be made and a light thereto put, and when it was ablaze, his
+men took large forks and with them rolled it down into the town, and
+then one house after the other began to burn, so that there was naught
+for the townsmen to do save to surrender. There slew the Norwegians many
+men, and took all the goods whereon they could lay hands. No choice had
+then the Englishmen, an they wished to keep their lives, save to make
+submission to King Harald.
+
+Wheresoever he fared brought he the land into subjection, and he
+continued on his way southward off the coast with the whole of his host,
+bringing-to at Holderness, and there a band came against him, and King
+Harald did battle with them and gained the day.
+
+
+|| Now having come thus far on his journey King Harald fared south to the
+Humber and went up that river and lay in it beside the banks.
+
+At that time there were up in Jerirk (York) Earl Morcar and his brother
+Earl Walthiof and with them was a vast host. King Harald was lying in
+the Ouse when the host of the Earls swooped down against him.
+
+And King Harald went ashore and set to arraying his host, and one arm of
+the array was ranked on the banks of the river, whereas the other
+stretched up inland over towards a certain dyke, and a deep marsh was
+there, both broad, and full of water.
+
+The Earls bade the whole multitude of their array slink down alongside
+the river.
+
+Now the banner to the King was nigh unto the river and there the ranks
+were serried, but near the dyke were they more scattered, and the men
+thereof also the least trustworthy.
+
+The Earls then came down along by the dyke, and that arm of the
+battle-array of the Norwegians which faced the dyke gave way, and
+thereon the English pushed forward after them and deemed that the
+Norwegians would flee. Therefore did the banner of Morcar fare forward.
+
+
+|| But when King Harald saw that the array of the English had descended
+alongside the dyke and was coming right toward them, then commanded he
+the war-blast to be sounded, and eagerly encouraged his men, and let the
+banner 'Land-waster' be carried forward; and even so fierce was their
+advance on the English, that all were repulsed and there fell a many men
+in the host of the Earls.
+
+This host was even soon routed, and some fled up beside the river and
+some down, but the most of the folk ran right out into the dyke, and
+there the fallen lay so thick that the Norwegians could walk dry-shod
+across the marsh.
+
+There too fell Earl Morcar.Sec. Thus saith Stein Herdason:
+
+  'Many in the river sank
+  (The sunken men were drowned);
+  All round about young Morcar of yore lay many a lad.
+  To flight the chieftain put them;
+  The host to swiftest running
+  Olaf the Mighty is.'Sec.
+
+
+|| The song that followeth was wrought by Stein Herdason about Olaf ye
+son to King Harald, and he saith, the which also we wot of that Olaf was
+in the battle with his father. This is told likewise in 'Haraldsstikka:'
+
+  'There the dead lay
+  Down in the marsh
+  Walthiof's fighters
+  Weapon-bitten,
+  So that they might
+  The war-wonted horsemen
+  There wend their way
+  On corses only.'
+
+
+|| Earl Walthiof and those men that contrived to make their escape from
+out the battle fled even up to the town of York, and there it was that
+the greatest slaughter took place. This battle was on the WednesdaySec. or
+ever St. Matthew's Day.
+
+
+|| Earl Tosti had come west (south) from Flanders to King Harald, and
+being even come to England joined himself with the Earl so that he had
+his part in all three battles. And now things came to pass even as he
+had told Harald at their meeting they would come to pass, to wit, that a
+number of men would flock to them in England, and these were both
+kinsmen and friends to Tosti; and their company added greatly to the
+strength of the King.
+
+After the battle whereof we have but now heard related, all the men of
+the countryside hailed King Harald, albeit some few fled. And now set
+King Harald forth to take the city, and placed he his host by Stanford
+Bridge,Sec. but for the reason that the King had won so fair a victory over
+great lords and overwhelming odds were the people dismayed & deemed it
+hopeless to withstand him. Then took the citizens council together, &
+they were of one mind to send word to the King giving themselves and
+likewise the town into his power. This same was proffered even at such
+time that on the Sunday[Sec.] fared King Harald and his men to the city,
+and there they held a council of war without the walls, and the citizens
+came out and were present at the council.
+
+Then did all the folk promise obedience to King Harald; and gave him as
+hostages the sons of great men even according as Tosti chose, for the
+Earl knew all men in this town; and in the evening fared the King to his
+ships elated with the victory he had won and withal was very joyful.
+
+It was furthermore covenanted there should be held a Thing in the citySec.
+early on that Monday when would King Harald appoint governors and grant
+fiefs and rights. Now that self-same evening, after the sun had gone
+down, approached King Harald Godwinson with a vast host the city from
+the south, and rode he into the city by the will and consent of all the
+citizens.
+
+Then were men posted at all the gates, and at all the roads, so that to
+the Norwegians there might get no tidings of what had befallen, and this
+host passed the night within the walls.
+
+
+|| On the Monday,[Sec.] when Harald Sigurdson had eaten his fill at dinner,
+ordered he a blast to be sounded for a landing. And thereon made he
+ready his host and parted them, some to fare and some to tarry; and of
+each company he let two men go up for every one left behind.
+
+And Tosti the Earl prepared him to go up with his company, but to guard
+his ship there tarried behind Olaf own son to the King, Paal and Erling
+the Orkney Earls, and Eystein Blackcock, the son of Thorberg Arnason,
+who was in those days the man of most renown and withal dearest to the
+King of all feudatories, & King Harald had at that time promised him the
+hand of his daughter Maria. Very fine was the weather with warm
+sunshine, and wherefore because of this left the men their shirts of
+mail behind them and went with their shields and helms and spears, with
+their swords girded on; and many had likewise bows and arrows, and
+withal were they very merry. But as they advanced on the city, behold a
+great host rode out towards them and they saw the smoke of horses, and
+here and there fair shields and white coats of mail. Then halted the
+King his host and summoned Earl Tosti to him, and asked what manner of
+host this was like to be.
+
+And the Earl answered and said that he deemed it might be strife, yet
+nevertheless it might be that they were some of his kinsmen who were
+seeking for protection & friendship, & would promise the King their
+support and fealty in return. Then the King said that they would first
+of all keep quiet and learn more particulars anent this host. So they
+did this, & the host waxed greater the nearer it came, and everywhere
+was it like a sheet of ice to behold, so white was the gleaming of the
+weapons.
+
+
+|| Then King Harald Sigurdson spake and said: 'Let us now take goodly &
+wise counsel together, for it cannot be hidden that this forebodes
+strife, and most like it is the King himself.' To which the Earl
+answered: 'Our first course is to turn back and go our swiftest to the
+ships that we may fetch folk and weapons, and thereafter offer what
+resistance we can; or even might we also let the ships protect us and
+then no power would the horsemen have over us.' Then said King Harald:
+'Another counsel will I choose, namely to send three bold fellows on our
+swiftest horses and let them ride hotly a'pace and impart to our men
+what hath befallen; then will they the sooner come to our aid, and a
+right sharp combat shall the Englishmen fight or ever we suffer defeat.'
+The Earl answered and said that the King should decide in this matter as
+in all else: 'no manner of desire had he either to flee.' Then caused
+the King his banner 'Land-waster' to be borne aloft, and Fridrek was the
+man hight who bore the banner.
+
+
+|| After these things arrayed King Harald his host.
+
+And he let the muster be long and not dense, and then after doing this
+doubled he both the arms thereof backward so that they reached together
+and made a wide ring thick and even on all sides without, shield by
+shield, and the same within likewise; and the King's company was without
+the ring and there too was his banner.
+
+In another spot was Earl Tosti with his company, and another banner had
+he, and the men to him were all picked men. Now the array was made in
+this fashion because the King wist that the horsemenSec. were wont to ride
+forward in a mass & thereupon fall back. Now said the King that his
+company should advance whithersoever it were most needed, 'but our
+archers shall also be with us, and those who stand farthest forward will
+set their spear handles in the earth and point their spears at the
+breasts of the riders if they should ride us down, and those who stand
+in the next row will thrust their spears into the chests of the horses.'
+
+
+|| It was with an exceeding vast host that King Harald Godwinson had come
+thither, a host of both horse and foot-folk. Around his array rode King
+Harald Sigurdson having a wary eye to see how it had been ranked, and he
+bestrode a black piebald horse.
+
+Now the horse fell under him but the King arose in haste & said:
+'Falling when faring betokens fortune.' Then said Harald, the King of
+the English, to those Norwegians who were with him: 'Knowest thou the
+big man yonder who fell from his horse, the man with the blue kirtle and
+the fair helme?' 'That is the King,' said they.
+
+'A big man and of masterful appearance, yet belike his luck is over,'
+answered the English King.
+
+
+|| Twenty horsemen rode forward from the Thingmanna host before the
+battle-array of the Norwegians; and they were wholly clad in chain-mail
+and their horses like unto them. Then said one horseman: 'Is Earl Tosti
+in the host?' to which was made answer: 'There is no hiding it, ye can
+find him there.'
+
+Then said the horseman: 'Harald, thy brother, sent thee a greeting, and
+word therewith that thou shouldst have grace & the whole of
+Northumberland; and rather than thou shouldst not go over to him will he
+give thee a third share of the whole of his kingdom.' Then answered the
+Earl: 'That is a very different message from the strife and scorn of the
+winter: had it been offered then many a man would still be alive who is
+now dead, & more firmly too would the kingdom stand in England. Now if I
+should accept these terms, what would he offer King Harald Sigurdson for
+his pains?' 'He hath said something of what he would grant him in
+England, Seven feet of room or as much longer as he is taller than other
+men,' made answer that rider. 'Fare thee now to King Harald and bid him
+make ready for battle,' said the Earl, 'other shall be said among
+Norwegians than that Earl Tosti quitteth King Harald Sigurdson for the
+fellowship of his foemen when he hath to fight in England. Nay, let us
+all rather be of one mind: to die with honour or to win England by
+conquest.' Then did the horseman ride away, and King Harald Sigurdson
+asked of the Earl, 'who was that long-tongued man, yonder?' 'That was
+King Harald Godwinson,' said the Earl. 'Too long was this kept from us,'
+said King Harald Sigurdson, 'they were come so nigh unto our host, that
+nought would this Harald have known how to tell of the death of our
+men.' 'True it is,' said the Earl, 'that such a chief went right
+unwarily, and that it might have been as thou sayest; I saw that he
+wished to offer me grace and much dominion, but that I should be his
+slayer an I said who he was. Rather would I that he should be my slayer
+than I his.' Then said King Harald Sigurdson: 'A little man was he, but
+firm in his stirrups.'
+
+It is said that King Harald chanted this verse:
+
+  'Forward go we in folk array
+  Without our mail
+  Under blue blades;
+  The helmets shine,
+  No mail have I;
+  On the ships yonder
+  Our garb doth lie.'
+
+
+|| Now the mail-shirt to Harald was hight 'Emma,' and it was so long that
+it reached down even unto the midst of his foot, and so strong that no
+weapon had ever lodged fast in it. Then said King Harald Sigurdson:
+'That was ill wrought; I must make another, a better verse in its
+place,' and then he chanted this:
+
+  'Ne'er do we in battle
+  Creep behind our shields,
+  The clash of weapons fearing
+  (E'en so the word-fast woman bade me).
+  Of yore the necklet-wearer bade me
+  Carry high my head in battle,
+  Where sword and shield do meet.'
+
+And Thiodolf likewise sang thus:
+
+  'Never, if e'en the prince himself to earth should fall,
+  (As God wills so goeth it)
+  Will I flee from the heirs of the chief.
+  The sun shines not better on these than these twain shine.
+  Avengers of Harald are resourceful hawks full grown.'
+
+
+|| And now they fall to battle, and the English ride onward toward the
+Norwegians, but the resistance is stubborn, and because of the shots it
+is not easy for the English to ride against the Norwegians, and so they
+ride round about them in a ring. At first the battle is altogether even,
+that is so long as the Norwegians hold their array, but the English
+charge them & then if they have done no hurt ride aback, and when the
+Norwegians see this, namely that the English seem to ride on them
+without spirit, set they themselves upon them and would have pursued
+them, but behold no sooner is the wall of shields broken than the
+English ride towards them from all directions bringing spears and shots
+to bear on them. And King Harald Sigurdson seeing this goeth forth into
+the brunt of the battle, even there where the hardest struggle is taking
+place, and many men falling from both hosts.
+
+King Harald Sigurdson waxeth so fierce that he runneth forward right out
+from the array, & heweth with both hands, & hath neither helme, nor
+shield holden before him.
+
+All those who are nighest to him draw aback, and far are the English
+from fleeing. Thus saith Arnor Earl's-skald:
+
+  'In battle swift the chief's heart ne'er did quake,
+  And the strong King the greatest courage showed
+      'mid the helmes' thunder,
+  There, where in the hersirs' chief the hosts saw this,
+  That by his bloody sword the men to death were wounded.'
+
+
+|| Now it happened that King Harald Sigurdson was wounded by an arrow in
+the throat, and this was his death-wound. He fell with the whole of that
+company which was advancing with him, save those that drew back; and
+these held stoutly to the banner.
+
+Yet a conflict full as hard was foughten after Tosti the Earl had taken
+his place under the King's banner. Then both the hosts fell to arraying
+themselves for the second time, and an exceeding long truce was there in
+the battle. Thereof sang Thiodolf:
+
+  'Mishap hath fallen on us,
+  (in peril is now the host);
+  In vain hath Harald brought us
+  This journey from the east.
+  The chieftain shrewd's life-passage
+  So hath ended that we now
+  (the King bepraised his life lost)
+  Row in peril of our lives.'
+
+
+|| But ere the combatants again joined issue offered Harald Godwinson his
+brother Tosti grace, and he likewise offered grace to the other men
+surviving from the Norwegian host; but the Norwegians shouted out that
+they would rather fall one above the other, than accept quarter from the
+English. And thereon shouted they their war-cry, & then the battle began
+for the second time.
+
+Thus saith Arnor Earl's-skald:
+
+  'In an hour of misfortune
+  The King austere gat death;
+  The arrows gold-inwoven
+  Spared not the robbers' foe.
+  Gentle and bounteous King--
+  His friends choose all to fall
+  Round their host-wonted chief
+  Rather than quarter seek.'
+
+
+|| Now it befell that Eystein Blackcock came up just at that moment from
+the ships with his company, and they were in full armour, and Eystein
+gat him hold of the King's banner 'Land-waster,' and for the third time
+the men fell to battle; exceeding sharp was it and the English lost men
+full heavily and were on the point of fleeing. That fray was called
+'Blackcock's Brunt.' Eystein's men had hastened so furiously from the
+ships that at first, or ever they were come to the combat, they were
+weary and scarce fit for battle, but afterwards so raging were they that
+they defended themselves as long as they could stand upright. At the
+last cast they from off them their mail-shirts, and then was it easy for
+the English to find a vulnerable spot on them; but some who were
+unwounded yet died from their haste and fury.
+
+Nearly all the great men among the Norwegians fell at that time.
+
+This befell late in the day.
+
+As was to be looked for not all men fared alike in fortune, many fled &
+many who thus made their escape met differing fates. Mirk was it in the
+evening ere the slaughtering was brought to an end.
+
+
+|| Among those who escaped was Styrkar, the marshal of King Harald
+Sigurdson, & this befell from his getting him a horse and thereon riding
+away. Now a wind sprang up in the evening and the weather waxed somewhat
+cold, and Styrkar had no other apparel than his shirt, a helme on his
+head, and a naked sword in his hand.
+
+And he waxed cold as his weariness wore off. Then a certain waincarle
+came driving towards him, and this man had a lined coat. Styrkar said
+unto him: 'Wilt thou sell thy jacket, peasant?' 'Not to thee,' quoth he,
+'thou art a Norwegian, as I wist by thy tongue.'
+
+'An I am a Norwegian what wilt thou do then?' said Styrkar. 'I would
+slay thee; but alack I have no weapon to do it with,' the peasant
+replied. 'If thou canst not slay me, peasant, I will make trial if I
+cannot slay thee,' and therewith Styrkar swung his sword and brought it
+down on the man's neck so that his head was cut off; and then took he
+the fur coat and springing on to his horse rode down to the shore.
+
+
+|| Now tidings were borne to the Rouen Earl, William the Bastard, of the
+death of King Edward his kinsman, & furthermore was it told how Harald
+Godwinson had been acclaimed as King of England and had been consecrated
+thereto. Now William deemed he had a better right to that kingdom than
+Harald, to wit by reason of the kinship betwixt him & King Edward, and
+withal furthermore inasmuch as he deemed it but fair to avenge himself
+on Harald for the slight of that broken betrothal with his own daughter.
+
+For all these self-same reasons, then, assembled William an host
+together in Normandy, and a multitude of men were mustered, with a
+goodly sufficiency of ships. And on the day that he rode from the city
+unto his ships, when he had mounted up on to his horse, his wife went to
+him & would have spoken with him, but when he saw this he thrust at her
+with his heel, setting his spur in her breast so that it penetrated deep
+therein, and she fell and straightway died.Sec. But the Earl rode to his
+ships and fared with his host over to England. At that time was his
+brother Otta with him.
+
+When the Earl came to England plundered he there, & brought the land
+into subjection under him wheresoever he went.
+
+Earl William was bigger and stronger than other men, a good horseman,
+the greatest of warriors, and very cruel; a very wise man was he withal,
+but accounted in no wise trustworthy.
+
+
+|| King Harald Godwinson gave Olaf, the son of King Harald Sigurdson,
+permission to fare his way, and in like fashion treated he those men of
+the host who had been with the King and had not fallen. King Harald then
+turned southward with his host, for he had learned that William Bastard
+was faring northward through England, & was conquering the country.
+There were with Harald Godwinson at that time his brethren Svein,Sec. Gyrd,
+and Walthiof. King Harald and Earl William met in the south of England
+at Hastings and a great battle befell there.
+
+In it were slain King Harald and his brother Earl Gyrd, & a great part
+of their host. Nineteen nights was it after the fall of King Harald
+Sigurdson,Sec. Earl Walthiof, own brother to Harald, made good his escape
+by flight, and at even fell in with a band of William's men; whereupon
+Earl Walthiof set fire to the forest and burned them all up. Thus saith
+Thorkel Skallson in Walthiof's lay:
+
+  'An hundred King's own court-men
+  The warrior had burned
+  In hottest fire (to the men
+  An eve of singeing was it).
+  'Tis said that the men
+  'Neath the wolf's claw must lie;
+  Gray steed of the troll-quean
+  Gave victuals to the swords.'
+
+
+|| Thereon caused William himself to be proclaimed King of England, and
+thereafter sent he to Earl Walthiof proffering him peace & appointing a
+truce so that a meeting might take place betwixt them. The Earl fared to
+it with but few men, and when he was come on the heath north of the
+castle bridge two of the King's bailiffs advanced upon him with a band
+of men, and when they had taken him they put him in chains; thereafter
+he was beheaded.Sec. The English call him sainted. Thus saith Thorkel:
+
+  ''Tis doubtless that manly Walthiof
+  By William (he who from the south
+  Across the chill main came)
+  Is bewrayed in his trusting.
+  Sooth is that long 'twill be
+  Ere ends the slaying of men
+  In England (swift was my master.
+  No prince like him doth live).'
+
+
+|| Afterwards lived William as King of England for one and twenty
+winters, and ever since have his descendants ruled as Kings of England.
+
+
+|| Now Olaf the son to King Harald Sigurdson took his men and fared away
+from England, sailing forth from Ravenseer whence they came in autumn to
+the Orkneys, & there learned they the tidings that Maria the daughter of
+King Harald Sigurdson had died of a sudden death on the self-same day
+and in that same hour as her father King Harald had perished. Olaf
+tarried in the Orkneys the winter through but the summer thereafter
+fared he east to Norway, and was made King there together with his
+brother Magnus.
+
+Queen Ellisif journeyed eastward with her step-son Olaf and her daughter
+Ingigerd.
+
+Skuli also, he who was afterwards called King's-fosterer, & his brother
+Ketil Crook, likewise fared overseas with Olaf. The twain of them were
+doughty men, and noble in England, and both were very sage and
+well-beloved by the King. Ketil Crook fared northward to Halogaland and
+King Olaf gat him a good marriage, and from him are descended many great
+men. Skuli, King's-fosterer, was a wise and strong man, very fair to
+behold; he became captain of King Olaf's body-guard, lent his counsel at
+the Things, and ruled with the King in all governances of the land. King
+Olaf desired to give Skuli a province in Norway, whichever he was minded
+to have, with all the incomes and dues that the King held disposition
+over, but Skuli thanked him for this offer and said that he would liefer
+ask for other things because should there be a change of kings perchance
+the gift would be taken back: 'I will,' said he, 'accept certain domains
+which lie nigh to the towns, where ye, Sire, are wont to be, and where
+the Yule feasts are held.' So King Olaf gave him his word thereon, and
+made over to him lands in the east at Konungahella, and at Oslo, at
+Tunsberg, at Borg, at Bergen, and in the north at Nidaros. They were
+nigh upon the best estates at each place, and they have ever since been
+the possessions of men of the lineage of Skuli.
+
+King Olaf married Skuli to his kinswoman Gudrun Nefsteinsdotir, whose
+mother was Ingirid the daughter of King Sigurd Sow and his wife Asta.
+Asta was own sister of King Olaf the Saint & of King Harald. The son of
+Skuli and Gudrun was Asolf of Reini who was wedded to Thora the daughter
+of Skopti Ogmundson. The son of Asolf and Thora was Guthorm of Reini,
+the father of Bard, the father of King Ingi and Duke Skuli.
+
+
+|| On a winter after the fall of King Harald was his body transported
+from England to Nidaros and interred there in the Church of St. Mary,
+that selfsame church the which he himself had caused to be builded.
+
+It was allowed by all that King Harald had exceeded other men in wisdom
+& resourcefulness, both when he had been fain to act swiftly or had
+debated long, either for himself or others. The most valiant of all men
+was he, and victorious withal, even as hath been set forth this while:
+
+  'The waster of Zealand's dwellers
+  In boldness ne'er was lacking;
+  Mind ruleth half of victory,
+  And soothly Harald proveth it.'
+
+
+|| King Harald was stately and goodly to behold, fair hair and a fair
+beard had he, and a long moustache; of his eyebrows the one was somewhat
+higher than the other, & he had large hands and feet, but either
+shapely. Five ells was he in stature. Towards his foes was he cruel, and
+when withstood revengeful. Thus saith Thiodolf:
+
+  'Sage Harald doth arrogance
+  In his thanes chastise;
+  Methinks the King's men bear
+  But that which they mete out.
+  Such burdens bear they
+  As for themselves they care to have
+  (The law is used for each against the other);
+  Thus doth Harald change revenge.'
+
+
+|| King Harald vastly loved power & all worldly advantages, but towards
+his friends, even to those whom he liked well, was he very bountiful.
+Thiodolf telleth us as followeth:
+
+  'Of ships'-battle the awakener
+  For my work a mark bestowed;
+  To praise vouchsafeth he
+  Each one who proveth him thereof worthy.'
+
+
+|| King Harald was fifty years of age when he fell. We have no tales of
+count regarding his up-growing, or ever he was fifteen winters old and
+was at Stiklastad, in the battle, with his brother King Olaf. Thereafter
+lived he for five and thirty years, and during all that time had ever
+turmoil and strife. King Harald never fled from any battle, but
+oft-times sought he expedients when the odds of war were against him.
+
+All men who followed him in battle or warfare avowed that when he found
+himself hard pressed or was obliged to make a swift resolution, he chose
+that course which afterwards all men saw to be the likeliest to avail.
+
+
+|| Halldor, the son of Bryniolf the Camel, hight likewise the Old, was a
+wise man and a great lord, and thus spake he when he heard the
+conversation of men in respect to the very different natures of King
+Olaf the Saint and his brother King Harald.
+
+'I was with both brothers,' said he, 'and high in favour, and I wotted
+the natures of both: never did I find two men so alike at heart. Both
+were very wise and valiant men, loving possessions and power, masterful,
+not lowly-hearted, overbearing, haughty, and quick to chastise. King
+Olaf constrained the people of the land to Christianity and the true
+Faith, but punished harshly those who turned a deaf ear to his commands.
+
+The chiefs of the land who would not suffer his even-handed dispensation
+of justice rose up against him and slew him in his own land, and it is
+for that reason he is called saintly.
+
+But King Harald harried for renown and dominion, bringing under his yoke
+all people that he could bring under it, and he fell in the land of
+other kings.
+
+Both these brothers in normal life were men of religion and had regard
+for their honour; they were likewise travelled & vigorous in mind, & it
+is from such-like qualities that they waxed so far-famed.'
+
+
+|| King Magnus Haraldson ruled Norway the first winter after the fall of
+King Harald, but thereafter ruled he the land for two winters together
+with his brother King Olaf, and there were then two kings together,
+Magnus having dominion in the northern half of the land & Olaf in the
+eastern half. King Magnus had a son who was hight Hakon & his
+foster-father was Steig-Thorir; a youth of promise was he.
+
+
+|| After the death of King Harald Sigurdson, Svein, the Danish King, gave
+out that peace was at an end betwixt Norwegians and Danes, for the pact
+was made to endure only as long as both kings lived. So then were men
+mustered in both realms; King Harald's sons called out a general-host
+and ships from Norway, and King Svein fared northward with the host of
+the Danes.
+
+And so it was that messengers were thereafter despatched betwixt the
+kings with offers of peace, and the Norwegians said that they would
+either keep to the covenant which had been made aforetime or fight. For
+that reason the following verse was sung:
+
+  'With threats and words of peace
+  Olaf his land defended,
+  So that no one from the King
+  Durst claim a right thereto.'
+
+And thus saith Stein Herdason in the lay of Olaf:
+
+  'His heritage 'gainst Svein
+  The warlike King defended
+  In that merchant town where resteth
+  (Great is he) the saintly King.'
+
+
+|| But a compact was come to betwixt the kings at the time of this
+mustering, & peace ensued in the lands. King Magnus was afterwards
+stricken with a sickness, the rift-worm sickness, and when he had lain
+abed for some time died he at Nidaros, and there was buried. He was a
+King right well-beloved of all the people.
+
+
+
+
+NOTES
+
+
+These notes, with few exceptions, are taken from Professor Gustav
+Storm's Norwegian version of the Heimskringla, from which this
+translation of the Saga of Olaf Tryggvason and of Harald Hardrad
+(Harald the Tyrant) is made.
+
+    ETHEL H. HEARN.
+
+  [Transcriber's Note:
+
+  For this e-text, the word or phrase referenced in the note is shown
+  in {braces} before the page-and-line citation. Moved markers are
+  individually noted.
+
+  "Translator" refers to the English translation (the present text).]
+
+
+{King Valdamar} Page 12, line 11. Vladimir the Great of Russia
+(980-1015) became Grand Duke of Novgorod in 970.
+  [Marker printed after "high favour" on following page.]
+
+{'hersir'} Page 19, line 25. The head of a 'her,' _i.e._, a hundred
+families. The territory inhabited by them was called a 'herath.' The
+'hersir' seems to have combined the offices of commander in time of war,
+and religious head of his tribe. --Translator.
+
+{the Fjords} _Ibid._ Nordfiord and Soendfiord.
+
+{war-fine} Page 20, line 1. Those who absented themselves when the ships
+were called out for war, or who came to a wrong place of meeting, or at
+a wrong time, were compelled to pay a war-fine.
+
+{Vingulmark} Page 28, line 31. This is not in accord with page 22,
+line 2, in which Vingulmark is mentioned as being given to Harald the
+Grenlander. Perhaps the error is on the page aforesaid, as on page 53,
+line 30, Harald is described as King of Vestfold only.
+
+{Vindland (Wendland)} Page 30, line 14. The present North Germany, from
+eastern Holstein to eastern Prussia.
+  [Marker printed after "good havens" on next line.]
+
+{Burizlaf} Page 30, line 17. _I.e._, Boleslaw. By 'Burislav,' as
+mentioned here, must not be understood Boleslaw I of Poland (992-1025),
+but his father Miesco or Mieczyslaw (964-992).
+
+{Emperor Otta} Page 31, line 12. The Emperor Otta is the Emperor Otho II
+(973-983). His march on Denmark did not take place in 988 as Snorri
+calculates, but late in the autumn of 974. Nor was the Emperor's object
+the conversion of King Harald, for the latter had accepted Christianity
+about 960-- but to bring Denmark under his own vassalage.
+
+{Danavirki} Page 31, line 18. The Danavirki, or Danish wall, began in
+the east at the head of the Slefjord, and extended to the west only as
+far as the Traeaa, the tributary river of the isthmus, and not to the
+sea.
+  [Marker printed after "his call" earlier in sentence.]
+
+{likewise King Burizlaf} Page 32, line 24. It is not historical that
+Burislaw (or Miesco) accompanied the Emperor to the Danish wall; nor was
+Olaf Tryggvason, who was not full grown in 974, with him.
+
+{saintly bishop} Page 33, line 33. As early as 968 Vidkund of Corvey, in
+his chronicle of that year, mentions Poppo's miracle and its effect in
+causing Harald to embrace Christianity. The incident must be ascribed to
+about the year 906.
+
+{other learned men} Page 34, line 12. 'Learned men' means men trained in
+the learning of the Church, that is to say, belonging to the priesthood.
+
+{Gat answer Fret} Page 35, line 3. 'Go to Fret' (?) means to consult the
+gods by means of the so-called 'blotspaan,' or sacrificial shavings.
+These, and pieces of wood (perhaps inscribed with runes) were disposed
+in a particular manner, for the purpose of gaining information from the
+gods as to the future.
+
+{Gyda} Page 39, line 6. Gyda was the daughter of Olaf Kvaran, and not
+his sister. Olaf Kvaran died an old man in 980.
+  [Correct line reference is 7.]
+
+{holmgangsman} Page 40, line 3. 'Holmgang' so called in Norway because
+the two combatants retired alone to a holm or uninhabited islet to
+fight. --Translator.
+
+{across the isthmus} Page 48, line 1. Mandseidet in Stadland.
+
+{Vissavald} Page 55, line 15. The Russian name Wsevolod.
+
+{King Olaf Kvaran} Page 57, line 22. According to English sources Olaf
+was lying with his fleet off Southampton during the winter of 994-995.
+He received instruction there in Christianity from English bishops, and
+was confirmed in the spring of 995, on which occasion King Ethelred was
+his sponsor. He returned home to his country early in the summer.
+
+{Rimul} Page 59, line 28. Rimul now the farm of Romol (Guldalen) on the
+west side of the Gula river, opposite Melhus.
+
+{Urgutherjot and Brimiskiar, Page 66 bottom.}
+  _Note missing._
+
+{eastward as far as Lidandisnes} Page 72, line 6. The 'Sogn-sea' formed
+the boundary between Sogn and Hordaland so that the territory given to
+Erling was Hordaland, Rogaland, and the western part of Agder, as far as
+the Naze.
+
+{Sigurd Sow} Page 74, line 4. So-called because he 'rooted in the soil,'
+_i.e._, practised agriculture.
+
+{Olaf her son} Page 74, line 11. This is not historical. Olaf the Saint
+was not christened until he was full grown. According to the oldest
+sources he was baptized in Rouen by Archbishop Robert, the brother of
+Duke Richard.
+
+{Easter Eve} Page 76, line 21. April 16, 998.
+
+{never should Odin beguile them} Page 78, line 20. Olaf, like all
+Christians at that time, thought Odin to be an evil spirit.
+
+{war-arrow} Page 78, line 27. A war-arrow was furnished with a cord or
+twist of withy at one end, and was intended to summon all men armed to a
+Thing.
+
+{Scipa-Krok} Page 82, line 8. 'Ship-corner,' a little creek of the river
+Nid, at the end of the present Strand Gade in Trondhjem.
+
+{the Skeggi barrow at Austratt} Page 82, line 13. This barrow,
+Skjeggehaugen, existed at the beginning of the nineteenth century;
+it was situated to the south of the farm of 'Oestraat' (Austrat).
+
+{aft with a crook} Page 91, line 33. _Svirar_: what these were is not
+known; they must have been at the stern of the ship.
+
+{Michaelmas} Page 93, line 16. September 29, 999.
+
+{white weeds} Page 94, line 3. _I.e._, in christening raiment, which was
+worn for a week after baptism.
+
+{Aldeigiaborg} Page 100, line 31. The town of Ladoga; it was situated at
+that time on the river Volkhov which debouches into the lake of Ladoga.
+
+{Adalsysla & Eysysla} Page 101, line 8. The island of Oesel was named in
+Old-Norse Ey-Sysla (island district) and the mainland opposite
+Adal-Sysla (chief district), and the whole of Estland (or Esthonia)
+together Sysla.
+
+{Queen Gunnhild fell sick and died} Page 101, line 32. This is
+incorrect. Gunnhild was put away by King Svein and sent home to
+Wendland; after the death of Svein in 1014 her sons had her brought back
+to Denmark.
+
+{Vineland the Good} Page 107, line 29. North America, probably Nova
+Scotia.
+
+{skeid} Page 108, line 7. A particular kind of long-ship without a
+'head' at the prow.
+
+{Svold} Page 110, line 7. Svold is not an island as Snorri thought, but
+a haven or creek in the mouth of a river somewhat west of Ruegen.
+
+{Finnish} Page 118, line 1. _I.e._, Lappish. --Translator.
+
+{the burner of the Bulgars} Page 126, line 10. Harald Hardrad, or Harald
+the Tyrant was in the service of the Greek Emperor in the year 1041, and
+took part in the pillaging of the rebellious Bulgarians. The account of
+this was not known to Snorri who lived so much later, but Thiodolf had
+heard of it.
+
+{Laesirs} Page 127, line 23. An unknown people, perhaps 'Lechers,'
+_i.e._, Poles.
+
+{Gyrgir} Page 128, line 10. Georgios Maniakes, the brave commander of
+the Greeks in the valley of the Euphrates 1033-1035, and in Sicily in
+1038-1040.
+
+{Vaerings} Page 128, line 13. Mercenaries, chiefly the northern
+inhabitants of Russia and of Greece.
+
+{Serkland} Page 130, line 26. Snorri here confuses 'Serkland' in Asia
+with Africa. Harald was taking part in the wars in Syria and Armenia in
+the years 1035-1037, before going in 1038 with the Greek army to Sicily.
+
+{The son of Budli, as 'twas said / Showed friendship by his fellowship}
+Page 131, lines 8 and 9. These two lines refer to Atli the King of the
+Huns, who according to the legend invited his brothers-in-law (Gunnar
+and Hogn) to a feast in order to betray them.
+
+{all the days of his life} Page 135, line 7. Snorri Sturlason was
+descended from Halldor in the fifth degree.
+
+{Jorsalaheim (Palestine)} Page 136, line 24. The Greek Emperor concluded
+a peace with the Calif of Egypt in 1036 which enabled the Emperor to
+build churches near the Holy Sepulchre. Craftsmen were despatched
+thither for this purpose by the Emperor, and among the troops sent to
+protect them was Harald Hardrad, or Harald the Tyrant.
+
+{the daughter of the brother to Queen Zoe} Page 138, line 1. Zoe never
+had a brother, so the relationship, at all events, is inaccurate.
+
+{that chapel has stood there unto this very day} Page 138, line 18.
+No such chapel has ever been known to exist in Constantinople.
+
+{this deed} Page 139, line 15. It is a fact that Harald was one of those
+who blinded the 'Greek King' Michael Kalafates. The latter was accepted
+as the son of Zoe and became Emperor together with her in 1041. After
+deposing her (April 21, 1042) he was himself deposed, and was blinded in
+the street by his body-guard, in which Harald was serving as
+'spatharokandidat' (colonel). Michael is in this case confused with his
+successor Constantine.
+
+{Siavidarsund} Page 139, line 19. Siavidarsund (_i.e._, 'the sound with
+the sea-wood') is the present Golden Horn; the heavy iron chain, which
+was stretched across its extremity, in times of dispute rested on wooden
+floats.
+
+{Ellipalta} Page 140, line 3. The mouth of the Dnieper in the Black Sea.
+
+{East-realm} Page 140, line 4. East-realm, _i.e._, Russia, or its
+eastern provinces.
+
+{three occasions} Page 140, line 21. If this is correct Harald must have
+gone to Constantinople before 1034, as there was a change of monarch in
+1034, 1041, and 1042.
+
+{Sudatorp} Page 143, line 13. In south Jutland, west of Aabenraa. Magnus
+died in Zealand. His successor Svein (who was also named Magnus) died at
+Sudatorp.
+
+{brother} Page 143, line 14. _I.e._, half-brother (Alfhild's son, not
+Olaf's).
+
+{Budli's ways} Page 148, line 10. Budli's, or the sea-king's way-- the
+sea.
+
+{Harald's soul in Heaven} Page 148, line 28. This line with line 23 on
+page 137 and one omitted from the foregoing verse form together a kind
+of refrain which runs as follows: "May it dwell where it listeth-- In
+Christ's eternal House-- Harald's soul in Heaven."
+
+{Peter Burden-Swain} Page 152, line 33. So named because upon a certain
+occasion he carried King Sigurd Slembe at a Thing.
+
+{the church of Saint Olaf} Page 153, line 7. Ruins of the church of
+Saint Olaf are to be found under the present Town Hall on the northern
+side of Kongens Gade, in Trondhjem.
+
+{relics of King Olaf} Page 153, line 20. They were moved thither from
+St. Clement's church.
+  [Marker printed at end of sentence.]
+
+{church of Saint Gregory} Page 153, line 23. This church was west of the
+church of Saint Olaf, on the north side of the present Kongens Gade,
+where the Savings Bank now stands.
+
+{eight or nine long-ships, and nigh upon five hundred men} Page 155,
+line 13. That is to say, 600.
+
+{the King's-House down by the river} Page 156, line 10. 'The
+King's-House down by the river' was the new King's-House which Harald
+had built east of the church of Saint Mary.
+
+{Guthorm Gunhildson} Page 158, line 11. The son of Ketil Calf and
+Gunnhild (mentioned on page 154).
+
+{said to be nephew} Page 162, line 32. Asmund's father was Biorn Ulfson,
+the brother of Harald (died 1049).
+
+{King Margad} Page 166, line 35. Margad (in Irish Eachmargach)
+Rognvaldson was the King of Dublin in 1035-1038 and 1046-1052.
+
+{St. Olafmas} Page 167, line 26. July 28, 1052.
+
+{there} Page 168, line 11. _I.e._ in the Cathedral.
+
+{Oslo} Page 170, line 20. On the site of part of the present city of
+Christiania.
+
+{bussa-ship} Page 171, line 34. A '_Bussa_' was a particular kind of
+large ship, broad in the beam, especially a war-ship.
+
+{......} Page 172, line 2. _Svirar_, see note on page 91, line 33.
+
+{one hundred and fifty} Page 174, line 8. That is to say, 180.
+
+{three hundred} Page 174, line 13. 360 ships.
+
+{Leidra} Page 176, line 1. Later Leire, near Roskilde in Zealand.
+
+{Vandrad} Page 178, line 21. _I.e._, one who is in distress.
+
+{two hundred men} Page 182, line 34. That is to say, 240.
+
+{Queen Gyda} Page 190, line 29. Her name was Eadgitha; Gyda was her
+mother's name. The sons of Earl Godwin were Harald, Tosti, Svein (died
+1052), and Gyrd. Harald was the _eldest_ son. Morcar, or Morkere, and
+Walthiof were not Earl Godwin's sons; Morcar was the son of AElfrik of
+Mercia, and from 1065 was Earl of Northumberland; Walthiof was the son
+of the Danish Earl Siward of Northumberland (died 1055).
+
+{driven out to sea} Page 191, line 6. At Ponthieu, where the Count took
+him prisoner. William released him and had him brought to Rouen. It is
+not historical that Harald held undue intercourse with William's wife.
+William made use of Harald's compulsory sojourn to make him swear
+allegiance to him, and affiance him to his daughter.
+
+{St. Paul's Church} Page 192, line 11. Unhistorical. The church referred
+to is St. Paul's in London, but Edward died and was buried at
+Winchester, where Harald was likewise crowned.
+
+{to guard the treasure of the King} Page 192, line 18. This is
+unhistorical. Tosti had been Earl of Northumberland since 1055, but was
+driven away by the Northumbrians in October 1065 and fled to Flanders,
+so that he was not in England at the time of Edward's death. Harald was
+Earl of Wessex and the most powerful man in the land.
+
+{the 13th day} Page 192, line 28. _I.e._, the thirteenth day of
+Christmas, January 6.
+
+{more than other earls} Page 193, line 11. Not historical, see page 192,
+line 18.
+
+{Thingmanna-host} Page 195, line 20. The name of King Canute's Danish
+guard, instituted 1018.
+
+{Solundir} Page 196, line 3. The Sulen Islands outside Sognefjord.
+
+{two hundred} Page 196, line 16. That is to say, 240.
+
+{Earl Morcar} Page 199, line 20. Unhistorical. Morkere, or Morcar,
+escaped later and joined Harald the son of (Earl) Godwin.
+
+{Olaf the Mighty is} Page 199, line 27. Part of the refrain which runs
+as follows: 'Olaf the Mighty is-- the very greatest chief-- born under
+the sun.'
+
+{the Wednesday} Page 200, line 9. September 20 (1066).
+
+{Stanford Bridge} Page 200, line 21. Now Stamford Bridge across the
+Derwent. Snorri thought that Stamford was situated nearer York than it
+really is.
+
+{the Sunday} Page 200, line 27. September 24.
+
+{a Thing in the city} Page 201, line 2. This is incorrect. The Thing was
+to be held at Stamford Bridge and Harald was to be given there hostages
+from the whole of Yorkshire. It was for this reason that the battle
+occurred there.
+
+{the Monday} Page 201, line 11. September 25 (1066).
+
+{the horsemen} Page 202, line 32. Legends referring to the battle of
+Hastings (October 14, 1066) are incorporated in this and the following
+narrative. It was the Norwegians who fought on horseback, and who used
+the expedient of pretended flight against the English, and not the
+reverse: the latter had no horse.
+
+{she fell and straightway died} Page 208, line 19. Quite unhistorical.
+
+{Svein} Page 208, line 34. Svein was killed in 1052.
+
+{the fall of King Harald Sigurdson} Page 209, line 4. October 14, 1066.
+
+{thereafter he was beheaded} Page 209, line 24. Walthiof submitted to
+William immediately after the battle, and became in 1070 Earl of
+Northumberland. In 1074 he took part in a plot against William and,
+although he made a timely confession of it, was beheaded outside
+Winchester in 1075.
+  [Marker printed after following sentence.]
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+           *       *       *       *
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Errors and Anomalies
+
+  "whithersoever"
+    _occasionally printed "withersoever"_
+
+  ye relics of King Olaf
+    _text unchanged_
+  no power would the horsemen have over us
+    _text reads "Norsemen"_
+
+  Hyphenated Words:
+  To the war-gathering on the longships
+    _hyphen missing in original; normal form is "long-ships"_
+  When the fore-castle men on the 'Serpent' saw this
+  leap over-board each on his own side
+    _hyphens in original; normal forms are "forecastle" and "overboard"_
+
+  Punctuation:
+  Thorstein the White of Oprostad,
+    _text has period (full stop) for comma_
+  After the death of King Harald Sigurdson,
+    _text has hyphen for comma_
+  and choose them tent-places.'
+    _close quote missing_
+
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Sagas of Olaf Tryggvason and of
+Harald The Tyrant (Harald Haardraade), by Snorri Sturluson
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE SAGAS OF OLAF TRYGGVASON ***
+
+***** This file should be named 22093.txt or 22093.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        http://www.gutenberg.org/2/2/0/9/22093/
+
+Produced by Louise Hope, Charlene Taylor, Ted Garvin and
+the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at
+http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/22093.zip b/22093.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3b7586d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22093.zip
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..32c2261
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #22093 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/22093)